AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 28, 2010
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
|
|
|
o
|
|
Registration Statement pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
|
or
|
|
|
þ
|
|
Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
|
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
or
|
|
|
o
|
|
Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
|
for the transition period from
to
or
|
|
|
o
|
|
Shell Company Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
|
Date of event requiring this Shell Company Report
Commission File Number 000-30852
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
GALICIA FINANCIAL GROUP
(Translation of Registrants name into English)
REPUBLIC OF ARGENTINA
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.
Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 456
C1038 AAJ-Buenos Aires, Argentina
(Address of principal executive offices)
Pedro Richards, Chief Executive Officer
Tel: 54 11 4 343 7528 / Fax: 54 11 4 331 9183, prichards@gfgsa.com
Perón 456, 2° Piso C1038AAJ Buenos Aires ARGENTINA
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
American Depositary Shares, each representing ten Class B ordinary Shares
Name of each exchange on which registered
Nasdaq Capital Market
Title of each class
Class B Ordinary Shares, Ps.1.00 par value, (not for trading but only in connection with the listing of the American Depositary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuers classes of capital or common
stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:
|
|
|
Class A Ordinary Shares, Ps.1.00 par value
|
|
281,221,650
|
Class B Ordinary Shares, Ps.1.00 par value
|
|
960,185,367
|
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of
the Securities Act.
Yes
o
No
þ
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not
required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes
o
No
þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes
þ
No
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its
corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes
þ
No
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer,
or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of accelerated filer and larger accelerated filer in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer
o
|
|
Accelerated filer
þ
|
|
Non-accelerated filer
o
|
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial
statements included in this filing:
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. GAAP
o
|
|
International Financial Reporting Standards
As issued by the International Accounting Standards Board
o
|
|
Other
þ
|
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17
o
Item 18
þ
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as
defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes
o
No
þ
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
ii
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. (Grupo Financiero Galicia) is a financial services holding
company incorporated in Argentina and is one of Argentinas largest financial services groups. In
this annual report, references to we, our, and us are to Grupo Financiero Galicia and its
consolidated subsidiaries, except where otherwise noted. Our consolidated financial statements
consolidate the accounts of the following companies:
|
|
|
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.;
|
|
|
|
Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., our largest subsidiary, its wholly-owned
subsidiaries Banco Galicia Uruguay S.A., (Galicia Uruguay) and Galicia Cayman Limited
(Galicia Cayman), and other subsidiaries and affiliated companies required to be
consolidated under Argentine Banking GAAP (collectively Banco Galicia or the Bank
except where otherwise noted);
|
|
|
|
Tarjetas Regionales S.A., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, and its operating
subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
Sudamericana Holding S.A., and its subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
Galval Agente de Valores S.A.; and
|
|
|
|
GV Mandataria de Valores S.A. (GV Mandataria).
|
We maintain our financial books and records in Argentine Pesos and prepare our financial
statements in conformity with the accounting rules of the Argentine Central Bank, which entity
prescribes the generally accepted accounting principles for all financial institutions in
Argentina. This annual report refers to those accounting principles as Argentine Banking GAAP.
Argentine Banking GAAP differs in certain relevant respects from generally accepted accounting
principles in Argentina, which we refer to as Argentine GAAP. Argentine Banking GAAP also differs
in certain significant respects from the generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States, which we refer to as U.S. GAAP. See Note 33 to our consolidated audited financial
statements included in this annual report for a description of the differences between Argentine
GAAP and Argentine Banking GAAP, and Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Item
5.A. Operating Results-U.S. GAAP and Argentine Banking GAAP Reconciliation and Note 35 to our
consolidated audited financial statements for a reconciliation of the principal differences between
Argentine Banking GAAP and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP of our net income and total
shareholders equity for the three fiscal years ended December 31, 2009.
In this annual report, references to US$, US Dollars, and Dollars are to United States
Dollars and references to Ps. or Pesos are to Argentine Pesos. The exchange rate used in
translating Pesos into US Dollars and used in calculating the convenience translations included in
the following tables is the Reference Exchange Rate which is published by the Argentine Central
Bank and which was Ps.3.7967, Ps.3.4537 and Ps.3.1510 per US$1.00 as of December 31, 2009, December
31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The exchange rate translations contained in this
annual report should not be construed as representations that the stated Peso amounts actually
represent or have been or could be converted into US Dollars at the rates indicated or at any other
rate.
Our fiscal year ends on December 31, and references in this annual report to any specific
fiscal year are to the twelve-month period ended December 31 of such year.
References to the Government are to the Argentine Federal Government unless otherwise
indicated.
Unless otherwise indicated, all information regarding deposit and loan market shares and other
financial industry information has been derived from information published by the Argentine Central
Bank.
We have expressed all amounts in millions of Pesos, except percentages, ratios, multiples and
per-share data.
In this annual report, we refer to the 2001-2002 crisis as the series of events that
unfolded in Argentina between late 2001 and 2002, a period of great political, economic and social
instability, with severe consequences for the Argentine economy by any variable used as a measure,
including a banking crisis, and a material negative impact on financial institutions operating in
Argentina, including us. The 2001-2002 crisis triggered a series of far reaching measures that
produced structural changes in the Argentine economy and legal framework.
Also, in this annual report, asymmetric pesification refers to the compulsory conversion in
January 2002 of most Dollar-denominated assets and certain Dollar-denominated liabilities held by
financial institutions operating in Argentina, into Peso-denominated assets and liabilities at
different exchange rates. In addition, Compensatory Bond and Hedge Bond refer to the bonds that
the Government issued to the Bank (as well as to other financial institutions), as compensation for
the negative effects of the asymmetric pesification on the Banks and other financial institutions
financial condition. This is more fully described in Item 4. Information on the Company-Government
Regulation-Compensation to Financial Institutions.
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and
uncertainties, including, in particular, statements about our plans, strategies and prospects under
the captions Item 4. Information on the Company-Capital Investments and Divestitures, Item 5.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Item 5.A. Operating Results-Principal Trends and
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources.
All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this annual report (including
statements regarding our future financial position, business strategy, budgets, projected costs and
managements plans and objectives for future operations) are forward-looking statements. In
addition, forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the use of such words as may,
will, expect, intend, estimate, anticipate, believe, continue or other similar
terminology. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking
statements are reasonable, no assurance can be provided with respect to these statements. Because
these statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially and
adversely from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that could
cause actual results to differ materially and adversely from those contemplated in such
forward-looking statements include but are not limited to:
|
|
|
changes in general political, legal, social or other conditions in Argentina;
|
|
|
|
changes in capital markets in general that may affect policies or attitudes toward
lending to Argentina or Argentine companies, including expected or unexpected
turbulence or volatility in domestic or international financial markets;
|
|
|
|
changes in regional, national and international business and economic conditions,
including inflation;
|
|
|
|
changes in government regulation, including tax regulations and changes in or
failures to comply with banking or other regulations;
|
|
|
|
increased competition in the banking, financial services, credit card services,
insurance, asset management and related industries;
|
|
|
|
changes in interest rates which may, among other things, adversely affect margins;
|
|
|
|
a loss of market share by any of our main businesses;
|
|
|
|
a change in the credit cycle and increased borrowers defaults;
|
|
|
|
our inability to sustain or improve our performance;
|
|
|
|
our inability to obtain additional debt or equity financing on attractive conditions
or at all, which may limit our ability to fund existing operations and to finance new
activities;
|
|
|
|
technological changes, changes in consumer spending and saving habits, our
inability to implement new technologies, and
|
|
|
|
other factors discussed under Item 3. Key Information-Item 3.D. Risk Factors in
this annual report.
|
You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the
date that they were made. Moreover, you should consider these cautionary statements in connection
with any written or oral forward-looking statements that we may issue in the future. We do not
undertake any obligation to release publicly any revisions to forward-looking statements after
completion of this annual report to reflect later events or circumstances or to reflect the
occurrence of unanticipated events.
In light of the risks and uncertainties described above, the forward-looking events and
circumstances discussed in this annual report might not occur and are not guarantees of future
performance.
2
PART I
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
Not applicable.
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
Not applicable.
Item 3. Key Information
Item 3.A. Selected Financial Data
The following table presents summary historical financial and other information about us as of
the dates and for the periods indicated.
Our financial statements do not include any effect for inflation accounting.
The selected consolidated financial information as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008
and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 has been derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. The selected consolidated
financial information as of December 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and for the
fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 has been derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements not included in this annual report.
You should read this data in conjunction with Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects and our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(in millions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of US
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dollars,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
except as
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
noted)
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unaudited
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except as noted)
(1)
|
|
|
Consolidated Income Statement in Accordance with Argentine Banking
GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Income
|
|
|
791.6
|
|
|
|
3,005.6
|
|
|
|
2,559.3
|
|
|
|
1,997.9
|
|
|
|
2,229.8
|
|
|
|
2,398.6
|
|
Financial Expenses
|
|
|
384.7
|
|
|
|
1,460.5
|
|
|
|
1,421.0
|
|
|
|
1,246.7
|
|
|
|
1,851.6
|
|
|
|
1,845.9
|
|
Net Financial Income
(2)
|
|
|
407.0
|
|
|
|
1,545.1
|
|
|
|
1,138.3
|
|
|
|
751.2
|
|
|
|
378.2
|
|
|
|
552.7
|
|
Provision for Losses on Loans and Other Receivables
|
|
|
168.4
|
|
|
|
639.5
|
|
|
|
395.4
|
|
|
|
255.5
|
|
|
|
110.9
|
|
|
|
76.7
|
|
Income before Taxes
|
|
|
101.5
|
|
|
|
385.3
|
|
|
|
250.8
|
|
|
|
117.5
|
|
|
|
75.3
|
|
|
|
126.5
|
|
Income Tax
|
|
|
(41.1
|
)
|
|
|
(156.0
|
)
|
|
|
(74.0
|
)
|
|
|
(71.5
|
)
|
|
|
(94.2
|
)
|
|
|
(19.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income / (Loss)
|
|
|
60.4
|
|
|
|
229.3
|
|
|
|
176.8
|
|
|
|
46.0
|
|
|
|
(18.9
|
)
|
|
|
107.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings / (Loss) per Share (in Pesos)
|
|
|
0.049
|
|
|
|
0.185
|
|
|
|
0.142
|
|
|
|
0.037
|
|
|
|
(0.015
|
)
|
|
|
0.086
|
|
Cash Dividends per Share (in Pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Dividends per Share (in Pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book Value per Share (in Pesos)
|
|
|
0.435
|
|
|
|
1.653
|
|
|
|
1.487
|
|
|
|
1.333
|
|
|
|
1.296
|
|
|
|
1.310
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts in Accordance with U.S. GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income / (Loss)
|
|
|
202.9
|
|
|
|
770.2
|
|
|
|
(1,171.0
|
)
|
|
|
592.9
|
|
|
|
3,524.9
|
|
|
|
731.0
|
|
Basic and Diluted Earnings / (Losses) per Share (in Pesos)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
Book Value / (Deficit) per Share (in Pesos)
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
Financial Income
|
|
|
888.9
|
|
|
|
3,374.8
|
|
|
|
1,201.7
|
|
|
|
2,433.2
|
|
|
|
5,456.4
|
|
|
|
2,958.7
|
|
Financial Expenses
|
|
|
377.8
|
|
|
|
1,434.4
|
|
|
|
1,391.3
|
|
|
|
1,160.1
|
|
|
|
1,863.6
|
|
|
|
1,845.9
|
|
Net Financial Income / (Loss)
|
|
|
511.1
|
|
|
|
1,940.4
|
|
|
|
(189.6
|
)
|
|
|
1,273.1
|
|
|
|
3,592.8
|
|
|
|
1,112.8
|
|
Provision for Losses on Loans and Other Receivables
|
|
|
138.9
|
|
|
|
527.3
|
|
|
|
450.1
|
|
|
|
203.4
|
|
|
|
160.3
|
|
|
|
113.5
|
|
Income Tax
|
|
|
(14.4
|
)
|
|
|
(54.5
|
)
|
|
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
(92.5
|
)
|
|
|
(277.1
|
)
|
|
|
19.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet in Accordance with Argentine Banking GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Due from Banks
|
|
|
973.6
|
|
|
|
3,696.3
|
|
|
|
3,405.1
|
|
|
|
2,960.0
|
|
|
|
2,294.8
|
|
|
|
1,041.2
|
|
Government Securities, Net
|
|
|
1,029.1
|
|
|
|
3,907.2
|
|
|
|
1,531.8
|
|
|
|
1,693.0
|
|
|
|
3,188.3
|
|
|
|
5,967.4
|
|
Loans, Net
|
|
|
3,549.9
|
|
|
|
13,477.9
|
|
|
|
11,774.6
|
|
|
|
11,601.0
|
|
|
|
10,525.0
|
|
|
|
10,557.6
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
7,270.1
|
|
|
|
27,602.4
|
|
|
|
24,735.8
|
|
|
|
22,828.7
|
|
|
|
23,615.4
|
|
|
|
25,638.1
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
4,488.0
|
|
|
|
17,039.4
|
|
|
|
14,056.1
|
|
|
|
13,165.6
|
|
|
|
10,779.4
|
|
|
|
8,421.7
|
|
Other Funds
(3)
|
|
|
2,241.6
|
|
|
|
8,510.5
|
|
|
|
8,834.0
|
|
|
|
8,008.6
|
|
|
|
11,227.5
|
|
|
|
15,589.6
|
|
Total Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
540.6
|
|
|
|
2,052.5
|
|
|
|
1,845.7
|
|
|
|
1,654.5
|
|
|
|
1,608.5
|
|
|
|
1,626.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Total Assets
(4)
|
|
|
6,501.8
|
|
|
|
24,685.3
|
|
|
|
23,412.5
|
|
|
|
21,332.4
|
|
|
|
24,614.5
|
|
|
|
24,238.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Period-end Balance Sheet Items Denominated in Dollars:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans, Net of Allowances
|
|
|
17.78
|
|
|
|
17.78
|
|
|
|
16.97
|
|
|
|
15.13
|
|
|
|
16.66
|
|
|
|
9.84
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
24.95
|
|
|
|
24.95
|
|
|
|
28.85
|
|
|
|
27.60
|
|
|
|
28.94
|
|
|
|
26.55
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
18.16
|
|
|
|
18.16
|
|
|
|
16.98
|
|
|
|
15.53
|
|
|
|
14.13
|
|
|
|
15.55
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
27.73
|
|
|
|
27.73
|
|
|
|
32.47
|
|
|
|
32.84
|
|
|
|
30.41
|
|
|
|
25.81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts in Accordance with U.S. GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading Securities
|
|
|
529.9
|
|
|
|
2,011.9
|
|
|
|
989.6
|
|
|
|
476.2
|
|
|
|
208.2
|
|
|
|
790.0
|
|
Available-for-Sale Securities
|
|
|
1,031.7
|
|
|
|
3,916.9
|
|
|
|
2,050.0
|
|
|
|
3,717.3
|
|
|
|
5,214.6
|
|
|
|
5,350.3
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
8,001.1
|
|
|
|
30,377.6
|
|
|
|
25,159.7
|
|
|
|
24,429.1
|
|
|
|
24,107.0
|
|
|
|
19,949.3
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
7,675.5
|
|
|
|
29,141.4
|
|
|
|
25,914.1
|
|
|
|
24,191.0
|
|
|
|
23,961.2
|
|
|
|
22,077.6
|
|
Shareholders Equity (Deficit)
|
|
|
325.6
|
|
|
|
1,236.3
|
|
|
|
(754.4
|
)
|
|
|
238.1
|
|
|
|
145.8
|
|
|
|
(2,128.3
|
)
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except as noted)
(1)
|
|
Selected Ratios
in Accordance with Argentine Banking GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profitability and Efficiency
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Yield on Interest Earning Assets
(5)
|
|
|
9.10
|
%
|
|
|
5.72
|
%
|
|
|
4.13
|
%
|
|
|
1.21
|
%
|
|
|
2.38
|
%
|
Financial Margin
(6)
|
|
|
8.41
|
|
|
|
5.72
|
|
|
|
4.12
|
|
|
|
1.74
|
|
|
|
2.53
|
|
Return on Average Assets
(7)
|
|
|
1.12
|
|
|
|
0.91
|
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.59
|
|
Return on Average Shareholders Equity
(8)
|
|
|
11.69
|
|
|
|
10.13
|
|
|
|
2.86
|
|
|
|
(1.15
|
)
|
|
|
6.83
|
|
Net Income from Services as a Percentage of Operating Income
(9)
|
|
|
45.90
|
|
|
|
51.07
|
|
|
|
54.86
|
|
|
|
63.99
|
|
|
|
48.65
|
|
Efficiency ratio
(10)
|
|
|
71.05
|
|
|
|
76.57
|
|
|
|
77.29
|
|
|
|
92.80
|
|
|
|
72.56
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders Equity as a Percentage of Total Assets
|
|
|
7.44
|
%
|
|
|
7.46
|
%
|
|
|
7.25
|
%
|
|
|
6.81
|
%
|
|
|
6.35
|
%
|
Total Liabilities as a Multiple of Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
12.45
|
x
|
|
|
12.40
|
x
|
|
|
12.80
|
x
|
|
|
13.68
|
x
|
|
|
14.76
|
x
|
Total Capital Ratio
|
|
|
14.35
|
%
|
|
|
13.92
|
%
|
|
|
15.54
|
%
|
|
|
15.03
|
%
|
|
|
20.78
|
%
|
Liquidity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Due from Banks as a Percentage of Total Deposits
|
|
|
21.69
|
%
|
|
|
24.23
|
%
|
|
|
22.48
|
%
|
|
|
21.29
|
%
|
|
|
12.36
|
%
|
Loans, Net as a Percentage of Total Assets
|
|
|
48.83
|
|
|
|
47.60
|
|
|
|
50.82
|
|
|
|
44.57
|
|
|
|
41.18
|
|
Credit Quality
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past Due Loans
(11)
as a Percentage of Total Loans
|
|
|
3.95
|
%
|
|
|
2.87
|
%
|
|
|
2.77
|
%
|
|
|
2.38
|
%
|
|
|
2.34
|
%
|
Non-Accrual Loans
(12)
as a Percentage of Total Loans
|
|
|
4.77
|
|
|
|
3.49
|
|
|
|
3.14
|
|
|
|
2.58
|
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
Allowance for Loan Losses as a Percentage of Non-accrual Loans
(12)
|
|
|
118.64
|
|
|
|
123.11
|
|
|
|
114.05
|
|
|
|
117.16
|
|
|
|
111.90
|
|
Net Charge-Offs
(13)
as a Percentage of Average Loans
|
|
|
2.84
|
|
|
|
1.83
|
|
|
|
0.65
|
|
|
|
1.42
|
|
|
|
1.49
|
|
Ratios in Accordance with U.S. GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders Equity (deficit) as a Percentage of Total Assets
|
|
|
4.07
|
%
|
|
|
(3.00
|
)%
|
|
|
0.97
|
%
|
|
|
0.60
|
%
|
|
|
(10.67
|
)%
|
Total Liabilities as a Multiple of Total Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
23.57
|
x
|
|
|
(34.35
|
)x
|
|
|
101.61
|
x
|
|
|
164.33
|
x
|
|
|
(10.37
|
)x
|
Liquidity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans, Net as a Percentage of Total Assets
|
|
|
45.55
|
%
|
|
|
49.59
|
%
|
|
|
49.36
|
%
|
|
|
40.10
|
%
|
|
|
50.15
|
%
|
Credit Quality
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for Loan Losses as a Percentage of Non-Accrual Loans
|
|
|
108.37
|
|
|
|
141.34
|
|
|
|
132.13
|
|
|
|
168.58
|
|
|
|
139.49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inflation and Exchange Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesale Inflation
(14)
|
|
|
10.04
|
%
|
|
|
8.82
|
%
|
|
|
14.56
|
%
|
|
|
7.14
|
%
|
|
|
10.69
|
%
|
Consumer Inflation
(15)
|
|
|
7.69
|
|
|
|
7.24
|
|
|
|
8.47
|
|
|
|
9.84
|
|
|
|
12.33
|
|
Exchange Rate Variation
(16)
(%)
|
|
|
9.93
|
|
|
|
9.61
|
|
|
|
2.66
|
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
1.94
|
|
CER
(17)
|
|
|
6.95
|
|
|
|
7.97
|
|
|
|
8.50
|
|
|
|
10.08
|
|
|
|
11.75
|
|
The ratios disclosed above are considered significant for the Management despite of the fact that they are not a specific requirement of any GAAP.
5
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The exchange rate used to convert the December 31, 2009 amounts into US Dollars was
Ps.3.7967 per US$1.00. All amounts are stated in millions of Pesos, except inflation and
exchange rates, percentages, ratios, multiples and per-share data.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Net financial income primarily represents income from interest on loans and other receivables
resulting from financial brokerage plus net income from government and corporate debt
securities, including gains and losses, minus interest on deposits and other liabilities from
financial intermediation and monetary loss from financial brokerage. It also includes the CER
adjustment.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes primarily liabilities with other banks and international entities. Until December
31, 2006, debt with the Argentine Central Bank was also included.
|
|
(4)
|
|
The average balances of assets, including the related interest that is due are calculated on
a daily basis for Banco Galicia and for Galicia Uruguay, as well as for Tarjetas Regionales
S.A consolidated with its operating subsidiaries, and on a monthly basis for Grupo Financiero
Galicia and its non-banking subsidiaries.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Net interest earned divided by interest-earning assets. For a description of net interest
earned, see Item 4. Information on the Company-Selected Statistical
Information-Interest-Earning Assets-Net Yield on Interest-Earning Assets.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Financial margin represents net financial income divided by average interest-earning assets.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Net income excluding minority interest as a percentage of average total assets.
|
|
(8)
|
|
Net income as a percentage of average shareholders equity.
|
|
(9)
|
|
Operating income is defined as net financial income plus net income from services.
|
|
(10)
|
|
Administrative expenses as a percentage of operating income as defined above.
|
|
(11)
|
|
Past-due loans are defined as the aggregate principal amount of a loan plus any accrued
interest that is due and payable for which either the principal or any interest payment is 91
days or more past due.
|
|
(12)
|
|
Non-Accrual loans are defined as those loans in the categories of: (a) Consumer portfolio:
Medium Risk, High Risk, Uncollectible, and Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons, and
(b) Commercial portfolio: With problems, High Risk of Insolvency, Uncollectible, and
Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons.
|
|
(13)
|
|
Charge-offs plus direct charge-offs minus bad debts recovered.
|
|
(14)
|
|
As measured by the annual change in the end-of-period Wholesale Price Index (WPI),
published by INDEC.
|
|
(15)
|
|
As measured by the annual change in the end-of-period Consumer Price Index (CPI), published
by INDEC.
|
|
(16)
|
|
Annual change in the end-of-period exchange rate expressed in Pesos per US Dollar.
|
|
(17)
|
|
The CER is the Coeficiente de Estabilización de Referencia, an adjustment coefficient
based on changes in the Consumer Price Index.
|
Exchange Rate Information
The following table sets forth the annual high, low, average and period-end exchange
rates for US Dollars for the periods indicated, expressed in Pesos per Dollar and not adjusted for
inflation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange Rate
(1)
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Average
(2) (3)
|
|
|
Period-End
|
|
|
|
(in Pesos per US Dollar)
|
|
2005
|
|
|
3.0523
|
|
|
|
2.8592
|
|
|
|
2.9312
|
(3)
|
|
|
3.0315
|
|
2006
|
|
|
3.1072
|
|
|
|
3.0305
|
|
|
|
3.0784
|
(3)
|
|
|
3.0695
|
|
2007
|
|
|
3.1797
|
|
|
|
3.0553
|
|
|
|
3.1196
|
(3)
|
|
|
3.1510
|
|
2008
|
|
|
3.4537
|
|
|
|
3.0128
|
|
|
|
3.1801
|
(3)
|
|
|
3.4537
|
|
2009
|
|
|
3.8545
|
|
|
|
3.4497
|
|
|
|
3.7478
|
(3)
|
|
|
3.7967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 2009
|
|
|
3.8205
|
|
|
|
3.7920
|
|
|
|
3.8070
|
|
|
|
3.7967
|
|
January 2010
|
|
|
3.8230
|
|
|
|
3.7942
|
|
|
|
3.8042
|
|
|
|
3.8230
|
|
February 2010
|
|
|
3.8677
|
|
|
|
3.8310
|
|
|
|
3.8512
|
|
|
|
3.8598
|
|
March 2010
|
|
|
3.8763
|
|
|
|
3.8543
|
|
|
|
3.8627
|
|
|
|
3.8763
|
|
April 2010
|
|
|
3.8862
|
|
|
|
3.8682
|
|
|
|
3.8761
|
|
|
|
3.8862
|
|
May 2010
|
|
|
3.9268
|
|
|
|
3.8860
|
|
|
|
3.9020
|
|
|
|
3.9268
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Using closing reference exchange rates as published by the Argentine Central Bank.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Monthly average of daily closing quotations, unless otherwise noted.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Based on the annual
average of the last day of each months closing quotation.
|
As of June 24, 2010, the exchange rate was Ps.3.9300 for US$1.00.
6
Item 3.B. Capitalization and Indebtedness
Not applicable.
Item 3.C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds
Not applicable.
Item 3.D. Risk Factors
You should carefully consider the risks described below in addition to the other information
contained in this annual report. In addition, most, if not all, of the risks described below must
be evaluated bearing in mind that our most important asset is our equity interest in Banco Galicia,
thus, a material change in Banco Galicias shareholders equity or income statement would also
adversely affect our businesses and results of operations. We may also face risks and uncertainties
that are not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial, which may impair our
business. Our operations, property and customers are located mainly in Argentina. Accordingly, the
quality of our customer portfolio, loan portfolio, financial condition and results of operations
depend, to a significant extent, on the macroeconomic and political conditions prevailing in
Argentina. In general, the risk assumed when investing in the securities of issuers from
countries such as Argentina, is higher than when investing in the securities of issuers from
developed countries.
Risk Factors Relating to Argentina
Political and economic instability in Argentina and Government intervention in the economy as well
as market conditions may adversely affect Grupo Financiero Galicias business and prospects.
Grupo Financiero Galicias results of operations may be affected by inflation, fluctuations in
the exchange rate, modifications in interest rates, changes in the Governments policies (among
other, foreign investments or tax policies), social instability and other political, economic or
international developments in Argentina or somehow affecting the country. It should be taken into
account that in recent years the Government has exercised and currently exercises a marked
influence on the Argentine economy.
In turn, Argentinas economy has been characterized in recent decades by a high level of
instability and volatility, periods of low or negative growth and high and variable inflation and
devaluation levels. During 2001 and 2002, Argentina went through a period of serious political,
economic and social instability, leading to the default on Argentinas sovereign debt payments and
the devaluation of the Argentine peso, after more than 10 years of fixed exchange rate parity with
the dollar.
Therefore, the Government has enacted various broad scope laws and regulations which affect
the economy in general and it cannot be assured that any change in the future, including the
enacting of regulations by the Government or Argentine authorities, will not substantially and
adversely affect the financial condition or the results of operations of private sector companies,
including Grupo Financiero Galicia and its subsidiaries, or the rights of the holders of securities
issued by such institutions or their value.
Despite the economic growth achieved during the last years, Argentina may, in the future,
experience another economic recession with high inflation and unemployment rates. Consequently, a
substantial adverse effect on the results of operations of Grupo Financiero Galicia and its
subsidiaries could take place.
Inflation could increase and affect the economy and Grupo Financiero Galicias financial condition.
Following the decision in January 2002 to abandon the fixed exchange rate regime set forth in
the Convertibility Law, the devaluation of the peso had an effect on the domestic price system and
generated inflation in 2002 after several years of price stability.
In recent months, some private analysts have warned of a rise in inflation, which, according
to them, will not be demonstrated by the official information. During 2009, inflation according to
the Consumer Price Index provided by the National Institute for Statistic and Census (INDEC) was
7.7% -in comparison with 7.2% for the previous year-, while according to private estimates,
consumer prices registered a 16.3% growth and according to the Internal Wholesale Price Index
(IWPI) there was an increase of 10.0%.
7
General increases in salaries, public expenditure and the tariff settlement for public
services may have a direct impact on inflation. Given the current uncertainties, it is not possible
to assure that inflation will not increase or that the value of the peso will remain stable. In the
past, inflation significantly undermined the Argentine economy and the Governments ability to
create conditions that would permit growth. In addition, high inflation or high volatility in
inflation rates would negatively and materially affect the level of economic activity and
employment, and the financial systems volume of operations.
High inflation would also undermine Argentinas foreign competitiveness, with the same
negative effect on the level of economic activity, employment, real salaries, consumption and
interest rates. High volatility of economic variables and uncertainty would shorten contractual
terms and would erode economic agents planning and decision making capacity, affecting economic
activity, especially financial system activity. An increase in inflation could affect the
operations of Grupo Financiero Galicias subsidiaries and, especially, the development of financial
intermediation activities of Banco Galicia, its business, financial condition, results of
operations and prospects.
Argentinas ability to obtain financing and attract direct foreign investment is limited, which
could adversely affect the economy.
In the first half of 2005, Argentina restructured part of its sovereign foreign debt, which
had been in default since late 2001. According to the Government, the exchange for the
restructuring of said debt was accepted by 76% of creditors. However, holders of approximately
US$20 billion of the sovereign debt subject to the restructuring offer, mainly from the United
States of America, Italy and Germany did not accept the exchange and some of them initiated
litigation against Argentina (holdouts) and have requested the attachment of accounts of the
Government abroad with different results.
In November 2009, the Argentine National Congress (
Congreso de la Nación Argentina
) approved a
suspension until December 31, 2010 of the
lock law
(which ended the Argentina external debt
exchange), which allowed Argentina to reopen the debt exchange with holdouts, thus those
holders of securities that were not included in the exchange carried out in 2005 were entitled to
exchange their securities for new debt securities. The exchange period started on May 3, 2010. The
wholesale tranche closed on May 14, while the retail tranche closed on June 22, and according to
the Government there was a 66% acceptance rate.
Additionally, the Government has issued a necessary and urgent decree ordering the transfer of
a percentage of freely available reserves of the Argentine Central Bank for the payment of
sovereign debt. As a result, certain judges of the City and State of New York have issued certain
preliminary injunctions over the funds of the Argentine Central Bank deposited in financial
institutions of the United States, impeding the transfer thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
new legal proceedings and new precautionary measures against Argentina could be brought in the
future with respect to the holdouts, which could have a significant adverse effect on the Argentine
economy.
On September 2, 2008, Argentina announced its intention to cancel its sovereign debt with the
creditor nations of the Paris Club. The Paris Club announced its acceptance of such decision. As of
the date of this report, the amount of the debt to be cancelled, terms, and extent of the
representations of the parties are still unknown. Almost 70% of Argentinas debt with such forum is
with Germany, Japan and Spain, but the Paris Club includes creditors such as the United States of
America and other members of the Group of Eight. Failure to agree with the Paris Club could curb
financing from multilateral financial institutions, which could adversely affect Argentinas
economic growth and public finances, and, consequently, adversely affect Grupo Financiero Galicias
business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, foreign investors in various Argentine companies, including public utilities
companies and a group of holders which did not participate in the debt restructuring, filed claims
that amount up to over US$20 billion with the International Center for Settlement of Investment
Disputes (ICSID), alleging that the emergency measures adopted by the Government are inconsistent
with the rules of fair and equal treatment set forth in the different bilateral investment treaties
signed by Argentina. As of the date hereof, the ICSID has ordered the Government to pay an
amount of US$1 billion, plus interest and costs, on these claims. Also, regarding the same issue,
and as of the date hereof, the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL)
issued two awards against the Government to pay US$240 million plus interest and costs. Recently, a
group of bondholders who did not participate in the external public debt restructuring, submitted
before the ICSID an arbitration request for the amount of US$4.4 billion.
8
Argentinas default on payments, the delay in completing the debt restructuring with holdout
creditors, on the one hand, and the above-mentioned claims brought against the country, on the
other hand, could hinder the fluid access to capital markets and flows of direct foreign investment
by the Government and the countrys private sector. Consequently, the Government could lack
sufficient financial resources to foster growth. Additionally, private sector investment, which is
necessary for the same purposes, may not materialize due to the lack of financing.
If Argentinas ability to access financing from international capital markets and attract
direct foreign investment is restricted, there is a risk that it may lack sufficient funds in order
to restart the investment cycle and sustain an elevated level of economic growth. As a consequence,
the countrys fiscal condition could be affected, which could lead to higher inflation and could
negatively affect the Governments ability to implement economic policies that would foster
economic growth. Therefore, if a sustained growth cycle is not achieved, political, social and
economic instability could occur. All of these events would have an adverse effect on the Argentine
economic outlook, and, consequently, an adverse impact on Grupo Financiero Galicias activities.
An excessive real appreciation of the peso could create a recession and renewed pressures on the
foreign exchange market.
Currently, the Argentine Central Bank maintains a policy of intervention in the foreign
exchange market, aiming at preventing sudden fluctuations in the national currency.
Nevertheless, a real significant increase of the peso would affect Argentinas
competitiveness, substantially affecting exports, and this, in turn could prompt new recessionary
pressures on the countrys economy and a new imbalance in the foreign exchange market, which could
prompt great volatility in the exchange rate.
Most importantly, in the short term, a significant appreciation of the real exchange rate
could substantially reduce Argentine public sectors tax income in real terms, given the strong
reliance on taxes on exports (withholdings). This could worsen the public sectors financial
condition, likely prompting an increase in taxes or the printing of money to solve the issue. The
latter would likely lead to higher inflation (see
Inflation could increase and affect the economy
and Grupo Financiero Galicias financial condition
), and both measures would prompt recessionary
effects on the economy, and therefore in the results of Grupo Financiero Galicia.
An eventual future devaluation of the peso could adversely affect the Argentine economy and Grupo
Financiero Galicia.
Following the significant devaluation in the first half of 2002, the peso has remained stable
at approximately 3 pesos per dollar since early 2003, and as a consequence of the world financial
and economic crisis and other aspects of the local political and economic context the peso
underwent a gradual devaluation. As of mid-June 2010, the peso was valued at around 3.95 per
dollar. It cannot be assured that in the future, and due to the different local and international
circumstances, there will not be abrupt movements in the value of the peso.
Despite the positive effects of the real devaluation of the peso in 2002 on the
competitiveness of certain sectors of the Argentine economy, the depreciation has had a
far-reaching negative impact on the Argentine economy in general, as well as on businesses and
individuals financial condition. The devaluation of the peso had a negative impact on the ability
of Argentine businesses to honor their debt denominated in foreign currency, led to high inflation,
strongly reduced real wages, had a negative impact on businesses whose activity was dependent on
domestic market demand, such as public utilities and the financial industry. The governments
ability to honor its foreign debt obligations was also negatively affected.
9
If the peso were to devalue significantly, the related negative effects on the Argentine
economy could repeat, with adverse consequences on Banco Galicia and Grupo Financiero Galicias
businesses, which could impair their ability to honor their obligations in foreign currency.
Argentinas economy and its goods and financial services markets and securities markets remain
vulnerable to external shocks which could have an adverse effect on the countrys economic growth
and Grupo Financiero Galicias prospects.
Financial and securities markets in Argentina are influenced, to varying degrees, by economic
and market conditions in other countries. Although said conditions vary from country to country,
investor reactions to events occurring in one country may substantially affect capital flows to
issuers and securities of markets in other countries, with similar characteristics, including
Argentina. Argentina is viewed by the financial markets as being a high beta country, meaning
that its domestic markets are highly sensitive to what happens in the international financial
markets. In particular, during periods of high uncertainty in the international markets, entities
generally choose to invest in high quality assets (flight to quality) to the detriment of emerging
market assets. Lower capital inflows and declining prices in stock markets negatively affect the
real economy of a country through higher interest rates or exchange rate volatility. In addition,
foreign trade is another way through which the effects of the crisis are spread, as these
transactions decrease in those countries which are going through a recession period, and, in turn,
have an impact in the real economy of other countries, such as Argentina.
In the past, Argentinas economy was adversely affected by developments in other markets, such
as, among others, the events that occurred in Mexico at the end of 1994 and the collapse of various
Asian economies between 1997 and 1998. There is a risk that similar events may affect the Argentine
economy in the future.
In addition, at the end of 2007 and in early 2008, the Unites States of Americas economy
started to show signs of weakness, stemming from the uncertainty provoked by the course of the
world economy. The crisis in the subprime mortgage market in the United States of America spread
quickly into other geographical regions, such as Europe, Asia and Latin America.
The volume of default on payments of mortgage loans in the subprime mortgage market in the
United States increased dramatically due to the decrease in real property prices and higher
interest rates. The considerable decrease in the value of financial products related to these
subprime mortgage market loans initially led to the closing and bankruptcy of certain banks, which
later turned into a general confidence and liquidity crisis in the international financial sector.
Given these events, long-term interest rates started to decrease from the second half of 2008.
With the outbreak of the crisis in the international financial markets, central banks mainly
focused on the potential negative effects on their economies. However, the dollar started to weaken
reaching historically low values during 2007, when compared especially to a strengthened Euro,
which reached levels of around US$1.60 per Euro, which situation is currently reversed as a result
of the dissemination to European markets of the lack of confidence in the system that began in the
United States of America. During the crisis, the principal financial institutions in the world have
suffered substantial losses, further increasing the lack of confidence in the international
financial system. At the same time, various financial institutions have become insolvent, bankrupt
or had to be rescued by their countrys regulators or have merged with other institutions. Apart
from the huge decreases in the worlds principal stock exchanges to historic levels during 2008 and
2009, there have been, in the context of a decelerating world economy, strong fluctuations in the
price of oil and an abrupt fall in the price of other commodities.
As a consequence of the financial and economic crisis, during 2008 and 2009 the worlds major
economies have entered into recessions or have shown a marked fall in their economic activities,
which could trigger a less favorable or an unfavorable international environment for Argentina,
forcing domestic economic policy adjustments by the Argentine Government, which adjustments could
trigger a lower growth in the economy.
Certain market segments in which Grupo Financiero Galicias subsidiaries participate are
vulnerable to economic recessions like the one described in this section. This and other new
recessions have slowed and may in the future slow the growth of such segments and, consequently,
adversely affect the business of Grupo Financiero Galicia in these areas.
10
The United States of America and the worlds major economies have shown signs of recovery and
confidence in the financial system during recent quarters. However, there are risks that may
disrupt this process, since there persist high levels of indebtedness in the public and private
sector, an unrecuperated credit market and high levels of unemployment in the developed economies.
In particular, in Europe the recovery appears to be weaker, and there are differences between
each country. Doubts regarding the fiscal situation and solvency of certain members of the European
Union (mainly Greece, Spain, Portugal and Ireland) have generated an increase in uncertainty and
greater volatility in international financial markets. The 2008-2009 crisis led to a higher fiscal
deterioration of these economies, which had already been showing significant structural deficits
and indebtedness, and caused uncertainty regarding their ability to honor their debts.
The interruption of the recovery process of the developed economies, or the effects of the
current crisis or a new economic and/or global financial crisis, could affect Argentinas economy,
and, consequently, adversely affect the business of Grupo Financiero Galicia and its subsidiaries,
including Banco Galicia, which could adversely affect their results and Grupo Financiero Galicia.
A decline in the international prices for Argentinas main commodity exports could have an adverse
effect on Argentinas economic growth and on Grupo Financiero Galicias prospects.
Argentinas financial recovery from the 2001-2002 crisis occurred in a context of price
increases for Argentinas commodity exports, such as soy. High commodity prices have contributed to
the increase in the Argentine exports since the third quarter of 2002 and to high Government tax
revenues from export withholdings.
The prices of the commodities that Argentina exports, though still at high historical levels,
have decreased as a consequence of the world crisis which might affect future export levels. Such
occurrence would have a negative impact on the levels of Government revenues and the Governments
ability to service its sovereign debt, and could either generate recessionary or inflationary
pressures, depending on the Governments reaction. Either of these results would adversely impact
the prospects of the financial system and, therefore, of Grupo Financiero Galicia.
The foreign exchange market is subject to controls, which could adversely affect the ability and
method in which Grupo Financiero Galicia and its subsidiaries repays its obligations denominated in
a foreign currency.
Decree No. 1570/01, effective as of December 3, 2001, established certain restrictions on the
manner in which foreign currencies are transferred abroad, prohibiting most ordinary foreign
currency transfers abroad. Decree No. 1606/01 maintained the same provisions, but incorporated
additional exceptions regarding the transfers of funds entering the country after December 3, 2001
to foreign countries.
Additionally, the Government issued Decree No. 616/05 (and supplementary regulations), which
established new rules for capital movements into and from Argentina. Basically, this decree
establishes that funds transferred into Argentina by residents and non-residents are subject to the
deposit of a 30% reserve thereof, which must be deposited in dollars for one year in a local
financial institution without bearing interest. Please note that regulations in force established
certain exceptions to such deposit requirement. Moreover, the legislation provides that, subject to
certain exceptions, the transfer of currency from Argentina to foreign accounts must be approved by
the Argentine Central Bank, and establishes certain maximum amounts that individuals are allowed to
acquire in the exchange market. For further information on these and other similar measures on
foreign exchange controls, see Item 4. Information on the Company-Government Regulation-Foreign
Exchange Market in this report.
It is not possible to assure you that the above-mentioned regulations will not be modified or
to rule out that new regulations may be passed in the future maximizing or increasing even further
restrictions for the inflow and outflow of foreign currencies in the local foreign exchange market.
Those measures, as well as additional controls and/or restrictions, could adversely affect Grupo
Financiero Galicias ability to access the international capital markets and could impair Grupo
Financiero Galicias ability to pay principal and/or interest on its debt obligations in foreign
currency, all of which could adversely affect Grupo Financiero Galicias financial condition and
results of operations. Investors resident or not resident of Argentina holding assets abroad should
take special notice of these regulations on access to the foreign exchange market.
11
High volatility in the regulatory framework could adversely affect the countrys economy in general
as well as financial institutions and Grupo Financiero Galicia and/or its subsidiaries
Argentine governments have historically exercised a significant influence over the economy,
and financial institutions in particular have operated in a highly regulated environment in
different periods. Since December 2001, the Argentine government has enacted numerous, far-reaching
laws and regulations affecting the economy in general as well as financial institutions in
particular. The laws and regulations currently governing the economy and the financial sector could
change in the future.
Various parliamentary projects to reform the Financial Institutions Act are under study, but
the scope of such possible amendments is uncertain, and the impact on Grupo Financiero Galicia and
its subsidiaries business is also uncertain.
It is not possible to guarantee that future changes in the regulatory framework and government
policies will not adversely affect the activities carried out by Grupo Financiero Galicias
subsidiaries, including Banco Galicia, and consequently, Grupo Financiero Galicia. The lack of a
stable regulatory framework would impose significant restrictions on the financial systems
activities and on Grupo Financiero Galicias businesses, including Banco Galicia, and would cause
uncertainty as regards Grupo Financiero Galicias future financial condition and results of
operations.
Foreign judgments may not be able to be normally enforced in Argentina
Grupo Financiero Galicia and most of its subsidiaries are companies incorporated under the
laws of Argentina. Most of their shareholders, directors, members of the Supervisory Syndics
Committee, officers, and some specialists named herein are domiciled in Argentina and the most
significant part of their assets is located in Argentina.
Under Argentine law, the enforcement of foreign judgments shall be allowed provided that the
requirements in articles 517 to 519 of the National Code of Civil and Commercial Procedures are met
or, if it is one of the powers reserved to the Provinces, the requirements in the local codes of
procedure, and provided that the foreign judgment does not infringe the principles of public policy
in Argentine law, as determined by the competent courts of Argentina.
As such, your ability to enforce a judgment of, among others, a US court against Grupo
Financiero Galicia or its subsidiaries in Argentina may be limited.
Risk Factors Relating to the Argentine Financial System
The recovery of the financial system is dependent upon the ability of financial institutions,
including Banco Galicia, to maintain and increase the confidence of depositors.
The measures implemented by the Argentine Government in late 2001 and early 2002, in
particular the restrictions imposed on depositors to withdraw money freely from banks and the
pesification and restructuring of their deposits, were strongly opposed by depositors due to the
losses on their savings and undermined their confidence in the Argentine financial system and in
all financial institutions operating in Argentina.
Although the financial system has seen a recovery in deposits (principally transactional
deposits) since 2002, it cannot be assured that this trend will continue or that the deposit base
of the Argentine financial system, including with Banco Galicia, will not be negatively affected in
the future by adverse economic, social and political events. In turn, the rules and the decisions
taken by the Government on the financial system may undermine the confidence of depositors. If such
confidence in the financial system is affected once again, it will have a direct impact on the
manner in which financial institutions, including Banco Galicia, conduct their business, basically,
by affecting institutions ability to operate as financial intermediaries.
12
The negative consequences of the 2001-2002 crisis on the profile and activities of the financial
system could not be completely overcome.
During and after the 2001 and 2002 crisis, the Argentine financial system practically ceased
acting as an intermediary between savings and credit. In the second half of 2002, deposits began to
increase, and in 2004, credit began to increase. Even though after the 2001-2002 crisis, the
financial depth in Argentina increased (measured by the ratio of the total financial systems
private sector deposits and loans to gross domestic product), it is low when compared to
international levels and lower than the periods prior to the crisis, especially in the case of
loans to the private sector, which represented approximately 12% of the Argentine gross domestic
product (GDP) as of December 31, 2009, as compared to a maximum of approximately 23% at the end
of 1999.
The depth of the crisis and its effect on the depositors confidence in the financial system
raise significant uncertainties as to the likelihood that the financial system will fully recover
its ability to act as an intermediary between savings and credit, even more so in the current
international environment.
In addition, although deposits in the financial system and in Banco Galicia have begun
increasing again, most new deposits are either demand or short-term time deposits and the sources
of medium- and long-term funding for financial institutions are currently limited, and have
consisted, to a large extent, primarily since 2004, in the securitization of loan portfolios, which
was negatively affected by the replacement of the retirement and pension system of the Retirement
and Pension Fund Administrators (the AFJPs), which invested in loan securitization, by the
Integrated Social Security System (
Sistema Integrado Previsional Argentino
) (SIPA), the new
system administered by the National Social Security Administration (
Administración Nacional de la
Seguridad Social
) (ANSES). Due to these reasons, as well as due to the characteristics of demand
for credit, the expansion of credit through loans recorded since 2004 was based on short-term loans
to individuals and companies.
For the financial system to be able to reach an adequate intermediation level and, at the same
time, develop medium- and long-term credit without having to assume excessive risks in terms of
maturity mismatches, the following would be required: (i) growth in deposits and loans to continue
over time, (ii) the terms of assets and liabilities in the Argentine financial system to be
extended, (iii) the publics confidence in the Argentine financial system to return to levels
enabling the savings in Argentina or a substantial part thereof to be redirected to the financial
system, and (iv) a process of sustained growth with macroeconomic and legal stability to be
consolidated.
It cannot be assured that these trends will materialize and, even if they do, financial
intermediation activities could not develop to the extent needed nor attain the necessary volume so
as to allow an adequate income generation capacity by Argentine financial institutions, including
Banco Galicia. Under these circumstances, for an undetermined period of time, the scale of
operations of financial institutions that operate in Argentina, including Banco Galicia, their
business volume, the size of their assets and liabilities or their ability to generate results
could be lower than before the crisis.
The asset quality of financial institutions could deteriorate if the growth process is interrupted.
The portfolio quality started to deteriorate during 2008, which, although partly recuperated
since the second half of 2009, it cannot be assured that the private sector portfolio will not
continue to deteriorate.
Also, despite the Argentine Central Banks measures to limit the financial systems exposure
to the public sector, the assets of certain financial institutions currently are highly exposed to
debt instruments of Argentinas public sector.
Therefore, currently, the value of a large portion of the assets held by various Argentine
financial institutions, as well as those institutions income generation capacity, including Banco
Galicia, is dependent, to a large extent, on the Argentine public sectors repayment capacity,
which is dependent on, among others, the presence of a verifiable continuity in economic growth.
13
Judgments against financial institutions relating to the pesification and rescheduling of deposits
could deteriorate financial institutions profitability.
As a consequence of the measures adopted by the Government in connection with the pesification
of banking deposits originally denominated in dollars and the rescheduling thereof, since the
beginning of 2002, a significant number of legal actions were initiated by individuals and legal
institutions, mainly through protection claims (
acción de amparo or
amparo
claims), against
financial institutions, including Banco Galicia, on the basis that these measures violated
constitutional and other rights. These claims resulted in appellate and lower courts ordering
precautionary injunctions, requiring banks to reimburse the relevant dollar-denominated deposits,
or their equivalent in pesos, at the then prevailing exchange rate for the free market first and
later the single market. These rulings resulted in a significant withdrawal of deposits from the
financial system and in significant losses for financial institutions, including Banco Galicia, as
these institutions had to reimburse the deposits in Argentina, which had been pesified and
rescheduled by the Argentine government (mostly dollar-denominated deposits before pesification),
at market exchange rates, higher than the Ps.1.40 rate at which the deposits were pesified and
recorded. Banco Galicia deferred these losses, as established by the Argentine Central Bank, and
they must be amortized as from April 2003. The Government has not provided compensation to
financial institutions for these losses and has expressed that it has no intention to do so.
While the repayment schedule of Rescheduled Deposit Certificates (Cedros) expired in August
2005, and while there is a small amount of Rescheduled Deposits under
amparo
claims in the
financial system, many of these claims are still pending and shall be determined during the
following fiscal years, making it impossible to anticipate the final resolution of these cases.
However, if judgments against financial institutions increased, including against Banco Galicia,
additional losses would adversely impact the financial condition of financial institutions,
including Banco Galicia.
The reform of the Integrated Pension and Retirement Benefits System could adversely affect the
capital market evolution in Argentina.
Through the enactment of Law No. 26,425 in November 20, 2008, the Argentine National Congress
approved the elimination of the capitalization system run by the AFJPs, which was absorbed and
replaced by a single government run pension called SIPA. Among other measures, the law establishes
that: (i) funds accumulated in the private retirement and pension system during the last fourteen
years shall be administered by the ANSES and (ii) the retirement and pension system shall be public
and citizens shall contribute to this new system.
The elimination of this system entails a significant change in the evolution of the local
capital market and the Argentine financial system, since the AFJPs were an important factor within
the group of institutional investors. Consequently, the ability to obtain financing through the
capital market by Grupo Financiero Galicia and its subsidiaries could be affected.
Consumer protection laws may limit some of the rights afforded to Grupo Financiero Galicia and its
subsidiaries.
Law No. 24,240, the Consumer Protection Law (the Consumer Protection Law) sets forth a
series of rules and principles to protect consumers, including Banco Galicias customers. The
Consumer Protection Law was amended on March 12, 2008 in various aspects, namely: (i) the universe
of people considered as consumers under the Consumer Protection Law was widened, (ii) the maximum
fines applicable to suppliers violating this law was increased and the enforcement administrative
authority was empowered to order any supplier to pay direct damages up to a maximum amount, (iii)
the courts were entitled to sentence suppliers to pay punitive damages to consumers (such
punitive damages not to exceed Ps.5 million, depending on the gravity of the event and other
circumstances), and (iv) the ability of consumers associations to bring class action law suits on
behalf of an indeterminate universe of consumers rights was regulated. Also, the Secretary of
Domestic Commerce, under the Ministry of Economy and Production, was appointed as the national
enforcement authority whereas the city of Buenos Aires and the provinces were to act as local
enforcement authorities.
Grupo Financiero Galicia cannot assure you that court and administrative rulings arising from
the new regulation previously mentioned or from measures adopted by other enforcement authorities
will not increase in the future the degree of protection given to its debtors and other
clients, or that such rulings will not favor the claims brought by consumers groups or
associations. This could hinder or prevent Grupo Financiero Galicia and its subsidiaries from
collecting payments for services and financing provided, which could have an adverse effect on
their results and operations.
14
Future limitations on creditors rights in Argentina and on the ability to foreclose on
certain guarantees and collateral may adversely impact financial institutions.
For the purpose of protecting debtors affected by the economic crisis, as of 2002, the
Government passed various laws and regulations limiting temporarily the ability of creditors to
foreclose on collateral and to exercise their rights pursuant to similar instruments upon the
occurrence of a default by a debtor under a financing agreement. Such limitations have restricted
Argentine creditors, such as Banco Galicia, from initiating actions and/or lawsuits to collect and
recover on defaulted loans. In the event of an adverse economic environment or in other
circumstances, the Government could pass new rules and regulations restricting the ability of
creditors to enforce their rights pursuant to loan agreements, guarantees and similar instruments,
with a negative effect on the financial system and the business of Grupo Financiero Galicia and its
subsidiaries.
The stability of the Argentine banking system is uncertain.
During 2001 and the first half of 2002, a significant amount of deposits were withdrawn from
Argentine financial institutions. This massive withdrawal of deposits was largely due to the loss
of confidence of depositors in the Argentine governments ability to repay its debts, including its
debts within the financial system, and to maintain peso-dollar parity in the context of its
solvency crisis.
To prevent a run on the U.S. dollar reserves of local banks, the government restricted the amount
of money that account holders could withdraw from banks and introduced exchange controls
restricting capital outflows.
While the condition of the financial system has improved, adverse economic developments, even if
not related to or attributable to the financial system, could result in deposits flowing out of the
banks and into the foreign exchange market, as depositors seek to shield their financial assets
from a new crisis. Any run on deposits could create liquidity or even solvency problems for
financial institutions, resulting in a contraction of available credit.
In the event of a future shock, such as the failure of one or more banks or a crisis in depositor
confidence, the Argentine government could impose further exchange controls or transfer
restrictions and take other measures that could lead to renewed political and social tensions and
undermine the Argentine governments public finances, which could adversely affect Argentinas
economy and prospects for economic growth.
For additional information on our liquidity risk, see Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects-Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources.
Risk Factors Relating to Us
Part of Banco Galicias assets is invested in debt instruments of the Argentine public sector.
As of March 31, 2010, the net global position of Banco Galicia in the Argentine public sector
reached Ps.4,917 million, representing approximately 17.3% of its total assets and 2.2 times its
shareholders equity. Of this total, Ps.3,433 million corresponded to National Government
securities while the remaining Ps.1,484 million were Argentine Central Bank debt instruments.
Banco Galicias ability to honor its financial obligations could be adversely affected by the
Argentine Governments payment capacity.
In addition, the Argentine Governments ability to honor its financial obligations is
dependent on, among other things, its ability to establish economic policies that succeed in
fostering an economy growth process sustainable in the long term, generating tax revenues and
controlling public expenditures, which could, either partially or totally, fail to take place.
Banco Galicias public sector assets have been accounted for pursuant the Argentine Central Banks
valuation rules, which implies that their book value does not reflect market values.
It should be noted that Banco Galicia records its public sector assets according to the
Argentine Central Banks valuation rules. The book values of some of Banco Galicias public sector
assets are higher than their respective market value.
Therefore, Banco Galicias financial condition does not reflect the adjustments to the market
values of the above-mentioned assets. Future sales, exchanges of
assets provided by National Government or the Argentine Central Bank
where the received assets may have lower market values or arrangements of transactions carried out with
these assets will reflect market conditions as of that moment, which could result in losses due to
differences between the market and book value of said assets at such time.
Banco Galicias net position in assets adjustable by the Resource Stabilization Coefficient
(Coeficiente de Estabilización de Referencia) (CER) exposes it to real interest rate variation.
The amendments and modifications of Banco Galicias assets and liabilities resulting from the
Government measures to address the 2001-2002 economic crisis have created mismatches between its
assets and liabilities in terms of currency, interest rate and terms. Currently, Banco Galicia has
a net position in CER-adjustable assets (which index varies based on changes in consumer retail
prices) that accrue a fixed interest rate on the adjusted principal. This position is funded by
non-adjustable pesos-denominated liabilities, which bear market rates that are repriced mainly in
the short term. This mismatch exposes the Bank to fluctuations in real interest rates, with an
adverse impact on income if there is a significant increase in real interest rates paid on our
peso-denominated liabilities, which occurs when the nominal interest rate increases more than the
inflation rate.
15
Increased competition and consolidation in the banking and financial industry could adversely
affect Banco Galicias operations.
If competition in the banking and financial sector increases as a result of the consolidation
process in the industry, with the consequence of the creation of stronger and larger banks that may
have more resources than Banco Galicia, this could reduce prices and margins and/or the volume of
operations and market share, and therefore, the results of operations of Banco Galicia and other
subsidiaries of Grupo Financiero Galicia could be adversely affected and consequently, Grupo
Financiero Galicias capacity to honor its debt.
Grupo Financiero Galicia could be unable to invest in its business developments and/or to repay its
financial obligations due to a lack of liquidity caused by it being a holding company.
Grupo Financiero Galicia, as a holding company, conducts its operations through its
subsidiaries. Consequently, it does not operate nor hold substantial assets, except for equity
investments in its subsidiaries. Except for such assets, Grupo Financiero Galicias ability to
invest in its business developments and/or to repay obligations is subject to the funds generated
by its subsidiaries and their ability to pay cash dividends. In the absence of such funds, Grupo
Financiero Galicia could have to resort to financing options at unappealing prices, rates and
conditions. Additionally, such financing could be unavailable when Grupo Financiero Galicia may
need it.
Grupo Financiero Galicias subsidiaries are under no obligation to pay any amount to enable
Grupo Financiero Galicia to carry out investment activities and/or to cancel its liabilities, or to
give Grupo Financiero Galicia funds for such purposes. Each of the subsidiaries is a legal entity
separate from Grupo Financiero Galicia, and due to certain circumstances, legal or contractual
restrictions, as well as to the subsidiaries financial condition and operating requirements, Grupo
Financiero Galicias ability to receive dividends could be limited and, its ability to develop its
business and/or to comply with its payment obligations could be limited.
In addition, under certain regulations and agreements, Banco Galicia has certain restrictions
related to dividend distribution. Notwithstanding the fact that the repayment of Grupo Financiero
Galicias obligations could be afforded through other means, such as bank loans or new issuances in
the capital market, investors should take such restrictions into account when analyzing Grupo
Financiero Galicias investment developments and/or its ability to cancel its obligations. For
further information on dividend distribution restrictions, see Item 8. Financial
Information-Dividend Policy and Dividends.
It could be difficult for Grupo Financiero Galicia and its subsidiaries to completely overcome all
the negative residual effects of the 2001-2002 crisis.
The ability of Grupo Financiero Galicia and its subsidiaries to generate income was adversely
affected by the 2001-2002 crisis, especially its ability to generate financial income. It is
difficult to predict whether Grupo Financiero Galicias subsidiaries will be able to maintain or
increase their services and loans to the private sector, generating an increase in their financial
income and income from services so that their net operating results exceed the losses originated
during 2001-2002 crisis, in particular, and with respect to Banco Galicia, the amortization of
amparo
claims, the negative margin on their matched position in foreign currency resulting from the
low yield of the Government bonds in dollars at a Libor interest rate, due in 2012 (the Boden
2012) and their exposure to government securities with market values lower than the book values.
Demand for fee-related products and services as well as for credit in Argentina depends mainly
on the growth of the economy, for which reason the demand for financial products and credit could
fail to increase to a sufficient extent or at the necessary pace.
Likewise, Grupo Financiero Galicia may not be able to sufficiently increase its business
volume for operating income to exceed the losses. Also, lower economic growth could have a negative
impact on asset quality and the losses associated with the loan portfolio. Therefore, Grupo
Financiero Galicia may not be able to increase its operating results in the required amount or at
the required pace in order to offset the losses, for which reason its final profitability and
internal capital generation capacity could be negatively affected.
16
Certain administrative proceedings started by tax authorities against financial institutions could
generate losses to such institutions, including Banco Galicia.
Some tax authorities in the provinces and in the City of Buenos Aires initiated administrative
proceedings against certain financial institutions in order to collect higher gross income taxes
from such financial institutions from year-end 2002 onwards. Provincial tax authorities claim a
substantial amount in connection with gross income generated by financial institutions in 2002, as
such authorities include the income related to the Compensatory Bond (as defined below), into the
income subject of the tax. The purpose of the Compensatory Bond was to compensate financial
institutions for the losses that they would otherwise incur as a result of the measures implemented
to face the 2001-2002 crisis, in particular, the asymmetric pesification. Although the final
decision of these proceedings is uncertain, financial institutions, including Banco Galicia, could
suffer material losses.
Grupo Financiero Galicias estimates and established reserves for credit risk and potential credit
losses may prove to be inaccurate and/or insufficient, which may materially and adversely affect
its financial condition and results of operations.
A number of our products expose us to credit risk, including consumer loans, commercial loans
and other receivables. Changes in the income levels of Grupo Financiero Galicias borrowers,
increases in the inflation rate or an increase in interest rates could have a negative effect on
the quality of Grupo Financiero Galicias loan portfolio, causing Grupo Financiero Galicia to
increase provisions for loan losses and resulting in reduced profits or in losses.
Grupo Financiero Galicia estimates and establishes reserves for credit risk and potential
credit losses. This process involves subjective and complex judgments, including projections of
economic conditions and assumptions on the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans.
Grupo Financiero Galicia may not be able to timely detect these risks before they occur, or
due to limited resources or available tools, Grupo Financiero Galicias employees may not be able
to effectively implement its credit risk management system, which may increase its exposure to
credit risk.
Overall, if Grupo Financiero Galicia is unable to effectively control the level of
non-performing or poor credit quality loans in the future, or if its loan loss reserves are
insufficient to cover future loan losses, Grupo Financiero Galicias financial condition and
results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
In addition, the amount of Grupo Financiero Galicias non-performing loans may increase in the
future, including loan portfolios that Grupo Financiero Galicia may acquire through auctions or
otherwise, maybe subject to the same credit risk as described above.
Changes in market conditions, and any risks associated therewith, could materially and adversely
affect Grupo Financiero Galicias financial condition and results of operations.
We are directly and indirectly affected by changes in market conditions. Market risk, or the
risk that values of assets and liabilities or revenues will be adversely affected by variation in
market conditions, is inherent in the products and instruments associated with our operations,
including loans, deposits, securities, bonds, long-term debt and short-term borrowings. Changes in
market conditions that may affect our financial condition and results of operations include
fluctuations in interest and currency exchange rates, securities prices, changes in the implied
volatility of interest rates and foreign exchange rates, among others.
Item 4. Information on the Company
History and Development of the Company
Our legal name is Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. We are a financial services holding company
that was incorporated on September 14, 1999, as a
sociedad anónima
(a stock corporation) under
the laws of Argentina. As a holding company we do not have operations of our own and conduct our
business through our subsidiaries. Banco Galicia is our main subsidiary and one of Argentinas
largest full-service banks. Through the operating subsidiaries of Tarjetas Regionales S.A., a
holding company wholly owned by the Bank, we provide proprietary brand credit cards and consumer
finance services throughout Argentina. Through Sudamericana Holding S.A. and its subsidiaries or
Sudamericana we provide insurance products in Argentina. We directly or indirectly own other
companies providing financial related products as explained herein. We are one of Argentinas
largest financial services groups with consolidated assets of Ps.27,602.4 million as of December
31, 2009.
Our goal is to consolidate our position as one of Argentinas leading comprehensive financial
services providers while continuing to strengthen Banco Galicias position as one of Argentinas
leading banks. We seek to broaden and complement the operations and businesses of Banco Galicia,
through holdings in companies and undertakings whose objectives are related to and/or can produce
synergies with financial activities. Our non-banking subsidiaries operate in financial and related
activities that Banco Galicia cannot undertake or in which it is limited to invest in due to
restrictive banking regulations.
Our domicile is in Buenos Aires, Argentina. Under our bylaws, our corporate duration is until
June 30, 2100. Our duration can be extended by a resolution passed at a general extraordinary
shareholders meeting. Our principal executive offices are located at Teniente General Juan D.
Perón 456, Second Floor, (C1038AAJ), Buenos Aires, Argentina. Our telephone number is (54-11)
4343-7528.
Our agent for service of process in the United States is C T Corporation System, presently
located at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011.
Organizational Structure
The following table illustrates our organizational structure as of December 31, 2009.
Percentages indicate the ownership interests held. All of the companies shown in the chart are
incorporated in Argentina, except for:
|
|
|
Galicia Uruguay, incorporated in Uruguay and currently not an operating financial
institution;
|
|
|
|
Galval Agente de Valores S.A. or Galval, incorporated in Uruguay;
|
|
|
|
Galicia (Cayman) Ltd. or Galicia Cayman, incorporated in the Cayman Islands;
|
|
|
|
Tarjeta Naranja Dominicana S.A., incorporated in the Dominican Republic.
|
17
History
Grupo Financiero Galicia
Grupo Financiero Galicia was formed on September 14, 1999 as a financial services holding
company to hold all of the shares of the capital stock of Banco Galicia held by members of the
Escasany, Ayerza and Braun families. Its initial nominal capital amounted to 24,000 common shares,
12,516 of which were designated as class A ordinary (common) shares (the class A shares) and
11,484 of which were designated as class B ordinary (common) shares (the class B shares).
Following Grupo Financiero Galicias formation, the holding companies that held the shares in
Banco Galicia on behalf of the Escasany, Ayerza and Braun families were merged into Grupo
Financiero Galicia. Following the merger, Grupo Financiero Galicia held 46.34% of the outstanding
shares of Banco Galicia. In addition, and due to the merger, Grupo Financiero Galicias capital
increased from 24,000 to 543,000,000 common shares, 281,221,650 of which were designated as class A
shares and 261,778,350 of which were designated as class B shares. Following this capital increase,
all of our class A shares were held by EBA Holding S.A., an Argentine corporation that is 100%
owned by our controlling shareholders, and our class B shares were held directly by our controlling
shareholders in an amount equal to their ownership interests in the holding companies that were
merged into Grupo Financiero Galicia.
On May 16, 2000, our shareholders held an extraordinary shareholders meeting during which
they unanimously approved a capital increase of up to Ps.628,704,540 and the public offering and
listings of our class B shares. All of the new common shares were designated as class B shares,
with a par value of Ps.1.00. During this extraordinary shareholders meeting, all of our existing
shareholders waived their preemptive rights. In addition, the shareholders determined that the
exchange ratio for the exchange offer would be one class B share of Banco Galicia for 2.5 of our
class B shares and one ADS of Banco Galicia for one of our ADSs. The exchange offer was completed
in July 2000 and the resulting capital increase was of Ps.549,407,017. At date of completion of the
exchange offer, our only significant asset was our 93.23% interest in Banco Galicia.
18
On January 2, 2004, our shareholders held an extraordinary shareholders meeting during which
they approved a capital increase of up to 149,000,000 preferred shares, each of them mandatorily
convertible into one of our class B shares on the first anniversary of the date of issuance, to be
subscribed for in up to US$100.0 million of face value of subordinated notes to be issued by the
Bank to its creditors in the restructuring of the foreign debt of its Head Office in Argentina (the
Head Office) and its Cayman Branch, or cash. This capital increase was carried out in connection
with the restructuring of the Banks foreign debt. On May 13, 2004, we issued 149,000,000 preferred
non-voting shares, with preference over the ordinary shares in the event of a liquidation, each
with a face value of Ps.1.00. The preferred shares were converted into class B shares on May 13,
2005. With this capital increase, our capital increased to Ps.1,241,407,017. For more information
on the Banks debt restructuring, please see below.
In January 2005, we created Galval, a securities broker based in Uruguay, with the purpose of
providing trading and custody services. We own 100% of the capital and voting rights of this
subsidiary.
In August 2007, Grupo Financiero Galicia exercised its preemptive rights in the Banks share
issuance and subscribed for 93.6 million shares of the Bank. The consideration consisted of: (i)
US$102.2 million face value of negotiable obligations due 2014 issued by the Bank in May 2004, and
(ii) cash. After the capital increase, Grupo Financiero Galicia held 94.66% of the Banks shares,
up from 93.60%. For more information on the Banks capital increase, please see -Banco
Galicia-Banco Galicias 2007 Capital Increase.
As of December 31, 2009, the controlling percentage grew to 94.71% due to minor purchases in
the Buenos Aires Stock Exchange (BASE).
Banco Galicia
Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A. is a banking corporation organized as a stock corporation
under Argentine law and supervised and licensed to operate as a commercial bank by the
Superintendencia de Entidades Financieras y Cambiarias
(Superintendency of Financial Institutions
and Exchange Bureaus or the Superintendency).
The Bank was founded in September 1905 by a group of businessmen from the Spanish community in
Argentina and initiated its activities in November of that year. Two years later, in 1907, the
Banks stock was listed on the BASE. The Banks business and branch network increased significantly
by the late 1950s and continued expanding in the following decades, after regulatory changes
allowed the Bank to exercise its potential and gain a reputation for innovation, thereby achieving
a leading role within the domestic banking industry.
In the late 1950s, the Bank launched the equity fund FIMA Acciones and founded the predecessor
of the asset manager Galicia Administradora de Fondos S.A., Sociedad Gerente de Fondos Comunes de
Inversión (Galicia Administradora de Fondos). Beginning in the late 1960s the Bank began to
establish an international network mainly comprised of branches in New York and in the Cayman
Islands, a bank in Uruguay and several representative offices.
In order to develop automated banking in Argentina and avoid bank disintermediation (i.e.,
when consumers directly access information or goods rather than using intermediaries) in the
provision of electronic information and fund transfer services, in 1985, Banco Galicia established,
together with four other private- sector banks operating in Argentina, Banelco S.A. to operate a
nationwide automated teller system, which became the largest in the country. During the same year,
Banco Galicia also acquired an interest in VISA Argentina S.A., and is currently one of the largest
issuers of such cards in Argentina.
During the 1990s, the Bank implemented a growth and modernization strategy directed at
achieving economies of scale and increasing productivity and, therefore, heavily invested in
developing new businesses, acquiring new customers, widening its product offering, developing its
IT and human resources capabilities, and expanding its distribution capacity. This was comprised of
traditional channels (branches) and, especially, alternative channels, including new types of
branches (in-store for example), ATMs, banking centers, phone banking and Internet banking.
19
As part of its growth strategy, in 1995, the Bank began a new expansion drive into the
Interior
of Argentina where high growth potential was believed to exist. Argentines refer to the
Interior
as that part of the countrys territory different from the federal capital and the areas
surrounding the city of Buenos Aires (Greater Buenos Aires), i.e., the provinces, including the
Buenos Aires Province but excluding the city of Buenos Aires and its surroundings. Typically the
Interior is underserved relative to the city of Buenos Aires and its surroundings with respect to
access to financial services and its population tends to use fewer banking services. As such,
mainly between 1995 and 1999, the Bank acquired equity interests in entities or formed several
non-banking companies providing financial services to individuals in the Interior through the
issuance of proprietary brand credit cards. See -Regional Credit Card Companies below. In
addition, in 1997, the Bank acquired a regional bank that was merged into it, with branches located
mainly in Santa Fe and Córdoba, two of the wealthiest and more populated Argentine provinces.
In order to fund its strategy, during the 1990s, the Bank tapped the international capital
markets for both equity and debt. In June 1993, the Bank carried out its initial international
public offering in the United States and Europe and, as a result, began to list its American
depositary receipts (ADRs) on the Nasdaq Stock Market until 2000, when the Banks shares were
exchanged for our shares. In 1991, it was the first Argentine bank to issue debt in the European
capital markets and, in 1994, it was the first Latin American issuer of a convertible bond. In
1996, the Bank raised equity again through a local and international public offering.
In 1996, Banco Galicia entered the bank-assurance business through an agreement with ITT
Hartford Life Insurance Co. for the joint development of initiatives in the life insurance
business. In this same year, the Bank initiated its Internet presence, which evolved into a full
e-banking service for both companies and individuals.
At the end of 2000, the Bank was the largest private-sector bank in the Argentine market with
a 9.8% deposit market share.
In 2001 and 2002 Argentina experienced a severe political and financial crisis, which had a
material adverse effect on the financial system, including on Banco Galicia, and on financial
businesses as a whole but especially on financial intermediation activity. However, during the
crisis, the provision of banking services of a transactional nature was maintained. With the
normalization of the Argentine economys situation and the subsequent growth cycle that began
in mid 2002, financial activities began to expand at high rates, which translated into high growth
at the level of the financial system as a whole, including the Bank. The provision of services
continued to develop, even further than prior to the crisis, and financial intermediation resumed
progressively.
Beginning in May 2002, the Bank began to implement a series of initiatives to deal with the
liquidity shortage caused by the systemic deposit run, the unavailability of funding and other
adverse effects of the 2001-2002 crisis on the financial system as a whole. The Bank significantly
streamlined its operations and reduced its administrative expenses and, immediately after launching
such initiatives, restored its liquidity. Also, in late 2002 and early 2003, the Bank closed all of
its operating units abroad or began to wind them down. In addition, the Bank: (i) restructured most
of its commercial loan portfolio, a process that was substantially completed in 2005, (ii)
restructured its foreign debt, a process that began in 2002 and that was completed in May 2004, and
resulted in an increase in its capitalization, and (iii) in February 2004, finalized the
restructuring of its debt with the Argentine Central Bank incurred as a consequence of the
2001-2002 crisis.
Together with the launching of the above-mentioned initiatives, the Bank began to normalize
its activities, progressively restoring its customer relations and growing its business with the
private sector. The Banks deposit base began to increase in the second half of 2002 and loan
origination picked up in late 2003. In parallel to the implementation of the above-mentioned
initiatives, and while consistently expanding its business, the Bank undertook to progressively
strengthen its balance sheet by (i) obtaining compensation from the Government for the
negative effects of the asymmetric pesification, (ii) consistently reducing its high exposure to
the public sector that was a legacy of the 2001-2002 crisis as well as (iii) reducing those
liabilities incurred as a consequence of such crisis. Between 2005 and 2007, the Bank significantly
reduced its exposure to the public sector by, among others, using public-sector assets to repay in
advance Argentine Central Bank debt and restructured foreign debt. In 2007, the Bank finalized the
full repayment in advance of its debt with the Argentine Central Bank incurred as a consequence of
the 2001-2002 crisis. In addition, in August 2007, the Bank repaid in full the negotiable
obligations that it had issued to restructure the debt of its New York Branch and undertook a share
offering to increase its capitalization, in order to be able to support the increase in regulatory
capital requirements on a banks exposure to the public sector and the growth of its business with
the private sector. For more information, see -Banco Galicias 2007 Capital Increase below.
20
Restructuring of the Foreign Debt of the Banks Head Office in Argentina and its Cayman Branch
On May 18, 2004, the Bank successfully completed the restructuring of US$1,320.9 million of
the debt of the Banks Head Office and its Cayman Branch, consisting of bank debt (including debt
with multilateral credit agencies) and bonds. This amount represented 98.2% of the foreign debt
eligible for restructuring. As of December 31, 2009, the principal amount of old debt, the holders
of which did not participate in the exchange offer was US$1.7 million.
Based on the final amounts validly tendered, on May 18, 2004, the Bank paid creditors who
elected to participate in the cash offer and the Boden offer and issued the following new debt
instruments:
|
|
|
US$648.5 million of long-term Dollar-denominated debt instruments, of which US$464.8
million were Dollar-denominated negotiable obligations due 2014 (referred to as the Step
Up Notes Due 2014 or the 2014 Notes) issued under an indenture.
|
|
|
|
US$399.8 million of medium-term Dollar-denominated debt instruments, of which US$352.8
million were Dollar-denominated negotiable obligations due 2010 (referred to as the
Floating Rate Notes Due 2010 or the 2010 Notes) issued under an indenture.
|
|
|
|
US$230.0 million of subordinated Dollar-denominated debt instruments, of which US$218.2
million were Dollar-denominated negotiable obligations due 2019 (referred to as the
Subordinated Notes Due 2019 or the 2019 Notes) issued under an indenture.
|
As of December 31, 2009, the outstanding principal amount of debt resulting from the
above-mentioned restructuring amounted to US$556.3 million, US$132.2 million lower than as of
December 31, 2008 and US$218.1 million lower than as of December 31, 2007, due to amortization,
prepayments and advance cancellations. For more information see Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects-Item 5.A. Operating Results-Contractual Obligations, and Funding.
Banco Galicias 2007 Capital Increase
On October 11, 2006, the Banks shareholders resolved to increase the Banks capital stock by
up to 100 million ordinary (common) book-entry, class B shares, with one vote per share and a
nominal value of Ps.1.0 each. The new shares could be purchased, at the option of the purchaser, in
cash or in 2010 Notes, 2014 Notes and/or 2019 Notes. The offer was made only to shareholders. The
purpose of the capital increase was to guarantee the Banks compliance with the Argentine Central
Banks capital adequacy rules, in light of the increase in such requirements. This increase was
expected because of the current and projected growth of the Banks business volume with the private
sector and the Argentine Central Banks regulations establishing increasing capital requirements in
respect of public-sector assets. See Item 4. Information on the Company-Selected Statistical
Information-Regulatory Capital-Banco Galicia.
On July 27, 2007, we purchased 93,604,637 new shares through the exercise of our preemptive
rights. During August 2007, the Bank issued 93,664,806 new shares through the exercise of its
shareholders preemptive and accretion rights. In total, the transaction led to a net increase in
the Banks shareholders equity of Ps.493 million, of which Ps.466 million was an aggregate
increase in the Banks shareholders equity items capital stock and issuance premiums, net of
issuance costs, and Ps.27 million was a profit in connection with the portion paid for in 2014
Notes, given that these notes were received by the Bank at a value lower than their book value.
21
Banco Galicia Uruguay S.A. and Galicia (Cayman) Ltd.
In 1983, Banco Galicia Uruguay S.A. was established as a
Casa Bancaria
, a license that
granted an offshore status, as an alternative service location for the Banks customers. In
September and October 1999, the Uruguayan governments executive branch and the Uruguayan Central
Bank, respectively, approved Galicia Uruguays status as a full service domestic bank. Due to the
effects of the 2001-2002 crisis on Galicia Uruguay, in early 2002, the Central Bank of Uruguay
suspended its activities and assumed control and management of Galicia Uruguay. In December 2002,
Galicia Uruguay restructured its deposits into debt maturing in 2011. On June 1, 2004, Galicia
Uruguays license to operate as a domestic commercial bank was revoked by the Central Bank of
Uruguay, but it retained the license from the Uruguayan governments executive branch. Control
and management of Galicia Uruguay by the Central Bank of Uruguay ended on February 22, 2007. On May
15, 2009, Galicia Uruguay made available to its clients in advance US$27.3 million, corresponding
to the remaining balance of its restructured debt, which was initially due in September 2011. At
the date of this annual report, Galicia Uruguay is not engaged in any active business and its
restructured debt (time deposits and negotiable obligations), has been repaid in full.
On May 29, 2009, the Special General Meeting of Galicia Uruguay approved the voluntary
reduction of capital by redemption of shares. Following such capital reduction, Banco Galicia held
100% of the capital stock of Galicia Cayman, of which formerly 65.34% was controlled by Galicia
Uruguay and the remaining 34.66% by Banco Galicia. As of the closing of fiscal year 2009 the
shareholders equity of Galicia Uruguay amounted to Ps.56.2 million.
Galicia (Cayman) Ltd. was established in 1988 in the Cayman Islands as another alternative
service location for the Banks customers. Galicia Uruguays situation adversely affected its
subsidiary Galicia Cayman, which commenced voluntary liquidation and surrendered its banking
license effective as of December 31, 2002. In May 2003, Galicia Cayman together with the
provisional liquidators designated by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands completed a debt
restructuring plan and, with the authorization of such Court, presented it to all creditors for
their consideration. The plan was approved, in whole, by the vote of 99.7% of creditors, exceeding
the legal majority required, on July 10, 2003, and became effective and mandatory for all
creditors. On February 2, 2006, the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands declared the plan as
terminated and ended the involvement of any third parties in the companys management beginning on
February 23, 2006.
Regional Credit Card Companies
In the mid 90s, Banco Galicia made the strategic decision to target the non-bankarized
individuals market, which, in Argentina, typically includes the low and medium-low income segments
of the population which typically live in the Interior of the country, in addition to certain
locations of the Greater Buenos Aires. To implement this strategic decision, among others, in 1995,
the Bank began investing in non-bank companies operating in certain regions of the Interior,
providing financial services to individuals through the issuance of credit cards with proprietary
brands and extending credit to its customers through such cards. We refer to these companies in
aggregate as the regional credit card companies.
In 1995, Banco Galicia made the first investment in this business by acquiring a minority
stake in Tarjeta Naranja S.A. The remaining stake remained in the hands of the founders of the
company, who currently retain a minority interest. This company had begun operations in 1985 in the
city of Córdoba, the second largest city in Argentina, by marketing Tarjeta Naranja, its
proprietary brand credit card, in this city and had enjoyed local growth.
In 1996, the Bank formed Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A., to operate in the Cuyo Region (the provinces
of Mendoza, San Juan and San Luis) in partnership with local businessmen, who currently retain a
minority interest in the company. This company launched the Nevada Card in May 1996 in the city
of Mendoza. Also in 1996, the Bank formed a new company, Tarjetas del Mar S.A., to operate in the
city of Mar del Plata and its area of influence. Tarjetas del Mar S.A. began marketing the Mira
card in March 1997.
In early 1997, the Bank purchased an interest in Comfiar S.A., a consumer finance company
operating in the provinces of Santa Fe and Entre Ríos, which was merged into Tarjeta Naranja S.A.
in January 2004.
In 1999, the Bank reorganized its participation in this business through Tarjetas Regionales
S.A., a holding company wholly owned by Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A. and Galicia Cayman,
which achieved control of Tarjeta Naranja S.A., Comfiar S.A., Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A., and Tarjetas
del Mar S.A. In addition, in 1999, Tarjetas Regionales S.A. acquired a 12.5% interest in Tarjetas
del Sur S.A., a credit card company operating in southern Argentina. In January 2000, this interest
increased to 60% and, in February of the same year, Tarjeta Naranja S.A. acquired the remaining
40%. In March 2001, Tarjetas del Sur S.A. merged into Tarjeta Naranja S.A.
22
As of December 31, 2009, Banco Galicia held 68.22% of Tarjetas Regionales S.A. while Galicia
Cayman held the remaining 31.78%. Directly or indirectly, as of that date, the Bank held 80.0% of
Tarjeta Naranja S.A., 60.0% of Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A., and 99.995% of Tarjetas del Mar S.A.
These companies have experienced a significant expansion of their customer bases, in absolute
terms and with respect to the range of customers served, number of cards issued, distribution
networks and size of operations, as well as a technological upgrade and general modernization. By
mid 1995, Tarjeta Naranja S.A. had approximately 200,000 cards outstanding. As of December 31,
2009, the regional credit card companies had more than 4.7 million cards outstanding in the
aggregate and were the largest proprietary brand credit card operation in Argentina.
Sudamericana
In 1996, Banco Galicia entered the bank-assurance business, through the establishment of a
joint venture with Hartford Life International to sell life insurance and annuities, in which it
had a 12.5% interest. In December 2000, the Bank sold its interest in this company and purchased
12.5% of Sudamericana, a subsidiary of Hartford Life International. As a result of various
acquisitions, Grupo Financiero Galicia owns 87.5% of Sudamericana (with the remaining 12.5% being
held by Banco Galicia) which offers life, retirement and property and casualty insurance products
in Argentina through its subsidiaries Galicia Seguros S.A. (property and casualty and life
insurance), Galicia Retiro Compañía de Seguros S.A. (retirement insurance) and Sudamericana
Asesores de Seguros S.A. (insurance broker).
Net Investment S.A.
Net Investment S.A. (Net Investment) was established in February 2000 as a holding company
(87.5% owned by Grupo Financiero Galicia and 12.5% owned by Banco Galicia) whose initial purpose
was to invest in and develop businesses related to technology, communications, the Internet,
connectivity, and contents. The objective was to develop Banco Galicias internet businesses, in
the areas related to e-commerce among companies, individuals and government agencies, mobile-phone
payment solutions, content and connectivity services, and electronic services for companies, aiming
to generate and exchange synergies with Banco Galicias operations.
On February 1, 2007, Tradecom Argentina -the only operating subsidiary of Net Investment was
merged into Net Investment.
By the beginning of 2008, Net Investment began to make changes to both its institutional and
product images in order to improve its market presence, look for new customers and retain its
current clients. Net Investment focused on, among other objectives, improving its organizational
structure in order to strengthen its strategic areas, so as to be able to take advantage of new
business opportunities. The efforts made were not sufficient to reach the business volumes
necessary to generate the resources needed to cover Net Investments operating expenses for 2008.
During 2009, Net Investments Board of Directors decided to refocus its operations and reorganize
its structure, based on the future activities and objectives. As of December 31, 2009, the company
did not hold ongoing transactions and as of the date of this annual report, the Board of Directors
of the company is analyzing different business alternatives.
Galicia Warrants S.A.
Galicia Warrants S.A. (Galicia Warrants) was founded in April 1993, when it obtained the
authorization from the relevant authorities to store goods and issue certificates of deposit of
goods and warrants under the provisions of Law No. 9,643. On August 30, 2001, we acquired 87.5% of
the capital stock and voting rights of Galicia Warrants, Banco Galicia holds the remaining 12.5%.
23
Galval
In January 2005, Galval Agente de Valores S.A. (Galval) was incorporated under the laws of
Uruguay. This company operates in Montevideos free trade zone and acts as stock broker in Uruguay.
Grupo Financiero Galicia owns 100% of the voting shares of this company. Galval gradually started
to operate in September 2005.
GV Mandataria
In March 2008, GV Mandataria de Valores S.A. (GV Mandataria) was incorporated with the
purpose of carrying out securities related representations, mandates and commissions of all types,
whether involving domestic or international companies. Grupo Financiero Galicia holds 90% of GV
Mandatarias stock, and the remaining 10% is held by Galval.
Business
Banking
Banco Galicia is our largest subsidiary. Banco Galicia operates in Argentina and substantially
all of its customers, operations and assets are located in Argentina. Banco Galicia is a bank that
provides, directly or through its subsidiaries, a wide variety of financial products and services
to large corporations, small and medium sized companies (SMEs), and individuals.
Banco Galicia is one of the main banks within the Argentine financial system, and is a leading
provider of financial services in Argentina. As per the information published by the Argentine
Central Bank, as of December 31, 2009, the Bank ranked third in terms of assets and deposits and
second in terms of its loan portfolio within private-sector banks. As of the same date, the Bank
was also ranked first among private-sector domestic bank in terms of assets, loans and deposits.
Its market share of private sector deposits and of loans to the private sector was of 7.81% and
7.67% respectively, as of the end of 2009. On a consolidated basis, as of the end of fiscal year
2009, Banco Galicia had total assets of Ps.28,355 million, total loans of Ps.14,041 million, total
deposits of Ps.17,977 million, and its shareholders equity amounted to Ps.2,187 million.
Banco Galicia provides a full range of financial services through one of the most extensive
and diversified distribution platforms amongst private-sector financial institutions in Argentina.
This distribution platform is comprised of 237 full service banking branches, located throughout
the country, 1,431 ATMs and self-service terminals owned by Banco Galicia, phone banking and
e-banking facilities. The Banks customer base reaches more than 1.6 million customers, who were
comprised of mostly individuals but who also included more than 46,000 companies. The Bank has a
strong competitive position in retail banking, both with respect to individuals and SMEs.
Specifically, it is one of the primary providers of financial services to individuals, one of the
largest providers of credit cards, the primary private-sector institution serving the SMEs sector,
and has traditionally maintained a leading position in the agriculture and livestock sectors.
For a breakdown of the Banks revenues by category of activity for the last three financial
years, see Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Item 5.A. Operating
Results-Results by Segments-Banking.
Wholesale Banking
The Wholesale Banking Division includes the SMEs, Agriculture and Livestock Sector, Corporate,
Capital Markets and Investment Banking, Public Sector and Foreign Trade Departments. The Wholesale
Banking Division manages Banco Galicias business transactions with companies, aimed at developing
value-added financial solutions and services, focused on the optimization of the business process
of companies from the different economic sectors, thus contributing both to their business
development and their competitive growth.
Banco Galicia is firmly committed to meeting the needs of Argentinas economic activity, what
is reflected in over 46,000 corporate customers and in the composition of Banco Galicias total
loan portfolio (without consolidation with Tarjetas Regionales S.A.), 62% of which corresponds to
credit to the productive sector (43.4% to SMEs and the agriculture and livestock sector, and 18.6%
to large companies and corporations).
24
During the fiscal year 2009, Banco Galicia maintained its leading position in the SMEs and
agriculture and livestock sectors, as well as a strong presence in the corporate segment.
Throughout its history of over 100 years, Banco Galicia has shown its commitment to the
agriculture and livestock sector, building up a direct and close relationship with producers and
the entities that group them, developing a tailor-made product and service offer and providing the
professional and customized advisory services customers need.
Banco Galicia has a strong presence in the corporate segment, which is strengthened year after
year thanks to the development of value-added solutions to meet the needs of this kind of
companies, and the advisory services rendered by a team of professionals with considerable
experience.
During the fiscal year, Banco Galicia unified the Middle-market Banking and the
Large-corporations Banking areas.
The different collection and payment services offered by Banco Galicia, designed to ease and
optimize daily operations reducing times and costs, are highly appreciated by customers within this
sector. During this fiscal year,
Cobranza Integrada Galicia
(Galicia Integrated Collections)
, Pago
a Proveedores
(Payment to Suppliers) and
Pago de Haberes
(Payroll Payments) are worth noting due to
the increase in the volume of transactions thereof.
With eight Corporate Banking Centers distributed in the main business areas of Argentina,
Banco Galicia offers solutions adapted to the problems of each region, meeting the demands of
customers on site, within the socio-economic environment in which they operate, and decentralizing
decisions from the Head Office.
Cobranza Integrada Galicia
, a product highly valued by companies since it allows them to
optimize their collection system, obtained the ISO 9001 Certification, what evidences the kind of
work carried out to improve the quality of products and services.
As regards the commercial credit-card market, Banco Galicia strengthened its leading position
by offering more benefits through its Galicia Business and Galicia Corporate credit cards, which
are aimed at the SMEs and the large corporations segments, respectively.
Galicia Rural
, the leading credit card within the agriculture and livestock sector, with an
estimated 60% market share taking into account the specific cards of this sector, continued
offering benefits aimed at financing all the supplies, goods and services needed by the rural
sector, exclusive financing conditions: 0% interest rate and terms from 90 to 180 days for the
purchase of seeds, agrochemicals, fertilizers, bulk liquefied gas, machines and services, among
others.
Galicia Office is the corporate e-banking service. By means of Galicia Office, companies may,
without any cost, make inquiries and requests about their banking products (accounts, loans,
investments, Visa and Galicia Rural liquidations), as well as gain access to a wide range of
information about its checks portfolio and returned checks, request and ratify checkbooks, make
transfers between their accounts and third party accounts at the Bank or any other Bank, make
investments, consult their foreign trade operations, make payments to their employees with maximum
security, renew its digital signature on line and make payments to their suppliers. The volume of
queries and transactions made through Galicia Office continues to grow year after year as well as
the companies subscribed thereto, which nowadays are more than 35,000. During the fiscal year 2009,
over 52 million queries and 2.1 million transactions were recorded.
As regards direct payroll deposits, the volume of transactions exceeded by 42% the figure
recorded in 2008. As regards foreign trade, the amount of transfers abroad and payment orders
processing exceeded by 35% the figure recorded the previous fiscal year.
Capital Markets and Investment Banking
The capital market activity is focused on corporate debt transactions and, to a lesser extent,
on financial trusts.
Also, Banco Galicia contributes to the optimization of the affiliated companies financing
strategy.
25
Non-Financial Public Sector
During the fiscal year 2009, Banco Galicia continued improving its position as a service
provider for the public sector, by visiting and offering services to several municipalities and
national universities. As a result of these actions, new agreements were entered into and
additional services were offered to the municipal sector. Furthermore, Banco Galicia continued
taking part in different public bids on direct payroll deposit.
The interest in such offered services shown by the municipal sector places Banco Galicia in a
good position to continue doing business in fiscal year 2010.
Foreign Trade
During 2009, trade transactions totaled US$7,673 million, thus increasing the market share
from 6.6% to 8.0%.
It is worth noting that Galicia Comex, the first Internet portal specialized in foreign trade
in the Argentine financial system, is increasingly being used by customers as a source of
information and consultation. From Galicia Comex, customers may access valuable information for
their activity, such as tools, key news, sector-specific reports, analyses on external markets,
interpretation of regulations and articles written by specialists, among others, in order to
provide a comprehensive vision of the international business, combining operational and commercial
aspects. In 2009, there were more than 3,000 monthly visits to the portal.
Retail Banking
The Retail Banking Division manages the Banks business with individuals and with businesses,
small retailers and professionals with annual revenues below Ps.1 million. Retail Banking provides
a wide range of financial products and services, encompassing transactions, loans, and investments.
On the transactions side, among others, the Bank offers its customers checking and savings
accounts, credit and debit cards, and payroll direct deposit. On the investment side, Banco
Galicias products and services include certificates of deposit, mutual funds and insurance
products. In addition, Banco Galicia provides credit for the acquisition of consumer goods and
housing, mainly through personal loans, credit-card loans, overdraft loans and residential
mortgages. The Banks product offerings also include securities and foreign exchange brokerage,
securities custody, and safe deposit boxes, among others. In addition the Bank provides private
banking services. The Banks customers have access to its services through its branch network as
well as through its electronic distribution channels. See below and -Sales and Marketing.
Banco Galicia is one of the members of the small group that is the leader in this market, and
in 2009 led the way by maintaining an attractive benefit offer for its customers under the
Cada
día Más
(More every day) campaign, what allowed Banco Galicia to anticipate and increase its
market share in most of the business lines.
Banco Galicia divides its customer base with regard to customer activity and income level,
with the purpose of meeting the needs of each customer profile.
Galicia Prefer is a comprehensive financial offer devised for higher-income customers, through
which Banco Galicia renders a distinctive service and financial products according to the needs of
this type of customers.
During 2009, Banco Galicia launched Galicia Prefer Platinum, a new service that includes
exclusive features such as personal concierge, a broad insurance coverage, preferential rates both
for assets and investments and higher financing limits, among others.
As regards direct payroll deposit services, Banco Galicia renders this service to 15,000
companies, what accounts for more than 500,000 customers.
Banco Galicia has more than 31,000 customers in the Small-sized Companies segment. This
customer segment, with a turnover of up to Ps.20 million, is serviced by more than 250 specialized
corporate officers in branches.
26
Private Banking offers distinctive and professional services to individuals with medium to
high-sized net worth, through the management of their investment portfolios and the provision of
financial advisory services. Private Banking offers its customers a wide range of domestic
financial investment alternatives, giving priority to Banco Galicias products (deposits, Fima
mutual funds, among others) and to trusts and negotiable obligations where Banco Galicia acts as
arranger.
One of the competitive advantages offered by Private Banking within this segment is the
broad geographic coverage, with thirteen service centers throughout Argentina.
Furthermore, the new ISO 9001 certification of the customer service model is worth noting.
This certification has been improved during the fiscal year under the 9001:2008 version, thus
reaffirming Private Bankings commitment to the ongoing improvement of customer service quality.
Banco Galicia issues Visa, Visa Débito, American Express and MasterCard credit cards,
exceeding 1.15 million accounts with statements and debit cards with purchases.
Banco Galicia maintains its position as one of the major financial institutions that puts at
the disposal of its customers, in an efficient and easy manner, a broad range of property and
personal insurance products marketed through its wide distribution network, conducting operations
with renowned insurance companies that are market leaders.
During 2009, property insurance policies that provide coverage for homes were more than
138,000. Individuals insurance, such as personal accident insurance, exceeded 53,000 policies;
life and health insurance exceeded 19,000 policies, and more than 85,000 insured customers carry
unemployment insurance.
Homeowners and office package insurance policies guarantee the continuity of customers
undertakings and reached almost 5,000 insurance policies by the end of 2009.
As regards personal loans, Banco Galicia continued working hard on improving its offer,
with special emphasis on its customer base and aimed at keeping growing while maintaining the
excellent risk levels obtained. With this goal in mind, Banco Galicia continued developing and
improving credit limits (through an automatic rating process) to those customers whose salaries are
directly deposited in Banco Galicia or those who already have an outstanding risk product.
As regards the offer of lines of credit, Banco Galicia is focused on offering products with
characteristics that are in line with the different customers needs and income segment, what made
it possible to improve granting efforts and get higher product profitability.
The branch network contributes to make Banco Galicias distribution network one of its most
important competitive advantages, due to its extension and wide geographical coverage. Such issues
are reinforced through the use of Banco Galicias intranet, high technology systems and
communications, a consistent system of incentives and the constant follow up of service quality.
As of December 31, 2009, the Banks branch networks geographical distribution was as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Geographical Area
|
|
Number of Branches
|
|
City of Buenos Aires
|
|
|
77
|
|
Greater Buenos Aires
|
|
|
61
|
|
Rest of the Province of Buenos Aires
|
|
|
28
|
|
Santa Fe
|
|
|
15
|
|
Córdoba
|
|
|
14
|
|
Mendoza
|
|
|
9
|
|
Entre Ríos and Chubut
|
|
|
4
|
each
|
Río Negro
|
|
|
3
|
|
Corrientes, La Pampa, Misiones, San Luis, Tierra del Fuego and Tucumán
|
|
|
2
|
each
|
Catamarca, Chaco, Formosa, Jujuy, La Rioja, Neuquén, Salta, Santa Cruz, Santiago del Estero and San Juan
|
|
|
1
|
each
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
Apart from the branches, Banco Galicia has Alternative Channels which include the Red
Galicia 24, the e-galicia.com portal, Galicia Servicios Móviles and the Retail Sales Unit. These
are, in addition to the branches, a service, transactions and sales channel focused on individual
and corporate customers. During 2009, the volume of transactions carried out through these channels
accounted for 86% of total transactions.
Banco Galicias ATMs and self-service terminals make up a channel to solve customers and
users transactional needs in a simple, safe and affordable way, on a 24/7 basis. They are
distributed all over the country in the branch network and other locations, such as gas stations,
supermarkets and shopping malls.
During the first semester of the fiscal year 2009, Banco Galicia ended the replacement of all
the ATMs in branches and other locations. Apart from that, towards the end of 2009 Banco Galicia
was the first bank in Argentina that launched to the market an ATM which allows making deposits in
cash without using envelopes. This technology immediately authorizes deposits in Galicia accounts,
and money is credited online. In this way, the transaction speeds up and deposits are automatized
in a more advanced manner, thus eliminating the use of envelopes, the only way to deposit money in
local ATMs until today.
The e-galicia website stands out for the services it renders, its contents and quality. There,
customers can request products pursuant to their needs with the assistance of an interactive
advisor, make queries on promotions in the innovative benefits catalogue, and get information about
all the products and services offered by Banco Galicia. It as well facilitates access to Banco
Galicias specific channels for both individuals (Galicia Home Banking) and companies (Galicia
Office), allowing customers to operate with their products from any location 365 days a year.
Galicia Servicios Móviles comprises the suite of services for cell phones (SMS, WAP, and Java
and iPhone applications) which allow customers to make queries on accounts, to pay services, to
subscribe to alerts and to make queries on information regarding their credit cards.
Regional Credit- card Companies (Consumption)
The companies devoted to the issuance of regional credit cards and the provision of financing
transactions to consumers are subsidiaries of Banco Galicia through Tarjetas Regionales S.A.
(Tarjeta Naranja S.A., Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A. and Tarjetas del Mar S.A.).
The regional credit card companies operation is estimated to be the largest of its kind in
Argentina. These companies issue proprietary brand credit cards (the Naranja, Nevada and Mira
cards) to their customers in the Interior, which allow their holders to charge purchases of goods
or services in a network of more than 100,000 retailers that have agreed to accept the cards,
located throughout the Interior and in certain locations of the Greater Buenos Aires area. The
companies accept and process from each participating retailers the charges arising from cardholder
purchases. The cards can be used as charge cards or purchases can be financed through different
payment schedules among which cardholders can choose and that differ by company. The regional
credit card companies also extend personal loans to the cardholders to be repaid in up to 24 fixed
installments. Through these cards, customers also have access to the ATM networks operating in
Argentina (Banelco and Link) to make cash withdrawals and to automatic debit services, among
others. The regional credit card companies also market Sudamericanas insurance products and issue
Visa, Amex and MasterCard cards (accepted all over the world) to holders of their proprietary brand
cards. All of the products of a customer are managed through one statement.
At the end of 2009, the branch network was composed of 209 service centers and the staff
totaled 3,936 employees in all the companies.
As of December, 2009, the number of statements issued and the number of cards managed by the
regional credit card companies exceeded 1.9 million and 4.7 million, respectively, figures similar
to the ones registered at the end of fiscal year 2008. With respect to business volume, aggregate
annual purchases made by cardholders exceeded Ps.9.06 billion in fiscal year 2009, representing an
increase of 20% from fiscal year 2008, while the regional credit card companies loan portfolio
before allowances for loan losses and including securitized loans, amounted to Ps.3.37 billion,
representing a 3.8% increase from the end of 2008. In 2009, the total number of transactions
(purchase coupons plus loan and advance operations) amounted to 77 million.
28
During 2008, aggregate annual purchases made by cardholders were more than Ps.7.55 billion in
fiscal year 2008, representing almost an increase of 35% from fiscal year 2007 and the regional
credit card companies loan portfolio before allowances for loan losses and including securitized
loans amounted to more than Ps.3.25 billion, representing a 20% increase from the end of 2007. In
2008, the total number of transactions (purchase coupons plus loan and advance operations) amounted
to about 70 million.
During 2009, Tarjeta Naranja obtained the second position in the Great Place to Work award,
thus reaffirming the goals related to improving the quality of resources and the rendering of
services. Human resources were one of the mainstays for the business and operational success of the
regional credit card companies.
For a breakdown of the regional credit card companies revenues for the last three financial
years, see Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Item 5.A. Operating
Results-Results by Segments-Regional Credit Cards.
Financial Division
The Financial Division includes the Treasury, Banking Relations and Management of Assets and
Liabilities. Apart from that, this Division takes part in the mutual funds business -being the main
distribution channel for this type of products-, as well as in the trading business through Galicia
Valores S.A.
The Treasury Department is responsible for, among other things, managing liquidity and the
different financial risks of Banco Galicia, based on the parameters determined by the Board of
Directors. It manages positions in foreign currency and government securities, and it as well acts
as intermediary and distributes financial instruments for its own customers (Institutional
Investors) and corporate customers and individuals. It takes part in different markets in its
capacity as agent of the Mercado Abierto Electrónico (MAE) and member of the Rosario Futures
Exchange (ROFEX), Financial Products Division. Through Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa
(Galicia Valores), this Department offers customers the possibility to conduct transactions at
the BASE.
In 2009, Banco Galicia was ranked 8
th
in the MAEs annual ranking for transactions
of fixed-income instruments. In the wholesale foreign exchange market, the total amount
corresponding to transactions made by Banco Galicia through the MAE was US$5,591 million, what
represented a 47% decrease in the year. As regards the currency futures market (OTC-Rofex), volumes
traded by Banco Galicia amounted to US$7,230 million during 2009, representing a 20% increase in
volume compared to the previous year, ended the fiscal year in the 5
th
place within the
MAEs ranking.
During the last quarter of 2009, Banco Galicia started to conduct operations in the interest
rate derivatives market within the MAE, getting to the 5
th
place in swaps contracts and
the 3
rd
place in futures contracts, in terms of volume.
The Banking Relations Department is responsible, at the international level, for managing
Banco Galicias business relationships with correspondent banks, international credit agencies,
official credit agencies and international mutual funds and, since the fourth quarter of fiscal
year 2009, within the domestic sector, with financial institutions and exchange houses.
The Management of Assets and Liabilities Department is in charge of preparing and analyzing
information aimed at managing the mismatches Banco Galicias activities are subject to, maintaining
the exposure within the policies determined by the Board of Directors.
Among its activities, the following are included: provision of support to the Assets and
Liabilities Committee (ALCO) through the analysis, quantification and control of the risks
associated to different business hypotheses and market scenarios, as well as the follow-up and
control of liquidity policies and currency mismatches, whether due to regulations of the Argentine
Central Bank or else Banco Galicias operations.
29
Banco Galicia distributes the Fima mutual funds through its broad distribution network
(branches, electronic banking, telephone banking) to different customer segments (institutions,
companies and individuals), while it acts as custodian of the assets that make up the funds, in its
role as depository. Galicia Administradora de Fondos is the company that manages investments and
determines the value of the mutual fund units on a daily basis.
Fima mutual funds reached to Ps.1,098 million as of 31 December, 2009 with a market share of
6.5%.
The Comprehensive Corporate Services Division integrates all of Banco Galicias operations so
as to improve the efficiency of operational processes.
Insurance
Galicia Seguros S.A. (Galicia Seguros) is a provider of a variety of property and casualty
(P&C) and life insurance products.
Its most important line of business is group life insurance, including employee benefit plans
and credit related insurance. With regard to P&C insurance products, it primarily underwrites home
and ATM theft insurance. Galicia Retiro Compañía de Seguros S.A. (Galicia Retiro) provides
annuity products, and Sudamericana Asesores de Seguros S.A. is an insurance broker. These companies
operations are all located in Argentina.
Total insurance production of the aforementioned insurance companies amounted to Ps.325.5
million during 2009, 10.8% higher than the volume of premiums of the previous year (Ps.293.7
million). This increase in insurance production was mainly recorded for Galicia Seguros, with
Ps.50.3 million more premiums written than in the same period of the previous fiscal year. As
regards Galicia Seguros business transactions, the focus was placed on continuing to increase the
companys turnover and sales, which in 2009 amounted to Ps.95 million of annualized premiums. This
represented a 28% growth when compared to the previous year, thus increasing the insurance policy
laps ratio and extending the types of coverage offered.
In turn, Galicia Retiro recorded a Ps.18.6 million decrease in premiums written, as a result
of the coming into force of Law 26425 that creates the Argentine Integrated Social Security System
(SIPA), which brought about the end of pension-linked life annuities, the main product marketed by
this company. Notwithstanding that, Galicia Seguros continues with the management of funds and the
payment of annuities to its insured. For a breakdown of the insurance companys revenues for the
last three financial years, see Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Item 5.A.
Operating results-Results by Segments-Insurance.
Other Businesses
Galicia Warrants:
this company is a leading company in the deposit
certificates and warrants issuance market. This company has been continuously conducting
transactions since 1994, supporting medium and large companies in regard to the custody of stocks.
Galicia Warrants main objective is to enable its customers access to credit and financing, which
are secured by the property kept under custody. Galicia Warrants main customers belong to the
agricultural, industrial and agro-industrial sectors, and also include exporters and retailers.
The higher credit offer and the better performance of productive markets allowed the company
to recover the business volumes that had been hit by the crisis that took place at the beginning of
the year, and generated a more optimistic outlook for the next fiscal year. Consequently, during
2009 the company recorded income from services for Ps.10.9 million, with a net income amounting to
Ps.7.7 million at fiscal year-end. This can be further explained by the sale of an important
warehouse.
Net Investment:
this company has performed its activities in the areas of intercompany
e-commerce, with the purpose of creating and exchanging synergies with Banco Galicias business
activities.
The extension of terms to carry out new sales, the increases in the structure of costs and the
inability to pass such increases on to the prices of the services rendered, were factors that did
not allow the company to achieve the results it expected. Due to the aforementioned, in addition to
the international financial crisis, estimates for fiscal year 2009 showed a less favorable
scenario. For such reason, Net Investments Board of Directors decided to refocus its operations
and rightsize its structure.
30
Due to the above-described circumstances, the company requested cash contributions to
shareholders, ad-referendum of the resolution adopted at the Shareholders Meeting, to be used for
the absorption of the losses recorded for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. In order to end
the business relationships developed with its customers successfully, Net Investment offered to act
as a link to ease the migration of transactions to other providers in the market.
The outlook for the current fiscal year is related to the possibility of carrying out the
business alternatives that are being analyzed by the Board of Directors.
Galval
: this company mainly generates fee income from brokerage and custodial
services. As of December 31, 2009, it had customers securities held in custody for US$116.8
million, of which US$17.6 million correspond to the holding of securities of Grupo Financiero
Galicia.
GV Mandataria:
The Company acts as a provider of administrative services of Galval.
During 2009, income from services amounted to Ps.3.8 million, with a pretax net income of Ps.0.3
million.
For a breakdown of the other businesses revenues for the last three financial years, see Item
5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Item 5.A. Operating Results-Results by
Segments-Other Grupo Businesses.
Competition
Due to our financial holding structure, competition is experienced at the level of our
operating subsidiaries. We face strong competition in most of the areas in which our subsidiaries
are active. For a breakdown of our total revenues, for each of the past three fiscal years, for the
activities discussed below (i.e., banking, regional credit cards and insurance), please see Item 5.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Item 5.A. Operating Results-Results by Segments.
Banking
Banco Galicia faces significant competition in all of its principal areas of operation. The
Bank faces competition from foreign banks operating in Argentina, mainly large retail banks which
are subsidiaries or branches of banks with global operations, Argentine national and provincial
government-owned banks, private-sector domestic banks and cooperative banks, as well as non-bank
financial institutions.
With respect to private-sector customers, the principal segment for the Bank, the main
competitors are large foreign banks and certain domestically-owned private-sector banks, which,
prior to the crisis, operated in commercial or private banking and that, after the 2001-2002
crisis, acquired the retail operations of banks that left the business as a result of such crisis.
Competition from public-sector banks has decreased since the immediate post-crisis period, as the
public initially attracted to such institutions as a safe harbor began to search for better service
with private-sector financial institutions. However, the three largest government-owned banks are
of a significant size and also compete with the Bank.
Banco Galicias estimated deposit market share of private-sector deposits in the Argentine
financial system was 7.81% as of December 31, 2009, compared to 7.61% as of December 31, 2008 and
8.23% as of December 31, 2007.
According to information published by the Argentine Central Bank, as of December 31, 2009, the
Bank was the third private-sector bank as measured by its assets and by its deposits, the second
bank measured by its loan portfolio, and ranked fifth in terms of net worth.
The Bank believes that it has a strong competitive position in retail banking, both with
respect to individuals and SMEs. Specifically, Banco Galicia believes it is one of the primary
providers of financial services to individuals, the primary private-sector institution serving the
SMEs sector, and has traditionally maintained a leading position in the agriculture and livestock
sector.
31
Argentine Banking System
As of December 31, 2009, the Argentine financial system consisted of 83 financial
institutions, of which 66 were banks and 17 were financial non-bank institutions (including finance
companies, credit unions and savings and loans associations). Of the 66 banks, 12 were Argentine
national and provincial government-owned or related banks. Of the 54 private-sector banks, 32 were
private-sector domestically-owned banks; 21 were foreign-owned banks (i.e., local branches or
subsidiaries of foreign banks); and 1 was a cooperative bank, also domestically-owned.
As of the same date, the largest private-sector banks, in terms of total deposits, were: Banco
Santander Río, BBVA Banco Francés, Banco Galicia, Banco Macro, HSBC Bank, Credicoop and Citibank.
Banco Galicia, Banco Macro and Credicoop are domestically-owned banks and the others are
foreign-owned banks. According to information published by the Argentine Central Bank as of
December 31, 2009, private-sector banks accounted for 56.8% of total deposits and 59.8% of total
net loans in the Argentine financial system. Argentine financial industry regulations do not raise
any entry or exit barriers, nor do they make any differentiation between locally or foreign-owned
institutions. The only cooperative bank is active principally in consumer and middle-market
banking, with a special emphasis on the lower end of the market. As of December 31, 2009, financial
institutions (other than banks) accounted for approximately 0.4% of deposits and 2.9% of net loans
in the Argentine financial system.
As of December 31, 2009, the largest Argentine national and provincial government-owned or
related banks, in terms of total deposits, were Banco Nación and Banco de la Provincia de Buenos
Aires. Under the provisions of Law No. 21,526 as amended (
Ley de Entidades Financieras,
the
Financial Institutions Law), public-sector banks have comparable rights and obligations to
private banks, except that public-sector banks are usually chosen as depositaries for public-sector
revenues and promote regional development and certain public-sector banks have preferential tax
treatment. The bylaws of some public-sector banks provide that the governments that own them (both
national and provincial governments) guarantee their commitments. Under current law, Banco de la
Provincia de Buenos Aires is not subject to any taxes, levies or assessments that the Government
may impose. According to information published by the Argentine Central Bank, as of December 31,
2009, government-owned banks and banks in which the national, provincial and municipal governments
had an ownership interest accounted for 42.8% of deposits and 37.3% of loans in the Argentine
financial system.
Consolidation has been a dominant theme in the Argentine banking sector since the 1990s, with
the total number of financial institutions declining from 214 in 1991 to 82 at December 31, 2009,
with the ten largest banks holding 76.1% of the systems deposits and 71.4% of the systems loans
as of December 31, 2009.
Foreign banks continue to have significant presence, despite the fact that the number of
foreign banks decreased by 18 through December 2009, as compared to the end of 2001, and that
foreign banks share of total deposits has decreased since the 2001-2002 crisis while the share
of domestic private-sector banks has increased.
Regional Credit Cards
No official data is available about the credit card market and the consumer of financial
services market in the Interior, where the regional credit card companies operate. However, the
regional credit card companies operation is estimated to be the largest of its kind in Argentina
and Tarjeta Naranja S.A. is estimated to be the largest proprietary-brand credit card issuer in
Argentina among approximately 170 existing companies.
Insurance
Sudamericanas subsidiaries face significant competition since, as of December 2009, the
Argentine insurance industry was comprised of approximately 178 insurance companies, 39 of which
were dedicated exclusively to life insurance and 21 to annuities. Subsidiaries of foreign insurance
companies and the worlds largest insurance companies with global operations are among these
companies. In addition, as of that date, the number of brokers amounted to approximately 23,800
individuals and 442 companies.
During 2009, the insurance industry continued growing, although at a lower rate when compared
to previous years. Production amounted to nearly Ps.31 billion, equivalent to an 18% increase at
constant values. Out of total production, 79% relates to property insurance, 19% relates to life
and personal insurance, and the remaining 2% relates to retirement insurance. Within the 79%
corresponding to property insurance, the automotive insurance segment continues to be the most
significant one (47%), followed by the workers compensation segment (26%). Within the life and
personal insurance business, life insurance segment is the most significant, representing 67%,
followed by personal accident insurance segment, representing 12%.
32
During 2009, there was a 65% drop in the retirement insurance sector due to the end of the
integrated pension and survivors benefits system according to Law No. 26,425 passed on November
20, 2008.
As of December 2009, Galicia Seguros ranked seventh in terms of number of life insurance
policies underwritten and third in terms of number of home insurance policies underwritten.
Sales and Marketing
Banco Galicias and the regional credit card companies distribution capabilities are our
principal marketing channels. Our distribution network is one of the largest and most flexible
distribution platforms in the country and has nationwide coverage. The network of offices of the
regional credit card companies mainly serves the medium and low income segments of the population,
which generally make less use of bank services, through offices located all across the Interior of
the country and through Banco Galicia, we operate a nationwide distribution network, which is one
of the most extensive and diversified distribution networks among private-sector financial
institutions in Argentina.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 2010
|
|
Branches
(number)
|
|
|
|
|
Bank Branches
|
|
|
236
|
|
Regional Credit Card Cos. Branches
|
|
|
156
|
|
Business Centers and In-House Facilities
|
|
|
15
|
|
Private-Banking Centers
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electronic Banking Terminals
(number)
|
|
|
|
|
ATMs
|
|
|
667
|
|
Self-Service Terminals
|
|
|
767
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electronic Banking Transactions
(thousands per month)
|
|
|
|
|
ATMs + Self-Service Terminals
|
|
|
11,386
|
|
Phone-Banking
|
|
|
429
|
|
e-banking
|
|
|
17,564
|
|
The Bank markets all of its financial products and services to high-, medium- and
medium-low-income individuals, including loans, insurance and FIMA family of mutual funds, among
others, through its branch network, which operates on-line in real time. Within the branches, the
sales force is specialized by type of customer and by customer segment. The Banks sales policy
encourages tellers to perform sales functions as well. Wealthy individuals who are private banking
customers are served by specialized officers and a specialized network of service centers,
including a head office facility.
Commercial and investment banking services to large corporations and other entities are
provided in a centralized manner. Branch officers are responsible for the Banks relationship with
middle-market and small businesses and most of the agriculture and livestock sector customers. The
Bank also has established specialized centers that concentrate on providing service to businesses,
which are distributed across the country and located in main cities of the Interior and certain
customer companies facilities.
All of the Banks individual and corporate customers have access to the Banks electronic
distribution channels, including the ATM and self-service terminals network and self-service
terminals (Red Galicia 24), a multifunction call center (the CCC), an e-banking website
(e-galicia.com) and a banking service through cell phones (Galicia Móvil).
Banco Galicia is client service oriented and assigns great importance to its service model and
seeks to improve it constantly.
33
The Bank has a segmented marketing approach and designs marketing campaigns focused on
specific segments of the Banks customer base. The Banks marketing strategy is also focused on the
development of long-term relationships with customers based on a deep and increasing knowledge of
those customers. As part of this client-oriented strategy, the Bank implemented a customer
relationship management technology. The Banks investment in advertising has increased in the last
years, in line with the general markets trend and particularly, the Argentine financial systems
increase in investment and number of advertisers. These actions, along with massive events in
shopping centers across the country and many direct-marketing programs have reinforced the
perception of the Bank as a close and friendly bank and have strengthened the brand image, allowing
the Bank to regain the top of mind (immediate brand recollection) leadership in its category.
During 2007, the Bank completed a brand image change project, launching its new brand and
starting to use it in all products and communication pieces on March 31, 2008. This decision not
only implies a change in style, but is also strategic and goes hand in hand with the continuous
development of the Banks products and services. This change is focused on visually communicating
the Banks identity in a more modern way and on achieving a better connection between its identity
and visual representation.
The Bank considers quality of service as the main element capable of distinguishing it from
competitors. In order to measure this indicator, the Bank periodically performs surveys, with
positive results in the last years, showing high customer satisfaction. The regional credit card
companies market their products and services through a network of branches and service centers, the
size of which depends on the size of the locations in which they operate. The companies culture is
strongly client service oriented and assigns great importance to quality of service. Sales
officials receive intensive training in personalized sale of the companies products and quality of
service, given that the bulk of sales is conducted on a one-on-one basis. Quality of service at the
branches is permanently monitored by third parties and availability is enhanced through extended
business hours. In addition, each of the companies has a web site through which they conduct sales,
receive customers requests (such as requests for statements, loans or increases in the credit
limits assigned and new cards, among others), provide information on and promote products. These
sites include a link that allows payments to be made. In addition, each company has a call center,
through which sales, post-sales and collection functions are performed.
To market its products, Sudamericanas subsidiaries mainly use the Banks and the regional
credit card companies distribution networks. They also use the sales officers of Sudamericana
Asesores de Seguros S.A. In addition Sudamericana has a telemarketing center of its own.
Property
The following are our main assets, as of December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Square
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Meters
|
|
|
|
Property
|
|
Address
|
|
(approx.)
|
|
|
Main Uses
|
Grupo Financiero Galicia
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Owned
|
|
-Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 456, 2nd floor, Buenos Aires, Argentina
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
|
|
-Maipú 241, Buenos Aires, Argentina
(1)
|
|
|
1,616
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Owned
|
|
-Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 407, Buenos Aires, Argentina
|
|
|
17,300
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
|
|
-Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 430, Buenos Aires, Argentina
|
|
|
42,000
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
|
|
-Florida 361, Buenos Aires, Argentina
|
|
|
7,300
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
- Rented
|
|
-San Martín 178/200, Buenos Aires, Argentina
|
|
|
3,600
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
Banco Galicia Uruguay S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Rented
|
|
-Montevideo, Uruguay
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
Storage
|
|
|
-Dr. Americo Ricaldoni 2468, Montevideo, Uruguay
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
Tarjeta Naranja S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Owned
|
|
-Sucre 152, 154 and 541, Córdoba, Argentina
|
|
|
6,300
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
|
|
-Humberto Primo, Córdoba, Argentina
|
|
|
4,900
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
|
|
-Ruta Nacional 36, km. 8, Córdoba, Argentina
|
|
|
49,200
|
|
|
Storage
|
|
|
-San Jerónimo 2348 and 2350, Santa Fe, Argentina
|
|
|
1,475
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
- Rented
|
|
-Sucre 145/151, La Rioja 359, 364 and 375, Córdoba, Argentina
|
|
|
4,450
|
|
|
Administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
activities, printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
centre and storage
|
|
|
Río Grande, Tierra del Fuego, Argentina
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Rented
|
|
-Belgrano 1415, Mendoza, Argentina
|
|
|
1,740
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
|
|
-Belgrano 1462, Mendoza, Argentina
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
|
|
-Belgrano 1478, Mendoza, Argentina
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
Printing centre
|
|
|
-Olascoaga 348, San José, Mendoza, Argentina
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
Storage
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Square
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Meters
|
|
|
|
Property
|
|
Address
|
|
(approx.)
|
|
|
Main Uses
|
Tarjetas del Mar S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Rented
|
|
-Luro 3001, Mar del Plata, Buenos Aires, Argentina
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
Administrative Activities
|
|
|
-Luro 2943, Mar del Plata, Buenos Aires, Argentina
|
|
|
765
|
|
|
Administrative Activities
|
Galicia Seguros S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Owned
|
|
-Maipú 241, Buenos Aires, Argentina
|
|
|
1,643
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
Galicia Warrants S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Owned
|
|
-Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 456, 6th floor, Buenos Aires, Argentina
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
|
|
-Alsina 3396/3510, San Miguel de Tucumán, Tucumán, Argentina
|
|
|
12,800
|
|
|
Storage
|
- Rented
|
|
-Lavalle 3272, San Miguel de Tucumán, Tucumán, Argentina
|
|
|
3,200
|
|
|
Storage
|
|
|
-Alto Verde, Chicligasta, Tucumán, Argentina
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
Storage
|
|
|
-Pasaje 1° de Mayo Esquina 25 de Mayo, Barrio el Corte Alderete,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tucumán, Argentina
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
Storage
|
|
|
-San Martín 891 PB, San Miguel de Tucumán, Tucumán, Argentina
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
Galval Agente de Valores S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Rented
|
|
-Zona Franca, Montevideo, Uruguay
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
GV Mandataria de Valores S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Rented
|
|
-25 de Mayo 432, 3rd floor, Buenos Aires, Argentina
(2)
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
Administrative activities
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
We lease four units to the Bank equivalent to 755.91 square meters, for Ps.22,677 per month
and four units to Galicia Seguros S.A. equivalent to 817.17 square meters, for Ps.24,515 per
month. We hold a 45.4 square meters unit vacant for storage.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Banco Galicia leases, from September 1, 2008 to August 31, 2011, a property to GV
Mandataria, for US$4,500 per month during the first year, US$4,635 during the second year and
US$4,775 during the third year.
|
As of December 31, 2009, our distribution network consisted of:
|
|
|
Banco Galicia: 237 branches located in Argentina, 137 of which were owned and 100 of
which were rented by Banco Galicia, located in all of Argentinas 23 provinces.
|
|
|
|
Tarjeta Naranja S.A.: 115 sales points located in 21 of the 23 Argentine provinces, 114
of which were rented by the company.
|
|
|
|
Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.: 27 sales points and 15 client assistance centers in the provinces
of Mendoza, San Juan, San Luis, Santiago del Estero, La Pampa, La Rioja, Catamarca,
Neuquén, Rio Negro, Salta, Jujuy and Tucumán. All of them were rented.
|
|
|
|
Tarjetas del Mar S.A.: 8 sales points located in the Province of Buenos Aires, all of
which were rented. In addition, it owns 7 sale stands located in premises that belong to La
Anónima supermarket chain, in the provinces of Neuquén and Río Negro.
|
Capital Investments and Divestitures
During 2009, our capital expenditures amounted to Ps.179.5 million, distributed as follows:
|
|
|
Ps.56.6 million in fixed assets (real estate, machinery and equipment, vehicles, furniture and fittings);
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.4.7 million in construction in progress; and
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.118.2 million in organizational and IT system development expenses.
|
During 2008, our capital expenditures amounted to Ps.279.9 million, distributed as follows:
|
|
|
Ps.103.4 million in fixed assets (real estate, machinery and equipment, vehicles, furniture and fittings);
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.44 million in construction in progress; and
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.132.5 million in organizational and IT system development expenses.
|
During 2007, our capital expenditures amounted to Ps.208.7 million, distributed as follows:
|
|
|
Ps.80.5 million in fixed assets (real estate, machinery and equipment, vehicles, furniture and fittings);
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.44.7 million in construction in progress; and
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.83.5 million in organizational and IT system development expenses.
|
These capital expenditures were made mainly in Argentina.
35
During June 2009, Banco Galicia entered into an agreement with American International
Group Inc. (AIG) and AIG Consumer Finance Group Inc., for the purchase of Compañía
Financiera Argentina S.A. (CFA), Cobranzas & Servicios S.A. and AIG Universal Processing Center
S.A.s stocks: Argentine companies that are devoted to financial and supplementary activities.
As a result of the acquisition, Grupo Financiero Galicia is expected to
expand their market share in the consumer finance Sector.
The original transfer price for all of the shares as agreed upon with the current owners,
subject to usual adjustments for this kind of transaction, was
Ps.187.6 million.
On June 7, 2010, the Argentine Central Bank approved the aforementioned transaction. The price
adjustment was agreed upon by the parties and the fair value of the
consideration to acquire the
shares of these companies is Ps.331.1 million. This purchase will be financed with the Banks
available cash, within its ordinary course of business.
As of the date of this report, due to the fact that the initial accounting for the above
described business combination was incomplete, the Bank did not have all the information available
that is required in order to prepare the disclosures required by ASC 805, specifically: a) the
acquisition date; b) contingent consideration and indemnification assets; c) acquired receivables;
d) condensed balance sheet; e) assets and liabilities arising from contingencies; and f) goodwill.
During July, 2009, Galicia Warrants sold its Silos plant in San Salvador, province of Entre
Ríos, generating a profit before tax of Ps.10.6 million.
During September 2008, the interests and credits that Banco Galicia had in Aguas Argentinas
S.A. and Aguas Provinciales de Santa Fe S.A. (in liquidation) were sold, and the contingent
obligations timely assumed in relation to such investments were also settled. As of December 31,
2007, the interests were fully provisioned, while the credits had their related regulatory
provisions according to the debtors standing. As of September 30, 2008, and as a result of this
transaction, a profit amounting to Ps.23.4 million was generated.
In 2007, after having obtained the necessary authorizations, Grupo Financiero Galicia
subscribed and paid for 93,604,637 of Banco Galicias class B shares with a face value of Ps.1.0
each. Payment for the shares was made in cash in an amount equal to Ps.175.3 millions and in 2014
Notes issued by Banco Galicia with a face value of US$102.2 million.
We have budgeted capital expenditures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010, for the
following purposes and amounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions of Pesos)
|
|
Infrastructure of Corporate Buildings, Tower and Branches
(construction, furniture, equipment, phones, etc.)
|
|
Ps.
|
100.0
|
|
Fixed Assets
|
|
|
51.7
|
|
Organizational and IT System Development
|
|
|
100.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Ps.
|
252.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
These capital expenditures will be made mainly in Argentina.
Management considers that internal funds will be sufficient to finance fiscal year 2010
capital expenditures.
36
Selected Statistical Information
You should read this information in conjunction with the other information provided in this
annual report, including our audited consolidated financial statements and Item 5. Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects. We prepared this information from our financial records, which are
maintained under accounting methods established by the Argentine Central Bank under Argentine
Banking GAAP, and do not reflect adjustments necessary to reflect the information in accordance
with U.S. GAAP.
The exchange rate used in translating Pesos into US Dollars, which is used in calculating the
convenience translations included in the following tables is the Reference Exchange Rate published
by the Argentine Central Bank, which was Ps.3.7967, Ps.3.4537 and Ps.3.1510 per US$1.00 as of
December 31, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 respectively. The exchange rate
translations contained in this annual report should not be construed as representations that the
stated Peso amounts actually represent or have been or could be converted into US Dollars at the
rates indicated or any other rate. See Item 3. Key Information-Exchange Rate Information.
Average Balance Sheet and Income from Interest-Earning Assets and Expenses from Interest-Bearing
Liabilities
The average balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, including
the related interest that is receivable and payable, are calculated on a daily basis for Banco
Galicia, Galicia Uruguay and Tarjetas Regionales S.A. on a consolidated basis. The average balances
of interest-earning assets and interest bearing liabilities are calculated on a monthly basis for
Grupo Financiero Galicia and its other non-banking subsidiaries.
Average balances have been separated between those denominated in Pesos and those denominated
in Dollars. The nominal interest rate is the amount of interest earned or paid during the period
divided by the related average balance.
Net gains/losses on government securities and related differences in quoted market prices are
included in interest earned. We manage our trading activities in government securities as an
integral part of our business. We do not distinguish between interest income and market gains or
losses on our government securities portfolio. The non-accrual loans balance is included in the
average loan balance calculation.
The following table shows our consolidated average balances, accrued interest and nominal
interest rates for interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009 (*)
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Accrued
|
|
|
Yield/
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Accrued
|
|
|
Yield/
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Accrued
|
|
|
Yield/
|
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except rates)
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Government Securities
|
|
|
2,500.7
|
|
|
|
505.0
|
|
|
|
20.19
|
|
|
|
2,185.8
|
|
|
|
50.1
|
|
|
|
2.29
|
|
|
|
4,686.5
|
|
|
|
555.1
|
|
|
|
11.84
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Private Sector
|
|
|
9,431.6
|
|
|
|
2,049.8
|
|
|
|
21.73
|
|
|
|
1,912.0
|
|
|
|
140.3
|
|
|
|
7.34
|
|
|
|
11,343.6
|
|
|
|
2,190.1
|
|
|
|
19.31
|
|
Public Sector
|
|
|
120.0
|
|
|
|
27.0
|
|
|
|
22.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120.0
|
|
|
|
27.0
|
|
|
|
22.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Loans
|
|
|
9,551.6
|
|
|
|
2,076.8
|
|
|
|
21.74
|
|
|
|
1,912.0
|
|
|
|
140.3
|
|
|
|
7.34
|
|
|
|
11,463.6
|
|
|
|
2,217.1
|
|
|
|
19.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,717.9
|
|
|
|
111.2
|
|
|
|
6.47
|
|
|
|
510.0
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
0.78
|
|
|
|
2,227.9
|
|
|
|
115.2
|
|
|
|
5.17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest-Earning Assets
|
|
|
13,770.2
|
|
|
|
2,693.0
|
|
|
|
19.56
|
|
|
|
4,607.8
|
|
|
|
194.4
|
|
|
|
4.22
|
|
|
|
18,378.0
|
|
|
|
2,887.4
|
|
|
|
15.71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Gold
|
|
|
1,515.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,913.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,428.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity in Other Companies
|
|
|
843.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,000.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Assets
|
|
|
2,482.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
162.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,645.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowances
|
|
|
(724.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(42.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(767.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
17,886.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,799.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,685.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Accounts
|
|
|
790.0
|
|
|
|
12.9
|
|
|
|
1.63
|
|
|
|
497.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,287.3
|
|
|
|
12.9
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
Savings Accounts
|
|
|
1,988.4
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
0.29
|
|
|
|
1,026.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,014.5
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
0.19
|
|
Time Deposits
|
|
|
6,073.9
|
|
|
|
843.2
|
|
|
|
13.88
|
|
|
|
1,318.0
|
|
|
|
19.1
|
|
|
|
1.45
|
|
|
|
7,391.9
|
|
|
|
862.3
|
|
|
|
11.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest-Bearing Deposits
|
|
|
8,852.3
|
|
|
|
861.8
|
|
|
|
9.74
|
|
|
|
2,841.4
|
|
|
|
19.1
|
|
|
|
0.67
|
|
|
|
11,693.7
|
|
|
|
880.9
|
|
|
|
7.53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Financial Entities
|
|
|
236.5
|
|
|
|
44.8
|
|
|
|
18.94
|
|
|
|
167.9
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
|
5.36
|
|
|
|
404.4
|
|
|
|
53.8
|
|
|
|
13.30
|
|
Debt Securities
|
|
|
325.8
|
|
|
|
59.7
|
|
|
|
18.32
|
|
|
|
2,404.1
|
|
|
|
164.6
|
|
|
|
6.85
|
|
|
|
2,729.9
|
|
|
|
224.3
|
|
|
|
8.22
|
|
Other
|
|
|
162.9
|
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
7.49
|
|
|
|
931.9
|
|
|
|
44.1
|
|
|
|
4.73
|
|
|
|
1,094.8
|
|
|
|
56.3
|
|
|
|
5.14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest-Bearing
Liabilities
|
|
|
9,577.5
|
|
|
|
978.5
|
|
|
|
10.22
|
|
|
|
6,345.9
|
|
|
|
236.8
|
|
|
|
3.73
|
|
|
|
15,923.4
|
|
|
|
1,215.3
|
|
|
|
7.63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demand Deposits
|
|
|
3,058.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,065.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Liabilities
|
|
|
2,816.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
669.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,485.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority Interests
|
|
|
249.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
249.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
1,961.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,961.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Equity
|
|
|
17,663.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,021.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,685.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spread and Net Yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Rate Spread
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.08
|
|
Cost of Funds Supporting
Interest-Earning Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.61
|
|
Net Yield on Interest-Earning
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.92
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.10
|
|
|
|
|
(*)
|
|
Rates include the CER adjustment.
|
37
The following table shows our consolidated average balances, accrued interest and nominal
interest rates for interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008 (*)
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Accrued
|
|
|
Yield/
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Accrued
|
|
|
Yield/
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Accrued
|
|
|
Yield/
|
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except rates)
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Government Securities
|
|
|
1,161.4
|
|
|
|
72.2
|
|
|
|
6.22
|
|
|
|
2,480.8
|
|
|
|
76.3
|
|
|
|
3.08
|
|
|
|
3,642.2
|
|
|
|
148.5
|
|
|
|
4.08
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Private Sector
|
|
|
8,848.1
|
|
|
|
1,756.6
|
|
|
|
19.85
|
|
|
|
1,964.4
|
|
|
|
132.6
|
|
|
|
6.75
|
|
|
|
10,812.5
|
|
|
|
1,889.2
|
|
|
|
17.47
|
|
Public Sector
|
|
|
1,264.8
|
|
|
|
165.7
|
|
|
|
13.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,264.8
|
|
|
|
165.7
|
|
|
|
13.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Loans
|
|
|
10,112.9
|
|
|
|
1,922.3
|
|
|
|
19.01
|
|
|
|
1,964.4
|
|
|
|
132.6
|
|
|
|
6.75
|
|
|
|
12,077.3
|
|
|
|
2,054.9
|
|
|
|
17.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
(1)
|
|
|
2,908.1
|
|
|
|
197.0
|
|
|
|
6.77
|
|
|
|
1,264.9
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
1.20
|
|
|
|
4,173.0
|
|
|
|
212.2
|
|
|
|
5.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest-Earning Assets
|
|
|
14,182.4
|
|
|
|
2,191.5
|
|
|
|
15.45
|
|
|
|
5,710.1
|
|
|
|
224.1
|
|
|
|
3.92
|
|
|
|
19,892.5
|
|
|
|
2,415.6
|
|
|
|
12.14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Gold
|
|
|
599.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
287.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
887.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity in Other Companies
|
|
|
708.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
772.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Assets
|
|
|
2,211.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
218.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,429.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowances
|
|
|
(479.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(90.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(569.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
17,222.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,190.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,412.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Accounts
|
|
|
697.7
|
|
|
|
21.6
|
|
|
|
3.10
|
|
|
|
250.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
948.1
|
|
|
|
21.6
|
|
|
|
2.28
|
|
Savings Accounts
|
|
|
1,849.3
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
0.25
|
|
|
|
738.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,587.7
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
0.18
|
|
Time Deposits
|
|
|
5,797.6
|
|
|
|
749.9
|
|
|
|
12.93
|
|
|
|
971.8
|
|
|
|
17.8
|
|
|
|
1.83
|
|
|
|
6,769.4
|
|
|
|
767.7
|
|
|
|
11.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest-Bearing Deposits
|
|
|
8,344.6
|
|
|
|
776.2
|
|
|
|
9.30
|
|
|
|
1,960.6
|
|
|
|
17.8
|
|
|
|
0.91
|
|
|
|
10,305.2
|
|
|
|
794.0
|
|
|
|
7.70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Financial Entities
|
|
|
297.7
|
|
|
|
53.8
|
|
|
|
18.07
|
|
|
|
797.5
|
|
|
|
39.3
|
|
|
|
4.93
|
|
|
|
1,095.2
|
|
|
|
93.1
|
|
|
|
8.50
|
|
Debt Securities
|
|
|
487.3
|
|
|
|
70.5
|
|
|
|
14.47
|
|
|
|
2,312.5
|
|
|
|
209.6
|
|
|
|
9.06
|
|
|
|
2,799.8
|
|
|
|
280.1
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
Other
|
|
|
224.9
|
|
|
|
21.6
|
|
|
|
9.60
|
|
|
|
1,269.0
|
|
|
|
88.9
|
|
|
|
7.01
|
|
|
|
1,493.9
|
|
|
|
110.5
|
|
|
|
7.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest-Bearing
Liabilities
|
|
|
9,354.5
|
|
|
|
922.1
|
|
|
|
9.86
|
|
|
|
6,340.0
|
|
|
|
355.6
|
|
|
|
5.61
|
|
|
|
15,694.5
|
|
|
|
1,277.7
|
|
|
|
8.14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demand Deposits
|
|
|
2,873.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,886.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Liabilities
|
|
|
2,313.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
559.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,872.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority Interests
|
|
|
214.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
214.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
1,745.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,745.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Equity
|
|
|
16,500.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,911.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,412.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spread and Net Yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Rate Spread
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.69
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.00
|
|
Cost of Funds Supporting
Interest-Earning Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.42
|
|
Net Yield on Interest-Earning
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.72
|
|
|
|
|
(*)
|
|
Rates include the CER adjustment.
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes, among other amounts, the amounts corresponding to the Compensatory Bond and the Hedge Bond to be received.
|
38
The following table shows our consolidated average balances, accrued interest and nominal
interest rates for interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007 (*)
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Accrued
|
|
|
Yield/
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Accrued
|
|
|
Yield/
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Accrued
|
|
|
Yield/
|
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except rates)
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Government Securities
|
|
|
1,209.1
|
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
|
|
1.40
|
|
|
|
3,069.7
|
|
|
|
129.4
|
|
|
|
4.22
|
|
|
|
4,278.8
|
|
|
|
146.3
|
|
|
|
3.42
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Private Sector
|
|
|
7,178.8
|
|
|
|
1,163.5
|
|
|
|
16.21
|
|
|
|
1,665.0
|
|
|
|
107.1
|
|
|
|
6.43
|
|
|
|
8,843.8
|
|
|
|
1,270.6
|
|
|
|
14.37
|
|
Public Sector
|
|
|
1,685.1
|
|
|
|
221.2
|
|
|
|
13.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,685.1
|
|
|
|
221.2
|
|
|
|
13.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Loans
|
|
|
8,863.9
|
|
|
|
1,384.7
|
|
|
|
15.62
|
|
|
|
1,665.0
|
|
|
|
107.1
|
|
|
|
6.43
|
|
|
|
10,528.9
|
|
|
|
1,491.8
|
|
|
|
14.17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
(1)
|
|
|
2,378.1
|
|
|
|
155.2
|
|
|
|
6.53
|
|
|
|
1,040.1
|
|
|
|
29.8
|
|
|
|
2.87
|
|
|
|
3,418.2
|
|
|
|
185.0
|
|
|
|
5.41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest-Earning Assets
|
|
|
12,451.1
|
|
|
|
1,556.8
|
|
|
|
12.50
|
|
|
|
5,774.8
|
|
|
|
266.3
|
|
|
|
4.61
|
|
|
|
18,225.9
|
|
|
|
1,823.1
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Gold
|
|
|
484.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
201.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
686.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity in Other Companies
|
|
|
661.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
726.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Assets
|
|
|
2,010.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,137.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowances
|
|
|
(335.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(107.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(443.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
15,271.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,061.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,332.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Accounts
|
|
|
531.0
|
|
|
|
16.4
|
|
|
|
3.09
|
|
|
|
147.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
678.4
|
|
|
|
16.4
|
|
|
|
2.42
|
|
Savings Accounts
|
|
|
1,647.2
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
0.31
|
|
|
|
605.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,252.9
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
0.23
|
|
Time Deposits
|
|
|
5,705.6
|
|
|
|
547.0
|
|
|
|
9.59
|
|
|
|
900.6
|
|
|
|
15.4
|
|
|
|
1.71
|
|
|
|
6,606.2
|
|
|
|
562.4
|
|
|
|
8.51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest-Bearing Deposits
|
|
|
7,883.8
|
|
|
|
568.5
|
|
|
|
7.21
|
|
|
|
1,653.7
|
|
|
|
15.4
|
|
|
|
0.93
|
|
|
|
9,537.5
|
|
|
|
583.9
|
|
|
|
6.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
261.3
|
|
|
|
68.8
|
|
|
|
26.33
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
261.5
|
|
|
|
68.8
|
|
|
|
26.31
|
|
Other Financial Entities
|
|
|
186.4
|
|
|
|
27.2
|
|
|
|
14.59
|
|
|
|
352.8
|
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
|
|
4.79
|
|
|
|
539.2
|
|
|
|
44.1
|
|
|
|
8.18
|
|
Debt Securities
|
|
|
530.0
|
|
|
|
77.7
|
|
|
|
14.66
|
|
|
|
2,830.1
|
|
|
|
213.3
|
|
|
|
7.54
|
|
|
|
3,360.1
|
|
|
|
291.0
|
|
|
|
8.66
|
|
Other
|
|
|
149.7
|
|
|
|
16.5
|
|
|
|
11.02
|
|
|
|
1,010.8
|
|
|
|
66.9
|
|
|
|
6.62
|
|
|
|
1,160.5
|
|
|
|
83.4
|
|
|
|
7.19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest-Bearing
Liabilities
|
|
|
9,011.2
|
|
|
|
758.7
|
|
|
|
8.42
|
|
|
|
5,847.6
|
|
|
|
312.5
|
|
|
|
5.34
|
|
|
|
14,858.8
|
|
|
|
1,071.2
|
|
|
|
7.21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demand Deposits
|
|
|
2,287.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,307.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Liabilities
|
|
|
1,872.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
513.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,386.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority Interests
|
|
|
172.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
172.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
1,606.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,606.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Equity
|
|
|
14,951.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,381.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,332.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spread and Net Yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Rate Spread
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.73
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.79
|
|
Cost of Funds Supporting
Interest-Earning Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.88
|
|
Net Yield on Interest-Earning
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.80
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.13
|
|
|
|
|
(*)
|
|
Rates include the CER adjustment.
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes, among other amounts, the amounts corresponding to the Compensatory Bond and the Hedge Bond to be received.
|
39
Changes in Net Interest Income-Volume and Rate Analysis
The following table allocates, by currency, changes in our consolidated interest income and
interest expenses between changes in the average volume of interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities and changes in their respective nominal interest rates for (i) the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 compared with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008; and (ii)
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, compared with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
Differences related to rate or volume are allocated proportionally to the rate variance and the
volume variance, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year 2009/ Fiscal Year 2008,
|
|
|
Fiscal Year 2008/ Fiscal Year 2007,
|
|
|
|
Increase (Decrease) due to changes in
|
|
|
Increase (Decrease) due to changes in
|
|
|
|
Volume
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Net Change
|
|
|
Volume
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Net Change
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Interest Earning Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Government Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
146.6
|
|
|
|
286.2
|
|
|
|
432.8
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
55.9
|
|
|
|
55.3
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
(8.4
|
)
|
|
|
(17.8
|
)
|
|
|
(26.2
|
)
|
|
|
(22.0
|
)
|
|
|
(31.1
|
)
|
|
|
(53.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
138.2
|
|
|
|
268.4
|
|
|
|
406.6
|
|
|
|
(22.6
|
)
|
|
|
24.8
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Private Sector
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
120.4
|
|
|
|
172.8
|
|
|
|
293.2
|
|
|
|
301.5
|
|
|
|
291.6
|
|
|
|
593.1
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
(3.4
|
)
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
25.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
117.0
|
|
|
|
183.9
|
|
|
|
300.9
|
|
|
|
321.5
|
|
|
|
297.1
|
|
|
|
618.6
|
|
Public Sector
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
(668.4
|
)
|
|
|
529.7
|
|
|
|
(138.7
|
)
|
|
|
(55.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
(55.5
|
)
|
Dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(668.4
|
)
|
|
|
529.7
|
|
|
|
(138.7
|
)
|
|
|
(55.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
(55.5
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
(77.4
|
)
|
|
|
(8.4
|
)
|
|
|
(85.8
|
)
|
|
|
35.7
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
41.8
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
(7.0
|
)
|
|
|
(4.2
|
)
|
|
|
(11.2
|
)
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
|
(23.3
|
)
|
|
|
(14.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(84.4
|
)
|
|
|
(12.6
|
)
|
|
|
(97.0
|
)
|
|
|
44.4
|
|
|
|
(17.2
|
)
|
|
|
27.2
|
|
Total Interest-Earning Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
(478.8
|
)
|
|
|
980.3
|
|
|
|
501.5
|
|
|
|
281.5
|
|
|
|
353.2
|
|
|
|
634.7
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
(18.8
|
)
|
|
|
(10.9
|
)
|
|
|
(29.7
|
)
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
(48.9
|
)
|
|
|
(42.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(497.6
|
)
|
|
|
969.4
|
|
|
|
471.8
|
|
|
|
288.2
|
|
|
|
304.3
|
|
|
|
592.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Bearing Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demand Account
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
(12.1
|
)
|
|
|
(8.7
|
)
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
(12.1
|
)
|
|
|
(8.7
|
)
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
Savings Account
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
Dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
Time Deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
36.8
|
|
|
|
56.5
|
|
|
|
93.3
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
|
193.9
|
|
|
|
202.9
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
40.0
|
|
|
|
54.6
|
|
|
|
94.6
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
|
|
195.0
|
|
|
|
205.3
|
|
With the Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34.4
|
)
|
|
|
(34.4
|
)
|
|
|
(68.8
|
)
|
Dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34.4
|
)
|
|
|
(34.4
|
)
|
|
|
(68.8
|
)
|
With Other Financial Entities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
(11.8
|
)
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
(9.0
|
)
|
|
|
19.0
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
|
|
26.6
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
(33.9
|
)
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
(30.3
|
)
|
|
|
21.9
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
22.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(45.7
|
)
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
|
|
(39.3
|
)
|
|
|
40.9
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
49.0
|
|
Negotiable Obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
(55.5
|
)
|
|
|
44.7
|
|
|
|
(10.8
|
)
|
|
|
(6.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
(7.2
|
)
|
Dollars
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
|
(53.7
|
)
|
|
|
(45.0
|
)
|
|
|
(42.8
|
)
|
|
|
39.1
|
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(46.8
|
)
|
|
|
(9.0
|
)
|
|
|
(55.8
|
)
|
|
|
(49.0
|
)
|
|
|
38.1
|
|
|
|
(10.9
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
(5.2
|
)
|
|
|
(4.2
|
)
|
|
|
(9.4
|
)
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
(20.2
|
)
|
|
|
(24.6
|
)
|
|
|
(44.8
|
)
|
|
|
17.9
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
22.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(25.4
|
)
|
|
|
(28.8
|
)
|
|
|
(54.2
|
)
|
|
|
24.8
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
27.1
|
|
Total Interest Bearing Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
(31.9
|
)
|
|
|
88.3
|
|
|
|
56.4
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
163.0
|
|
|
|
163.4
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
(42.2
|
)
|
|
|
(76.6
|
)
|
|
|
(118.8
|
)
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
44.8
|
|
|
|
43.1
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(74.1
|
)
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
|
|
(62.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
207.8
|
|
|
|
206.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
The increase of Ps.471.8 million in interest income for fiscal year 2009 as compared to
the previous year is explained by an increase in the rates on government securities, loans to the
private sector and public sector exposure, in pesos, offset by the reduction in the volume mainly
due to the exposure to the private sector in pesos.
In terms of interest expenses, the Ps.62.4 million decrease was mainly due to the reduction in
the volume as a consequence of the decrease in financing with other entities and with negotiable
securities. Such effect offset the increase recorded in the rate as a consequence of higher rates
in pesos combined with lower rates in dollars.
Interest-Earning Assets-Net Yield on Interest-Earning Assets
The following table analyzes, by currency of denomination, the levels of our average
interest-earning assets and net interest earned, and illustrates the net yields and spreads
obtained, for each of the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
Total Average Interest-Earning Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
13,770.2
|
|
|
|
14,182.4
|
|
|
|
12,451.1
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
4,607.8
|
|
|
|
5,710.1
|
|
|
|
5,774.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
18,378.0
|
|
|
|
19,892.5
|
|
|
|
18,225.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Interest Earned
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
1,714.5
|
|
|
|
1,269.4
|
|
|
|
798.1
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
(42.4
|
)
|
|
|
(131.5
|
)
|
|
|
(46.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,672.1
|
|
|
|
1,137.9
|
|
|
|
751.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Yield on Interest-Earning Assets
(2)
(%)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
12.45
|
|
|
|
8.95
|
|
|
|
6.41
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
(0.92
|
)
|
|
|
(2.30
|
)
|
|
|
(0.80
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-Average Yield
|
|
|
9.10
|
|
|
|
5.72
|
|
|
|
4.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Spread, Nominal Basis
(3)
(%)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
9.34
|
|
|
|
5.59
|
|
|
|
4.08
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
0.49
|
|
|
|
(1.69
|
)
|
|
|
(0.73
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-Average Yield
|
|
|
8.08
|
|
|
|
4.00
|
|
|
|
2.79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Related Fees Included in Net Interest Earned
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
84.2
|
|
|
|
69.9
|
|
|
|
43.5
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
84.2
|
|
|
|
69.9
|
|
|
|
43.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Net interest earned corresponds to the net financial income (Financial Income minus
Financial Expenses, as set forth in the Income Statement),
plus
(i) financial fees
included in Income from Services In Relation to Lending Transactions in the Income
Statement,(ii) contributions to the Deposits Insurance Fund included in the item with the
same denomination that is part of the Financial Expenses caption in the Income Statement,
and (iii) contributions and taxes on financial income included in the Income Statement under
Financial Expenses Others;
minus
(i) net income from corporate securities,
included under Financial Income/Expenses Interest Income and Gains/Losses from Holdings
of Government and Corporate Securities, in the Income Statement,(ii) differences in
quotation of gold and foreign currency included in the item with the same denomination that
is part of the Financial Expenses/Income caption in the Income Statement, and (iii) the
premiums and adjustments on forward transactions in foreign currency, included in the item
Financial Income-Others in the Income Statement. Net interest earned also includes income
from government securities used as security margins in repurchase transactions. This
income/loss is included in Miscellaneous Income/Loss Others in the Income Statement. Net
income from government securities includes both interest and gains/losses due to the
variation of market quotations
.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Net interest earned, divided by average interest-earning assets.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Interest spread, nominal basis is the difference between the average nominal interest rate
on interest-earning assets and the average nominal interest rate on interest-bearing
deposits.
|
41
Government and Corporate Securities
The following table shows our holdings of government and corporate securities at the balance
sheet dates stated below, and the breakdown of the portfolio in accordance with the Argentine
Central Bank classification system and by the currency of denomination of the relevant securities.
Our holdings of government securities represent mainly holdings of the Bank.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Government Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
43.3
|
|
|
|
22.8
|
|
|
|
17.1
|
|
Issued by Argentine Central Bank Lebac and Nobac
|
|
|
43.3
|
|
|
|
22.8
|
|
|
|
17.1
|
|
Trading
|
|
|
100.7
|
|
|
|
233.7
|
|
|
|
38.9
|
|
Bonar Bonds
|
|
|
42.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36.7
|
|
Bogar Bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
Others
|
|
|
58.0
|
|
|
|
232.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Issued by Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
1,615.1
|
|
|
|
550.2
|
|
|
|
331.6
|
|
Lebac Unquoted
|
|
|
934.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.0
|
|
Lebac Quoted
|
|
|
633.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103.3
|
|
Nobac Unquoted
|
|
|
29.5
|
|
|
|
520.2
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
|
Nobac Quoted
|
|
|
17.1
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
209.0
|
|
Without Quotation
|
|
|
945.7
|
|
|
|
69.8
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
Bonar Bonds
|
|
|
323.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount Bonds in Pesos
|
|
|
622.0
|
|
|
|
69.8
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Government Securities in Pesos
|
|
|
2,704.8
|
|
|
|
876.5
|
|
|
|
389.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
527.4
|
|
|
|
1,303.4
|
|
Boden 2012 Bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
525.9
|
|
|
|
1,303.4
|
|
Boden 2013 Bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading
|
|
|
13.5
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Boden 2012 Bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Others
|
|
|
13.5
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Government Securities for Repurchase Agreement
Transactions with the Argentinte Central Bank
|
|
|
152.7
|
|
|
|
127.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Boden 2013 2015 Bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bonar Bonds
|
|
|
152.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Without Quotation
|
|
|
1,036.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Boden 2012 Bonds
|
|
|
1,032.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Others
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Government Securities in Dollars
|
|
|
1,202.4
|
|
|
|
655.3
|
|
|
|
1,303.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Government Securities
|
|
|
3,907.2
|
|
|
|
1,531.8
|
|
|
|
1,693.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Securities
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
Corporate Equity Securities (Quoted) in Pesos
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
Corporate Equity Securities (Quoted) in Dollars
|
|
|
13.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Government and Corporate Securities
|
|
|
3,920.4
|
|
|
|
1,531.9
|
|
|
|
1,694.0
|
|
The Ps.1,032.4 million holdings of Boden 2012 Bonds (US$723.2 million of face value) represent
Boden 2012 Bonds resulting from the Banks purchase of the Hedge Bond.
42
The investment portfolio in pesos reflects the
Banks holdings of Notes from the Argentine
Central Bank (Nobac) due in 2010, received in January 2009 as part of the exchange transaction of
Secured Loans, resulting from the restructuring process carried out by the National Government.
The increase in our holdings of government securities in 2009 mainly reflects an increase in
our without quotation holdings of Boden 2012 Bonds, Bonar Bonds and Discount Bonds (Ps.1,912.1
million) and in our Issued by Argentine Central Bank holdings (Ps.1,064.9 million). It also
includes a decrease in Investment Securities (Ps.527.4 million). The increase of Bonar Bonds was due to the swap made by the
Bank in which it exchanged National
Government Bonds denominated in Pesos at 2% due 2014 (Boden 2014 Bonds) with a face value of
Ps.683.6 million (recorded in the Banks books in February 2009, within the scope of an exchange
transaction of National Secured Loans at market price) for Bonar 2015 Bonds with a face value of
Ps.912.7 million.
The decrease in our holdings of government securities in 2008 mainly reflects a decrease in
our investment holdings of Boden 2012 Bonds mainly because of the reinstatement of repurchase
guarantees originated in the collection of the coupon of amortization and in the fall of prices
described in our consolidated financial statements. It also includes an increase in forward sales
(Ps.232.1 million and Ps.127.5 million) and in Government securities issued by the Argentine
Central Bank (Ps.218.6 million).
The decrease in our holdings of government securities in 2007 mainly reflects sales under
repurchase agreement transactions for Boden 2012 Bonds by the Bank, sales of these bonds, the
proceeds of which were used for the repurchase of restructured foreign debt, and collection of the
annual amortization, in August. It also reflects sales of the remaining Banks holdings of Bogar
Bonds (Ps.229.5 million of face value) during the first quarter of 2007.
It is worth mentioning that due to the international financial crisis, during the last months
of fiscal year 2008, equity and debt securities quotation in domestic and international capital
markets evidenced a high level of volatility. As explained under Item 4. Information on the
Company-Selected Statistical Information-Government and Corporate Securities-Valuation, and Item
5. Operating and Finance Review and Prospects-Item 5.A. Operating Results-Critical Accounting
Policies- U.S. GAAP Critical Accounting Policies-Fair Value Estimates, our public-sector assets
are recorded in accordance with Argentine Banking GAAP, as established by the Argentine Central
Bank valuation rules. Had these securities been marked-to-market, shareholders equity would have
been reduced by approximately Ps.1,827.0 million as of December 31, 2008.
All government securities, except for the Lebac and Nobac, which are issued by the Argentine
Central Bank, were issued by the Argentine government.
Government Securities Net Position
The following table shows our net position in government and corporate securities at the
balance sheet date, and the breakdown of the portfolio in accordance with the Argentine Central
Bank classification system and by the securities currency of denomination. The net position is
defined as holdings plus forward purchases and spot purchases pending settlement, minus forward
sales and spot sales pending settlement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spot
|
|
|
Spot
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forward
|
|
|
Forward
|
|
|
purchases
|
|
|
sales
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
Holdings
|
|
|
Purchases
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
to be settled
|
|
|
to be settled
|
|
|
Position
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Government Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment Portfolio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
43.3
|
|
|
|
226.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
269.9
|
|
Trading or Financial Brokerage Portfolio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
100.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
|
|
96.0
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
13.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.5
|
|
Government Securities for Repurchase
Agreement Transactions with the Argentinte
Central Bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
152.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Government Securities without quotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
945.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
945.7
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
1,036.2
|
|
|
|
887.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.1
|
|
|
|
1,910.7
|
|
Securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
1,615.1
|
|
|
|
91.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,706.8
|
|
Total Government Securities
|
|
|
3,907.2
|
|
|
|
1,205.9
|
|
|
|
152.7
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
19.5
|
|
|
|
4,942.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Equity Securities (Quoted)
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Government and Corporate Securities
|
|
|
3,920.2
|
|
|
|
1,205.9
|
|
|
|
152.7
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
19.5
|
|
|
|
4,955.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
The net position of government securities as of December 31, 2009 amounted to Ps.4,942.6
million.
The investment portfolio in pesos reflects the holding of Notes issued by the Argentine
Central Bank (Nobac) due in 2010, received as part of the Secured Loans exchange transaction
carried out at the beginning of 2009.
The net position of trading securities in pesos mainly corresponds to bonds issued by
Argentina (Bonar Bonds) due in 2014, of Ps.30.9 millions, and to Bonar Bonds due in 2015, of
Ps.39.0 million.
The net position in government securities without quotation in pesos, of Ps.945.7 million,
corresponds to Peso-denominated Discount Bonds due in 2033 and GDP-linked negotiable securities of
Ps.622.0 million and Bonar Bonds due in 2015 of Ps.323.7 million, while, in foreign currency it
mainly corresponds to Boden 2012 Bonds of Ps.1,906.9 million. The securities included under
Without quotation are classified according to Argentine Banking GAAP. Otherwise, most of these
securities have daily market quotations.
The securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank in pesos comprised our own portfolio of
Central Bank Bills (Lebac) and Nobac totaling Ps.1,706.8 million.
With respect to the Peso-denominated Discount Bonds and GDP-linked negotiable securities
resulting from the exchange for the restructuring of sovereign debt carried out in 2005, the
Argentine Central Bank authorized, through Communiqué A 4270, that they were to be recorded at
the lower value between the carrying amount of the securities tendered and the sum of the nominal
cash payments of the new securities up to maturity, specified by the terms and conditions of the
securities. The Banks holding of Peso-denominated Discount Bonds and GDP-linked negotiable
securities was recorded pursuant to the first alternative. Such valuation is reduced by the amount
of received payments, and accrued interest is not recognized.
Regarding the Bonar Bonds due in 2015, resulting from the exchange performed in 2009, the
Argentine Central Bank, through its Communiqué A 4976, provides that the account balance of the
securities submitted for exchange be registered at the book value of the exchanged securities. This
value will be increased exponentially in relation to its internal rate of return (IRR), without
exceeding the market value nor the present value published by the Argentine Central Bank. In the
event that the market value or the present value were lower than the amount resulting from the
IRRs accrual, the Argentine Central Bank regulations provides a minimum accrual equivalent to 50%
of the IRR.
Boden 2012 Bonds have been recorded as established by the option set forth in the regulations
in force and have been valued at their technical value.
Valuation
In accordance with Argentine Central Bank rules, quoted government securities held-for-trading
purposes are carried at their Argentine closing market quotation less estimated selling costs.
Investment portfolio
Communiqué A 3857 of the Argentine Central Bank, dated January 7, 2003, provided that
certain financial institutions could hold in investment accounts only those securities recorded as
such on the balance sheet until December 31, 2002. Securities held in investment accounts are
recorded at their cost plus IRR. After such date, all securities included on the balance sheet
(except for the Boden 2012 Bonds received as compensation for the asymmetric pesification), should
be valued at their market value.
44
Boden 2012 Bonds for Banco Galicia, are valued at their technical value (the balance of each
security is adjusted according to its contractual terms).
As of December 31, 2009, had Banco Galicias position in such securities been valued at market
value, a Ps.175.9 million decrease in shareholders equity would have been recorded.
Communiqué A 3785 of the Argentine Central Bank, dated October 29, 2002, placed restrictions
on the ability to distribute dividends, providing that profits to be distributed in cash should be
adjusted by the difference between the book value and the market value of such securities.
Communiqué A 4698 of the Argentine Central Bank, dated August 24, 2007, modified the
valuation criteria for debt instruments issued by such institution, allowing that they be carried
at cost plus the internal rate of return instead of taking into consideration their market value,
as long as the financial institution undertakes the commitment to keep such securities until
maturity. Additionally, the difference with the market value of the securities shall be registered
in a note to the quarterly and/or annual financial statements.
Communiqué A 4861 of the Argentine Central Bank set forth, from October 31, 2008, the
possibility that financial institutions recorded their holdings in investment accounts and special
investment accounts (Communiqué A 4676) as long as securities are included in the volatility list
published monthly by the Argentine Central Bank for the purpose of computing the minimum capital
requirement to cover market risk.
Apart from that, the Argentine Central Bank provided that portfolios recorded in investment
accounts and special investment accounts could not exceed 7.5% of Banco Galicias total assets. The
100% excess leads to an equivalent increase in the Minimum Capital Requirement to cover Credit
Risk. The possible amounts in excess recorded by financial institutions taking into consideration
their position as of September 30, 2008 shall be considered admitted.
Communiqué A 5024 issued by the Argentine Central Bank, dated December 22, 2009, set forth
that as of December 31, 2009 the holdings registered under the special investment regime
(Communiqué A 4676) shall be reversed by at least 25% at the end of each calendar quarter of 2010
and shall be recorded at market value, prohibiting the addition of new items to this regime.
When dealing with the refinancing of assets adjustable of the CER, a measure promoted by the
Argentine Government during the first six-month period of 2009, the Argentine Central Bank, through
Communiqué A 4976, implemented special valuation criteria for the securities arising from the
exchange. To such end, the Argentine Central Bank set forth two valuation options: traditional
investment or investment where at least 50% of the IRR shall be accrue, regardless of the market
value, and the remaining 50% shall be charged to an asset regularization account, which shall be
reversed and charged to income based on the evolution of market prices. As of December 31, 2009, if
the Bonar 2015 Bonds (as defined below) position had been stated at market value, a Ps.317.6
million rise in the Banks shareholders equity would have been recognized.
In January 2010, the Bank recorded in Investment Accounts a portion of the holding of
Argentine Bonds due in 2015 (Bonar 2015) in the amount of Ps.668.2 million of nominal value,
including them in such item at market value. At the end of fiscal year 2009, these securities were
recorded in Special Investment Accounts and were stated at equity value increased by its internal
rate of return. This change in the accounting criteria and, consequently, in the valuation criteria
gave rise to income of Ps.240.1 million.
Additionally, an allowance for the risk of devaluation of Boden 2012 Bonds was set up in the
amount of Ps.219.8 million, equivalent to the estimated difference between the book value
(technical value) and the realizable value considered to be reasonable by the Bank.
Convergence to market value pursuant to Communiqué A 3911 and supplementary regulations
By means of Communiqué A 3911 dated March 28, 2003, the Argentine Central Bank established a
new method for the valuation of public-sector assets pursuant to which Argentine Secured Loans, the
Bogar, other loans to the non-financial public sector and government securities without quotation
were subject. This method did not include government securities in investment accounts, securities
from the Argentine Central Bank (Lebac and others) and government securities received or receivable
as compensation for measures taken by the Government.
45
Pursuant to Communiqué A 3911 of the Argentine Central Bank, beginning with the financial
statements for March 2003, assets within its scope had to be valued at the lower of their technical
value or their present value. In order to determine the present value, the Argentine Central Bank
established a discount rate that would increase gradually over time. The difference between the
present and the technical value (the lower of both) and the book
value must be reflected in an asset regularizing account in case of a positive difference, or
else be charged to income in case the difference is negative.
By means of Communiqué A 4704, dated September 7, 2007, within the environment of a high
volatility in capital markets originated in the United States subprime mortgage market, the
Argentine Central Bank determined to set the discount rate to be used for the valuation of
public-sector assets within the scope of Communiqué A 3911 and supplementary regulations.
In the case of Secured Loans, valued also at their present value pursuant to the applicable
discount rate, their estimated realizable value as of December 31, 2008 was lower than their book
value by approximately Ps.259.3 million. As of December 31, 2009, the estimated realizable value
recorded no difference in reference to the book value.
Argentine government securities from the restructuring process that took place in 2005
On January 14, 2005, the Argentine Government began the debt exchange for the restructuring of
its foreign debt that was in default, which included Argentine Republic Medium-Term External Notes
denominated in US dollars (the External Notes) Series 74 (survey rate) and Series 75 (Badlar
rate) held by Banco Galicia, among other financial institutions. The exchange period expired on
February 25. During January 2005, the Bank opted to receive, in exchange for its External Notes,
Peso-Denominated Discount Bonds and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities. In accordance with what
is set forth in such regulation, the option chosen entailed the receipt of new instruments for an
original principal amount equal to 33.7% of the eligible debt, equivalent to the non-amortized
principal as of December 31, 2001, plus interest past-due and unpaid to that date.
With respect to the recording of the new securities, for the purpose of minimizing the effect
the acceptance of the exchange offer could have on the financial condition of financial
institutions, by means of Communiqué A 4270 the Argentine Central Bank determined that the
aforementioned Peso-denominated Discount Bonds and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities should be
recorded at the lower of the carrying amount pursuant to the regulations in force (Communiqué A
4084 sections 1 v) and 5) and supplementary regulations), or the value resulting from the sum of
the nominal cash payments until the maturity date pursuant to the issuance conditions of those
bonds. New securities were valued as per the first option. Such valuation shall be reduced by the
amount of received payments, and accrued interest will not be recognized.
As of December 31, 2009, if Discount Bonds and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities had been
valued at market value, Banco Galicias net shareholders equity would have decreased by Ps.284.1
million.
Government and corporate debt securities without quotation
By means of Communiqué A 4414 dated September 8, 2005, among others, the Argentine Central
Bank modified the criteria for the valuation of government and corporate debt securities without
quotation, effective for information as of August 2005. The unlisted securities within the scope of
such Communiqué (Argentine Central Bank bills and notes, subordinated and non-subordinated notes
and financial trust securities) must be valued, at period-end, at their acquisition cost increased
on an exponential basis according to their internal rate of return.
46
Securities available for sale
By means of Communiqué A 4702 dated August 30, 2007, among others, the Argentine Central
Bank established that holdings of national government securities and debt securities issued by such
entity may be classified as available for sale. Furthermore, it established that these securities
must be recorded at their market value, with the use of such methodology as well as the potential
effect on the income statement disclosed in the notes to the quarterly and/or annual financial
statements. The (negative or positive) difference between the carrying amount of these holdings and
their market value has to be recognized in the shareholders equity accounts specially created for
this purpose. Interest accrued by applying the internal rate of return will be charged to income
(loss) in such shareholders equity accounts for each period. The rule also allows for withdrawal
from this category in the case of sale, collection of amortization and/or of return on principal
amount or when the volatility published by the Argentine Central Bank is no longer available, in
which case they must be recorded under Holdings of Unlisted Securities.
Remaining Maturity and Weighted-Average Yield
The following table analyzes the remaining maturity and weighted-average yield of our holdings
of investment and trading government and corporate securities as of December 31, 2009. Our
government securities portfolio yields do not contain any tax equivalency adjustments.
Maturity Yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maturing after 1
|
|
|
Maturing after 5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maturing
|
|
|
year but within
|
|
|
years but within
|
|
|
Maturing
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
within 1 year
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
10 years
|
|
|
after 10 years
|
|
|
|
Book
|
|
|
Book
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Yield
(1)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Yield
(1)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Yield
(1)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Yield
(1)
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
Government Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held for Trading and Brokerage
Purposes (carried at market value)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
100.7
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
%
|
|
|
80.2
|
|
|
|
14.5
|
%
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
11.0
|
%
|
Dollars
|
|
|
13.5
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
%
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held for Investment (carried at amortized cost)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
43.3
|
|
|
|
43.3
|
|
|
|
13.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Government Securities for Repurchase Agreement
Transactions with the Argentinte Central Bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
152.7
|
|
|
|
38.2
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
%
|
|
|
114.5
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instruments Issued by the Argentine Central
Bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
1,615.1
|
|
|
|
1,615.1
|
|
|
|
8.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities Without Quotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
945.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
323.7
|
|
|
|
20.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
622.5
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
%
|
Dollars
|
|
|
1,036.2
|
|
|
|
344.6
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
%
|
|
|
690.7
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Government Securities
|
|
|
3,907.2
|
|
|
|
2,050.7
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
%
|
|
|
1,220.8
|
|
|
|
12.5
|
%
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
%
|
|
|
631.5
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Debt Securities
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.1
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Portfolio
|
|
|
3,920.4
|
|
|
|
2,050.8
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
%
|
|
|
1,220.8
|
|
|
|
12.5
|
%
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
%
|
|
|
644.6
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Effective yield based on December 31, 2009 quoted market values.
|
47
Loan Portfolio
Our total loans reflect the Banks and the regional credit card companies loan portfolios
including past due principal amounts. Personal loans and credit-card loans are typically loans to
individuals granted by the Bank or the regional credit card companies. The regional credit card
companies loans are included under Credit card loans. Also, certain amounts related to advances,
promissory notes, mortgage loans and pledge loans are extended to individuals. However, advances
and promissory notes mostly represent loans to companies. The following table analyzes our loan
portfolio, i.e., Banco Galicias loan portfolio consolidated with the regional credit card
companies loan portfolio, by type of loan and total loans with guarantees.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Principal and Interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Financial Public Sector
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
1,319.6
|
|
|
|
1,210.5
|
|
|
|
2,690.6
|
|
|
|
5,187.5
|
|
Local Financial Sector
|
|
|
25.4
|
|
|
|
148.1
|
|
|
|
110.0
|
|
|
|
311.6
|
|
|
|
128.2
|
|
Non-Financial Private Sector and Residents Abroad
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advances
|
|
|
630.1
|
|
|
|
594.4
|
|
|
|
792.1
|
|
|
|
346.3
|
|
|
|
223.6
|
|
Promissory Notes
|
|
|
3,205.4
|
|
|
|
2,116.3
|
|
|
|
2,911.2
|
|
|
|
2,143.7
|
|
|
|
1,836.9
|
|
Mortgage Loans
|
|
|
964.3
|
|
|
|
1,026.8
|
|
|
|
945.1
|
|
|
|
688.0
|
|
|
|
503.4
|
|
Pledge Loans
|
|
|
64.8
|
|
|
|
81.0
|
|
|
|
94.5
|
|
|
|
67.1
|
|
|
|
121.1
|
|
Personal Loans
|
|
|
1,724.4
|
|
|
|
1,217.6
|
|
|
|
977.9
|
|
|
|
563.2
|
|
|
|
258.0
|
|
Credit Card Loans
|
|
|
5,691.3
|
|
|
|
4,378.4
|
|
|
|
3,630.1
|
|
|
|
2,458.6
|
|
|
|
1,732.1
|
|
Placements in Banks Abroad
|
|
|
440.7
|
|
|
|
334.5
|
|
|
|
158.0
|
|
|
|
608.0
|
|
|
|
212.9
|
|
Other Loans
|
|
|
1,387.9
|
|
|
|
883.3
|
|
|
|
1,010.8
|
|
|
|
794.8
|
|
|
|
599.8
|
|
Accrued Interest, Adjustment and Quotation Differences
Receivable
|
|
|
178.8
|
|
|
|
185.8
|
|
|
|
177.0
|
|
|
|
155.0
|
|
|
|
146.8
|
|
Documented Interest
|
|
|
(54.2
|
)
|
|
|
(38.5
|
)
|
|
|
(42.5
|
)
|
|
|
(23.3
|
)
|
|
|
(12.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Non-Financial Private-Sector and Residents Abroad
|
|
|
14,233.5
|
|
|
|
10,779.6
|
|
|
|
10,654.2
|
|
|
|
7,801.4
|
|
|
|
5,622.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Gross Loans
|
|
|
14,263.9
|
|
|
|
12,247.3
|
|
|
|
11,974.7
|
|
|
|
10,803.6
|
|
|
|
10,938.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for Loan Losses
|
|
|
(806.4
|
)
|
|
|
(526.8
|
)
|
|
|
(428.6
|
)
|
|
|
(327.0
|
)
|
|
|
(427.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Loans
|
|
|
13,457.5
|
|
|
|
11,720.5
|
|
|
|
11,546.1
|
|
|
|
10,476.6
|
|
|
|
10,510.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans with Guarantees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With Preferred Guarantees
(2)
|
|
|
1,142.2
|
|
|
|
1,332.8
|
|
|
|
1,289.8
|
|
|
|
1,076.2
|
|
|
|
838.5
|
|
Other Guarantees
|
|
|
2,453.9
|
|
|
|
2,971.1
|
|
|
|
3,180.2
|
|
|
|
4,103.6
|
|
|
|
6,317.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Loans with Guarantees
|
|
|
3,596.1
|
|
|
|
4,303.9
|
|
|
|
4,470.0
|
|
|
|
5,179.8
|
|
|
|
7,155.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Categories of loans include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Advances: short-term obligations drawn on by customers through overdrafts.
|
|
|
-
|
|
Promissory Notes: endorsed promissory notes, negotiable obligations and other promises to pay signed by one borrower or
group of borrowers and factored loans.
|
|
|
-
|
|
Mortgage Loans: loans granted to purchase or improve real estate and collateralized by such real estate and commercial loans
secured by a real estate mortgage.
|
|
|
-
|
|
Pledge Loans: loans secured by collateral (such as cars or machinery) other than real estate, where such collateral is an
integral part of the loan documents.
|
|
|
-
|
|
Personal Loans: loans to individuals.
|
|
|
-
|
|
Credit-Card Loans: loans granted through credit cards to credit card holders.
|
|
|
-
|
|
Placements in Banks Abroad: short-term loans to banks abroad.
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other Loans: loans not included in other categories.
|
|
|
-
|
|
Documented Interest: discount on notes and bills.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Preferred guarantees include mortgages on real estate property or pledges on movable property, such as cars or machinery, where the
Bank has priority, endorsements of the Federal Office of the Secretary of Finance, pledges of Government securities, or gold or cash as
collateral.
|
As of December 31, 2009, Banco Galicias loan portfolio before allowances amounted to
Ps.14,263.9 million, a 16.47% increase when compared to the previous fiscal year end, due to a
significant increase in the portfolio of loans of the private sector and a decrease in the public
non-financial sector. Loans to the financial and non-financial public sector as of the end of
fiscal year 2009 amounted to Ps.5.0 million, 99.65% lower than the Ps.1,426.7 million outstanding
as of the close of the previous fiscal year (Ps.1,319.6 million in Secured Loans and Ps.107.1
million in loans granted to the financial public sector).
Total loans to the financial and non-financial public sector as of the end of the fiscal year
2009 correspond mainly to Secured Loans. The participation in such exposure in the total of the
portfolio is not significant as of the end of 2009 while as of the end of 2008 it was 11.65%.
As of December 31, 2009, the loans to the private sector before the allowance for loan losses
totaled Ps.14,258.9 million, a 31.78% increase as compared to the Ps.10,820.6 million at end of the
previous fiscal year, and a share in the total loan portfolio of 99.96%, compared to 88.35% the
previous fiscal year. Loans to corporations and individuals in the total loan portfolio increased
from 85.27% at the end of fiscal year 2008 to 96.67% at the end of fiscal year 2009.
48
In fiscal year 2008, our loan portfolio before the allowance for loan losses increased 2.3%
compared to the previous fiscal year end, due to an increase in the public-sector and financial
sector portfolios, while the private-sector loan portfolio did not register any significant
changes. Loans to the financial and non-financial public sector as of fiscal year end 2008 amounted
to Ps.1,426.7 million, with an 8.3% increase in comparison with the Ps.1,317.9 million outstanding
as of the close of the previous fiscal year.
Loans by Type of Borrower
The following table shows the breakdown of our total loan portfolio, by type of borrower at
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Except for loans to individuals, all of the other categories of
loans in the table below correspond to loans granted by the Bank only. The middle-market companies
category includes the Banks loans to SMEs and the agricultural and livestock sectors while the
individuals category includes loans granted by the Bank and the regional credit card companies.
Loans to individuals comprise both consumer loans and commercial loans extended to individuals with
a commercial activity.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
1,801.1
|
|
|
|
12.63
|
|
|
|
1,148.6
|
|
|
|
9.38
|
|
|
|
1,870.0
|
|
|
|
15.62
|
|
Middle-Market Companies
|
|
|
4,844.5
|
|
|
|
33.96
|
|
|
|
3,716.8
|
|
|
|
30.35
|
|
|
|
3,993.8
|
|
|
|
33.35
|
|
- Agribusiness
|
|
|
1,962.9
|
|
|
|
13.76
|
|
|
|
1,461.4
|
|
|
|
11.93
|
|
|
|
1,341.9
|
|
|
|
11.21
|
|
- SMEs
|
|
|
2,881.6
|
|
|
|
20.20
|
|
|
|
2,255.4
|
|
|
|
18.42
|
|
|
|
2,651.9
|
|
|
|
22.14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial Loans
|
|
|
6,645.6
|
|
|
|
46.59
|
|
|
|
4,865.4
|
|
|
|
39.73
|
|
|
|
5,863.8
|
|
|
|
48.97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Individuals
|
|
|
7,142.8
|
|
|
|
50.07
|
|
|
|
5,578.3
|
|
|
|
45.55
|
|
|
|
4,631.4
|
|
|
|
38.68
|
|
- Bank
|
|
|
4,296.4
|
|
|
|
30.12
|
|
|
|
3,232.0
|
|
|
|
26.39
|
|
|
|
2,603.1
|
|
|
|
21.74
|
|
- Regional Credit Card Companies
|
|
|
2,846.4
|
|
|
|
19.95
|
|
|
|
2,346.3
|
|
|
|
19.16
|
|
|
|
2,028.3
|
|
|
|
16.94
|
|
Financial Sector
(1)
|
|
|
470.5
|
|
|
|
3.30
|
|
|
|
484.0
|
|
|
|
3.95
|
|
|
|
269.0
|
|
|
|
2.25
|
|
Non-Financial Public Sector
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
1,319.6
|
|
|
|
10.77
|
|
|
|
1,210.5
|
|
|
|
10.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
(2)
|
|
|
14,263.9
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
12,247.3
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
11,974.7
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes local and international financial sector. Financial Sector loans are primarily composed of interbank loans
(call money loans), overnight deposits at international money center banks and loans to provincial banks.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Before the allowance for loan losses.
|
Consumer loans continue to be the most significant category in the loan portfolio,
representing 47.54% of the total portfolio, at the end of the fiscal year 2009, similar to the end
of the previous fiscal year, where the share was 43.23%.
49
Loans by Economic Activity
The following table sets forth as of the dates indicated an analysis of our loan portfolio
according to the borrowers main economic activity. Figures include principal and interest.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
Financial Sector
(1)
|
|
|
470.5
|
|
|
|
3.30
|
|
|
|
484.0
|
|
|
|
3.95
|
|
|
|
269.0
|
|
|
|
2.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Financial Public Sector
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
1,319.6
|
|
|
|
10.77
|
|
|
|
1,210.5
|
|
|
|
10.10
|
|
Communications, Transportation Health and Others
|
|
|
1,020.2
|
|
|
|
7.15
|
|
|
|
838.3
|
|
|
|
6.84
|
|
|
|
936.7
|
|
|
|
7.82
|
|
Electricity, Gas, Water Supply and Sewage
Services
|
|
|
43.7
|
|
|
|
0.31
|
|
|
|
30.7
|
|
|
|
0.25
|
|
|
|
198.2
|
|
|
|
1.66
|
|
Other Financial Services
|
|
|
12.8
|
|
|
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
44.5
|
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,081.7
|
|
|
|
7.59
|
|
|
|
2,233.1
|
|
|
|
18.23
|
|
|
|
2,357.1
|
|
|
|
19.68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Primary Products
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agriculture and Livestock
|
|
|
1,803.8
|
|
|
|
12.65
|
|
|
|
1,274.5
|
|
|
|
10.41
|
|
|
|
1,217.8
|
|
|
|
10.17
|
|
Fishing, Forestry and Mining
|
|
|
177.8
|
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
60.9
|
|
|
|
0.49
|
|
|
|
49.8
|
|
|
|
0.42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,981.6
|
|
|
|
13.90
|
|
|
|
1,335.4
|
|
|
|
10.90
|
|
|
|
1,267.6
|
|
|
|
10.59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
6,781.5
|
|
|
|
47.54
|
|
|
|
5,294.9
|
|
|
|
43.23
|
|
|
|
4,402.4
|
|
|
|
36.76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail Trade
|
|
|
719.5
|
|
|
|
5.04
|
|
|
|
537.2
|
|
|
|
4.39
|
|
|
|
721.0
|
|
|
|
6.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesale Trade
|
|
|
931.4
|
|
|
|
6.53
|
|
|
|
647.0
|
|
|
|
5.28
|
|
|
|
854.3
|
|
|
|
7.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction
|
|
|
177.0
|
|
|
|
1.24
|
|
|
|
82.2
|
|
|
|
0.67
|
|
|
|
268.1
|
|
|
|
2.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foodstuffs
|
|
|
773.2
|
|
|
|
5.42
|
|
|
|
533.6
|
|
|
|
4.36
|
|
|
|
561.4
|
|
|
|
4.69
|
|
Transportation Materials
|
|
|
41.9
|
|
|
|
0.29
|
|
|
|
81.5
|
|
|
|
0.67
|
|
|
|
69.3
|
|
|
|
0.58
|
|
Chemicals and Oil
|
|
|
378.3
|
|
|
|
2.65
|
|
|
|
293.2
|
|
|
|
2.39
|
|
|
|
339.6
|
|
|
|
2.84
|
|
Manufacturing Industries
|
|
|
891.5
|
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
|
|
682.6
|
|
|
|
5.57
|
|
|
|
836.1
|
|
|
|
6.98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,084.9
|
|
|
|
14.61
|
|
|
|
1,590.9
|
|
|
|
12.99
|
|
|
|
1,806.4
|
|
|
|
15.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Loans
|
|
|
35.8
|
|
|
|
0.25
|
|
|
|
42.6
|
|
|
|
0.36
|
|
|
|
28.8
|
|
|
|
0.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
(2)
|
|
|
14,263.9
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
12,247.3
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
11,974.7
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes local and international financial sectors.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Before the allowance for loan losses.
|
By economic sector, the most significant categories were loans to the manufacturing industry,
the primary production sector and trade (wholesale and retail) with participation in the portfolio
of 14.61%, 13.90% and 11.57%, respectively.
The most significant growth is reflected in the construction sector, an increase of 115.33% as
compared to the end of 2008. The services sector registered a decline in respect of the total
portfolio of loans, from 18.23% at the end of 2008 to 7.59%.
Maturity Composition of the Loan Portfolio
The following table sets forth an analysis by type of loan and time remaining to maturity of
our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After 1
|
|
|
After 6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month but
|
|
|
Months but
|
|
|
After 1 Year
|
|
|
Years but
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total at
|
|
|
|
Within 1
|
|
|
within 6
|
|
|
within 12
|
|
|
but within 3
|
|
|
within 5
|
|
|
After 5
|
|
|
December
|
|
|
|
Month
|
|
|
Months
|
|
|
Months
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
31, 2009
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Non-Financial Public Sector
(1)
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Sector
(1)
|
|
|
25.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Private Sector and Residents Abroad
|
|
|
7,720.5
|
|
|
|
3,325.8
|
|
|
|
1,122.1
|
|
|
|
1,363.6
|
|
|
|
479.3
|
|
|
|
222.3
|
|
|
|
14,233.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Advances
|
|
|
387.1
|
|
|
|
235.0
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
630.1
|
|
- Promissory Notes
|
|
|
1,148.7
|
|
|
|
1,353.3
|
|
|
|
364.5
|
|
|
|
307.0
|
|
|
|
22.2
|
|
|
|
9.7
|
|
|
|
3,205.4
|
|
- Mortgage Loans
|
|
|
20.9
|
|
|
|
97.6
|
|
|
|
92.2
|
|
|
|
324.4
|
|
|
|
218.9
|
|
|
|
210.4
|
|
|
|
964.4
|
|
- Pledge Loans
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
16.7
|
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
21.4
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
64.8
|
|
- Personal Loans
|
|
|
94.7
|
|
|
|
400.4
|
|
|
|
330.3
|
|
|
|
665.9
|
|
|
|
233.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,724.4
|
|
- Credit-Card Loans
|
|
|
4,250.9
|
|
|
|
1,107.5
|
|
|
|
292.3
|
|
|
|
40.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,691.3
|
|
- Other Loans
|
|
|
1,688.7
|
|
|
|
115.3
|
|
|
|
21.8
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,828.6
|
|
- Accrued Interest and Quotation
Differences Receivable
(1)
|
|
|
178.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
178.8
|
|
- (Documented Interest)
|
|
|
(54.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(54.2
|
)
|
- (Unallocated Collections)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for Loan Losses
(2)
|
|
|
(806.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(806.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Loans, Net
|
|
|
6,940.8
|
|
|
|
3,326.3
|
|
|
|
1,122.5
|
|
|
|
1,365.4
|
|
|
|
480.3
|
|
|
|
222.3
|
|
|
|
13,457.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Interest and the CER adjustment were assigned to the first month.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Allowances were assigned to the first month as were past due loans and loans in judicial proceedings.
|
50
Interest Rate Sensitivity of Outstanding Loans
The following table presents the interest rate sensitivity of our outstanding loans as of
December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In millions of Pesos
|
|
|
As a % of Total Loans
|
|
Variable Rate
(1)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
7,089.6
|
|
|
|
50.12
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
778.8
|
|
|
|
5.51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
7,868.4
|
|
|
|
55.63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed Rate
(2)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
4,640.4
|
|
|
|
32.80
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
1,636.3
|
|
|
|
11.57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
6,276.7
|
|
|
|
44.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past Due Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pesos
|
|
|
528.2
|
|
|
|
3.74
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
21.4
|
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
549.6
|
|
|
|
3.89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes overdraft loans.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes past due loans and excludes interest receivable, differences in quotations and the CER adjustment.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes short-term and long-term loans whose rates are determined at the beginning of the loans life.
|
Credit Review Process
Credit risk is the potential for financial loss resulting from the failure of a borrower to
honor its financial contractual obligations. Our credit risk arises mainly from Banco Galicias and
the regional credit card companies lending activities, and from the fact that, in the normal
course of business, these subsidiaries are parties to certain transactions with off-balance sheet
treatment and associated risk, mainly commitments to extend credit and guarantees granted. See also
Item 5. Operating and Finance Review and Prospects-Item 5.A. Operating Results-Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangements.
Our credit approval and credit risk analysis is a centralized process based on the concept of
opposition of interests. This is achieved through the existing separation between the credit and
the origination functions, thus enabling us to achieve an ongoing and efficient control of asset
quality, a proactive management of problem loans, aggressive write-offs of uncollectible loans, and
adequate loan loss provisioning. The process also includes credit-quality monitoring by borrower,
as well as the monitoring of problem loans and related losses. The process facilitates early
detection of situations that could entail some degree of portfolio impairment and provides
appropriate protection of our assets.
Banco Galicia
The Credit Risk Department approves credit risk policies and procedures, verifies the
compliance thereof, assesses credit risk on a continuous basis and develops credit assessment
models to be applied to risk products.
There is a maximum limit for financial assistance to a customer or economic group (excluding
interbank financial transactions) at 5% of the computable capital (or RPC). Banco Galicias Board
of Directors determines, by simple majority of votes, in which cases it is necessary to make
exceptions to address special funding situations.
Significant credits, defined as loans to customers or economic groups exceeding Ps.30 million
(excluding interbank financial transactions), must be approved by the Board of Directors simple
majority of votes, and, for related customers, it must be approved by two thirds of the Board of
Directors votes.
51
For Wholesale Banking (except for Corporate Banking) customers rated CCC, CC or C by
Banco Galicias internal rating system shall be admitted under exceptional circumstances, duly
justified by their corresponding level, and they shall comply, among others, with the following
criteria: (i) to belong to an economic group with a better rating that is a customer of Banco
Galicia; (ii) to have, among its shareholders (legal person) one
institution with a good financial condition and good economic and financial records; (iii) to
be a company starting an investment project as long as the group or customer justifies it; or (iv)
to have undergone significant changes after the date of their balance sheet that favorably affect
their situation.
In addition, the Internal Audit Division is in charge of overseeing the classification of the
loan portfolio in accordance with the regulations established by the Argentine Central Bank.
Banco Galicia constantly monitors its loan portfolio through different indicators
(non-performance, roll rates, etc), as well as the classification and concentration thereof
(through maximum ratios between the exposure to each customer, its own RPC or regulatory capital,
and that of each customer). The loan portfolio classification, as well as its concentration
control, is carried out following the regulations provided for by the Argentine Central Bank. In
turn, Banco Galicia has advanced statistical models which result in an internal rating that allows
it to order and analyze credit risk in terms of expected losses, and to adjust pricing and/or risk
policies by customer groups or segments.
The Credit Divisions mission is to assure the quality of loan portfolio through the control
of the origination and the optimization of loan recovery strategies in accordance with standards of
best practices.
This Division is in charge of the following functions: granting of loans, classification and
follow-up of customers and recovery of past-due loans. This Division has separated credit granting,
and the control and recovery functions, both for corporate and individuals, to clearly assign
distinguishable objectives and goals.
The Risk Management Division often reviews and proposes changes to the internal policies, both
as regards to credit granting and recovery of past-due loans.
Retail Credit Approval and Recovery.
Two departments are in charge of the retail loan
portfolio: the Consumer Credit Department, responsible for the analysis and report on credit
approvals, and the Consumer Recovery Department, responsible for the follow-up, control on past-due
loans and out-of-court proceedings.
With regards to consumer loans, Banco Galicia assesses applications for different products
such as credit cards, cash advances in current accounts and secured and unsecured personal loans.
Applications for these products are assessed through computerized credit scoring systems that take
into account different criteria to determine the customers credit background and repayment
capacity, as well as through granting guidelines based on the customers credit history within the
financial system or with Banco Galicia (credit screening). The analysis of the information provided
by applicants and the decision whether to approve or else refuse the transaction are carried out in
a centralized manner. Applicants credit history, either at Banco Galicia or in the financial
system as a whole, is verified through the information provided by a company that provides credit
information services.
With respect to the recovery of past-due loans, this Department follows up and monitors the
past-due consumer loan portfolio both in its early and advanced stages, until recovery thereof is
achieved or recovery of these loans is turned to the Judicial Proceedings Department. Recovery
procedures throughout Argentina are carried out either directly or through third parties.
Early procedures for the collection of the past-due individuals loan portfolio are carried
out through the Collection Center of the Customer Contact Center. Banco Galicia also uses a
follow-up system that performs automated telephone calls in relation to past-due loans. In order to
reach out to all provinces, steps to be taken are coordinated within the branch network. When these
proceedings are exhausted, recovery of these loans is turned to collection agencies hired by Banco
Galicia to handle recovery through out-of-court proceedings. Follow-up and supervision of these
agencies are carried out by the Consumer Recovery Department.
Corporate Credit Approval and Recovery.
Credit approval of the corporate loan
portfolio is carried out through three specialized teams: the Corporate Credit Department,
responsible for credit granting; the Credit Analysis Department, in charge of the analysis of large
amount transactions; and the Corporate Review Department, responsible for monitoring and managing
the loan portfolio, as well as establishing preventive measures and performing the classification
thereof in accordance with regulations.
52
Before approving a loan, Banco Galicia performs an assessment of the corporate borrower and
its financial condition. For credits exceeding certain amounts, an analysis of each credit line and
of each customer is carried out. For credits below certain amounts, Banco Galicia uses automated
risk assessment systems that provide financial and non-financial information on the borrower. They
also have the ability to perform automated risk assessments and projections of the financial
statements to generate automatic warnings about situations that may indicate an increase in the
risk.
Banco Galicia performs its risk assessment based on the following factors:
|
|
|
Qualitative analysis
|
|
Assessment of the corporate borrowers creditworthiness performed by the officer in
charge of the account based on personal knowledge.
|
|
|
|
Economic and financial risk
|
|
Quantitative analysis of the borrowers balance sheet amounts.
|
|
|
|
Economic risk of the sector
|
|
Measurement of the general risk of the economic sector where the borrower operates (based
on statistical information, internal and external).
|
|
|
|
Environmental risk
|
|
Environmental impact analysis (required for all investment projects of significant
amounts).
|
The Board of Directors Credit Committee decides on the granting of loans that exceed a
certain amount and on all other loans to financial institutions (local or foreign) and related
parties. The remaining loans are approved by the Corporate Credit Department pursuant to
authorization levels previously granted.
The Corporate Recovery Department is responsible for monitoring and controlling the entire
past-due commercial portfolio. It establishes procedures and acts proactively to design action
plans on a case-by-case basis to recover any amounts that exceed the credit limits assigned. This
Department also oversees recovery of problem loans in the corporate portfolio, managing them
efficiently and working to regularize the status of those customers that are most attractive to
Banco Galicia. Furthermore, this Department is in charge of the judicial and out-of-court
proceedings to recover loans from the corporate loan portfolio as well as judicial proceedings to
recover loans from the consumer portfolio. This Department also manages and oversees lawsuits filed
in various jurisdictions of the country by external law firms hired to handle these matters.
Regional Credit Card Companies
Each of the regional credit card companies maintains its own credit products and limits;
however, their credit approval and credit risk analysis procedures are basically the same.
Assessment of the credit risk of each customer is based on certain information required and
provided by the customer, which is verified by the companies, as well as on information on
customers credit records obtained from credit bureaus and other entities. Once the information is
verified, the credit card is issued. There are certain requirements such as age, minimum levels of
income (depending on the type of customer, i.e. employee, self-employed, etc.) and domicile area
that must be fulfilled in order to qualify for a credit card. Credit limits are defined based on
customers income. Credit limits may be raised for a particular customer, either at the customers
request or based on the customers past payment profile, at the companies discretion or for all
customers, due to, among other factors, macroeconomic conditions such as inflation, salary trends
or interest rates.
Credit risk assessment, credit approval (the extension of a credit card and the assignment of
a limit) and classification (in accordance with the current loan classification criteria defined by
the Argentine Central Bank regulations) of the loan portfolio are managed by each company on a
centralized basis by a unit that is separate from the sales units. The credit process is described
in manuals and Tarjeta Naranja S.A., the largest regional credit card company, has certified all of
its processes under the ISO 9001/2000 standard. Credit limits and policies are defined by the board
of directors of each regional credit card company.
53
With regards to recovery of past due loans, the regional credit card companies manage the
early stages of delinquency through their branch personnel and use different types of contact with
customers (letters, phone calls, etc.). After 90 days, recovery is turned over to collection
agencies that manage out of court proceedings, and if the loan is not recovered, court proceedings
are initiated by these agencies. Cobranzas Regionales S.A., a subsidiary of
Tarjeta Naranja S.A and Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A., supervises the whole process of recovery,
including recovery procedures of said collection agencies.
Main Argentine Central Banks Rules on Loan Classification and Loan Loss Provisions
General
Regardless of the internal policies and procedures designed to minimize risks undertaken,
Banco Galicia complies with the Argentine Central Bank regulations.
In 1994, the Argentine Central Bank introduced the current loan classification system and the
corresponding minimum loan-loss provision requirements applicable to loans and other types of
credit (together referred to as loans in this section) to private sector borrowers.
The current loan classification system applies certain criteria to classify loans in a banks
consumer portfolio, and another set of criteria to classify loans in its commercial portfolio.
The classification system is independent of the currency in which the loan is denominated.
The loan classification criteria applied to loans in the consumer portfolio is based on
objective guidelines related to the borrowers degree of fulfillment of its obligations or its
legal status, the information provided by the Financial Systems Debtors System-whenever debtors
reflect lower quality levels than the rating assigned by the Bank-, by the Non-Performing Debtors
database from former financial institutions and the status resulting from the enforcement of the
refinance guidelines. In the event of any disagreement, the guidelines indicating the greater risk
level of loan losses should be considered.
For the purposes of the Argentine Central Banks regulations, consumer loans are defined as
mortgage loans, pledge loans, credit card loans and other types of loans in installments granted to
individuals. All other loans are considered commercial loans. In addition, in accordance with an
option set forth in these regulations, Banco Galicia applies the consumer portfolio classification
criteria to commercial loans of up to Ps.750,000 (until August 2009, said amount was up to
Ps.500,000). This classification is based on the level of fulfillment and the situation thereof.
The main classification criterion for loans in the commercial portfolio is each borrowers
ability to pay, mainly in terms of such borrowers future cash flows. If a customer has both
commercial and consumer loans, all these loans will be considered as a whole to determine
eligibility for classification in the corresponding portfolio. Loans backed with preferred
guarantees will be considered at 50% of their face value.
By applying the Argentine Central Banks classification to commercial loans, banks must assess
the following factors: the current and projected financial situation of the borrower, the
customers exposure to currency risk, the customers managerial and operating background, the
borrowers ability to provide accurate and timely financial information, as well as the overall
risk of the sector in which the borrower operates and the borrowers relative position within that
sector.
The Argentine Central Banks regulations also establish that a team independent from the
departments in charge of credit origination must carry out a periodic review of the commercial
portfolio. Banco Galicias Credit Division, which is independent from the business units that
generate transactions, is in charge of these reviews.
The review must be carried out on each borrower with debt pending payment equal to the lesser
of the following amounts: Ps.2 million (until August 2009 said figure was Ps.1 million) or 1% of
the banks RPC (computable capital) but, in any case, the review shall cover at least 20% of the
total loan portfolio. The frequency of the review of each borrower depends on the banks exposure
to that borrower. The Argentine Central Bank requires that the larger the exposure is, the more
frequent the review should be. This review must be conducted every calendar quarter when credit
exposure to that borrower is equal to or in excess of 5% of the banks RPC, or every six months
when exposure equals or exceeds the lesser of the following amounts: Ps.2 million or 1% of the
banks RPC. In all cases, at least 50% of the Banks commercial portfolio must be reviewed once
every six months; and all other borrowers in the Banks commercial portfolio must be reviewed
during the fiscal year, so that the entire commercial portfolio is reviewed every fiscal year.
54
In addition, only one level of discrepancy is permitted between the classification assigned by
a bank and the lowest classification assigned by at least two other banks whose combined credit to
the borrower represents 40% or more of the total credit of the borrower, considering all banks. If
Banco Galicias classification was different by more than one level from the lowest classification
granted, Banco Galicia must immediately downgrade its classification of the debtor to the same
classification level, or else within one classification level.
Communiqué A 4738 issued by the Argentine Central Bank on November 26, 2007, introduced
certain amendments to the classification rules applicable to debtors pertaining to the consumer
portfolio, with the purpose of reflecting the customers total risk more accurately. Consequently,
the rule establishes a new identification of the consumer portfolio categories. Said Communiqué
also establishes that, in order to determine the degree of timely fulfillment of obligations, it
will be necessary to analyze the customers arrears, legal situation and the classification
assigned by the rest of the financial institutions whether currently operating or under
liquidation, and whether the fulfillment of obligations depends on any kind of refinancing.
Pursuant to this Communiqué, those customers having received any kind of refinancing may
achieve a better credit status than the one they had at the time of such refinancing, by previously
repaying a certain number of installments for monthly or bimonthly amortization loans or a
percentage of the debt for any other type of loans, without incurring any arrears exceeding 31
days.
In August 2009, the Argentine Central Bank amended these requirements as per Communiqué A
4975 (effective since January 2010):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Refinancing
|
|
|
Judicial Agreements
|
|
|
|
Monthly or
|
|
Others
|
|
|
Previous
|
|
|
Com. A
|
|
|
|
Bimonthly
|
|
Previous %
|
|
|
Com. A 4975
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
4975
|
|
Category change from 5 to 4
|
|
3 installments
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category change from 4 to 3
|
|
3 installments
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category change from 3 to 2
|
|
2 installments
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
Category change from 2 to 1
|
|
1 installment
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
In addition: (i) to achieve this better quality status, the customer must comply with the rest
of the requirements for the new category; (ii) in case the customer has refinanced and
non-refinanced transactions, the resulting classification shall be the lowest from the individual
analysis of each transaction; (iii) if a customer with a refinanced loan received or had received
additional financial assistance, it will remain within the category for 180 days after the
refinancing or the granting of additional credit, whichever is more recent; and (iv) debtors with
arrears of over 31 days must be classified within the category resulting from adding the number of
days in arrears corresponding to the refinanced debts first unpaid installment and those of the
minimum arrears set forth for the category in which the debtor is classified at the time of
default.
For customers in a normal situation, the additional financial assistance granted shall not be
deemed refinancing as long as it leads to an increase in principal owed and the customers ability
to pay the obligation resulting from said expansion is assessed. The rest of the cases where no
debt increase is recorded will be deemed refinancing and only those customers who have not exceeded
two refinancing instances within 12 months since the last refinancing will be kept within category
1.
To comply with the commercial obligations included in this portfolio, the following cases
shall not be deemed refinancing: (i) any additional credit facilities granted with respect to
already agreed limits to the extent said facilities imply additional funds and they do not exceed
10% of the original limits set; and (ii) a higher financial assistance to fund working capital
increases or additional investments arisen from business expansion to the extent they are in
agreement with the borrowers ordinary course of business and provided that there exists the
ability to honor payments of the remaining financial obligations.
55
Loan Classification
The following tables contain the six loan classification categories corresponding to the
different risk levels set forth by the Argentine Central Bank. Banco Galicias total exposure to a
private sector customer must be classified according to the riskier classification corresponding to
any part of said exposure.
Commercial Portfolio
.
|
|
|
Loan Classification
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
1. Normal Situation
|
|
The debtor is widely able to meet its financial obligations, demonstrating
significant cash flows, a liquid financial situation, an adequate financial structure, a
timely payment record, competent management, available information in a timely, accurate
manner and satisfactory internal controls. The debtor is in the upper 50% of a sector of
activity that is operating properly and has good prospects.
|
|
|
|
2. With Special Follow-up
|
|
Cash flow analysis reflects that the debt may be repaid even though
it is possible that the customers future payment ability may deteriorate without a proper
follow-up.
|
|
|
This category is divided into two subcategories:
|
|
|
(2.a). Under Observation;
|
|
|
(2.b). Under Negotiation or Refinancing Agreements.
|
|
|
|
3. With Problems
|
|
Cash flow analysis evidences problems to repay the debt, and therefore, if
these problems are not solved, there may be some losses.
|
|
|
|
4. High Risk of Insolvency
|
|
Cash flow analysis evidences that repayment of the full debt is
highly unlikely.
|
|
|
|
5. Uncollectible
|
|
The amounts in this category are deemed total losses. Even though these assets
may be recovered under certain future circumstances, inability to make payments is evident at
the date of the analysis. It includes loans to insolvent or bankrupt borrowers.
|
|
|
|
6. Uncollectible due to Technical Reasons
|
|
Loans to borrowers indicated by the Argentine Central
Bank to be in non-accrual status with financial institutions that have been liquidated or are
being liquidated, or whose authorization to operate has been revoked. It also includes loans
to foreign banks and other institutions that are not:
|
|
|
(i) classified as normal;
|
|
|
(ii) subject to the supervision of the Argentine
Central Bank or other similar authority of the
country of origin;
|
|
|
(iii) classified as investment grade by any of the
rating agencies admitted pursuant to Communiqué
A 2729 of the Argentine Central Bank.
|
Consumer Portfolio
.
|
|
|
Loan Classification
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
1. Normal Situation
|
|
Loans with timely repayment or arrears not exceeding 31 days, both of
principal and interest.
|
|
|
|
2. Low Risk
|
|
Occasional late payments, with a payment in arrears of more than 32 days and up to
90 days. A customer classified as Normal having been refinanced may be recategorized within
this category, as long as he amortizes one principal installment (whether monthly or
bimonthly) or repays 5% of principal.
|
|
|
|
3. Medium Risk
|
|
Some inability to make payments, with arrears of more than 91 days and up to 180
days. A customer classified as Low Risk having been refinanced may be recategorized within
this category, as long as he amortizes two principal installments (whether monthly or
bimonthly) or repays 5% of principal.
|
56
|
|
|
Loan Classification
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
4. High Risk
|
|
Judicial proceedings demanding payment have been initiated or arrears of more than
180 days and up to one year. A customer classified as Medium Risk having been refinanced may
be recategorized within this category, as long as he amortizes three principal installments
(whether monthly or bimonthly) or repays 10% of principal.
|
|
|
|
5. Uncollectible
|
|
Loans to insolvent or bankrupt borrowers, or subject to judicial proceedings,
with little or no possibility of collection, or with arrears in excess of one year.
|
|
|
|
6. Uncollectible due to Technical Reasons
|
|
Loans to borrowers who fall within the conditions
described above under Commercial Portfolio-Uncollectible due to Technical Reasons.
|
Loan Loss Provision Requirements
Allocated Provisions
. Minimum allowances for loan losses are required for the
different categories in which loans are classified. The rates vary by classification and by whether
the loans are secured. The percentages apply to total customer obligations, both principal and
interest. The allowance for loan losses on the performing portfolio is unallocated, while the
allowances for the other classifications are individually allocated. Regulations provide for the
suspension of interests accrual or the requirement of allowances equivalent to 100% of the
interests for customers classified as With Problems and Medium Risk, or lower. The allowances
are set forth as follows:
Minimum Allowances for Loan Losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category
|
|
Secured
|
|
|
Unsecured
|
|
1. Normal Situation
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
2. (a) Under Observation and Low Risk
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
2. (b) Under Negotiation or Refinancing Agreements
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
3. With Problems and Medium Risk
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
4. High Risk of Insolvency and High Risk
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
5. Uncollectible
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
6. Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Loans backed with preferred guarantees A require a 1% provision independently of the
customer category.
General Provisions
. In addition to the specific loan loss allowances described above,
the Argentine Central Bank requires the establishment of a general allowance of 1% for all loans in
its Normal Situation category. This general allowance is not required for interbank financial
transactions of less than thirty days, or loans to the non-financial public sector or to financial
institutions majority-owned by the Argentine national, provincial or city governments with
governmental guarantees. Besides these general provisions, the Bank establishes additional
provisions, determined based on the Banks judgment of the entire loan portfolio risk at each
reporting period.
As of December 31, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we maintained a general loan
loss allowance of Ps.439.8 million, Ps.298.4 million and Ps.188.0 million, respectively, which
exceeded by Ps.303.4 million, Ps.200.0 million and Ps.88.5 million, respectively, the 1% minimum
general allowance required by the Argentine Central Bank. The excess over the minimum requirement
of fiscal year 2007 was maintained in connection with commercial loans under a restructuring process
which was not completed as of that date, and which were the remaining of the cases stemming from
the 2001-2002 crisis. The increase in these amounts in fiscal years 2008 and 2009 was related to
the seasoning of the individuals loan portfolio and to the possible occurrence of certain cases of
default in the commercial loan portfolio, as a consequence of the worsening of certain
macroeconomic variables.
57
Classification of the Loan Portfolio based on Argentine Central Bank Regulations
The following tables set forth the amounts of our loans past due and the amounts not yet due
of the loan portfolio, including the loan portfolios of the Bank and the regional credit card
companies, applying the Argentine Central Banks loan classification criteria in effect at the
dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Amounts Not Yet Due
|
|
|
Amounts Past Due
|
|
|
Total Loans
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
Loan Portfolio Classification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Normal and Normal Performance
|
|
|
13,273.6
|
|
|
|
96.89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,273.6
|
|
|
|
93.06
|
|
2. With Special Follow-up Under observation and Low Risk
|
|
|
310.6
|
|
|
|
2.27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
310.6
|
|
|
|
2.18
|
|
3. With Problems and Medium Risk
|
|
|
85.1
|
|
|
|
0.62
|
|
|
|
146.2
|
|
|
|
25.92
|
|
|
|
231.3
|
|
|
|
1.62
|
|
4. High Risk of Insolvency and High Risk
|
|
|
30.5
|
|
|
|
0.22
|
|
|
|
308.1
|
|
|
|
54.62
|
|
|
|
338.6
|
|
|
|
2.37
|
|
5. Uncollectible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
109.0
|
|
|
|
19.32
|
|
|
|
109.0
|
|
|
|
0.76
|
|
6. Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
13,699.8
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
564.1
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
14,263.9
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Amounts Not Yet Due
|
|
|
Amounts Past Due
|
|
|
Total Loans
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
Loan Portfolio Classification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Normal and Normal Performance
|
|
|
11,430.6
|
|
|
|
96.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,430.6
|
|
|
|
93.33
|
|
2. With Special Follow-up Under observation and Low Risk
|
|
|
388.8
|
|
|
|
3.27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
388.8
|
|
|
|
3.18
|
|
3. With Problems and Medium Risk
|
|
|
54.1
|
|
|
|
0.46
|
|
|
|
103.1
|
|
|
|
29.29
|
|
|
|
157.2
|
|
|
|
1.28
|
|
4. High Risk of Insolvency and High Risk
|
|
|
21.8
|
|
|
|
0.18
|
|
|
|
185.4
|
|
|
|
52.67
|
|
|
|
207.2
|
|
|
|
1.69
|
|
5. Uncollectible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62.0
|
|
|
|
17.61
|
|
|
|
62.0
|
|
|
|
0.51
|
|
6. Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
0.43
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
11,895.3
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
352.0
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
12,247.3
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
Amounts Not Yet Due
|
|
|
Amounts Past Due
|
|
|
Total Loans
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
Loan Portfolio Classification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Normal and Normal Performance
|
|
|
11,242.7
|
|
|
|
96.57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,242.7
|
|
|
|
93.89
|
|
2. With Special Follow-up Under observation and Low Risk
|
|
|
356.2
|
|
|
|
3.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
356.2
|
|
|
|
2.97
|
|
3. With Problems and Medium Risk
|
|
|
31.7
|
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
|
|
56.0
|
|
|
|
16.87
|
|
|
|
87.7
|
|
|
|
0.73
|
|
4. High Risk of Insolvency and High Risk
|
|
|
12.1
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
221.0
|
|
|
|
66.57
|
|
|
|
233.1
|
|
|
|
1.95
|
|
5. Uncollectible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48.1
|
|
|
|
14.49
|
|
|
|
48.1
|
|
|
|
0.40
|
|
6. Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
2.07
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
0.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
11,642.7
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
332.0
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
11,974.7
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
Amounts Not Yet Due
|
|
|
Amounts Past Due
|
|
|
Total Loans
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
Loan Portfolio Classification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Normal and Normal Performance
|
|
|
10,149.9
|
|
|
|
96.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,149.9
|
|
|
|
93.94
|
|
2. With Special Follow-up Under observation and Low Risk
|
|
|
374.6
|
|
|
|
3.54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
374.6
|
|
|
|
3.47
|
|
3. With Problems and Medium Risk
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
11.69
|
|
|
|
42.2
|
|
|
|
0.39
|
|
4. High Risk of Insolvency and High Risk
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
192.7
|
|
|
|
75.07
|
|
|
|
202.9
|
|
|
|
1.88
|
|
5. Uncollectible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28.8
|
|
|
|
11.22
|
|
|
|
28.8
|
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
6. Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
2.02
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
10,546.9
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
256.7
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
10,803.6
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
Amounts Not Yet Due
|
|
|
Amounts Past Due
|
|
|
Total Loans
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
Loan Portfolio Classification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Normal and Normal Performance
|
|
|
10,171.2
|
|
|
|
95.22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,171.2
|
|
|
|
92.99
|
|
2. With Special Follow-up Under observation and Low Risk
|
|
|
384.4
|
|
|
|
3.60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
384.4
|
|
|
|
3.51
|
|
3. With Problems and Medium Risk
|
|
|
120.4
|
|
|
|
1.13
|
|
|
|
206.9
|
|
|
|
80.82
|
|
|
|
327.3
|
|
|
|
2.99
|
|
4. High Risk of Insolvency and High Risk
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
23.0
|
|
|
|
8.98
|
|
|
|
29.0
|
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
5. Uncollectible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22.8
|
|
|
|
8.91
|
|
|
|
22.8
|
|
|
|
0.21
|
|
6. Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
1.29
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
10,682.0
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
256.0
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
10,938.0
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts Past Due and Non-Accrual Loans
The following table analyzes amounts past due by 90 days or more in our loan portfolio, by
type of loan and by type of guarantee as of the dates indicated, as well as our non-accrual loan
portfolio, by type of guarantee, our allowance for loan losses and the main asset quality ratios as
of the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except ratios)
|
|
Total Loans
(1)
|
|
|
14,263.9
|
|
|
|
12,247.3
|
|
|
|
11,974.7
|
|
|
|
10,803.6
|
|
|
|
10,938.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Accrual Loans
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With Preferred Guarantees
|
|
|
33.7
|
|
|
|
42.0
|
|
|
|
43.5
|
|
|
|
40.2
|
|
|
|
58.4
|
|
With Other Guarantees
|
|
|
97.9
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
Without Guarantees
|
|
|
548.1
|
|
|
|
375.6
|
|
|
|
327.3
|
|
|
|
233.8
|
|
|
|
317.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Non-Accrual Loans
(2)
|
|
|
679.7
|
|
|
|
427.9
|
|
|
|
375.8
|
|
|
|
279.1
|
|
|
|
382.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past Due Loan Portfolio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Financial Public Sector
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Local Financial Sector
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Financial Private Sector and Residents Abroad
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advances
|
|
|
64.4
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
|
|
|
23.0
|
|
|
|
20.9
|
|
|
|
14.1
|
|
Promissory Notes
|
|
|
90.5
|
|
|
|
24.5
|
|
|
|
134.5
|
|
|
|
135.2
|
|
|
|
191.6
|
|
Mortgage Loans
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
24.9
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
28.4
|
|
|
|
14.6
|
|
Pledge Loans
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
Personal Loans
|
|
|
69.8
|
|
|
|
45.7
|
|
|
|
17.6
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
Credit-Card Loans
|
|
|
285.9
|
|
|
|
215.0
|
|
|
|
115.4
|
|
|
|
62.7
|
|
|
|
33.4
|
|
Placements with Correspondent Banks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Loans
|
|
|
34.0
|
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
10.7
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Past Due Loans
|
|
|
564.1
|
|
|
|
352.0
|
|
|
|
332.0
|
|
|
|
256.7
|
|
|
|
256.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Past Due Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With Preferred Guarantees
|
|
|
19.8
|
|
|
|
26.0
|
|
|
|
30.8
|
|
|
|
28.9
|
|
|
|
16.1
|
|
With Other Guarantees
|
|
|
66.9
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
Without Guarantees
|
|
|
477.4
|
|
|
|
317.0
|
|
|
|
297.0
|
|
|
|
223.5
|
|
|
|
235.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Past Due Loans
|
|
|
564.1
|
|
|
|
352.0
|
|
|
|
332.0
|
|
|
|
256.7
|
|
|
|
256.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for Loan Losses
|
|
|
806.4
|
|
|
|
526.8
|
|
|
|
428.6
|
|
|
|
327.0
|
|
|
|
427.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except ratios)
|
|
Ratios (%)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a % of Total Loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Total Past Due Loans
|
|
|
3.95
|
|
|
|
2.87
|
|
|
|
2.77
|
|
|
|
2.38
|
|
|
|
2.34
|
|
- Past Due Loans with Preferred Guarantees
|
|
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
0.21
|
|
|
|
0.26
|
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
- Past Due Loans with Other Guarantees
|
|
|
0.47
|
|
|
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
- Past Due Unsecured Amounts
|
|
|
3.34
|
|
|
|
2.59
|
|
|
|
2.48
|
|
|
|
2.07
|
|
|
|
2.15
|
|
- Non-Accrual Loans
(2)
|
|
|
4.77
|
|
|
|
3.49
|
|
|
|
3.14
|
|
|
|
2.58
|
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
- Non-Accrual Loans
(2)
(Excluding Interbank Loans)
|
|
|
4.93
|
|
|
|
3.60
|
|
|
|
3.18
|
|
|
|
2.79
|
|
|
|
3.57
|
|
Non-Accrual Loans
(2)
as a Percentage of Loans to the
Private Sector
|
|
|
4.77
|
|
|
|
3.95
|
|
|
|
3.53
|
|
|
|
3.49
|
|
|
|
6.77
|
|
Allowance for Loan Losses as a % of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Total Loans
|
|
|
5.65
|
|
|
|
4.30
|
|
|
|
3.58
|
|
|
|
3.03
|
|
|
|
3.91
|
|
- Total Loans Excluding Interbank Loans
|
|
|
5.84
|
|
|
|
4.44
|
|
|
|
3.63
|
|
|
|
3.27
|
|
|
|
4.00
|
|
- Total Non-Accrual Loans
(2)
|
|
|
118.64
|
|
|
|
123.11
|
|
|
|
114.05
|
|
|
|
117.16
|
|
|
|
111.90
|
|
Non-Accrual Loans with Guarantees as a Percentage
of Non-Accrual Loans
(2)
|
|
|
19.36
|
|
|
|
12.22
|
|
|
|
12.91
|
|
|
|
16.23
|
|
|
|
16.97
|
|
Non-Accrual Loans as a Percentage of Total Past Due
Loans
|
|
|
120.49
|
|
|
|
121.56
|
|
|
|
113.20
|
|
|
|
108.73
|
|
|
|
149.38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Before the allowance for loan losses.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Non-Accrual loans are defined as those loans in the categories of: (a) Consumer portfolio: Medium Risk, High Risk,
Uncollectible, and Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons, and (b) Commercial portfolio: With problems, High Risk of
Insolvency, Uncollectible, and Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons.
|
Our non-accrual loan portfolio, both in absolute terms and measured as a percentage of total
loans, decreased significantly between the end of fiscal years 2006 and 2007, in the context of
strong improvement in the credit environment in Argentina after the 2001-2002 crisis. At the end of
fiscal year 2009, our non-accrual to total loans ratio was 4.77%, up from 3.49% at the end of
fiscal year 2008, due to the seasoning of the individuals portfolio and default on the commercial
portfolio as a consequence of the deterioration macroeconomic conditions. As a result of this last
effect, considering only loans to the private sector, the non-accrual loan portfolio as a
percentage of said portfolio rose from 3.95% as of December 31, 2008 to 4.77% as of December 31,
2009. The seasoning of the individuals portfolio is a consequence of the strong growth process it
has undergone for several years.
Since fiscal year 2005, our coverage of non-accrual loans with allowances for loan losses has
exceeded 100%.
Under Argentine Central Bank rules, we are required to cease the accrual of interest or to
establish provisions equal to 100% of the interest accrued on all loans pertaining to the
non-accrual loan portfolio, that is, all loans to borrowers in the categories of:
|
|
|
in the consumer portfolio: Medium Risk, High Risk, Uncollectible and
Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons.
|
|
|
|
in the commercial portfolio: With Problems, High Risk of Insolvency,
Uncollectible and Uncollectible Due to Technical Reasons.
|
60
The table below shows the interest income that would have been recorded on non-accrual loans
on which the accrual of interest was discontinued and the recoveries of interest on loans
classified as non-accrual on which the accrual of interest had been discontinued:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Interest Income
that Would Have
Been Recorded on
Non-Accrual Loans
on which the
Accrual of Interest
was Discontinued
|
|
|
52.0
|
|
|
|
35.4
|
|
|
|
35.9
|
|
|
|
23.7
|
|
|
|
45.9
|
|
|
Recoveries of
Interest on Loans
Classified as
Non-Accrual on
which the Accrual
of Interest had
been Discontinued
(1)
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Recorded under Miscellaneous Income.
|
Loan Loss Experience
The following table presents an analysis of our allowance for loan losses and of our credit
losses as of and for the periods indicated. Certain loans are charged off directly to the income
statement and, therefore, are not reflected in the allowance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except ratios)
|
|
Total Loans, Average
(1)
|
|
|
11,481.9
|
|
|
|
12,077.3
|
|
|
|
10,528.9
|
|
|
|
10,851.0
|
|
|
|
9,746.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for Loan Losses at Beginning of Period
(2)
|
|
|
526.8
|
|
|
|
428.6
|
|
|
|
327.0
|
|
|
|
427.9
|
|
|
|
632.6
|
|
Changes in the Allowance for Loan Losses During the Period
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provisions Charged to Income
|
|
|
625.9
|
|
|
|
384.6
|
|
|
|
248.4
|
|
|
|
105.3
|
|
|
|
61.1
|
|
Prior Allowances Reversed
|
|
|
(5.4
|
)
|
|
|
(6.5
|
)
|
|
|
(21.5
|
)
|
|
|
(32.5
|
)
|
|
|
(96.2
|
)
|
Charge-Offs (A)
|
|
|
(354.5
|
)
|
|
|
(289.2
|
)
|
|
|
(125.4
|
)
|
|
|
(200.8
|
)
|
|
|
(174.5
|
)
|
Inflation and Foreign Exchange Effect and Other Adjustments
|
|
|
13.6
|
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
27.1
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for Loan Losses at End of Period
|
|
|
806.4
|
|
|
|
526.8
|
|
|
|
428.6
|
|
|
|
327.0
|
|
|
|
427.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charge to the Income Statement during the Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provisions Charged to Income
(2)
|
|
|
625.9
|
|
|
|
384.6
|
|
|
|
248.4
|
|
|
|
105.3
|
|
|
|
61.1
|
|
Direct Charge-Offs, Net of Recoveries (B)
|
|
|
(27.9
|
)
|
|
|
(68.4
|
)
|
|
|
(57.2
|
)
|
|
|
(46.4
|
)
|
|
|
(28.9
|
)
|
Recoveries of Provisions
|
|
|
(5.4
|
)
|
|
|
(6.5
|
)
|
|
|
(21.5
|
)
|
|
|
(32.5
|
)
|
|
|
(96.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Charge (Benefit) to the Income Statement
|
|
|
592.6
|
|
|
|
309.7
|
|
|
|
169.7
|
|
|
|
26.4
|
|
|
|
(64.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios (%)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charge-Offs (A+B) to Average Loans
(3)
|
|
|
2.84
|
|
|
|
1.83
|
|
|
|
0.65
|
|
|
|
1.42
|
|
|
|
1.49
|
|
Net Charge to the Income Statement to Average Loans
(3)
|
|
|
5.16
|
|
|
|
2.56
|
|
|
|
1.61
|
|
|
|
0.24
|
|
|
|
(0.66
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Before the allowance for loan losses.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes quotation differences for Galicia Uruguay and Cayman Branch.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Charge-offs plus direct charge-offs minus bad debts recovered.
|
The increase in allowance for loan losses in fiscal year 2009 is mainly attributable to the
seasoning of the individuals loan portfolio.
61
Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses
The following table presents the allocation of our allowance for loan losses among the various
loan categories and shows such allowances as a percentage of our total loan portfolio before
deducting the allowance for loan losses, in each case for the periods indicated.
The
table also shows each loan category as a percentage of our total loan portfolio before deducting
the allowance for loan losses at the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
Category
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
Category
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
Category
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
Non-Financial Public Sector
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.11
|
|
Local Financial Sector
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.92
|
|
Non-Financial Private
Sector and Residents
Abroad
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advances
|
|
|
31.7
|
|
|
|
0.22
|
|
|
|
4.42
|
|
|
|
14.5
|
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
4.85
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
|
|
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
6.61
|
|
Promissory Notes
|
|
|
80.3
|
|
|
|
0.56
|
|
|
|
22.47
|
|
|
|
34.9
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
17.28
|
|
|
|
119.8
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
24.31
|
|
Mortgage Loans
|
|
|
11.8
|
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
6.76
|
|
|
|
21.9
|
|
|
|
0.18
|
|
|
|
8.38
|
|
|
|
26.5
|
|
|
|
0.22
|
|
|
|
7.89
|
|
Pledge Loans
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
0.45
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.66
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.79
|
|
Personal Loans
|
|
|
63.9
|
|
|
|
0.45
|
|
|
|
12.09
|
|
|
|
37.8
|
|
|
|
0.31
|
|
|
|
9.94
|
|
|
|
14.0
|
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
8.17
|
|
Credit-Card Loans
|
|
|
168.3
|
|
|
|
1.18
|
|
|
|
39.90
|
|
|
|
111.4
|
|
|
|
0.91
|
|
|
|
35.75
|
|
|
|
56.0
|
|
|
|
0.47
|
|
|
|
30.31
|
|
Placements in
Correspondent Banks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.32
|
|
Other
|
|
|
16.0
|
|
|
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
10.60
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
0.06
|
|
|
|
8.43
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
9.57
|
|
Unallocated
(1)
|
|
|
432.9
|
|
|
|
3.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
298.4
|
|
|
|
2.44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
187.9
|
|
|
|
1.57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
806.4
|
|
|
|
5.65
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
526.8
|
|
|
|
4.30
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
428.6
|
|
|
|
3.58
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
% of Loans
|
|
|
Loan Category %
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
% of Loans
|
|
|
Loan Category %
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
Non-Financial Public Sector
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24.90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47.43
|
|
Local Financial Sector
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.17
|
|
Non-Financial Private
Sector and Residents
Abroad
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advances
|
|
|
16.3
|
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
3.21
|
|
|
|
12.3
|
|
|
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
2.04
|
|
Promissory Notes
|
|
|
151.1
|
|
|
|
1.40
|
|
|
|
19.84
|
|
|
|
186.4
|
|
|
|
1.70
|
|
|
|
16.79
|
|
Mortgage Loans
|
|
|
25.0
|
|
|
|
0.23
|
|
|
|
6.37
|
|
|
|
21.6
|
|
|
|
0.20
|
|
|
|
4.60
|
|
Pledge Loans
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.62
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.11
|
|
Personal Loans
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
5.21
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
2.36
|
|
Credit-Card Loans
|
|
|
28.5
|
|
|
|
0.26
|
|
|
|
22.76
|
|
|
|
14.0
|
|
|
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
15.84
|
|
Placements in
Correspondent Banks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.95
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
8.58
|
|
|
|
17.1
|
|
|
|
0.16
|
|
|
|
6.71
|
|
Unallocated
(1)
|
|
|
101.0
|
|
|
|
0.95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
175.1
|
|
|
|
1.60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
327.0
|
|
|
|
3.03
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
427.9
|
|
|
|
3.91
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The unallocated reserve consists of the allowances established on the portfolio classified in the normal situation
category and includes additional reserves in excess of Argentine Central Bank minimum requirements.
|
62
Charge-Offs
The following table sets forth the allocation of the main charge-offs made by the Bank and the
regional credit card companies during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Charge-offs by Type
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advances
|
|
|
21.3
|
|
|
|
17.3
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
Promissory Notes
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
92.3
|
|
|
|
35.1
|
|
Mortgage Loans
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
Pledge Loans
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Personal Loans
|
|
|
60.8
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
Credit-Card Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco Galicia
|
|
|
54.9
|
|
|
|
31.6
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
Regional Credit-Card Companies
|
|
|
178.6
|
|
|
|
107.7
|
|
|
|
60.6
|
|
Other Loans
|
|
|
8.4
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
354.5
|
|
|
|
289.2
|
|
|
|
125.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During fiscal year 2009, Ps.354.5 million were written off against allowance for loan losses
in connection with loans to individuals, including the regional credit cards companies portfolios,
and the increased amount as compared to the prior year was attributable to the seasoning of the
individuals loan portfolio.
During fiscal year 2008, Ps.289.2 were written off against allowance for loan losses. This
amount represented charge offs of loans to individuals, mainly regional credit cards companies
loans, and the close of negotiations with a commercial customer under a debt restructuring process.
The increase from the Ps.125.4 million charge offs for fiscal year 2007 was mainly explained by the
seasoning of the individuals loan portfolio.
Foreign Outstandings
Cross-border or foreign outstandings for a particular country are defined as the sum of all
claims against third parties domiciled in that country and comprise loans (including accrued
interest), acceptances, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, other interest-bearing
investments and any other monetary assets that are denominated in Dollars or other non-local
currency. The following were our foreign outstandings as of the dates indicated representing 0.75%
or more of our total assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Country
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
United Kingdom
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demand Deposits
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
Forward Purchases of Boden 2012 Bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
829.0
|
|
|
|
1,244.8
|
|
Forward Purchases of Discount Bonds in Pesos
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
603.2
|
|
|
|
600.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
1,438.2
|
|
|
|
1,847.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demand Deposits
|
|
|
178.6
|
|
|
|
353.4
|
|
|
|
532.1
|
|
Overnight Placements
|
|
|
440.5
|
|
|
|
317.3
|
|
|
|
159.3
|
|
Other
|
|
|
21.6
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
640.7
|
|
|
|
671.4
|
|
|
|
691.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Germany
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demand Deposits
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Forward Purchases of Boden 2012 Bonds
|
|
|
803.4
|
|
|
|
1,087.9
|
|
|
|
240.8
|
|
Forward Purchases of Discount Bonds in Pesos
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
805.5
|
|
|
|
1,090.9
|
|
|
|
347.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, we had the following foreign outstandings: Ps.5.5 million
(0.02% of our total assets) with United Kingdom financial institutions, corresponding
to demand deposits with such institutions.
|
|
|
|
Ps.640.7 million (2.3% of our total assets) representing liquid placements with
United States financial institutions, of which Ps.178.6 million correspond to demand
deposits and Ps.440.5 million represent overnight placements.
|
|
|
|
Ps.805.5 million (2.9% of our total assets) with a German financial institution,
of which Ps.803.4 million represent two forward purchases of Boden 2012 Bonds in
connection with repurchase transactions with the applicable financial institution,
and Ps.2.1 million correspond to demand deposits with such institution; both
repurchase transactions are for a two-year term; all bear market floating interest
rates based on Libor plus a fixed spread.
|
63
There were no other foreign outstandings representing 0.75% or more of our total assets as of
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
Deposits
The following table sets out the composition of our deposits as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007. Our deposits represent deposits with the Bank.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Current Accounts and Other Demand Deposits
|
|
|
3,719.2
|
|
|
|
3,105.4
|
|
|
|
2,675.4
|
|
Savings Accounts
|
|
|
4,994.7
|
|
|
|
4,035.0
|
|
|
|
3,380.1
|
|
Time Deposits
|
|
|
7,954.7
|
|
|
|
6,548.0
|
|
|
|
6,704.8
|
|
Other Deposits
(1)
|
|
|
248.8
|
|
|
|
263.2
|
|
|
|
291.6
|
|
Plus: Accrued Interest, Quotation
Differences and CER Adjustment
|
|
|
122.0
|
|
|
|
104.5
|
|
|
|
113.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Deposits
|
|
|
17,039.4
|
|
|
|
14,056.1
|
|
|
|
13,165.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes among other, deposits originated by Decree No. 616/05, Reprogrammed
Deposits under judicial proceedings and other demand deposits.
|
In 2009, our consolidated deposits increased 21.2% mainly as a result of a Ps.1,573.4 million
increase in deposits in current and savings accounts and Ps.1,406.7 million increase in time
deposits. As in prior years, these increases were due to deposits received by the Banks Argentine
operation. As of December 31, 2009, time deposits included Ps.14.9 million of CER-adjusted time
deposits.
In 2008, our consolidated deposits increased 6.8% mainly as a result of a Ps.1,084.9 million
increase in deposits in current and savings accounts. As in prior years, these increases were due
to deposits received by the Banks Argentine operation. As of December 31, 2008, time deposits
included Ps.47.3 million of CER-adjusted time deposits.
For more information, see Item 5.A. Operating Results-Funding.
The following table provides a breakdown of our consolidated deposits as of December 31, 2009,
by contractual term and currency of denomination.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peso-Denominated
|
|
|
Dollar-Denominated
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
Current Accounts and Demand Deposits
|
|
Ps.
|
3,719.2
|
|
|
|
26.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
Ps.
|
3,719.2
|
|
|
|
22.0
|
%
|
Savings Accounts
|
|
|
3,405.3
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,589.4
|
|
|
|
51.3
|
|
|
|
4,994.7
|
|
|
|
29.5
|
|
Time Deposits
|
|
|
6,561.6
|
|
|
|
47.5
|
|
|
|
1,393.2
|
|
|
|
45.1
|
|
|
|
7,954.8
|
|
|
|
47.0
|
|
Maturing Within 30 Days
|
|
|
1,471.6
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
|
|
309.1
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
1,780.7
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
Maturing After 31 Days but Within 59 Days
|
|
|
1,932.4
|
|
|
|
14.0
|
|
|
|
311.0
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
|
|
2,243.4
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
Maturing After 60 Days but Within 89 Days
|
|
|
933.8
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
175.7
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
1,109.5
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
Maturing After 90 Days but Within 179 Days
|
|
|
771.1
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
|
|
389.6
|
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
1,160.7
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
Maturing After 180 Days but Within 365 Days
|
|
|
852.0
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
185.9
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
1,037.9
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
Maturing After 365 Days
|
|
|
600.7
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
21.9
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
622.6
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
Other Deposits
|
|
|
138.9
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
109.7
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
248.6
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
Maturing Within 30 Days
|
|
|
134.0
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
100.4
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
234.4
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
Maturing After 31 Days but Within 59 Days
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maturing After 60 Days but Within 89 Days
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maturing After 90 Days but Within 179 Days
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maturing After 180 Days but Within 365 Days
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maturing After 365 Days
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Deposits
(1)
|
|
Ps.
|
13,825.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
Ps.
|
3,092.3
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
Ps.
|
16,917.3
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Only principal. Excludes the CER adjustment
|
64
The categories with the highest concentration of maturities per original term are those within
the segments within 30 days and after 31 days but within 59 days (Pesos and Dollars), which
accounted for 23.8% of the total and mainly corresponded to Peso-denominated time deposits. The
rest of the terms have a homogeneous participation. As of December 31, 2009, the average original
term of non-adjusted Peso and US Dollar-denominated time deposits (excluding Reprogrammed Deposits
with
amparo
claims) was approximately 107 days. Dollar-denominated deposits, for Ps.3,092.3 million
(only principal), represented 18.3% of total deposits, of which 5.2% (Ps.160.1 million, only
principal) corresponded to Galicia Uruguay (consolidated).
The following table provides information about the maturity of our outstanding time deposits
exceeding Ps.100,000, based on to whether they were made at our domestic or foreign branches, as of
December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic Offices
|
|
|
Foreign Offices
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Time Deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Within 30 Days
|
|
|
1,097.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
After 31 Days but Within 59 Days
|
|
|
1,553.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
After 60 Days but Within 89 Days
|
|
|
722.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
After 90 Days but Within 179 Days
|
|
|
800.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
After 180 Days but Within 365 Days
|
|
|
897.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
After 365 Days
|
|
|
608.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Time Deposits
|
|
|
5,680.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Deposits
(1)
|
|
|
5,680.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Only principal. Excludes the CER adjustment.
|
Return on Equity and Assets
The following table presents certain selected financial information and ratios for the periods
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
Net Income / (Loss)
|
|
|
229.3
|
|
|
|
176.8
|
|
|
|
46.0
|
|
Average Total Assets
|
|
|
24,685.3
|
|
|
|
23,412.5
|
|
|
|
21,332.4
|
|
Average Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
1,961.2
|
|
|
|
1,745.0
|
|
|
|
1,606.7
|
|
Shareholders Equity at End of the Period
|
|
|
2,052.5
|
|
|
|
1,845.7
|
|
|
|
1,654.5
|
|
Net Income as a Percentage of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Total Assets
|
|
|
1.12
|
|
|
|
0.91
|
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
Average Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
11.69
|
|
|
|
10.13
|
|
|
|
2.86
|
|
Declared Cash Dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend Payout Ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Shareholders Equity as a Percentage of Average Total Assets
|
|
|
7.94
|
|
|
|
7.45
|
|
|
|
7.53
|
|
Shareholders Equity at the End of the Period as a Percentage of
Average Total Assets
|
|
|
8.31
|
|
|
|
7.88
|
|
|
|
7.76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65
Short-term Borrowings
Our short-term borrowings include all of our borrowings (including repurchase agreements, debt
securities and negotiable obligations) with a contractual maturity of less than one year, owed to
foreign or domestic financial institutions or holders of negotiable obligations. See Notes 13 and
14 to our consolidated audited financial statements included in this annual report for detailed
information about our Short-term Borrowings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos )
|
|
Short-Term Borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
Other Banks and International Entities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Lines from Domestic Banks
|
|
|
86.9
|
|
|
|
43.6
|
|
|
|
33.2
|
|
Credit Lines from Foreign Banks
|
|
|
180.0
|
|
|
|
354.6
|
|
|
|
258.0
|
|
Repurchases with Domestic Banks
|
|
|
278.1
|
|
|
|
34.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Negotiable Obligations
|
|
|
125.8
|
|
|
|
108.9
|
|
|
|
36.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
672.9
|
|
|
|
543.5
|
|
|
|
328.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of the end of fiscal year 2009, our short-term borrowings consisted mainly of repurchase
agreements transactions with domestic banks.
The following table shows for our significant short-term borrowings for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
|
|
|
the weighted-average interest rate at year-end,
|
|
|
|
the maximum balance recorded at the monthly closing dates of the periods,
|
|
|
|
the average balances for each period, and
|
|
|
|
the weighted-average interest rate for the periods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average Interest Rate at End of Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Balance Recorded at the Monthly Closing Dates
|
|
Ps.
|
2.8
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1.7
|
|
|
Ps.
|
0.9
|
|
Average Balances for Each Period
|
|
Ps.
|
1.3
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1.1
|
|
|
Ps.
|
0.6
|
|
Weighted-average Interest Rate for the Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Lines from Domestic Banks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average Interest Rate at End of Period
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
|
|
24.7
|
%
|
|
|
14.2
|
%
|
Maximum Balance Recorded at the Monthly Closing Dates
|
|
Ps.
|
86.9
|
|
|
Ps.
|
261.5
|
|
|
Ps.
|
92.6
|
|
Average Balances for Each Period
|
|
Ps.
|
45.6
|
|
|
Ps.
|
72.9
|
|
|
Ps.
|
57.5
|
|
Weighted-average Interest Rate for the Period
|
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
|
|
13.7
|
%
|
|
|
9.5
|
%
|
Credit Lines from Foreign Banks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average Interest Rate at End of Period
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
Maximum Balance Recorded at the Monthly Closing Dates
|
|
Ps.
|
257.2
|
|
|
Ps.
|
457.4
|
|
|
Ps.
|
258.0
|
|
Average Balances for Each Period
|
|
Ps.
|
153.1
|
|
|
Ps.
|
373.6
|
|
|
Ps.
|
106.7
|
|
Weighted-average Interest Rate for the Period
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
4.5
|
%
|
|
|
5.8
|
%
|
Repurchases with Domestic Banks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average Interest Rate at End of Period
|
|
|
9.8
|
%
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Maximum Balance Recorded at the Monthly Closing Dates
|
|
Ps.
|
278.1
|
|
|
Ps.
|
400.6
|
|
|
Ps.
|
317.4
|
|
Average Balances for Each Period
|
|
Ps.
|
25.9
|
|
|
Ps.
|
132.8
|
|
|
Ps.
|
138.3
|
|
Weighted-average Interest Rate for the Period
|
|
|
9.6
|
%
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
|
|
8.9
|
%
|
Repurchases with Foreign Banks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average Interest Rate at End of Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Balance Recorded at the Monthly Closing Dates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Balances for Each Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average Interest Rate for the Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Negotiable Obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average Interest Rate at End of Period
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
12.1
|
%
|
|
|
8.2
|
%
|
Maximum Balance Recorded at the Monthly Closing Dates
|
|
Ps.
|
247.7
|
|
|
Ps.
|
108.9
|
|
|
Ps.
|
65.7
|
|
Average Balances for Each Period
|
|
Ps.
|
139.8
|
|
|
Ps.
|
49.8
|
|
|
Ps.
|
50.8
|
|
Weighted-average Interest Rate for the Period
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
9.3
|
%
|
66
Regulatory Capital
Grupo Financiero Galicia
The capital adequacy of Grupo Financiero Galicia is not under the supervision of the Argentine
Central Bank. Grupo Financiero Galicia has to comply with the minimum capital requirement
established by Law No. 19,550, as amended, (
Ley de Sociedades Comerciales
or the Corporations
Law), which, is required to be Ps.0.012 million.
Banco Galicia
Banco Galicia is subject to the capital adequacy rules of the Argentine Central Bank. Banks
have to comply with capital requirements both on an individual basis and on a consolidated basis
with their significant subsidiaries. For the purposes of Argentine Central Bank capital adequacy
rules, Banco Galicias significant subsidiaries that it is consolidated with are Galicia Uruguay
and Tarjetas Regionales S.A. consolidated.
Through its Communiqués A 3959 and A 3986, respectively, the Argentine Central Bank
established a new capital adequacy rule effective as of January 1, 2004. The new capital adequacy
rule is based on the Basel Committee methodology, similar to the previous rule, and establishes the
minimum capital a financial institution is required to maintain in order to cover the different
risks inherent in its business activity and thus incorporated into its assets. Such risks include
mainly: credit risk, generated both by exposure to the private sector and to the public sector;
market risk, generated by foreign-currency, securities and CER positions; and interest-rate risk,
generated by the mismatches between assets and liabilities in terms of interest rate repricing. The
minimum capital requirement stated by the new rule is 8% of an entitys risk-weighted assets, with
a 100% risk weighting for public-sector assets (within the previous rule, this risk-weighting was
0%) and private-sector assets; with said requirement being lower depending on the existence of
certain guarantees in the case of private-sector assets and for certain liquid assets.
The above-mentioned Argentine Central Bank rules provided a schedule for the gradual
compliance by entities with the new rule over time. For this, it established the application,
beginning on January 2004, of two coefficients known as Alfa 1 and Alfa 2, in order to
temporarily, and in a decreasing manner, reduce the minimum capital requirement to cover the credit
risk of public-sector assets and interest-rate risk, respectively. The Alfa 1 coefficient value
increased progressively, in January of each year, until it reached 1.00 on January 1, 2009, and the
value of the Alfa 2 coefficient increased in the same manner until it reached 1.00 on January 1,
2007, as shown in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1
st
/ December 31
st
|
|
Alfa 1
|
|
|
Alfa 2
|
|
2004
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
0.20
|
|
2005
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
0.40
|
|
2006
|
|
|
0.30
|
|
|
|
0.70
|
|
2007
|
|
|
0.50
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
2008
|
|
|
0.75
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under Argentine Central Bank rules, core capital primarily corresponds to a banks
shareholders equity at the beginning of the fiscal year and supplemental capital primarily is
comprised of 50% of the fiscal years profits and 100% of fiscal years losses, and subordinated
debt. In the case of the Bank, supplemental capital includes the subordinated debt maturing in 2019
issued as a result of the restructuring of the Banks foreign debt. Pursuant to Argentine Central
Bank regulations on this point, subordinated debt computable as supplemental capital is limited to
50% of core capital and supplemental capital cannot exceed the latter.
67
Communiqué A 4782 of the Argentine Central Bank, dated March 3, 2008, broadened the range of
subordinated contractual obligations that financial institutions may include in their calculation
of supplementary shareholders equity. Pursuant to this Communiqué, it is possible to record as
such not only subordinated debt securities with a public offering, but also any other liability
contractually subordinated that meets the requirements
set forth in the regulation, regardless of whether such debt had a public offering and
notwithstanding the manner of execution (which allows supplementary capital to include liabilities
such as loans or credit lines from abroad, for example).
The table below shows information on the Banks consolidated computable regulatory capital, or
RPC or Adjusted Shareholders Equity, and minimum capital requirements as of the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
2,126.5
|
|
|
|
1,954.7
|
|
|
|
1,759.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argentine Central Bank Minimum Capital Requirements
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allocated to Financial Assets
|
|
|
1,064.1
|
|
|
|
1,014.1
|
|
|
|
845.3
|
|
Allocated to Fixed Assets, Intangible and Unquoted Equity
Investments
|
|
|
168.7
|
|
|
|
169.5
|
|
|
|
153.2
|
|
Allocated to Market Risk
|
|
|
14.3
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
20.4
|
|
Allocated to Interest-Rate Risk
|
|
|
20.7
|
|
|
|
50.7
|
|
|
|
52.4
|
|
Lending to the Non-Financial Public Sector
|
|
|
343.7
|
|
|
|
324.8
|
|
|
|
231.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (A)
|
|
|
1,611.5
|
|
|
|
1,564.5
|
|
|
|
1,302.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Computable Regulatory Capital Calculated Under Argentine Banking
GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Core Capital
|
|
|
1,991.2
|
|
|
|
1,789.1
|
|
|
|
1,756.4
|
|
Supplemental Capital
|
|
|
1,070.2
|
|
|
|
994.7
|
|
|
|
757.1
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in Financial Entities
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
Organization Expenses
|
|
|
(274.9
|
)
|
|
|
(191.3
|
)
|
|
|
(100.6
|
)
|
Goodwill Recorded from June 30, 1997
|
|
|
(17.5
|
)
|
|
|
(28.5
|
)
|
|
|
(47.6
|
)
|
Real Estate Properties for Banco Galicias Own Use and
Miscellaneous, for which No Title Deed has been Made
|
|
|
(8.4
|
)
|
|
|
(6.3
|
)
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(9.9
|
)
|
|
|
(17.0
|
)
|
|
|
(7.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(312.6
|
)
|
|
|
(244.8
|
)
|
|
|
(159.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Capital Market Variation
|
|
|
40.4
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (B)
|
|
|
2,789.2
|
|
|
|
2,552.3
|
|
|
|
2,357.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess Over Required Capital (B)-(A)
|
|
|
1,177.7
|
|
|
|
987.8
|
|
|
|
1,054.3
|
|
Excess Over Required Capital as a % of Required Capital
|
|
|
73.08
|
|
|
|
63.14
|
|
|
|
80.93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Capital Ratio
|
|
|
14.35
|
|
|
|
13.92
|
|
|
|
15.54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
In accordance with Argentine Central Bank rules applicable at each date.
|
As of December 31, 2009, Banco Galicias computable capital amounted to Ps.2,789.2 million,
exceeding the minimum capital requirement by Ps.1,177.7 million pursuant to the regulations
provided for by the Argentine Central Bank effective at that date. This excess amount was Ps.987.8
million as of December 31, 2008. The increase of Ps.189.9 million in the excess was due to
integration of principal by Ps.236.9 million, offset by the rise in the minimum capital requirement
of Ps.47.0 million.
The greater minimum capital requirement was mainly the result of the Ps.32.7 million increase
in minimum capital requirements to cover the credit risk, as a consequence of the growth of the
Banks exposure to the private sector during fiscal year 2009 and the Ps.18.9 million increase in
minimum capital requirement for the exposure to the non-financial public sector, which was mainly
due to the increase of the Alfa 1 coefficient from 0.75 to 1, therefore, eliminating, as from
January 2009 the mitigating coefficient. The latter effect was mainly offset by the sale of part of
the government securities portfolio made during fiscal year 2009.
68
The Ps.236.9 increase in computable capital when compared to December 31, 2008 was mainly the
result of Ps.202.1 million from basic shareholders equity, mainly due to the result of the fiscal
year 2008 and Ps.75.5 million from an increase in the complementary shareholders equity, mainly
due to the balance of the subordinated debt increase for the increase of the value of the dollar.
This latter increase was offset by the increase of Ps.67.8 million in the deductions corresponding
to an increase in the organization and development expenses.
Regional Credit Card Companies
Since the regional credit card companies are not financial institutions, their capital
adequacy is not regulated by the Argentine Central Bank. The regional credit card companies have to
comply with the minimum capital requirement established by the Corporations Law, which was
required to be Ps.0.012 million. However, as noted above, Banco Galicia has to comply with the
Argentine Central Banks capital adequacy rules on a consolidated basis, which includes the
regional credit card companies.
Minimum Capital Requirements of Insurance Companies
The insurance companies controlled by Sudamericana must meet the minimum capital requirements
set by General Resolution No. 31,134 of the National Insurance Superintendency. This resolution
requires insurance companies to maintain a minimum capital level equivalent to the highest of the
amounts calculated as follows:
(a)
|
|
By line of insurance: this method establishes a fixed amount by line of insurance. For life
insurance companies, it is Ps.4 million, increasing to Ps.5 million for companies that offer
pension-linked life insurance. For providers of retirement insurance that do not offer
pension-linked annuities, the requirement is Ps.3 million (increasing to Ps.5 million for
companies that offer pension-linked annuities). For companies that offer property insurance
that includes damage coverage (excluding those related to vehicles) the requirement is Ps.1.5
million (increasing to Ps.8 million for companies that offer all P&C products).
|
(b)
|
|
By premiums and additional fees: to use this method, the company must calculate the sum of
the premiums written and additional fees earned in the last 12 months. Based on the total, the
company must calculate 16%. Finally, it must adjust the total by the ratio of net paid claims
to gross paid claims for the last 36 months. This ratio must be at least 50%.
|
(c)
|
|
By claims: to use this method, the company must calculate the sum of gross claims paid during
the 36 months prior to the end of the period under analysis. To that amount, it must add the
difference between the balance of unpaid claims as of the end of the period under analysis and
the balance of unpaid claims as of the 36
th
month prior to the end of the period
under analysis. The resulting figure must be divided by three. Then the company must calculate
23%. The resulting figure must be adjusted by the ratio of net paid claims to gross paid
claims for the last 36 months. This ratio must be at least 50%.
|
(d)
|
|
For life insurance companies that offer policies with an investment component, the figures
obtained in b) and c) must be increased by an amount equal to 4% of the technical reserves
adjusted by the ratio of net technical reserves to gross technical reserves (at least 85%),
plus 0.3% of at-risk capital adjusted by the ratio of retained at-risk capital to total
at-risk capital (at least 50%).
|
The minimum required capital must then be compared to computable capital, defined as
shareholders equity less non-computable assets. Non-computable assets consist mainly of deferred
charges, pending capital contributions, and excess investments in authorized instruments. As of
December 31, 2009, the computable capital of the companies controlled by Sudamericana Holding S.A.
exceeded the minimum requirement of Ps.49.3 million by Ps.15.5 million.
Sudamericana also holds Sudamericana Asesores de Seguros S.A., a company dedicated to
brokerage in different lines of insurance that is regulated by the guidelines of the Corporations
Law, which provided for a minimum capital requirement of Ps.0.012 million.
69
Government Regulation
General
All companies operating in Argentina must be registered with the Argentine Superintendency of
Companies whose regulations are applicable to all companies in Argentina but may be superseded by
other regulatory entities rules, depending on the matter, such as the CNV or the Argentine Central
Bank. All companies operating in Argentina are regulated by the Corporations Law.
In their capacity as companies listed in Argentina, Grupo Financiero Galicia and Banco Galicia
must comply with the disclosure, reporting, governance and other rules applicable to such companies
issued by the markets in which they are listed and their regulators, including Law No. 17,811, as
amended, Law No. 20,643 and Decrees No. 659/74
and No. 2,220/80, as well as Decree No. 677/01 otherwise known as the Decree for Transparency
in the Public Offering (
Régimen de la Transparencia de la Oferta Pública
). In their capacity as
public issuers of securities these companies are subject to the above mentioned rules. As Grupo
Financiero Galicia has publicly listed ADSs in the United States, it is also subject to the
reporting requirements of the United States Exchange Act for foreign private issuers and to the
provisions applicable to foreign private issuers under the Sarbanes Oxley Act. See Item 9. The
Offer and Listing-Market Regulations.
Our operating subsidiaries are also subject to the following laws: Law No. 25,156 (the
Competition Defense Law,
Ley de Defensa de la Competencia
), Law No. 22,820 (Fair Business
Practice Law,
Ley de Lealtad Comercial
) and Law No. 24,240 or the Consumer Protection Law (
Ley
de Defensa del Consumidor
).
As a financial services holding company, we do not have a specific institution that regulates
our activities. Our banking and insurance subsidiaries are regulated by different regulatory
entities. In the case of the Bank, the Argentine Central Bank is the main regulatory and
supervising entity.
The banking industry is highly regulated in Argentina. Banking activities in Argentina are
regulated by the Financial Institutions Law, which places the supervision and control of the
Argentine banking system in the hands of the Argentine Central Bank. The Argentine Central Bank
regulates all aspects of financial activity. See -Argentine Banking Regulation below.
The Bank and our insurance subsidiaries are subject to Law No. 25,246, which was passed on
April 13, 2000, as amended, which provides for an anti-money laundering framework in Argentina,
including Law No. 26,268, which amends the latter to include within the scope of criminal
activities those associated with terrorism and its financing.
Sudamericanas insurance subsidiaries are regulated by the National Insurance Superintendency
and Laws No.
17,418 and No. 20,091. Sudamericana Asesores de Seguros S.A. is regulated
by the National Insurance Superintendency, through Law No. 22,400.
The activity of the regional credit card companies and the credit card activities of the Bank
are regulated by Law No. 25,065, as amended, or the Credit Cards Law (
Ley de Tarjetas de
Crédito
). Both the Argentine Central Bank and the National Undersecretary of Industry and Trade
have issued regulations to, among other things, enforce public disclosure of companies pricing
(fees and interest rates) in order to assure consumer awareness of such pricing. See -Credit Cards
Regulation.
Net Investment and GV Mandataria are regulated by the Corporations Law, as previously noted,
and are not regulated by any specific regulatory agency. Galicia Warrants is regulated by Law No.
9,643.
On January 6, 2002, the Argentine Congress enacted Law No. 25,561, or the Public Emergency
Law, which together with various decrees and Argentine Central Bank rules, provided for the
principal measures in order to deal with the 2001 and 2002 crisis, including asymmetric
pesification, among others. The period of effectiveness of the Public Emergency Law was extended
again until December 31, 2011.
Galval Agente de Valores S.A. is located in Uruguay and is regulated by the local legal
framework according to the following detail: Corporations Law No. 16,060, legal framework related
to exchange markets issued by the Banco Central del Uruguay (B.C.U.), Law No. 15,921 -Zona Franca
and Law No. 17,835 -Anti-money laundering.
70
Foreign Exchange Market
In late 2001 and early 2002, restrictions were imposed on access to the Argentine foreign
exchange market and on capital movements, which were tightened by the middle of 2002. The Public
Emergency Law granted the executive branch of the Government the power to regulate the local
foreign exchange market.
Since its creation this regime was subject to various modifications. Only the principal
features currently in force are detailed below.
On June 9, 2005, the executive branch of the Government issued Decree No. 616/05, which
established certain major amendments to the rules for capital movements into and from Argentina:
|
(a)
|
|
Foreign exchange flows into and from the local foreign exchange market and all
resident new debt transactions that may imply future foreign exchange payments to
nonresidents must be registered with the Argentine Central Bank.
|
|
(b)
|
|
All new debt of the private sector with non-residents must be for a minimum term of
365 days, except for international trade financing and primary issuances of debt
securities, if such securities public offering and listing on self-regulated markets in
Argentina has been duly authorized.
|
|
(c)
|
|
All inflows of foreign exchange resulting from such indebtedness, with the exceptions
mentioned in the previous item and those regulated by the Argentine Central Bank which are
detailed below, and all inflows of foreign exchange by non-residents, excluding direct
foreign investments and certain portfolio investments (subscriptions of primary issuances
of debt and equity securities, which public offering and listing in self-regulated markets
in Argentina has been duly authorized, and government securities acquired in the secondary
market), must be for a term of at least 365 days and will be subject to a 30% deposit
requirement.
|
|
(d)
|
|
Such deposit requirement will be held in a local financial institution as an
unremunerated Dollar-denominated time deposit maturing in at least 365 days; such funds
will not be available as a guarantee for any kind of debt and, upon the deposit maturity
date, such funds will become available within the country and, therefore, will be subject
to the applicable restrictions on foreign exchange transfers abroad.
|
|
(e)
|
|
The 30% deposit is not required for, among other things, inflows of foreign currency:
|
|
(i)
|
|
resulting from loans granted to residents by local financial institutions in
foreign currency;
|
|
(ii)
|
|
resulting from capital contributions to local institutions, when the
contributor owns, previously or as a result of such contributions, 10% or more of the
companys capital or votes, subject to compliance with certain requirements;
|
|
(iii)
|
|
resulting from sales of interests in local entities to direct investors;
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
to be applied to real estate acquisitions;
|
|
(v)
|
|
resulting from an indebtedness with multilateral and bilateral credit agencies
and with official credit agencies;
|
|
(vi)
|
|
resulting from other foreign indebtedness of the local non-financial private
sector, with an average life of no less than two years, the proceeds of which will be
applied to the acquisition of non-financial investments (as defined by the Argentine
Central Bank);
|
|
(vii)
|
|
resulting from other foreign indebtedness where the proceeds will be applied
to the settlement of foreign debt principal amortization or long term investments in
foreign assets;
|
|
(viii)
|
|
that will be utilized within 10 business days from their liquidation in the local
foreign exchange market for purposes listed as current transactions within the
international accounts by the International Monetary Fund, among others, within such
purposes are the payment by non-Argentine residents of certain local taxes; or
|
|
(ix)
|
|
resulting from the sale of foreign assets of residents in order to subscribe to
primary issuances of public debt issued by the Government; and
|
|
(f)
|
|
The proceeds of sales of foreign assets brought into the country by residents
(capital repatriation) will be subject to the 30% deposit requirement noted in (c)
above, which will apply to any amounts exceeding US$2.0 million per month if certain other
operative requirements are met.
|
71
The Ministry of Economy is entitled to modify the percentages and terms detailed above, when a
change in the macroeconomic situation so requires. It is also entitled to modify the rest of the
requirements established by Decree No. 616/05, and/or establish new ones, and/or increase the types
of foreign currency inflows included. The Argentine Central Bank is entitled to regulate and
control compliance with the regime established by Decree No. 616/05, and to enforce the applicable
penalties.
In addition to Decree No. 616/05, the Ministry of Economy issued Resolution No. 637/05, dated
November 16, 2005, which established that, the restrictions established in said Decree are also
applicable to all inflows of funds to the local foreign exchange market for the subscription of
primary issuances of debt securities or certificates of participation by financial trusts, if such
restrictions were applicable to capital inflows to be used to acquire any of the trusts assets.
The corresponding criminal regime will be applicable in the case that any of these rules are
violated.
In addition, currently, access to the local foreign exchange market by non-residents (both
individuals and entities) to transfer funds abroad is permitted:
|
(a)
|
|
With no limit in the case of: (i) proceeds from the principal amortization of
government securities; (ii) recoveries from local bankruptcies; (iii) proceeds from the
sale of direct investments in the non-financial private sector in Argentina or the final
disposition of such investments if they were made with foreign currency that entered the
local foreign exchange market no less than 365 days before; and (iv) certain other specific
cases.
|
|
(b)
|
|
With a US$500,000 monthly limit in the case of the aggregate proceeds of the sale of
portfolio investments made with foreign currency that entered the local foreign exchange
market no less than 365 days before.
|
|
(c)
|
|
With a US$5,000 monthly limit in cases not contemplated above, unless authorization
from the Argentine Central Bank is obtained.
|
Access to the local foreign exchange market by residents (both individuals and entities) to
make foreign real estate, direct or portfolio investments or buy foreign exchange or traveler
checks is allowed but limited to US$2.0 million per month if certain other operative requirements
are met. Such limits may be increased in certain specific cases.
Access to the foreign exchange local market for the transfer of profits and dividends abroad
is permitted when corresponding to audited and final balance sheets.
Pursuant to Decree No. 260/02, all foreign exchange transactions in Argentina must be executed
only through the mercado libre y único de cambios (free and single foreign exchange market) on
which the Argentine Central Bank buys and sells currency.
Compensation to Financial Institutions
For the Asymmetric Pesification and its Consequences
Decree No. 214/02 provided for compensation to financial institutions, for:
|
|
|
the losses caused by the mandatory conversion into Pesos of certain liabilities at
the Ps.1.4 per US$1.0 exchange rate, which exchange rate was greater than the Ps.1.0
per US$1.0 exchange rate established for the conversion into Pesos of certain
Dollar-denominated assets. This was to be achieved through the delivery of a
Peso-denominated compensatory bond issued by the Government.
|
|
|
|
the currency mismatch left on financial institutions balance sheets after the
compulsory pesification of certain of their assets and liabilities after the
conversion of the Peso-denominated compensatory bond into a Dollar-denominated
compensatory bond. This would be achieved by the purchase by financial institutions of
a Dollar-denominated hedge bond. For such purpose, the Government established the
issuance of a Dollar-denominated bond bearing Libor and maturing in 2012 (Boden 2012
Bonds).
|
Among others, Decree No. 905/02 established the methodology for calculating the compensation
to be received by financial institutions. We recorded the compensation for the amounts we had
determined according to the regulations. The Argentine Central Bank had to confirm the amounts
after a review.
In March 2005, we agreed to receive US$2,178.0 million of face value of Boden 2012 Bonds,
comprised of US$906.3 million of face value of Boden 2012 Bonds corresponding to the Compensatory
Bond (fully delivered to us in November 2005) and US$1,271.7 million of face value of Boden 2012
Bonds corresponding to the Hedge Bond (fully delivered to us in April 2007).
72
For Differences Related to Amparo Claims
As a result of the provisions of Decree No. 1,570/01, the Public Emergency Law, Decree No.
214/02 and concurrent regulations, and as a result of the restrictions on cash withdrawals and of
the issuance of measures that established the pesification and restructuring of foreign-currency
deposits, since December 2001, a significant number of claims have been filed against the
Government and/or financial institutions, formally challenging the emergency regulations and
requesting prompt payment of deposits in their original currency. Most lower and upper courts have
declared the emergency regulations unconstitutional.
The difference between the amounts paid as a result of these court orders and the amount
resulting from converting deposits at the Ps.1.40 per US Dollar exchange rate, adjusted by the CER
and interest accrued up to the payment date, which amounted to Ps.837.7 million as of December 31,
2009, was recorded under Intangible Assets. The residual value as of said date was Ps.259.1
million. We have repeatedly reserved our right to make claims, at a suitable time, in view of the
negative effect caused on our financial condition by the reimbursement of deposits originally
denominated in Dollars, pursuant to orders issued by the Judicial Branch, either in US Dollars or
in Pesos for the equivalent amount at the market exchange rate, since compensation of this effect
was not included by the Government in the calculation of the compensation to financial
institutions. The method of accounting for such right as a deferred loss, as set forth by Argentine
Central Bank regulations, does not affect the existence or legitimacy of such right. To such
effect, we have reserved all of the corresponding rights.
On December 30, 2003, we formally requested from the executive branch of the Government, with
a copy to the Ministry of Economy and to the Argentine Central Bank, the payment of the due
compensation for the losses incurred that were generated by the asymmetric pesification and,
especially, for the negative effect on our financial condition caused by final court decisions. We
have reserved our right to further extend such request in order to encompass losses made definitive
by new final judgments.
In December, 2006, the Argentine Supreme Court pronounced its ruling with respect to the case
Massa c/ Estado Nacional y Bank Boston resolving that the defendant bank had to fulfill its
obligation to reimburse a US Dollar-denominated deposit subject to the emergency regulations by
paying the original amount deposited converted into Pesos at an exchange rate of Ps.1.40 per US
Dollar, adjusted by CER until the effective date of payment, together with an interest rate of 4%
per annum, and computing amounts paid in order to comply with preliminary injunctions or other
measures as payments on account. In August 2007 (the Kujarchuk case), the Argentine Supreme Court
established a calculation method for payments on account, which confirmed the criteria held by most
courts of law since the Massa ruling mentioned above. With respect to judicial deposits, in March
2007, the Argentine Supreme Court ruled in the case EMM S.R.L. against Tía S.A., that Decree No.
214/02 does not apply to such deposits, and that such deposits must be reimbursed to the depositors
in their original currency.
It is expected that the aforementioned rulings by the Argentine Supreme Court will be strongly
followed in similar cases to be heard by the lower courts. The Bank continues to gradually address
the judicial resolutions on a case-by-case basis, in accordance with the individual circumstances
of each case. Management continuously monitors and analyzes the implications of the above
resolutions. The Bank has recorded a Ps.24.3 million liability for the remaining amounts that may
need to be paid in connection with cases pending resolution. The amount resulting from the
difference between the amount ultimately determined by the courts and the amount recorded by the
Bank, if any, will be recorded in accordance with Argentine Central Banks rules under the item
Intangible Assets, and will be amortized over a period of 60 months. Due to the above, and based on
the information available to date, it is the opinion of the Banks management that the effects
resulting from these situations will not significantly affect the Banks shareholders equity.
During 2009, as well as during the previous fiscal years, the number of legal actions filed by
customers requesting the reimbursement of deposits in their original currency decreased
significantly.
With respect to judicial deposits that have been subject to pesification, the Argentine
Central Bank established that, beginning in July 2007, financial institutions must establish a
provision in an amount equal to the difference that results from comparing such deposits balances
at each months end, considered in their original currency, and the corresponding Peso balances
actually recorded on the books. Such provision, established as of December 31, 2009 and charged to
income, amounted to Ps.1.8 million.
73
Argentine Banking Regulation
The following is a summary of certain matters relating to the Argentine banking system,
including provisions of Argentine law and regulations applicable to financial institutions in
Argentina. This summary is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all laws and
regulations applicable to financial institutions in Argentina.
General
Since 1977, banking activities in Argentina have been regulated by the Financial Institutions
Law which places the supervision and control of the Argentine banking system in the hands of the
Argentine Central Bank, which is an autonomous institution. The Argentine Central Bank has vested
the Superintendency with most of the Argentine Central Banks supervisory powers. In this section,
unless the context otherwise requires, references to the Argentine Central Bank shall be understood
as references to the Argentine Central Bank acting through the Superintendency. The Financial
Institutions Law provides the Argentine Central Bank with broad access to the accounting systems,
books, correspondence, and other documents of banking institutions. The Argentine Central Bank
regulates the supply of credit and monitors the liquidity of, and generally supervises the
operation of, the Argentine banking system. The Argentine Central Bank enforces the Financial
Institutions Law and grants authorization for banks to operate in Argentina. The Financial
Institutions Law confers numerous powers to the Argentine Central Bank, including the ability to
grant and revoke bank licenses, to authorize the establishment of branches outside Argentina, to
approve bank mergers, capital increases and certain transfers of stock, to fix minimum capital,
liquidity and solvency requirements and lending limits, to grant certain credit facilities to
financial institutions in cases of temporary liquidity problems and to promulgate other regulations
that further the intent of the Financial Institutions Law.
Current regulations equally regulate local and foreign owned banks.
The Public Emergency Law, sanctioned on January 6, 2002, introduced substantial amendments to
the Argentine Central Banks charter which, among others, eliminated certain restrictions on its
ability to act as a lender of last resort and allowed the Argentine Central Bank to make advances
to the Government. These changes were further implemented by Law No.
25,780, published
in the Official Gazette on September 8, 2003, which amended the Financial Institutions Law and the
Argentine Central Bank charter.
Supervision
As the supervisor of the Argentine financial system, the Argentine Central Bank requires
financial institutions to submit information on a daily, monthly, quarterly, semiannual and annual
basis. These reports, which include balance sheets and income statements, information relating to
reserve funds, use of deposits, portfolio quality (including details on debtors and any loan loss
provisions established) and other pertinent information, allow the Argentine Central Bank to
monitor financial institutions financial condition and business practices.
The Argentine Central Bank periodically carries out formal inspections of all banking
institutions for purposes of monitoring compliance by banks with legal and regulatory requirements.
If the Argentine Central Bank rules are breached, it may impose various sanctions depending on the
gravity of the violation. These sanctions range from calling attention to the infraction to the
imposition of fines or even the revocation of the financial institutions operating license.
Moreover, non-compliance with certain rules may result in the obligatory presentation to the
Argentine Central Bank of specific adequacy or regularization plans. The Argentine Central Bank
must approve these plans in order for the financial institution to remain in business.
Financial institutions operating in Argentina have been subject to the supervision of the
Argentine Central Bank on a consolidated basis since 1994. Information set out in -Limitations on
Types of Business, -Capital Adequacy Requirements, -Lending Limits, and -Loan Classification
System and Loan Loss Provisions below, relating to a banks loan portfolio, is calculated on a
consolidated basis. However, regulations relating to a banks deposits are not based on
consolidated information, but on such banks deposits in Argentina (for example, liquidity
requirements and contributions to the deposit insurance system).
74
Examination by the Argentine Central Bank
The Argentine Central Bank began to rate financial institutions based on the CAMEL quality
rating system in 1994. Each letter of the CAMEL system corresponds to an area of the operations of
each bank being rated, with: C standing for capital, A for assets, M for management, E for
earnings, and L for liquidity. Each factor is evaluated and rated on a scale from 1 to 5, 1 being
the highest rating an entity can receive. The Argentine Central Bank modified the supervision
system effective in September 2000. The objective and basic methodology of the new system,
denominated CAMELBIG, do not differ substantially from the CAMEL system. The components were
redefined in order to evaluate business risks separately from management risks. The components used
to rate the business risks are: capital, assets, market, earnings, liquidity and business. The
components to rate management
risks are: internal control and the quality of management. By combining the individual factors
that are under evaluation, a combined index can be obtained that represents the final rating for
the financial institution.
After being interrupted due to the 2001-2002 crisis, the Argentine Central Bank resumed the
examination process. In the Banks case, the first examination after said crisis was based on
information as of June 30, 2005. New examinations were conducted, the last one of which was based
on information as of June 30, 2008, and ended on December 21, 2009.
BASIC System
The Argentine Central Bank established a control system (BASIC) with the purpose of allowing
the public access to a greater level of information and increased security with respect to their
holdings in the Argentine financial system. Each letter corresponds to one of the following
procedures:
|
|
|
B (
Bonos
or Bonds). On an annual basis, all financial institutions in Argentina were
required to engage in certain debt issuing transactions in order to expose them to scrutiny
and analysis by third parties with high standards. This requirement was eliminated by the
Argentine Central Bank effective March 1, 2002.
|
|
|
|
A (
Auditoría
or Audit). The Argentine Central Bank requires a set of external audit
procedures that include: (a) the creation of a registry of auditors; (b) the implementation
of strict accounting procedures to be complied with by external auditors; (c) the payment
of a performance guarantee by those auditors to induce their compliance with the
procedures, and (d) the creation of a department within the Argentine Central Bank liable
for verifying that the procedures are followed. The purpose of this requirement is to
assure accurate disclosure by the financial institutions to both the Superintendency and
the public.
|
|
|
|
S (
Supervisión
or Supervision). The Argentine Central Bank has the right to inspect
financial institutions from time to time.
|
|
|
|
I (
Información
or Information). Financial institutions are required to file on a
monthly basis certain daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly statistical information.
|
|
|
|
C (
Calificación
or Rating). The Argentine Central Bank established a system that
required the periodic credit evaluation of financial entities by internationally recognized
rating agencies, which was suspended by Communiqué A 3601 in May 2002.
|
Legal Reserve
The Argentine Central Bank requires that every year banks allocate to a legal reserve a
percentage of their net profits established by the Central Bank, which currently amounts to 20.0%.
Said reserve shall only be used during periods of bank losses and after using up every allowance
and other reserves. Distribution of dividends shall not be allowed if the legal reserve has been
impaired. See Item 8. Financial Information-Dividend Policy and Dividends.
Limitations on Types of Business
In accordance with the provisions of the Financial Institutions Law, commercial banks are
authorized to carry out all those activities and operations which are not strictly prohibited by
law or by the Argentine Central Bank regulations. Some of the allowed activities include the
capacity to: grant and receive loans; receive deposits from public in general, in local and foreign
currency; secure its customers debts; acquire, place and trade with shares and debt securities in
the Argentine over-the-counter market, subject to prior approval by the CNV; carry out operations
in foreign currencies; act as trustee; and issue credit cards.
75
Banks are not allowed to own commercial, industrial, agricultural or any other type of
company, unless they are authorized by the Argentine Central Bank. Pursuant to the rules of said
entity, a commercial banks total equity investments (including interest in local mutual funds)
shall not exceed 50% of the Banks Adjusted Shareholders Equity or its Computable Regulatory
Capital (as defined below). Also, investments in: (i) shares not listed on stock exchanges except
for (a) shares in companies providing services supplementary to the ones offered by the bank, and
(b) certain equity interests requiring the provision of utility services, if applicable; (ii)
listed shares and participation certificates in mutual funds not included for the purposes of
determining capital requirements associated with market risk; and (iii) listed shares that dont
have a largely publicly available market price (when
there are daily quotations of relevant operations, which should not be substantially affected
by the provision of ownership by the bank of such shares) shall not exceed 15%, in total, of the
Banks Adjusted Shareholders Equity.
In order to carry out the calculation of limits described above, it is not necessary to deduct
the capital stock allocated to foreign branches from a bank shareholders equity.
Pursuant to the Argentine Central Banks regulations, financial institutions are not allowed
to engage directly in insurance activities and hold an interest over 12.5% in the outstanding
capital of a company which does not provide services supplementary to those offered by financial
institutions or exceeding certain specific percentages of the Adjusted Shareholders Equity of the
relevant financial institution, in accordance with the above-mentioned description. The Argentine
Central Bank determines which services are complementary to the services provided by financial
institutions, which services primarily include services in connection with stock brokerage, the
issuance of credit, debit or similar cards, financial intermediation in leasing and factoring
transactions.
Computable Regulatory Capital
Pursuant to the Argentine Central Banks regulations, a banks Computable Regulatory Capital
is calculated as: (a) the minimum core capital, including capital contributions, capital
adjustments, reserves, irrevocable capital contributions pending capitalization, unassigned
unaudited results (of past fiscal years) and, as of October 1, 2006, long term debt securities
complying with certain prerequisites (including a maturity not exceeding 30 years and that the
amounts payable thereunder not exceed the net accounting revenue of the issuer and should provide
for non-cumulative defaults so as to allow payments to be differed and paid at the stated maturity
in a lump sum), so long as they do not exceed the predetermined percentage of the basic net worth,
generally 30% with periodic reductions until reaching the international standard of 15% on January
1, 2013; plus (b) the supplementary capital, which may not exceed the minimum core capital and
which includes (i) with respect to results of past fiscal years: 100% of the results (plus or minus
depending on whether they are positive or negative) registered on the latest audited quarterly
financials, in the event the yearly financials are not audited; (ii) for the current fiscal year,
the entire results (plus or minus depending on whether they are positive or negative) registered at
the closing of the year once the results are audited; (iii) 50% of the revenues and 100% of the
losses from the latest available audited quarterly or yearly statements; (iv) 50% of the reserves
required by the Argentine Central Bank for Current and In Current Situation loans; (v)
subordinated-debt not exceeding 50% of the minimum core capital with a 5 years maturity minimum,
and as of October 1, 2006, including debt instruments that comply with the prerequisites to be
considered minimum core capital and that exceed the limits set forth in the above clause, debt
instruments with a residual term equal to shorter than 10 years and those that set forth
non-cumulative defaults (in this last case the limit for calculations is set at 50% of the minimum
core capital), and (vi) breakdowns not included in financial statements pursuant to the auditors
report and the accounts payable or collectable of the net worth accounts with uncollected valuation
disparities; minus (c) the sum of (i) participation in other financial entities, (ii) securities
deposited with custodians that are not registered, (iii) securities issued by foreign countries
with ratings under the Governments rating, (iv) demand securities placed with foreign financial
institutions with ratings below investment grade, (v) unregistered ownership over real property,
(vi) goodwill, (vii) incorporation and development expenses and (viii) provisioning deficiencies as
determined by the superintendency in Argentina.
Financial institutions must comply with capital adequacy requirements both on an individual
basis and a consolidated basis.
76
Capital Adequacy Requirements
See -Selected Statistical Information-Regulatory Capital.
Capitalization of Debt Instruments
Through Communiqué A 4652, dated April 25, 2007, the Argentine Central Bank modified Item
7.3 Capital Contributions of Chapter VI. Capital Adequacy- Section 7. Regulatory Capital of its
LISOL 1 rule. Through such Communiqué, the Argentine Central Bank broadened the set of financial
instruments different from cash that it expressly allows to be contributed as capital for the
purposes of all regulations related to capital, capital calculations and capital increases. Besides
cash, in which case no special authorization from the Argentine Central Bank is required, the
regulation establishes that subject to the prior authorization by the Superintendency, the
following instruments are allowed as capital contributions: (i) securities issued by the
Government, (ii) debt instruments issued by the Argentine Central Bank, and (iii) a financial
institutions deposits and other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage, including
subordinated obligations. In cases (i) and (ii), the contributions must be recorded at market
value. It is understood that an instrument has a market value when it has regular quotations in
stock markets and regulated local and foreign markets. In case (iii), contributions must be
recorded at market value, as defined in the previous sentence or, in the case of financial
institutions that publicly offer their stock, at the price determined by the regulatory authority.
When the previous situation is not verified, contributions will be admitted at their accounting
value, pursuant to Argentine Central Bank rules.
Profit Distribution
See Item 8. Financial Information-Dividend Policy and Dividends.
Treatment of Losses in Connection with Amparo Claims
Through Communiqué A 3916 dated April 3, 2003, the Argentine Central Bank provided for the
recording of an intangible asset on account of the difference between the amount paid by financial
institutions pursuant to legal actions and the amount resulting from the conversion into Pesos of
the balance of the US Dollar deposits reimbursed, at the exchange rate of Ps.1.4 per US$1.0
(adjusted by the CER plus accrued interest as of the payment date). In addition, it established
that the corresponding amount shall be amortized in 60 monthly equal and consecutive installments
beginning in April 2003.
On November 17, 2005, through Communiqué A 4439, the Argentine Central Bank established
that, beginning in December 2005, financial institutions having granted, as from that date, new
commercial loans with an average life of more than two years could defer the losses related to the
amortization of
amparo
claims. The maximum amount to be deferred cannot exceed 10% of financial
institutions RPC nor 50% of the new commercial loans. Likewise, financial institutions will not be
able to reduce the rest of their commercial loan portfolio. This methodology was applied until
December 2008, when the balance recorded as of that date began to amortize in up to 36 monthly
equal and consecutive installments. Our application of this rule has resulted in the deferral of
losses related to
amparo
claims for Ps.209.7 million, from December 31, 2005 to December 31, 2008.
Due to the amortizations of deferred losses from
amparo
claims losses of Ps.108.7 million,
Ps.39.5 million and Ps.109.3 were recorded in fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
As of December 31, 2009, this intangible asset, net of amortizations and including deferred
amortizations, amounted to Ps.259.0 million. We have repeatedly reserved our right to make claims,
at suitable time, in view of the negative effect caused in connection with
amparo
claims. See Item
4. Compensation to Financial Institutions-For Differences Related to
Amparo
Claims.
Legal Reserve Requirements for Liquidity Purposes
The minimum cash requirements that banks are required to carry are established as a
percentage of the balances of the different types of bank deposits and, for time deposits
(including Cedros and Reprogrammed Deposits with
amparo
claims, when corresponding), the percentage
varies with the remaining maturity. The deposit amount minus the minimum cash requirement is such
deposits lending capacity.
77
The Argentine Central Bank modifies from time to time the percentages of the minimum cash
requirements depending on monetary policy considerations. Compliance with the minimum cash
requirements must be accomplished with certain assets (see below), in the same currency as the
deposit that triggers such requirement. Compliance with the minimum cash requirements is determined
in averages, for monthly periods. The Argentine Central Bank can modify this practice, depending on
monetary policy considerations.
Through Communiqué A 3486, dated March 22, 2002, and Communiqué A 3528, dated March 25,
2002, the Argentine Central Bank established that foreign currency denominated deposits lending
capacity must only be applied to US Dollar-denominated international trade financing, interbank
loans and Lebac, and that any such lending capacity not applied to the aforementioned purposes will
constitute a greater cash minimum requirement in Pesos, for the same amount. Subsequently, other
purposes were added, allowing for the financing of
activities that do not directly generate cash flows in foreign currency, such as the granting
of loans to finance the importing of capital goods to be used to increase the production for the
local market.
Pursuant to Communiqué A 4449, dated December 2, 2005, the Argentine Central Bank
established that, effective December 2005, the minimum cash requirement in Pesos is to be applied
over the monthly average of the daily balances of the obligations comprised, except for the period
from December to February of the following year, for which the quarterly average was used.
At the end of fiscal year 2009, the percentages of minimum cash requirements applicable in
accordance with Argentine Central Bank rules, were as follows:
|
|
|
Peso-denominated current accounts and savings accounts: 19%.
|
|
|
|
Dollar-denominated savings accounts: 20%.
|
|
|
|
Time deposits, including those adjusted by CER (by remaining maturity):
|
|
|
|
Peso-denominated: up to 29 days: 14%; from 30 to 59 days: 11%; from 60 to 89
days: 7%; from 90 to 179 days: 2%; from 180 to 365 days: 0%.
|
|
|
|
Dollar-denominated: up to 29 days: 20%; from 30 to 59 days: 15%; from 60 to 89
days: 10%; from 90 to 179 days: 5%; from 180 to 365 days: 2%; and more than 365
days: 0%.
|
The assets computable for compliance with this requirement are the technical cash, which
includes cash (bills and coins in vaults, in ATMs and branches, and in transportation and in
armored truck companies, up to a 67% maximum beginning on October 1, 2006, as established by the
Argentine Central Banks Communiqué A 4580), the balances of the Peso- and Dollar-denominated
accounts at the Argentine Central Bank and that of the escrow accounts held at the Argentine
Central Bank in favor of clearing houses.
As of December 31, 2009, the Bank was in compliance with its legal reserve requirements, and
has continued to be up to the date of this annual report.
Lending Limits
The total equity stake and credit, including collateral, a bank is allowed to grant to a
customer at any time is based on the banks Adjusted Shareholders Equity as of the last day of the
immediately preceding month and on the customers shareholders equity.
In accordance with the Argentine Central Banks regulations, a commercial bank shall not lend
or provide credit (financial assistance) in favor of, nor hold shares in the capital stock of
only one unrelated customer (together with its affiliates) for amounts higher than 15% of the
Banks Adjusted Shareholders Equity or 100% of the customers shareholders equity. Nevertheless,
a bank may provide additional financial assistance to such customer up to a sum equivalent to 10%
of the banks Adjusted Shareholders Equity, if the additional financial assistance is secured by
certain liquid assets, including government or private debt securities.
The total amount of financial assistance a bank is authorized to provide to a borrower and its
affiliates is also limited based on the borrowers shareholders equity. The total amount of
financial assistance granted to a borrower and its affiliates shall not be higher than, in the
aggregate, 100% of said borrowers shareholders equity, although said limit may extend to 300% of
the borrowers shareholders equity if the sum does not exceed 2.5% of the banks Adjusted
Shareholders Equity.
78
Since October 1, 1995, the Argentine Central Bank has required that the granting of any kind
of loans exceeding 2.5% of a banks Adjusted Shareholders Equity be approved by the branchs
manager, the regional manager, the senior administrative officer of the credit division, the
general manager and the credit committee, if any, and it must also have the approval by the board
of directors, management board or another similar board.
With regards to the assistance to non-financial public sector, Communiqué A 3911, dated
March 28, 2003, established certain limits, effective as from April 1, 2003. These limits do not
include the banks current exposure as of March 31, 2003 or bonds received as compensation pursuant
to Decree No 905/02 or to be received pursuant to other rules, nor the extension of amortization
payments. The same treatment is given to bonds issued pursuant to the conditions established by
Decree 1735/04 (through which the debt exchange offer was made
official), received as part of the Argentine debt restructuring, in exchange for preexisting
eligible securities as of March 31, 2003. Global exposure to the public sector (national,
provincial and municipal public sector) shall not be higher than 75% of an institutions Adjusted
Shareholders Equity. Additionally, section 12 of the aforementioned Communiqué establishes that,
since January 2006, the average financial assistance to non-financial public sector, in the
aggregate, shall not be higher than 40% of the banks total assets as of the end of the previous
month. Later, through Communiqué A 4546, this limit was reduced to 35%, to be effective as from
July 1, 2007 to present.
Financial assistance is also limited in order to prevent risk concentration. To that end, the
aggregate of all financial assistance that, taken alone, exceeds 10% of a banks RPC, must not
exceed three times and five times a banks RPC, excluding and including, respectively, the
financial assistance to local banks. For a second floor financial institution (i.e. a financial
institution which only provides financial products to other banks and not to the public) the latter
limit is 10 times.
Financial assistance exceeding 2.5% of a banks RPC, except interbank loans, must be approved
by a banks board of directors.
The Argentine Central Bank also regulates the level of total financial exposure (defined as
financial assistance or credit plus equity participations) of bank to a related party (defined as
a banks affiliates and related individuals). For purposes of these limits, affiliate means any
entity over which a bank, directly or indirectly, has control, is controlled by, or is under common
control with, or any entity over which a bank has, directly or indirectly, significant influence
with respect to such entitys corporate decisions. Related individuals mean a banks directors,
senior management, syndics and such persons direct relatives.
The Argentine Central Bank limits the level of total financial exposure that a bank can have
outstanding to related parties, depending on the rating granted to each bank by the
Superintendency. Banks rated 4 or 5 are forbidden to extend financial assistance to related
parties. For banks ranked between 1 and 3, the financial assistance to related parties cannot
exceed, together with any equity participation held by the bank in its affiliates, 5% of such
banks RPC. However, a bank may increase its total financial exposure to such related parties up to
an amount equal to 10% of such banks RPC: (i) if the affiliate provides complementary services
(defined as services associated with brokerage of shares, issuance of credit cards, debit cards or
other cards, financial brokerage in leasing and factoring operations), (ii) in the case of a
temporary acquisition of shares in companies to facilitate their development in order to sell such
shares afterwards, (iii) if the affiliate is a local financial institution rated other than 1 or 2
by the Argentine Central Bank, or (iv) if the additional financial assistance is secured with
certain liquid assets, including public or private debt securities.
If the affiliate is a financial institution rated 1, the amount of total financial exposure
can reach 100% of a banks RPC. If the receiving affiliate financial institution is rated 2, the
amount of total financial exposure can reach 20% with no limitation and an additional 80% can be
included if the term for the loans and other credit facilities do not exceed 180 days. Also, these
percentages differ if the associated institution is not a financial institution.
In addition, the aggregate amount of a banks total financial exposure to its related parties,
plus non-exempt financial assistance may not exceed 20% of such banks RPC.
Failure to observe these requirements may result in an increase of the minimum capital
requirements for credit risk in an amount equal to 100% of the daily excess amounts over the limits
established, beginning in the month when the excess amounts are first recorded and continuing for
as long as the excess amounts remain.
79
Notwithstanding the limitations described above, a banks aggregate amount of non-exempt total
financial exposure (including equity interests) independently of whether customers qualify as such
banks related parties or not, in the case in which such exposure exceeds 10% of such banks RPC,
may not exceed three times the banks RPC excluding total financial exposure to domestic financial
institutions, or five times the banks RPC, including such exposure.
The Bank has historically complied with such rules.
Loan Classification System and Loan Loss Provisions
For a description of the Argentine Central Banks loan classification system and the Argentine
Central Banks minimum loan loss provisions requirements, see -Selected Statistical
Information-Main Argentine Central Banks Rules on Loan Classification and Loan Loss Provisions.
Valuation of Public Sector Assets
For a description of the rules governing the valuation of public sector assets, see -Selected
Statistical Information-Government and Corporate Securities.
Financial Assistance from the Argentine Central Bank
Financial Assistance for Liquidity Support Granted After March 10, 2003
Communiqué A 3901, issued on March 19, 2003, established an automatic mechanism to regulate
the provision by the Argentine Central Bank of assistance for liquidity support to financial
institutions. This mechanism does not apply to the financial assistance granted for such reasons
during the 2001-2002 crisis.
Financial Assistance for Liquidity Support Granted Before April 1, 2003
Through Decree No. 739/03, dated April 1, 2003, the Government established a voluntary
procedure for the restructuring of the financial assistance granted by the Argentine Central Bank
to financial institutions during the 2001-2002 crisis. On March 2, 2007, the Bank repaid the total
outstanding balance of the financial assistance it received from the Argentine Central Bank as a
consequence of the 2001-2002 crisis.
Foreign Currency Position
Through Communiqué A 4350, dated May 12, 2005, the Argentine Central Bank suspended,
effective May 1, 2005, the limit on the positive Global Foreign Currency Net Position (defined as
assets and liabilities from financial brokerage and securities denominated in foreign currencies)
established at the lowest of 30% of a banks RPC or a banks liquid shareholder equity as of the
end of the previous month. Although, at that moment the Argentine Central Bank kept the limit on
the negative foreign currency net position at 30% of a banks RPC, through Communiqué A 4577,
issued on September 28, 2006, and effective January 1, 2007, it established that this position
should not exceed 15% of the RPC of the preceding month. Subsequently, through Communiqué A 4598,
dated November 17, 2006, the Argentine Central Bank allowed, in certain cases, the limit to
increase by 15%. Communiqué A 4577 also clarified that participation certificates or debt
securities issued by financial trusts and credit rights on ordinary trusts, in the corresponding
proportion, should be calculated when the trusts underlying assets are denominated in foreign
currency.
Deposit Insurance System
In 1995, Law No.
24,485 and Decree No.
540/95, as amended, created a
deposit insurance system for bank deposits and delegated to the Argentine Central Bank the
organization and start-up of the deposit insurance system. The deposit insurance system was
implemented through the creation of a fund named
Fondo de Garantía de los Depósitos
(FGD), which
is administered by Seguros de Depósitos S.A. (Sedesa). The shareholders of Sedesa are the
Government, through the Argentine Central Bank, which holds at least one share, and a trust
constituted by the financial institutions which participate in the fund. The Argentine Central Bank
establishes the extent of participation by each institution in proportion to the resources
contributed by each such institution to the FGD. Banks must contribute to the FGD on a monthly
basis in an amount that is currently equal to 0.015% of the monthly average of daily balances of a
financial institutions deposits (both Pesos and foreign currency denominated).
80
The deposit insurance system covers all Peso and foreign currency deposits held in demand
deposit accounts, savings accounts and time deposits for an amount up to Ps.30,000. Deposits made
after July 1, 1995, with an interest rate 200 basis points above the interest rate quoted by Banco
Nación for deposits with equivalent maturities are not covered by this system. The guarantee
provided by the deposit insurance system must be made effective within 30 days from the revocation
of the license of a financial institution, subject to the outcome of the exercise by depositors of
their priority rights described under -Priority Rights of Depositors below. The Argentine
Central Bank may modify, at any time, and with general scope, the amount of the mandatory
deposit guarantee insurance.
Decree No. 1292/96, enhanced Sedesas functions to allow it to provide equity capital or make
loans to Argentine financial institutions experiencing difficulties and to institutions that buy
such financial institutions or their deposits. As a result of such decree, Sedesa has the
flexibility to intervene in the restructuring of a financial institution experiencing difficulties
prior to bankruptcy.
Priority Rights of Depositors
According to section 49 e) of the Financial Institutions Law, in the event of a judicial
liquidation or the bankruptcy of a financial entity, the holders of deposits in Pesos and foreign
currency benefit from a general priority right to obtain repayment of their deposits up to the
amount set forth below, with priority over all other creditors, with the exception of the
following: (i) credits secured by a mortgage or pledge, (ii) rediscounts and overdrafts granted to
financial entities by the Argentine Central Bank, according to section 17 subsections b), c) and f)
of the Argentine Central Bank Charter, (iii) credits granted by the Banking Liquidity Fund created
by Decree No. 32 of December 26, 2001, secured by a mortgage and pledge and (iv) certain labor
credits, including accrued interest until their total cancellation.
The holders of the following deposits are entitled to the general preferential right
established by the Financial Institutions Law (following this order of preference),
|
|
|
deposits of individuals or entities up to Ps.50,000 or the equivalent thereof in
foreign currency, with only one person per deposit being able to use this preference.
For the determination of this preference, all deposits of the same person registered by
the entity shall be computed;
|
|
|
|
deposits in excess of Ps.50,000 or the equivalent thereof in foreign currency,
referred to above;
|
|
|
|
liabilities originated on commercial credit lines granted to the financial entity,
which are directly related with international trade.
|
According to the Financial Institutions Law, the preferences set forth in previous paragraphs
(i) and (ii) above, are not applicable to deposits held by persons who are affiliates of the
financial entity, either directly or indirectly as determined by the Argentine Central Bank.
In addition, under section 53 of the Financial Institutions Law, the Argentine Central Bank
has an absolute priority over all other creditors of the entity except as provided by the Financial
Institutions Law.
Financial Institutions with Economic Difficulties
The Financial Institutions Law establishes that financial institutions, including commercial
banks such as the Bank, which evidence a deficiency in their cash reserves, have not complied with
certain required technical standards, including minimum capital requirements, or whose solvency or
liquidity is deemed to be impaired by the Argentine Central Bank must submit a restructuring plan
to the Argentine Central Bank. Such restructuring plan must be presented to the Argentine Central
Bank on the date specified by the Argentine Central Bank, which should not be later than 30
calendar days from the date on which the request is made by the Argentine Central Bank. In order to
facilitate the implementation of a restructuring plan, the Argentine Central Bank is authorized to
provide a temporary exemption from compliance with technical regulations and/or the payment of
charges and fines that arise from such non-compliance.
81
The Argentine Central Bank may also, in relation to a restructuring plan presented by a
financial institution, require such financial institution to provide guarantees or limit the
distribution of profits, and appoint a supervisor, to oversee such financial institutions
management, with the power to veto decisions taken by the financial institutions corporate
authorities.
In addition, the Argentine Central Banks charter authorizes the Superintendency, subject only
to the prior approval of the president of the Argentine Central Bank, to suspend for up to 30 days,
in whole or in part, the operations of a financial institution if its liquidity or solvency have
been adversely affected. Notice of this decision must be given to the board of directors of the
Argentine Central Bank. If at the end of such suspension period the
Superintendency considers it is necessary to renew it, it can only be authorized by the board
of directors of the Argentine Central Bank, for an additional period not to exceed 90 days. During
the suspension period: (i) there is an automatic stay of claims, enforcement actions and
precautionary measures; (ii) any commitment increasing the financial institutions liabilities is
void, and (iii) acceleration of indebtedness and interest accrual is suspended.
If, in the judgment of the Argentine Central Bank, a financial institution is in a situation
which, under the Financial Institutions Law, would authorize the Argentine Central Bank to revoke
the financial institutions license to operate as such, the Argentine Central Bank may, prior to
considering such revocation, order a variety of measures, including (1) taking steps to reduce,
increase or sell the financial institutions capital; (2) revoking the approval granted to the
shareholders of the financial institution to own an interest therein, giving a term for the
transfer of such shares; (3) excluding and transferring assets and liabilities; (4) constituting
trusts with part or all the financial institutions assets; (5) granting of temporary exemptions to
comply with technical regulations and/or pay charges and fines arising from such defective
compliance; or (6) appointing a bankruptcy trustee and removing statutory authorities.
Furthermore, any actions authorized, commissioned or decided by the Argentine Central Bank
under section 35 bis of the Financial Institutions Law, involving the transfer of assets and
liabilities, or complementing it, or necessary to execute the restructuring of a financial
institution, as well as those related to the reduction, increase and sale of equity, are not
subject to any court authorization and cannot be deemed inefficient in respect of the creditors of
the financial institution which was the owner of the excluded assets, even though its insolvency
preceded any of such actions.
Dissolution and Liquidation of Financial Institutions
The Argentine Central Bank must be notified of any decision to dissolve a financial
institution pursuant to the Financial Institutions Law. The Argentine Central Bank, in turn, must
then notify a court of competent jurisdiction which will determine who will liquidate the entity
(the corporate authorities or an appointed, independent liquidator). This determination is based on
whether or not sufficient assurances exist regarding the ability of such corporate authorities to
carry out the liquidation properly.
Pursuant to the Financial Institutions Law, the Argentine Central Bank no longer acts as
liquidator of financial institutions. However, when a restructuring plan has failed or is not
considered viable, local and regulatory violations exist, or substantial changes have occurred in
the financial institutions condition since the original authorization was granted, the Argentine
Central Bank may decide to revoke the license of the financial institution to operate as such. In
this case, the law allows judicial or extrajudicial liquidation as in the case of voluntary
liquidation described in the preceding paragraph.
The bankruptcy of a financial institution cannot be adjudicated until the license is revoked
by the Argentine Central Bank. No creditor, with the exception of the Argentine Central Bank, may
request the bankruptcy of the former financial institution before 60 days have elapsed since the
revocation of its license.
Credit Cards Regulation
The Credit Cards Law establishes the general framework for credit card activities. Among other
regulations, this law:
|
|
|
sets a 3% cap on the rate a credit card company can charge merchants for processing
customer card holders transactions with such merchants, calculated as a percentage of
the customers purchases. With respect to debit cards, the cap is set at 1.5% and the
amounts relating to the customers purchases should be processed in a maximum of 3
Business Days;
|
82
|
|
|
establishes that credit card companies must provide the Argentine Central Bank with
the information on their loan portfolio that such entity requires; and
|
|
|
|
sets a cap on the interest rate a credit card company can charge a card holder,
which cannot exceed by more than 25% the average interest rate charged by the issuer on
personal loans and, for non-bank issuers, it cannot exceed by more than 25% the
financial systems average interest rate on personal loans (published by the Argentine
Central Bank between the first and fifth day of each month).
|
Both the Argentine Central Bank and the National Undersecretary of Industry and Trade have
issued regulations, among others, to enforce public disclosure of companies pricing (fees and
interest rates) to ensure consumer awareness of such pricing.
Concealment and Laundering of Assets of a Criminal Origin
Law No. 25,246 (as amended by Laws No. 26,087, No. 26,119 and No. 26,268) incorporates money
laundering as a crime under the Argentine Criminal Code. Additionally, with the goal of preventing
and stopping money laundering, the
Unidad de Información Financiera
(UIF, Financial Information
Unit) was created under the jurisdiction of the Argentine Ministry of Justice, Security and Human
Rights.
Regulations in force establish, among other things, that:
|
i)
|
|
Any person who converts, transfers, administers, sells, encumbers or uses money
or any other asset derived from any crime in which he was not involved, with the
possible result of giving those original or secondary assets the appearance of having a
legal origin and as long as their value is greater than Ps.50,000, whether through a
single act or through a series of related events, will be imprisoned for two to ten
years and will be fined an amount that will be between two and ten times the amount of
the transaction.
|
|
ii)
|
|
Any person that was not involved in a crime committed by another person but
that (a) helps a person to elude or escape from an investigation by the relevant
authority; (b) hides, alters or destroys any trail, evidence or object related to the
crime or helps the perpetrator of the crime or any participant to hide them, alter them
or make them disappear; (c) acquires, receives or hides money or objects arising from a
crime; (d) does not report a crime or does not identify a perpetrator of or participant
in a crime that is known to him when obligated to do so in order to promote the
criminal prosecution of a crime of such nature; or (e) secures or helps the perpetrator
of or participant in a crime to secure the product or profit of a crime, will be
imprisoned for six months to three years.
|
The minimum and maximum of the criminal scale will be doubled when (a) the foregoing acts were
crimes that are particularly serious, meaning those crimes with a punishment that is greater than
three years of imprisonment; (b) the perpetrator committed the crime for profit; and (c) the
perpetrator regularly performs concealment activities. The criminal scale will only be increased
once, even when more than one of the above mentioned acts occurs. In such a case the court may take
into consideration the multiple acts when individualizing the punishment.
In addition, regulations establish that: (a) within the framework of a review of reported
suspicious activity, the persons that are obligated to provide information may not withhold
information required by the UIF because such information is a banking, stock market or professional
secret nor because it is legally or contractually confidential; (b) if after having completed its
analysis of the reported activity, the UIF has found sufficient elements to suspect that the
activity is a money laundering operation pursuant to the law, then the UIF shall notify the Public
Ministry in order to determine if a criminal prosecution should begin; and (c) those persons who
have acted for their spouse, any relative that is related by blood up to the fourth degree or by
marriage up to the second degree or a close friend or a person to whom they owe special gratitude,
shall be exempted from criminal responsibility.
83
Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to the Argentine Criminal Code, the exemption shall
not be effective in the following cases: (i) with respect to a person who secures or helps the
perpetrator of or a participant in a crime to secure the product or profit of the crime; (ii) with
respect to a perpetrator that committed the crime for profit; (iii) with respect to a perpetrator
that regularly performs concealment activities; or (iv) with respect to a person that converts,
transfers, administers, sells, encumbers or uses money or any other asset derived from any crime in
which he was not involved, with the possible result of giving those original or secondary assets
the appearance of having a legal origin and as long as their value is greater than Ps.50,000,
whether through a single act or through a series of related events.
The law lists the parties that are obligated to report to the UIF; these parties include,
among others: financial institutions, agents and stock companies, insurance companies, notary
publics and those registered professionals whose activities are governed by the
Consejo de
Profesionales de Ciencias Económica
(Economic Sciences Professional Council). Such reporting
obligation generally consists of performing due diligence in order to
get to know the client and in order to understand the corresponding transaction and, if
applicable, in order to report any irregular or suspicious activity to the UIF, pursuant to the
terms and conditions established by the regulation applicable to such obligated party.
Likewise, Law No. 26,119 modified the composition and the structure of the UIF, which is now
comprised of a President and a Vice-president that are appointed by the executive branch based on a
proposal made by the Ministry of Justice and an advisory council comprised of representatives of
the Argentine Central Bank, the Argentine Revenue Service (AFIP), the CNV, the SEDRONAR (the
Governments secretary for the prevention of drug use and dealing), the Ministry of Justice,
Security and Human Rights, the Ministry of Economy and the Ministry of Interior.
On June 13, 2007 Law No. 26,268 was enacted. Such law establishes the punishments and
sanctions applicable to those individuals that are part of an unlawful association the purpose of
which is, through the execution of crimes, the terrorizing of a population and the forcing of a
government or an international organization to commit an act or refrain from committing an act, as
long as the following characteristics are fulfilled: (a) there is a plan to spread hate regarding
specific ethnic, religious or political groups; (b) the association has an international
operational network; and (c) the association has at its disposal war weapons, explosives, chemical
or bacterial agents or any other instruments that can put the life or safety of an uncertain number
of people in danger.
In light of the above described framework, in 2000, the Bank formed a Board Committee, the
Committee for the Control and Prevention of Money Laundering, the name of which was changed in
2005 to the Committee for the Control and Prevention of Money Laundering and Funding of Terrorist
Activities, which is in charge of establishing the general guidelines for the Banks strategy to
control and prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism. For more information, see
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees-Functions of the Board of Directors of Banco
Galicia. In addition, a unit specializing in this area was created, the Anti-Money Laundering
Unit, which is responsible for the execution of the policies passed by the committee and for the
monitoring of control systems and procedures in order to ensure that they are adequate.
The guide for unusual or suspicious transactions within the scope of the financial and
foreign exchange system (passed by Resolution No. 2/02 of the UIF) establishes the obligation to
report the following investment related transactions: (a) investments related to purchases of
government or corporate securities given in custody to the financial institution if such
securities value appears to be inappropriate due to the type of business of the client; (b)
deposits or back to back loan transactions with branches, subsidiaries or affiliates of the bank
in places known to be tax havens or countries or territories considered by the Financial Action
Task Force as non-cooperative, (c) client requests for investment management services (whether in
foreign currency, shares or trusts) where the source of the funds is not clear or is not consistent
with its business; (d) significant and unusual movements in custodial accounts; (e) frequent use by
infrequent clients of special investment accounts whose owner is the financial entity; and (f)
regular securities transactions, through purchases and sales on the same day and for identical
volumes and nominal values, taking advantage of quotation differences, when such transactions are
not consistent with the clients profile and regular activity.
84
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Item 5.A. Operating Results
The following discussion and analysis is intended to help you understand and assess the
significant changes and trends in our historical results of operations and the factors affecting
our resources. You should read this section in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial
statements and their related notes included elsewhere in this annual report.
Overview
In the last three years, in order to increase our recurrent earnings generation capacity, we
have undertaken to:
|
|
|
Expand the volume of our business with the private sector;
|
|
|
|
Progressively strengthen our balance sheet by consistently reducing the Banks high
exposure to the public sector, as well as those liabilities incurred by the Bank as a
consequence of the 2001-2002 crisis, and
|
This strategy responds to the consequences of the 2001-2002 crisis on us, which left the Bank
with a very low exposure to the private sector and an unusually high and low yielding exposure to
the public sector with expensive liabilities supporting such assets, mainly our restructured
foreign debt. Therefore, we have undertaken to significantly increase the relative size of our
business with the private sector in terms of our total balance sheet, reducing low yielding
public-sector assets, strengthening our balance sheet and improving our bottom line. In addition we
have undertaken to increase the Banks capital in order for it to be able to support the growth of
its business.
Our strategy for reducing the Banks liabilities has been to use the Banks public-sector
exposure to repay them, through the proceeds of sales at market conditions in order to minimize the
impact on our shareholders equity.
We settled in advance on March 2, 2007 the financial assistance from the Argentine Central
Bank received as a consequence of the 2001-2002 crisis. This debt originally matured in 2011.
We reduced our exposure to the public sector from Ps.16,414.5 million to Ps.5,883.0 million
between December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2009, representing a reduction of Ps.10,531.5 million or
64.2% of the former amount.
We have expanded our operations significantly since mid 2002, increasing our customer base and
our fee based and financial intermediation activities with the private sector, strengthening our
position as a leading domestic private-sector financial institution. In addition, also contributing
to our operating profitability, our asset quality recorded a significant improvement with both our
total deposits (which began to increase in the second half of 2002) and loan origination (which
began to increase gradually in 2003) increasing, both at the level of the Bank and at the level of
the regional credit card companies.
The increase in our overall level of activity, which led to the above mentioned increase in
the volume of our fee based business and financial intermediation with the private sector, has had
a positive impact on our net financial income and on our net income from services. However, despite
this growth and although our net financial income began to recover from the very low levels, both
in absolute values and relative to total assets, it is still low relative to our net income from
services. This condition calls for the continuation of our efforts to reduce the low and the
non-interest yielding assets and our high cost restructured foreign debt, while pursuing our
strategy of increasing the size of our financial intermediation business with the private sector.
At the beginning of the recovery of the Argentine economy, the decreasing risk profile of the
loan portfolio reduced the need to establish loan loss reserves and the improvement in the quality
of the loan portfolio allowed for the reversal of provisions and strong loan recoveries, which
reduced the impact of net credit losses on our bottom line. Nevertheless this effect decreased
progressively, and loan loss provisions increased due to the seasoning of individuals loan
portfolios.
85
During this period, following the expansion of our business volume we decided to expand our
distribution network, with a related increase in personnel and a greater use of resources in
general, as well as considerable expenses for advertising and publicity. In addition, the
administrative expenses reflect an inflationary environment and the adjustment of salaries that has
taken place.
During 2008, and the first half of 2009, the international financial crisis and certain
preexisting domestic problems and the Governments decision to nationalize the private pension
funds system dampened domestic confidence and raised uncertainty regarding future economic
policies. The uncertainty triggered a strong
dollarization of portfolios, with a reduction of private sector Peso deposits, and, in turn, a
deceleration in growth rates of the loans to the private sector and a deterioration of asset
quality. In spite of the adverse international and local financial condition, during fiscal year
2008 and the first half of 2009, the Bank managed to expand its business with the private sector
and to improve its income generation, while strengthening its financial condition, the coverage of
its credit risks in a scenario of deterioration of asset quality, and the provisioning for other
contingencies.
The second half of 2009 showed a recovery of the world economy and of the local economy, which
favorably impacted deposits and loan growth with an improvement in asset quality.
In summary, in the last years, our results of operations were still influenced by the negative
effect on our net financial income of certain consequences of the 2001-2002 crisis and the 2008 and
beginning of 2009 financial crisis. However, our operating profitability was positively impacted by
the strengthening of our balance sheet, including the progressive reduction of public-sector assets
and liabilities and the growth of our business with the private sector, both the financial
intermediation and fee based businesses, in a still low credit risk environment, but within a
context of growing inflation.
The Argentine Economy, Financial System and Insurance Industry in the Three Years Ended December
31, 2009
Year 2009 was characterized by a gradual improvement in the international economy, after the
strong impact the international financial crisis had globally, both on financial markets and on the
real economy. The combination of coordinated monetary policies in advanced economies, strong
liquidity injections and tax incentive plans all over the world resulted in a significant decrease
in uncertainty, which made it possible to begin a recovery path. In the financial sector, a
consistent positive trend in the price of financial assets was observed globally since March, as
well as a renewed risk appetite, which led to a return of financial flows to emerging countries.
The first signs of recovery in real economy were noticed in June, with a strengthening of that
trend during the last two quarters of 2009.
Within this environment, the Argentine economy started to show signs of reactivation in July,
after three consecutive quarters of contraction. The recessionary period the Argentine economy went
through between the fourth quarter of 2008 and the second quarter of 2009 took place within a
context of a sharp decrease in the global level of activity, with the addition of some domestic
factors (an ongoing drought and having the elections moved forward). In this respect, even though
the year as a whole ended with a decrease in the GDP, the last quarter of 2009 recorded growth when
compared to the same quarter of the previous year, what generated a significant statistical drag
for 2010.
Particularly, pursuant to the General Activity Index prepared by Orlando Ferreres consulting
firm (IGA-OTF), the economy experienced a 4.3% contraction in 2009. However, the performance of the
Argentine economy was varied during the year, with a 5.9% inter-annual (i.a.) contraction during
the first semester of the year that decreased to 2.7% for the second half of 2009. The economy
began to recover towards the third quarter of the year, in line with what took place globally. The
economy in particular grew 1.5% during the third quarter of 2009 when compared to the previous
quarter, in seasonally-adjusted terms; while during the fourth quarter of 2009 it grew at a 1.7%
rate. Therefore, the last quarter of 2009 ended with a 0.2% annual expansion (the first since the
third quarter of 2008), generating a 2% statistical drag.
86
With regards to supply, the agriculture and livestock sector showed the worst performance,
with a 13% decrease annually, followed by the manufacturing sector (-7.7%), retail and wholesale
trade (-7.3%) and the construction sector (-3.2%). In the particular case of the agriculture and
livestock sector, the strong impact of the international crisis was worsened by the draught that
affected most of the regions in Argentina, what led to its sharp drop. On the contrary, some
service-related sectors experienced a limited decrease, for instance real estate services (-1.4%),
transportation and communications (-1.4%) and financial brokerage (-1.2%). However, in line with
what was discussed for the Argentine economy as a whole, many of the sectors started to recover
towards the end of 2009, even showing an inter-annual increase in December. In this regard, the
manufacturing sector (+6.7% i.a. in December), trade (+4.8% i.a.) and the agriculture and livestock
sector (+3.2% i.a.) are worth noting. As for the latter, the recovery experienced by the sectors
production in 2009/10, estimated at 31%, makes it possible to expect a good performance of the
agriculture and livestock sector in 2010.
The industrial sector, as determined by the Industrial Production Index prepared by FIEL
(IPI-FIEL), experienced an annual 4.7% decrease in 2009. As observed in other sectors of the
economy, since the third quarter the industrial sectors pace of decrease started to slow down,
ending the year with an annual 14.1% increase in December. Among the most affected sectors the
automotive sector is worth noting, with a 20.2% accumulated fall in 2009, as well as the iron and
steel industry, with a 20.8% contraction during the same period. Furthermore, such sectors were the
ones that showed the strongest dynamism during the reactivation process of the last months; and the
outlook regarding their performance in 2010 is positive.
The unemployment rate increased from 7.3% of the economically active population for the fourth
quarter of 2008 to 8.4% for the same quarter of 2009, thus reflecting a moderate decrease in the
performance of the labor market, in line with the decrease observed in the level of activity.
In the monetary sector, the main monetary aggregates evolved at the pace of the effects of the
international financial crisis that took place during the first half of the year, and at the pace
of the later recovery during the second semester of 2009, with the addition of domestic factors
that brought about more uncertainty in some periods of the year. In view of a lower demand for
money, the monetary base grew at an average annual rate of 4.3% during the first half of the year,
gradually recovered during the second semester, and experienced a 11.5% increase at the end of the
year, amounting to an average of Ps.118,661 million in December. In line with what took place in
the Argentine economy as a whole, during the first half of the year the performance of the monetary
policy was completely opposed to what was observed during the second semester of 2009.
In this respect, the Argentine Central Bank was forced to sell foreign currency to the market
in order to reduce exchange rate volatility during the first semester of the year (a period that
was still characterized by an unstable international environment and by the increase in uncertainty
due to the early elections). Thus, such sale transactions in the foreign exchange market generated
a Ps.5,472 million contraction, which was the main determining factor for the Ps.6,264 million
reduction of the monetary base for said period. On the other side, the improvement in the
international conditions and the decrease in volatility allowed the Argentine Central Bank to
resume the policy of accumulation of international reserves during the second half of 2009. During
that period, the monetary base increased Ps.19,165 million, of which Ps.18,120 million were the
result of the Argentine Central Banks intervention in the foreign exchange market. Thus, 2009 as a
whole ended with a Ps.12,901 million increase in the monetary base, of which Ps.12,638 million were
the result of foreign currency purchase transactions carried out by the Argentine Central Bank in
the foreign exchange market. Meanwhile, the rest of the domestic credit items had virtually no
effect during the year. During 2009, the Argentine Central Bank injected liquidity through the
acquisition of government securities and other transactions for Ps.2,837 million, the reduction of
the stock of repurchase agreement transactions for Ps.800 million and the National Governments
transactions for Ps.204 million, which was almost completely sterilized through the net placement
of Lebac and Nobac for Ps.2,413 million and the payment of rediscounts for Ps.1,166 million.
The reference exchange rate established by the Argentine Central Bank increased from Ps.3.454
to Ps.3.797 per U.S. Dollar between December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009 (equivalent to a 9.9%
depreciation); while the average exchange rate increased from Ps.3.161 per US Dollar in 2008 to
Ps.3.731 per US Dollar in 2009.
Inflation for 2009 amounted to 7.7%, as measured by the Consumer Price Index (CPI) of the
Argentine Institute of Statistics and Census (INDEC), higher than the 7.2% recorded in the
previous year. In turn, the Wholesale Domestic Price Index (WPI, or IPIM) recorded a 10.0%
increase.
87
Pursuant to private estimates, consumer prices grew 16.3% in 2009. Even though the retail
inflation ratio in 2009 was slightly lower than those of 2008 and 2007 (19.4% and 18%,
respectively), an increase in said prices has been noted since August. The scarce flexibility
regarding the decrease in prices, evidenced by the slight slowdown in inflation in a year 2009 with
a sharp drop in the GDP, as well as pressures on salaries and fiscal and monetary policies somehow
expansive, are the reasons for inflation in 2009.
In the fiscal area, the combination of a lower level of activity, the poor performance of the
external sector and the modest growth in the international prices of commodities generated a 11.8%
increase in tax revenues, in comparison to 2008. In turn, primary expenditures increased 30% during
2009, exceeding the 19% increase in total income. Thus, the national public sector achieved a
primary surplus of Ps.17,285 million, equivalent to 1.5% of
GDP, much lower than the 3.2% recorded the previous fiscal year. After interest payments for
Ps.24,417 million, the financial deficit amounted to Ps.7,131 million, equivalent to -0.6% of GDP.
The balance of payment on current account maintained a surplus, as a result of the high excess
in the trade balance. In fact, in terms of GDP, it would have recorded an increase, from 2.2% in
2008 to 3.0% in 2009. The balance of trade experienced a US$16,980 million surplus in 2009, well
over the US$12,598 million of the previous year.
Exports dropped 20% when compared to 2008, as a consequence of the joint effect of the
decrease in prices and volumes. The impact the financial crisis had on the main prices of Argentine
goods for export made them decrease 14% in comparison to 2008, in spite of the gradual recovery
they have showed since March 2009. In turn, the recession experienced by the worlds economy during
most of 2009 is the reason for the 7% drop in exported volumes. While agriculture and livestock
exports continue to be the ones with the highest share in the total exports of Argentina (39%),
they had a modest performance with regards to volumes, with a 1% drop during the year. However,
commodities showed the worst performance in terms of exported volumes, with a 32% decrease in 2009.
Imports, in turn, decreased 32% when compared to 2008, as a consequence of the joint effect of the
decrease in prices and volumes. Imports of intermediate goods represented 32% of total imports,
followed by capital goods (+23%).
Within a framework of a gradual improvement in the international economy, the private sectors
capital account experienced a net foreign currency outflow of US$9,226 million during the first
nine months of 2009. Large capital outflows shown during the first half of the year significantly
decreased towards the third quarter of 2009, due to the improvement in the international economy
and the lower level of uncertainty. Even though we do not have official data for the fourth
quarter, capital outflows would have continued to be moderate during said period. As of December
31, 2009, the Argentine Central Banks international reserves amounted to US$47,967 million,
US$1,500 million higher than those at the end of 2008.
The Argentine Financial System
During the last months, the worlds economy has shown signs of recovery in the indicators of
economic activity and in the financial system. However, there is a risk this process may be
interrupted because there still exists high levels of indebtedness of the public and private
sectors, a credit market that has not been reinstated, and the highest unemployment levels in
developed economies seen in decades.
With regards to emerging economies, in Latin America the normalization of world trade,
together with the recovery and stabilization in the price of commodities provides an encouraging
outlook for the region. Country risk for the area, as measured by Embi Latinoamérica, decreased 394
basis points (b.p.) during the year, reaching 328 b.p. at the end of 2009.
In Argentina, the performance of the financial system was in line with what was described
above. The average interest rate paid by private banks in December (deposits up to 59 days) was
9.71%, decreasing 881 b.p. i.a. Meanwhile, the average interest rate applicable to time deposits
in Pesos over Ps.1 million was 9.80% (-928 b.p.). In regard to lending rates, the rate for cash
advances in current account decreased 737 b.p., while the rate for promissory notes decreased 999
b.p., closing the year in 20.35% and 15.95%, respectively.
88
The financial systems total deposits increased 14.9% during the year, reaching Ps.269,516
million; deposits from the non-financial private sector increased 20.5%, amounting to Ps.197,353
million (substantially higher than the 7.7% increase recorded the previous year), while deposits
from the public sector reached Ps.68,978 million (+1.8%). Within deposits from the private sector,
transactional deposits grew 21.2%, reaching Ps.102,809 million at the end of the year, while time
deposits increased 20.7%, reaching Ps.85,662 million.
Total loans to the private sector in the financial system grew 9.7% when compared to the end
of 2008, reaching Ps.143,117 million. Loans that increased the most were consumer credit lines,
made up of loans through credit cards and personal loans, which increased 14.1% during the year,
reaching Ps.50,164 million. Short-term commercial loans, mainly made up of cash advances in current
account and promissory notes, recorded a 3.0% increase, amounting to Ps.42,377 million. Pledge
loans decreased 5.9%, with a final balance of Ps.7,315 million, while mortgage loans decreased
1.3%, to Ps.18,612 million. In turn, loans to the public sector accounted for 14.5%
of total assets, increasing 1.7 percentage points (p.p.) during the year. This ratio
increased for the first time after 6 years of a decreasing trend.
As a prudential policy, financial institutions increased their liquidity levels, also
contributing to financial stability. The liquidity ratio increased from an average 27.9% in
December 2008 to 28.6% in December 2009.
In order to mitigate the impact the domestic and international situation had on the Argentine
economy, the Argentine Central Bank continued injecting liquidity into the market during the first
half of the year, mainly through the repurchase of debt securities (Lebac and Nobac), thus avoiding
any further interest rate fluctuations. This situation was strongly reverted in the second half of
the year. Thus, Lebac and Nobac increased 20.2% during the year, reaching Ps.43,980 million.
In solvency terms, the Argentine financial systems net worth increased by Ps.7,089 million
during the year, which represents a 17.1% improvement. The systems profitability in 2009 was
equivalent to 2.4% of total assets, while return on shareholders equity was 19.6%, higher than the
13.4% recorded in 2008 and the 11.0% recorded in 2007. Income from interests and services
increased, representing 4.1% and 3.9% of total assets, respectively, when compared to 3.1% and
3.6%, respectively, in 2008. The increase in the listed prices of government securities led to an
improvement in income from holding of such securities, representing 3.3% of total assets. While
administrative expenses increased (from 6.1% to 6.7% of total assets), operating income also did so
to a greater extent. Provisions for loan losses rose from 0.9% to 1.1% of total assets, low levels
in historical terms, but reflecting a decrease in the asset quality of the loan portfolio.
The non-accrual loan portfolio of the non-financial private sector increased from 3.1% in
December 2008 to 3.5% in December 2009, although during the second half of the year this ratio
decreased 0.3 p.p. The coverage of the private-sector non-accrual loan portfolio with allowances
continued to be high, amounting to 125.7% in December 2009, although lower when compared to the
131.4% recorded twelve months before.
As of December 31, 2009, there were 83 financial institutions, considering both banking and
non-banking institutions. Out of this total, 66 were banks, 54 of which were private-sector banks
(concentrating 56.8% of total deposits in the financial system). In turn, 33 were domestic banks,
one of which was a cooperative bank (accounting for 29.6% of total deposits, 1.0% higher when
compared to the end of 2008) and 21 were foreign-owned banks (which represented 27.2% of total
deposits, 1.6% lower when compared to the end of 2008). There were 12 government-owned banks (which
represented 42.8% of total deposits), and there were 17 non-banking financial institutions, with
only a 0.4% share of total deposits.
The concentration of the financial system, measured by the deposit-market share of the ten
leading banks, reached 76.1% as of December 31, 2009. This percentage was 0.5% higher compared to
the one recorded by the end of 2008.
Based on information as of December 2009, the financial system employed a total of 97,606
people (61% of which were employed by the private sector), representing a 1.5% decrease since the
beginning of the year.
89
The Argentine Insurance Industry
During 2009, the insurance industry continued growing, though at a lower rate compared to
previous years. Insurance production amounted to nearly Ps.31,000 million, an 18% increase at
current values compared to 2008. Out of the total insurance production, 79% relates to property
insurance, 19% relates to life and personal insurance, and 2% relates to retirement insurance.
Within property insurance, automotive insurance continues to be the most important segment, with a
47% share, followed by the workers compensation segment, with a 26% share.
The most important group within the life insurance segment is the collective life insurance
with 67% followed by personal injury insurance with 12%.
The retirement insurance production dropped 65%, which is associated with the end of the
retirement and pension integrated systems and, therefore, the discontinuity of the issuance of
retirement life annuity.
Inflation
The following table shows the rate of inflation, as measured by the variations in the WPI and
the CPI, and the evolution of the CER index used to adjust the principal of certain of our assets
and liabilities, for the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the 12-month period ended December 31,
|
|
(in percentages)
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Price Indices
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WPI
|
|
|
10.27
|
|
|
|
8.82
|
|
|
|
14.56
|
|
CPI
|
|
|
7.69
|
|
|
|
7.24
|
|
|
|
8.47
|
|
Adjustment Indices
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CER
|
|
|
6.95
|
|
|
|
7.97
|
|
|
|
8.50
|
|
In the first five months of 2010, the WPI increased 6.77% and the CPI increased 5.10%. Over
the same period, the CER increased 5.29%.
Currency Composition of Our Balance Sheet
The following table sets forth our assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency, in
Pesos and adjustable by the CER, at the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In millions of Pesos)
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Pesos, Unadjusted
|
|
|
19,791.0
|
|
|
|
15,165.1
|
|
|
|
14,177.0
|
|
In Pesos, Adjusted by the CER
|
|
|
926.3
|
|
|
|
2,439.2
|
|
|
|
2,350.7
|
|
In Foreign Currency
(1)
|
|
|
6,885.1
|
|
|
|
7,131.5
|
|
|
|
6,301.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
27,602.4
|
|
|
|
24,735.8
|
|
|
|
22,828.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Pesos, Unadjusted, Including Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
20,513.1
|
|
|
|
17,262.1
|
|
|
|
15,597.3
|
|
In Pesos, Adjusted by the CER
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
50.3
|
|
|
|
277.3
|
|
In Foreign Currency
(1)
|
|
|
7,074.3
|
|
|
|
7,423.4
|
|
|
|
6,954.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
27,602.3
|
|
|
|
24,735.8
|
|
|
|
22,828.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
If adjusted to reflect forward sales and purchases of foreign exchange made by the Bank
and recorded off-balance sheet, assets amounted to Ps.9,223.1 million and liabilities to
Ps.9,175.3 million.
|
Funding of our long position in CER-adjusted assets through Peso-denominated liabilities
bearing a market interest rate (and no principal adjustment linked to inflation) exposes us to
differential fluctuations in the inflation rate and in market interest rates, with a significant
increase in market interest rates vis-à-vis the inflation rate (which is reflected in the CER
variation) having a negative impact on our net financial income.
90
Results of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December
31, 2007
We discuss below our results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 as
compared with our results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and our
results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 as compared with our results of
operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
Net Income/Loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2009/2008
|
|
|
2008/2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
Consolidated Income Statement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Income
|
|
|
3,005.6
|
|
|
|
2,559.3
|
|
|
|
1,997.9
|
|
|
|
446.3
|
|
|
|
561.4
|
|
Financial Expenses
|
|
|
1,460.5
|
|
|
|
1,421.0
|
|
|
|
1,246.7
|
|
|
|
39.5
|
|
|
|
174.3
|
|
Net financial Income
|
|
|
1,545.1
|
|
|
|
1,138.3
|
|
|
|
751.2
|
|
|
|
406.8
|
|
|
|
387.1
|
|
Provision for Losses on Loans and Other Receivables
|
|
|
639.5
|
|
|
|
395.4
|
|
|
|
255.5
|
|
|
|
244.1
|
|
|
|
139.9
|
|
Net income from Services
|
|
|
1,310.9
|
|
|
|
1,187.9
|
|
|
|
913.1
|
|
|
|
123.0
|
|
|
|
274.8
|
|
Administrative Expenses
|
|
|
2,029.1
|
|
|
|
1,781.1
|
|
|
|
1,286.3
|
|
|
|
248.0
|
|
|
|
494.8
|
|
Minority Interest
|
|
|
(46.5
|
)
|
|
|
(35.8
|
)
|
|
|
(32.1
|
)
|
|
|
(10.7
|
)
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
Income / (Loss) from Equity Investments
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
56.8
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
(45.5
|
)
|
|
|
54.8
|
|
Miscellaneous Income / (Loss), Net
|
|
|
233.1
|
|
|
|
80.1
|
|
|
|
25.1
|
|
|
|
153.0
|
|
|
|
55.0
|
|
Income Tax
|
|
|
(156.0
|
)
|
|
|
(74.0
|
)
|
|
|
(71.5
|
)
|
|
|
(82.0
|
)
|
|
|
(2.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income / (Loss)
|
|
|
229.3
|
|
|
|
176.8
|
|
|
|
46.0
|
|
|
|
52.5
|
|
|
|
130.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on Average Assets
(1)
|
|
|
1.12
|
%
|
|
|
0.91
|
%
|
|
|
0.37
|
%
|
|
|
0.21
|
%
|
|
|
0.54
|
%
|
Return on Average Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
11.69
|
%
|
|
|
10.13
|
%
|
|
|
2.86
|
%
|
|
|
1.56
|
%
|
|
|
7.27
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
For the calculation of the return on average assets, profits or losses corresponding to minority interests are excluded
from net income.
|
Net income for fiscal year 2009 amounted to Ps.229.3 million, as compared to a net income of
Ps.176.8 million in the previous fiscal year and Ps.46.0 in fiscal year 2007.
Net income per share for fiscal year 2009 was Ps.0.185, compared to Ps.0.142 in fiscal year
2008. The return on average assets and the return on average shareholders equity were 1.12% and
11.69%, respectively, for fiscal year 2009, as compared to 0.91% and 10.13%, respectively, during
fiscal year 2008. During fiscal year 2007, a Ps.0.037 net income per share was recorded, the return
on average assets was 0.37% and the return on average shareholders equity was 2.86%.
Fiscal Year 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year 2008
Net income for fiscal year 2009 amounted to Ps.229.3 million, Ps.52.5 million higher than the
previous fiscal year. This increase in net income is mainly attributable to:
|
|
|
a Ps.446.3 million increase in financial income, from Ps.2,559.3 million to Ps.3,005.6
million,
|
|
|
|
a Ps.153.0 million increase in miscellaneous net income, from Ps.80.1 million to
Ps.233.1 million, and
|
|
|
|
a Ps.123.0 million increase in net income from services, from Ps.1,187.9 million to
Ps.1,310.9 million.
|
These factors were partially offset by:
|
|
|
a Ps.244.1 million increase in provisions for loan losses from Ps.395.4 million to
Ps.639.5 million,
|
|
|
|
a Ps.248.0 million increase in administrative expenses, from Ps.1,781.1 million to
Ps.2,029.1 million,
|
|
|
|
an increase in income tax of Ps.82.0 million, from Ps.74.0 million, to Ps.156.0 million,
and
|
|
|
|
a decrease of Ps.45.5 million in equity investments, from Ps.56.8 million to Ps.11.3
million.
|
91
Fiscal Year 2008 Compared to Fiscal Year 2007
During fiscal year 2008, net income amounted to Ps.176.8 million, a Ps.130.8 million increase
compared to the previous fiscal year. This increase was mainly attributable to:
|
|
|
a 30.1% increase in net income from services, from Ps.913.1 million to Ps.1,187.9
million,
|
|
|
|
a 28.1% increase in financial income, from Ps.1,997.9 million to Ps.2,559.3 million,
|
|
|
|
a Ps.55.0 million increase in miscellaneous net income, from Ps.25.1 million to Ps.80.1
million, and
|
|
|
|
a Ps.54.8 million increase in income from equity investments, from Ps.2.0 million to
Ps.56.8 million.
|
These factors were partially offset by:
|
|
|
a 38.5% increase in administrative expenses, which increased from Ps.1,286.3 million to
Ps.1,781.1 million,
|
|
|
|
a 14.0% increase in financial expenses, from Ps.1,246.7 million to Ps.1,421.0 million,
and
|
|
|
|
a Ps.139.9 million increase in provisions for loan losses, from Ps.255.5 million to
Ps.395.4 million.
|
Financial Income
Our financial income was composed of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Income on Loans and Other Receivables Resulting
from Financial Brokerage and Premiums Earned on
Reverse Repurchases
|
|
|
2,207.7
|
|
|
|
1,930.3
|
|
|
|
1,413.2
|
|
Income from Government and Corporate Securities, Net
|
|
|
559.1
|
|
|
|
238.1
|
|
|
|
241.3
|
|
CER Adjustment
|
|
|
24.4
|
|
|
|
123.9
|
|
|
|
205.1
|
|
Other
(1)
|
|
|
214.4
|
|
|
|
267.0
|
|
|
|
138.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
3,005.6
|
|
|
|
2,559.3
|
|
|
|
1,997.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Reflects income from financial leases, net, and differences in the quotation of gold and
foreign currency as well as premiums on forward sales of foreign exchange.
|
The following table shows our yields on interest-earning assets and cost of funds:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except rates)
|
|
Interest-Earning Assets
|
|
|
18,378.0
|
|
|
|
15.71
|
%
|
|
|
19,892.5
|
|
|
|
12.14
|
%
|
|
|
18,225.9
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Government Securities
|
|
|
4,686.5
|
|
|
|
11.84
|
|
|
|
3,642.2
|
|
|
|
4.08
|
|
|
|
4,278.8
|
|
|
|
3.42
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
11,463.6
|
|
|
|
19.34
|
|
|
|
12,077.3
|
|
|
|
17.01
|
|
|
|
10,528.9
|
|
|
|
14.17
|
|
Other
(1)
|
|
|
2,227.9
|
|
|
|
5.17
|
|
|
|
4,173.0
|
|
|
|
5.09
|
|
|
|
3,418.2
|
|
|
|
5.41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
|
|
|
15,923.4
|
|
|
|
7.63
|
%
|
|
|
15,694.5
|
|
|
|
8.14
|
%
|
|
|
14,858.8
|
|
|
|
7.21
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Accounts
|
|
|
1,287.3
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
948.1
|
|
|
|
2.28
|
|
|
|
678.4
|
|
|
|
2.42
|
|
Savings Accounts
|
|
|
3,014.5
|
|
|
|
0.19
|
|
|
|
2,587.7
|
|
|
|
0.18
|
|
|
|
2,252.9
|
|
|
|
0.23
|
|
Time Deposits
|
|
|
7,391.9
|
|
|
|
11.67
|
|
|
|
6,769.4
|
|
|
|
11.34
|
|
|
|
6,606.2
|
|
|
|
8.51
|
|
Argentine Central Bank
(2)
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
261.5
|
|
|
|
26.31
|
|
Debt Securities
|
|
|
2,729.9
|
|
|
|
8.22
|
|
|
|
2,799.8
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
|
3,360.1
|
|
|
|
8.66
|
|
Other Interest-bearing Liabilities
|
|
|
1,499.2
|
|
|
|
7.34
|
|
|
|
2,589.1
|
|
|
|
7.86
|
|
|
|
1,699.7
|
|
|
|
7.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spread and Net Yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Spread, Nominal Basis
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.79
|
|
Net Yield on Interest-earning Assets
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.13
|
|
Financial Margin
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.12
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Until April 2007, it included, among others, the amounts corresponding to the Compensatory Bond and the Hedge Bond to be received.
|
92
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Until April 2007, it included, among others, the financial assistance granted by the Argentine Central Bank and the advance from this entity for the acquisition of the Hedge Bond.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Reflects the difference between the average nominal interest rate on interest-earning assets and the average nominal interest rate on interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rates include the CER
adjustment.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Net interest earned divided by average interest-earning assets. Interest rates include the CER adjustment.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Represents net financial income, divided by average interest-earning assets.
|
Fiscal Year 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year 2008
Financial income for the fiscal year 2009 amounted to Ps.3,005.6 million, a 17.4% increase
compared to the Ps.2,559.3 million recorded in fiscal year 2008. This increase in financial income
was the result of a higher average yield on interest-earning assets, partially offset by lower
average volume.
The average yield on interest-earning assets was 15.71%, a 357 b.p. increase, which can be
explained by increases of 776 basis points and 233 b.p. in the average lending interest rate on
government securities and on loans, respectively.
Average interest-earning assets decreased 7.6%, from Ps.19,892.5 million to Ps.18,378.0
million. This was a result of the 46.6% drop in the average balance of other interest-earning
assets, and 5.1% in the average balance of total loan portfolio. This effect was partially offset
by a 28.7% increase in the average balance of the net position in government securities.
The average loan balance amounted to Ps.11,463.6 million, 5.1% lower than the Ps.12,077.3
million in fiscal year 2008. This decrease was mainly due to the fact that in January 2009 Banco
Galicia made a swap at market prices of Secured Loans for other public sector assets (Nobac 2010,
Bogar 2018 Bonds, Boden 2014 Bonds and Discount Bonds 2033). These assets, in the table Yield on
Interest-Earning Assets and Cost of Funds, shown above, are presented in the line of Government
Securities and caused a decrease in the Loans line. As a consequence of the foregoing, the
average balance of loans to public sector decreased by Ps.1,144.8 million (90.5%). As regards to
the private sector loans, an average increase of Ps.531.1 million (4.9%) was recorded.
The average interest rate on total loans, including the CER adjustment, was 19.34% in fiscal
year 2009, compared to 17.01% in fiscal year 2008. The portfolio of loans to the private sector
accrued a 19.31% average interest rate and the public-sector loan portfolio accrued a 22.50%
average interest rate, including the CER adjustment.
The estimated market share of Banco Galicia, on an individual basis, in the Argentine
financial systems total loans to the private sector was 7.67% at the end of December 2009, whereas
such market share was 6.12% as of December 31, 2008.
The average interest rate on Peso-denominated loans to the private sector increased by 188
b.p., from 19.85% in fiscal year 2008 to 21.73% in fiscal year 2009. This increase reflected the
increase experienced in the Argentine market in general. The average interest rate on
foreign-currency denominated loans to the private sector increased by 59 b.p., from 6.75% in fiscal
year 2008 to 7.34% in fiscal year 2009.
The average position in government securities amounted to Ps.4,686.5 million, an increase of
Ps1,044.3 million (28.7%), compared to Ps.3,642.2 million in fiscal year 2008. This variation is
mainly due to the increase of Ps.1,339.3 million in the average balance of the position in
government securities in Pesos, as a result of the government securities received as part of the
Secured Loans exchange transaction carried out by the end of January 2009. This increase was
partially offset by the decrease of Ps.295.0 million in the average balance of government
securities in Dollars due, mainly, to the sale in June 2009 of the 15
th
interest and
amortization coupon of Boden 2012 Bonds due in August 2009. This decrease was partially offset by
the increase in the price of the Dollar during the year 2009 (December 2008: Ps.3.45 December
2009: Ps.3.80).
93
The average yield on government securities increased by 776 b.p., from 4.08% in fiscal year
2008 to 11.84% in fiscal year 2009. This variation is composed of a 1,397 b.p. increase in the
average interest rate on government securities in Pesos, partially offset by a 79 b.p. decrease in
the average interest rate on government securities in Dollars.
As a result of the Secured Loans exchange transaction mentioned above, the new portfolio of
government securities received was assessed as a special investment, pursuant to the guidelines of
the Argentine Central Bank. Consequently, these holdings are stated at their equity value,
exponentially increased in terms of the IRR, and adjusted by the CER, if applicable. When the
market value of each item is lower than its book value, the monthly accrual of the IRR and the CER
is offset, on a cumulative basis, against an asset regularization account, until the book value
equals the market value. Such asset regularization account is reversed and charged to income as
long as the balance thereof exceeds the positive difference between the market value and the book
value. Moreover, during fiscal year 2009, a portion of such portfolio of government securities was
sold, generating an income. Both effects
mainly justify the rise in the average rate of the government security portfolio in Pesos. On
the other hand, the nominal rate for 2009 and 2008 is influenced by the fact that in the item
Government Securities are included Discount Bonds in Pesos and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities,
which accounting is governed by Communiqué A 4270 issued by the Argentine Central Bank.
The decrease in the average interest rate on government securities in US Dollars was mainly
due to the decrease of the Libo rate accrued by Boden 2012 Bonds. Apart from that, the average
interest rate for fiscal year was influenced by the sale of the 15
th
interest and
amortization coupon of Boden 2012 Bonds.
The average balance of the Other Interest-Earning Assets section amounted to Ps.2,227.9
million, a Ps.1,945.1 million decrease as compared to the average recorded in fiscal year 2008.
This was mainly due to the fact the Argentine Central Bank eliminated the rate on funds deposited
with said entity corresponding to the minimum cash requirement on term liabilities.
The average rate of the Other Interest-Earning Assets section increased by 8 p.b. as of
December 31, 2009 in comparison to December 31, 2008, from 5.09% in 2008 to 5.17% in 2009,
resulting from the variation of the Peso in respect to the transactions in Pesos and in foreign
currency, since the average rate of the other interest-earning assets in Pesos was 6.77% in 2008 to
6.47% in 2009, with a decrease of 30 p.b., while the average rate of the foreign currency decreased
from 1.20% in 2008 to 0.78% in 2009, a decrease of 42 p.b.
Financial income for fiscal year 2009 includes a Ps.103.5 million profit from foreign-exchange
quotation differences, which includes income from foreign exchange forward transactions. The
above-mentioned profit includes a Ps.127.1 million gain from foreign exchange brokerage activities
and a Ps.23.6 million loss from the valuation of the net position in foreign currency. Financial
income for fiscal year 2008 includes Ps.173.3 million profit from foreign-exchange quotation
differences, which includes a Ps.163.7 million profit from foreign-exchange brokerage activities
and a Ps.9.6 million profit from foreign currency net position valuation.
94
The following table shows our market shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
(in percentages)
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Total Deposits
|
|
|
6.29
|
|
|
|
5.93
|
|
|
|
6.32
|
|
Private-Sector Deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
7.81
|
|
|
|
7.61
|
|
|
|
8.23
|
|
Deposits in Current and Savings Accounts and Non-Restructured Time Deposits
|
|
|
8.07
|
|
|
|
7.87
|
|
|
|
8.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Loans
|
|
|
6.91
|
|
|
|
6.16
|
|
|
|
7.41
|
|
Private-Sector Loans
|
|
|
7.67
|
|
|
|
6.12
|
|
|
|
7.75
|
|
|
|
|
Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., only, within the Argentine financial system. Based on daily information on
deposits and loans prepared by the Argentine Central Bank using-end of month balances. Beginning on December
2008, deposits from AFJPs were transferred to the ANSES, which implied a transfer of deposits from the private
sector to the public sector.
|
Fiscal Year 2008 Compared to Fiscal Year 2007
Financial income amounted to Ps.2.559,3 million, representing a 28.1% increase from the
Ps.1,997.9 million recorded in fiscal year 2007. The increase in financial income was the result of
a higher average yield on interest-earning assets, and a growth in the average volume thereof.
The average yield on interest-earning assets was 12.14%, a 214 b.p. increase, which can be
explained by increases of 284 b.p. and 66 b.p. in the average lending interest rate on loans and on
government securities, respectively. A 32 b.p. decrease in the average interest rate of other
interest-earning assets was registered.
Average interest-earning assets increased 9.1%, from Ps.18,225.9 million to Ps.19,892.5
million. This was a result of: i) a 14.7% increase in the average balance of the total loan
portfolio, and ii) a 22.1% increase in the average balance of other interest-earning assets, from
Ps.3,418.2 million in fiscal year 2007 to Ps.4,173.0 million in 2008. This was partially offset by
a 14.9% decrease in the average balance of the net position in government securities, from
Ps.4,278.8 million to Ps.3,642.2 million.
The average loan portfolio amounted to Ps.12,077.3 million, 14.7% higher than the Ps.10,528.9
million for fiscal year 2007. This was due to an increase in the average balance of loans to the
private sector, of Ps.1,968.7 million, partially offset by an important decrease in the average
balance of loans to the public sector, equal to Ps.420.3 million (-24.9%). The decrease in the
average portfolio of loans to the public sector was mainly due to the sales of Secured Loans and to
the use of these loans for the purchase of the remaining Hedge Bond, both during the first six
months of fiscal year 2007.
As regards loans to the private sector, a rise in the volume of such loans was registered
during the year, with a 22.3% increase in the average balance for fiscal year 2008, compared to the
previous fiscal year. It should be pointed out that this increase is net of the transfer of loan
portfolios to financial trusts and the application of provisions corresponding to the fiscal year
2008.
The unconsolidated estimated market share of Banco Galicia in the Argentine financial systems
total loan to the private sector was 6.12% at the end of December 2008, while at December 31, 2007
this market share was to 7.75%.
The average interest rate on total loans, including the CER adjustment, was 17.01%, compared
to 14.17% in fiscal year 2007. The private sector loan portfolio accrued a 17.47% average interest
rate and the public-sector loan portfolio accrued a 13.10% average interest rate, including the CER
adjustment.
The average interest rate on Peso-denominated loans to the private sector showed an increase
of 364 b.p., from 16.21% to 19.85%. This increase reflected the increase observed in the Argentine
market in general. The average interest rate on foreign currency loans to the private sector showed
an increase of 32 b.p., from 6.43% in 2007 to 6.75% in 2008.
95
The average position in government securities was Ps.3,642.2 million, 14.9% lower than the
Ps.4,278.8 million from fiscal year 2007. This variation was mainly due to a decrease of Ps.588.9
million in the average balance of the position in government securities in Dollars, which itself
was mainly due to the collection of annual amortization service and the sale of Boden 2012 Bonds,
the proceeds of which were used for the repurchase of part of the foreign debt of Banco Galicia.
This decrease was partially offset by the increase in the price of the Dollar in 2008 (Dec. 2007:
Ps.3.15 Dec. 2008: Ps.3.45).
The average interest rate on government securities increased by 66 b.p., from 3.42% in fiscal
year 2007 to 4.08% in fiscal year 2008. This variation was due to an increase of 482 b.p. recorded
in the average balance of the position in government securities in Pesos, partially offset by a 114
b.p. decrease in the average balance of the position in government securities in Dollars.
The increase in the average interest rate on government securities in Pesos was partially due
to the fact that the average interest rate in fiscal year 2007 included a Ps.32.0 million loss as a
consequence of the release of Bogar Bonds which, as of December 31, 2006, had been delivered as
collateral in advance for the acquisition of the remaining Hedge Bond. Pursuant to Communiqué A
3911 and supplementary regulations, Bogar Bonds used as
collateral were recorded at their technical value, while those not allocated in that way
should be recorded at their present value calculated using the rate provided for by the Argentine
Central Bank. Furthermore, during fiscal year 2008 higher income was recorded related to trading
operations. In turn, the nominal interest rate in 2008 and 2007 was influenced by the fact that
Peso-denominated Discount Bonds and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities are recorded under such item,
which recording is regulated by Communiqué A 4270 of the Argentine Central Bank. See Item 4.
Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information-Government and Corporate Securities.
The decrease in the average rate on the position of government securities in Dollars in fiscal year
2008 was mainly due to the drop of the Libo rate accrued by the Boden 2012 Bonds. Additionally, the
average rate of fiscal year 2007 was influenced by the Ps.27.5 million loss for the sale of Boden
2012 Bonds for US$178.8 million in February 2007, which proceeds were used for the repurchase of
part of its restructured foreign debt instrumented as loans due in 2010 and 2014.
The average rate of the item Other Interest-Earning Assets experienced, between December 31,
2007 and December 31, 2008, a 32 b.p. decrease, mainly as a result of the variation of the relative
weight of the transactions in Pesos and in foreign currency, since the average rate for other
assets with yields in foreign currency decreased from 2.87% in 2007 to 1.20% in 2008, thus
decreasing 167 b.p., while the average rate in pesos increased merely 24 b.p., from 6.53% in 2007
to 6.77% in 2008. The decrease in the foreign currency average rate was mainly due to a decrease
ordered by the Argentine Central Bank in the rate of return applied to the funds deposited with
such entity corresponding to minimum cash payments. This drop was related with a decrease in the
average yield of the balances deposited with correspondent bank accounts.
Financial income in 2008 includes a gain due to foreign-exchange quotation differences of
Ps.173.3 million, which includes income from foreign exchange forward transactions.
96
Financial Expenses
Our financial expenses were composed of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Interest on Deposits
|
|
|
877.9
|
|
|
|
786.1
|
|
|
|
547.3
|
|
Negotiable Obligations
|
|
|
284.5
|
|
|
|
288.8
|
|
|
|
335.2
|
|
Contributions and Taxes
|
|
|
161.7
|
|
|
|
135.9
|
|
|
|
86.4
|
|
CER Adjustment
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
67.0
|
|
Other
(1)
|
|
|
136.1
|
|
|
|
201.0
|
|
|
|
210.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,460.5
|
|
|
|
1,421.0
|
|
|
|
1,246.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes accrued interest on liabilities resulting from financial brokerage with banks and
international entities and premiums payable on repurchases.
|
Fiscal Year 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year 2008
Financial expenses for fiscal year 2009 amounted to Ps.1,460.5 million, representing a 2.8%
increase from the Ps.1,421.0 million for fiscal year 2008.
This variation stemmed from a 51 b.p. decrease in the average cost of funds, partially
mitigated by a 1.5% increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities.
Average interest-bearing liabilities amounted to Ps.15,923.4 million, compared to Ps.15,694.5
million in fiscal year 2008. This variation was due to the Ps.1,388.5 million increase in total
interest-bearing deposits, which rose from Ps.10,305.2 million to Ps.11,693.7 million, partially
offset by a Ps.1,089.9 million decrease in the Other Interest-Bearing Liabilities (from
Ps.2,589.1 million to Ps.1,499.2 million), and Ps.69.9 million average balance of debt securities,
(from Ps.2,799.8 million to Ps.2,729.9 million).
The increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits was mainly the result of the
increase in Banco Galicias deposits in Argentina, in current accounts, savings accounts and time
deposits. Taking into consideration the final balances of Banco Galicias total deposits in
Argentina, such increase totaled Ps.3,074.5 million for fiscal year, equivalent to a 21.9% increase
from the previous fiscal year-end total. Average transactional deposits increased 21.7%, while time
deposits grew 9.2%, which allowed for an improvement of interest-bearing deposits.
Of the total average interest-bearing deposits, Ps.2,841.4 million were Dollar-denominated
deposits and Ps.8,852.3 million were Peso-denominated, compared to Ps.1,960.6 million and
Ps.8,344.6 million, respectively, in fiscal year 2008.
Considering only private-sector deposits in current and savings accounts and time deposits,
raised by Banco Galicia only in Argentina, the estimated deposit market share of the Bank in the
Argentine financial system rose from 7.87% as of December 31, 2008 to 8.07% as of December 31,
2009.
The average rate on interest-bearing deposits was 7.53%, 17 b.p. lower than the 7.70% average
rate recorded in fiscal year 2008. Peso-denominated deposits (including those adjusted by CER)
accrued an average rate of 9.74%, higher by 44 b.p. than the average interest rate of 9.30% in
fiscal year 2008. This increase was experienced by the Argentine market as a whole in 2009.
Likewise, the cost of Dollar-denominated deposits was 0.67%, lower by 24 b.p. than the average
interest rate of 0.91% recorded in fiscal year 2008.
The average balance of debt securities amounted to Ps.2,729.9 million, Ps.69.9 million lower
than the Ps.2,799.8 million in fiscal year 2008. This decrease is mainly related to a US$131.9
million net decrease (taking into consideration the capitalization of interests on Subordinated
Notes Due 2019) in the final balance of Banco Galicias foreign debt recorded as notes, due to
amortizations, redemptions and advance cancellations. It should be mentioned that Grupo Financiero
Galicia was authorized by the CNV to create the Program for the issuance of Notes for a nominal
value of US$60 million (or its equivalent in other currencies). The offer of notes for a nominal
value of US$45 million, whose subscription period ended on June 2, 2009, was totally subscribed.
This issuance partially mitigated the reductions made by the Bank. Also, this variation was
partially offset by an increase in the price of the Dollar between December 31, 2008 and the same
date in 2009.
97
The average cost of debt securities was 8.22% in fiscal year 2009, while it was 10.00% in
fiscal year 2008. The average rate for fiscal year 2009 was mainly influenced by the Ps.68.6
million gain resulting from the repurchase and advance cancellation of part of Banco Galicias
foreign debt (Notes Due 2014 for a nominal value of US$82.4 million). Otherwise, the average rate
of the debt securities would have increased to 10.73%. The rate was also influenced by the issuance
of notes mentioned in the above paragraph, as the Series I were issued at a price of 92.68% and for
a nominal amount of US$34.4 million, which amounted to an annual cost of 8% and, as the Series II
were issued at a price of 103.48%, equal to an annual cost of 10.5% and for a nominal amount of
US$10.6 million.
The average balance of the Other Interest-Bearing Liabilities caption was Ps.1,499.2
million, with an average rate of 7.34% while, for fiscal year 2008, the average balance amounted to
Ps.2,589.1 million and the average rate was 7.86%. This item records, mainly, Dollar-denominated
debt with international banks and credit agencies and Dollar-denominated obligations in connection
with repurchase agreement transactions of Government securities. The decrease of Ps.1,089.9 million
in the average balance is mainly due to the decrease in the average of repurchase agreement
transactions and the repayment in advance on January 6, 2009, by Grupo Financiero Galicia of
foreign financial loans for US$62 million, through a single final payment of US$39.1 million.
The decrease in the average rate is due to Dollar and Peso operations, as the Dollar rate was
6.20% in 2008 and 4.83% in 2009, a decrease of 137 b.p., and the average rate in Pesos decreased 16
b.p., from 14.43% in 2008 to 14.27% in 2009.
Fiscal Year 2008 Compared to Fiscal Year 2007
Financial expenses for fiscal year 2008 amounted to Ps.1,421.0 million, representing a 14.0%
increase from Ps.1,246.7 million for fiscal year 2007. This variation was due to the increase of 93
p.b. in the average cost of funds and an increase of 5.6% in average balance of the
interest-bearing liabilities.
Average interest-bearing liabilities amounted to Ps.15,694.5 million, compared to Ps.14,858.8
million in the fiscal year 2007. This variation was mainly due to a Ps.767.7 million increase in
the total interest-bearing deposits, from Ps.9,537.5 million to Ps.10,305.2 million and the
increase in other interest-bearing liabilities, from Ps.1,699.7 million to Ps.2,589.1 million.
These effects were partially offset by the Ps.560.3 million decrease in average balance of debt
securities, from Ps.3,360.1 million to Ps.2,799.8 million.
The increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits was mainly the result of the
increase in the Banks deposits in Argentina, in current accounts, savings accounts and time
deposits. Taking into consideration the final balances of Banco Galicias total deposits in
Argentina, such increase totaled Ps.1,019.0 million for fiscal year 2008, equivalent to a 7.8%
increase from the previous fiscal year-end total. Average transactional deposits grew by 20.6%,
while time deposits grew by 2.5% which improved the structure of the interest-bearing deposits.
Out of the total average interest-bearing deposits, Ps.1,960.6 million were Dollar-denominated
deposits and Ps.8,344.6 million were Peso-denominated, compared to Ps.1,653.7 million and
Ps.7,883.8 million, respectively, in fiscal year 2007.
Considering only private-sector deposits in current and savings accounts and time deposits
(excluding restructured deposits), raised by Banco Galicia in Argentina, the estimated deposit
market share of Banco Galicia in the Argentine financial system changed from 8.55% as of December
31, 2007, to 7.87% as of December 31, 2008. In order to understand the development of deposits by
sector, its worth mentioning the latest reform to the pension system, which implied the creation
of the Argentine Integrated Pension System (
Sistema Integrado Previsional Argentino
or
SIPA
),
eliminating the private pension funds capitalization system. This entailed the transfer of deposits
from the private pension funds to the Sustainability Guaranty Fund of SIPA (
Fondo de Garantía de
Sustentabilidad
) managed by National Social Security Administration (
Administración Nacional de
Seguridad Social or ANSES
) and the reallocation of funds from the private sector to the public
sector. If the balances for such ownership change are adjusted, Banco Galicias market share of
private sector deposits (current accounts, savings accounts and term deposits, excluding
restructured deposits) would have decreased by 0.46 percentage points, as compared to December 31,
2007.
98
The average rate on interest-bearing deposits was 7.70%, 158 b.p. greater than the 6.12%
average rate for the fiscal year 2007. Peso-denominated deposits (including those adjusted by CER)
accrued a 9.30% average interest rate, compared to a 7.21% average interest rate in fiscal year
2007, as a result of the increase experienced by the Argentine market as a whole during 2008.
Likewise, the cost of Dollar-denominated deposits was 0.91%, a level similar to that recorded in
2007.
The average balance of the Argentine Central Bank item was Ps.0.4 million, while in the
fiscal year 2007 it was Ps.261.5 million. This item showed the average balance of the financial
assistance from the Argentine Central Bank and the average balance of the advance for the
acquisition of the Hedge Bond. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Bank fully
canceled in advance the debt owed for the financial assistance, which as of December 31, 2006
amounted to Ps.2,688.7 million and, during April 2007, Banco Galicia purchased 9.2% of the Hedge
Bond, through an exchange for Secured Loans. The average rate for fiscal year 2007 was the result
of the recording of a loss of Ps.32.8 million related to the acquisition cost of such Bond.
The average balance of debt securities was Ps.2,799.8 million, Ps.560.3 million lower than the
Ps.3,360.1 million for fiscal year 2007. This decrease is basically related to a net reduction
(including interests capitalized on the Notes due 2019) of US$85.5 million in the year-end balance
of the Banks foreign debt recorded as notes, resulting from amortizations, redemptions and
repayments in advance and from the payment by Galicia Uruguay of US$24.6 million for the
amortization of its notes due in September 2008 and the early cancellation of the installments due
in September 2009 and 2010. The average cost of debt securities in fiscal year 2008 was 10.00%,
while in the previous fiscal year it had been 8.66%. The average interest rate for fiscal year 2007
was mainly affected by the Ps.27.0 million profit resulting from the partial payment of Banco
Galicias capital increase in notes received at a value lower than their book value (See Item 4.
Information on the Company-History- Banco Galicias 2007 Capital Increase). Excluding this
effect, the average rate would amount to 9.46%. The highest average rate of 2008 is mainly due to
the increase of the restructured foreign debt rate according to contractual terms.
The average balance of the item Other Interest-Bearing Liabilities was Ps.2,589.1 million,
with an average rate of 7.86% while, for fiscal year 2007, the average balance amounted to
Ps.1,699.7 million and the average rate was 7.50%. This line item records, mainly,
Dollar-denominated debt with banks and international entities, and Dollar-denominated negotiable
obligations in connection with repurchase and reverse repurchase agreement transactions of
government securities and the Dollar-denominated unsecured loan, taken by Grupo Financiero Galicia
in the year 2007, as part of the capital increase of Banco Galicia. The variation in the average
balance is mainly due to a higher average balance for repurchase agreement transactions and
foreign-trade-related lines. It should be mentioned that during July 2008, Grupo Financiero Galicia
cancelled the first repayment of principal for the Merrill Lynch International loan of US$18.0
million and it later repaid the full loan amount in advance on January 7, 2009. The average rate
for fiscal year 2007 was mainly influenced by the Ps.6.9 million profit resulting from the
repurchase carried out in February, at market prices, of part of the Banks foreign debt recorded
as loans. Excluding this profit, the average interest rate on the item Other Interest-Bearing
Liabilities, would amount to 8.82%. The decrease compared to fiscal year 2007 is mainly due to the
decrease in the average rate related to the repurchase agreements.
Net Financial Income
Net financial income for fiscal year 2009 amounted to Ps.1,545.1 million, and the financial
margin was 8.41%. In fiscal year 2008, the corresponding amounts were Ps.1,138.3 million and 5.72%,
respectively.
Excluding the income from the valuation adjustment of public-sector assets (Ps.4.1 million
profit), and including the financial income related to margin requirements of repurchase
transactions (Ps.23.0 million profit), net financial income amounted to Ps.1,564.0 million and the
corresponding adjusted financial margin was 8.51%. During fiscal year 2008, net financial income,
calculated the same way, amounted to Ps.1,163.3 million, and the corresponding adjusted financial
margin was 5.85%.
Net financial income for fiscal year 2009 was mainly due to the profit from the
Peso-denominated matched portfolio, offset by the loss recorded by the matched portfolio in foreign
currency.
The improvement in the adjusted net financial margin is mainly attributable to: (i) a decrease
in the average cost of liabilities resulting from the change in their structure as a consequence of
the change in the composition of
deposits, with an increase in transactional deposits, and the reduction of foreign debt; (ii)
an increase in income from intermediation with the private sector, with an increase in the volume
of average loans and an increase in the average interest rate on such loans; and (iii) an increase
in income related to the government securities portfolio.
99
Provision for Losses on Loans and Other Receivables
Provisions for losses on loans and other receivables amounted to Ps.639.5 million in fiscal
year 2009, Ps.244.1 million higher than the Ps.395.4 million for fiscal year 2008. A significant
part of this increase was due to the seasoning of the individuals loan portfolio and to the
possible occurrence of certain cases of default in the commercial loan portfolio, as a consequence
of the worsening of certain macroeconomic variables, mainly during the first semester of 2009.
Provisions for losses on loans and other receivables amounted to Ps.395.4 million in fiscal
year 2008, Ps.139.9 million higher than the Ps.255.5 million of fiscal year 2007. A significant
percentage of this increase was due to the seasoning of our loan portfolio, mainly the individuals
portfolio.
For more information on asset quality, see Item 4. Information on the Company-Selected
Statistical Information-Amounts Past Due and Non-Accrual Loans and -Selected Statistical
Information-Loan Loss Experience.
Net Income from Services
Our net income from services consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2009/2008
|
|
|
2008/2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
|
(in percentages)
|
|
Income From
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Cards
|
|
|
1,148.2
|
|
|
|
952.6
|
|
|
|
669.5
|
|
|
|
20.5
|
|
|
|
42.3
|
|
Deposits Accounts
|
|
|
252.9
|
|
|
|
201.7
|
|
|
|
160.5
|
|
|
|
25.4
|
|
|
|
25.7
|
|
Cash Management
|
|
|
18.6
|
|
|
|
17.8
|
|
|
|
13.8
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
29.0
|
|
Safe Deposit Box
|
|
|
30.2
|
|
|
|
18.0
|
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
|
|
67.8
|
|
|
|
36.4
|
|
Services for Shipments
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
|
|
|
34.2
|
|
|
|
33.7
|
|
Product Package
|
|
|
14.3
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
25.4
|
|
|
|
44.3
|
|
Financial Fees
|
|
|
50.1
|
|
|
|
42.0
|
|
|
|
28.8
|
|
|
|
19.3
|
|
|
|
45.8
|
|
Credit-related Fees
|
|
|
96.5
|
|
|
|
95.7
|
|
|
|
79.1
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
21.0
|
|
Check Collection
|
|
|
33.0
|
|
|
|
33.9
|
|
|
|
27.3
|
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
24.2
|
|
Collection Services (Taxes and Utility Bills)
|
|
|
25.7
|
|
|
|
19.5
|
|
|
|
14.1
|
|
|
|
31.8
|
|
|
|
38.3
|
|
International Trade
|
|
|
51.8
|
|
|
|
46.1
|
|
|
|
39.5
|
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
|
|
16.7
|
|
Other (1)
|
|
|
90.6
|
|
|
|
122.3
|
|
|
|
108.7
|
|
|
|
(25.9
|
)
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income
|
|
|
1,826.8
|
|
|
|
1,572.1
|
|
|
|
1,170.7
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
|
|
|
34.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Expenses
|
|
|
515.9
|
|
|
|
384.2
|
|
|
|
257.6
|
|
|
|
34.3
|
|
|
|
49.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income from Services
|
|
|
1,310.9
|
|
|
|
1,187.9
|
|
|
|
913.1
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
|
|
30.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes, among others, fees from investment banking activities, asset management, assets under custody and
guarantees granted.
|
Fiscal Year 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year 2008
Net income from services amounted to Ps.1,310.9 million, 10.3% higher than the Ps.1,187.9
million recorded in fiscal year 2008. Almost all categories grew, mainly as a consequence of an
increase in the volume of transactions together with an increase in the price of certain services,
in line with the dynamics of the financial market.
100
Banco Galicias income from credit and debit card transactions, on an individual basis,
amounted to Ps.465.3 million, a 26.5% increase over the Ps.367.7 million recorded in fiscal year
2008. This higher income was
attributable not only to the greater number of credit cards managed, but also to the greater
average purchases made with such cards during the year. The total number of cards managed by Banco
Galicia (excluding those managed by the regional credit card companies) increased 9.5%, reaching
1,356.2 thousand as of December 31, 2009, compared to 1,238.5 thousand as of December 31, 2008.
Income from services corresponding to the regional credit card companies was Ps.682.9 million,
16.8% higher than the Ps.584.9 million recorded in fiscal year 2008. This variation was mainly due
to the increase in the purchases made with these credit cards during fiscal year 2009. These
companies managed 4,618.2 thousand cards as of December 31, 2009, a 2.6% decrease from December 31,
2008.
Total deposit accounts of Banco Galicia, the only company from Grupo Financiero Galicia that
owns deposit accounts, amounted to 1,734.1 thousand as of December 31, 2009, 12.6% higher than the
previous year.
Reflecting the increase in the volume of deposits and in the number of accounts, the higher
sales of products, and the increase in the price of certain services, significant growth was
achieved during fiscal year 2009 in income from the services related to deposit accounts (25.4%),
financial transactions (19.3%), safe deposit boxes (67.8%), collection services (31.8%) and foreign
trade (12.4%).
Expenses from services increased 34.3%, from Ps.384.2 million in fiscal year 2008 to Ps.515.9
million in fiscal year 2009.
Fiscal Year 2008 Compared to Fiscal Year 2007
Net income from services amounted to Ps.1,187.9 million, 30.1% higher than the Ps.913.1
million recorded in fiscal year 2007. All categories grew, mainly as a consequence of a significant
increase in the volume of transactions, together with an increase in the price of certain services
in line with financial market dynamics.
Banco Galicias income from credit and debit card transactions, on an individual basis, was
Ps.367.7 million, representing a 45.2% increase over the Ps.253.2 million recorded in fiscal year
2007. This higher income was attributable not only to the greater number of credit cards managed,
but also to the greater average purchases made with such cards during the year. The total number of
cards managed by Banco Galicia (excluding those managed by the regional credit card companies)
increased 11.8%, reaching 1,238.5 thousand as of December 31, 2008, compared to 1,107.5 thousand as
of December 31, 2007.
Income from services corresponding to the regional credit card companies was Ps.584.9 million,
40.5% higher than the Ps.416.3 million recorded in fiscal year 2007. This variation was mainly due
to the increase in the average number of managed credit cards and to the significant increase in
the purchases made with these credit cards during fiscal year 2008. These companies managed 4,742.8
thousand cards as of December 31, 2008, a 10.7% increase from December 31, 2007.
Banco Galicias total deposit accounts amounted to 1,540.7 thousand as of December 31, 2008,
13.0% higher than that as of December 31, 2007.
In fiscal year 2008 significant growth was achieved in income from services related to
financial transactions (45.8%), collection services (38.3%), deposit accounts (25.7%) check
collection (24.2%), credit transactions (21.0%) and foreign trade (16.7%), thus reflecting the
expansion of credit activity, the increase in the volume of deposits and in the number of accounts,
the higher sales of products and the increase in the price of certain services.
Expenses from services increased 49.1%, from Ps.257.6 million in fiscal year 2007 to Ps.384.2
million in fiscal year 2008.
101
The following table sets forth the number of credit cards outstanding as of the dates
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Credit Cards
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2009/2008
|
|
|
2008/2007
|
|
|
|
(number of credit cards, except otherwise noted)
|
|
|
(percentages)
|
|
Visa
|
|
|
982,866
|
|
|
|
936,267
|
|
|
|
855,708
|
|
|
|
4.98
|
|
|
|
9.41
|
|
Gold
|
|
|
262,388
|
|
|
|
203,464
|
|
|
|
172,830
|
|
|
|
28.96
|
|
|
|
17.72
|
|
International
|
|
|
471,766
|
|
|
|
470,709
|
|
|
|
433,000
|
|
|
|
0.22
|
|
|
|
8.71
|
|
Domestic
|
|
|
189,626
|
|
|
|
227,785
|
|
|
|
229,174
|
|
|
|
(16.75
|
)
|
|
|
(0.61
|
)
|
Business
|
|
|
28,430
|
|
|
|
20,976
|
|
|
|
15,962
|
|
|
|
35.54
|
|
|
|
31.41
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
1,130
|
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
17.71
|
|
|
|
225.42
|
|
Platinum
|
|
|
29,526
|
|
|
|
12,373
|
|
|
|
4,447
|
|
|
|
138.63
|
|
|
|
178.23
|
|
Galicia Rural
|
|
|
7,157
|
|
|
|
6,215
|
|
|
|
5,841
|
|
|
|
15.16
|
|
|
|
6.40
|
|
American Express
|
|
|
308,942
|
|
|
|
241,145
|
|
|
|
195,360
|
|
|
|
28.11
|
|
|
|
23.44
|
|
Gold
|
|
|
143,899
|
|
|
|
99,970
|
|
|
|
79,829
|
|
|
|
43.94
|
|
|
|
25.23
|
|
International
|
|
|
145,111
|
|
|
|
133,644
|
|
|
|
115,531
|
|
|
|
8.58
|
|
|
|
15.68
|
|
Platinum
|
|
|
19,932
|
|
|
|
7,531
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
164.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
MasterCard
|
|
|
57,276
|
|
|
|
54,916
|
|
|
|
50,577
|
|
|
|
4.30
|
|
|
|
8.58
|
|
Gold
|
|
|
19,452
|
|
|
|
16,790
|
|
|
|
13,203
|
|
|
|
15.85
|
|
|
|
27.17
|
|
MasterCard
|
|
|
36,670
|
|
|
|
36,531
|
|
|
|
35,684
|
|
|
|
0.38
|
|
|
|
2.37
|
|
Argencard
|
|
|
1,154
|
|
|
|
1,595
|
|
|
|
1,690
|
|
|
|
(27.65
|
)
|
|
|
(5.62
|
)
|
Regional Credit-Card Companies
|
|
|
4,618,199
|
|
|
|
4,742,816
|
|
|
|
4,283,770
|
|
|
|
(2.63
|
)
|
|
|
10.72
|
|
Local Brands
|
|
|
2,944,544
|
|
|
|
2,864,709
|
|
|
|
2,479,788
|
|
|
|
2.79
|
|
|
|
15.52
|
|
Visa
|
|
|
1,424,453
|
|
|
|
1,628,185
|
|
|
|
1,599,046
|
|
|
|
(12.51
|
)
|
|
|
1.82
|
|
MasterCard
|
|
|
221,575
|
|
|
|
217,090
|
|
|
|
182,237
|
|
|
|
2.07
|
|
|
|
19.13
|
|
American Express
|
|
|
27,627
|
|
|
|
32,832
|
|
|
|
22,699
|
|
|
|
(15.85
|
)
|
|
|
44.64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
5,974,440
|
|
|
|
5,981,359
|
|
|
|
5,391,256
|
|
|
|
(0.12
|
)
|
|
|
10.95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Amount of Purchases
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Ps.
|
18,142
|
|
|
Ps.
|
14,949
|
|
|
Ps.
|
11,566
|
|
|
|
21.36
|
|
|
|
29.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Administrative Expenses
The following table sets forth the components of our administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2009/2008
|
|
|
2008/2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
|
(in percentages)
|
|
Salaries and Social Security Contributions
|
|
|
975.8
|
|
|
|
805.2
|
|
|
|
540.6
|
|
|
|
21.2
|
|
|
|
48.9
|
|
Property-related Expenses
|
|
|
136.1
|
|
|
|
113.2
|
|
|
|
89.9
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
|
Personnel Services
|
|
|
76.8
|
|
|
|
90.8
|
|
|
|
75.7
|
|
|
|
(15.4
|
)
|
|
|
19.9
|
|
Advertising and Publicity
|
|
|
127.8
|
|
|
|
146.5
|
|
|
|
113.8
|
|
|
|
(12.8
|
)
|
|
|
28.7
|
|
Amount Accrued in Relation to Directors and Syndics Compensation
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
28.1
|
|
Electricity and Communications
|
|
|
85.9
|
|
|
|
72.7
|
|
|
|
57.2
|
|
|
|
18.2
|
|
|
|
27.1
|
|
Taxes
|
|
|
139.3
|
|
|
|
104.0
|
|
|
|
70.4
|
|
|
|
33.9
|
|
|
|
47.7
|
|
Other
|
|
|
478.8
|
|
|
|
440.5
|
|
|
|
332.3
|
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
|
32.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,029.1
|
|
|
|
1,781.1
|
|
|
|
1,286.3
|
|
|
|
13.9
|
|
|
|
38.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year 2008
In fiscal year 2009, administrative expenses amounted to Ps.2,029.1 million, 13.9% higher than
the Ps.1,781.1 million recorded in the previous fiscal year.
Salaries and social security contributions and expenses related to personnel services
increased 17.5%, from Ps.896.0 million in fiscal year 2008 to Ps.1,052.6 million in fiscal year
2009. This increase was mainly due to higher
salaries, given the staff experienced a 2.8% decrease, from 9,408 employees as of December 31,
2008 to 9,142 in December 31, 2009.
102
The remaining administrative expenses amounted to Ps.976.5 million in fiscal year 2009, thus
reflecting a 10.3% increase from the Ps.885.1 million recorded in the previous fiscal year. This
increase was associated to a successful policy of expenses control within the framework of an
inflationary context.
Fiscal Year 2008 Compared to Fiscal Year 2007
In fiscal year 2008, administrative expenses amounted to Ps.1,781.1 million, 38.5% higher than
the Ps.1,286.3 million recorded in fiscal year 2007. Salaries and social security contributions and
expenses related to personnel services increased 45.4%, from Ps.616.3 million in fiscal year 2007
to Ps.896.0 million in fiscal year 2008. This increase was mainly due to higher salaries and to an
increase in staff.
The Banks staff, on a consolidated basis, grew 3.4%, from 9,103 to 9,408 employees, as a
consequence of the greater level of activity of the Bank and the expansion of the distribution
network of the regional credit card companies.
The remaining administrative expenses amounted to Ps.885.1 million in fiscal year 2008, thus
reflecting a 32.1% increase from the Ps.670.0 million recorded in the previous fiscal year, with
increases in all of its components. These increases were associated with the higher level of
activity, geographic expansion and inflation during the year.
Income/(Loss) from Equity Investments
In fiscal year 2009, a Ps.11.3 million gain from equity investments was recorded, compared to
a Ps.56.8 million profit recorded in fiscal year 2008, mainly due to the profit from the dividends
received from Banco Galiciass interest in Visa Argentina S.A. Income for fiscal year 2008 was
mainly a consequence of the Ps.53.8 million profit from dividends received due to Banco Galicias
interest in Visa Argentina S.A. The magnitude of these dividends was related to the initial public
offering of Visa Inc.s shares.
Income for fiscal year 2007 was mainly due to the Ps.2.5 million profit from the Banks
interest in Banelco S.A.
Miscellaneous Income/(Loss), Net
Miscellaneous net income for fiscal year 2009 amounted to Ps.233.1 million, compared to a
Ps.80.1 million profit for fiscal year 2008. Excluding the income of a financial nature from
security margins of repurchase agreement transactions (of Ps.23.0 million), miscellaneous net
income in fiscal year 2009 amounted to Ps.210.1 million, while in fiscal year 2008 a gain of
Ps.45.9 million was recorded (also excluding the above-mentioned financial income for Ps.34.2
million).
The variation in results between the two periods was mainly due to the revenue of Ps.85.5
million corresponding to the result from the early cancellation of the foreign financial loan, the
Ps.55.3 million net operating income of Sudamericana recorded under Miscellaneous Income/Loss for
consolidation purposes and the Ps.12.7 million profit from the sale by Galicia Warrants S.A. of its
Silos plant in San Salvador, in the province of Entre Rios. These results were offset by the higher
amortization of
amparo
claims for the year 2009 (Ps.39.2 million) in comparison to the year 2008,
as from January 2009, the amount deferred at December 31 2008 began to be amortized in 36 monthly
installments.
Miscellaneous net income for fiscal year 2008 amounted to Ps.80.1 million, compared to a
miscellaneous net income of Ps.25.1 million for fiscal year 2007. Excluding the profits of a
financial nature from security margins of repurchase agreement transactions (of Ps.34.2 million),
miscellaneous net income amounted to Ps.45.9 million, while in fiscal year 2007 they recorded a
gain of Ps.9.3 million (also excluding the above-mentioned financial income of Ps.15.8 million).
103
Miscellaneous net income for fiscal year 2008 was mainly due to: i) Ps.43.5 million related to
the net operating income of Sudamericana recorded under Miscellaneous Income/Loss for
consolidation purposes, ii) profits associated with loans recovered of Ps.75.7 million, iii) the
net establishment of allowances for Ps.132.9 million and iv) the amortization of deferred losses
from
amparo
claims for Ps.39.5 million.
Income Tax
Argentine Central Bank regulations do not require the recognition of deferred tax assets and
liabilities and, therefore, income taxes for Banco Galicia are recognized on the basis of amounts
due in accordance with Argentine tax regulations. However, Grupo Financiero Galicia and Grupo
Financiero Galicias non-banking subsidiaries apply the deferred income tax method.
The income tax charge for fiscal year 2009 was Ps.156.0 million (an Ps.82.0 million increase
when compared to fiscal year 2008), of which Ps.111.6 million corresponded to Tarjetas Regionales
S.A. consolidated with its operating subsidiaries, Ps.24.8 million corresponded to Grupo Financiero
Galicia, individually, and Ps.14.2 million and Ps.4.4 million corresponded to Sudamericana and
Galicia Warrants, respectively.
The income tax charge for fiscal year 2008 was Ps.74.0 million, (a Ps.2.5 million increase or
3.5%, in comparison to fiscal year 2007), of which Ps.63.0 million corresponded to Tarjetas
Regionales S.A. consolidated with its operating subsidiaries and Ps.11.1 million corresponded to
Sudamericana.
The income tax charge for fiscal year 2007 was Ps.71.5 million, of which Ps.60.9 million
corresponded to Tarjetas Regionales S.A. consolidated with its operating subsidiaries and Ps.6.0
million, Ps.0.8 million, Ps.0.3 million and Ps.0.3 million corresponded to Sudamericana, Galicia
Warrants, Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A. and Galicia Valores, respectively. Grupo Financiero
Galicia recorded a Ps.3.2 million charge in its individual balance sheet.
U.S. GAAP and Argentine Banking GAAP Reconciliation
General
We prepare our financial statements in accordance with Argentine Banking GAAP. The more
significant differences between Argentine Banking GAAP and U.S. GAAP relate to the determination of
the allowance for loan losses, the carrying value of certain government securities and receivables
for government securities, the accounting of the Banks foreign debt restructuring and recognition
of deferred income taxes. For more detail on differences in accounting treatment between Argentine
Banking GAAP and U.S. GAAP as of December 31, 2009, see Note 35 to our consolidated financial
statements.
Allowances for Loan Losses
With respect to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, we follow the rules of the
Argentine Central Bank. Under these rules, reserves are based on minimum reserve requirements
established by the Argentine Central Bank. U.S. GAAP requires that an impaired loan be generally
valued at the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans effective rate
or at the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. For the purposes of
analyzing our loan loss reserve under U.S. GAAP, we divide our loan portfolio into performing and
non-performing commercial and consumer loans.
The following table shows the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated under
Argentine Banking GAAP and U.S. GAAP and the corresponding shareholders equity adjustment under
U.S. GAAP:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Argentine Banking GAAP
|
|
|
806.4
|
|
|
|
526.8
|
|
|
|
428.6
|
|
U.S. GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASC 310
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for Loan Losses
|
|
|
101.7
|
|
|
|
134.5
|
|
|
|
246.3
|
|
Effect of BG Trust Securitization
Treated as a Secured Borrowing
for U.S. GAAP Purposes
|
|
|
(36.9
|
)
|
|
|
(40.9
|
)
|
|
|
(64.9
|
)
|
ASC 450
|
|
|
678.0
|
|
|
|
481.7
|
|
|
|
240.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. GAAP Shareholders Equity Adjustment*
|
|
|
63.6
|
|
|
|
(48.5
|
)
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Including qualitative and quantitative adjustments.
|
104
ASC310 Analysis
The non-performing commercial loan portfolio is comprised of loans falling into the following
classifications of the Argentine Central Bank:
|
|
|
High Risk of Insolvency
|
The following table shows our loan loss reserve under ASC 310 for our non-performing
commercial loan portfolio as of the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Loan Loss Reserve Under U.S. GAAP ASC 310 Analysis
|
|
|
101.7
|
|
|
|
134.5
|
|
|
|
246.3
|
|
For such non-performing commercial loans, we applied the procedures required by ASC 310. For
loans that were not collateral dependent, the expected future cash flows to be received from the
loans were discounted using the interest rate at each balance sheet date for variable loans. Loans
that were collateral dependent, and for which there was an expectation that the loan balance would
be recovered via the exercise of collateral, were valued using the fair value of the collateral. In
addition, in order to assess the fair value of collateral, we discounted collateral valuations due
to the extended period of time that it can take to foreclose on assets in Argentina.
ASC 450 Analysis
To
calculate the allowance required for smaller-balance impaired loans
and unimpaired loans we perform an analysis of historical losses from our consumer and performing commercial loan
portfolios in order to estimate losses for U.S. GAAP purposes resulting from loan losses that had
been incurred in such loan portfolios at the balance sheet date but which had not been individually
identified. Loss estimates are analyzed by loan type and thus for homogeneous groups of clients. Such
historical ratios are updated to incorporate the most recent data reflecting current economic
conditions, industry performance trends, geographic or obligor concentrations within each portfolio
segment, and any other pertinent information that may affect the estimation of the allowance for
loan losses. Many factors can affect the Banks estimates of allowance for loan losses, including
volatility of default probability, migrations and estimated loss
severity. We estimate that, on average, it takes a period of up to one year between the trigger
of an impairment event and identification of a loan as being a
probable loss for consumer and performing commercial loans. The increase in the
allowances recorded under ASC 450 is mostly due to a higher volume of credit card and personal
loans granted during 2009 and the rise of the loan loss reserves
migration ratios. The table below shows our
loan loss reserve under ASC 450 for consumer and performing commercial loans as of the dates
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Loan Loss Reserve Under
U.S. GAAP ASC 450 Analysis
|
|
|
678.0
|
|
|
|
481.7
|
|
|
|
240.9
|
|
In addition to assessing the reasonableness of the loan loss reserve as described above, Banco
Galicia makes an overall determination of the adequacy of each periods reserve based on such
ratios as:
|
|
|
Loan loss reserves as a percentage of non-accrual loans,
|
|
|
|
Loan loss reserves as a percentage of total amounts past due, and
|
|
|
|
Loan loss reserves as a percentage of past-due unsecured amounts.
|
The table below shows the above mentioned ratios as of the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
Loan Loss Reserves as a Percentage of Non-accrual Loans
|
|
|
108.37
|
%
|
|
|
141.34
|
%
|
|
|
132.13
|
%
|
Loan Loss Reserves as a Percentage of Total Amounts Past Due
|
|
|
130.58
|
%
|
|
|
171.81
|
%
|
|
|
149.57
|
%
|
Loan Loss Reserves as a Percentage of Past-due Unsecured Amounts
|
|
|
154.29
|
%
|
|
|
190.78
|
%
|
|
|
167.19
|
%
|
105
The allowance for loan losses has increased approximately 25% during 2009 under US GAAP. The
mentioned raise was mainly due to the individual analysis of certain cases of default in the
commercial loan portfolio as a consequence of the worsening of certain macroeconomic variables, and
to the qualitative approach reflecting current economic conditions, industry performance trends,
geographic or obligor concentrations, within each portfolio segment required for smaller-balance
impaired and unimpaired
Carrying Value of Certain Government Securities and Receivables for Government Securities
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, our holdings of Boden 2012 Bonds, Bonar 2015 Bonds, securities
issued by the Argentine Central Bank and Discount Bonds in Pesos are recorded in accordance with
Argentine Central Bank valuation rules for public-sector assets, as explained hereunder in Item 4.
Information on the Company-Selected Financial Information-Government and Corporate
Securities-Valuation.
Under U.S. GAAP, all of these assets are carried at fair value as fully explained in Note 35
to our financial statements and -U.S. GAAP Critical Accounting Policies.
Government securities under investment accounts or classified as government securities without
quotation under Argentine Central Bank rules (Boden 2012 Bonds corresponding to the Compensatory
Bond or Hedge Bond received, Bonar 2015 Bonds, securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank and
Discount Bonds in Pesos), are considered as available for sale under U.S. GAAP. As of December 31,
2009, unrealized gains or losses on these securities are reflected in other comprehensive income.
As of December 31, 2008, the amortized cost exceeded the fair value of these securities by
Ps.711,064. For U.S. GAAP purposes, Grupo Financiero Galicia has recorded an other-than-temporary
impairment of these securities, based on a variety of factors, including the length of time and
extent to which the market value has been less than cost, and Grupo Financiero Galicias intent and
ability to hold these securities to recovery. The fair value of these securities was determined on
the balance sheet date, based on their quoted market price, and constitutes the new cost basis for
this investment.
In addition, as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, under Argentine Banking GAAP, the Bank
had recorded under Intangible Assets the difference arising from the reimbursement of
Reprogrammed Deposits at the market exchange rate pursuant to
amparo
claims and the carrying value
of these deposits. The receivable for differences related to
amparo
claims does not represent an
asset under U.S. GAAP.
The table below shows the book value, market value and amortized cost of Boden 2012 Bonds,
Discount Bonds and Bonar 2015 Bonds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Argentine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Argentine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Cost US
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Cost US
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
(In millions of Pesos)
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
(Loss)/Gain
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
(Loss)/Gain
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Boden 2012 Bonds
|
|
|
901.0
|
|
|
|
1,906.9
|
|
|
|
1,731.1
|
|
|
|
830.1
|
|
|
|
(175.8
|
)
|
|
|
1,964.5
|
|
|
|
2,350.8
|
|
|
|
1,253.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,097.4
|
)
|
Discount Bonds
|
|
|
169.9
|
|
|
|
622.0
|
|
|
|
337.9
|
|
|
|
132.2
|
|
|
|
(284.1
|
)
|
|
|
297.3
|
|
|
|
666.9
|
|
|
|
196.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(470.4
|
)
|
Bonar 2015 Bonds
|
|
|
591.5
|
|
|
|
359.0
|
|
|
|
676.6
|
|
|
|
85.0
|
|
|
|
(317.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign Debt Restructuring
On May 18, 2004, the Bank completed the restructuring of its foreign debt. As a result of this
restructuring, we recorded a Ps.119.7 million net gain under Argentine Banking GAAP.
For U.S. GAAP purposes, we accounted for the restructuring in two steps. The first step of the
debt restructuring required the holders of the Banks debt to exchange its old debt with the Bank
for new debt in two tranches. Pursuant to ASC 820, the Bank did not receive any concession from the
holders of its debt and therefore, we did not consider the first step of the Banks debt
restructuring as a troubled debt restructuring. Pursuant to ASC 470-50 we accounted for the first
step restructuring as a modification of the old debt and therefore we did not recognize any gain or
loss. The second step restructuring required the holders of the Banks debt to forgive it a certain
amount of debt based on different options that the Bank offered to exchange its debt. Pursuant to
U.S. GAAP we accounted for this second step of the Banks debt restructuring in accordance with ASC
470, as the holders of the Banks debt granted it certain concessions. ASC 470 requires the
comparison of the future cash flows of the restructured debt and the carrying value of the old debt
at the restructuring date.
We did not record any gain on the Banks troubled debt restructuring since a gain can only be
recognized when the carrying value of the old debt at the date of the restructuring exceeds the
total future cash payments of the restructured debt reduced by the fair value of the assets and
equity given by the Bank as payment of the debt. As a result, under U.S. GAAP, the carrying amount
of the Banks restructured debt is greater than the amount recorded
under Argentine Banking GAAP. Therefore, under U.S. GAAP, we calculated a new effective
interest rate to reflect the present value of the future cash payments of the Banks restructured
debt.
106
Securitizations
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, transfers of financial assets to a financial trust are recorded
as sales. The financial trusts debt securities retained are recorded at face value plus accrued
interest, while certificates of participation retained are recorded under the equity method.
Under U.S. GAAP, transfers of financial assets can be recorded as sales, if control of such
assets is surrendered. If control is not surrendered, they are recorded as secured borrowings, and
the assets are retained in the books of the transferor and a liability is recognized for the fair
value of the consideration received. The retained interests in a transfer recorded as a sale are
initially recorded based on their allocated book value using the fair value allocation method.
Then, the securities are considered available for sale securities and recorded at their fair value
with changes in unrealized gains and losses charged to equity through other comprehensive income.
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008 these securities are considered available for sale, and the
unrealized gains or losses are charged to equity through other than comprehensive income.
As of December 31, 2009, Grupo Financiero Galicia has determined that unrealized losses on
these investments are temporary in nature based on:
|
|
|
The decline is attributable solely to adverse interest rate movements, and
does not a connection with a credit event;
|
|
|
|
The principal and interest payments have been made as scheduled, and there
is no evidence that the debtor will not continue to do so;
|
|
|
|
The future principal payments will be sufficient to recover the current
amortized cost of the security; and
|
|
|
|
Grupo Financiero Galicia has the intent to hold the security at least until
the fair value of the security recovers to a level that exceeds the securitys
amortized costs.
|
As of December 31, 2008, Grupo Financiero Galicia had recorded an other-than-temporary
impairment of these securities related to the certificates of participation in the Almafuerte
Special Fund and Galtrust I based on a variety of factors, mostly including the length of time and
extent to which the market value has been less than cost and the weakening of the global and local
markets condition in which Grupo Financiero Galicia operates, with no immediate prospect of
recovery. The fair value of these retained interests in the trusts is determined based upon an
estimate of cash flows to be collected by Grupo Financiero Galicia as the holder of the retained
interests, discounted at an estimated market rate and will constitute the new cost basis of these
securities.
Transfers of financial assets consolidated Variable Interest Entities
In the ordinary course of business, we utilize certain financing arrangements to meet our
balance sheet management, funding and liquidity needs. For additional information on our liquidity
risk, see Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital
Resources. These activities utilize special purpose entities (SPEs), typically in the form of
trusts, which raise funds by issuing debt securities to third party investors. These SPEs typically
hold various types of financial assets whose cash flows are the primary source of repayment for the
liabilities of the SPEs. These SPEs are typically structured as variable interest entities (VIEs)
and are thus subject to consolidation by the reporting enterprise that absorbs the majority of the
economic risks and rewards of the VIE.
The overall methodology for evaluating transactions and relationships under the VIE
requirements includes the following two steps:
|
|
|
determine whether the entity meets the criteria to qualify as a VIE and;
|
|
|
|
determine whether Grupo Financiero Galicia is the primary beneficiary of the
VIE.
|
In performing the first step the significant factors and judgments that were considered in
making the determination as to whether an entity is a VIE include:
|
|
|
the design of the entity, including the nature of its risks and the purpose for
which the entity was created, to determine the variability that the entity was
designed to create and distribute to its interest holders;
|
|
|
|
the nature of the involvement with the entity;
|
|
|
|
whether control of the entity may be achieved through arrangements that do not
involve voting equity;
|
|
|
|
whether there is sufficient equity investment at risk to finance the activities
of the entity and;
|
|
|
|
whether parties other than the equity holders have the obligation to absorb
expected losses or the right to received residual returns.
|
107
For each VIE identified, Grupo Financiero Galicia performs the second step and evaluates
whether it is the primary beneficiary of the VIE by considering the following significant factors
and criteria:
|
|
|
whether the variable interest absorbs the majority of the VIEs expected losses;
|
|
|
|
whether the variable interest receives the majority of the VIEs expected
returns and;
|
|
|
|
whether Grupo Financiero Galicia has the ability to make decisions that
significantly affect the VIEs results and activities.
|
Based on the mentioned evaluation as of December 31, 2009, we consolidated certain VIEs
related to trusts created as part of securitization transactions for credit cards and personal
loans in which we have a controlling financial interest due to the holding of residual interests in
these trusts (see Note 35.h of our consolidated financial statements). Therefore, we reconsolidated
these loans and re-established the corresponding loan loss reserves. Under Argentine Banking GAAP,
these transactions were accounted for as sales and the debt securities and certificates retained by
the Bank are accounted for at cost plus accrued interest for the debt securities, and the equity
method is used to account for the residual interest in the trust.
As of December 31, 2009, the table below presents the assets and liabilities of the financial
trusts which have been consolidated for US GAAP purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions of Pesos)
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
Cash and due from banks
|
|
Ps.
|
15.2
|
|
Loans (net of allowances)
|
|
|
463.7
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
8.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
487.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt Securities
|
|
|
279.6
|
|
Certificates of Participation
|
|
|
193.3
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
487.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Tax
Argentine Central Bank regulations do not require the recognition of deferred tax assets and
liabilities and, therefore, income taxes for Banco Galicia are recognized on the basis of amounts
due in accordance with Argentine tax regulations. However, Grupo Financiero Galicia and Grupo
Financiero Galicias non-bank subsidiaries apply the deferred income tax method.
For the purposes of U.S. GAAP reporting, Grupo Financiero Galicia applies ASC 740-10
Accounting for Income Taxes. Under this method, income tax is recognized based on the assets and
liabilities method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for temporary
differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of Grupo Financiero Galicias assets and
liabilities. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not those assets will be
realized.
Grupo Financiero Galicia had significant accumulated tax loss carryfoward as of December 31,
2008 and 2007. Based on the analysis performed, management believes that Grupo Financiero Galicia
would recover only temporary differences with future taxable income. Therefore, the net operating
tax loss carryfoward and presumed minimum income tax was more likely than not to be recovered in
the carryfoward period and hence a valuation allowance was provided against this amount as of
December 31, 2008 and 2007.
As of December 31, 2009 based on the analysis performed, Grupo Financiero Galicia believes
that it is more likely that not that it will recover only the net operating tax loss carryforward
and the temporary differences, with future taxable income. Among other factors, Grupo Financiero
Galicia considered that, as of the date of the issuance of these financial statements, the taxable
income mainly due to the increase in the price of national government bonds has consumed a
signficant portion of the tax loss carryforward. Therefore, presumed minimum income tax is not more
likely than not to be recovered in the carryforward period and hence a valuation allowance was
provided against this amount.
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, ASC 740-10 was issued in July 2006 and
interprets FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ASC 740-10. ASC 740-10 became effective
for Grupo Financiero Galicia on January 1, 2007 and prescribes a comprehensive model for the
recognition, measurement, financial statement presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax
positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740-10 provides guidance on
derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure
and transition.
Grupo Financiero Galicia classifies income tax-related interest and penalties as income taxes
in the financial statements. The adoption of this pronouncement had no effect on Grupo Financiero
Galicias overall financial position or results of operations.
The income tax charge for fiscal year 2009 was Ps.156.0 million (a Ps.82.0 million or 110.8%
increase when compared to fiscal year 2008), mainly composed of Ps.111.6 million from Tarjetas
Regionales S.A. consolidated with its operating subsidiaries and Ps.14.2 million, Ps.4.4 million,
Ps.0.2 million and Ps.0.5 million from Sudamericana, Galicia Warrants, Galicia Factoring y Leasing
S.A. and Galicia Valores, respectively. Grupo Financiero Galicia recorded a Ps.24.8 million charge
in its individual balance sheet.
The income tax charge for fiscal year 2008 was Ps.74.0 million, of which Ps.63.0 million
corresponded to Tarjetas Regionales S.A. consolidated with its operating subsidiaries, and Ps.11.1
million, Ps.1.3 million and Ps.0.5 million correspond to Sudamericana, Galicia Warrants and Galicia
Factoring y Leasing S.A., respectively. Grupo Financiero Galicia recorded a Ps.2.1 million reversal
in its individual balance sheet.
108
Summary
As a result of the above and other differences, our net income and shareholders equity under
Argentine Banking GAAP and U.S. GAAP for the periods indicated were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Shareholders Equity (Deficit)
|
|
|
|
Argentine Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argentine Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
U.S. GAAP
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
U.S. GAAP
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Fiscal Year 2009
|
|
|
229.3
|
|
|
|
770.2
|
|
|
|
2,052.5
|
|
|
|
1,236.3
|
|
Fiscal Year 2008
|
|
|
176.8
|
|
|
|
(1,171.0
|
)
|
|
|
1,845.7
|
|
|
|
(754.4
|
)
|
Fiscal Year 2007
|
|
|
46.0
|
|
|
|
592.9
|
|
|
|
1,654.5
|
|
|
|
238.1
|
|
The
significant differences that result between shareholders equity
under U.S. GAAP and shareholders equity under Argentine Banking GAAP primarily reflect that under U.S.
GAAP:
|
|
|
Boden 2012 Bonds, Discount Bonds in Pesos and Bonar 2015 Bonds are reflected at market values, with
changes from market values at the time of exchange being recognized as other
comprehensive income. With the improvement in the Argentine economy, market values have
varied significantly, with a favorable influence on the financial position of Grupo
Financiero Galicia.
|
|
|
|
Certain of our securitization transactions are considered sales under U.S. GAAP, with
the valuation of retained interests reflecting fair values, with changes in unrealized
gains and losses charged to equity through other comprehensive income. The increase in the fair value during 2009, compared to the previous year, was mainly
due to the decrease in the discount real rate utilized in the calculation of the fair
value of Galtrust I.
|
|
|
|
The recognition of the Deferred Income Taxes under U.S. GAAP due to the fact that
Grupo Financiero Galicia considers it more likely than not that it will recover the
temporary differences and the net loss carry forward. In addition, Grupo Financiero
Galicia believed that its presumed minimum income tax is not more likely than not to be
recovered in the carryforward period and hence a valuation allowance was provided against
this amount.
|
The significant differences that result between net income under U.S. GAAP and net income under
Argentine Banking GAAP primarily reflect that under U.S. GAAP:
|
|
|
Boden 2012 Bonds, Bonar 2015 Bond and Discount Bonds in Pesos are reflected at market
values, with changes from market values at the time of exchange being recognized as other
comprehensive income as of December 31, 2009. Otherwise, as of December 31, 2008 Grupo
Financiero Galicia had recorded an other than temporary impairment, which resulted in a
significant decrease in its net income for Boden 2012 and Discount Bonds.
|
|
|
|
The receipt of Bonar 2015 Bonds through an exchange that occurred during 2009
generated a significant income for US GAAP purposes.
|
|
|
|
Certain of our securitization transactions are considered sales under U.S. GAAP, with
the valuation of retained interests reflecting fair values, with changes in unrealized
gains and losses charged to equity through other comprehensive income as of December 31,
2009. Otherwise, as of December 31, 2008 Grupo Financiero Galicia had recorded an other
than temporary impairment of the certificates of participation in Galtrust I, in Nues
Trust and in Almafuerte Special Fund which resulted in a significant decrease in its net
income.
|
|
|
|
The recognition of the Deferred Income Taxes under U.S. GAAP due to the fact that
Grupo Financiero Galicia considers it more likely than not that it will recover the
temporary differences and the net loss carry forward. In addition, Grupo Financiero
Galicia believe that its presumed minimum income tax is not more likely than not to be
recovered in the carryforward period and hence a valuation allowance was provided against
this amount.
|
Results by Segments
Our segment disclosures for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are presented on a basis that corresponds with our internal
reporting structure, considering the banking business as one single
segment that is evaluated regularly by the Board of Directors in
deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing the performance
of our business.
We measure the performance of each of our business segments primarily in terms of Net
income, in accordance with the regulatory reporting requirements of the Argentine Central Bank.
Net income and other information by segment are based on Argentine Banking GAAP and are consistent
with the presentation of our consolidated financial statements.
Our segments are the following:
|
|
|
Banking: our banking business segment represents Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.
consolidated line by line with Galicia Uruguay, Galicia (Cayman) Limited and its
subsidiaries and the results of other small banking-related subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
Regional Credit Cards: our regional credit cards business segment represents the
accounts of Tarjetas Regionales S.A. consolidated with its subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
Insurance: our insurance business segment represents the accounts of Sudamericana and
its subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
Other Grupo Businesses: this segment includes the results of Net Investment, Galicia
Warrants, GV Mandataria and Galval.
|
Our results
by segments are shown in Note 31 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
Below is a discussion of our results of operations by segments for the years ended December 31,
2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
109
Banking
The table below shows the results of our banking business segment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
In millions of Pesos, except percentages
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Net Financial Income
|
|
|
1,144.2
|
|
|
|
847.3
|
|
|
|
516.2
|
|
Net Income from Services
|
|
|
727.9
|
|
|
|
655.0
|
|
|
|
520.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Operating Revenue
|
|
|
1,872.1
|
|
|
|
1,502.3
|
|
|
|
1,036.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provisions for Loan Losses
|
|
|
388.7
|
|
|
|
214.9
|
|
|
|
159.2
|
|
Administrative Expenses
|
|
|
1,321.8
|
|
|
|
1,166.5
|
|
|
|
875.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Operating Income
|
|
|
161.6
|
|
|
|
120.9
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from Equity Investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tarjetas Regionales SA
|
|
|
133.0
|
|
|
|
76.4
|
|
|
|
88.2
|
|
Sudamericana
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
Others
|
|
|
13.1
|
|
|
|
58.1
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from Equity Investments
|
|
|
149.5
|
|
|
|
137.4
|
|
|
|
93.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Income (Loss)
|
|
|
(139.3
|
)
|
|
|
(63.0
|
)
|
|
|
(65.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
171.8
|
|
|
|
195.3
|
|
|
|
30.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income as a % of Grupo Financiero Galicias Net Income
|
|
|
75
|
%
|
|
|
110
|
%
|
|
|
66
|
%
|
Average Loans
|
|
|
8,959.4
|
|
|
|
8,707.5
|
|
|
|
7,140.6
|
|
Average Deposits
|
|
|
14,765.9
|
|
|
|
13,199.0
|
|
|
|
11,857.0
|
|
This segment recorded Ps.171.8 million net income for fiscal year 2009, Ps.23.5 million lower
than the Ps.195.3 million recorded in fiscal year 2008, which in turn was Ps.164.9 million higher
than the Ps.30.4 million recorded for fiscal year 2007.
The improvement in the net operating revenue for the fiscal year 2009 of Ps.369.8 million and
the increase in income from equity investments of Ps.12.1 million, were more than offset by the
increase of: (i) provisions for loan losses, for Ps.173.8 million, (ii) administrative expenses,
for Ps.155.3 million, and (iii) other losses, for Ps.76.3 million.
The improvement in net income for fiscal year 2008 was attributable to a Ps.465.7 million
increase in net operating revenues and to a Ps.43.8 million increase in income from equity
investments. These gains were partially offset by greater administrative expenses (which increased
by Ps.291.4 million), and greater provisions for losses on loans and other receivables (which
increased by Ps.55.7 million).
The increase in net financial income (Ps.296.9 million) for fiscal year 2009 was mainly due
to: (i) a decrease in the cost of liabilities resulting from the change in their structure, as a
consequence of the change in the deposits composition in favor of transactional deposits and of the
reduction of the external debt, (ii) an increase in the income from the intermediation with the
private sector, with an increase in the average volume loan and an increase in the average
placement rate, and (iii) an increase in income related to the government securities portfolio. The
average balance of total deposits increased by 11.9%, while the average loans to the private sector
increased by 2.9%.
The increase in net financial income (Ps.331.1 million) for fiscal year 2008 was the
consequence of the improvement in the financial margin, together with an increase in the average
volume of intermediation with the private sector. The average interest rate on Peso-denominated
loans to the private sector increased, which reflected the growth observed in the Argentine market
in general. Average loans to the private sector amounted to Ps.8,707.5 million, 21.9% higher than
the Ps.7,140.6 million for fiscal year 2007. The improvement in net financial income is also
attributable to the relative decrease in the cost of liabilities, resulting from the change in
their structure as a consequence of the change in the composition of deposits, in favor of
transactional deposits, and of the reduction of the restructured foreign debt. The average balance
of total deposits increased by Ps.1,342.0 million, equivalent to 11.3%. The average rate on
interest-bearing deposits was 7.70%, 158 b.p. higher than the 6.12% average rate recorded for the
previous fiscal year. This increase was experienced by the Argentine market as a whole in 2008.
110
Net income from services amounted to Ps.727.9 million in fiscal year 2009, 11.1% higher than
the Ps.655.0 million recorded in fiscal year 2008, which was in turn 25.9% above the Ps.520.4
million recorded in fiscal year 2007. For both fiscal years, almost all the categories grew, mainly
as a consequence of an increase in the volume of transactions together with an increase in the
price of certain services, in line with the dynamics of the financial market.
Provisions for losses on loans and other receivables amounted to Ps.388.7 million in fiscal
year 2009, Ps.173.8 million higher than fiscal year 2008, which was in turn Ps.55.7 million higher
than the Ps.159.2 million recorded in the previous fiscal year. Both in fiscal years 2009 and 2008,
a significant percentage of this increase was attributable to the seasoning of the loan portfolio
within the economic context.
Administrative expenses for fiscal year 2009 amounted to Ps.1,321.8 million, 13.3% higher than
the Ps.1,166.5 million from fiscal year 2008, which in turn were 33.3% higher than the Ps.875.1
million for fiscal year 2007. Both in fiscal years 2009 and 2008, the increase in administrative
expenses was related to the increase in personnel expenses and in the remaining administrative
expenses. In fiscal year 2009, the increase in personnel expenses (salaries, social charges and
expenses for personnel services) were associated with the increase in salaries, since the staff was
decreased by 2.8% from 9,408 to 9,142 employees. The other administrative expenses showed a
controlled growth, as a result of a successful policy of expenditure control within the framework
of an inflationary context. Variations in fiscal year 2008 compared to fiscal year 2007, were
related to the increase in staff, the higher level of activity, the expansion of the distribution
network and the increase in inflation during the year.
Income from equity investments amounted to Ps.149.5 million, Ps.137.4 million and Ps.93.6
million, for fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Income from equity investments for
fiscal year 2009 was mainly due to Banco Galicias gain from its interest in Tarjetas Regionales
S.A. (Ps.133.0 million), while for fiscal year 2008, it was mainly due to Banco Galicias gain from
its interest in Tarjetas Regionales S.A. (Ps.76.4 million) and the Ps.53.8 million profit from
dividends received because of Banco Galicias interest in Visa Argentina S.A. In fiscal year 2007,
income was mainly due to the Banks interest in Tarjetas Regionales S.A.
Banco Galicia recorded Ps.139.3 million, Ps.63.0 million and Ps.65.5 million miscellaneous net
losses for fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The loss for fiscal year 2009 was mainly
attributable to the amortization of deferred losses from
amparo
claims of Ps.109.3 million. The
increase in amortizations of
amparo
claims (Ps.69.8 million) in 2009 as compared to 2008, is
attributable to the fact that, from January 2009, Banco Galicia began to amortize in 36 monthly
installments the amount deferred at December 31, 2008. The loss for fiscal year 2008 was mainly
attributable to the amortization of deferred losses from
amparo
claims of Ps.39.5 million, together
with the net establishment of allowances. This effect was partially offset by income related to
loan recoveries of Ps.54.6 million and financial income from margin requirements in connection with
repurchase agreement transactions of Ps.34.2 million. The loss for fiscal year 2007 was mainly
attributable to the loss due to the amortization of deferred losses from
amparo
claims of Ps.108.7
million, partially offset by loan recoveries of Ps.36.7 million and financial income from margin
requirements in connection with repurchase agreement transactions of Ps.15.8 million.
Regional Credit Cards
The table below shows the results of our regional credit cards business segment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
In millions of Pesos, except percentages
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Net Financial Income
|
|
|
375.5
|
|
|
|
296.2
|
|
|
|
203.2
|
|
Net Income from Services
|
|
|
737.0
|
|
|
|
571.8
|
|
|
|
409.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Operating Revenue
|
|
|
1,112.5
|
|
|
|
868.0
|
|
|
|
612.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provisions for Loan Losses
|
|
|
250.8
|
|
|
|
180.4
|
|
|
|
96.3
|
|
Administrative Expenses
|
|
|
621.9
|
|
|
|
554.5
|
|
|
|
369.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Operating Income
|
|
|
239.8
|
|
|
|
133.1
|
|
|
|
146.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Income (Loss)
|
|
|
54.9
|
|
|
|
45.2
|
|
|
|
41.4
|
|
Minority Interests
|
|
|
(32.6
|
)
|
|
|
(20.6
|
)
|
|
|
(27.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax Income
|
|
|
262.1
|
|
|
|
157.7
|
|
|
|
160.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Tax Provision
|
|
|
129.1
|
|
|
|
81.3
|
|
|
|
72.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
133.0
|
|
|
|
76.4
|
|
|
|
88.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income as a % of Grupo Financiero Galicias Net Income
|
|
|
58
|
%
|
|
|
43
|
%
|
|
|
192
|
%
|
Average Loans
|
|
|
2,402.5
|
|
|
|
2,105.0
|
|
|
|
1,703.1
|
|
111
In fiscal year 2009, the business segment of the regional credit card companies recorded net
income of Ps.133.0 million, 74.1% higher than the Ps.76.4 million gain from fiscal year 2008. In
turn, net income for fiscal year 2008 was lower by 13.4% compared to fiscal year 2007, which
amounted to Ps.88.2 million.
The increase in the income for fiscal year 2009 was mainly a result of the increase in net
operating revenues of Ps.244.5 million, which was more than the increase in the provisions for loan
losses of Ps.70.4 million and the administrative expenses of Ps.67.4 million.
The decrease in net income for fiscal year 2008 was mainly a result of the fact that the
increase in net operating revenues of Ps.255.8 million was more than offset by the increase in
provisions for loan losses and other receivables for Ps.84.1 million and higher administrative
expenses of Ps.185.0 million.
During fiscal year 2009, the regional credit card companies experienced growth in the most
significant variables as compared to 2008: (i) average statements issued: 6.6%, reaching 1.85
million on annual average, (ii) loan portfolio (including managed portfolio): 3.8%, amounting to
Ps.3,376 million at year-end, (iii) turnover: 20%, reaching Ps.9,061 million on an annual basis and
(iv) the number of purchase transactions: 10.5%, reaching 74.7 million during the year. The
distribution network remained stable at 209 service centers. The number of personnel remained
almost unchanged, reaching 3,936 employees as of December 31, 2009.
During fiscal year 2008, the customer base of the regional credit card companies as a whole
increased 16% as compared to the previous fiscal year, and the number of authorized cards exceeded
4.7 million cards in December 2008. The number of statements issued increased 18.1% in fiscal year
2008, as compared to the previous fiscal year, with almost 1.9 million statements as of December
2008. The distribution network continued growing, reaching 208 service centers in Argentina, 23
more centers than in fiscal year 2007 (+12%). Staff increased by 129 people, reaching 3,898
employees. Annual turnover in stores (valued at real prices as of December 2008) exceeded Ps.7,550
million, while the average loan portfolio increased 23.6%.
In fiscal years 2009 and 2008, the higher provisions for loan losses and other receivables
were mainly related to the seasoning of the portfolio. With regard to fiscal year 2009, it is worth
mentioning the great efforts made to control delinquency, adopting many preventive measures and
improving the collection capacity, allowing the bank to contain related losses.
The increase in administrative expenses, both in fiscal year 2009 and 2008, was mainly related
to the increase in the level of activity, inflation rate and the geographical expansion.
In both fiscal years, miscellaneous net income mainly reflected loans recovered.
Insurance
The table below shows the results of our insurance business segment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30,
|
|
In millions of Pesos, except percentages
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Net Financial Income
|
|
|
28.5
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
|
|
16.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Operating Revenue
|
|
|
28.5
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
|
|
16.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Administrative Expenses
|
|
|
42.9
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
16.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Operating Income
|
|
|
(14.4
|
)
|
|
|
(9.8
|
)
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Income (Loss)
|
|
|
55.3
|
|
|
|
43.5
|
|
|
|
22.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax Income
|
|
|
40.9
|
|
|
|
33.7
|
|
|
|
22.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Tax Provision
|
|
|
14.1
|
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
26.8
|
|
|
|
22.6
|
|
|
|
14.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income as a % of Grupo Financiero Galicias Net Income
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
|
|
32
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112
The accounting rules of the Argentine Central Bank establish that the accounts of
non-homogeneous activities must be included under Other Income/Loss, therefore the income
statement of Sudamericana was reclassified and that is why, in the table above, its main accounts
(earned premiums, claims, acquisition costs, etc.) are included in such item. The results of this
segment mainly represent the results of Galicia Seguros. For consolidation purposes, we have used
Sudamericanas consolidated financial statements as of September 30 of each year.
In the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2009, the insurance segment recorded Ps.26.8
million in net income. In the same period, Galicia Seguros recorded gains of Ps.24.4 million. This
segments net income was mainly due to: (i) Ps.309.5 million of earned premiums, claims of Ps.40.7
million, and acquisition costs of Ps.114.3 million, (ii) net financial income of Ps.28.5 million,
and (iii) administrative expenses amounting to Ps.42.9 million, of which approximately 36%
corresponded to personnel expenses. Earned premiums for the twelve months ended September 30, 2009
were Ps.83.5 million greater than in the same period of 2008, representing a 37% increase.
In the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2008, the insurance segment recorded Ps.22.6
million in net income. In the same period, Galicia Seguros recorded gains of Ps.20.7 million. This
segments net income was mainly due to: (i) Ps.221.4 million of earned premiums and additional
fees, claims for Ps.22.1 million, and acquisition costs of Ps.90.2 million; (ii) net financial
income of Ps.20.2 million, and (iii) administrative expenses amounting to Ps.30.0 million, of which
approximately 41% corresponded to personnel expenses.
In the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2007, the insurance segment recorded Ps.14.6
million in net income. In the same period, Galicia Seguros recorded gains of Ps.15.6 million. This
segments net income was mainly due to: (i) Ps.93.4 million of earned premiums and additional fees,
claims for Ps.20.8 million, and acquisition costs of Ps.31.7 million, (ii) net financial income for
Ps.16.6 million, and (iii) administrative expenses amounting to Ps.16.1 million, of which
approximately 50% corresponded to personnel expenses.
During the three fiscal years, the companys growths in premiums earned were mainly the result
of Galicia Seguros performance through group life insurance, home insurance and accidental, death
and dismemberment insurance sold through Banco Galicia and the regional credit card companies. The
sales call center (customer contact center) helped to achieve such growths.
During 2009, 2008 and 2007, acquisition costs grew following the increases in underwritten
premiums, while increases in administrative expenses were mainly due to the fact that a part of the
value added tax is recorded at cost (certain life insurance products are exempt from such tax but
the fees paid to the brokers and other expenses related thereto are subject to such tax) and to the
salary increases and increases in other expenses within an inflationary context. It is important to
note that during the three years the claims ratio have remained at practically the same level.
Other Grupo Businesses
This segment includes the results of Net Investment, Galicia Warrants, Galval Agente de
Valores and GV Mandataria. In fiscal year 2009, the segment recorded Ps.2.3 million in net income,
compared to Ps.0.1 million in fiscal year 2008 and Ps.1.2 million in fiscal year 2007. In fiscal
year 2009, this segments results were attributable to the net income of Galicia Warrants and GV
Mandataria of Ps.7.7 million and Ps.0.1 million, respectively, partially offset by losses of Ps.4.7
million and Ps.0.8 million corresponding to Galval Agente de Valores and Net Investment,
respectively.
In fiscal year 2008, this segments results were attributable to Galicia Warrants net income
of Ps.2.4 million, partially offset by a Ps.1.2 million, Ps.1.1 million and Ps.0.02 million losses
of Net Investment, Galval Agente de Valores and GV Mandataria, respectively.
In fiscal year 2007, this segments results were attributable to Galicia Warrants net income
of Ps.1.3 million, partially offset by a Ps.0.04 million loss of Galval Agente de Valores.
113
Consolidated Assets
The structure and main components of our consolidated assets as of the dates indicated were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
Cash and Due from Banks
|
|
|
3,696.3
|
|
|
|
13.4
|
|
|
|
3,405.1
|
|
|
|
13.8
|
|
|
|
2,960.0
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
Government and Corporate Securities
|
|
|
3,920.4
|
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
|
|
1,531.9
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
1,694.0
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
13,477.9
|
|
|
|
48.8
|
|
|
|
11,774.6
|
|
|
|
47.6
|
|
|
|
11,601.0
|
|
|
|
50.8
|
|
Other Assets
|
|
|
6,507.8
|
|
|
|
23.6
|
|
|
|
8,024.2
|
|
|
|
32.4
|
|
|
|
6,573.7
|
|
|
|
28.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
27,602.4
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
24,735.8
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
22,828.7
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of our Ps.27,602.4 million total assets as of December 31, 2009, Ps.27,224.7 million,
equivalent to 98.6% of the total, corresponded to the Bank on a consolidated basis. The remaining
1.4% was attributable mainly to Sudamericana on a consolidated basis (Ps.260.7 million). The
composition of our assets shows an increase in the participation of the line items Loans and
Government and Corporate Securities, to the detriment of Cash and Due from Banks and Other
Assets.
The item Cash and Due from Banks mainly included cash for Ps.1,379.9 million, balances held
at the Argentine Central Bank for Ps.2,066.8 million and balances held in correspondent banks for
Ps.249.6 million. The balance held at the Argentine Central Bank and part of the cash are
computable for meeting the minimum cash requirements set by the Argentine Central Bank as explained
under Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital
Resources-Liquidity.
Our holdings of government and corporate securities as of December 31, 2009 amounted to
Ps.3,920.4 million, of which Ps.3,907.3 million were government securities. Our holdings of
government and corporate securities are shown in more detail under Item 4. Information on the
Company-Selected Statistical Information-Government and Corporate Securities.
Our total net loans amounted to Ps.13,477.9 million, of which Ps.13,457.5 million corresponded
to the Bank (including the regional credit card companies portfolios) and the remaining amount to
Secured Loans held by Sudamericana. For more information on the Banks loan portfolio, see Item 4.
Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information-Loan Portfolio.
The Other Assets item mainly includes the following items recorded on our balance sheet
under Other Receivables Resulting from Financial Brokerage, unless otherwise noted:
|
|
|
Ps.1,242.7 million recorded under Bank Premises and Equipment, Miscellaneous Assets
and Intangible Assets, excluding from the latter the deferred losses from
amparo
claims.
|
|
|
|
Ps.887.6 million of forward purchases of Boden 2012 Bonds in connection with repurchase
agreement transactions (including the corresponding security margins recorded as
Miscellaneous Receivables in the balance sheet).
|
|
|
|
Ps.584.1 million corresponding to our holdings of debt securities and participation
certificates issued by the Galtrust I Financial Trust, resulting from the securitization of
loans to the provincial public sector in late 2000.
|
|
|
|
Ps.428.7 million corresponding to holdings of the participation certificate in, and debt
securities of, the special fund (referred to as Special Fund Former Almafuerte Bank)
jointly formed by the Bank with other private-sector banks in order to facilitate the
recovery of the assets of former Almafuerte Bank.
|
|
|
|
Ps.339.2 million corresponding to Assets under Financial Leases.
|
|
|
|
Ps.331.5 million corresponding to participation certificates in, and debt securities of,
different financial trusts, created by the Bank or by third parties.
|
|
|
|
Ps.327.0 million corresponding to the minimum presumed income tax recorded under
Miscellaneous Receivables.
|
114
|
|
|
Ps.272.4 million corresponding to balances deposited at the Argentine Central Bank as
guarantees in favor of clearing houses.
|
|
|
|
Ps.259.1 million recorded as an intangible asset, which reflect deferred losses in
connection with
amparo
claims due to the difference between the amount paid to depositors
(the deposits original contractual amount, collected by depositors in US Dollars or at the
free market exchange rate) as a consequence of court orders, and the amount established by
the pesification rules (conversion at the Ps.1.40 per US Dollar exchange rate, plus CER
adjustment and interest), net of the accumulated amortization, plus the amount of deferred
amortization.
|
|
|
|
Ps.226.6 million of forward purchases of Discount Bonds in Pesos in connection with
repurchase agreements (including the corresponding security margins recorded as
Miscellaneous Receivables in the balance sheet).
|
|
|
|
Ps.65.2 million corresponding to equity investments.
|
|
|
|
Ps.32.5 million corresponding to debt securities, mostly of the Bank (Ps.39.8 million)
and the rest corresponding to securities issued by other companies.
|
Exposure to the Argentine Public Sector
The following table shows our total net exposure to the Argentine public sector as of December
31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. This exposure mainly consisted of exposure of the Bank.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Net Position in Government Securities
|
|
|
4,933.0
|
|
|
|
3,645.3
|
|
|
|
3,877.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading and Investment Accounts
|
|
|
1,810.5
|
|
|
|
627.6
|
|
|
|
435.8
|
|
Boden 2012 Bonds
|
|
|
1,906.9
|
|
|
|
2,350.8
|
|
|
|
2,744.3
|
|
Nobac 2010
|
|
|
269.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bonar 2015 Bonds
|
|
|
323.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount Bonds in Pesos and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities
|
|
|
622.0
|
|
|
|
666.9
|
|
|
|
697.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
25.4
|
|
|
|
1,480.7
|
|
|
|
1,372.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Sector
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
107.1
|
|
|
|
107.1
|
|
Secured Loans and Others
|
|
|
25.4
|
|
|
|
1,373.6
|
|
|
|
1,265.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Receivables Resulting from Financial Brokerage
|
|
|
924.6
|
|
|
|
928.3
|
|
|
|
870.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trusts Certificates of Participation and Securities
|
|
|
923.7
|
|
|
|
927.5
|
|
|
|
870.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
(1)
|
|
|
5,883.0
|
|
|
|
6,054.3
|
|
|
|
6,120.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Does not include deposits with the Argentine Central Bank, which constitute one of the items by which
the Bank complies with the Argentine Central Banks minimum cash requirements.
|
As of December 31, 2009, our total exposure to the public sector amounted to Ps.5,883 million.
The decrease as compared to the two previous fiscal years was mainly due to the sale of part of the
public sector assets portfolio received from the exchange of Secured Loans carried out by the end
of January, 2009 and to the sale in June 2009 of the 15
th
interest and amortization
coupon of Boden 2012 Bonds due in August 2009. Likewise, but with lower impact, it was due to the
fact of having received assets issued by the Argentine Central Bank during said exchange.
Excluding Banco Galicias holding of debt securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank
(Ps.1,953.7 million, Ps.583.8 million and Ps.378.4 million, for fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively), net exposure to the non-financial public sector decreased by Ps.1,541.2 million
compared to 2008 and by Ps.1,813.1 million compared to 2007, which represents decreases of 28.2%
and 31.6%, respectively.
115
Securitization of Assets
In the normal course of business, our operating subsidiaries (the Bank and the regional credit
card companies) use the securitization of assets as a source of funding. The securitization of
assets basically involves a company transferring assets to a trust and the trust funding the
purchase by issuing securities that are sold to third parties. A trust is a special-purpose entity,
not an operating entity; typically, a trust is set up for the single purpose of completing the
securitization transaction, has a limited life and no employees. Trust securities can be publicly
offered, which is the case in those financial trusts in which the Bank or the regional credit card
companies acted as trustor. See Note 30 to our audited financial statements for a description of
the outstanding trusts as of December 31, 2009.
In 2009, 2008 and 2007, we generated funds through the securitization and sale of on-balance
sheet and off-balance sheet loans of the Bank and the regional credit card companies, for aggregate
amounts of Ps.40 million, Ps.644.3 million and Ps.617.8 million, respectively. No gains or losses
were recognized in the sale of these loans. As a result of these securitizations, we retained
certain interests in those trusts through senior debt securities and certificates of participation
in the amount of Ps.14.5 million in fiscal year 2009, Ps.101.1 million in fiscal year 2008 and
Ps.101.0 million in fiscal year 2007.
Funding
The Banks and the regional credit card companies lending activities are our main
asset-generating businesses. Accordingly, most of our borrowing and liquidity needs are associated
with these activities. We also have liquidity needs at the level of our holding company, which are
discussed in Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital
Resources-Liquidity-Holding Company on an Individual Basis. Our objective is to maintain
cost-effective and well diversified funding to support current and future asset growth in our
businesses. For this, we rely on diverse sources of funding and have also engaged in a process of
reducing the Banks high cost liabilities incurred as a consequence of the 2001-2002 crisis. The
use and availability of funding sources depends on market conditions, both local and foreign, and
prevailing interest rates. Market conditions in Argentina include a structurally limited
availability of domestic long-term funding.
Our funding activities and liquidity planning are integrated into our asset and liability
management and our financial risks management and policies. The liquidity policy of the Bank, our
main subsidiary, is described in Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Item 5.B.
Liquidity and Capital Resources-Banco Galicias Liquidity Management and our other financial risk
policies, including interest rate, currency and market risks are described in Item 11.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. Our funding sources are discussed
below.
Traditionally, our primary source of funding has been the Banks deposit taking activity. In
2009, the net increase of Ps.2,983.3 million of deposits was the principal source of funding.
Although the Bank has access to Argentine Central Bank financing, management does not view this as
a primary source of funding.
Other important sources of funding have traditionally included issuing Dollar-denominated
medium and long-term debt securities issued in foreign capital markets and borrowing from
international banks and multilateral credit agencies. After the restructuring of its foreign debt
in May 2004, the Bank has not relied on the issuance of new debt securities, having entered into
two long term loan agreements with the IFC in 2005 and 2007, for US$90 million, with the purpose of
funding long-term loans to SMEs. On the contrary, as part of the above-mentioned strategy of
strengthening our balance sheet, the Bank began to prepay its restructured foreign debt (both bank
loans and bonds maturing in 2010 and 2014). The regional credit card companies have issued debt
securities in the local and foreign capital markets in the last few years.
Selling government securities under repurchase agreement transactions has been another
recurrent source of funding for the Bank. In 2009, the repurchase transactions of government
securities decreased Ps.373.1 million (principal and interest) and in 2008 decreased Ps.273.2
million (principal and interest). Within its liquidity policy, the Bank considers its unencumbered
liquid government securities holdings as part of its available excess liquidity. See Item 5.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources-Banco
Galicias Liquidity Management.
116
In the last few years (except for 2009), the securitization of assets in the local market has
also become a significant and growing source of medium-term funding, for up to approximately four
years for the Bank, while for the regional credit cards the terms are shorter (approximately two
years). In fiscal year 2008, the securitization of loans generated funds of Ps.261.5 million from
the securitization of loans granted by the Bank on an individual basis, and of Ps.382.8 million
from the securitization of the regional credit card companies loan portfolios. See
-Securitization of Assets.
The regional credit card companies fund their business through the issuance of debt securities
in the local and international capital markets, borrowing from local financial institutions, asset
securitization and debt with merchants generated in the ordinary course of business of any credit
card issuing company. In 2009, the regional credit card companies issued negotiable obligations in
an amount equal to Ps.266.9 million.
During 2007, proceeds from the sale of Secured Loans and Bogar Bonds for Ps.1,601.7 million
(principal, interest and CER adjustment) were mostly applied to the prepayment of debt with the
Argentine Central Bank and proceeds of the sale of Boden 2012 Bonds, for US$190.8 million, were
used for the prepayment of restructured foreign debt.
Below is a breakdown of our funding as of the dates indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amounts
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
17,039.4
|
|
|
|
61.7
|
|
|
|
14,056.1
|
|
|
|
56.8
|
|
|
|
13,165.6
|
|
|
|
57.8
|
|
Current Accounts and Other Demand Deposits
|
|
|
3,719.1
|
|
|
|
13.5
|
|
|
|
3,105.4
|
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
2,675.4
|
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
Savings Accounts
|
|
|
4,994.7
|
|
|
|
18.1
|
|
|
|
4,035.0
|
|
|
|
16.3
|
|
|
|
3,380.1
|
|
|
|
14.8
|
|
Time Deposits
|
|
|
7,954.8
|
|
|
|
28.8
|
|
|
|
6,548.0
|
|
|
|
26.5
|
|
|
|
6,708.8
|
|
|
|
29.5
|
|
Other Deposits
|
|
|
248.7
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
263.2
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
291.6
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
Accrued Interest, Quotation Differences and CER Adjustment
|
|
|
122.1
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
104.5
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
113.7
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt with Financial Institutions
(1)
|
|
|
1,480.1
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
2,172.9
|
|
|
|
8.8
|
|
|
|
2,307.8
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
Domestic Financial Institutions
|
|
|
322.3
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
248.6
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
318.5
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
International Banks and Credit Agencies
|
|
|
548.1
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
941.5
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
733.3
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
Repurchases
|
|
|
609.7
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
982.8
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
1,256.0
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Negotiable Obligations (Unsubordinated and Subordinated)
(1)
|
|
|
2,716.6
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
|
2,932.5
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
|
|
3,105.6
|
|
|
|
13.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other obligations
|
|
|
4,314.0
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
|
|
|
3,728.6
|
|
|
|
15.0
|
|
|
|
2,595.2
|
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
2,052.5
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
1,845.7
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
1,654.5
|
|
|
|
7.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Funding
|
|
|
27,602.6
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
24,735.8
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
22,828.7
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes accrued interest, quotation differences, and CER adjustment where applicable.
|
As of December 31, 2009, deposits represented 61.7% of our funding, up from 56.8% as of
December 31, 2008 and up from 57.8% as of December 31, 2007. Our deposit base has increased 21.2%
in 2009 and 6.8% in 2008. In 2009, the increase in deposits for Ps.2,983.3 million was due to the
increase in transactional deposits (deposits in current and savings accounts) and time deposits.
The increase in 2008 was the result of an increase in transactional deposits. All of the growth was
due to deposits received by the Banks Argentine operations. For more information on deposits, see
Item 4. Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information-Deposits.
As of December 31, 2009, credit lines from international banks and credit agencies
representing Dollar-denominated debt subject to foreign law amounted to Ps.548.1 million. Of this
total, Ps.104.3 million represented debt of the Banks Head Office, the restructuring of which was
completed in May 2004, Ps.182.7 million corresponded to trade loans, and Ps.261.1 million
corresponded to an IFC loan granted to the Bank in 2005 which increased at the end of 2007 with the
signing of a new agreement. Credit lines from banks and international agencies decreased to
Ps.548.1 million at the end of 2009 from Ps.941.5 million as of December 31, 2008. The decrease was
mainly due to the decrease in trade loans.
117
The decrease of the credit lines from banks and international agencies to Ps.733.3 million at
the end of 2007 from Ps.870.5 million as of December 31, 2006 was mainly due to the Banks
repurchase of its loans due in 2010 and in 2014, in market transactions carried out during the
fiscal year, for an aggregate principal amount of US$188.3 million (US$196.6 million of face
value). It was also due to the amortization of loans due in 2010 in accordance with their terms and
conditions (for US$6.4 million) and to the partial prepayment of loans due in 2014 (for US$2.3
million) at par and in reverse order to maturity, triggered by the Banks capital increase,
pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreements subscribed for as part of the Banks foreign
debt restructuring completed in 2004. These decreases were partially offset by our borrowings of
US$80.0 million, in July 2007, which proceeds were used to capitalize the Bank.
Our debt securities outstanding amounted to Ps.2,716.6 million (principal and interest) as of
December 31, 2009, as compared to Ps.2,932.5 million as of December 31, 2008, and Ps.3,105.6
million as of December 31, 2007. Of our debt securities outstanding at the end of fiscal year 2009,
Ps.2,387.9 million (only principal) corresponded to Dollar-denominated debt subject to foreign law
and Ps.237.6 million (only principal) corresponded to Peso-denominated debt of the regional credit
card companies structured as negotiable obligations. As of December 31, 2009, the breakdown of our
Dollar-denominated debt was as follows:
|
|
|
Ps.129.9 million and Ps.736.5 million of 2010 Notes and 2014 Notes, respectively, and
Ps.1,082.1 million of 2019 Notes, all of them issued in 2004 and corresponding to new
debt of the Bank resulting from the foreign debt restructuring completed in May of said
year.
|
|
|
|
Ps.133.7 million and Ps.57.3 million of Class IX Series I and II Negotiable
Obligations, respectively, maturing in 2010 and 2011, issued by Tarjeta Naranja S.A.
|
|
|
|
Ps.75.9 million of Series XX Negotiable Obligations, maturing in 2010, issued by
Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.
|
|
|
|
Ps.125.8 million and Ps.40.3 million of Serie I and Serie II Negotiable Obligations,
respectively, maturing in 2010 and 2011, issued by Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.
|
|
|
|
Ps.6.4 million of past due foreign debt included in the Banks 2004 debt
restructuring, the holders of which did not participate in such restructuring.
|
The decrease in our debt securities outstanding as of December 31, 2009 from the amount as of
December 31, 2008 was mainly the consequence of the following: i) the payment of two principal
installments for the 2010 Notes of 12.5% each, for a total of US$68.4 million, ii) the cancellation
in advance of 2014 Notes for US$77.3 million, which were acquired in market transactions carried
out during the fiscal year, (iii) the full amortization of Banco Galicia Uruguays restructured
debt structured as negotiable obligations by US$16.1 million and (iv) the issuance of Ps.125.8
million and Ps.40.3 million of Serie I and Serie II Negotiable Obligations, respectively, by Grupo
Financiero Galicia S.A.
The decrease in our debt securities outstanding as of December 31, 2008 from the amount as of
December 31, 2007 was mainly the consequence of the following: i) the payment of two principal
installments for the 2010 Notes of 12.5% each, for a total of US$68.4 million, ii) the cancellation
in advance of 2014 Notes for US$30.2 million (US$32.2 million of face value), which were acquired
in market transactions carried out during the fiscal year, and (iii) the reduction of Banco Galicia
Uruguays restructured debt structured as negotiable obligations by US$25.0 million.
For more information see -Contractual Obligations below.
Ratings
In December 2009, the Class I Series I and II Notes of Grupo Financiero Galicia were rated as
A+ by Evaluadora Latinoamericana.
In December 2009, Standard & Poors granted the Notes Due 2010 and Notes Due 2014 a raA
rating, and a raA- rating was granted to the Subordinated Notes Due 2019, thus reflecting a
stable outlook. Standard & Poors noted that this reflects the expectations that the Bank shall
continue showing positive results that will contribute to an additional improvement of its capital
level and shall continue gradually strengthening its balance
sheet, with a higher reduction of its exposure to sovereign debt. Banco Galicias short- and
long-term deposits were granted the raA and raA-1 ratings, respectively.
118
In turn, Moodys granted, nationally, a Aa3.ar rating to the outstanding Notes mentioned in
the paragraph above, while peso-denominated deposits and deposits in foreign currency were granted
Aa2.ar and Ba1.ar ratings, respectively.
During the year, Tarjeta Naranja S.A. issued Series I and II class IX Notes, which in December
2009, were rated domestically by Fitch Argentina Calificadora de Riesgo S.A. as A+, the same rate
that Class IV notes were granted.
At the end of 2009, Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A. issued class XX notes rated by Fitch Argentina
Calificadora de Riesgo S.A as A-, the same as its class XVIII notes.
Additionally, Moodys has rated the Trustee Quality of Banco Galicia. The aim of this rating
is to provide the market with an additional tool to assess the Trustees ability to meet its
obligations under the transactions in which it participates. Banco Galicia was rated as TQ1(-).ar,
which means a strong capability in managing underlying assets for the benefit of investors.
Such rating is mainly based on the following factors: (i) organizational structure and
business strategy higher than the average level; (ii) strong ability to play the role of trustee in
securitized transactions based on a satisfactory capacity to manage cash funds, the role in the
monitoring and reporting of relevant events and the procedures for verifying payment instructions
independently; (iii) strong operational stability based on the presence of clear origination,
oversight and control procedures, and systems for managing trust operations; and (iv) financial
stability above the average level in comparison with other entities, as indicated by Banco
Galicias deposits rating.
The following are our ratings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standard &
|
|
|
|
Evaluadora
|
|
|
|
|
Poors
|
|
Fitch Argentina
|
|
Latinoamericana
|
|
Moodys
|
LOCAL RATINGS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rating of Shares
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-/Medium Term Debt
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
A+
|
|
|
Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Counterparty Rating
|
|
raA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medium-/Long-Term Debt
(2) (3)
|
|
raA
|
|
|
|
A+
|
|
Aa3.ar
|
Subordinated Debt
(2) (4)
|
|
raA-
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
Aa3.ar
|
Deposits (Long Term / Short Term)
|
|
raA / raA-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits (Local Currency / Foreign Currency)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aa2.ar / Ba1.ar
|
Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQ1(-).ar
|
Tarjeta Naranja S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medium-/Long-Term Debt
(2) (5)
|
|
|
|
A+(arg)
|
|
|
|
|
Short-Term Debt
(2) (6)
|
|
|
|
A+(arg)
|
|
|
|
|
Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Debt
(2) (7)
|
|
|
|
A-(arg)
|
|
|
|
|
Short-Term Debt
(2) (8)
|
|
|
|
A-(arg)
|
|
|
|
|
|
INTERNATIONAL RATINGS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tarjeta Naranja S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medium-/Long-Term Debt
(2) (9)
|
|
|
|
B-
|
|
|
|
|
Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Debt
(2) (7)
|
|
|
|
B-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Negotiable Obligations Due in 2010 and 2011, issued on June 4, 2009.
|
|
(2)
|
|
See -Contractual Obligations.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Negotiable Obligations Due in 2010 and Negotiable Obligations Due in
2014.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Subordinated Negotiable Obligations Due in 2019.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Class IV and Class IX, Series II Negotiable Obligations.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Class IX Series I Negotiable Obligations.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Series XVIII Negotiable Obligations.
|
|
(8)
|
|
Series XX Negotiable Obligations.
|
|
(9)
|
|
Class IV Negotiable Obligations.
|
119
Debt Programs
On April 5, 2010 the Board of Directors approved the terms and conditions for the issuance of
the Class II, Series I, Series II and Series III Notes, for a total amount of up to US$45 million,
within the Global Short-, Medium- and Long-Term Note Program for a maximum outstanding amount of
US$60 million approved during 2009.
Additionally, the ordinary and extraordinary shareholders meeting of Grupo Financiero Galicia
held on April 14, 2010 approved an extension of US$40 million in the amount of the Global Program
of simple short-, mid- and/or long-term Negotiable Obligations. Therefore, the maximum amount of
the Program, which was of up to US$60 million or its equivalent in any other currency, was set up
to US$100 million or its equivalent in any other currency.
On June 8, 2010 Grupo Financiero Galicia issued two series of bonds for a total amount of
US$45 million, with the following characteristics: (i) US$18.14 million of 8% Class II, Series II
Notes, due in 2012, this bond was issued at a price of 101.82/100 with a yield of 7% and (ii)
US$26.86 million of 9% Class II, Series III Notes due in 2013, this bond was issued at a price of
101.28/100 with a yield of 8.5%. Interest is payable semiannually.
On March 9, 2009, the ordinary shareholders meeting of Grupo Financiero Galicia and a meeting
of the Board of Directors created a Global Short-, Medium- and Long-Term Note Program, for a
maximum outstanding amount of US$60 million. This program was authorized pursuant to Resolution No
16113 of April 29, 2009 of the CNV. On March 16, 2009 and on April 24, 2009, the Board of Directors
approved the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Class I, Series I and Series II Notes.
Within the US$60 million Global Short-, Medium- and Long-Term Note Program, on June 4, 2009 Grupo
Financiero Galicia issued two series of bonds for a total amount of US$45 million, with the
following characteristics: (i) US$34.4 million of Non-interest bearing Class I, Series I Notes, due
on May 30, 2010, this bond was issued at a price of 92.68/100 and with a yield of 8%; and (ii)
US$10.6 million of 12.5% Class I, Series II Notes, due on May 25, 2011, this bond was issued at a
price of 103.48/100 with a yield of 10.5%. Interest is payable on the notes described in (ii)
semiannually.
The Bank has a program outstanding for the issuance and re-issuance of non-convertible
negotiable obligations, subordinated or non-subordinated, adjustable or non-adjustable, secured or
unsecured, with a tenor from 30 days to up to the current permitted maximum (30 years), for a
maximum outstanding face value during the period of such program of up to Ps.1.0 billion or
US$342.5 million. The term of the program is for five years commencing on the date of approval by
the CNV. The program was approved by the CNV on November 4, 2005. As of the date of this annual
report, no debt had been issued under the program.
Tarjeta Naranja S.A. has a program outstanding with the same characteristics, for a maximum
outstanding face value during the period of such program of up to US$350 million. The program was
approved by the CNV on November 11, 2007. As of December 31, 2009, debt for a principal amount
outstanding of US$99.5 million had been issued under the program. Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A. has a
program outstanding with the same characteristics, for a maximum outstanding face value during the
period of such program of up to US$80 million. The CNV approved the program on May 2, 2007 and
increased its maximum outstanding face value to up to US$120 million on May 18, 2010. As of
December 31, 2009, debt for a principal amount outstanding of US$44.7 million had been issued under
this program.
120
Contractual Obligations
The table below identifies the principal amounts of our main on balance-sheet contractual
obligations, their currency of denomination, remaining maturity and interest rate and the breakdown
of payments due, as of December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
1 to 3
|
|
|
3 to 5
|
|
|
Over 5
|
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
Grupo Financiero Galicia
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Negotiable Obligations Serie I Due 2010 (US$)
(1)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
125.8
|
|
|
|
125.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Negotiable Obligations Serie II Due 2011 (US$)
(1)
|
|
2011
|
|
12.50%
|
|
|
41.2
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
40.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco Galicia
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Time Deposits (including Other Deposits) (Pesos/US$)
|
|
Various
|
|
Various
|
|
|
8,089.6
|
|
|
|
7,949.6
|
|
|
|
139.9
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 Notes (US$)
(2) (3) (4)
|
|
2010
|
|
Libor + 350 bp
|
|
|
133.0
|
|
|
|
133.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014 Notes (US$)
(2) (3) (5)
|
|
2014
|
|
7.00%
|
|
|
762.4
|
|
|
|
200.5
|
|
|
|
349.2
|
|
|
|
212.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019 Notes (US$)
(2) (6)
|
|
2019
|
|
11.00%
|
|
|
1,137.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,137.4
|
|
9% Notes Due 2003 (US$)
(7)
|
|
2003
|
|
9.00%
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Floating Rate Loans Due 2010 (US$)
(2) (3) (4)
|
|
2010
|
|
Libor + 350 bp
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Floating Rate Loans Due 2014 (US$)
(2) (3) (5)
|
|
2014
|
|
Libor + 85 bp
|
|
|
95.9
|
|
|
|
23.5
|
|
|
|
45.0
|
|
|
|
27.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Floating Rate Loans Due 2019 (US$)
(2) (8)
|
|
2019
|
|
Libor + 578 bp
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
IFC Financial Loans (US$)
|
|
Various
|
|
Libor + 350 bp
|
|
|
261.1
|
|
|
|
49.1
|
|
|
|
115.5
|
|
|
|
96.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Financial Loans (US$)
(9)
|
|
2010
|
|
Various
|
|
|
181.2
|
|
|
|
181.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IDB Financial Loans (Pesos)
|
|
Various
|
|
Various
|
|
|
70.8
|
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
26.4
|
|
|
|
16.1
|
|
|
|
13.4
|
|
Fontar Financial Loans (Pesos)
|
|
Various
|
|
Various
|
|
|
62.0
|
|
|
|
16.6
|
|
|
|
26.1
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
Short-Term Interbank Loans (Pesos)
|
|
2010
|
|
9.76%
|
|
|
70.0
|
|
|
|
70.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchases (Pesos)
(10)
|
|
2010
|
|
Various
|
|
|
278.3
|
|
|
|
278.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchases (US$)
(10)
|
|
2010
|
|
Various
|
|
|
331.4
|
|
|
|
331.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tarjetas Regionales S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Loans with Local Banks (Pesos)
|
|
Various
|
|
Various
|
|
|
181.4
|
|
|
|
116.3
|
|
|
|
65.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Negotiable Obligations (Pesos/US$)
(11)
|
|
Various
|
|
Various
|
|
|
505.7
|
|
|
|
328.4
|
|
|
|
177.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,347.9
|
|
|
|
9,832.6
|
|
|
|
984.8
|
|
|
|
365.8
|
|
|
|
1,164.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal and interest. Includes the CER adjustment, where applicable.
|
|
(1)
|
|
Corresponds to Notes issued by Grupo Financiero Galicia in dollars and in two series. Series I was issued with discounted base and in a 360-day term. Series II was issued at a 12.5% fixed rate with a
540-day term. Principal of both series will be fully paid at maturity. Interest in Series II will be paid in a 180-day term.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Issued in 2004 as part of the restructuring of the foreign debt of the Banks Head Office and its Cayman Branch.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Interest payable in cash, semiannually, on January 1 and July 1 of each year, beginning on July 1, 2004.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Floating Rate Notes Due 2010: Principal amortizes semiannually, on January 1 and July 1 of each year, beginning on July 1, 2006, in eight equal installments of 12.5% of principal at issuance or
incurrence, until maturity on January 1, 2010, when the remaining 12.5% is due.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Step-Up Rate Notes Due 2014: Principal amortizes semiannually, on January 1 and July 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2010, in eight equal installments of 11.11% of principal at issuance or
incurrence, until maturity, when the remaining 4.86% is due (during 2007, the Bank made a cancellation in advance which was applied to the last installment, which modified the original cash flow). The rate
increased 1% on January 1 of each year, until it reached 7% on January 1, 2008.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Subordinated Notes Due 2019: Interest paid in cash: 6% per annum from January 1, 2004 until (but not including) January 1, 2014, payable semiannually, on January 1 and July 1 of each year, beginning on
July 1, 2004. Unless the notes are previously redeemed, the annual interest rate will increase to 11% per annum from that date until (but not including) January 1, 2019. Interest paid in additional
subordinated negotiable obligations due 2019: 5% per annum from January 1, 2004, to be paid on January 1, 2014 and January 1, 2019. Principal amortizes in full on January 1, 2019, unless the notes are
previously redeemed at par plus accrued but unpaid interest, in whole or in part, at the Banks option, at any time after the 2010 Notes and the 2014 Notes have been repaid in full and, otherwise, in
accordance with the terms of the agreements governing such notes.
|
|
(7)
|
|
The balance represents debt not tendered by its holders to the exchange offered by the Bank to restructure its foreign debt, which was completed in May 2004.
|
|
(8)
|
|
Interest payable in cash: Libor+78 b.p., per annum from January 1, 2004, until (but not including) January 1, 2014, payable semiannually, on January 1 and July 1 of each year, beginning on July 1, 2004.
Unless the loans are previously redeemed, the annual interest rate will increase to Libor+578 b.p. per annum from that date until (but not including) January 1, 2019. Also pays interest in additional
subordinated loans, due 2019: 5% per annum from January 1, 2004, to be paid on January 1, 2014 and January 1, 2019. Principal amortizes in full on January 1, 2019 unless the loans are previously redeemed at
part plus accrued interest and additional amounts, if any, in whole or in part at the Banks option, in accordance with the terms of the agreements governing such loans.
|
|
(9)
|
|
Borrowings to finance international trade operations to Bank customers.
|
|
(10)
|
|
Includes premiums.
|
|
(11)
|
|
Includes the following Negotiable Obligations:
|
|
|
|
Tarjetas Cuyanas Series XVIII:
issued in pesos. Interests are payable semiannually, in June and December, principal amortizes semiannually in 9 installments, the first four installments of 15%
beginning on June 14, 2008. The following 3 installments of 10% and the last two installments of 5% each. As to December, Ps.80 million payable in 3 installments of Ps.20 million corresponding to the
10% of the initial value and 2 installments of Ps.10 million.
|
|
|
|
Tarjetas Cuyanas Series XX:
issued in dollars. US$20 million. Principal amount is payable in full on December 2, 2010. No interest accrues since it was issued at a discount in respect to its
nominal value.
|
|
|
|
Tarjeta Naranja S.A. Class IV:
issued in pesos, at a 12.5 % fixed rate, with maturity on November 29, 2011. Interests are payable semiannually, in May and November of each year, beginning in
May 29, 2007. Principal amortizes in 8 equal installments of 12.5% in the same months, beginning on May 29, 2008.
|
|
|
|
Tarjeta Naranja S.A. Class IX Series I:
issued in dollars. Principal is payable in full on September 1, 2010. No interest accrues since it was issued at a discount in respect to its nominal
value.
|
|
|
|
Tarjeta Naranja S.A. Class IX Series II:
issued in dollars, at a 12.5 % fixed rate. Interests are payable semiannually in March and September of each year. Principal will be fully repaid on
the maturity date.
|
121
Off- Balance Sheet Contractual Obligations
Operating Leases
As of December 31, 2009, we also had off-balance sheet contractual obligations arising from
the leasing of certain properties used as a part of our distribution network. The estimated future
lease payments in connection with these properties are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions of Pesos)
|
|
2010
|
|
|
50.84
|
|
2011
|
|
|
59.69
|
|
2012
|
|
|
67.34
|
|
2013
|
|
|
74.48
|
|
2014
|
|
|
79.96
|
|
2015 and After
|
|
|
84.31
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
416.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
As a shareholder of Aguas Cordobesas S.A., the Bank is a guarantor with respect to compliance
with certain obligations arising from the concession contract signed by Aguas Cordobesas S.A. In
addition, the Bank and the other shareholders committed, in certain circumstances, to provide
financial support to the company if it was unable to fulfill the commitments it had undertaken with
various international financial institutions.
The Bank, as a shareholder and proportionally to its 10.833% interest, is jointly responsible,
to the Province of Córdoba, for contractual obligations under the concession contract for its
entire term. Should any of the other shareholders fail to comply with the commitments arising from
their joint responsibility, the province may force the Bank to assume the unfulfilled commitment,
but only in proportion and to the extent of the interest held by the Bank. See Note 3 to our
consolidated financial statements.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Our off-balance sheet risk mainly arises from the Banks activities.
In the normal course of its business, the Bank is a party to financial instruments with
off-balance sheet risk which are entered into in order to meet the financing needs of its
customers. These instruments expose us to credit risk in addition to the amounts recognized on our
consolidated balance sheets. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit,
standby letters of credit, guarantees granted and acceptances.
Commitments to Extend Credit, Stand-By Letters of Credit and Guarantees Granted
Guarantees granted are surety guarantees in connection with transactions between two parties.
Standby letters of credit and guarantees granted are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to
guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Acceptances are conditional commitments
for foreign trade transactions.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer at a future date, subject to
meeting certain contractual terms. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other
termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to
expire without being drawn upon, total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent actual
future cash requirements. We evaluate each customers creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.
We use the same credit policies in making commitments, conditional obligations and guarantees
as we do for granting loans. In the opinion of management, our outstanding commitments and
guarantees do not represent unusual credit risk.
Our exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the
financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, guarantees
granted and acceptances is represented by the contractual notional amount of those investments.
122
Our credit exposure related to these items as of December 31, 2009, is summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Commitments to Extend Credit
|
|
|
1,323.5
|
|
Standby Letters of Credit
|
|
|
175.5
|
|
Guarantees Granted
|
|
|
194.5
|
|
Acceptances
|
|
|
58.9
|
|
In addition to the above commitments, as of December 31, 2009, purchase limits available for
credit-card holders amounted to Ps.17,591.1 million.
The main fees related to the above mentioned commitments were Ps.6.7 million corresponding to
standby letters of credit, Ps.6.3 million from guarantees granted and Ps.0.5 million from
commitments to extend credit.
The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit and granting guarantees is essentially
the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. In order to grant guarantees
to our customers, we may require counter guarantees. As of December 31, 2009, these counter
guarantees, classified by type, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Preferred Counter Guarantees
|
|
|
15.4
|
|
Other Counter Guarantees
|
|
|
33.3
|
|
See Note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
Other
We account for checks drawn on us and other financial institutions, as well as other items in
the process of collection, such as notes, bills and miscellaneous items, in memorandum accounts
until the related item clears or is accepted. In managements opinion, the risk of loss on these
clearing transactions is not significant. The amounts of clearing items in process as of December
31, 2009, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Checks Drawn on the Bank
|
|
|
378.6
|
|
Checks Drawn on Other Banks
|
|
|
458.4
|
|
Bills and Other Items for Collection
|
|
|
2,262.3
|
|
With respect to fiduciary risk, we act as trustee of trust agreements to guarantee obligations
arising from various contracts between the parties. As of December 31, 2009, the trust funds
amounted to Ps.1,406.8 million.
In addition, we hold securities in custody, which as of December 31, 2009 amounted to
Ps.8,119.8 million.
See Note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
Critical Accounting Policies
We believe that the following are our critical accounting policies under Argentine Banking
GAAP, as they are important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations
and require our most difficult, subjective and complex judgment and the need to make estimates
about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.
123
Allowance for Loan Losses
Our allowance for loan losses including the allowance for loan losses of the regional credit
card companies is maintained in accordance with Argentine Central Bank rules. Under such rules, a
minimum allowance for loan losses is calculated primarily based upon the classification of Banco
Galicias commercial loan borrowers and upon delinquency aging (or the number of days the loan is
past due) for individual loan borrowers of both the Bank and the regional credit card companies and
for the Banks commercial loans of less than Ps.750,000. Although we are required to follow the
methodology and guidelines for determining the minimum loan loss allowance as set forth by the
Argentine Central Bank, we are allowed to establish additional allowances for loan losses. The
determination of the allowance for loan losses requires a significant degree of judgment.
For commercial loans, we are required to classify all of our commercial loan borrowers. In
order to perform the classification, we must consider the management and operating history of the
borrower, the present and projected financial situation of the borrower, the borrowers payment
history and ability to service the debt, the capability of the borrowers internal information and
control systems and the risk in the sector in which the borrower operates. We apply the minimum
loss percentages required by the Argentine Central Bank to our commercial loan borrowers based on
the loan classification and the nature of the collateral, or guarantee in respect of the loan. In
addition, based on the overall risk of the portfolio, we consider whether or not additional loan
loss reserves in excess of the minimum required are warranted.
For our consumer loan portfolio, including the loan portfolios of the Bank and the regional
credit card companies, we classify loans based upon delinquency aging, consistent with the
requirements of the Argentine Central Bank. Minimum loss percentages required by the Argentine
Central Bank are also applied to the totals in each loan classification.
Other Receivables Resulting from Financial Brokerage and Miscellaneous Receivables
We carry other receivables resulting from financial brokerage and miscellaneous receivables
net of allowances for uncollectible amounts. Our judgment regarding the ultimate collectibility is
performed on an account-by-account basis and considers our assessment of the borrowers ability to
pay based on factors such as the borrowers financial condition, past payment history, guarantees
and past-due status.
Goodwill
Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated amortization. The carrying amount of goodwill is
analyzed for impairment based on estimates of future undiscounted cash flows generated by the
business acquired. The estimate of future cash flows requires complex management judgment.
U.S. GAAP Critical Accounting Policies
Additional information in connection with critical accounting policies for U.S. GAAP purposes
is described as follows.
Other-than-temporary impairment
Under U.S. GAAP, Government bonds, including Boden 2012 Bonds, Bonar 2015 Bonds and Discount
Bonds, and certificates of participation in the Galtrust I Financial Trust and in the Almafuerte
Trust, were classified as available-for-sale securities, and therefore, carried at fair value with
changes in the fair value reflected in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31,
2009 and 2008.
Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments ASC 320 establishes a new
method of recognizing and reporting other-than-temporary impairments of debt securities. Impairment
is now considered to be other than temporary if an entity:
1. intends to sell the security;
2. is more likely than not to be required to sell the security before recovering its
cost; or
3. does not expect to recover the securitys entire amortized cost basis (even if the
entity does not intend to sell)that is, a credit loss.
This credit loss is based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the
debt security. If a credit loss exists but an entity does not intend to sell the impaired debt
security and is more likely than not to be required to sell before recovery, the impairment is
other than temporary. It should therefore be separated into:
1. the estimated amount relating to the credit loss, and
2. all other changes in fair value.
Only the estimated credit loss amount is recognized in profit or loss; the remaining change in
fair value is recognized in other comprehensive income. This approach more closely aligns the
impairment models for debt securities and loans by reflecting only credit losses as impairment in
profit and loss.
As of December 31, 2009 the fair value of the securities exceeded their amortized cost.
Therefore for US GAAP purposes we concluded that there was no recognition of impairment.
As of December 31, 2008, the amortized cost exceeded the fair value of these securities by
Ps.846.8 million. Therefore, for U.S. GAAP purposes, we have recorded an other-than-temporary
impairment of these securities, based on a variety of factors, including the length of time and
extent to which the market value has been less than cost, and our intent and ability to hold these
securities to recovery.
The fair value of Government bonds was determined on the balance sheet date, based on their
quoted market price. To determine the fair value of the certificates of participation in the
Galtrust I and the Almafuerte
Trust, valuation models were used which consider certain assumptions in estimating future cash
flows and a rate under which the cash flows are discounted. These fair values will constitute the
new cost basis for these investments.
124
Allowance for Loan Losses
Under U.S. GAAP, the Bank considers loans to be impaired when it is probable that all amounts
of principal and interest will not be collected according to the contractual terms of the loan
agreement. The allowance for significant impaired loans are assessed based on the present value of
estimated future cash flows discounted at the current effective loan rate or the fair value of the
collateral in the case where the loan is considered collateral-dependent. An allowance for impaired
loans is provided when discounted future cash flows or collateral fair value is lower than book
value.
In addition, if necessary, a specific allowance for loan losses is established for individual
loans, based on regular reviews of individual loans, recent loss experience, credit scores, the
risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans and other factors directly influencing
the potential collectibility and affecting the quality of the loan portfolio.
To calculate the allowance required for smaller-balance impaired loans and unimpaired loans,
we perform an analysis of historical losses from our consumer and performing commercial loan
portfolios in order to estimate losses for U.S. GAAP purposes resulting from loan losses that had
been incurred in such loan portfolios at the balance sheet date but which had not been individually
identified. Loss estimates are analyzed
by loan type and thus for homogeneous groups of clients. Such historical ratios are updated to
incorporate the most recent data reflecting current economic conditions, industry performance
trends, geographic or obligor concentrations within each portfolio segment, and any other pertinent
information that may affect the estimation of the allowance for loan losses.
We estimate that, on average, it takes a period of up to one year between the trigger of an
impairment event and identification of a loan as being a probable loss for consumer and performing
commercial loans.
Many factors can affect the Banks estimates of allowance for loan losses, including
volatility of default probability, migrations and estimated loss severity.
A ten percent decrease in the expected cash flows of significant impaired loans individually
analyzed, could result in an additional impairment of approximately Ps.15.8 million.
A ten percent increase in the historical loss ratios for loans collectively analyzed could
result in an additional impairment of approximately Ps.8.3 million.
These sensitivity analyses do not represent managements expectations of the deterioration in
risk ratings or the increases in loss rates but are provided as hypothetical scenarios to assess
the sensitivity of the allowance for loan and lease losses to changes in key inputs. We believe the
risk ratings and loss severities currently in use are appropriate and represent managements
expectations about the credit risk inherent in its loan portfolio.
Determining the allowance for loan losses requires significant management judgments and
estimates including, among others, identifying impaired loans, determining customers ability to
pay and estimating the fair value of underlying collateral or the expected future cash flows to be
received. Actual events are likely to differ from the estimates and assumptions used in determining
the allowance for loan losses.
Fair Value Estimates
A portion of our assets is carried at fair value, including trading and available-for-sale
securities, retained interests in assets transferred to financial trusts, futures and forwards
transactions.
ASC 820-10 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
ASC 820-10, among other things, requires Grupo Financiero Galicia to maximize the use of observable
inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
In addition, ASC 825-10 provides an option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement
for selected financial assets, financial liabilities, unrecognized firm commitments and written
loan commitments not previously recorded at fair value. Under ASC 825-10, fair value is used for
both the initial and subsequent measurement of the designated assets, liabilities and commitments,
with the changes on fair value recognized in net income. As a result
of ASC 825-10 analysis, Grupo Financiero Galicia has not elected to apply fair value
accounting for any of its financial instruments not previously carried at fair value.
125
Fair Value Hierarchy
ASC 820-10 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
ASC 820-10 establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value
measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of
an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:
|
|
|
Level 1: inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for
identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
|
|
|
|
Level 2: inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets
and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or
liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or
liability.
|
|
|
|
|
Inputs include the following:
|
|
(a)
|
|
Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in
non-active markets;
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Pricing models whose inputs are observable for substantially the full
term of the asset or liability; and
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
Pricing models whose inputs are derived principally from or corroborated
by observable market data through correlation or other means.
|
|
|
|
Level 3: inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the
fair value measurement.
|
A financial instruments categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the
lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Determination of Fair Value
Fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If listed prices or quotes are
not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that use primarily market-based
or independently-sourced market parameters, including interest rate yield curves, option
volatilities and currency rates. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial
instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments include amounts to reflect counterparty
credit quality, the Banks creditworthiness, liquidity and unobservable parameters that are applied
consistently over time.
Grupo Financiero Galicia believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with
other market participants, the use of different methodologies, or assumptions, to determine the
fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at
the reporting date.
Impairment of Assets Other Than Loans
Certain assets, such as goodwill and equity investments are subject to an impairment review.
Asset impairment charges require considerable judgment and are recorded when market value declines
below the carrying value, for declines other-than-temporary, or where the cost of the asset is
deemed to not be recoverable.
Goodwill impairment exists when the fair value of the reporting unit to which the goodwill is
allocated is not enough to cover the book value of its assets and liabilities and the goodwill. The
fair value of the reporting units is estimated using discounted cash flow techniques. The sustained
value of the majority of the goodwill is supported ultimately by revenue from our banking and
credit-card businesses. A decline in earnings as a result of a lack of growth, or our inability to
deliver cost-effective services over sustained periods, could lead to a perceived impairment of
goodwill, which would be evaluated and, if necessary, recorded as a write-down in our consolidated
income statement. On an annual basis, or as circumstances dictate, management reviews goodwill and
evaluates events or other developments that may indicate impairment in the carrying amount. The
evaluation methodology for
potential impairment is inherently complex and involves significant management judgment in the
use of estimates and assumptions. These estimates involve many assumptions, including the expected
results of the reporting unit, an assumed discount rate and an assumed growth rate for the
reporting unit.
126
As of December 31, 2009, no impairment was recorded according to the test performed by Grupo
Financiro Galicia. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2008, Grupo Financiero Galicia performed the
impairment test of the goodwill related to the acquisition of certain loan portfolios of the
ABN-AMRO Bank and an impairment loss was recognized.
The fair value of equity investments is determined using discounted cash flow techniques. This
technique involves complex management judgment in terms of estimating the future cash flows of the
companies and in defining the applicable interest rate to discount those cash flows.
Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of
temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities recorded for
accounting and tax reporting purposes and for the future tax effects of net operating loss
carryforwards. We had a significant amount of deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007. Recognition of those deferred tax assets is subject to managements judgment based on
available evidence that realization is more likely than not and they are reduced, if necessary, by
a valuation reserve. Managements judgment on the likelihood that deferred tax assets can be
realized is subjective and involves estimates and assumptions about matters that are inherently
uncertain. This judgment involves estimating future taxable income and the timing at which the
temporary differences between book and taxable income will be reversed. Underlying estimates and
assumptions can change over time, influencing our overall tax positions, as a result of
unanticipated events or circumstances.
Grupo Financiero Galicia had significant accumulated tax loss carryforward at December 31,
2008 and 2007. Based on the analysis performed, management believes that Grupo Financiero Galicia
would recover only temporary differences with future taxable income. Therefore, the net operating
tax loss carryforward and presumed minimum income tax was more likely than not to be recovered in
the carryforward period and hence, a valuation allowance was provided against this amount as of
December 31, 2008 and 2007.
As of December 31, 2009 based on the analysis performed, Grupo Financiero Galicia believes
that is more likely that not that it will recover only the net operating tax loss carryforward and
the temporary differences, with future taxable income. Among other factors, Grupo Financiero
Galicia considered that as of the date of issuance of these financial statements, the taxable
income mainly due to the increase in the price of national government bonds has consumed a
signficant portion of the tax loss carryforward. Therefore, presumed minimum income tax is not more
likely than not to the recovered in the carryforward period and hence a valuation allowance was
provided against this amount.
In the event that all of our net deferred tax assets in the future become realizable under
U.S. GAAP, an adjustment to our deferred tax assets would be credited to income tax expense in the
period the determination was made.
Assets Not Recognized Under U.S. GAAP
Under US GAAP, assets are defined as ... probable future economic benefits obtained or
controlled by an entity as a result of past transactions or events. In addition, one of the three
essential characteristics of an asset is that an entity can obtain the benefit and can control
others access to it. Determining if a company has control of an asset involves in certain cases
some judgment.
As of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, under Argentine Banking GAAP, the Bank had recorded
under Intangible Assets the difference arising from the reimbursement of Reprogrammed Deposits at
the market exchange rate pursuant to
amparo
claims and the carrying value of these deposits. The
receivable for differences related to
amparo
claims does not represent an asset under U.S. GAAP.
127
Securitizations
Under U.S. GAAP, there are two key accounting determinations that must be made relating to
securitizations. A decision must be made as to whether a transfer would be considered a sale under
U.S. GAAP, resulting in the transferred assets being removed from our consolidated balance sheet
with a gain or loss recognized. Alternatively, the transfer would be considered a secured
borrowing, resulting in recognition of a liability in our consolidated balance sheet. The second
key determination to be made is whether the securitization entity must be consolidated and included
in our consolidated balance sheet or whether such entity is sufficiently independent that it does
not need to be consolidated.
If the securitization entitys activities are sufficiently restricted to meet certain
accounting requirements in order to be considered a qualifying special-purpose entity (QSPE), eliminating this concept by the new amendment of ASC 840 effective on January 1, 2010, the
securitization entity is not consolidated by the seller of the transferred assets. Additionally,
under ASC 860, if securitization entities meet the definition of a VIE, we must
evaluate whether it is the primary beneficiary of the entity and, if so, we must consolidate it.
Certain of our securitization transactions meet the criteria for sale accounting and
non-consolidation. As established by ASC 860, these criteria are: (i) the transferred assets have
been isolated from the transferor-put presumptively beyond the reach of the transferor and its
creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (ii) each transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets (or
beneficial interests) it received, and no condition both constrains the transferee (or holder) from
taking advantage of its right to pledge or exchange and provides more than a trivial benefit to the
transferor, and (iii) the transferor does not maintain effective control over the transferred
assets through either (1) an agreement that both entitles and obligates the transferor to
repurchase or redeem them before their maturity or (2) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder
to return specific assets, other than through a cleanup call. See -U.S. GAAP and Argentine Banking
GAAP Reconciliation.
Exchange of Assets
In accordance with U.S. GAAP, specifically ASC 310-20,
satisfaction of one monetary asset by the receipt of another monetary asset for the creditor is generally based on the market value
of the asset received in satisfaction of the debt (an extinguishment). In this particular case, the securities being received are
substantially different in structure and in interest rates than the debt securities swapped. Therefore, such amounts should initially
be recognized at their fair value. The estimated fair value of the securities received will constitute the cost basis of the asset.
Any difference between the old asset and the fair value of the new asset is recognized as a gain or loss.
The Bank exchanged National Government Bonds denominated
in Pesos at 2% due 2014 (Boden 2014 Bonds) with a face value of Ps.683.6 million (recorded in the Banks Shareholders equity
in February 2009 within the scope of an exchange transaction of National Secured Loans at market price) for Bonar 2015 Bonds
with a face value of Ps.912.7 million.
Under U.S. GAAP, the Bonar 2015 Bonds were considered as
available for sale securities and recorded at fair value with the unrealized gains or losses recognized as a charge or credit to
equity through other comprehensive income.
Principal Trends
Related to Argentina
The economic outlook for 2010 is more favorable as compared to the previous year. The decrease
in uncertainty at a global level, despite some turbulence in Greece and Spain, together with the
recovery being experienced by most economies worldwide, and in particular the principal business
partners of Argentina, generates a more promising outlook for growth potential. The GDP statistics
of the fourth quarter of 2009 showed a 1.7% expansion as compared to the previous quarter of the
year, without seasonal variations and not accounting for a statistical drag of 2%. Additionally,
the expected momentum in consumption, a product of the expansive monetary policy and the rise in
salaries, as well as a harvest that exceeded that of the previous year by approximately 50% with
international commodity prices at levels similar to those of the second half of 2009, permit an
expectation of growth in GDP of around 5% in 2010. In this context the labor market should
experience good performance, maintaining the unemployment level at current rates.
With respect to the exchange rate, a moderate depreciation as compared to the end of 2009 is
expected.
To the extent the growth in public spending remains at an elevated level, the increase in tax
revenues, as a result of a higher level of activity and price increases, together with certain
extraordinary resources (primarily, transfer of profits and advances from the Argentine Central
Bank and transfer of the income of the ANSES), makes it easier to cover the financing gap for 2010.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, it should be noted that certain latent risks exist that could
affect growth expectations, such as expansive fiscal, monetary and wage policies and their
consequences over the evolution of prices.
Related to the Financial System
With respect to the Argentine financial system, it is expected to continue to strengthen its
solvency, resulting from positive net income within a context of growth in financial intermediation
in the private sector and levels of interest rates and liquidity similar to those of the end of the
previous year. Income for services will continue to be an important part of operating income. With
respect to the evolution of the portfolio quality, we
expect the improvement observed during the last quarter of 2009 to continue, maintaining high
coverage with provisions for the non-accruing portfolio.
128
Related to Us
It is expected that the level of activity of all of the subsidiaries of Grupo Financiero
Galicia will be consistent with expectations generated by a more favorable economic context. Given
that Banco Galicia is the most significant asset of Grupo Financiero Galicia, we refer to the
trends related to Banco Galicia.
During recent years, and despite passing through various periods of crisis, both
internationally and domestically, the Bank managed to increase its volume of business in the
private sector and improve its equity structure, which had a positive impact on its ability to
generate financial and service income. In 2010, with the goal of continued improvement of recurring
operating results, the Bank will maintain its strategy of increasing its volume of intermediation
activities with the private sector, reducing its exposure to the public sector and its assets with
no yield, improving the structure of its liabilities, reducing its foreign debt and maintaining
adequate diversification and risk coverage.
The analysis of these trends should be read in conjunction with the discussion in Item 3. Key
InformationRisk Factors, and with consideration that the Argentine economy has been historically
volatile, which has negatively affected the volume and growth of the financial system.
Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity Holding Company on an Individual Basis
We generate our net earnings/losses from our operating subsidiaries, especially Banco Galicia,
our main operating subsidiary. Until 2001, the Bank was the primary source of funds available to us
in the form of dividends.
The Banks dividend-paying ability was impaired since late 2001 by the effects of the
2001-2002 crisis on its liquidity and income-generation capacity. In addition, there are other
restrictions on the Banks ability to pay dividends resulting from applicable Argentine Central
Bank rules and the loan agreements entered into by the Bank as part of its foreign debt
restructuring. We have not received dividends from the Bank since October 2001. See Item 8.
Financial Information-Dividend Policy and Dividends.
The extent to which a banking subsidiary may extend credit or otherwise provide funds to a
holding company is limited by Argentine Central Bank rules. For a description of these rules, see
Item 4. Information on the Company-Argentine Banking Regulation-Lending Limits.
On a stand-alone basis, our current policy is to retain earnings to pay for our operating
expenses, support the growth of certain of our businesses and repay our liabilities. Cash available
to support the growth of certain of our businesses will be limited until said liabilities are fully
repaid.
As of December 31, 2009, Grupo Financiero Galicia, on an individual basis, had cash and due
from banks of Ps.3.8 million and short-term investments of Ps.28.7 million. Grupo Financiero
Galicias short-term investments were made up of: (i) special current account deposits of Ps.3.2
million, (ii) time deposits of Ps.10.6 million, (iii) investments in mutual funds of Ps.1.8
million, (iv) negotiable obligations issued by companies from abroad of Ps.5.6 million and (v) ETFs
of Ps.7.5 million.
As of December 31, 2008, on a non-consolidated basis, we had cash and due from banks in the
amount of Ps.0.2 million and short-term investments for Ps.27.3 million.
In the same way, as of December 31, 2007, considering also a non-consolidated basis, we held
cash and due from banks in the amount of Ps.10.7 million and short-term investments for Ps.27.3
million.
129
As of December 31, 2006, we had US$107.0 million of face value of 2014 Notes and US$4.3
million of face value of 2019 Notes. In January 2007, we sold the latter and part of our 2014 Notes
and acquired loans
maturing in 2019 issued by the Bank as part of its foreign debt restructuring. As of December
2007, we held US$10.2 million of face value of such loans. In July 2007, in exercise of our
preemptive rights, we used our remaining US$102.2 million of face value of 2014 Notes and cash to
subscribe for 93.6 million shares of the Bank, in the offering carried out by the Bank. To fund
such cash subscription we entered into an US$80 million loan agreement in July 2007.
In July 2008, the first installment of the above-mentioned loan was repaid for US$24.3 million
(US$18.0 million of principal and US$6.3 million in interest).
On January 6, 2009, the remaining outstanding of US$62 million was cancelled in advance, with
a single and final payment of US$39.1 million, with our own funds and funds from financing granted
by local entities.
On March 9, 2009, the General Ordinary Shareholders Meeting approved the creation of a Global
Program of simple Notes, not convertible into shares for a maximum principal amount of US$60
million. On June 4, 2009 Series I and Series II Notes corresponding to the Class I Notes were
issued in the amount of US$45 million. Series I, with a one-year term, was issued for a principal
amount of US$34.4 million and a yield of 8% and Series II, with a two-year term, for a principal
amount of US$10.6 million with an annual yield of 10.5%. With the proceeds of these issuances, we
proceeded to cancel the funding from local entities.
Each of our subsidiaries is responsible for their own liquidity management. For a discussion
of the Banks liquidity management, see -Banco Galicias Liquidity Management-Banco Galicia
(Unconsolidated) Liquidity Management.
Consolidated Cash Flows
Our consolidated statements of cash flows were prepared using the measurement methods
prescribed by the Argentine Central Bank, but in accordance with the presentation requirements of
Statement of Cash Flows, ASC 230-10. See our consolidated cash flow statements as of and for the
fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, included in this
annual report.
As of December 31, 2009, on a consolidated basis, we had Ps.5,428.7 million in available cash
(defined as total cash on hand and cash equivalents), representing a Ps.633.3 million increase from
the Ps.4,795.4 million as of December 31, 2008. At the end of fiscal year 2008, our available cash
(and cash equivalents) had increased in the amount of Ps.1,029.2 million from the Ps.3,766.2
million of available cash (and cash equivalents) at the end of the prior fiscal year.
Effective May 14, 2007, and in accordance with the provisions of Argentine Central Banks
Communiqué A 4667, cash equivalents are comprised of the following: Argentine Central Bank debt
instruments (Nobac and Lebac) having a remaining maturity that does not exceed 90 days, securities
in connection with reverse repurchase transactions with the Argentine Central Bank, short term call
loans to corporations, local interbank loans and overnight placements in correspondent banks
abroad. Cash equivalents also comprise, in the case of the regional credit card companies, time
deposit certificates and mutual fund shares.
130
The table below summarizes the information from our consolidated statements of cash flows for
the three fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, which is also discussed in more detail below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Funds (1) at the Beginning of the Fiscal Year
|
|
Ps.
|
4,795.4
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,766.2
|
|
|
Ps.
|
4,988.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funds Provided (Used) by Operating Activities
|
|
|
1,464.8
|
|
|
|
888.6
|
|
|
|
2,449.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Funds Provided by the Sale Of or Proceeds From Government Securities
|
|
|
1,120.9
|
|
|
|
839.2
|
|
|
|
1,589.5
|
|
- CER Adjustment
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
(113.2
|
)
|
|
|
485.6
|
|
- Other
|
|
|
337.4
|
|
|
|
162.6
|
|
|
|
374.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funds Provided (Used) by Investing Activities
|
|
|
(1,526.0
|
)
|
|
|
1,057.1
|
|
|
|
(1,715.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Net Increase/Decrease in Loans
|
|
|
(1,185.6
|
)
|
|
|
1,501.3
|
|
|
|
(1,410.8
|
)
|
Loans to the Private Sector
|
|
|
(1,193.6
|
)
|
|
|
1,444.6
|
|
|
|
(2,027.8
|
)
|
Loans to the Public Sector
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
56.7
|
|
|
|
617.0
|
|
- Other
|
|
|
(340.4
|
)
|
|
|
(444.2
|
)
|
|
|
(304.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funds Provided (Used) by Financing Activities
|
|
|
517.9
|
|
|
|
(1.065.6
|
)
|
|
|
(2,003.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Net Increase in Deposits
|
|
|
1,838.7
|
|
|
|
(57.0
|
)
|
|
|
1,752.5
|
|
- Funds Provided/Used by Repurchases
|
|
|
(409.3
|
)
|
|
|
(376.6
|
)
|
|
|
229.9
|
|
- Funds Raised by the Regional Credit Card Companies
|
|
|
197.7
|
|
|
|
269.5
|
|
|
|
174.9
|
|
- Payments on Long-term Debt
|
|
|
(778.6
|
)
|
|
|
(743.5
|
)
|
|
|
(1,770.3
|
)
|
- Payments on Long-term Debt by Galicia Uruguay
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
(53.2
|
)
|
- Payments on Debt with the Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
(2,713.0
|
)
|
- Other
|
|
|
(332.1
|
)
|
|
|
(159.0
|
)
|
|
|
375.3
|
|
-Effect of Exchange Rate on Cash and Cash Equivalents
|
|
|
176.7
|
|
|
|
149.2
|
|
|
|
47.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funds at the End of the Fiscal Year
|
|
Ps.
|
5,428.7
|
|
|
Ps.
|
4,795.4
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,766.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents.
|
Our investing activities primarily consist of our origination of loans and other credits to
the private sector. In 2007, these activities have also included reducing our public-sector
exposure through both sales and collections. Our financing activities primarily include raising
customer deposits, in addition to entering into sales of government securities under repurchase
agreements or not, issuing bonds in the local and foreign capital markets and borrowing from
foreign and local banks and international credit agencies. In the last few years, these activities
have also included reducing expensive liabilities incurred as a consequence of the 2001-2002
crisis.
As shown by the table above, and explained in more detail below, in the last three years and
consistently with our strategy of strengthening our balance sheet, we have generated significant
amounts of cash from our exposure to the public sector, which represents mainly the Banks
exposure, for approximately Ps.1,135.4 million in 2009 and Ps.782.7 million and Ps.2,692.1 million,
respectively, in 2008 and 2007, and have used cash generated by such assets (as well as these
assets directly) mainly to repay debt with the Argentine Central Bank and restructured foreign
debt, both representing liabilities incurred as a consequence of or related to the 2001-2002
crisis. Such public-sector assets are associated both with our operating activities (mainly Bogar
Bonds and Boden 2012 Bonds) and our investing activities (Secured Loans). Cash was generated by
proceeds from the sale of such public-sector assets as well as from the collection of principal and
interest on such assets. Proceeds from Bogar Bonds and Secured Loans were mostly used for the
repayment of Argentine Central Bank debt while proceeds from Boden 2012 Bonds were used for the
repayment of restructured foreign debt.
In 2009 funds generated by operating and financing activities were used by investing
activities, mainly due to the increase in loans to the private sector.
In 2008, due to the international economic crisis and its local impact, our main source of
funds was funds available at the end of the fiscal year due to a decrease in loans to the private
sector (in replacement of our principal source of funding: deposits).
In 2007, due to the aggressive repayment of the above-mentioned liabilities, cash and cash
equivalents generated by operating activities were used by investing activities and financing
activities. However, cash was generated also, to a large extent, by deposit raising and other
sources (securitizations of loans, by both the Bank and the regional credit card companies,
repurchases and bank borrowings in the case of the Bank and negotiable obligations issuances by the
regional credit card companies) in amounts sufficient to fund our growing business with the private
sector and the significant increases in our lending to such sector.
Management believes that cash flows from operations and available cash and cash equivalent
balances, will be sufficient to fund our financial commitments and capital expenditures for fiscal
year 2010.
131
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
In fiscal year 2009, net cash provided by operating activities exceeded our net income of
Ps.229.3 million and amounted to Ps.1,464.8 million, due to the depreciation and amortization of
intangibles assets, which represent non-cash expenses, of Ps.241.5 million, loan loss provisions,
which, similarly, do not require cash at the time of provision and which, net of reversals,
amounted to Ps.487.6 million and a decrease of Ps.1,120.9 million of government securities
attributable to sales and the collection of amortization and interest on Boden 2012 Bonds for
Ps.637.4 million, Ps.1,170.1 million of sales of securities in Pesos, net of Ps.894.2 million of
Argentine Central Bank debt instruments (Nobac and Lebac) having a remaining maturity that exceed
90 days and the increase of Ps.166.6 million of trading securities. In addition, net cash was
provided by other fluctuations in operating assets and liabilities: (i) Ps.6.5 million collection
of CER adjustment, (ii) Ps.160.9 million of foreign exchange brokerage, (iii) Ps.17.8 million of
deposit in connection with Decree No. 616, and (iv) Ps.57.0 million of the liquidation
corresponding to Tarjeta Naranja Financial Trust. Cash generated from operating activities was
higher than in fiscal year 2008, basically because of more sales of government securities.
In fiscal year 2008, net cash provided by operating activities exceeded our net income of
Ps.176.8 million and amounted to Ps.888.6 million, due to the depreciation and amortization of
intangibles assets, which represent non-cash expenses, of Ps.161.3 million, loan loss provisions,
which, similarly, do not require cash at the time of provision and which, net of reversals,
amounted to Ps.335.7 million and a decrease of Ps.839.2 million of government securities
attributable to the collection of amortization and interest on Boden 2012 Bonds for Ps.621.1
million, sales of Boden 2012 Bonds and Argentine bonds for Ps.68.0 million and Ps.64.5 million of
Argentine Central Bank debt instruments (Nobac and Lebac) having a remaining maturity that exceed
90 days. In addition, net cash was provided by other fluctuations in operating assets and
liabilities: (i) Ps.113.2 million capitalization of CER adjustment, (ii) Ps.86.8 million of
interest on repurchases, (iii) Ps.76.0 million of minimum presumed income tax, and (iv) Ps.79.3
million of securitization of loans which represents non-cash income. Cash generated from operating
activities was lower than in fiscal year 2007, basically because of fewer sales of government
securities.
In fiscal year 2007, net cash provided by operating activities exceeded our net income and
amounted to Ps.2,449.8 million, due to depreciation and amortization of intangibles assets, which
represent non-cash expenses, for Ps.214.6 million, and loan loss provisions, which, similarly, do
not require cash at the time of provision and which, net of reversals, amounted to Ps.269.2
million. In addition, net cash was provided by the following fluctuations in operating assets and
liabilities: (i) a Ps.1,589.5 million decrease in government securities mainly attributable to
sales of Bogar Bonds excluding CER adjustments for Ps.208.0 million, sales of Boden 2012 Bonds for
Ps.601.5 million, collection of amortization and interest on Boden 2012 Bonds for Ps.639.9 million,
and collection of amortization and interest on Bogar Bonds and Secured Loans, (ii) Ps.485.6 million
collection of the CER adjustment associated with Bogar Bonds sold, net of payments for Ps.161.3
million on other debt (premiums on repurchases, short-term loans, etc.). Cash generated from
operating activities was lower than in fiscal year 2006, basically because in fiscal year 2006
collection on Boden 2012 Bonds was of an extraordinary amount, while such collection was normalized
in 2007.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
In fiscal year 2009, net cash used by investing activities increased to Ps.1,526.0 million.
This increase was mainly attributable to the increase of Ps.1,185.6 million in our private-sector
loan portfolio. In addition, cash equal to Ps.282.6 million was applied to bank premises and
equipment, miscellaneous and intangible assets, including payments of deposits pursuant to
amparo
claims. Cash used by investing activities increased from 2008, as our private-sector loan portfolio
increased, because of the international financial crisis and its local impact as seen on 2008.
In fiscal year 2008, net cash generated by investing activities decreased to Ps.1,057.1
million. This decrease was mainly attributable to the decrease of Ps.1,501.3 million in our
private-sector loan portfolio. In addition, cash equal to Ps.403.1 million was applied to bank
premises and equipment, miscellaneous and intangible assets, including payments of deposits
pursuant to
amparo
claims. Cash used by investing activities decreased from 2007, as our
private-sector loan portfolio decreased, because of the international financial crisis and its
local impact.
132
In fiscal year 2007, net cash used by investing activities increased to Ps.1,715.7 million.
This increase was mainly attributable to the use of Ps.1,410.8 million to fund the increase in the
Banks loan portfolio resulting from a Ps.2,027.8 million net increase in our private-sector loan
portfolio (net of securitizations for Ps.617.0 million) and
was partially offset by the sale of Secured Loans. In addition, cash for Ps.287.6 million was
applied to bank premises and equipment, miscellaneous and intangible assets, mainly representing
payments of deposits pursuant to
amparo
claims. Cash used by investing activities increased from
2006, as our private-sector loan portfolio increased, loan securitization was slightly lower and
less cash was generated by the sale of Secured Loans.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
In fiscal year 2009, financing activities generated cash in the amount of Ps.517.9 million due
to a Ps.1,838.7 million increase in deposits, corresponding to: (a) an increase of Ps.1,793.9
million in demand deposits and (b) an increase of Ps.44.8 million in time deposits, which was
offset by the following:
|
(i)
|
|
a Ps.580.9 million net decrease in long term credit facilities, mainly
corresponding to: (a) payments of interest on restructured debt for US$41.4 million,
(b) the payment of two amortization installments on debt due 2010 for US$68.4 million,
(c) the prepayment of the Banks 2014 Notes for US$77.3 million, (d) a decrease of
Ps.6.8 million of IFC loans and (e) a Ps.86 million net decrease in funds obtained by
the regional credit card companies through the issuance of negotiable obligations;
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
a Ps.409.3 million net decrease in repurchase transactions; and
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
a Ps.319.9 million net decrease in short-term borrowings, mainly due to the
decrease in borrowings from local and foreign banks, for Ps.327.5 million.
|
In addition, on January 7, 2009, Grupo Financiero Galicia paid in advance, through a single
and final payment of US$39.1 million, the remaining balance of the loan entered into with Merrill
Lynch International. In order to make the abovementioned prepayment, the Company used its own funds
plus funds from a 180-day loan entered into with Sudamericana on January 6, 2009 for the amount of
Ps.97 million.
On March 9, 2009 Grupo Financiero Galicias shareholders, at their ordinary shareholders
meeting, approved the creation of a Negotiable Obligation Program for up to US$60 million. The CNV
approved said program on April 29, 2009, and, on May 9, 2009, also approved a pricing supplement
for the offering of negotiable obligations for up to US$45 million. See Item 5.A. Operating
Results-Funding-Debt Programs.
On June 4, 2009, Grupo Financiero Galicia issued two bonds amounting to US$45 million: (i)
US$34.4 million of non-interest bearing bonds due on May 30, 2010, these bonds were issued at a
price of 92.68/100 and their yield will be 8%, and (ii) US$10.6 million of bonds with a 12.5%
coupon, due on May 25, 2011, these bonds were issued at a price of 103.48/100 and their yield will
be 10.5%. Interest on the bonds noted in (ii) is payable semiannually. With the proceeds of said
bonds, Grupo Financiero Galicia cancelled the bridge loan that it had entered with Sudamericana on
January 6, 2009.
In fiscal year 2008, financing activities used cash in the amount of Ps.1,065.6 million,
mainly due to:
|
(i)
|
|
a Ps.474.0 million net decrease in long term credit facilities, mainly
corresponding to: (a) payments of interest on restructured debt for US$49 million, (b)
the payment of two amortization installments on debt due 2010 for US$68.4 million, (c)
the prepayment of the Banks 2014 Notes for US$30.2 million, (d) a reduction of US$24.6
million of Banco Galicia Uruguays restructured debt structured as negotiable
obligations, (e) an increase of Ps.153.6 million of IFC loans and (f) a Ps.80.5 million
net decrease in funds obtained by the regional credit card companies through the
issuance of negotiable obligations;
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
a Ps.376.6 million net decrease in repurchase transactions;
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
a Ps.156.6 million net decrease in short-term borrowings, mainly due to: (a)
the decrease in borrowings from local and foreign banks, for Ps.81.0 million and (b)
the payment of US$24.0 million as part of a US$80 million loan granted to us in last
year; and
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
a Ps.57.0 million decrease in deposits, corresponding to: (a) a decrease of
Ps.908.4 million in time deposits and (b) an increase of Ps.868.1 million in demand
deposits.
|
133
In fiscal year 2007, financing activities used cash in the amount of Ps.2,003.9 million,
mainly due to a Ps.1,752.5 million net increase in deposits, a Ps.229.9 million net increase in
repurchase transactions, a Ps.174.9 million net increase in long term credit facilities
(representing funds obtained by the regional credit card companies through the issuance of
negotiable obligations), and a Ps.407.5 million increase in funds obtained mainly from financial
institutions and credit agencies (including part of the US$80 million loan granted to us and a
Ps.102.9
million credit line from the Inter-American Development Bank for on lending to SMEs), which
increases were more than offset by the following:
|
(i)
|
|
a Ps.1,823.5 million decrease in long-term liabilities, mainly corresponding
to: (a) payments of interest on restructured debt for Ps.280.0 million, (b) principal
amortization of the 2007 Notes for Ps.121.6 million, (c) payments by the regional
credit card companies on negotiable obligations for Ps.151.0 million, (d) repurchases
of loans due 2010 and 2014 for Ps.593.3 million, (e) payment of two amortization
installments on debt due 2010 for Ps.277.9 million, (f) prepayment of 2010 Notes for
Ps.155.9 million and of 2014 Notes for Ps.119.1 million, (g) prepayment of 2014 Notes
triggered by the cash subscription for the Banks capital increase under our
restructured foreign debt agreements, for Ps.71.5 million, and (h) settlement by
Galicia Uruguay of restructured debt, for Ps.53.2 million, and
|
|
(ii)
|
|
a Ps.2,332.5 million decrease of short-term borrowings, mainly due to the full
repayment of financial assistance from the Argentine Central Bank, for Ps.2,713.0
million, partially offset by an increase in borrowings from local banks, for Ps.102.9
million.
|
For a description of the types of financial interests we use and the maturity profile of our debt,
currency and interest rate structure, see Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects-Item 5.A. Operating Results.
Banco Galicias Liquidity Management
Banco Galicia Consolidated Liquidity Gaps
Liquidity risk is the risk that liquid assets are not available for the Bank to meet financial
commitments at contractual maturity, take advantage of potential investment opportunities and meet
demand for credit. To monitor and control liquidity risk, the Bank monitors and systematically
calculates the gaps between financial assets and liabilities maturing within set time intervals
based on contractual remaining maturity, on a consolidated basis with Galicia Uruguay and the
regional credit card companies. All of the deposits in current accounts and other demand deposits
and deposits in savings accounts are included in the first time interval. These figures are used to
simulate different liquidity crisis scenarios based on assumptions stemming from historical
experience.
As of December 31, 2009, the consolidated gaps between maturities of the Banks financial
assets and liabilities based on contractual remaining maturity were as follows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
(1)
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
one Year
|
|
|
1 5 Years
|
|
|
5 10 Years
|
|
|
Over 10 Years
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except ratios)
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Due from Banks
|
|
|
1,616.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,616.6
|
|
Argentine Central Bank Escrow Accounts
|
|
|
2,339.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,339.2
|
|
Overnight Placements
|
|
|
440.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
440.7
|
|
Loans Public Sector
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
Loans Private Sector
|
|
|
10,929.3
|
|
|
|
1,716.3
|
|
|
|
200.6
|
|
|
|
16.7
|
|
|
|
12,862.9
|
|
Government Securities
|
|
|
2,583.3
|
|
|
|
1,155.3
|
|
|
|
105.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,844.4
|
|
Negotiable Obligations and Corporate Securities
|
|
|
21.4
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.5
|
|
Financial Trusts
|
|
|
449.3
|
|
|
|
366.5
|
|
|
|
462.6
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
1,278.5
|
|
Special Fund Former Almafuerte Bank
|
|
|
162.2
|
|
|
|
238.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400.9
|
|
Other Financing
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
Assets under Financial Lease
|
|
|
132.6
|
|
|
|
161.5
|
|
|
|
49.3
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
343.5
|
|
Other
|
|
|
357.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
357.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
19,045.4
|
|
|
|
3,651.1
|
|
|
|
818.3
|
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
|
|
23,531.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Savings Accounts
|
|
|
5,022.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,022.0
|
|
Demand Deposits
|
|
|
3,927.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,927.4
|
|
Time Deposits
|
|
|
7,851.4
|
|
|
|
139.9
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
7,991.5
|
|
Negotiable Obligations
|
|
|
636.8
|
|
|
|
1,822.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,459.6
|
|
International Banks and Credit Agencies
|
|
|
253.0
|
|
|
|
342.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
595.9
|
|
Domestic Banks
|
|
|
209.8
|
|
|
|
146.7
|
|
|
|
19.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
376.1
|
|
Other Liabilities
(1)
|
|
|
3,216.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,216.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
21,116.5
|
|
|
|
2,452.3
|
|
|
|
19.7
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
23,588.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset / Liability Gap
|
|
|
(2,071.1
|
)
|
|
|
1,198.8
|
|
|
|
798.6
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
(56.9
|
)
|
Cumulative Gap
|
|
|
(2,071.1
|
)
|
|
|
(872.3
|
)
|
|
|
(73.7
|
)
|
|
|
(56.9
|
)
|
|
|
(56.9
|
)
|
Ratio of Cumulative Gap to Cumulative Liabilities
|
|
|
(9.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio of Cumulative Gap to Total Liabilities
|
|
|
(8.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal plus CER adjustment. Does not include interest.
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes, mainly, debt with retailers due to credit card operations, liabilities in connection with repurchase transactions, debt
with domestic credit agencies and collections for third parties. The Less than One Year bucket also includes Ps.6.4 million
corresponding to the Banks foreign debt not tendered by its holders in the exchange offered to restructure such foreign debt, which
was completed in May 2004.
|
134
The Banks Board of Directors has defined a maximum limit for liquidity mismatches. This limit
has been established at -25% for the ratio of cumulative gap to total liabilities within the
first year. As shown in the table above, the Bank complies with said established policy since such
gap was -8.8% at the end of fiscal year 2009. As mentioned above, all of the deposits in current
accounts and other demand deposits and deposits in savings accounts are included in the first time
interval. However, historical experience shows that between 40% and 50% of these deposits represent
a stable funding for the Bank and that such funding and the renewal of time deposits at maturity
have funded the first-year negative gap. In addition, the Bank follows a liquidity policy based on
the worst-case scenario of the recent economic history in Argentina, which is explained below.
Banco Galicia (Unconsolidated) Liquidity Management
The following is a discussion of the Banks liquidity management, excluding the consolidated
companies.
The Banks policy is to maintain a level of liquid assets that allows it to meet financial
commitments at contractual maturity, take advantage of potential investment opportunities, and meet
customers credit demand. To set the appropriate level, forecasts are made based on historical
experience and on an analysis of possible scenarios. This enables management to project funding
needs and alternative funding sources, as well as excess liquidity and placement strategies for
such funds. As of December 31, 2009, the Banks unconsolidated liquidity structure was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Legal Requirement
|
|
Ps.
|
3,819.8
|
|
Excess Liquidity
|
|
|
2,319.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liquidity (1)
|
|
Ps.
|
6,138.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Excludes cash and due from banks of consolidated companies.
|
The legal requirement refers to the Minimum Cash Requirements set by Argentine Central Bank
regulations, minus the permitted reduction in the requirement in the amount of the balance of the
Special Fund Former Almafuerte Bank as per Resolution No. 408/03 of the Argentine Central Bank. For
more information on the Argentine Central Bank regulations regarding reserve requirements for
liquidity purposes, see Item 4. Information on the Company-Argentine Banking Regulation-Legal
Reserve Requirements for Liquidity Purposes.
Excess liquidity consists of the following items: (i) 100% of the balance of overnight
placements in banks abroad, (ii) the net amount of the margin requirement for short-term loans
(call loans) to prime companies, (iii) 90% of the Lebac balance, (iv) 100% of the market value of
available government securities, due to the potential liquidity that might be obtained through
sales or repurchase transactions, (v) net short-term interbank loans (call loans), and
(vi) 100% of the balance at the Argentine Central Bank (including escrow accounts in favor of
clearing houses) in excess of the necessary items to cover the Minimum Cash Requirements.
135
The Bank sets its total liquidity objective based on the analysis of the behavior of the
Banks deposits during the 2001-2002 crisis, considered as the worst-case scenario. Two liquidity
levels are taken into account: the operational liquidity (to address the Banks daily operations)
and the additional liquidity (excess amount available). Deposits are classified into wholesale
deposits and retail deposits.
Operational liquidity was established at 5% of retail demand deposits and time deposits
maturing in less than 10 days, plus the balance of the escrow accounts held at the Argentine
Central Bank and the balances in correspondent banks needed to address foreign-trade operations.
Additional liquidity varies according to the remaining maturity of the different types of
deposits and to the currency in which such deposits are denominated. As a result of the analysis
performed, the Bank defined a floor for the additional liquidity in Pesos at 50% of the necessary
funds to face the worst-case scenario and for the additional liquidity in US Dollars the floor
was set at 70% of the funds necessary to bear the worst-case scenario. Simultaneously, a margin
must be kept in order to face a potential drop in deposits of 10% in Pesos and 15% in US Dollars
without failing to meet the Minimum Cash Requirements. At the end of fiscal year 2009, the
additional liquidity included in the above table amounted to Ps.2,953.0 million and US$519.2
million, equivalent to 61.2% and to 175.4% of the worst-case scenario, respectively, with both
percentages exceeding the policy limits established by the Banco Galicia.
Capital
Our capital management policy is designed to ensure prudent levels of capital. The following
table analyzes our capital resources as of the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos, except ratios, multiples and percentages)
|
|
Shareholders Equity
|
|
Ps.
|
2,052.5
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,845.7
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,654.5
|
|
Shareholders Equity as a Percentage of Total Assets
|
|
|
7.44
|
%
|
|
|
7.46
|
%
|
|
|
7.25
|
%
|
Total Liabilities as a Multiple of Total Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
12.45
|
x
|
|
|
12.40
|
x
|
|
|
12.80
|
x
|
Tangible Shareholders Equity
(1)
as a Percentage of Total Assets
|
|
|
5.36
|
%
|
|
|
5.17
|
%
|
|
|
5.28
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Tangible shareholders equity represents shareholders equity minus intangible assets.
|
For information on our capital adequacy and that of our operating subsidiaries, see Item 4.
Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information-Regulatory Capital.
Capital Expenditures
In the course of our business, our capital expenditures are mainly related to fixed assets,
construction and organizational and IT system development. In general terms, our capital
expenditures are not significant when compared to our total assets.
For a more detailed description of our capital expenditures in 2009 and our capital
commitments for 2010, see Item 4. Information on the Company-Capital Investments and
Divestitures. For a description of financing of our capital expenditures, see -Consolidated Cash
Flows.
136
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees
Our Board of Directors
Our ordinary shareholders meeting took place on April 14
th
, 2010. The following
table sets out the members of our Board of Directors as of that date (all of whom are resident in
Buenos Aires, Argentina), the positions they hold within Grupo Financiero Galicia, their dates of
birth, their principal occupations and the dates of
their appointment and on which their current terms will expire. Terms expire when the annual
Shareholders Meeting takes place.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal
|
|
Member
|
|
Current
|
Name
|
|
Position
|
|
Date of Birth
|
|
Occupation
|
|
Since
|
|
Term Ends
|
Eduardo J. Escasany
|
|
Chairman
|
|
June 30, 1950
|
|
Businessman
|
|
April 2005
|
|
December 2012
|
Pablo Gutiérrez
|
|
Vice Chairman
|
|
December 9, 1959
|
|
Banker
|
|
April 2003
|
|
December 2012
|
Abel Ayerza
|
|
Director
|
|
May 27, 1939
|
|
Businessman
|
|
September 1999
|
|
December 2011
|
Federico Braun
|
|
Director
|
|
February 4, 1950
|
|
Businessman
|
|
September 1999
|
|
December 2010
|
Antonio R. Garcés
|
|
Director
|
|
May 30, 1942
|
|
Banker
|
|
April 2002
|
|
December 2010
|
Enrique Martin
|
|
Director
|
|
October 19, 1945
|
|
Businessman
|
|
April 2006
|
|
December 2011
|
Luis O. Oddone
|
|
Director
|
|
May 11, 1938
|
|
Businessman
|
|
April 2005
|
|
December 2012
|
Silvestre Vila Moret
|
|
Director
|
|
April 26, 1971
|
|
Businessman
|
|
June 2002
|
|
December 2010
|
Eduardo J. Zimmermann
|
|
Director
|
|
January 3, 1931
|
|
Businessman
|
|
April 2000
|
|
December 2011
|
María Ofelia Hordeñana
de Escasany
|
|
Alternate Director
|
|
December 30, 1920
|
|
Businesswoman
|
|
April 2000
|
|
December 2010
|
Sergio Grinenco
|
|
Alternate Director
|
|
May 26, 1948
|
|
Banker
|
|
April 2003
|
|
December 2011
|
Alejandro Rojas Lagarde
|
|
Alternate Director
|
|
July 17, 1937
|
|
Lawyer
|
|
April 2000
|
|
December 2011
|
Luis S. Monsegur
|
|
Alternate Director
|
|
August 15, 1936
|
|
Accountant
|
|
April 2000
|
|
December 2010
|
The following is a summary of the biographies of the members of our Board of Directors:
Eduardo Escasany:
Mr. Escasany obtained a degree in economics at the Universidad Católica
Argentina. He was associated with Banco Galicia from 1973 to 2002. He was appointed to the Banks
Board of Directors in 1975. In 1979, he was elected as the vice chairman and from 1989 to March 21,
2002 he was the chairman of the Banks Board of Directors and its chief executive officer. He
served as the vice chairman of the board between 1989 and 1993 and then, he was elected as the
chairman of the Argentine Bankers Association from 1993 to 2002. He was also chairman of Grupo
Financiero Galicias Board of Directors from September, 1999 until June, 2002. He was elected again
for his current position as a member of Grupo Financiero Galicias Board of Directors in April
2005, and re-elected in April 2007. In April 2010, he was re-elected as member of Grupo Financiero
Galicias Board of Directors and appointed as Chairman. He is also a lifetime trustee and vice
chairman of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires. Mr. Escasany is Mrs. María Ofelia
Hordeñana de Escasanys son and Mr. Silvestre Vila Morets uncle.
Pablo Gutiérrez:
Mr. Gutierrez obtained a degree in business administration at the Universidad
de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since 1985. In April 2005, he was appointed
to the Board of Directors of the Bank. He served as the head of the Banks Treasury Division until
April 2007. Mr. Gutierrez is also chairman of Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa, director of
Argenclear S.A., vice chairman of Galicia Pension Fund Limited and an alternate trustee of the
Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires. He has been an alternate director of Grupo Financiero
Galicia since April 2003, and was re-elected for his current position in April 2006 and in April
2009. In April 2010, he was elected as member of Grupo Financiero Galicias Board of Directors and
appointed as Vice-Chairman. Mr. Gutierrez is Mr. Abel Ayerzas nephew.
Abel Ayerza:
Mr. Ayerza obtained a degree in business administration at the Universidad
Católica Argentina. He was associated with the Bank from 1966 to 2002, having served as a member of
the Banks Board of Directors from 1976 to 2002. Mr. Ayerza is also the chairman of Aygalpla S.A.,
a lifetime trustee and second vice chairman of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires and
the managing partner of Cribelco S.R.L., Crisabe S.R.L. and Huinca Cereales S.R.L. He has been a
member of Grupo Financiero Galicias Board of Directors since September, 1999. In April 2000 he was
elected as the vice chairman, he was appointed as the chairman of the board on June 3, 2002, and on
April 23, 2003 he was elected for his current position, and later re-elected on April 27, 2006 and
on April 28, 2009. Mr. Ayerza is the uncle of Mr. Pablo Gutierrez.
137
Federico Braun:
Mr. Braun obtained a degree in industrial engineering at the Universidad de
Buenos Aires. He was associated with the Bank from 1984 to 2002, having served as a member of the
Board of Directors during
such period. Mr. Braun is also the chairman of Asociación Argentina de Codificación de
Productos Comerciales (Código), Campos de la Patagonia S.A., Estancia Anita S.A. and S.A.
Importadora and Exportadora de la Patagonia; the vice chairman of Club de Campo Los Pingüinos S.A.,
Inmobiliaria y Financiera La Josefina S.A. and Asociación de Supermercados Unidos y Mayorista Net
S.A.; a member of Asociación Empresaria Argentina and a lifetime trustee of the Fundación Banco de
Galicia y Buenos Aires. He has been a member of Grupo Financiero Galicias Board of Directors since
September, 1999. He was elected for his current position on June 3, 2002, and was re-elected on
April 28, 2005 and on April 29, 2008.
Antonio Garcés:
Mr. Garcés obtained a degree in national public accounting at the Universidad
de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since 1959. In April 1985, he was appointed
as an alternate director of Banco Galicia. Subsequently, he was appointed as the vice chairman of
the Bank in September 2001, the chairman of the board from March 2002 until August 2002, and then
the vice chairman from August 2002 until April 2003, when he was elected as the chairman of the
board, a position he currently holds, after being re-elected on April 27, 2006. Mr. Garcés is also
the liquidator of Gal Mobiliaria S.A. de Ahorro para Fines Determinados (in liquidation), as well
as the first vice chairman of the Argentine Bankers Association (ADEBA), director of IDEA and a
lifetime trustee of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires. He was elected chairman of Grupo
Financiero Galicia on April 23, 2003 and was re-elected on April 28, 2005 and on April 29, 2008.
Since April 2010, he remains as a member of the Board of Directors.
Enrique Martin:
Mr. Martin obtained a degree in law at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He was
a professor at said university for more than 20 years and has a post-graduate certificate in
international economics from the University of London. He was associated with Banco Galicia from
1977 until 2002 and was responsible for the International Banking Relations Department. Mr. Martin
is Advisor to ZEIG S.A. He is also a director of the Argentine-Chilean Chamber of Commerce and an
advisor to the Canadian-Argentine Chamber of Commerce. He has been a member of Grupo Financiero
Galicias Board of Directors since April 2006, and was re-elected in April 2009.
Luis Omar Oddone:
Mr. Odonne obtained a degree in national public accounting at the
Universidad de Buenos Aires. He was appointed as Grupo Financiero Galicias syndic from 1999 until
April 2005. Mr. Oddone is also the chairman of La Cigarra S.A. and Scharstof S.A., a director of
Petrolera de Conosur S.A. and a syndic for Santa Emilia de Martin S.A. and Promotora S.A. He has
been a member of Grupo Financiero Galicias Board of Directors since April, 2005, and was
re-elected in April 2007 and in April 2010.
Silvestre Vila Moret
: Mr. Vila Moret obtained a degree in banking administration at the
Universidad Católica Argentina. He was associated with the Bank from 1997 until May 2002. Mr. Vila
Moret is also vice chairman of El Benteveo S.A. and Santa Ofelia S.A. He has been a member of Grupo
Financiero Galicias Board of Directors since June 2002, and was re-elected in April 2005 and in
April 2008. Mr. Vila Moret is the grandson of Mrs. María Ofelia Hordeñana de Escasany and nephew of
Mr. Eduardo Escasany.
Eduardo Jesús Zimmermann:
Mr. Zimmermann obtained a degree in banking administration at the
Universidad Argentina de la Empresa. He was associated with the Bank between 1958 and 2002, where
he acted as a director from 1975 to 2002. Mr. Zimmermann is also a lifetime trustee of the
Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires. He has been a member of the Board of Directors since
April 2000, and was re-elected to his current position in April 2006 and in April 2009.
María Ofelia Hordeñana de Escasany:
Mrs. Hordeñana de Escasany has held several positions in
different subsidiaries of Banco Galicia. She is currently the chairman of the Fundación Banco de
Galicia y Buenos Aires and Santamera S.A. She has been an alternate director of Grupo Financiero
Galicia since April 2000, and was re-elected to her current position in April 2005 and in April
2008. Mrs. Hordeñana de Escasany is the mother of Mr. Eduardo Escasany and the grandmother of Mr.
Silvestre Vila Moret.
Sergio Grinenco
: Mr. Grinenco obtained a degree in economics at the Universidad Católica
Argentina and a masters degree in business administration from Babson College in Wellesley,
Massachusetts. He has been associated with the Bank since 1977. He was elected as an alternate
director of the Bank in September 2001 and as the vice chairman in April 2003, a position he
currently holds after being re-elected in April 2006 and in April 2009. Mr. Grinenco is also the
chairman of Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A., liquidator of Galicia Capital Markets S.A. (in
liquidation) and an alternate trustee of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires.
138
Alejandro María Rojas Lagarde:
Mr. Rojas obtained a degree in law at the Universidad de Buenos
Aires. He has held a variety of positions at Banco Galicia since 1963. From 1965 to January 2000,
he was responsible for the general counsel office of Banco Galicia. He was re-elected to his
current position in April 2005 and in April 2008. He is also a manager of Rojas Lagarde S.R.L.,
director of Santiago Salud S.A. and lifetime trustee of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos
Aires.
Luis Sila Monsegur:
Mr. Monsegur obtained a degree in national public accounting at the
Universidad de Buenos Aires. He held a variety of positions at Banco Galicia from 1962 to 1992 and
is an alternate trustee of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires. He was re-elected to his
current position in April 2005 and in April 2008.
Our Board of Directors may consist of between three and nine permanent members. Currently our
Board of Directors has nine members. In addition, the number of alternate directors-individuals who
act in the temporary or permanent absence of a director-has been set at four. The directors and
alternate directors are elected by the shareholders at our annual general shareholders meeting.
Directors and alternate directors are elected for a three-year term.
Messrs. Antonio Garcés, Sergio Grinenco and Pablo Gutiérrez are also directors of Banco
Galicia. In addition, some members of our Board of Directors may serve on the board of directors of
any subsidiary we establish in the future.
Five of our directors and one of our alternate directors are members of the families that are
the controlling shareholders of Grupo Financiero Galicia.
Our Audit Committee
In compliance with CNV rules regarding the composition of the Audit Committee of companies
listed in Argentina, which require that the Audit Committee be comprised of at least three
directors, with a majority of independent directors, the Board of Directors established an Audit
Committee with three members. Currently, Messrs. Luis O. Oddone, Eduardo Zimmermann and C. Enrique
Martin are the members of the Audit Committee. All of the members of our Audit Committee are
independent directors under the CNV and Nasdaq requirements. All three members of the Audit
Committee are financially literate and have extensive managerial experience. Mr. Oddone is the
financial expert serving on our Audit Committee.
According to the CNV rules, the Audit Committee is primarily responsible for (i) issuing a
report on the Board of Directors proposals for the appointment of the independent auditors and the
compensation for the Directors, (ii) issuing a report detailing the activities performed according
to the CNV requirements, (iii) issuing the Audit Committees annual plan and implementing the plan
each fiscal year, (iv) evaluating the external auditors independence, work plans and performance,
(v) evaluating the plans and performance of the internal auditors, (vi) supervising the reliability
of our internal control systems, including the accounting system, and of external reporting of
financial or other information, (vii) following-up on the use of information policies on risk
management at the companys main subsidiaries, (viii) evaluating the reliability of the financial
information to be filed with the CNV and the SEC, (ix) verifying compliance with the applicable
conduct rules, and (x) issuing a report on related party transactions and disclosing any
transaction where a conflict of interest exists with corporate governance bodies and controlling
shareholders. The Audit Committee has access to all information and documentation that it requires
and is broadly empowered to fulfill its duties. During 2009, the Audit Committee held thirteen
meetings.
Our Supervisory Committee
Our bylaws provide for a Supervisory Committee consisting of three members who are referred to
as syndics (syndics) and three alternate members who are referred to as alternate syndics
(alternate syndics). In accordance with the Corporations Law and our bylaws, the syndics and
alternate syndics are responsible for ensuring that all of our actions are in accordance with
applicable Argentine law. Syndics and alternate syndics are elected by the shareholders at the
annual general shareholders meeting. Syndics and alternate syndics do not have management
functions. Syndics are responsible for, among other things, preparing a report to shareholders
analyzing our financial statements for each year and recommending to the shareholders whether to
approve such financial
statements. Alternate syndics act in the temporary or permanent absence of a syndic.
Currently, there are three syndics and three alternate syndics. Syndics and alternate syndics are
elected for a one-year term.
139
The following table shows the members of our Supervisory Committee. Each of our syndics was
appointed at the ordinary shareholders meeting held on April 14, 2010. Terms expire when the
annual Shareholders Meeting takes place.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal
|
|
Current
|
Name
|
|
Position
|
|
Occupation
|
|
Term Ends
|
Norberto Corizzo
|
|
Syndic
|
|
Accountant
|
|
December 2010
|
Luis A. Díaz
|
|
Syndic
|
|
Accountant
|
|
December 2010
|
Enrique M. Garda Olaciregui
|
|
Syndic
|
|
Lawyer
|
|
December 2010
|
Miguel Armando
|
|
Alternate Syndic
|
|
Lawyer
|
|
December 2010
|
Fernando Noetinger
|
|
Alternate Syndic
|
|
Lawyer
|
|
December 2010
|
Horacio Tedín
|
|
Alternate Syndic
|
|
Lawyer
|
|
December 2010
|
The following is a summary of the biographies of the members of our Supervisory Committee:
Norberto Corizzo:
Mr. Corizzo obtained a degree in national public accounting at the
Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has developed taxes activities in companies such as López González
Raimondi y Asoc., Noel y Cía and Price Waterhouse. He has been syndic at Grupo Financiero Galicia
since April 2003. He has been associated with the Bank since 1977. Mr. Corizzo is also a syndic of
Banco Galicia, EBA Holding, Tarjetas Regionales S.A., Cobranzas Regionales S.A., Tarjeta Naranja
S.A., Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A., Tarjetas del Mar S.A. and of others Banco Galicia and Grupo Financiero
Galicias subsidiaries.
Luis Díaz:
Mr. Díaz obtained a degree in national public accounting at the Universidad de
Buenos Aires. He has provided services to the Bank since 1965, and was elected as a syndic of Banco
Galicia and Grupo Financiero Galicia at the shareholders meetings held on April 28, 2009.
Additionally, he is a syndic for Tarjetas Regionales S.A., Tarjetas del Mar S.A., Galicia Factoring
y Leasing S.A., Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa y Galicia Warrants S.A.
Enrique M. Garda Olaciregui:
Mr. Garda Olaciregui obtained a degree in law at the Universidad
del Salvador. He has a master in Finances at Universidad del CEMA and a degree in Corporate Law at
Universidad Austral. He has been associated with the Bank since 1970. He served as legal advisor to
the Bank between September 2001 and April 2003. He has provided services as a Secretary Director
between April 2003 and April 2010, when he was designated as regular syndic of Banco de Galicia.
Additionally, he is a regular syndic at Grupo Financiero Galicia, Galicia Factoring y Leasing,
Galicia Warrants S.A., Tarjetas Regionales S.A., GV Mandataria de Valores S.A., Tarjetas Cuyanas
S.A., Tarjeta Naranja S.A. Tarjetas del Mar S.A., Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa, Galicia
Capital Markets S.A. and Cobranzas Regionales S.A.
Miguel Armando
: Mr. Armando obtained a degree in law at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He
was first elected as an alternate syndic of the Bank in 1986. He is Vice-Chairman of Arnoar S.A.
and member of the board of Directors of Santiago de Compostela Promotora de Seguros S.A. Mr.
Armando is also a syndic of EBA Holding S.A. and an alternate syndic of Banco Galicia, Grupo
Financiero Galicia, Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa, Tarjetas Regionales S.A. Tarjeta
Naranja S.A., Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.and Tarjetas del Mar S.A. among others.
Fernando Noetinger
: Mr. Noetinger obtained a degree in law at the Universidad de Buenos Aires.
He has been associated with the Bank since 1987. Mr. Noetinger is also an alternate syndic of EBA
Holding S.A., Banco Galicia, Electrigal S.A., GV Mandataria de Valores S.A., Tarjetas del Mar S.A.
Tarjetas Regionales S.A., Santiago Salud S.A., Galicia Warrants S.A., Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad
de Bolsa, Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A., Galicia Capital Markets S.A (in liquidation) Galicia
Retiro Compañía de Seguros S.A., Galicia Seguros S.A., Sudamericana Holding S.A. and Net Investment
S.A. among others.
Horacio Tedín:
Mr. Tedín obtained a degree in law at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. In 1981
he founded his own law firm, which has actively worked for Banco Galicia and other big corporate
clients. Mr. Tedín has been an alternate syndic of Grupo Financiero Galicia since 2006. He is also
a syndic of GV Mandataria de
Valores S.A. and Tarjetas Regionales S.A. and an alternate syndic of EBA Holding S.A. and
Galicia Administradora de Fondos S.A. Sociedad Gerente de Fondos Comunes de Inversión among others.
140
Compensation of Our Directors
Compensation for the members of Grupo Financiero Galicias Board of Directors is considered by
the shareholders at the shareholders meeting once the fiscal year has ended. Our independent
directors are paid an annual fee based on the functions they carry out and they may receive partial
advance payments during the year. A director who was also an employee received a fixed compensation
and a variable fee based on individual performance and had access to retirement insurance.
We do not pay fees to the members of our Board of Directors who are also members of the Board
of Directors of the Bank. The ordinary shareholders meeting held on April 14
th
, 2010
set the compensation for the Board of Directors at Ps.1,705,500, which includes salaries, social
benefits and fees for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2009. For a description of the amounts
to be paid to the Board of Directors of Banco Galicia, see -Compensation of Banco Galicias
Directors and Officers below.
We do not maintain a stock-option, profit-sharing or pension plan for the benefit of our
directors. In connection with the Banks foreign debt restructuring, we agreed to limit the amounts
paid per fiscal year to the members of our Board of Directors and agreed not to make any payments
to our management in excess of market compensation. See Item 10. Additional Information-Material
Contracts.
We do not have a policy establishing any termination benefits for our directors.
Management of Grupo Financiero Galicia
Our organizational structure consists of a Chief Executive Officer (CEO) who reports to the
Board of Directors, and the Chief Financial Officer who reports to the CEO and is in charge of the
Financial and Accounting Division.
The CEOs main function consists in implementing the policies defined by Grupo Financiero
Galicias Board of Directors, as well as suggesting to the Board of Directors the application of
plans, budgets and company organization. He is also in charge of supervising the Financial &
Accounting Division, assessing the attainment of goals and the performance of the company. The
position also takes part in the Board of Directors of some subsidiaries. Our CEO is Mr. Pedro
Richards, who was born on November 14, 1952.
The Financial & Accounting Division is mainly responsible for the assessment of investment
alternatives, thus suggesting whether to invest or withdraw the companys positions in different
companies or businesses. It also plans and coordinates the companys administrative services and
financial resources in order to guarantee its proper management. This division also aims at meeting
requirements set by several controlling authorities, complying with information and internal
control needs and budgeting purposes. Furthermore, it includes the Investor Relations function,
aimed at planning, preparing, coordinating, controlling and providing financial information to the
stock exchanges where the Companys shares are listed, regulatory bodies and both domestic and
international investors and analysts. It assesses the materials published by analysts, carrying out
a follow-up of their opinions, as well as those of shareholders and investors in general.
Our compensation policy, which is essentially the same as the policy followed by the companies
that we control, consists of arranging salary levels in order of importance based on a system that
describes and assesses job positions based on objective factors (the Hay System). The purpose of
such system is to pay compensation that is similar to the compensation that is paid for a similar
position in the domestic market. Managers and directors who are our employees or our controlled
companies employees receive a fixed salary and may receive a bonus based on individual
performance. This policy for compensation includes the possibility of having access to retirement
insurance. We do not maintain stock-option, profit-sharing or pension plans or any other retirement
plans for the benefit of our managers.
141
We have established a Disclosure Committee in response to the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
The main responsibility of this committee is to review and approve controls over the public
disclosure of financial and
related information, and other procedures necessary to enable our chief financial officer and
chief executive officer to provide their certifications of our annual report that is filed with the
SEC. The members are Messrs. Pedro Richards, José Luis Gentile, Adrián Enrique Pedemonte and Ms.
Mariana Saavedra. In addition, at least one of the members of this committee attends all of the
meetings of our principal subsidiaries disclosure committees.
Board of Directors of Banco Galicia
The ordinary shareholders meeting held on April 14, 2010, set the size of the Banks Board of
Directors at seven members and five alternate directors. The following table sets out the members
of the Banks Board of Directors as of April 14, 2010, all of whom are residents of Buenos Aires,
Argentina, the position currently held by each of them, their dates of birth, their principal
occupations, the dates of their appointment and in which year their current terms will expire. The
business address of the members of the Board of Directors is Tte. General J. D. Perón 407,
(C1038AAI) Buenos Aires, Argentina.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of
|
|
Principal
|
|
Member
|
|
Current
|
Name
|
|
Position
|
|
Birth
|
|
Occupation
|
|
Since
|
|
Term Ends
|
Antonio R. Garcés
|
|
Chairman of the
Board
|
|
May 30, 1942
|
|
Banker
|
|
September 2001
|
|
December 2011
|
Sergio Grinenco
|
|
Vice Chairman
|
|
May 26, 1948
|
|
Banker
|
|
April 2003
|
|
December 2011
|
Guillermo J. Pando
|
|
Secretary Director
|
|
October 23, 1948
|
|
Banker
|
|
April 2003
|
|
December 2012
|
Pablo Gutierrez
|
|
Director
|
|
December 9, 1959
|
|
Banker
|
|
April 2005
|
|
December 2011
|
Luis M. Ribaya
|
|
Director
|
|
July 17, 1952
|
|
Banker
|
|
September 2001
|
|
December 2010
|
Pablo M. Garat
(1)
|
|
Director
|
|
January 12, 1953
|
|
Lawyer
|
|
April 2004
|
|
December 2012
|
Ignacio A. González García
(1)
(3)
|
|
Director
|
|
April 23, 1944
|
|
Accountant
|
|
April 2010
|
|
December 2012
|
Enrique García Pinto
|
|
Alternate Director
|
|
August 10, 1948
|
|
|
|
April 2009
|
|
December 2011
|
Raúl Héctor Seoane
|
|
Alternate Director
|
|
July 18, 1953
|
|
Banker
|
|
April 2005
|
|
December 2011
|
Juan C. Fossatti
(2) (3)
|
|
Alternate Director
|
|
September 11, 1955
|
|
Lawyer
|
|
June 2002
|
|
December 2012
|
Julio P. Naveyra
(2)
|
|
Alternate Director
|
|
March 24, 1941
|
|
Accountant
|
|
April 2004
|
|
December 2012
|
Osvaldo H. Canova
(2)
|
|
Alternate Director
|
|
December 8, 1934
|
|
Accountant
|
|
April 2004
|
|
December 2012
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
In accordance with the rules of the CNV, and pursuant to the classifications adopted by the CNV, Messrs. Pablo M. Garat and Ignacio A.
González García are independent and were elected at the ordinary shareholders meeting held on April 14, 2010. The Board of Directors
meeting held on April 15, 2010 elected them as members of the Audit Committee. Messrs. Garat and González García are also independent
directors in accordance with the Nasdaq rules.
|
|
(2)
|
|
In accordance with the rules of the CNV, and pursuant to the classifications adopted by the CNV, Mr. Fossatti, Mr. Canova and Mr.
Naveyra are independent alternate directors. They would replace the independent directors in case of vacancy. They are also independent
directors in accordance with the Nasdaq rules.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Mr. Juan Carlos Fossatti, has assumed the position as Director until Mr. Ignacio A. González García obtains the authorization from the
Argentine Central Bank to assume the position, which is still pending.
|
The following are the biographies of the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank:
Antonio Roberto Garcés
: See -Our Board of Directors.
Sergio Grinenco
: See -Our Board of Directors.
Guillermo Juan Pando
: Mr. Pando has been associated with the Bank since 1969. He was first
elected as an alternate director of the Bank from September 2001 until June 2002, and in April 2003
he was elected as a director. He is also the chairman of Galicia (Cayman) Ltd., Galicia Warrants
S.A. and Private Equity Management Corporation Ltd., vice chairman of Distrocuyo S.A. and
Electrigal S.A., an alternate director of Tarjetas Regionales S.A., Tarjetas del Mar S.A. and
Tarjeta Naranja S.A., the liquidator of Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A. (in liquidation) and
Galicia Capital Markets S.A. (in liquidation) and an alternate trustee of Fundación Banco de
Galicia y Buenos Aires.
Pablo Gutierrez
: See -Our Board of Directors.
142
Luis María Ribaya
: Mr. Ribaya obtained a degree in law from the Universidad de Buenos Aires.
He has been associated with the Bank since 1971. He was elected as a director of the Bank in
September 2001, as an
alternate director in June 2002 and again as a director in April 2003. Mr. Ribaya is also the
chairman of Argencontrol S.A. and Mercado Abierto Electrónico S.A., a director of Galicia Valores
S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa, and an alternate trustee of Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires.
Pablo María Garat
: Mr. Garat obtained a degree in law at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He
has been associated with the Bank as an independent director since April 2004. Mr. Garat has been
an official representative of the Province of Tierra del Fuego and an advisor to the Argentine
Senate, and he currently develops its professional independent activity at his own law firm and is
a professor at the University of Constitutional Law and Constitutional Tributary Law.
Ignacio Abel González García:
Mr. González García obtained a degree in national public
accounting at the Universidad de Buenos Aires and a masters in Auditing at Drew University, New
Jersey. Previously, he served as a Member of the International Committee of Finance &Value Sharing,
PricewaterhouseCoopers. He was appointed as director of the Bank at the shareholders meeting held
on April 14, 2010. He is also syndic of Sociedad Anónima La Nación, La Nación Nuevos Medios,
Publirevistas S.A., Sociedad Anónima Importadora y Exportadora de la Patagonia and Banelco S.A.,
Founder and President of P.O.D.ER (Polo de Desarrollo Educativo Renovador).
Raúl Héctor Seoane
: Mr. Seoane obtained a degree in economics from the Universidad de Buenos
Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since 1988. Mr. Seoane has served as an alternate
director of the Bank since April 2005.
Enrique García Pinto:
Mr. García Pinto has been associated with the Bank since 1970. Previous
to such time he served at Nobleza Piccardo SAYCYF and Saturno Agropecuaria SCA. Mr. García Pinto
was appointed as an alternate director of the Bank at the shareholders meeting held on April 28,
2009. He is also vice chairman of Galicia Internacional S.A. and an alternate director of AEC S.A.
and Distrocuyo S.A.
Juan Carlos Fossatti
: Mr. Fossatti obtained a degree in law from the Universidad de Buenos
Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since June 2002, when he was elected as an independent
alternate director at the annual general shareholders meeting. Mr. Fossatti is also the chairman
of Tierras del Bermejo S.A. and of Tierras del Tigre S.A. and director of Baerlocher do Brazil S.A.
(Sao Paulo Brazil).
Julio Pedro Naveyra:
Mr. Naveyra obtained a degree in accounting at the Universidad de Buenos
Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since April 2004 when he was elected as an independent
alternate director. Mr. Naveyra has also been a member of Harteneck, López y Cía. (now Price
Waterhouse & Co. S.R.L.). He is also a syndic of S.A. La Nación, Supermercados Makro S.A., Sandoz
S.A., Exxon Mobil S.A., Ford Motor Argentina S.R.L. and Ford Credit Argentina S.A., and a director
of Gas Natural Ban S.A. and Grupo Concesionario del Oeste S.A.
Osvaldo Héctor Canova:
Mr. Canova obtained a degree in accounting at the Universidad de Buenos
Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since April 2004 when he was elected as an independent
alternate director. Mr. Canova has also been a member of Harteneck, López y Cía. (now Price
Waterhouse & Co. S.R.L.) and Mcduliffe, Turquan Young. Mr. Canova is also President of Maynor S.A.
and a syndic of Unilever S.A., Helket S.A., Sociedad Anónima Grasas Refinadas Argentinas Comercial
e Industrial (SAGRA), Arisco S.A., Novartis S.A., Ford Credit de Argentina S.A., Plan Ovalo S.A. de
Ahorro and Ford Credit Holding Argentina S.A.
Functions of the Board of Directors of Banco Galicia
The Banks Board of Directors may consist of three to nine permanent members. In addition,
there can be one or more alternate directors who can act during the temporary or permanent absence
of a director. As of the date of this annual report, five directors and one alternate director were
engaged on a full time basis in the day-to-day operations of the Bank. Messrs. García Pinto,
Fossatti, Garat, González García, Canova and Naveyra are not employees of the Bank.
The Banks Board of Directors meets formally twice each week and informally on a daily basis,
is in charge of Banco Galicias general management and makes all the necessary decisions. Members
of the Banks Board of Directors serve on the following committees:
143
Risk Management Committee:
This Committee is composed of four directors, the Chief Executive
Officer, the managers of the Planning and Financial Control and the Risk Management Divisions, and
the Internal Audit manager. This Committee is in charge of approving risk management strategies,
policies, processes and procedures and the contingency plans thereof. It is also responsible for
setting specific limits for the exposure to each risk and approving, when applicable, temporary
excesses over said limits as well as being informed of each risk position and compliance with
policies. The Committee meets at least once every two months. Its resolutions are summarized in
writing.
Credit Committee:
This Committee is composed of five directors, the Chief Executive Officer
and the managers of the Credit and Risk Management Divisions. The managers of the Wholesale
Banking, Retail Banking and Financial Divisions shall attend the meetings as long as the bank
account pending approval by this Committee corresponds to any of the above-mentioned divisions. The
Committee meets at least once every week. It is in charge of granting loans for amounts higher than
Ps.30 million and all loans to financial institutions (local or international) and related parties.
Approved operations are recorded in signed and dated documents.
Information Technology Committee:
This Committee is composed of three directors, the Chief
Executive Officer, the Comprehensive Corporate Services Division manager and the IT Department
manager. This Committee is in charge of supervising and approving the development plans of new
systems and their budgets, as well as controlling these systems budget control. It is also
responsible for approving the general design of the systems structure, the main processes thereof
and the systems implemented, as well as monitoring the quality of Banco Galicias systems. The
Committee meets at least once every three months. It can hold extraordinary meetings when there
exist issues that require to be considered urgently. The IT Department manager usually calls for
the meeting and requests the documents to be considered. However, any member of the Committee can
do so. Its resolutions are summarized in writing.
Audit Committee:
In accordance with the requirements set forth by the Argentine Central Bank
regulations, the Bank has an Audit Committee composed of two directors, one of which is an
independent director, and the Internal Audit manager. In addition, in its capacity as a publicly
listed company (in Argentina), the Bank must comply with the transparency regime for public
companies set forth by Decree No. 677/01 and by the rules established by the CNV in its resolutions
No. 400, 402 and supplementary regulations. In compliance with the CNV regulations, the Audit
Committee is made up of three directors, two of which are independent directors.
Committee for the Control and Prevention of Money Laundering and Funding of Terrorist
Activities:
This Committee is responsible for planning, coordinating and enforcing compliance with
the policies for the prevention and control of money laundering and funding of terrorist activities
established and approved by the Board of Directors, based on regulations in force. Furthermore, the
Committee is in charge of the design of internal controls, personnel training plans and the control
of the fulfillment thereof by the internal audit. It is composed of one director, the Chief
Executive Officer, the person in charge of the Anti-Money Laundering Unit (UAL), the managers of
the following Divisions: Financial, Wholesale and Retail Banking and Comprehensive Corporate
Services, as well as the Risk Management manager and the Internal Audit manager. The syndics can be
invited to attend any meeting called by this Committee. The Anti-Money Laundering Unit reports
directly to the Board of Directors. In addition, in compliance with the regulations set forth by
the Argentine Central Bank, Director Mr. Guillermo Juan Pando, was appointed Banco Galicias
officer responsible for the control and prevention of money laundering and funding of terrorist
activities. Likewise, the Financial Division manager is the officer in charge of financial
intermediation transactions.
The Committee is scheduled to meet at least once every two months and its resolutions must be
registered in a minutes book bearing folios and seals.
Committee for Information Integrity:
This
Committee was created to comply with the provisions of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act. It is composed
of two directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the manager in charge of the Planning and Financial
Control Division, the Internal Audit manager, and the managers of the Accounting Department, the
Management of Assets and Liabilities Department and the Investor Relations Department. The syndics
can be invited to attend any meeting called by this Committee. A member of the Committee that was
created for the same purpose by Grupo Financiero Galicia also attends the meetings held by this
Committee. Likewise, the Committee may call officers from Banco Galicias different divisions
whenever it may deem necessary. The Committee will meet every month or as long as there exist
issues that require to be considered
144
Human Resources Committee:
This Committee is in charge of the appointment and assignment,
transfer, rotation, development, headcount and compensation of the personnel included in salary
levels 9 and above. It is composed of four directors, the Chief Executive Officer and the
Organizational Development and Human Resources Division manager. The Committee meets every six
months or whenever there are issues that require consideration. Its resolutions are summarized in
writing.
Asset and Liabilities Committee (Alco):
This Committee is in charge of analyzing the evolution
of Banco Galicias business from a financial point of view, in regard to fund raising and different
assets placement. It is also in charge of the follow-up and control of liquidity, interest rate and
currency mismatches. This Committee is in charge of analyzing and making recommendations to the
business divisions in connection with the management of interest rate, currency and maturity
mismatches, with the goal of maximizing financial and foreign-exchange results within acceptable
parameters of risk and capital use. This Committee is also responsible for suggesting changes to
these parameters, if necessary, to the Board of Directors. Five directors, the Chief Executive
Officer, the Retail Banking manager, the Wholesale Banking manager, the Financial Division manager,
the Risk Management Division manager and the Planning and Financial Control Division manager are
members of this Committee. The Committee meets at least once a month. Its resolutions are
summarized in writing and signed by two of its members.
Customer Assistance Committee:
This Committee is in charge of the general supervision of the
activities related to the servicing, follow-up and resolution of customer complaints. The Committee
establishes the standards for customer service, with the purpose of implementing improvements to
minimize the number of complaints and shorten response times. It is made up of one director, the
Head of the Center for Retail Business Contacts and the Galicia Responde Service, and the Division
and Department managers and other officers whose participation is deemed relevant. The Committee is
scheduled to meet at least once every two months. Its resolutions are summarized in writing.
Planning and Management Control Committee:
This Committee is composed of five directors, the
Chief Executive Officer, the Risk Management Division manager, the Planning and Financial Control
Division manager and the Internal Audit manager. The syndics can be invited to attend any meeting
called by this Committee. This Committee is in charge of the analysis, definition and follow-up of
the consolidated balance sheet and income statement. The Committee meets at least once every month.
Quarterly budgetary follow-up by Division shall be made in meetings, in which three directors, the
Chief Executive Officer, the Planning and Financial Control Division manager and those managers who
are called upon may attend. Its resolutions are summarized in writing and signed by two of the
above-mentioned officers.
Segments and Business Management Committee:
This Committee is composed of three directors, the
Chief Executive Officer, the Division managers, the department managers and those officers whose
participation is deemed convenient and who are especially called upon. It is in charge of the
analysis, definition and follow-up of businesses and segments. The Committee will meet at least
once every three months. Its resolutions are summarized in writing and signed by two of the
above-mentioned officers.
Periodically, the Board of Directors is informed of the actions taken by the committees, which
are recorded in minutes.
Banco Galicias Executive Officers
On August 31, 2009, Mr. Daniel A. Llambías, an accountant, was appointed Chief Executive
Officer of Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., by decision of the Board of Directors. The Chief
Executive Officer is in charge of implementing the strategic goals established by the Banks Board
of Directors. Likewise, he coordinates the managers of Banks divisions, while reporting to the
Board of Directors.
Through Resolution No. 22 dated January 28, 2010, the Argentine Central Banks Board of
Directors issued the authorization for Daniel Llambías to hold the position of Chief Executive
Officer, pursuant to the Circular Letter CREFI 2 (Communiqué A 2241, as amended and
supplementary ones).
145
Daniel Antonio Llambías
: Mr. Llambías was born on February 8, 1947. He obtained a degree in
national public accounting at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank
since 1964. He was elected as an alternate director of the Bank in September 1997 and as a director
in September 2001 until August
2009, when he was appointed Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Llambías is also the chairman of
Sudamericana Holding S.A., the vice chairman of Visa Argentina S.A., Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad
de Bolsa and Tarjetas del Mar S.A., a director of Tarjeta Naranja S.A., Tarjetas Regionales S.A.,
Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A., IDEA and Fincas de La Juanita S.A., as well as a member of the Supervisory
Committee of Automóvil Club Argentino, and an alternate trustee of the Fundación Banco de Galicia y
Buenos Aires.
The following divisions and department managers report to the Banks Chief Executive Officer:
|
|
|
Division
|
|
Manager
|
Retail Banking
|
|
Juan Sarquis
|
Wholesale Banking
|
|
Gastón Bourdieu
|
Financial
|
|
Pablo María Leon
|
Risk Management
|
|
Juan Carlos LAfflitto
|
Credit
|
|
Marcelo Poncini
|
Comprehensive Corporate Services
|
|
Miguel Ángel Peña
|
Organizational Development and Human Resources
|
|
Enrique Behrends
|
Planning and Financial Control
|
|
Raúl H. Seoane
|
Retail Banking Division
: This Division is responsible for designing, planning and
implementing the vision, strategies, policies and goals for the Retail Bankings businesses and for
each customer segment and distribution channel. It is also in charge of the definition and control
of this Divisions business goals. The following departments report to this Division: Private
Banking, Segments, Products, Alternative Channels, Branch Network, Publicity, Promotion and Image,
and Operating Supervision of Branches and Planning.
Wholesale Banking Division
: This Division is responsible for designing, planning and
implementing the vision, strategies, policies and goals for the Wholesale Bankings businesses and
for each customer segment (corporate, SMEs, agriculture and livestock companies and public-sector
companies) and products. It is also in charge of the definition and control of this Divisions
business goals. The following departments report to this Division: Agriculture and Livestock
Sector, Corporate, SMEs, Public Sector, Wholesale Products and Marketing, Capital Markets and
Investment Banking, Business Analysis and Planning.
Financial Division
: This Division is responsible for planning and managing the correct
use of financial resources and providing the appropriate funding for the Banks businesses,
establishing and applying the Banks deposit-raising and funding policies within the parameters
established by the Banks risk policies. It also manages short-term resources and the Banks
investment portfolio, ensuring the correct execution of transactions. The following departments
report to this Division: Management of Assets and Liabilities, Treasury, Banking Relations and
Information Support and Management.
Credit Division
: This Division is responsible for developing and proposing the
strategies for credit and credit-granting policies, as well as managing and monitoring credit
origination processes, follow-up and control thereof, and the recovery of past-due loans. This aims
at ensuring the quality of the loan portfolio, cost and time efficiency, and recovery optimization,
thus minimizing loan losses and optimizing efficiency in processes and business credit granting.
The following departments report to this Division: Corporate Credit, Credit Analysis, Corporate
Review, Corporate Recovery, Consumer Credit, Consumer Recovery, Information Management and Policy
Analysis.
Comprehensive Corporate Services Division
: This Division is responsible for designing,
planning and implementing the strategies and policies for the IT, Organization, Operations,
Purchase of Goods and Services and Infrastructure divisions, and the maintenance thereof. It is as
well in charge of Banco Galicias physical and information safety, with the purpose of ensuring and
maintaining the logistic support for its operations and activities. The following departments
report to this Division: Operations, IT, Organization, Engineering and Maintenance, Purchases and
Contracts, Security, Management Control and Information Security.
Organizational Development and Human Resources Division
: This Division is in charge of
designing, planning and implementing Human Resources strategies and policies, as well as defining
and controlling management goals of Banco Galicias human resources with the purpose of ensuring
homogeneous practices,
availability of qualified and motivated personnel and a proper work environment. The following
departments report to this Division: Human Resources, Internal Communications and Change
Management, Management Development, Compensation and Benefits, Quality Assurance and Corporate
Social Responsibility.
146
Planning and Financial Control Division
: This Division is responsible for planning and
controlling budget, accounting and tax activities. The following departments report to this
Division: Accounting, Tax Advisory, Planning and Management Control, Investors Relations and
Fiduciary Administration and Supplementary Businesses.
The following Departments report to the Chief Executive Officer:
|
|
|
Department
|
|
Manager
|
Legal Advisory Services Department
|
|
María Elena Casasnovas
|
Research Department
|
|
Nicolás Dujovne
|
Legal Advisory Services Department
: This Department is responsible for providing
advisory services and determining the steps to be taken for Banco Galicias business conduction
under the regulations in force, with the purpose of ensuring the legitimacy thereof and avoiding
loss of rights, indemnifications and/or penalties.
Research Department
: This Department is responsible for providing Banco Galicias
different areas with the analysis and information that may contribute to increasing income and
customer portfolios, as well as facilitating the decision-making process.
The following Departments report to the Board of Directors:
|
|
|
Department
|
|
Manager
|
Internal Audit
|
|
Omar Severini
|
Institutional Affairs and Press Department
|
|
Diego Francisco Videla
|
Anti-money Laundering Unit
|
|
Claudia Estecho
|
Internal Audit Department
: This Department is responsible for assessing and monitoring
the effectiveness of internal control systems with the purpose of ensuring compliance with
applicable laws and regulations.
Institutional Affairs and Press Department
: This Department is responsible for
managing and controlling press and institutional image promotion activities, providing advice to
the different areas.
Anti-money Laundering Unit
: This Unit is responsible for monitoring and detecting
unusual possible operations to assure compliance with the Control and Prevention of Money
Laundering regulations.
The following are the biographies of the Banks Chief Executive Officer and the senior
executive officers mentioned above and not provided in the sections -Board of Directors of Banco
Galicia or -Our Board of Directors above.
Juan H. Sarquís:
Mr. Sarquís was born on June 23, 1957. He obtained a degree in economics at
the Universidad Católica Argentina. He has been associated with the Bank since 1982. Mr. Sarquis is
also a director of Sudamericana Holding S.A.and Banelco S.A., an alternate director of Visa
Argentina S.A., Banelsip S.A., Tarjetas Regionales S.A., Tarjeta Naranja S.A., Tarjetas del Mar
S.A. and Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.
Gastón Bourdieu
: Mr. Bourdieu was born on August 31, 1956. He obtained a degree in
agricultural administration at UADE University. He has been associated with the Bank since 1981 as
a member of the young professional program in the Credit division. He is also a director of Galicia
Warrants S.A.
Pablo M. Leon
: Mr. Leon was born on August 31, 1964. He obtained a degree in Finance at the
Universidad de Palermo and two PDF (Programs for Executive Development) at IAE (Instituto Argentino
de Empresas) and IMD, Lausanne, Switzerland. He has been associated with the Bank since 1987. He is
also the chairman of Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa and director of Argenclear S.A.
147
Juan Carlos LAfflitto
: Mr. LAfflitto was born on September 15, 1958. He received a degree in
national public accounting at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank
since 1986. Prior to such time, he worked at Morgan, Benedit y Asociados, where he acted as an
advisor and accountant. He was a professor at the Universidad Católica Argentina until 1990.
Marcelo Poncini
: Mr. Poncini was born on November 11, 1961. He obtained a degree in business
administration at the Universidad de Morón. He has been associated with the Bank since 1987.
Miguel Angel Peña:
Mr. Peña was born on January 22, 1962. He obtained a degree in information
systems from the Universidad Nacional Tecnológica. He has been associated with the Bank since 1994.
Mr. Peña is director of Tarjeta Naranja S.A. He is also a voting member of the ONG-Usuaria
(
Asociación Argentina de Usuarios de la Informática y las Comunicaciones
).
Enrique Carlos Behrends:
Mr. Behrends was born on January 31, 1946. He obtained a degree in
sociology from the Universidad del Salvador. Mr. Behrends has been associated with the Bank since
1987. Prior to such time, he worked at Arthur Andersen, Coopers & Lybrand and Ernst & Young.
Raúl H. Seoane
:
See Board of Directors of Banco Galicia.
María Elena Casasnovas
: Mrs. Casasnovas was born on May 10, 1951. She obtained a degree in law
at the Pontificia Universidad Católica Santa María de los Buenos Aires. She has been associated
with the Bank since 1972.
Nicolás Dujovne
: Mr. Dujovne was born on May 18, 1967. He received a degree in economics at
the Universidad de Buenos Aires and a masters degree in Economics at the Universidad Torcuato Di
Tella. He has been associated with the Bank since 1997. Prior to such time, he worked at Citibank
Argentina, Alpha and Macroeconómica. In 1998, he served as the chief of advisors to the Secretary
of the Argentine Treasury and, in 2000, as the representative of the Ministry of Economy at the
Argentine Central Banks board of directors. He also worked as a consultant for The World Bank. In
2001, he returned to the Bank as the Chief Economist.
Omar Severini:
Mr. Severini was born on July 30, 1958. He obtained a degree in national public
accounting from the Universidad de Belgrano. He has been associated with the Bank since 1978.
Diego Francisco Videla:
Mr. Videla was born on November 7, 1947. He has been associated with
the Bank since 1997. Prior to such time, he acted as an advisor in the privatization of Banco de la
Provincia de Misiones S.A. Mr. Videla is a voting member of the Fundación Policía Federal Argentina
and a secretary of Fundación Escuela de Guerra Naval Argentina.
Claudia Raquel Estecho:
Mrs. Estecho was born on September 24, 1957. She obtained a degree in
public accounting at the Universidad de Buenos Aires. She has been associated with the Bank since
1976.
Banco Galicias Supervisory Committee
Banco Galicias bylaws provide for a Supervisory Committee consisting of three syndics and
three alternate syndics. Pursuant to Argentine law and to the provisions of the Banks bylaws, the
Banks syndics and alternate syndics are responsible of ensuring that all of the Banks actions are
in accordance with applicable Argentine law. Syndics and alternate syndics do not participate in
business management and cannot have managerial functions of any type. Syndics are responsible for,
among other things, the preparation of a report to the shareholders analyzing the Banks financial
statements for each year and the recommendation to the shareholders as to whether to approve such
financial statements. Syndics and alternate syndics are elected at the ordinary shareholders
meeting for a one-year term and they can be re-elected. Alternate syndics act in the temporary or
permanent absence of a syndic.
148
The table below shows the composition of Banco Galicias Supervisory Committee as they were
re-elected by the annual shareholders meeting held on April 14, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year of
|
|
|
|
Principal
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Appointment
|
|
Position
|
|
Occupation
|
|
Current Term Ends
|
Enrique M. Garda Olaciregui
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Syndic
|
|
Lawyer
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
Norberto D. Corizzo
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Syndic
|
|
Accountant
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
Luis A. Díaz
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Syndic
|
|
Accountant
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
Fernando Noetinger
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Alternate Syndic
|
|
Lawyer
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
Miguel N. Armando
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Alternate Syndic
|
|
Lawyer
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
Ricardo A. Bertoglio
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Alternate Syndic
|
|
Accountant
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
For the biographies of Messrs. Enrique M. Garda Olaciregui, Norberto D. Corizzo, Luis A. Díaz,
Fernando Noetinger and Miguel N. Armando, see -Our Supervisory Committee.
Ricardo Adolfo Bertoglio
: Mr. Bertoglio obtained a degree in national public accounting at the
Universidad de Buenos Aires. He has been associated with the Bank since 2002. He was elected as a
syndic in June 2002 and served as a syndic until April 2006, at which time he was elected as an
alternate syndic.
Compensation of Banco Galicias Directors and Officers
The Banks Bylaws set forth that the shareholders meeting can establish that an incentive
compensation be paid to the Board of Directors, when applicable, in the amount approved at the
shareholders meeting. Such amount cannot exceed six percent (6%) of the Banks net income before
income tax or any other tax that may replace it.
Article 25, section 2, of the Banks Bylaws establishes that among the powers and duties of
the Board of Directors, the Board may determine, whenever it is deemed desirable for corporate
interests, whether its members shall perform technical or administrative duties within the Company
and receive remuneration for such activities, with such remuneration having to be reported at the
shareholders meeting. In such cases, compensation for the relevant Directors set by the
shareholders meeting shall be charged to general expenses.
The Banks Board of Directors establishes the policy for compensation of the Banks personnel.
The Banks managers receive a fixed compensation and they may receive a variable compensation,
based on their performance. Five directors and an alternate director are employees of the Bank and,
therefore, receive a fixed compensation and may also receive a variable compensation based on their
performance, provided that these additional payments do not exceed the standard levels of similar
entities in the Argentine financial market, a provision that is applicable to managers as well. The
compensation regime includes the possibility of acquiring a retirement insurance policy. The Bank
does not maintain stock-option plans or pension plans or any other retirement plans for the benefit
of its directors and managers. The Bank does not have a policy establishing any termination
benefits for its directors.
The compensation of the Board of Directors must be approved by the shareholders meeting after
the end of the fiscal year.
For fiscal year 2009, the Banks ordinary shareholders meeting held on April 14, 2010,
approved remuneration for the Banks Board of Directors in the total amount of Ps.23.06 million,
which includes the following:
|
|
|
total compensation, including salaries, variable compensation and other related
concepts for the directors that are also employees and for executive and supervision
functions they perform, and
|
|
|
|
compensation for the independent directors.
|
During 2009, provisions were established to cover the variable compensation of the Banks
Board of Directors and managers for the fiscal year. In January 2009, the Banks Board of Directors
decided to pay the variable compensation corresponding to fiscal year 2008, based on the
compensation for similar or equivalent positions in the market, in recognition of the performance
and professional development of the respective beneficiaries during said fiscal year. In January
2010, the Banks Board of Directors decided to pay a variable compensation to certain Bank
employees for the fiscal year 2009, based on the compensation for similar or equal job positions in
the labor market, in recognition of the performance and professional development of the respective
beneficiaries during fiscal year 2009. The Banks Chief Executive Officer, the senior managers, the
department managers which report to him and the department managers which report to the Board of
Directors received compensation of Ps.15.30 million for fiscal year 2009 and compensation of
Ps.8.71 million for fiscal year 2008. These amounts include fixed and variable compensations.
149
Employees
The following table shows the composition of our staff:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.
|
|
|
5,028
|
|
|
|
5,324
|
|
|
|
5,164
|
|
Branches
|
|
|
2.636
|
|
|
|
2,888
|
|
|
|
2,604
|
|
Head Office
|
|
|
2.392
|
|
|
|
2,436
|
|
|
|
2,560
|
|
Galicia Uruguay
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Regional Credit-Card Companies
|
|
|
3,936
|
|
|
|
3,898
|
|
|
|
3,769
|
|
Sudamericana Consolidated
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
Other Subsidiaries
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
9.142
|
|
|
|
9,408
|
|
|
|
9,103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Within the current legal framework, membership in an employee union is voluntary and there is
only one union of bank employees with national representation. As of December 31, 2009,
approximately 11.8% of the Banks employees were affiliated with the national bank employee union.
The employees of the regional credit card companies are affiliated with the national commerce
employee union, in a percentage that ranged from 2% to 11%, depending on the company, as of
December 31, 2009. During the first four months of 2009, 2008 and 2007, the bank employee union and
the national commerce employee union renegotiated their respective collective labor agreements in
order to establish new minimum wages. As a result, between March and April of each year, salary
increases were granted. Banco Galicia has not experienced a strike by its employees since 1973 and
the regional credit card companies have never experienced any strike event. We believe that our
relationship with our employees has developed within normal and satisfactory parameters.
We have a human resources policy that aims at providing our employees possibilities for growth
and personal and socio-economic achievement. We will continue our current policy of monitoring both
wage levels and labor conditions in the financial industry in order to be competitive. Our
employees receive fixed compensation and may receive variable compensation according to their level
of achievement. We do not maintain any profit-sharing programs for our employees.
The Fundación Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires (the Fundación) is an Argentine non-profit
organization that provides various services to Banco Galicia employees. The various activities of
the Fundación include, among others, managing the medical services of Banco Galicia employees and
their families, purchasing school materials for the children of Banco Galicias employees and
making donations to hospitals and other charitable causes, including cultural events. The Fundación
is managed by a Council, certain members and alternate members of which are members of our Board of
Directors and supervisory committee. Members and alternate members of the Council do not receive
remuneration for their services as trustees.
Nasdaq Corporate Governance Standards
Pursuant to Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5615(a) (3), a foreign private issuer may follow home
country corporate governance practices in lieu of the requirements of the Rule 5600 Series,
provided that the foreign private issuer complies with certain sections of the Rule 5000 Series,
discloses each requirement that it does not follow and describes the home relevant country practice
followed in lieu of such requirement. The requirements of the Rule 5000 Series and the Argentine
corporate governance practice that we follow in lieu thereof are described below:
|
(i)
|
|
Rule 5250 (d) Distribution of Annual and Interim Reports. In lieu of the requirements
of Rule 5250 (d), we follow Argentine law, which requires that companies make public a
Spanish language annual report, including annual audited consolidated financial statements,
by filing such annual report with the CNV and the BASE, within 70 calendar days of the end
of the companys fiscal year. Interim reports must be filed with the CNV and the BASE
within 42 calendar days of the end of each fiscal quarter. The BASE publishes the annual
reports and interim reports in the BASE bulletin and makes the bulletin available for
inspection at its offices. In addition, our shareholders can receive copies of our annual
reports and any interim reports upon such shareholders request.
|
150
English language
translations of our annual reports and
interim reports are furnished to the SEC. We also post the English language translation of
our annual reports and quarterly press releases on our website. Furthermore, under the
terms of the Second Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2000,
among us, The Bank of New York, as depositary, and owners of ADSs issued thereunder, we
are required to furnish The Bank of New York with, among other things, English language
translations of our annual reports and each of our quarterly press releases. Annual
reports and quarterly press releases are available for inspection by ADR holders at the
offices of The Bank of New York located at, 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York.
Finally, Argentine law requires that 20 calendar days before the date of a shareholders
meeting, the board of directors must provide to the shareholders, at the companys
executive office or through electronic means, all information relevant to the
shareholders meeting, including copies of any documents to be considered by the
shareholders (which includes the annual report), as well as proposals of the companys
board of directors.
|
(ii)
|
|
Rule 5605 (b) (1) Majority of Independent Directors. In lieu of the requirements of
Rule 5605 (b) (1), we follow Argentine law, which does not require that a majority of the
board of directors be comprised of independent directors. Argentine law instead requires
that public companies in Argentina such as us must have a sufficient number of independent
directors to be able to form an audit committee of at least three members, the majority of
which must be independent pursuant to the criteria established by the CNV. In addition,
because we are a controlled company as defined in Rule 5615 (c) (1), we are relying on
the exemption provided thereby for purposes of complying with Rule 5615 (c) (2).
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Rule 5605 (b) (2) Executive Sessions of Independent Directors. In lieu of the
requirements of Rule 5605 (b) (2), we follow Argentine law which does not require
independent directors to hold regularly scheduled meetings at which only such independent
directors are present (
i.e.
, executive sessions). Our Board of Directors as a whole is
responsible for monitoring our affairs. In addition, under Argentine law, the board of
directors may approve the delegation of specific responsibilities to designated directors
or non-director managers of the company. Also, it is mandatory for public companies to form
a supervisory committee (composed of
syndics
), which is responsible for monitoring the
legality of the companys actions under Argentine law and the conformity thereof with its
by-laws. Finally, our audit committee has regularly scheduled meetings and, as such, such
meetings will serve a substantially similar purpose as executive sessions.
|
|
(iv)
|
|
Rule 5605 (d) Compensation of Officers. In lieu of the requirements of Rule 5605 (d),
we follow Argentine law, which does not require companies to form a compensation committee
comprised solely of independent directors. It also is not required in Argentine law that
the compensation of the chief executive officer and all other executive officers be
determined by either a majority of the independent directors or a compensation committee
comprised solely of independent directors. Under Argentine law, the board of directors is
the corporate body responsible for determining the compensation of the chief executive
officer and all other executive officers, so long as they are not directors. In addition,
under Argentine law, the audit committee shall give its opinion about the reasonableness of
managements proposals on fees and option plans for directors or managers of the company.
Finally, because we are a controlled company as defined in Rule 5615 (c) (1), we are
relying on the exemption provided thereby for purposes of complying with Rule 5615 (c) (2).
|
|
(v)
|
|
Rule 5605 (e) (1) Nomination of Directors. In lieu of the requirements of Rule 5605
(e) (1), we follow Argentine law which requires that directors be nominated directly by the
shareholders at the shareholders meeting and that they be selected and recommended by the
shareholders themselves. Under Argentine law, it is the responsibility of the ordinary
shareholders meeting to appoint and remove directors and to set their compensation. In
addition, because we are a controlled company as defined in Rule 5615 (c) (1), we are
relying on the exemption provided thereby for purposes of complying with Rule 5615 (c) (2).
|
|
(vi)
|
|
Rule 5605 (c) (1) Audit Committee Charter. In lieu of the requirements of Rule 5605
(c) (1), we follow Argentine law, which requires that audit committees have a charter but
does not require that companies certify as to the adoption of the charter nor does it
require an annual review and assessment thereof. Argentine law instead requires that
companies prepare a proposed plan or course of action with respect to those matters, which
are the responsibility of the companys audit committee. Such plan or course of
action could, at the discretion of our audit committee, include a review and assessment of
the audit committee charter.
|
151
|
(vii)
|
|
Rule 5605 (c) (2) Audit Committee Composition. Argentine law does not require, and
it is equally not customary business practice in Argentina, that companies have an audit
committee comprised solely of independent directors. Argentine law instead requires that
companies establish an audit committee with at least three members comprised of a majority
of independent directors as defined by Argentine law. Nonetheless, although not required by
Argentine law, we have a three member audit committee comprised of entirely independent
directors, as independence is defined in Rule 10 A-3 (b) (1), one of which the Board of
Directors has determined to be an audit committee financial expert. In addition, we have a
supervisory committee (
comisión fiscalizadora
) composed of three syndics, which are in
charge of monitoring the legality, under Argentine law, of the actions of our board of
directors and the conformity of such actions with our by-laws.
|
|
(viii)
|
|
Rule 5620 (c) Quorum. In lieu of the requirements of Rule 5620 (c), we follow Argentine
law and our bylaws, which distinguish between ordinary meetings and extraordinary meetings
and require, in connection with ordinary meetings, that a quorum consist of a majority of
stock entitled to vote. If no quorum is present at the first meeting, a second meeting may
be called at which the shareholders present, whatever their number, constitute a quorum and
resolutions may be adopted by an absolute majority of the votes present. Argentine law and
our bylaws require, in connection with extraordinary meetings, that a quorum consist of 60%
of the stock entitled to vote. However, if such quorum is not present at the first meeting,
our bylaws provide that a second meeting may be called which may be held with the number of
shareholders present. In both ordinary and extraordinary meetings, decisions are adopted by
an absolute majority of votes present at the meeting, except for certain fundamental
matters (such as mergers and spin-offs (when we are not the surviving entity and the
surviving entity is not listed on any stock exchange), anticipated liquidation, a change in
our domicile to outside of Argentina, total or partial recapitalization of our statutory
capital following a loss, any transformation in our corporate legal form or a substantial
change in our corporate purpose) which require an approval by vote of the majority of all
the stock entitled to vote (all stock being entitled to only one vote).
|
|
(ix)
|
|
Rule 5620 (b) Solicitation of Proxies. In lieu of the requirements of Rule 5620 (b),
we follow Argentine law which requires that notices of shareholders meetings be published,
for five consecutive days, in the Official Gazette and in a widely circulated newspaper in
Argentina no earlier than 45 calendar days prior to the meeting and at least 20 calendar
days prior to such meeting. In order to attend a meeting and be listed on the meeting
registry, shareholders are required to submit evidence of their book-entry share account
held at Caja de Valores S.A. (Caja de Valores) up to three business days prior to the
scheduled meeting date. If entitled to attend the meeting, a shareholder may be represented
by proxy (properly executed and delivered with a certified signature) granted to any other
person, with the exception of a director, syndic, member of the surveillance committee
(
consejo de vigilancia
), manager or employee of the issuer, which are prohibited by
Argentine law from acting as proxies. In addition, our ADR holders receive, prior to the
shareholders meeting, a notice listing the matters on the agenda, a copy of the annual
report and a voting card.
|
|
(x)
|
|
Rule 5630 (a) Conflicts of Interest. In lieu of the requirements of Rule 5630 (a), we
follow Argentine law which requires that related party transactions be approved by the
audit committee when the transaction exceeds one percent (1%) of the corporations net
worth, measured pursuant to the last audited balance sheet, so long as the relevant
transaction exceeds the equivalent of three hundred thousand Argentine Pesos (Ps.300,000).
Directors can contract with the corporation only on terms consistent with prevailing market
terms. If the contract is not in accordance with prevailing market terms, such transaction
must be pre-approved by the board of directors (excluding the interested director). In
addition, under Argentine law, a shareholder is required to abstain from voting on a
business transaction in which its interests may be in conflict with the interests of the
company. In the event such shareholder votes on such business transaction and such business
transaction would not have been approved without such shareholders vote, such shareholder
may be liable to the company for damages and the resolution may be declared void.
|
Other than as noted above, we are in full compliance with all other applicable Nasdaq
corporate governance standards.
152
Share Ownership
For information on the share ownership of our directors and executive officers as of December
31, 2009, see Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions-Major Shareholders.
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
Major Shareholders
As of April 30, 2010, our capital structure was made up of class A shares, each of which is
entitled to five votes and class B shares, each of which is entitled to one vote. As of April 30,
2010, we had 1,241,407,017 shares outstanding composed of 281,221,650 class A shares and
960,185,367 class B shares (331,544,340 of which were evidenced by 33,154,434 ADSs).
Our controlling shareholders are members of the Escasany, Ayerza and Braun families and the
Fundación. As of April 30, 2010, the controlling shareholders owned 100% of our class A shares
through EBA Holding (representing 22.65% of our total outstanding shares) and 13.27% of our class B
shares (or 10.26% of our total outstanding shares), therefore directly and indirectly owning 32.9%
of our shares and 64.8% of total votes.
Based on information that is available to us, the table below sets forth, as of April 30,
2010, the number of our class A and class B shares held by holders of more than 5% of each class of
shares, the percentage of each class of shares held by such holder, and the percentage of votes
that each class of shares represent as a percentage of our total possible votes.
Class A Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Class A Shares
|
|
% of Class A Shares
|
|
|
% of Total Votes
|
|
EBA Holding S.A.
|
|
281,221,650 class A shares
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
59.4
|
|
Class B Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Class B Shares
|
|
% of Class B Shares
|
|
|
% of Total Votes
|
|
The Bank of New York
(1)
|
|
331,544,340 class B shares
|
|
|
34.5
|
|
|
|
14.0
|
|
ANSES
(2)
|
|
253,745,743 class B shares
|
|
|
26.4
|
|
|
|
10.7
|
|
EBA Holding Shareholders
(3)
|
|
127,424,761 class B shares
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
Banco Santander
(4)
|
|
82,741,540 class B shares
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of Argentine law, all class B shares represented by ADSs are owned of record by The Bank of New York, as
Depositary. The address for the Bank of New York is 101 Barclay Street, New York 10286, and the country of organization is the United States.
This includes the holdings of Banco Santander.
|
|
(2)
|
|
ANSES holding is obtained through information supplied by Caja de Valores and information gathered from the ANSES. Said holding includes
46,521,340 shares in ADS.
|
|
(3)
|
|
No member holds more than 2.0% of the capital stock. Said holding includes 25,959,510 shares in the form of ADS.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Information is based on the 20-F filed by Banco Santander dated June 30, 2009. The address for Banco Santander is Ciudad Grupo Santander
28660, Boadilla del Monte, Madrid, Spain, and the country of organization is the Kingdom of Spain. The holding is in ADRs.
|
Based on information that is available to us, the table below sets forth, as of April 30,
2010, the shareholders that either directly or indirectly have more than 5% of our votes or shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Shares
|
|
% of Shares
|
|
|
% of Total Votes
|
|
The Bank of New York
|
|
331,544,340 class B shares
|
|
|
26.7
|
|
|
|
14.0
|
|
EBA Holding S.A.
|
|
281,221,650 class A shares
|
|
|
22.7
|
|
|
|
59.4
|
|
ANSES
|
|
253,745,743 class B shares
|
|
|
20.4
|
|
|
|
10.7
|
|
EBA Holding Shareholders
|
|
127,424,761 class B shares
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
Banco Santander
|
|
82,741,540 class B shares
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
153
Members of the three controlling families have historically owned the majority of the issued
share capital of Banco Galicia since 1959. Members of the Escasany family have been on the Board of
Directors of the Bank since 1923. The Ayerza and Braun families have been represented on the Banks
Board of Directors since 1943 and 1947, respectively. Currently, there is one member of these
families on the Banks Board of Directors and five members of these families on our Board of
Directors. In addition, there is one alternate director on our Board of Directors that is member of
the controlling families.
On September 13, 1999, the controlling shareholders of Banco Galicia formed EBA Holding S.A.,
an Argentine corporation, which is 100% owned by our controlling shareholders. EBA Holding holds
100% of our class A shares.
Currently, EBA Holding only has class A shares outstanding. EBA Holdings bylaws provide for
certain restrictions on the sale or transfer of its class A shares. While the class A shares of EBA
Holding may be transferred to any other class A shareholder of EBA Holding, any transfer of such
class A shares to third parties would automatically result in the conversion of the sold shares
into class B shares of EBA Holding having one vote per share. In addition, EBA Holdings bylaws
contain rights of first refusal, buy-sell provisions and tag-along rights.
A public shareholder of Banco Galicia, who indirectly owns approximately 4.5% of the
outstanding capital stock of Banco Galicia, has granted a right of first refusal for the purchase
of all or part of its shares to certain of our controlling shareholders in the event such public
shareholder decides to sell all or part of its Banco Galicia shares.
As of December 31, 2009, we had 57 identified United States record shareholders (not
considering The Bank of New York), of which 12 held our class B shares and 45 held our ADSs. Such
United States holders, in the aggregate, held approximately 104.9 million of our class B shares,
representing approximately 8.4% of our total outstanding capital stock as of said date.
Related Party Transactions
Other than as set forth below, Grupo Financiero Galicia and its non-banking subsidiaries are
not a party to any transactions with, and have not made any loans to any (i) enterprises that
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, control or are controlled by Grupo
Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries, (ii) associates (i.e. an unconsolidated
enterprise in which Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries has a significant
influence or which has significant influence over Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking
subsidiaries), (iii) individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in the voting power of
Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries that gives them significant influence over
Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries, as applicable, and close members of any
such individuals family (i.e. those family members that may be expected to influence, or be
influenced by, that person in their dealings with Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking
subsidiaries, as applicable), (iv) key management personnel (i.e. persons that have authority and
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of Grupo Financiero Galicia
or its non-banking subsidiaries, including directors and senior management of companies and close
members of such individuals family) or (v) enterprises in which a substantial interest is owned,
directly or indirectly, by any person described in (iii) or (iv) over which such a person is able
to exercise significant influence nor are there any proposed transactions with such persons. For
purposes of this paragraph, this includes enterprises owned by directors or major shareholders of
Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries that have a member of key management in
common with Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries, as applicable. In addition,
significant influence means the power to participate in the financial and operating policy
decisions of the enterprise but means less than control. Shareholders beneficially owning a 10%
interest in the voting power of Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking subsidiaries are
presumed to have a significant influence on Grupo Financiero Galicia or its non-banking
subsidiaries, as applicable.
Grupo Financiero Galicia has granted working capital loans to the following entities that it
directly or indirectly controls:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding amount
|
|
Entity
|
|
Granted in
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Original Amount
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
April 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
(in millions of Pesos)
|
|
Net Investment S.A.
|
|
Nov/Apr 2009
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
Ps.
|
0.20
|
|
|
Ps.
|
0.20
|
|
|
Ps.
|
0.10
|
|
GV Mandataria de Valores S.A.
|
|
Nov/Sep 2009
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
Ps.
|
0.57
|
|
|
Ps.
|
0.76
|
|
|
Ps.
|
0.57
|
|
154
Some of our directors and the directors of the Bank have been involved in certain credit
transactions with the Bank as permitted by Argentine law. The Corporations Law and the Argentine
Central Banks regulations allow directors of a limited liability company to enter into a
transaction with such company if such transaction follows prevailing market conditions.
Additionally, a banks total financial exposure to related individuals or legal entities is subject
to the regulations of the Argentine Central Bank. Such regulations set limits on the amount of
financial exposure that can be extended by a bank to affiliates based on, among other things, a
percentage of a banks RPC. See Item 4. Information on the Company-Argentine Banking
Regulation-Lending Limits.
The Bank is required by the Argentine Central Bank to present to its Board of Directors, on a
monthly basis, the outstanding amounts of financial assistance granted to directors, controlling
shareholders, officers and other related entities, which are transcribed in the minute books of the
Board of Directors. The Argentine Central Bank establishes that the financial assistance to
directors, controlling shareholders, officers and other related entities must be granted on an
equal basis with respect to rates, tenor and guarantees as loans granted to the general public.
In this section total financial exposure comprises equity interests and financial assistance
(all credit related items such as loans, holdings of corporate debt securities without quotation,
guarantees granted and unused balances of loans granted, among others), as this term is defined in
Item 4. Information on the Company-Argentine Banking Regulation-Lending Limits.
Related parties refers to our directors and the directors of the Bank, our senior officers
and senior officers of the Bank, our syndics and the Banks syndics, our controlling shareholders
as well as all individuals who are related to them by a family relationship of up to the second
degree by blood and/or first degree by marriage and any entities directly or indirectly affiliated
with any of these parties, not required to be consolidated.
The following table presents the aggregate amounts of total financial exposure of the Bank to
related parties, the number of recipients, the average amounts and the single largest exposures as
of the end of the three fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and as of April 30, 2010, the last
date for which information is available.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 30, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
In millions of Pesos, except as noted
|
|
Aggregate Total Financial Exposure
|
|
Ps.
|
83.3
|
|
|
Ps.
|
76.0
|
|
|
Ps.
|
74.9
|
|
|
Ps.
|
40.8
|
|
Number of Recipient Related Parties
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
Individuals
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
Companies
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
Average Total Financial Exposure
|
|
Ps.
|
0.4
|
|
|
Ps.
|
0.3
|
|
|
Ps.
|
0.3
|
|
|
Ps.
|
0.2
|
|
Single Largest Exposure
|
|
Ps.
|
19.3
|
|
|
Ps.
|
18.9
|
|
|
Ps.
|
30.5
|
|
|
Ps.
|
11.6
|
|
The financial assistance granted to our directors, officers and related parties by the Bank,
including the financial assistance that was restructured, was granted in the ordinary course of
business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other non-related parties, and did not
involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
The Bank and Grupo Financiero Galicia have executed a trademark license agreement under which
the Bank has authorized Grupo Financiero Galicia to use the word Galicia in our corporate name
and has authorized our direct or indirect subsidiaries, other than those of the Bank, to use in
their corporate names the Banks registered trademarks, including the word Galicia, in marketing
their products and services. The trademark license agreement has a 10-year term until July 1, 2010,
at which point it becomes automatically renewable every two years. This agreement provides for the
payment of an annual royalty, which in 2009 amounted to Ps.1.1 million.
Item 8. Financial Information
We have elected to provide the financial information set forth in Item 18 of this annual
report.
155
Legal Proceedings
We are a party to the following legal proceedings:
On March 11, 2003 Theseus S.A. and Lagarcué S.A., two minority shareholders of Banco Galicia,
initiated legal proceedings against Banco Galicia and Grupo Financiero Galicia (
Theseus S.A. y
otra c/ Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A. y Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. s/ Ordinario
). The
proceedings purpose is to have the court declare null the corporate legal action done by Grupo
Financiero Galicia with the cooperation of Banco Galicia pursuant to which there was an exchange of
class B shares of Banco Galicia for class B shares of Grupo Financiero Galicia. Banco Galicia and
Grupo Financiero Galicia have answered the claim, arguing in defense that the transaction complied
with applicable legal requirements and, among other things, that there was not one action of
exchange of shares but rather as many legal actions (exchange agreements) as there were
shareholders who tendered their Banco Galicias shares to receive Grupo Financiero Galicias shares
(i.e., 3,172 legal actions). Therefore, in order to nullify all of the exchange agreements, it
would be necessary that every single person who tendered shares be named in the lawsuit, not just
Banco Galicia and Grupo Financiero Galicia. Currently, this lawsuit is at the discovery stage. The management and their legal advisors consider that the result of this lawsuit would not produce a significant
adverse effect on its financial condition.
On January 18, 2007, Grupo Financiero Galicia, Banco Galicia and their respective directors
and syndics were notified of the CNV Resolution No. 15,557, dated as of January 11, 2007 (the
Resolution), pursuant to which the CNV resolved to institute an investigation proceeding against
all of the above-mentioned institutions and persons with respect to potential violations of various
regulations relating to the improper use of inside information and the possible insufficient
disclosure of information. This is related to trading operations of Notes Due 2014 and Notes Due
2019 in the market carried out by Grupo Financiero Galicia and issued by the Bank as part of its
Foreign Debt restructuring. Such institutions and persons presented their respective defenses,
after which it was decided to commence an evidentiary period. After the evidentiary period ended in
August 2009, the case was handed over to the CNV Board so that they would pass a final resolution
on the matter. Grupo Financiero Galicia and the Bank believe that the proceeding has no factual
support and that all the actions related to the matter were performed in accordance with applicable
laws and regulations. The aforementioned CNV regulation is available at www.cnv.gov.ar.
Banco Galicia
In response to certain pending legal proceedings, the Bank has made allowances to cover (i)
various types of claims filed by customers against it (e.g., claims for thefts from safe deposit
boxes, collections of checks that had been fraudulently altered, discrepancies related to deposit
and payment services rendered to the Banks customers, etc.) and (ii) estimated amounts payable
under labor-related lawsuits filed against Banco Galicia by former employees.
In connection with the application by financial institutions of emergency measures implemented
by the Executive Branch of the Government during and in respect of the 2001-2002 crisis, which
mandated the pesification of deposits originally denominated in dollars and the restructuring of
such deposits, in 2002 individuals and institutions initiated a significant number of legal actions
known as
amparo
claims against financial institutions, including the Bank, on the basis that these
measures violated their constitutional and other rights. These legal actions have resulted in
losses for financial institutions, including the Bank, as a result of court orders mandating the
reimbursement of Restructured Deposits at values greater than those established by the emergency
measures. The Argentine Central Bank issued regulations allowing for the deferral and amortization
of such related losses, while the Government did not provide for any compensation of such losses to
the financial institutions and the Argentine Supreme Court has issued rulings in several particular
cases related to deposit pesification with different implications. The Bank has repeatedly reserved
its right to make claims, at a suitable time, in view of the negative effect caused on its
financial condition by the reimbursement of deposits originally denominated in dollars, pursuant to
orders issued by the Judicial Branch, either in dollars or in pesos for the equivalent amount at
the market exchange rate, since compensation of this effect was not included by the Government in
the calculation of the compensation to financial institutions. The method of accounting for such
right as a deferred loss, set forth by the Argentine Central Bank regulations, does not affect its
existence or legitimacy. To such effect, the corresponding reservation of rights has been made. On
December 30, 2003, the Bank formally requested the National Executive Branch, with a copy to the
MECON and to the Argentine Central Bank, the payment of due compensation for the losses incurred by
the Bank generated by the asymmetric pesification
and especially for the negative effect on its financial condition caused by court decisions.
The Bank has reserved its right to further extend such request in order to encompass losses made
definitive by new final judgments.
156
As of the date of this report, provincial tax collection authorities as well as tax collection
authorities from the Autonomous City of Buenos Aires, are in the process (in different degrees of
completion) of conducting audits related to tax on gross income corresponding to fiscal year 2002,
mainly regarding the Compensatory Bond. The Bank has been expressing its disagreement regarding
these adjustments at the corresponding administrative and/or legal proceedings. These proceedings
and their possible effects are constantly being monitored by the management. Even though the
foregoing has not yet been finally resolved, the Bank believes it has complied with its tax
liabilities in full pursuant to current regulations and has provisioned the amounts considered
adequate according to the different levels of advance of each process.
Finally, it must be mentioned that Banco Galicia, its directors and syndics are also governed
by the investigation proceeding initiated by the CNV on January 18, 2007 with respect to potential
violations of various regulations relating to the possible improper use of inside information and
the possible insufficient disclosure of information. In addition, Theseus S.A. and Lagarcué S.A.,
two minority shareholders of Banco Galicia, have initiated legal proceedings against Banco Galicia
requesting that the court declare null the corporate legal action done by Grupo Financiero Galicia
with the cooperation of Banco Galicia pursuant to which there was an exchange of class B shares of
Banco Galicia for class B shares of Grupo Financiero Galicia. For more information on these two
proceedings, see
Legal Proceedings
Grupo Financiero Galicia
in this section.
Regional Credit Card Companies
As of the date of this annual report, the Argentine Revenue Service (AFIP), the Revenue Board
of the Province of Córdoba and the municipalities of the cities of Mendoza and San Luis are in the
process of conducting audits. Said bodies have served notices and made claims regarding taxes
applicable to Tarjetas Regionales S.A.s subsidiaries. Based on the opinions of their tax advisors,
these companies believe that the abovementioned claims are both legally and technically groundless
and that taxes related to the claims have been correctly calculated in accordance with tax
regulations in force and existing case law. Therefore, they are taking the corresponding
administrative and legal steps in order to resolve such issues.
Dividend Policy and Dividends
Dividend Policy
We may only declare and pay dividends out of our retained earnings representing the profit
realized on our operations and investments. The Corporations Law and our bylaws state that no
profits may be distributed until prior losses are covered. Dividends paid on our class A shares and
class B shares will equal one another on a per share basis. As required by the Corporations Law,
5% of our net income is allocated to a legal reserve until the reserve equals 20% of our
outstanding capital. Dividends may not be paid if the legal reserve has been impaired until it is
fully restored. The legal reserve is not available for distribution to shareholders.
As a holding company, our principal source of cash from which to pay dividends on our shares
is dividends or other intercompany transfers from our subsidiaries, primarily Banco Galicia. Due to
the dividend restrictions contained in the Banks loan agreements in connection with the Banks
foreign debt restructuring and in Argentine Central Bank regulations, as described below, our
ability to distribute cash dividends to our shareholders has been materially and adversely
affected.
Our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders in the future will principally depend on (i)
our net income (on a consolidated basis), (ii) availability of cash and (iii) applicable legal
requirements.
Holders of our ADSs will be entitled to receive any dividends payable in respect of our
underlying class B shares. We will pay cash dividends to the ADS depositary in Pesos, although we
reserve the right to pay cash dividends in any other currency, including Dollars. The ADS deposit
agreement provides that the depositary will convert cash dividends received by the ADS depositary
in Pesos to Dollars and, after deduction or upon payment of fees and expenses of the ADS depositary
and deduction of other amounts permitted to be deducted from such cash
payments in accordance with the ADS deposit agreement (such as for unpaid taxes by the ADS
holders in connection with personal asset taxes or otherwise), will make payment to holders of our
ADSs in Dollars.
157
Under the loan agreements, the note purchase agreement and the indenture entered into by the
Bank in connection with its foreign debt restructuring, the Bank may only pay dividends on its
capital stock if there is no event of default under the loan agreements, the note purchase
agreement and the indenture and only after the aggregate principal amount of the long term
instruments and medium term instruments (together, but excluding the subordinated debt instruments
maturing in 2019, the senior debt) issued in its foreign debt restructuring is equal to or less
than 50% of the originally issued senior debt. If the Bank is able to pay dividends, it is required
to repay US$2 of the long-term instruments issued in its foreign debt restructuring for each US$1
of dividends paid on its capital stock.
Argentine Central Bank regulations further restrict the distribution of cash dividends by the
Bank.
By means of Communiqués A 4589 and A 4591, issued on October 29 and November 8, 2006, the
Argentine Central Bank modified the criteria by which a financial institution determines if it can
distribute profits. According to the new rules, profits can be distributed up to the positive
amount resulting after deducting from retained earnings the reserves that may be legally and
statutory required, as well as the following items: the difference between the book value and the
market value of a financial institutions portfolio of public-sector assets and/or debt issued by
the Argentine Central Bank not marked-to-market, the amount of assets representing the losses from
lawsuits related to deposits
(amparos)
, and any adjustments required by the external auditors or
the Argentine Central Bank not having been recognized. In addition, to be able to distribute
profits, a financial institution must comply with the capital adequacy rule, with the minimum
capital requirement and the regulatory capital calculated, only for the purpose of determining its
ability to distribute profits, by deducting from its assets and retained earnings all the items
mentioned in above, as well as the asset recorded in connection with the minimum presumed income
tax and the amounts allocated to the repayment of long-term debt instruments computable as core
capital pursuant to Communiqué A 4576. Likewise, in such calculation, a financial institution
will not be able to compute any regulatory forbearance that the Argentine Central Bank may provide,
affecting minimum capital requirements, computable regulatory capital or a financial institutions
capital adequacy, and the amount of profits that it wishes to distribute.
In May 2010, the Argentine Central Bank modified the conditions necessary to pay dividends
through Communiqué A 5072:
|
|
|
Calculation of the distributable profits subtracting the net difference between
the book value and the market price of the government debt.
|
|
|
|
Compliance with minimum capital requirements plus 30% after the payment of the
dividend.
|
|
|
|
Compliance with minimum capital cash reserves after the payment of the dividend.
|
At the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, the Banks capital, non-capitalized
contributions, profit reserves, adjustments to Shareholders Equity and retained earnings (not
including the fiscal years net income) totaled Ps.1,954.7 million. The Banks net income for
fiscal year 2009 amounted to Ps.171.8 million. In addition to the retained earnings at the previous
fiscal year end, of Ps.160.0 million, the Banks total retained earnings amounted to Ps.331.8
million. Taking into consideration the Argentine Central Bank rules regarding the distribution of
profits, as explained above, the Banks Board of Directors proposed at the shareholders meeting
held on April 14, 2010, and such shareholders meeting approved, the following distribution of
earnings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In millions of Pesos
|
|
To Legal Reserve
|
|
|
34.4
|
|
To Next Fiscal Year
|
|
|
297.4
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, the applicable adjustments to the Banks retained earnings were the
following: (i) Ps.723.0 million, for the difference between the book value and the market value of
public-sector assets and/or debt instruments issued by the Argentine Central Bank not
marked-to-market, and Ps.259.0 million for deferred losses in connection with lawsuits related to
deposits (
amparo
claims).
158
Under the new rules, dividend distribution requires the prior authorization of the Argentine
Central Bank, with such authorization having the purpose of verifying that the aforementioned
requirements have been fulfilled.
In light of the restrictions on Banco Galicias ability to make distributions, our current
policy is to retain earnings and cash flows to pay for our operating expenses, support the growth
of our business and repay our outstanding debt.
Dividends
We have not paid any dividends since March 2001, due to the fact that Banco Galicia did not
post any distributable income as a result of the crisis and the other applicable restrictions. The
last cash dividend we received from Banco Galicia was in October 2001 for Ps.116.4 million, but
those funds were deposited at Galicia Uruguay. The deposits we maintained at Galicia Uruguay that
may have otherwise been available for distribution or to pay our operating expenses were
restructured and most of these deposits were converted into subordinated negotiable obligations
issued by Galicia Uruguay for US$43 million in late 2002. In July 2005, we forgave these
subordinated negotiable obligations.
In light of the restrictions on Banco Galicias ability to make distributions, Grupo
Financiero Galicias current policy is to retain its earnings to pay for its operating expenses,
its financial debt, and to support the growth of Grupo Financiero Galicias businesses.
Significant Changes
Grupo Financiero Galicia
The ordinary and extraordinary shareholders meeting of Grupo Financiero Galicia held on April
14, 2010 approved an extension of US$40 million in the amount of the Global Program of simple
short-, mid- and/or long-term Negotiable Obligations. Therefore, the maximum amount of the Program,
which was of up to US$60 million or its equivalent in any other currency, was set up to US$100
million or its equivalent in any other currency.
On June 8, 2010, Grupo Financiero Galicia issued two series of bonds for a total amount of
US$45 million, with the following characteristics: (i) US$18.14 million of 8% Class II, Series II
Notes, due in 2012, this bond was issued at a price of 101.82/100 with a yield of 7%, and (ii)
US$26.86 million of 9% Class II, Series III Notes due in 2013, this bond was issued at a price of
101.28/100 with a yield of 8.5%. Interest is payable semiannually.
Banco Galicia
On June 17, 2010, the Bank informed the Central Bank of Uruguay and the Ministry of Economy
and Finance of Uruguay of its decision to terminate Galicia Uruguays activities and of its
consequent dissolution. The decision was made after having cancelled in advance all of Galicia
Uruguays obligations corresponding to the restructuring agreement.
On June 7, 2010, the Argentine Central Bank approved the purchase of Compañía Financiera
Argentina S.A., Cobranzas & Servicios S.A. and AIG Universal Processing Center S.A. The fair
value of the consideration to acquire the shares of these companies is Ps.331.1 million. This purchase will
be financed with the Banks available cash, within its ordinary course of business. For more
information, see Item 4. Information on the Company-Capital Investments and Divestitures.
During the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, the Bank cancelled in advance US$45.8 million of
face value of its negotiable obligations due in 2014.
In January 2010, the Bank paid the last amortization installment of its negotiable obligations
due in 2010, for a principal amount of US$34.2 million, and the first amortization installment of
its negotiable obligations due in 2014, for a principal amount of US$23.1 million.
159
After these transactions, the outstanding principal of the negotiable obligations issued by
the Bank (negotiable obligations due in 2014 and subordinated negotiable obligations due in 2019)
amounts to US$427.2 million, representing a US$87.9 million decrease from the end of fiscal year
2009.
In January 2010, the Bank decided to record under the item Investment Accounts a part of its
holdings of National Government Bonds due in 2015 (Bonar 2015 bonds), for Ps.668.2 million of face
value, at market value. As of the end of fiscal year 2009, such bonds were recorded under the item
Special Investments Accounts and valued at their incorporation value increased by its internal
rate of return. This change in the criteria of exposition and, consequently, of valuation,
generated a Ps.240.1 million profit. In addition, the Bank established a valuation allowance on the
Boden 2012 bonds, for Ps.219.8 million, equivalent to the estimated difference between the book
value (technical value) and the realizable value that the Bank considers reasonable.
Item 9. The Offer and Listing
Shares and ADSs
Our class B shares are listed on the BASE and the Córdoba Stock Exchange under the symbol
GGAL. Our ADSs, each representing ten class B shares, are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market,
under the symbol GGAL. Our ADSs have been listed on Nasdaq Capital Market since August 2002.
Previously, our ADSs had been listed on the Nasdaq National Market since July 24, 2000.
On May 13, 2004, we issued 149 million preferred shares in connection with the restructuring
of the foreign debt of the Banks Head Office and its Cayman Branch. Under the terms and conditions
of the restructuring, our preferred shares were automatically convertible into class B shares on
May 13, 2005. Such conversion took place on May, 13, 2005. Our preferred shares were listed on the
BASE and the Córdoba Stock Exchange under the symbol GGAL between May 13, 2004 and May 12, 2005.
The following tables present, for the periods indicated, the high and low closing prices and
the average trading volume of our class B shares and preferred shares on the BASE as reported by
the BASE and the high and low closing prices and the average trading volume of our ADSs on the
Nasdaq as reported by the Nasdaq Capital Market. There has been low trading volume of our class B
shares on the Córdoba Stock Exchange. The following prices have not been adjusted for any stock
dividends and/or stock splits.
Grupo Financiero Galicia Class B Shares
Buenos Aires Stock Exchange (in Pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Daily Volume
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
(in thousands of Class B shares)
|
|
Calendar Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2.81
|
|
|
|
2.06
|
|
|
|
4,784.6
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2.86
|
|
|
|
1.72
|
|
|
|
2,045.3
|
|
2007
|
|
|
3.37
|
|
|
|
2.23
|
|
|
|
1,924.8
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2.36
|
|
|
|
0.57
|
|
|
|
3,549.4
|
|
2009
|
|
|
1.81
|
|
|
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
2,471.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two Most Recent Fiscal Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
2.36
|
|
|
|
1.94
|
|
|
|
1,290.8
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
2.26
|
|
|
|
1.57
|
|
|
|
1,465.5
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
1.63
|
|
|
|
1.12
|
|
|
|
1,642.9
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
1.56
|
|
|
|
0.57
|
|
|
|
3,549.4
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
0.88
|
|
|
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
1,497.9
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
1.28
|
|
|
|
0.70
|
|
|
|
2,669.4
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
1.81
|
|
|
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
1,747.7
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
2,30
|
|
|
|
1,76
|
|
|
|
1,742.8
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
2.41
|
|
|
|
1.84
|
|
|
|
1,306.4
|
|
Second Quarter (through May 31, 2010)
|
|
|
2.53
|
|
|
|
2.02
|
|
|
|
2,056.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Most Recent Six Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 2009
|
|
|
2.16
|
|
|
|
1.97
|
|
|
|
1,155.1
|
|
January 2010
|
|
|
2.24
|
|
|
|
1.97
|
|
|
|
1,435.3
|
|
February 2010
|
|
|
2.04
|
|
|
|
1.84
|
|
|
|
926.3
|
|
March 2010
|
|
|
2.41
|
|
|
|
1.94
|
|
|
|
1,560.9
|
|
April 2010
|
|
|
2.53
|
|
|
|
2.35
|
|
|
|
1,688.6
|
|
May 2010
|
|
|
2.40
|
|
|
|
2.02
|
|
|
|
2,444.3
|
|
160
As of June 24, 2010, the closing price of our class B shares was Ps.2.45.
Grupo Financiero Galicia Preferred Shares Outstanding from May 13, 2004 to May 11, 2005 Buenos
Aires Stock Exchange (in Pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Daily Volume
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
(in thousands of preferred shares)
|
|
Calendar Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
(through May 11, 2005)
|
|
|
2.72
|
|
|
|
2.03
|
|
|
|
183.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Most Recent Fiscal Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
2.72
|
|
|
|
2.10
|
|
|
|
230.9
|
|
Second Quarter (through May 11, 2005)
|
|
|
2.34
|
|
|
|
2.03
|
|
|
|
81.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Most Recent Six Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 2004
|
|
|
2.48
|
|
|
|
1.99
|
|
|
|
275.2
|
|
January 2005
|
|
|
2.44
|
|
|
|
2.26
|
|
|
|
146.0
|
|
February 2005
|
|
|
2.69
|
|
|
|
2.37
|
|
|
|
184.3
|
|
March 2005
|
|
|
2.72
|
|
|
|
2.10
|
|
|
|
360.3
|
|
April 2005
|
|
|
2.25
|
|
|
|
2.03
|
|
|
|
100.4
|
|
May 2005 (through May 11, 2005)
|
|
|
2.34
|
|
|
|
2.15
|
|
|
|
32.9
|
|
Grupo Financiero Galicia ADSs Nasdaq Capital Market (in US$)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Daily Volume
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
(in thousands of ADRs)
|
|
Calendar Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
9.62
|
|
|
|
6.87
|
|
|
|
347.3
|
|
2006
|
|
|
9.56
|
|
|
|
5.61
|
|
|
|
190.2
|
|
2007
|
|
|
11.12
|
|
|
|
6.98
|
|
|
|
273.1
|
|
2008
|
|
|
7.60
|
|
|
|
1.45
|
|
|
|
251.6
|
|
2009
|
|
|
6.10
|
|
|
|
1.56
|
|
|
|
160,0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two Most Recent Fiscal Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
7.60
|
|
|
|
6.14
|
|
|
|
259.3
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
7.07
|
|
|
|
4.92
|
|
|
|
235.2
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
5.30
|
|
|
|
3.63
|
|
|
|
222.2
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
1.45
|
|
|
|
290.1
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
2.42
|
|
|
|
1.56
|
|
|
|
100.9
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
3.28
|
|
|
|
1.80
|
|
|
|
191.1
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
4.71
|
|
|
|
3.10
|
|
|
|
163.0
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
6.10
|
|
|
|
4.55
|
|
|
|
187.7
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
6.20
|
|
|
|
4.72
|
|
|
|
113.6
|
|
Second Quarter (through May 31, 2010)
|
|
|
6.48
|
|
|
|
5.12
|
|
|
|
171.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Most Recent Six Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 2009
|
|
|
5.77
|
|
|
|
5.27
|
|
|
|
87.0
|
|
January 2010
|
|
|
5.99
|
|
|
|
5.15
|
|
|
|
98.7
|
|
February 2010
|
|
|
5.34
|
|
|
|
4.72
|
|
|
|
83.8
|
|
March 2010
|
|
|
6.20
|
|
|
|
4.90
|
|
|
|
150.6
|
|
April 2010
|
|
|
6.48
|
|
|
|
5.83
|
|
|
|
163.7
|
|
May 2010
|
|
|
6.12
|
|
|
|
5.12
|
|
|
|
180.3
|
|
161
As of June 24, 2010, the closing price of our ADS was US$6.15.
The following tables present for the periods indicated the high and low closing prices and the
average trading volume of the Banks class B shares on the BASE as reported by the BASE. Banco
Galicia class B shares continue to be listed on the BASE with very low trading volume.
Banco Galicia Class B Shares Buenos Aires Stock Exchange (in Pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Daily Trading Volume
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
( in thousand Class B shares)
|
|
Calendar Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
4.30
|
|
|
|
3.60
|
|
|
|
1.96
|
|
2006
|
|
|
4.50
|
|
|
|
3.04
|
|
|
|
1.56
|
|
2007
|
|
|
6.46
|
|
|
|
4.25
|
|
|
|
2.74
|
|
2008
|
|
|
4.45
|
|
|
|
2.15
|
|
|
|
3.30
|
|
2009
|
|
|
3.55
|
|
|
|
2.10
|
|
|
|
6.47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two Most Recent Fiscal Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
4.45
|
|
|
|
4.08
|
|
|
|
1.87
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
4.45
|
|
|
|
3.65
|
|
|
|
4.59
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
3.85
|
|
|
|
3.69
|
|
|
|
0.88
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
3.85
|
|
|
|
2.40
|
|
|
|
4.19
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
2.38
|
|
|
|
2.17
|
|
|
|
0.69
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
2.30
|
|
|
|
2.15
|
|
|
|
4.03
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
3.00
|
|
|
|
2.10
|
|
|
|
14.85
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
3.55
|
|
|
|
3.04
|
|
|
|
6.06
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
4.15
|
|
|
|
3.17
|
|
|
|
3.51
|
|
Second Quarter (through May 31, 2010)
|
|
|
4.20
|
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
|
1.70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Most Recent Six Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 2009
|
|
|
3.40
|
|
|
|
3.20
|
|
|
|
1.60
|
|
January 2010
|
|
|
3.70
|
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
|
5.55
|
|
February 2010
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
|
3.17
|
|
|
|
0.52
|
|
March 2010
|
|
|
4.15
|
|
|
|
3.20
|
|
|
|
4.37
|
|
April 2010
|
|
|
4.11
|
|
|
|
3.90
|
|
|
|
1.71
|
|
May 2010
|
|
|
4.20
|
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
|
1.79
|
|
As of June 24, 2010, the closing price of the Banks class B shares was Ps.4.00.
Argentine Securities Market
The principal and oldest exchange for the Argentine securities market is the BASE. The BASE
started operating in 1854 and handles approximately 95% of all equity trading in Argentina.
Securities listed on the BASE include corporate equity and debt securities and government
securities. Debt securities listed on the BASE may also be
listed on the MAE. The Buenos Aires Stock Market (the MERVAL), which is affiliated with the
BASE, was founded in 1929 and is the largest stock market in Argentina. The MERVAL is a corporation
whose 133 shareholder members are the only individuals and entities authorized to trade, either as
principal or as agent, in the securities listed on the BASE. Although there are 183 MERVAL shares
outstanding, some banks and brokers own more than one share and currently there are 133 members. We
are a member of the MERVAL through Galicia Valores, who owns three shares.
162
Trading on the BASE is conducted mostly through the
Sistema Integrado de Negociación Asistida
por Computación
(Integrated Computer Assisted Trading System, SINAC) although there are still
some transactions carried out by continuous open outcry, the traditional auction system, from 11:00
a.m. to 5:00 p.m. each business day of the year. SINAC is a computer trading system that permits
trading in debt and equity securities and is accessed by brokers directly from workstations located
at their offices. As a result of an agreement between the MERVAL and the MAE, equity securities are
traded exclusively on the BASE and corporate and government debt securities are traded on the MAE
and the BASE. Currently, all transactions relating to listed corporate and government debt
securities can be effected on SINAC. In addition, a substantial over-the-counter market exists for
private trading in listed debt securities and, prior to the agreement described above, equity
securities. Such trades are reported on the MAE.
Although companies may list all of their capital stock on the BASE, in most cases the
controlling shareholders retain the majority of a companys capital stock. This results in only a
relatively small percentage of most companies stock being available for active trading by the
public on the BASE. Even though individuals have historically constituted the largest group of
investors in Argentinas equity markets, in recent years, banks and insurance companies have shown
an interest in these markets. Argentine mutual funds, by contrast, continue to have very low
participation in the market. Although 106 companies had equity securities listed on the BASE as of
December 31
st
, 2009, the 10 most-traded companies on the exchange accounted for
approximately 83.7% of total trading value during 2009. Our shares were the fourth most-traded
shares on the BASE in 2009, with a 6.07% share of trading volume.
The Córdoba Stock Exchange is another important stock market in Argentina. Securities listed
on the Córdoba Stock Exchange include both corporate equity and debt securities and government
securities. Through an agreement with the BASE, all of the securities listed on the BASE are
authorized to be listed and subsequently traded on the Córdoba Stock Exchange. Thus, many
transactions that originate on the Córdoba Stock Exchange relate to companies listed on the BASE
and such trades are subsequently settled in Buenos Aires.
Market Regulations
The CNV oversees the Argentine securities markets and is responsible for authorizing public
offerings of securities and supervising brokers, public companies and mutual funds. Argentine
pension funds and insurance companies are regulated by separate Government agencies, while
financial institutions are regulated mainly by the Argentine Central Bank. The Argentine securities
markets are governed generally by Law No. 17,811, as amended, which created the CNV and regulates
stock exchanges, market operations and the public offering of securities.
In compliance with the provisions of Law No. 20,643 and the Decrees No. 659/74 and No.
2220/80, most debt and equity securities traded on the exchanges and the MAE must, unless otherwise
instructed by the shareholders, be deposited by the shareholders in Caja de Valores, which is a
corporation owned by the BASE, the MERVAL and certain provincial exchanges. Caja de Valores is the
central securities depository of Argentina, which provides depository facilities for securities and
acts as a transfer and paying agent in connection therewith. It also handles settlement of
securities transactions carried out on the BASE and operates the computerized exchange information
system.
The level of regulation of the market for Argentine securities and investors activities is
low relatively as compared to the United States and certain other countries, and enforcement of
existing regulatory provisions has been limited. In addition, there may be less publicly available
information about Argentine companies than is regularly published by or about companies in these
countries. However, the CNV has taken steps to strengthen disclosure and regulatory standards for
the Argentine securities market, including the issuance of regulations prohibiting insider trading
and requiring insiders to report on their ownership of securities, with associated penalties for
non-compliance.
163
In order to improve Argentine securities market regulation, Decree No. 677/01 or Decree for
Transparency in the Public Offering, was promulgated and took effect on June 1, 2001. This decree
has come to be regarded as the financial consumers bill of rights. Its objective is to provide
transparency and protection to participants in the capital
markets. The decree applies to individuals and entities that participate in the public
offering of securities and to stock exchanges as well. Among its key provisions, the decree
broadens the definition of security; governs the treatment of negotiable securities; obligates
publicly listed companies to form audit committees composed of three or more members of the board
of the directors, the majority of whom must be independent under CNV regulations; authorizes
market-stabilization transactions under certain circumstances; governs insider trading, market
manipulation and securities fraud; and regulates going-private transactions and acquisitions of
voting shares, including controlling stakes in public companies.
In order to offer securities to the public in Argentina, an issuer must meet certain
requirements of the CNV regarding assets, operating history, management and other matters, and only
securities for which an application for a public offering has been approved by the CNV may be
listed on the corresponding stock exchange. This approval does not imply any kind of certification
of assurance related to the merits of the quality of the securities, or the solvency of the issuer.
Issuers of listed securities are required to file unaudited quarterly financial statements and
audited annual financial statements, as well as various other periodic reports, with the CNV and
the corresponding stock exchange.
Securities can be freely traded on the Argentine markets but certain restrictions exist
regarding access by residents and non-residents to the local foreign exchange market and to
transfers of foreign exchange abroad. See Item 4. Information on the Company-Government
Regulation-Foreign Exchange Market.
On October 2007, the CNV passed Resolution No. 516/07 providing for the voluntary adoption of
a corporate governance code. The CNV recommends adoption of such code by public companies but
requires that their policy with respect to each topic described in the code be disclosed in detail
in the annual report. This resolution will be effective for fiscal years beginning on January 1,
2008 and after and, therefore, public companies, including us, will have to report on their degree
of fulfillment of each topic of such code.
Item 10. Additional Information
Description of Our Bylaws
General
Set forth below is a brief description of certain provisions of our bylaws and Argentine law
and regulations with regard to our capital stock. Your rights as a holder of our capital stock are
subject to Argentine corporate law, which may differ from the corporate laws of other
jurisdictions. This description is not purported to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to our bylaws, Argentine law and the rules of the BASE, the Córdoba Stock Exchange as
well as the CNV. A copy of our bylaws has been filed with and can be examined at the CNV in Buenos
Aires and the SEC in Washington, D.C.
We were incorporated on September 14, 1999, as a stock corporation under the laws of Argentina
and registered on September 30, 1999, with the Argentine Superintendency of Companies or IGJ, under
corporate registration number 14,519 of Book 7, Volume of Stock Corporations. Our domicile is in
Buenos Aires, Argentina. Under our bylaws, our duration is until June 30, 2100 and we are
exclusively a financial and investment company (as stated in Chapter 2. Purpose. Article 3. of
our by-laws). This duration may be extended by resolution taken at a general extraordinary
shareholders meeting.
Our bylaws do not contain any provision governing the ownership threshold above which
shareholder ownership must be disclosed.
During the shareholders meeting held on April 23, 2003, we decided not to adhere to the
Optional Statutory System for the Mandatory Acquisition of Shares in a Public Offering regime in
compliance with Decree No.
677/01, which requires a company to announce whether it has
adopted this regime.
164
Outstanding Capital Stock
Our total subscribed and paid-in share capital as of December 31, 2009, amounted to
Ps.1,241,407,017, composed of class A shares and class B shares, each with a par value of Ps.1.00.
The following table presents the number of our shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009, and the
voting interest that the shares represent.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
Shares
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
% of Capital Stock
|
|
|
% of Voting Rights
|
|
Class A Shares
|
|
|
281,221,650
|
|
|
|
22.65
|
|
|
|
59.42
|
|
Class B Shares
|
|
|
960,185,367
|
|
|
|
77.35
|
|
|
|
40.58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,241,407,017
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Registration and Transfer
The class B shares are book-entry common shares held through Caja de Valores. Caja de Valores
maintains a stock registry for us and only those persons listed in such registry will be recognized
as our shareholders. Caja de Valores periodically delivers to us a list of the shareholders as at a
certain date.
The class B shares are transferable on the books of Caja de Valores. Caja de Valores records
all transfers in our registry. Within 10 days of any such transfer, Caja de Valores is required to
confirm the registration of transfer with the transferor.
Voting Rights
At shareholders meetings, each class A share is entitled to five votes and each class B share
is entitled to one vote. However, class A shares are entitled to only one vote in certain matters,
such as:
|
|
|
a merger or spin-off in which we are not the surviving corporation, unless the
acquirers shares are authorized to be publicly offered or listed on any stock exchange;
|
|
|
|
a transformation in our legal corporate form;
|
|
|
|
a fundamental change in our corporate purpose;
|
|
|
|
a change of our domicile to outside Argentina;
|
|
|
|
a voluntary termination of our public offering or listing authorization;
|
|
|
|
our continuation following a delisting or a mandatory cancellation of our public
offering or listing authorization;
|
|
|
|
a total or partial recapitalization of our statutory capital following a loss; or
|
|
|
|
the appointment of syndics.
|
All distinctions between our class A shares and our class B shares will be eliminated upon the
occurrence of any of the following change of control events:
|
|
|
EBA Holding sells 100% of its class A shares;
|
|
|
|
EBA Holding sells a portion of our class A shares to a third person who, when
aggregating all our class A shares with our class B shares owned by such person, if any,
obtains 50% plus one vote of our total votes; or
|
|
|
|
the current shareholders of EBA Holding sell shares of EBA Holding that will allow the
buyer to exercise more than 50% of the voting power of EBA Holding at any general
shareholders meeting of EBA Holding shareholders, except for transfers to other current
shareholders of EBA Holding or to their heirs or their legal successors or to entities
owned by any of them.
|
Limited Liability of Shareholders
Shareholders are not liable for our obligations. Shareholders liability is limited to the
payment of the shares for which they subscribe. However, shareholders who have a conflict of
interest with us and do not abstain from voting may be held liable for damages to us. Also,
shareholders who willfully or negligently vote in favor of a resolution that is subsequently
declared void by a court as contrary to Argentine law or our bylaws may be held liable for damages
to us or to third parties, including other shareholders, resulting from such resolutions.
165
Directors
Our bylaws provide that the board of directors shall be composed by at least three and at most
nine members, as decided at a general ordinary shareholders meeting. To be appointed to our board
of directors, such person must have been presented as a candidate by shareholders who represent at
least 10% of our voting rights, at least three business days before the date the general ordinary
shareholders meeting is to be held. Our bylaws do not state an age limit over which the directors
cannot serve on our board.
At each annual shareholders meeting, the term of one third of the members of our board of
directors (no fewer than three directors) expires and their successors are elected to serve for a
term of three years. The shareholders meeting shall have the power to fix a shorter period (one or
two years) for the terms of office of one, several or all of the directors. This system of electing
directors is intended to help maintain the continuity of the board. Alternate directors replace
directors until the following general ordinary shareholders meeting is held. Directors may also be
replaced by alternate directors if a director will be absent from a board meeting. The board of
directors is required to meet at least once every month and anytime any one of the directors or
syndics so requests.
Our bylaws state that the board of directors may decide to appoint an executive committee
and/or a delegate director.
Our bylaws do not provide for any arrangements or understandings with major shareholders,
customers, suppliers or others, pursuant to which any person referred to in this annual report was
selected as a director or member of senior management.
Additionally, pursuant to our bylaws, any borrowing powers on behalf of the Company are
granted to our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors has the power to delegate these borrowing
powers to our directors through a power of attorney and currently certain of our directors have
powers of attorney to negotiate the terms of and borrow money on behalf of the Company.
Furthermore, as stated by our bylaws, the chairman of our Board of Directors is also the legal
representative of the Company. Although our bylaws do not expressly address a directors power to
vote on proposals, arrangements or contracts in which the director has a material interest,
pursuant to customary Argentine business practice and certain tenants of Argentine corporate law,
our directors do not vote on proposals, arrangements or contracts in which the director has a
material interest.
Appointment of Directors and Syndics by Cumulative Voting
The Corporations Law provides for the use of cumulative voting to enable minority
shareholders to appoint members of the board of directors and syndics. Upon the completion of
certain requirements, shareholders are entitled to appoint up to one third of the vacancies to be
filled on the board of directors by cumulative voting. Each shareholder voting cumulatively has the
number of votes resulting from multiplying the number of votes to which such shareholder would
normally be entitled by the number of vacancies to be filled. Such shareholder may apportion his
votes or cast all such votes for one or a number of candidates not exceeding one third of the
vacancies to be filled.
Compensation of Directors
The Corporations Law and the CNV establish rules regarding the compensation of directors. The
maximum amount of aggregate compensation that the members of the board of directors may receive,
including salaries and other compensation for the performance of permanent technical and
administrative services, may not exceed 25.0% of profits of each fiscal year. This maximum amount
shall be limited to 5.0% when no dividends are distributed to the shareholders and shall be
increased proportionately to the dividend distribution until the 25.0% limit is reached when all
profits are distributed.
The Corporations Law provides that aggregate director compensation may exceed the maximum
percentage of computable profit in any one year when the companys profits are non-existent or too
small as to allow payment of a reasonable compensation to board members which have been engaged in
technical or administrative services to the company, provided that such proposal is described in
the notice of the agenda for the ordinary shareholders meeting and is approved by a majority of
shareholders present at such shareholders meeting.
166
In addition to the above, our bylaws establish that best practices and national and
international market standards regarding directors with similar duties and responsibilities shall
be considered when determining the compensation of board members.
Syndics
Our bylaws, in accordance with Argentine law, provide for the maintenance of a supervisory
committee whose members are three permanent syndics and three alternate syndics. Syndics are
elected for a one-year term and may be re-elected. Alternate syndics replace permanent syndics in
case of absence. For the appointment of syndics, each of our class A shares and class B shares has
only one vote. Fees for syndics are established by the shareholders at the annual ordinary
shareholders meeting. Their function is to oversee the management of the company, to control the
legality of the actions of the board of directors, to attend all board of directors meetings, to
attend all shareholders meetings, to prepare reports for the shareholders on the financial
statements with their opinion, and to provide information regarding the company to shareholders
that represent at least 2% of the capital stock. Syndics liabilities are joint and several and
unlimited for the non-fulfillment of their duties. They are also jointly and severally liable,
together with the members of the board of directors, if the proper fulfillment of their duties as
syndics would have avoided the damage or the losses caused by the members of the board of
directors.
Shareholders Meetings
Shareholders meetings may be ordinary meetings or extraordinary meetings. An annual ordinary
shareholders meeting is required to be held in each fiscal year to consider the matters outlined
in Article 234 of the Corporations Law, including, among others:
|
|
|
approval of the financial statements and general performance of the management for the
preceding fiscal year;
|
|
|
|
appointment and remuneration of directors and members of the supervisory committee;
|
|
|
|
allocation of profits; and
|
|
|
|
any other matter the board of directors decides to submit to the shareholders meeting
concerning the companys business administration. Matters which may be discussed at these
or other ordinary meetings include resolutions regarding the responsibility of directors
and members of the supervisory committee, as well as capital increases and the issuance of
negotiable obligations.
|
Extraordinary shareholders meetings may be called at any time to discuss matters beyond the
competence of the ordinary meeting, including but not limited to amendments to the bylaws, matters
related to the liquidation of a company, limitation of the shareholders preemptive rights to
subscribe new shares, issuance of bonds and debentures, transformation of the corporate form, a
merger into another company and spin-offs, early winding-up, change of the companys domicile to
outside Argentina, total or partial repayment of capital for losses, and a substantial change in
the corporate purpose set forth in the bylaws.
Shareholders meetings may be convened by the board of directors or by the syndics. A
shareholder or group of shareholders holding at least 5.0% in the aggregate of our capital stock
may request the board of directors or the syndics to convene a general shareholders meeting to
discuss the matters indicated by the shareholder.
Once a meeting has been convened with an agenda, the agenda limits the matters to be decided
upon at such meeting and no other matters may be decided upon.
Additionally, our bylaws provide that any shareholder holding at least 5% in aggregate of our
capital stock may present, in writing, to the Board of Directors, before February 28 of each year,
proposals of items to be included in the agenda at the annual general ordinary shareholders
meeting. The Board of Directors is not obligated to include such items in the agenda.
Class B shares represented by ADSs will be voted or caused to be voted by the Depositary in
accordance with instructions of the holders of such ADSs. In the event instructions are not
received from the holder, the Depositary shall give a discretionary proxy for the shares
represented by such ADSs to a person designated by us.
167
Notice of each shareholders meeting must be published in the Official Gazette, and in a
widely circulated newspaper in the countrys territory, at least twenty days prior to the meeting
but not more than forty-five days prior to the date on which the meeting is to be held. The board
of directors will determine the appropriate publication of notices outside Argentina in accordance
with the requirements of the jurisdictions and exchanges on which our shares are traded. In order
to attend a meeting and to be listed on the meeting registry, shareholders must submit evidence of
their book-entry share account held at Caja de Valores at least three business days prior to the
scheduled meeting date without counting the meeting day.
The quorum for ordinary meetings consists of a majority of stock entitled to vote, and
resolutions may be adopted by the affirmative vote of 50% plus one vote (an absolute majority) of
the votes present whether in person or participating via electronic means of communication. If no
quorum is present at the first meeting, a second meeting may be called at which the shareholders
present, whatever their number, shall constitute a quorum. Resolutions are to be adopted by an
absolute majority of the votes present. The second meeting may be convened to be held one hour
later on the same day as the first meeting had been called for, provided that it is an ordinary
shareholders meeting, or within thirty days of the date for which the first ordinary meeting was
called.
The quorum for extraordinary shareholders meetings consists of 60% of stock entitled to vote,
and resolutions may be adopted by an absolute majority of the votes present. If no quorum is
present at the first meeting, a second meeting may be called at which the shareholders present,
whatever their number, shall constitute a quorum. Resolutions are to be adopted by an absolute
majority of the votes present. The second meeting has to be convened to be held within thirty days
of the date for which the first extraordinary meeting was called, and the notice must be published
for three days, at least eight days before the date of the second meeting. Some special matters
require a favorable vote of the majority of all the stock holding voting rights, the class A shares
being granted the right to only one vote each. The special matters are described in -Voting
Rights above.
Dividends
Dividends may be lawfully paid and declared only out of our retained earnings representing the
profit realized on our operations and investments reflected in our annual financial statements, as
approved at our annual general shareholders meeting. No profits may be distributed until prior
losses are covered. Dividends paid on our class A shares and class B shares will equal one another
on a per-share basis.
As required by the Corporations Law, 5% of our net income is allocated to a legal reserve
until the reserve equals 20% of our outstanding capital. Dividends may not be paid if the legal
reserve has been impaired. The legal reserve is not available for distribution to shareholders.
Our Board of Directors submits our financial statements for the previous fiscal year, together
with reports prepared by our supervisory committee, to our shareholders for approval at the general
ordinary shareholders meeting. The shareholders, upon approving the financial statements,
determine the allocation of our net income.
Our Board of Directors is allowed by law and by our bylaws to decide to pay anticipated
dividends on the basis of a balance sheet especially prepared for purposes of paying such
dividends.
Under CNV regulations and our bylaws, cash dividends must be paid to shareholders within 30
days of the shareholders meeting approving the dividend. Payment of dividends in shares requires
authorization from the CNV, the BASE and the Córdoba Stock Exchange, whose authorizations must be
requested within 10 business days after the shareholders meeting approving the dividend. We must
make a distribution of the shares available to shareholders not later than three months after
receiving authorization to do so from the CNV.
Shareholders may no longer claim the payment of dividends from us after three years have
elapsed from the date on which the relevant dividends were made available to such shareholders.
Capital Increases and Reductions
We may increase our capital upon resolution of the general ordinary shareholders meeting. All
capital increases must be reported to the CNV, published in the Official Gazette and registered
with the Public Registry of Commerce. Capital reductions may be voluntary or mandatory. A voluntary
reduction of capital must be approved
by an extraordinary shareholders meeting after the corresponding authorization by the BASE,
the Córdoba Stock Exchange and the CNV and may take place only after notice of such reduction has
been published and creditors have been given an opportunity to obtain payment or guarantees for
their claims or attachment. A reduction of capital is mandatory when losses have exceeded reserves
and more than 50% of the share capital of the company.
168
Preemptive Rights
Under Argentine law, it is mandatory that a shareholder of ordinary shares of any given class
have preemptive rights, proportional to the number of shares he or she owns, to subscribe for
shares of capital stock of the same class or of any other class if the new subscription offer does
not include all classes of shares. Shareholders may only decide to suspend or limit preemptive
rights by supermajority at an extraordinary shareholders meeting and only in exceptional cases.
Shareholders may waive their preemptive rights only on a case-by-case basis.
In the event of an increase in our capital, holders of class A shares and class B shares have
a preemptive right to subscribe for any issue of class B shares in an amount sufficient to maintain
the proportion of capital then held by them. Holders of class A shares are entitled to subscribe
for class B shares because no further class A shares carrying five votes each are allowed to be
issued in the future. Under Argentine law, companies are prohibited from issuing stock with
multiple voting rights after they have been authorized to make a public offering of securities.
Preemptive rights are exercisable following the last publication of the notification to
shareholders of the opportunity to exercise preemptive rights in the Official Gazette and an
Argentine newspaper of wide circulation for a period of 30 days, provided that such period may be
reduced to no less than 10 days if so approved by an extraordinary shareholders meeting.
Shareholders who have exercised their preemptive rights and indicated their intention to
exercise additional preemptive rights are entitled to additional preemptive rights (accretion
rights), on a pro rata basis, with respect to any unsubscribed shares, in accordance with the
terms of the Corporations Law. Class B shares not subscribed for by shareholders through the
exercise of their preemptive or accretion rights may be offered to third parties.
Holders of ADSs may be restricted in their ability to exercise preemptive rights if a
registration statement relating to such rights has not been filed or is not effective or if an
exemption from registration is not available.
Appraisal Rights
Whenever our shareholders approve:
|
|
|
a merger or spin-off in which we are not the surviving corporation, unless the
acquirers shares are authorized to be publicly offered or listed on any stock exchange,
|
|
|
|
a transformation in our legal corporate form,
|
|
|
|
a fundamental change in our corporate purpose,
|
|
|
|
a change of our domicile to outside Argentina,
|
|
|
|
a voluntary termination of our public offering or listing authorization,
|
|
|
|
our continuation following a delisting or a mandatory cancellation of our public
offering or listing authorization, or
|
|
|
|
a total or partial recapitalization of our statutory capital following a loss,
|
any shareholder that voted against such action or did not attend the relevant meeting may exercise
its right to have its shares canceled in exchange for the book value of its shares, determined on
the basis of our latest balance sheet prepared in accordance with Argentine laws and regulations,
provided that such shareholder exercises its appraisal rights within the periods set forth below.
There is, however, doubt as to whether holders of ADSs, will be able to exercise appraisal
rights with respect to class B shares represented by ADSs.
Appraisal rights must be exercised within five days following the adjournment of the meeting
at which the resolution was adopted, in the event that the dissenting shareholder voted against
such resolutions, or within 15 days following such adjournment if the dissenting shareholder did
not attend such meeting and can prove that he was a
shareholder on the date of such meeting. In the case of a merger or spin-off involving an
entity authorized to make a public offering of its shares, appraisal rights may not be exercised if
the shares to be received as a result of such transaction are listed on any stock exchange.
Appraisal rights are extinguished if the resolution giving rise to such rights is overturned at
another shareholders meeting held within 75 days of the meeting at which the resolution was
adopted.
169
Payment of the appraisal rights must be made within one year from the date of the
shareholders meeting at which the resolution was adopted, except if the resolution was to delist
our capital stock, in which case the payment period is reduced to 60 days from the date of the
related resolution.
Preferred Stock
According to the Corporations Law and our bylaws, an ordinary shareholders meeting may
approve the issuance of preferred stock. Such preferred stock may have a fixed dividend, cumulative
or not cumulative, with or without additional participation in our profits, as decided by
shareholders at a shareholders meeting when determining the conditions of the issuance. They may
also have other preferences, such as a preference in the event of our liquidation.
The holders of preferred stock shall not be entitled to voting rights. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the event that no dividends are paid to such holders for their preferred stock, and
for as long as such dividends are not paid, the holders of preferred stock shall be entitled to
voting rights. Holders of preferred stock are also entitled to vote on certain special matters,
such as the transformation of the corporate form, a merger into another company and spin-offs (when
we are not the surviving entity and the surviving entity is not listed on any stock exchange),
early winding-up, a change of our domicile to outside Argentina, total or partial repayment of
capital for losses and a substantial change in the corporate purpose set forth in our bylaws or in
the event our preferred stock is traded on stock exchanges and such trading is suspended or
terminated.
Conflicts of Interest
As a protection to minority shareholders, under the Corporations Law, a shareholder is
required to abstain from voting on any resolution in which its direct or indirect interests
conflict with that of or are different than ours. In the event such shareholder votes on such
resolution, and such resolution would not have been approved without such shareholders vote, the
resolution may be declared void by a court and such shareholder may be liable for damages to the
company as well as to any third party, including other shareholders.
Redemption or Repurchase
According to Decree No.
677/01, a stock corporation may acquire the shares issued
by it, provided that the public offering and listing thereof has been authorized, subject to the
following terms and conditions and those set forth by the CNV. The CNV has not yet issued its
regulations. The above-mentioned conditions are: (a) the shares to be acquired shall be fully paid
up; (b) there shall be a resolution signed by the board of directors to such effect; (c) the
acquisition shall be made out of net profits or free or voluntary reserves; and (d) the total
amount of shares acquired by the company, including previously acquired shares, shall not exceed
10% of the capital stock or such lower percentage determined by the CNV. The shares acquired by the
company in excess of such limit shall be disposed of within the term of 90 days after the date of
the acquisition originating such excess.
The shares acquired by the company shall be disposed of by the company within the maximum term
of three years counted as from the date of acquisition thereof. Upon disposing of the shares, the
company shall make a preemptive offer thereof. Such an offer will not be obligatory if the shares
are used in connection with a compensation plan or program for the companys employees or if the
shares are distributed among all shareholders pro rata their shareholdings. If shareholders do not
exercise, in whole or in part, their preemptive rights, the sale shall be made at a stock exchange.
Liquidation
Upon our liquidation, one or more liquidators may be appointed to wind up our affairs. If no
such appointment is made, our Board of Directors will act as liquidator. All outstanding common
shares will be entitled
to participate equally in any distribution upon liquidation. In the event of a liquidation, in
Argentina as well as in any other country, our assets shall first be applied to satisfy our debts
and liabilities.
170
Other Provisions
Our bylaws are governed by Argentine law and the ownership of any kind of our shares
represents acceptance of our bylaws and submission to the exclusive jurisdiction of the ordinary
commercial courts of Buenos Aires for any claim or dispute related to us, our shareholders,
directors and members of the supervisory committee.
Exchange Controls
For a description of the exchange controls that would affect us or the holders of our
securities, see Item 4. Information on the Company-Government Regulation-Foreign Exchange Market.
Taxation
The following is a summary of the principal Argentine and U.S. Federal tax consequences
arising from the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our class B shares and ADSs. It is based
upon Argentine and U.S. Federal tax laws and regulations in effect as of the date of this annual
report and is subject to any subsequent changes in such laws and regulations that may come into
effect after such date. Any change could apply retroactively and could affect the continued
validity of this summary. The summary which follows does not constitute legal advice or a legal
opinion with respect to the transactions that the holders of our class B shares or ADSs may enter
into, but rather is only a brief description of certain (and not all) aspects of the Argentine and
U.S. Federal taxation system related to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our class B
shares and ADSs. In addition, although the following summary is believed to be a reasonable
interpretation of the current taxation rules and regulations, we cannot assure you that the
applicable authorities or tribunals will agree with all of, or any of, the tax consequences
outlined below. Currently, there is no tax treaty between the United States and Argentina.
Argentine Taxes
Taxation of Dividends
In general, dividend payments on ADSs or ordinary shares, whether in cash, property, or stock,
are not subject to Argentine withholding tax or other taxes.
There is an exception under which a 35% tax (equalization tax) will be imposed on certain
dividends approved by the registrants shareholders. The equalization tax will be applied only to
the extent that distributions of dividends exceed the taxable income of the company increased by
non-taxable dividends received by the distributing company in prior years and reduced by Argentine
income tax paid by the distributing company.
In this situation the equalization tax will be imposed as a withholding tax on the shareholder
receiving the dividend. Dividends distributions made in property (other than cash) will be subject
to the same tax rules as cash dividends. Stock dividends are not subject to Argentine taxation.
Taxation of Capital Gains
Pursuant to Decree No.
2,284/91 (the Deregulation Decree), capital gains derived
by non-resident individuals or foreign companies from the sale, exchange or other disposition of
ADSs or class B shares are not currently subject to income tax.
Beginning on January 1, 2001, capital gains from the sale, exchange or other dispositions of
shares not listed in a stock exchange will be subject to income tax when derived by individuals
domiciled in Argentina.
In addition, in the case of entities or permanent organizations incorporated or domiciled
abroad that, pursuant to their bylaws, charters, documents or the applicable regulatory framework,
have as their principal activity investing outside of the jurisdiction of their incorporation or
domicile, or are generally restricted from doing business in their country of incorporation, it
will be assumed, without any proof to the contrary being admitted, that
the seller is an individual domiciled in Argentina. Such entities will be subject to income
tax imposed as a withholding tax on the seller receiving the payment (for payments made beginning
on April 30, 2001) at the rate of 17.50% (that is, 35% on 50% of the amount of the payment), but
the foreign party may choose instead to pay a tax of 35% on the net gain realized on the sale. In
such situation, the Deregulation Decree will not be applicable.
171
On July 3, 2003, the Governments Chief Counsel (
Procurador del Tesoro
) issued an opinion
that the provisions of the income tax law that taxed capital gains arising from shares without
quotation obtained by resident individuals or offshore companies, as defined by the Argentine
Income Tax Law, are no longer in force because they have been implicitly abrogated. The validity of
this opinion is difficult to assess. Opinions of the Governments Chief Counsel are binding upon
all Government attorneys, including attorneys of the Argentine tax administration.
Transfer Taxes
No Argentine transfer taxes are applicable on the sale or transfer of ADSs or class B shares.
Tax on Minimum Notional Income
The tax reform in force since 1999 reinstituted a tax on assets on Argentine companies that
will be in effect during 10 years, unless that term is extended by future legislation. This tax is
similar to the asset tax that was previously in effect in Argentina from 1990 to 1995. It applies
at a general rate of 1% on a broadly defined asset base encompassing most of the taxpayers gross
assets at the end of any fiscal year ending after December 31, 1998.
Specifically, the Law establishes that banks, other financial institutions and insurance
companies will consider a taxable base equal to 20% of the value of taxable assets.
A companys asset tax liability for a tax year will be reduced by its income tax payments, and
asset tax payments for a tax year can be carried forward to be applied against the companys income
tax liability in any of the following ten tax years.
Personal Assets Tax
Individuals domiciled and undivided estates located in Argentina or abroad will be subject to
an annual tax in respect of assets located in Argentina and abroad. The tax rate is from 0.5% to
1.25%, depending on the total amount of assets. Individuals domiciled abroad will pay the tax only
in respect of the assets they hold in Argentina. In the case of individuals domiciled abroad, the
tax will be paid by the individuals or entities domiciled in Argentina which, as of December 31 of
each year, hold the joint ownership, possession, use, enjoyment, deposit, safekeeping, custody,
administration or tenure of the assets located in Argentina subject to the tax belonging to the
individuals domiciled abroad. When the direct ownership of negotiable obligations, government
securities and certain other investments, except shares issued by companies ruled by the
Corporations Law, corresponds to companies domiciled abroad in countries that do not enforce
registration systems for private securities (with the exception of insurance companies, open-end
investment funds, pension funds or banks and financial entities with head offices in countries that
have adopted the international banking supervision standards laid down by the Basel Committee on
Banking Supervision) or that pursuant to their bylaws, charter, documents or the applicable
regulatory framework, have as their principal activity investing outside of the jurisdiction of
their organization or domicile, or are generally restricted from doing business in their country of
incorporation, it will be assumed, without any proof to the contrary being admitted, that those
assets belong ultimately to individuals and therefore the system for paying the tax for such
individuals domiciled abroad is applicable to them.
There is an exception pursuant to a tax reform that was published in the Official Gazette as
Law No.
25,585, which went into effect on December 31, 2002. This tax reform introduced
a mechanism to collect the personal assets tax on shares issued by companies ruled by the
Corporations Law, which ownership belongs to individuals domiciled in Argentina or abroad and
companies or entities domiciled abroad. In the case of companies or entities domiciled abroad, it
will be assumed, without any proof to the contrary being admitted, that those shares belong
ultimately to individuals domiciled abroad.
172
The tax will be assessed and paid by those companies ruled by the Corporations Law at the
rate of 0.5% on the value of the shares or equity interest. The valuation of the shares, whether
listed or not, must be made according
to their proportional equity value. These companies may eventually seek reimbursement from the
direct owner of their shares in respect of any amounts paid to the Argentine tax authorities as
personal assets tax. Grupo Financiero Galicia has sought reimbursement for the amount paid
corresponding to December 31, 2002. The board of directors submitted the decision on how to proceed
with respect to fiscal year 2003 to the annual shareholders meeting held on April 22, 2004. At
that meeting, our shareholders voted to suspend all claims on our shareholders for amounts unpaid
for fiscal year 2002 and to have us absorb the amounts due for fiscal year 2003 onward when not
withheld from dividends.
Other Taxes
There are no Argentine federal inheritance, succession or gift taxes applicable to the
ownership, transfer or disposition of ADSs or class B shares. There are no Argentine stamp, issue,
registration or similar taxes or duties payable by holders of ADSs or class B shares.
Deposit and Withdrawal of Class B Shares in Exchange for ADSs
No Argentine tax is imposed on the deposit or withdrawal of class B shares in exchange for
ADSs.
United States Taxes
The following is a summary of the material U.S. Federal income tax consequences of the
acquisition, ownership and disposition of class B shares or ADSs, as such securities are set forth
in the documents or the forms thereof, relating to such securities as in existence on the date
hereof, but it does not purport to address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a
decision to purchase, own or dispose of class B shares or ADSs. This summary assumes that the class
B shares or ADSs will be held as capital assets and does not address tax consequences to all
categories of investors, some of which (such as dealers or traders in securities or currencies,
real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, grantor trusts, tax-exempt entities,
banks, insurance companies, persons that received class B shares or ADSs as compensation for the
performance of services, persons owning (or deemed to own for U.S. tax purposes) at least 10% or
more (by voting power or value) of our shares, investors whose functional currency is not the US
Dollar and persons that will hold the class B shares or ADSs as part of a position in a straddle
or as part of a hedging or conversion transaction for U.S. tax purposes) may be subject to
special tax rules. Moreover, this summary does not address the U.S. federal estate and gift or
alternative minimum tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of class B
shares or ADSs.
This summary (i) is based the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code),
existing, proposed and temporary United States Treasury Regulations and judicial and administrative
interpretations thereof, in each case as in effect and available on the date hereof; and (ii) is
based in part on representations of the Depository and the assumption that each obligation in the
Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. All of
the foregoing are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the
tax consequences described below.
The U.S. Treasury Department has expressed concern that depositaries for American depositary
receipts, or other intermediaries between the holders of shares of an issuer and the issuer, may be
taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of U.S. foreign tax credits by U.S. holders
of such receipts or shares. Accordingly, the U.S. foreign tax credit analysis described below could
be affected by future actions that may be taken by the U.S. Treasury Department.
For purposes of this summary, a U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of class B shares or ADSs
who, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, is (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii)
a corporation organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the
District of Columbia, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. Federal income
taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if such trust validly elects to be treated as a
United States person for United States federal income tax purposes or if (a) a United States court
can exercise primary supervision over its administration and (b) one or more United States persons
have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust. A Non-U.S. Holder
is a beneficial owner of class B shares or ADSs that is neither a U.S. Holder nor a partnership (or
other entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes).
173
If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax
purposes) holds class B shares or ADSs, the tax treatment of the partnership and a partner in such
partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the
partnership. Such a partner or partnership should consult its tax advisor as to its tax
consequences.
Each prospective purchaser should consult its own tax advisor with respect to the U.S.
Federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing of class B
shares or ADSs.
Ownership of ADSs in General
In general, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes holders of ADSs will be treated as the owners
of the ADSs evidenced thereby and of the class B shares represented by such ADSs.
Taxation of Cash Dividends and Distribution of Stock
Subject to the discussion below under Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations, for
U.S. Federal income tax purposes, the gross amount of distributions by the Company of cash or
property (other than certain distributions, if any, of class B shares or ADSs distributed pro rata
to all shareholders of the Company, including holders of ADSs) made with respect to the class B
shares or ADSs before reduction for any Argentine taxes withheld therefrom, will constitute
dividends to the extent that such distributions are paid out of the Companys current and
accumulated earnings and profits, and will be included in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as
dividend income. Subject to the discussion below under Passive Foreign Investment Company
Considerations, non-corporate U.S. Holders generally may be taxed on such distributions on ADSs
(or shares that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States at
the time of such distribution) at the lower rates applicable to long-term capital gains for taxable
years beginning on or before December 31, 2010 (i.e., gains from the sale of capital assets held
for more than one year). Non-corporate U.S. Holders that do not meet a minimum holding period
requirement during which they are not protected from the risk of loss with respect to such ADSs (or
shares), that elect to treat the dividend income as investment income pursuant to Section
163(d)(4)(B) of the Code or that receive dividends with respect to which they are obligated to make
related payments, will not be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation. Such dividends will not
be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporations under the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code).
Subject to the discussion below under Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations, if
distributions with respect to the class B shares exceed the Companys current and accumulated
earnings and profits, the excess would be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the
extent of such U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the class B shares or ADSs. Any amount in excess
of the amount of the dividend and the return of capital would be treated as capital gain. The
Company does not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax
principles.
Dividends paid in Pesos will be included in the gross income of a U.S. Holder in an amount
equal to the US Dollar value of the Pesos on the date of receipt, which, in the case of ADSs, is
the date they are received by the depositary. The amount of any distribution of property other than
cash will be the fair market value of such property on the date of distribution. Any gains or
losses resulting from the conversion of Pesos between the time of the receipt of dividends paid in
Pesos and the time the Pesos are converted into US Dollars will be treated as ordinary income or
loss, as the case may be, of a U.S. Holder. Dividends received by a U.S. Holder with respect to the
class B shares or ADSs will be treated as foreign source income, which may be relevant in
calculating such holders foreign tax credit limitation. Subject to certain conditions and
limitations, Argentine tax withheld on dividends may be deducted from taxable income or credited
against a U.S. Holders U.S. Federal income tax liability. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible
for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific categories of income. For this
purpose, dividend income with respect to your class B shares or ADSs should generally constitute
passive category income, or in the case of certain U.S. Holders, general category income. The
rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex. You are urged to consult your tax advisors
regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under your particular circumstances.
Subject to the discussion below under Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Requirements, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. Federal income or
withholding tax on dividends received on
class B shares or ADSs, unless such income is effectively connected with the conduct by the
Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States.
174
Taxation of Capital Gains
Subject to the discussion below under Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,
U.S. Holders that hold class B shares or ADSs as capital assets will recognize capital gain or loss
for U.S. Federal income tax purposes upon a sale or exchange of such class B shares or ADSs in an
amount equal to the difference between such U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the class B shares
or ADSs and the amount realized on their disposition. In the case of a non-corporate U.S. Holder,
the maximum marginal U.S. Federal income tax rate applicable to such gain will be lower than the
maximum marginal federal income tax rate for ordinary income (other than certain dividends) if the
U.S. Holders holding period for the class B shares or ADSs exceeds one year. Gain or loss, if any,
recognized by a U.S. Holder generally will be treated as United States source income or loss for
U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Certain limitations exist on the deductibility of capital losses
for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.
The initial tax basis of the class B shares to a U.S. Holder is the US Dollar value of the
Pesos denominated purchase price determined on the date of purchase. If the class B shares or ADSs
are treated as traded on an established securities market, a cash basis U.S. Holder (or, if it
elects, an accrual basis U.S. Holder) will determine the Dollar value of the cost of such class B
shares or ADSs by translating the amount paid at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date
of the purchase.
With respect to the sale or exchange of class B shares or ADSs, the amount realized generally
will be the US Dollar value of the payment received determined on (i) the date of receipt of
payment in the case of a cash basis U.S. Holder and (ii) the date of disposition in the case of an
accrual basis U.S. Holder. If the class B shares or ADSs are treated as traded on an established
securities market, a cash basis taxpayer (or, if it elects, an accrual basis taxpayer) will
determine the US Dollar value of the amount realized by translating the amount received at the spot
rate of exchange on the settlement date of the sale.
Subject to the discussion below under Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting
Requirements, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. Federal income or
withholding tax on gain realized on the sale or exchange of class B shares or ADSs unless (i) such
gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the
United States or (ii) in the case of gain realized by an individual Non-U.S. Holder, the Non-U.S.
Holder is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale or
exchange and certain other conditions are met.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations
A Non-United States corporation will be classified as a passive foreign investment company,
or a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which, after applying
certain look-through rules, either (1) at least 75 percent of its gross income is passive income
or (2) at least 50 percent of the average value of its gross assets is attributable to assets that
produce passive income or is held for the production of passive income. Passive income for this
purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents and gains from commodities and
securities transactions, other than certain income derived in the active conduct of a banking
business.
The application of the PFIC rules to certain banks is unclear under U.S. federal income tax
law. The IRS has issued a notice and certain proposed Treasury Regulations that exclude from
passive income any income derived in the active conduct of a banking business by a qualifying
foreign bank (the Active Bank Exception). However, the IRS notice and proposed Treasury
Regulations are inconsistent in certain respects. Since final Treasury Regulations have not been
issued, there can be no assurance that the Company or its subsidiaries will satisfy the Active Bank
Exception for any given taxable year.
Based on certain estimates of its gross income and gross assets, the nature of its business
and relying on the Active Bank Exception, the Company believes that it will not be classified as a
PFIC for the taxable year ended December 31, 2009. The Companys status in future years will depend
on its assets and activities in those years. The Company has no reason to believe that its assets
or activities will change in a manner that would cause it to be classified as a PFIC, but there can
be no assurance that the Company will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. If the Company
were a PFIC, a U.S. Holder of class B shares or ADSs generally would be subject to imputed
interest charges and other disadvantageous tax treatment (including the denial of the taxation
of certain dividends at the lower rates applicable to long-term capital gains, as discussed above
under Taxation of Cash Dividends and Distribution of Stock) with respect to any gain from the
sale or exchange of, and certain distributions with respect to, the class B shares or ADSs.
175
If the Company were a PFIC, a U.S. Holder of class B shares or ADSs could make a variety of
elections that may alleviate certain of the tax consequences referred to above, and one of these
elections may be made retroactively. However, it is expected that the conditions necessary for
making certain of such elections will not apply in the case of the class B shares or ADSs. U.S.
Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences that would arise if
the Company were treated as a PFIC.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
United States backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements generally apply to
certain payments to certain non-corporate holders of stock.
Information reporting generally will apply to payments of dividends on, and to proceeds from
the sale or redemption of, class B shares or ADSs made within the United States, or by a U.S. payor
or U.S. middleman, to a holder of class B shares or ADSs (other than an exempt recipient,
including a corporation, a payee that is not a United States person that provides an appropriate
certification and certain other persons).
A payor will be required to withhold backup withholding tax from any payments of dividends on,
or proceeds from the sale or redemption of, class B shares or ADSs within the United States, or by
a U.S. payor or U.S. middleman, to a holder (other than an exempt recipient such as a corporation
or a payee that is not a United States person and that provides an appropriate certification) if
such Holder fails to furnish its correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to
comply with, or establish an exemption from, such backup withholding tax requirements. The backup
withholding tax rate is 28% through 2010.
New Legislation
Newly enacted legislation requires certain U.S. Holders who are individuals, estates or trusts
to pay a 3.8% tax on, among other things, dividends and capital gains from the sale or other
disposition of shares of the class B shares or ADSs for taxable years beginning after December 31,
2012. In addition, for taxable years beginning after March 18, 2010, new legislation requires
certain U.S. Holders who are individuals to report information relating to an interest in our class
B shares of ADSs, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for the class B shares or
ADSs held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions). U.S. Holders are urged to
consult their tax advisers regarding the effect, if any, of new U.S. federal income tax legislation
on their ownership and disposition of the class B shares or ADSs.
THE ABOVE SUMMARIES ARE NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES
RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP OF THE CLASS B SHARES OR ADSs. YOU SHOULD CONSULT AN INDEPENDENT TAX
ADVISOR CONCERNING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION.
Material Contracts
In connection with its foreign debt restructuring, the Bank entered into various restructured
loan agreements with its bank creditors and into an indenture with The Bank of New York, acting as
trustee, pursuant to which bonds were issued. These restructured loan agreements and the indenture
include, on a combined basis, a number of significant covenants that, among other things, restrict
the Banks ability to: (i) pay dividends on stock or purchase stock (see Item 8. Financial
Information-Dividend Policy and Dividends-Dividend Policy); (ii) use the proceeds received from
the sale of certain assets or from the issuance of debt or equity securities; (iii) engage in
certain transactions with affiliates; or (iv) engage in business activities unrelated to the Banks
current business. In addition, certain of the restructured loan agreements also require the Bank to
maintain specified financial ratios and to comply with certain reporting and informational
requirements.
176
In December of 2004, the Bank entered into an amendment and waiver of the restructured loan
agreements, whereby the Bank and the lenders agreed principally to: (i) amend certain terms to
allow for certain securitization transactions and to allow for the financing of the construction of
the new corporate tower and (ii) waive the delivery requirement for certain documents in connection
with certain transactions.
In August of 2006, the Bank entered into a second amendment to each of the restructured loan
agreements, whereby the Bank and the lenders agreed principally to: (i) permit the use of proceeds
received from the sale of various government securities and other similar assets to effect open
market purchases of negotiable instruments issued by the Bank and to prepay loans outstanding with
the lenders and (ii) permit us to further capitalize the Bank with negotiable obligations of the
Bank owned by us and issued in connection with the restructuring of the Banks debt.
In December of 2007, the Bank entered into a third amendment to each of the restructured loan
agreements, whereby the Bank and the lenders agreed principally to: (i) the modification of the
mergers, consolidations, sales and leases covenant and the transactions with affiliates covenant in
order to afford the Bank greater flexibility with respect to transactions contemplated by such
covenants, (ii) the deletion of covenants limiting the Banks ability to dispose of its assets,
make capital expenditures or investments or compensate its directors and (iii) the modification of
the amendment, waiver or consent provision of such restructured loan agreements so that certain
notes or loans held by the Bank and its affiliates may be counted for purposes of entering into
amendments, waivers or consents to such agreements.
Additionaly, the improved position of the Bank after the foreign debt restructuring mentioned
above, allowed the Bank to have access to new facilities to finance medium- and long-term
investment projects. In May 2005 and in November 2007, the IFC granted the Bank a US$40 million
loan and a US$50 million loan respectively, both facilities fully utilized, with a tenor of up to 8
years, for the financing of investment projects of SMEs mainly active in the agribusiness sector
and export oriented. As of December 2009, the principal amount of those facilities amounted to
Ps.261.1 million.
Documents on Display
We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these
requirements, we file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this
annual report and its exhibits, may be inspected and printed or copied for a fee at the SECs
Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information
about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 942-8090. These
materials are also available on the SECs website at http://www.sec.gov. Material submitted by us
can also be inspected at the offices of The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., 1735 K Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20006-1506.
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
General
Market risks faced by us are the risks arising from the fluctuations in interest rates and in
foreign exchange rates. Our market risk arises mainly from the operations of the Bank in its
capacity as a financial intermediary. Our subsidiaries and equity investees other than the Bank are
also subject to market risk. However, the amount of these risks is not significant and they are not
discussed below. Policies regarding these risks are applied at the level of our operating
subsidiaries.
177
In compliance with the Argentine Central Banks regulations, based on the best practices and
international standards, and with the purpose of attaining an effective risk management regime, the
Bank redesigned the Risk Management Division and the Anti-Money Laundering Unit, and redefined
their functions, hierarchical levels and structure. This Division is responsible for identifying,
monitoring and actively and integrally managing the different risks the Bank and its subsidiaries
are exposed to (credit, financial and operational risks), of the compliance with the policies of
control and prevention of money laundering and funding of terrorist activities in order to minimize
reputational risks and is also responsible to continuously improve said process. The aim of the
Division is to guarantee the Banks Board of Directors that it is fully aware of the risks the Bank
is exposed to. It also creates and
proposes the policies and procedures necessary to mitigate and control such risks. The Risk
Management Committee, made-up of four members of the Board of Directors, the CEO and the managers
of the Risk Management Division, the Planning and Financial Control Division and Internal Audit, is
the highest corporate body to which the Banks Board of Directors delegates integral risk
management and the executive responsibility to define and enforce risk management policies,
procedures and controls. This Committee is also responsible for setting specific limits for the
exposure to each risk and approving, when applicable, temporary excesses over said limits as well
as being informed of each risk position and compliance with policies.
See Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees-Functions of the Board of Directors of
Banco Galicia. Liquidity management is discussed in Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects-Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources. Credit risk management is discussed in Item
4. Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information-Credit Review Process and other
sections under Item 4. Information on the Company-Selected Statistical Information describing the
Banks loan portfolio and loan loss experience.
The following sections contain information on Banco Galicias sensitivity to interest-rate
risk and exchange-rate risk that constitute forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. Actual results could differ from those projected in the forward-looking statements.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk stems from the sensitivity of the Banks results and value to fluctuations
in interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity arises in the Banks normal course of business, as the
repricing characteristics of its interest-earning assets do not necessarily match those of its
interest-bearing deposits and other borrowings. In order to mitigate said risk, the Banks policy
is to set limits on the sensitivity to interest rate variations inherent in a certain structure of
Bank assets and liabilities, in terms of permitted negative maximum variations in the net financial
income for the first year and the present value of assets and liabilities, as explained below.
In order to meet customers needs and, at the same time, reach the Banks medium- and
long-term financial objectives, measuring and controlling the sensitivity to interest rate
fluctuations are relevant functions integrated into the management scheme.
The Banks Board of Directors defined a policy on interest-rate risk, applicable beginning in
fiscal year 2007, that sets limits (see below) to the sensitivity to interest rate variations of a
certain structure of the Banks assets and liabilities, in terms of negative maximum variations in
the net financial income for the first year and in the present value of assets and liabilities.
Limit on the Net Financial Income for the First Year
The effect of interest rate fluctuations on the net financial income for the first year is
calculated using the methodology known as scenario simulation. On a monthly basis, net financial
income for the first year is simulated in a base scenario and in a +100 basis points scenario.
In order to prepare each scenario, different criteria are assumed regarding the sensitivity to
interest rates of assets and liabilities, depending on the historical performance observed of the
different balance sheet items. Net financial income for the first year in the +100 basis points
scenario is compared to the net financial income for the first year in the base scenario. The
resulting difference is related to the annualized accounting net financial income for the last
calendar trailing quarter available, for Banco Galicia on a consolidated basis, before the
adjustment to the valuation of public sector assets as per Communiqué A 3911 of the Argentine
Central Bank, quotation differences and CER adjustment.
The limit on a potential loss in the +100 b.p. scenario with respect to the base scenario
was established at 20% of the net financial income for the first year, as defined in the above
paragraph. At fiscal year end, the negative difference between the net financial income for the
first year corresponding to the +100 b.p. scenario and that corresponding to the base scenario
accounted for 1.3% of the net financial income for the first year. As of December 31, 2008 and
2007, such loss represented 2.3% and 3.8% of the net financial income for the first year at that
time, respectively.
178
The tables below show as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, in absolute and
percentage terms, the change in the Banks net financial income (NFI) of the first year, as
compared to the NFI of the base
scenario corresponding to various interest-rate scenarios in which interest rates change 50,
100, 150 and 200 b.p. from those in the base scenario. The Banks net portfolio is broken down
into trading and non-trading. The trading net portfolio represents primarily securities issued by
the Argentine Central Bank (Lebac and Nobac).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Portfolio
|
|
Net Financial Income
(1)
|
|
(In millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008
|
|
Change in Interest Rates in b.p.
|
|
Variation
|
|
|
% Change in the NFI
|
|
|
Variation
|
|
|
% Change in the NFI
|
|
200
|
|
|
(47.3
|
)
|
|
|
(2.65
|
)%
|
|
|
(48.0
|
)
|
|
|
(4.59
|
)%
|
150
|
|
|
(35.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1.98
|
)%
|
|
|
(36.0
|
)
|
|
|
(3.44
|
)%
|
100
|
|
|
(23.5
|
)
|
|
|
(1.32
|
)%
|
|
|
(23.9
|
)
|
|
|
(2.29
|
)%
|
50
|
|
|
(11.8
|
)
|
|
|
(0.66
|
)%
|
|
|
(12.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1.15
|
)%
|
Static
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50)
|
|
|
12.1
|
|
|
|
0.68
|
%
|
|
|
13.9
|
|
|
|
1.33
|
%
|
(100)
|
|
|
24.8
|
|
|
|
1.39
|
%
|
|
|
23.7
|
|
|
|
2.27
|
%
|
(150)
|
|
|
37.4
|
|
|
|
2.10
|
%
|
|
|
35.4
|
|
|
|
3.39
|
%
|
(200)
|
|
|
50.1
|
|
|
|
2.80
|
%
|
|
|
47.2
|
|
|
|
4.52
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Trading Portfolio
|
|
Net Financial Income
(1)
|
|
(In millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008
|
|
Change in Interest Rates in b.p.
|
|
Variation
|
|
|
% Change in the NFI
|
|
|
Variation
|
|
|
% Change in the NFI
|
|
200
|
|
|
32.5
|
|
|
|
1.82
|
%
|
|
|
11.0
|
|
|
|
1.05
|
%
|
150
|
|
|
24.4
|
|
|
|
1.37
|
%
|
|
|
8.3
|
|
|
|
0.79
|
%
|
100
|
|
|
16.3
|
|
|
|
0.91
|
%
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
0.53
|
%
|
50
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
0.45
|
%
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
0.27
|
%
|
Static
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50)
|
|
|
(8.2
|
)
|
|
|
(0.46
|
)%
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(0.26
|
)%
|
(100)
|
|
|
(16.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.91
|
)%
|
|
|
(5.5
|
)
|
|
|
(0.53
|
)%
|
(150)
|
|
|
(24.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1.37
|
)%
|
|
|
(8.2
|
)
|
|
|
(0.78
|
)%
|
(200)
|
|
|
(32.6
|
)
|
|
|
(1.83
|
)%
|
|
|
(11.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1.05
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Non Trading Portfolio
|
|
Net Financial Income
(1)
|
|
(In millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008
|
|
Change in Interest Rates in b.p.
|
|
Variation
|
|
|
% Change in the NFI
|
|
|
Variation
|
|
|
% Change in the NFI
|
|
200
|
|
|
(79.8
|
)
|
|
|
(4.47
|
)%
|
|
|
(59.0
|
)
|
|
|
(5.65
|
)%
|
150
|
|
|
(59.8
|
)
|
|
|
(3.35
|
)%
|
|
|
(44.3
|
)
|
|
|
(4.24
|
)%
|
100
|
|
|
(39.8
|
)
|
|
|
(2.23
|
)%
|
|
|
(29.4
|
)
|
|
|
(2.81
|
)%
|
50
|
|
|
(19.9
|
)
|
|
|
(1.11
|
)%
|
|
|
(14.8
|
)
|
|
|
(1.41
|
)%
|
Static
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50)
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
1.14
|
%
|
|
|
16.6
|
|
|
|
1.59
|
%
|
(100)
|
|
|
41.1
|
|
|
|
2.30
|
%
|
|
|
29.2
|
|
|
|
2.79
|
%
|
(150)
|
|
|
61.8
|
|
|
|
3.46
|
%
|
|
|
43.6
|
|
|
|
4.18
|
%
|
(200)
|
|
|
82.7
|
|
|
|
4.63
|
%
|
|
|
58.2
|
|
|
|
5.57
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Net interest of the first year.
|
Net Present Value of Assets and Liabilities
The net present value of assets and liabilities is also calculated on a monthly basis and
taking into account the assets and liabilities of the Banks consolidated balance sheet. The net
present value of the consolidated assets and liabilities, as mentioned, is calculated for a base
scenario in which the portfolio of securities with quotation is discounted using interest rates
obtained according to yield curves determined based on the market yields of different reference
bonds denominated in Pesos, in US Dollars and CER adjusted. Yield curves for assets and liabilities
without quotation are also created using market interest rates. The net present value of assets and
liabilities is also obtained for another scenario where portfolios are discounted at the rates of
the aforementioned yield curves plus 100 b.p. It is worth mentioning that, in order to prepare the
second scenario, it was assumed that an increase in domestic interest rates is not transferred to
the yield curves of the US Dollar portfolios, and that, in the case of
CER-adjusted portfolios, only 40 b.p. are transferred (i.e., per each 100 b.p. increase in the
interest rate, the spread over CER increases 40 b.p.). By comparing the values obtained for each
scenario, the difference between the present values of shareholders equity in each scenario can be
drawn.
179
The limit on a potential loss in the present value of shareholders equity resulting from a
100 b.p. increase in interest rates relative to the base scenario, was established at 3% of the
RPC. As of the fiscal year end 2009, a 100 b.p. increase in interest rates (as mentioned in the
paragraph above) resulted in a reduction of the present value of the Banks shareholders equity
relative to the value calculated for the base scenario, equivalent to 2.0% of the RPC. For fiscal
year end 2008 this reduction was 0.1%.
The tables below show as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, in absolute and
percentage terms, the change in the Banks RPC versus the RPC of the base scenario, corresponding
to various interest-rate scenarios in which interest rates change 50, 100, 150 and 200 b.p. from
those in the base scenario. The Banks net portfolio is broken down into trading and non-trading.
The trading net portfolio represents primarily securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank
(Lebac and Nobac).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Portfolio
|
|
Net Fair Value
|
|
(In millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008
|
|
Change in Interest Rates in b.p.
|
|
Variation
|
|
|
% Change in the RPC
|
|
|
Variation
|
|
|
% Change in the RPC
|
|
200
|
|
|
(104.6
|
)
|
|
|
(3.80
|
)%
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.18
|
)%
|
150
|
|
|
(80.1
|
)
|
|
|
(2.91
|
)%
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.14
|
)%
|
100
|
|
|
(54.6
|
)
|
|
|
(1.98
|
)%
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(0.11
|
)%
|
50
|
|
|
(27.9
|
)
|
|
|
(1.01
|
)%
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
(0.05
|
)%
|
Static
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50)
|
|
|
29.2
|
|
|
|
1.06
|
%
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
0.05
|
%
|
(100)
|
|
|
59.7
|
|
|
|
2.17
|
%
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
0.10
|
%
|
(150)
|
|
|
91.7
|
|
|
|
3.33
|
%
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
0.15
|
%
|
(200)
|
|
|
125.3
|
|
|
|
4.55
|
%
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
0.21
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Trading Portfolio
|
|
Net Fair Value
|
|
(In millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008
|
|
Change in Interest Rates in b.p.
|
|
Variation
|
|
|
% Change in the RPC
|
|
|
Variation
|
|
|
% Change in the RPC
|
|
200
|
|
|
(5.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.19
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)%
|
150
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
(0.15
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)%
|
100
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.09
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)%
|
50
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.05
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)%
|
Static
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50)
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
0.05
|
%
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
%
|
(100)
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
0.09
|
%
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
0.02
|
%
|
(150)
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
0.14
|
%
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.02
|
%
|
(200)
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
0.19
|
%
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
0.03
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Non Trading Portfolio
|
|
Net Fair Value
|
|
(In millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008
|
|
Change in Interest Rates in b.p.
|
|
Variation
|
|
|
% Change in the RPC
|
|
|
Variation
|
|
|
% Change in the RPC
|
|
200
|
|
|
(99.3
|
)
|
|
|
(3.61
|
)%
|
|
|
(3.9
|
)
|
|
|
(0.15
|
)%
|
150
|
|
|
(76.1
|
)
|
|
|
(2.76
|
)%
|
|
|
(3.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.12
|
)%
|
100
|
|
|
(52.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1.89
|
)%
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)
|
|
|
(0.10
|
)%
|
50
|
|
|
(26.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.97
|
)%
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
(0.04
|
)%
|
Static
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50)
|
|
|
27.9
|
|
|
|
1.01
|
%
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
0.04
|
%
|
(100)
|
|
|
57.1
|
|
|
|
2.07
|
%
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
0.09
|
%
|
(150)
|
|
|
87.8
|
|
|
|
3.19
|
%
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
0.14
|
%
|
(200)
|
|
|
120.1
|
|
|
|
4.36
|
%
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
0.18
|
%
|
180
Foreign Exchange Rate Risk
Exchange-rate sensitivity is the relationship between the fluctuations of exchange rates and
the Banks net financial income resulting from the revaluation of the Banks assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currency. The impact of variations in the exchange rate on the Banks net
financial income depends on whether the Bank has a net asset foreign currency position (the amount
by which foreign currency denominated assets exceed foreign currency denominated liabilities) or a
short foreign currency position (the amount by which foreign currency denominated liabilities
exceed foreign currency denominated assets). In the first case an increase/decrease in the exchange
rate results in a gain/loss, respectively. In the second case, an increase/decrease results in a
loss/gain, respectively. The Bank has established limits for its consolidated foreign currency
mismatches for the asset and liability positions of 30% and -10% (minus 10%) of the Banks RPC,
respectively. At the end of the fiscal year, the Banks net asset position in foreign currency
represented 2.2% of its RPC.
As of December 31, 2009, Banco Galicia had a net asset foreign currency position of Ps.61.1
million equivalent to US$16.1 million, after adjusting its on-balance sheet net liability position
of Ps.176.0 million (US$46.3 million) by net forward purchases of foreign currency without delivery
of the underlying asset, for Ps.237.1 million (US$62.4 million), recorded off-balance sheet.
As of December 31, 2008, Banco Galicia had a net asset foreign currency position of Ps.227.6
million equivalent to US$65.9 million, after adjusting its on-balance sheet net liability position
of Ps.162.2 million (US$47.0 million) by net forward purchases of foreign currency without delivery
of the underlying asset, for Ps.389.8 million (US$112.9 million), recorded off-balance sheet.
As of December 31, 2007, Banco Galicia had a net asset foreign currency position of Ps.324.2
million (US$102.9 million), after adjusting its on-balance sheet net liability position of Ps.536.3
million by net forward purchases of foreign currency without delivery of the underlying asset, for
Ps.860.5 million (US$273.1 million), recorded off-balance sheet.
The tables below show the effects of changes in the exchange rate of the Peso vis-à-vis the US
Dollar on the value of the Banks foreign currency net asset position as of December 31, 2009, 2008
and 2007. As of these dates, the breakdown of the Banks foreign currency net asset position into
trading and non-trading is not presented, as the Banks foreign currency trading portfolio was not
material.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of Foreign Currency Net Position as of
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
Percentage Change in the Value of the Peso Relative to the Dollar
(1)
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Absolute Variation
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(In millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
40%
|
|
|
85.5
|
|
|
|
24.4
|
|
|
|
39.9
|
|
30%
|
|
|
79.4
|
|
|
|
18.3
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
20%
|
|
|
73.3
|
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
10%
|
|
|
67.2
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
Static
|
|
|
61.1
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10)%
|
|
|
55.0
|
|
|
|
(6.1
|
)
|
|
|
(10.0
|
)
|
(20)%
|
|
|
48.9
|
|
|
|
(12.2
|
)
|
|
|
(20.0
|
)
|
(30)%
|
|
|
42.8
|
|
|
|
(18.3
|
)
|
|
|
(30.0
|
)
|
(40)%
|
|
|
36.7
|
|
|
|
(24.4
|
)
|
|
|
(39.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Devaluation / (Revaluation).
|
|
(2)
|
|
Adjusted to reflect forward purchases and sales of foreign currency without delivery of the underlying asset, registered in memorandum accounts.
|
181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of Foreign Currency Net Position as of
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
Percentage Change in the Value of the Peso Relative to the Dollar
(1)
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Absolute Variation
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(In millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
40%
|
|
|
318.6
|
|
|
|
91.0
|
|
|
|
40.0
|
|
30%
|
|
|
295.9
|
|
|
|
68.3
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
20%
|
|
|
273.1
|
|
|
|
45.5
|
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
10%
|
|
|
250.4
|
|
|
|
22.8
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
Static
|
|
|
227.6
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10)%
|
|
|
204.8
|
|
|
|
(22.8
|
)
|
|
|
(10.0
|
)
|
(20)%
|
|
|
182.1
|
|
|
|
(45.5
|
)
|
|
|
(20.0
|
)
|
(30)%
|
|
|
159.3
|
|
|
|
(68.3
|
)
|
|
|
(30.0
|
)
|
(40)%
|
|
|
136.6
|
|
|
|
(91.0
|
)
|
|
|
(40.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Devaluation / (Revaluation).
|
|
(2)
|
|
Adjusted to reflect forward purchases and sales of foreign currency without delivery of the underlying asset, registered in memorandum accounts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of Foreign Currency Net Position as of
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
Percentage Change in the Value of the Peso Relative to the Dollar
(1)
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Absolute Variation
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(In millions of Pesos, except percentages)
|
|
40%
|
|
|
453.9
|
|
|
|
129.7
|
|
|
|
40.0
|
|
30%
|
|
|
421.5
|
|
|
|
97.3
|
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
20%
|
|
|
389.0
|
|
|
|
64.8
|
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
10%
|
|
|
356.6
|
|
|
|
32.4
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
Static
|
|
|
324.2
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10)%
|
|
|
291.8
|
|
|
|
(32.4
|
)
|
|
|
(10.0
|
)
|
(20)%
|
|
|
259.4
|
|
|
|
(64.8
|
)
|
|
|
(20.0
|
)
|
(30)%
|
|
|
226.9
|
|
|
|
(97.3
|
)
|
|
|
(30.0
|
)
|
(40)%
|
|
|
194.5
|
|
|
|
(129.7
|
)
|
|
|
(40.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Devaluation / (Revaluation).
|
|
(2)
|
|
Adjusted to reflect forward purchases and sales of foreign currency without delivery of the underlying asset, registered in memorandum accounts.
|
Currency Mismatches
As of December 31, 2009, considering the adjustments from forward transactions registered
under memorandum accounts, the Bank had a net asset (or long) position in both Peso-denominated
assets adjusted by CER and foreign currency-denominated assets, and a net liability (or short)
position in non-adjusted Peso-denominated liabilities. That is, the Bank had more Peso-denominated
CER-adjusted assets and more foreign currency-denominated assets than liabilities, and more
non-adjusted Peso-denominated liabilities than assets.
Funding of its long position in CER-adjusted assets through Peso-denominated liabilities
bearing a market interest rate (and no principal adjustment linked to inflation) exposes the Bank
to differential fluctuations in the inflation rate and in market interest rates, with a significant
increase in market interest rates vis-à-vis the inflation rate (which is reflected in the CER
variation) having a negative impact on its net financial income. The risk inherent in the Banks
balance sheet structure of assets and liabilities as regards exchange rate variations and real
interest rates depends on the size and the sign of said currency mismatches. The Banks Board of
Directors has defined a limit in that respect setting the maximum authorized positions in each
currency.
182
The table below shows the composition of the Banks shareholders equity by currency and type
of principal adjustment, that is the Banks assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency,
in Pesos and adjustable by the CER, as of December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
Gap
|
|
|
|
(In millions of Pesos)
|
|
Financial Assets and Liabilities
|
|
|
23,663.4
|
|
|
|
24,016.6
|
|
|
|
(353.2
|
)
|
Pesos Adjusted by CER
|
|
|
887.5
|
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
872.6
|
|
Pesos Unadjusted
|
|
|
15,976.8
|
|
|
|
17,026.6
|
|
|
|
(1,049.8
|
)
|
Foreign Currency
(1)
|
|
|
6,799.1
|
|
|
|
6,975.1
|
|
|
|
(176.0
|
)
|
Other Assets and Liabilities
|
|
|
3,561.3
|
|
|
|
1,081.6
|
|
|
|
2,479.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Gap
|
|
|
27,224.7
|
|
|
|
25,098.2
|
|
|
|
2,126.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted for Forward Transactions Recorded in Memo Accounts
Financial Assets and Liabilities
|
|
|
23,663.4
|
|
|
|
24,016.6
|
|
|
|
(353.2
|
)
|
Pesos Adjusted by the CER
|
|
|
887.5
|
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
872.6
|
|
Pesos Unadjusted, Including Shareholders Equity
(2)
|
|
|
13,638.8
|
|
|
|
14,925.7
|
|
|
|
(1,286.9
|
)
|
Foreign Currency
(1)
(2)
|
|
|
9,137.1
|
|
|
|
9,076.0
|
|
|
|
61.1
|
|
Other Assets and Liabilities
|
|
|
3,561.3
|
|
|
|
1,081.6
|
|
|
|
2,479.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Adjusted Gap
|
|
|
27,224.7
|
|
|
|
25,098.2
|
|
|
|
2,126.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
In Pesos, at an exchange rate of Ps.3.7967 per US$1.0.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Adjusted for forward sales and purchases of foreign exchange made by the Bank and recorded off-balance sheet.
|
The paragraphs below describe the composition of the different currency mismatches as of
December 31, 2009.
Peso-denominated Assets and Liabilities Adjusted by CER
Banco Galicias assets adjusted by CER were mainly the following: (i) the participation
certificate in the Galtrust I Financial Trust for Ps.584.1 million; (ii) securities and
participation certificate in the Special Fund Former Almafuerte Bank for Ps.219.2 million; and
(iii) financing to the private sector for Ps.55.4 million (principal, CER adjustment and interests,
net of allowances).
Banco Galicias liabilities adjusted by CER consisted, mainly, of deposits for Ps.14.9 million
(principal, CER adjustment and interests).
At the end of the fiscal year, the net position amounted to Ps.872.6 million. The Ps.1,444.7
million decrease in the net asset position compared to fiscal year 2008 is mainly attributable to
Banco Galicias participation in the debt restructuring process carried out by the National
Government in an exchange transaction of Secured Loans for instruments issued by the Argentine
Central Bank, subject to the Badlar rate, and for National Government securities to be adjusted by
CER (Boden 2014 for a FV of Ps.1,491 million, Bogar 2018 for a FV of Ps.377 million and
Peso-denominated Discount Bonds 2033 for a FV of Ps.320 million). It is worth mentioning that 44%
of the Boden 2014 portfolio and almost 100% of the latter two bonds mentioned above were sold
between June and August 2009. The remaining balance of the Boden 2014 portfolio was offered to an
exchange in September, in accordance with what was jointly provided for by the Secretariats of
Treasury and Finance (Secretaría de Hacienda y Secretaría de Finanzas) through Resolutions 216/2009
and 57/2009, respectively, as a result of which Banco Galicia received National Government Bonds in
Pesos at Badlar rate for deposits in private banks plus 300 b.p. (Bonar Badlar +300 b.p. 2015).
The limit for the CER-adjusted mismatch was established at 100% and at 25% of the Banks RPC
for the net asset position and the net liability position, respectively. At fiscal year-end, the
asset position in Pesos adjusted by CER accounted for 31.7% of the Banks RPC.
Assets and Liabilities Denominated in Foreign Currency
The Banks assets denominated in foreign currency mainly comprised the following: (i) loans to
the non-financial private sector and residents abroad for Ps.2,395.7 million (principal and
interests, net of allowances); (ii) cash and balances held at the Argentine Central Bank and
correspondent banks for Ps.1,856.4 million; (iii) Ps.1,036.2 million recorded under the item
Government Securities without Quotation that correspond to Banco Galicias holding of Boden 2012;
(iv) forward purchases of Boden 2012 in connection with repurchase agreement transactions for
Ps.887.6 million (including Ps.438.5 million of principal, Ps.420.9 million of security margins and
Ps.28.2 million from valuation differences), of which Ps.81.1 million were made against Pesos; (v)
holdings of
Bonar 2013 for Ps.152.7 million received as reverse repurchase agreement transactions with the
Argentine Central Bank; and (vi) receivables for forward sales of the above-mentioned reverse
repurchase agreement transactions agreed upon with the Argentine Central Bank for Ps.153.2 million.
183
The Banks liabilities denominated in foreign currency consisted mainly of: (i) deposits for
Ps.3,095.4 million (principal, interests and quotation differences); (ii) Ps.2,281.6 million of
subordinated and unsubordinated Negotiable Obligations issued by Banco Galicia and the regional
credit card companies; (iii) debt with international banks and credit entities for Ps.596.2
million; (iv) Ps.402.9 million in connection with collections for third parties, (v) Ps.331.3
million corresponding to creditors on account of the repurchase agreement transactions agreed upon
with the Boden 2012 portfolio (principal plus premiums); (vi) Ps.152.7 million of forward sales
from the reverse repurchase agreement transactions with the Argentine Central Bank; and (vii)
Ps.43.9 million of payable accrued interests for other liabilities resulting from financial
brokerage.
A net liability position of Ps.176.0 million stems from on-balance sheet accounts.
Nevertheless, in order to accurately measure currency risk and exposure to the exchange rate
fluctuations, when calculating Banco Galicias net position in foreign currency, the notional value
of forward transactions in foreign currency without delivery of the underlying asset, recorded in
memorandum accounts, should be considered. As of December 31, 2009, Banco Galicia recorded a
balance of net forward purchases in foreign currency under memorandum accounts of Ps.237.1 million.
Therefore, as of that date, the Banks net position in foreign currency adjusted to reflect these
transactions was an asset position of Ps.61.1 million, equivalent to US$16.1 million.
Banco Galicia has set limits as regards foreign-currency mismatches at 30% and 10% of the
Banks RPC for its net asset position and its short position, respectively. At the end of the
fiscal year, Banco Galicias net asset position in foreign currency represented 2.2% of its RPC.
Non-Adjusted Peso-Denominated Assets and Liabilities
Banco Galicias non-adjusted Peso-denominated assets was mainly comprised of: (i) loans to the
non-financial private sector for Ps.10,976.1 million (principal plus interests, net of allowances),
including the loan portfolio of the regional credit card companies for Ps.2,443.8 million; (ii)
Ps.1,635.4 million corresponding to holdings of securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank, of
which Ps.43.3 million were Nobac registered under Investment Accounts; (iii) balances held at the
Argentine Central Bank (including the balance of escrow accounts) and at correspondent banks for
Ps.1,232.7 million; (iv) cash for Ps.862.0 million; (v) Ps.345.4 million corresponding to
participation certificates in various financial trusts; (vi) Ps.323.7 million corresponding to the
remaining balance of the Boden 2015 portfolio received due to the exchange transaction carried out
in September in accordance with what was jointly provided for by the Secretariats of Treasury and
Finance (Secretaría de Hacienda y Secretaría de Finanzas) through Resolutions 216/2009 and 57/2009,
respectively; (vii) Ps.310,0 million of assets under financial leases; (viii) Ps.203.9 million of
forward purchases related to repurchase agreement transactions of Nobac maturing on January 6,
2010; (ix) securities and participation certificates in the Special Fund Former Almafuerte Bank for
Ps.194.6 million; and (x) Ps.91.7 million of holdings of securities issued by the Argentine Central
Bank delivered as collateral for transactions carried out with the MAE and Rofex, which were
registered under Miscellaneous Receivables.
Banco Galicias Peso-denominated liabilities not adjusted by any coefficient was mainly
comprised of: (i) deposits from the non-financial private sector and residents abroad for
Ps.12,380.1 million (principal plus interests); (ii) liabilities with stores in connection with
Banco Galicias credit-card activities and the regional credit card companies for Ps.1,925.8
million; (iii) deposits from the financial sector and the non-financial public sector for an amount
of Ps.1,569.8 million (principal plus interests); (iv) Ps.251,5 million in liabilities with local
financial institutions, of which Ps.181.4 million correspond to the regional credit card companies;
and (v) Ps.204.1 million (principal plus premium) corresponding to creditors on account of forward
purchases of the above-mentioned repurchase agreement transactions of Nobac.
The net liability position in non-adjusted Peso-denominated assets and liabilities was of
Ps.1,286.9 million at fiscal year-end.
184
Other Assets and Liabilities
In the category Other Assets and Liabilities, the assets were mainly the following: (i) bank
premises and equipment, miscellaneous and intangible assets for Ps.1,242.7 million; (ii) Ps.259.1
million corresponding to the difference for amparo claims net of amortizations, recorded as
intangible assets pursuant to the regulations established by the Argentine Central Bank; (iii)
Ps.326.4 million corresponding to the minimum presumed income tax (tax credit), recorded under
Miscellaneous Receivables; and (iv) equity investments for Ps.65.2 million. Liabilities mainly
included Ps.486.2 million recorded under Miscellaneous Liabilities, and allowances for other
contingencies for Ps.255.6 million.
Market Risk
In order to measure and control the risk derived from price variations of the financial
instruments that make up the brokerage or trading portfolio, the model known as Value at Risk
(VaR) is used. This model determines, on an intra-day basis and for Banco Galicia on an
individual basis, the potential loss generated by the trading positions in securities and foreign
currencies, considering the prices of the last 252 trading days. The parameters taken into
consideration are as follows:
|
(i)
|
|
A 95% degree of confidence.
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
VaR estimates are made for holding periods of one day and n days, where n is
defined as the number of days necessary to liquidate the position in each security.
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
In the case of new issuances, the available trading days are taken into consideration;
if there are not enough trading days or if there are no quotations, the volatility of bonds
from domestic issuers with similar risk and characteristics is used.
|
Banco Galicias policy requires that the Finance and Risk Management Area agree on the
parameters under which the model works, and establishes the maximum losses authorized both for
securities and foreign currency positions in a fiscal year. These were set at Ps.15.0 million and
Ps.1.0 million, respectively, for fiscal year 2009. Banco Galicia stayed within policy guidelines.
Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities
Item 12.D. American Depositary Shares
Fees and Charges Applicable to ADS Holders
The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors
depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting
for them. The depositay collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees
from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The
depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deductions from cash distributions
or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants
acting for them. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its
fees for those services are paid.
|
|
|
Persons depositing or withdrawing shares must pay
|
|
For:
|
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)
|
|
Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting
from a distribution of shares or rights or other
property
|
|
|
|
Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of
withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement
terminates
|
|
$0.02 (or less) per ADS
|
|
Any cash distribution to ADS registered holders
|
|
A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if
securities distributed to you had been shares and
the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs
|
|
Distribution of securities distributed to
holders of deposited securities which are distributed
by the depositary to ADS registered holders
|
|
Registration or transfer fees
|
|
Transfer and registration of shares on our
share register to or from the name of the depositary or
its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares
|
185
|
|
|
Persons depositing or withdrawing shares must pay
|
|
For:
|
Expenses of the depositary
|
|
Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when
expressly provided in the deposit agreement)
|
|
|
Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars
|
Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary
or the custodian have to pay on any ADS or share
underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer
taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes.
|
|
As necessary
|
Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents
for servicing the deposited securities
|
|
As necessary
|
Fees and Direct and Indirect Payments Made by the Depositary to Us
Past Fees and Payments
In 2010, Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. received a payment of US$350,000 for services rendered
in 2009 for continuing annual stock exchange listing fees, standard out-of-pocket maintenance costs
for the ADRs (consisting of the expenses of postage and envelopes for mailing annual and interim
financial reports, printing and distributing dividend checks, electronic filing of U.S. Federal tax
information, mailing required tax forms, stationery, postage, facsimile and telephone calls)
accounting fees and legal fees.
Future Fees and Payments
The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, has agreed to reimburse the Company for expenses
they incur that are related to establishment and maintenance expenses of the ADS program. The
depositary has agreed to reimburse the Company for its continuing annual stock exchange listing
fees and certain accounting and legal fees. The depositary has also agreed to pay the standard
out-of-pocket maintenance costs for the ADRs, which consists of the expenses of postage and
envelopes for mailing annual and interim financial reports, printing and distributing dividend
checks, electronic filing of U.S. Federal tax information, mailing required tax forms, stationery,
postage, facsimile, and telephone calls. It has also agreed to reimburse the Company annually for
certain investor relationship programs or special investor relations promotional activities. There
are limits on the amount of expenses for which the depositary will reimburse the Company, but the
amount of reimbursement available to the Company is not tied to the amount of fees the depositary
collects from investors.
The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors
depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting
for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those
fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the
fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash
distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of
participants acting for them. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting
services until its fees for those services are paid.
We expect to receive a similar reimbursement from the depositary for expenses for the fiscal
year 2010, to the one we received for the fiscal year 2009.
186
PART II
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
Not applicable.
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
Not applicable.
Item 15. Controls and Procedures
(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). We performed an evaluation of the effectiveness
of our disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to
be disclosed by us in the reports that we file with or submit to the SEC under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time
periods specified in the SECs rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to
allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on our evaluation, our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this
annual report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective. Notwithstanding the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, these disclosure controls and procedures
cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving their objectives because of their inherent
limitations. Disclosure controls and procedures are processes that involve human diligence and
compliance and are subject to error in judgment. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that
material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by our disclosure
controls and procedures.
(b) Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
1) Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control
over financial reporting for us and our consolidated subsidiaries. Internal control over
financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our
principal executive and principal financial officers, and effected by our board of
directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements
in accordance with applicable generally accepted accounting principles. Internal controls
and procedures are processes that involve human diligence and compliance and are subject to
error in judgment. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial
reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation
of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.
2) Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer has
evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end
of the period covered by this annual report. In making this assessment, we used the criteria
established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, or COSO.
3) Based on our assessment, we and our management have concluded that, as of the end of the
period covered by this annual report, our internal control over financial reporting was
effective.
187
4) Price Waterhouse & Co. S.R.L., an independent registered public accounting firm, has
audited as of the end of the period the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2009, as stated in their report to our financial statements.
(c) See Item 18. Financial Statements-Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 for our registered public
accounting firms attestation report on managements assessment of our internal control over
financial reporting.
(d) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
During the period covered by this report, there have not been any changes in our internal
control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that have materially affected or are reasonably
likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 16. [Reserved]
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
Mr. Luis O. Oddone is our Audit Committee financial expert and he is independent as that term
is defined under Nasdaq National Market listing requirements.
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
We have adopted a code of ethics (for Grupo Financiero Galicia and its main subsidiaries) in
accordance with the requirements of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We did not
modify our code of ethics during fiscal year 2009. In addition, we did not grant any waivers to our
code of ethics during fiscal year 2009. In addition, in June 2009, we adopted a code of corporate
governance good practices in accordance with Argentine legal requirements. Our code of ethics and
our code of corporate governance good practices are attached hereto as Exhibits 11.1 and 11.2.
Item 16C. Principal Accountants Fees and Services
The following table sets forth the total amount billed to us by our independent registered
public accounting firm, Price Waterhouse & Co. S.R.L., during the fiscal years ended December 31,
2009 and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands of Pesos)
|
|
Audit Fees
|
|
|
6,882
|
|
|
|
6,756
|
|
Audit Related Fees
|
|
|
1,648
|
|
|
|
1,428
|
|
Tax Fees
|
|
|
891
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
All Other Fees
|
|
|
964
|
|
|
|
656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
10,385
|
|
|
|
9,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audit Fees
Audit fees are mainly the fees billed in relation with professional services for auditing our
consolidated financial statements under local and U.S. GAAP requirements for fiscal years 2009 and
2008.
188
Audit-Related Fees
Audit-related fees are fees billed for professional services related to attestation, review
and verification services with respect to our financial information and the provision of services
in connection with special reports in 2009 and 2008.
Tax Fees
Tax fees are fees billed with respect to tax compliance and advisory services related to tax
liabilities.
All Other Fees
All other fees include fees paid for professional services other than the services reported
above under audit fees, audit related fees and tax fees in each of the fiscal periods above.
Audit Committee Pre-approval
Our audit committee is required to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services to be provided
by our independent registered public accounting firm. Since 2004, our Audit Committee has reviewed
and approved audit and non-audit services fees proposed by our independent auditors.
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
Not applicable.
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
None.
189
PART III
Item 17. Financial Statements
Not applicable.
Item 18. Financial Statements
|
Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm as of and for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders Equity for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007.
|
|
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
|
|
You can find our audited consolidated financial statements on pages F-1 to F-94 of this annual
report.
|
Item 19. Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
Unofficial English language translation of the Bylaws (
estatutos sociales
).****
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
Form of Deposit Agreement between The Bank of New York and the registrant, including the form
of American Depositary Receipt.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
Indenture, dated as of May 18, 2004, among the Bank, The Bank of New York and Banco Rio de la
Plata S.A.**
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
Indenture, dated as of June 4, 2009, among Grupo Financiero Galicia, The Bank of New York
Mellon, Banco de Valores S.A. and The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A.*******
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
Indenture, dated as of June 8, 2010, among Grupo Financiero Galicia, The Bank of New York
Mellon, Banco de Valores S.A. and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
English translation of form of Financial Trust Contract, dated April 16, 2002, among the
Bank, Banco Provincia de Buenos Aires and BAPRO Mandatos y Negocios S.A.***
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
Form of Restructured Loan Facility (as evidenced by the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of
April 27, 2004, among Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., Barclays Bank PLC, the holders
party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas).**
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
Form of First Amendment and Waiver to Restructured Loan Facility (as evidenced by the First
Amendment and Waiver to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2004, among
Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., the holders party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust
Company Americas).****
|
190
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
Form of Second Amendment to Restructured Loan Facility (as evidenced by the Second Amendment
to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2006, among Banco de Galicia y Buenos
Aires S.A., the holders party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas).*****
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
Form of Third Amendment to Restructured Loan Facility (as evidenced by the Third Amendment to
the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2007, among Banco de Galicia y Buenos
Aires S.A., the holders party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas).******
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
Loan Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2007, between Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Merrill
Lynch International.******
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2009, among American International Group, Inc.,
AIG Consumer Finance Group, Inc. and Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., and the other
parties signatory thereto.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
For a list of our subsidiaries as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual
report, please see Item 4. Information on the Company-Organizational Structure.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
Code of Ethics.*******
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
|
|
Code of Corporate Governance Good Practices.*******
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.1
|
|
|
Certification of the principal executive officer required under Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule
15d-14(a), pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
Certification of the principal financial officer required under Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule
15d-14(a), pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.1
|
|
|
Certification of the principal executive officer required pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
|
Certification of the principal financial officer required pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form F-4 (333-11960).
|
|
**
|
|
Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31,
2003.
|
|
***
|
|
Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31,
2002.
|
|
****
|
|
Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31,
2004.
|
|
*****
|
|
Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December
31, 2006.
|
|
******
|
|
Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December
31, 2007.
|
|
*******
|
|
Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December
31, 2008.
|
191
SIGNATURE
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F
and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its
behalf.
|
|
|
|
|
|
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Pedro Alberto Richards
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Pedro Richards
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ José Luis Gentile
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
José Luis Gentile
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
Date: June 28, 2010
192
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-11
|
|
F-1
Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated
statements of income, change in shareholders equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and its subsidiaries (the
Company) at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting
rules prescribed by the Banco Central de la República Argentina (the BCRA). Also in our opinion,
the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
The Companys management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting, included in the Managements Annual Report on Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting appearing on Item 15. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these
financial statements and on the Companys internal control over financial reporting based on our
audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all
material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of
internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinions.
Accounting rules prescribed by the BCRA vary in certain significant respects from accounting
principles generally accepted in Argentina for enterprises in general and from accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature
and effect of such differences is presented in Notes 33 and 35 to the consolidated financial
statements, respectively.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that
(i)pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect
the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii)provide reasonable assurance
that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (iii)provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material
effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Price Waterhouse & Co. S.R.L.
Javier Casas Rúa
Partner
Buenos Aires, Argentina
February 15, 2010, except for notes 27, 31, 34 and 35 as to which the date is June 28, 2010.
F-2
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. Cash and due from banks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
1,379,888
|
|
|
|
986,687
|
|
Financial institutions and correspondents
|
|
|
2,316,421
|
|
|
|
2,418,446
|
|
Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
2,066,792
|
|
|
|
2,036,164
|
|
Other local financial institutions
|
|
|
6,783
|
|
|
|
16,228
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
242,846
|
|
|
|
366,054
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,696,309
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,405,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. Government and corporate securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Holdings of special investment account securities
|
|
|
43,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
Holdings of trading securities
|
|
|
114,186
|
|
|
|
252,584
|
|
Government securities from repo transactions with the Argentine
Central Bank
|
|
|
152,650
|
|
|
|
127,532
|
|
Government securities without quotation
|
|
|
1,981,972
|
|
|
|
595,678
|
|
Securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
1,615,078
|
|
|
|
556,020
|
|
Investments in quoted corporate securities
|
|
|
13,171
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,920,407
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,531,870
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To the non-financial public sector
|
|
|
25,416
|
|
|
|
1,373,642
|
|
To the financial sector
|
|
|
25,352
|
|
|
|
148,115
|
|
Interbank loans (call money loans granted)
|
|
|
25,300
|
|
|
|
40,200
|
|
Other loans to domestic financial institutions
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
65,662
|
|
Accrued interest, adjustments and exchange rate differences
receivable
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
42,253
|
|
To the non-financial private sector and residents abroad
|
|
|
14,233,579
|
|
|
|
10,779,630
|
|
Overdrafts
|
|
|
630,068
|
|
|
|
594,365
|
|
Promissory notes
|
|
|
3,205,433
|
|
|
|
2,116,303
|
|
Mortgage loans
|
|
|
964,291
|
|
|
|
1,026,754
|
|
Pledge loans
|
|
|
64,819
|
|
|
|
80,991
|
|
Personal loans
|
|
|
1,724,413
|
|
|
|
1,217,645
|
|
Credit card loans
|
|
|
5,691,335
|
|
|
|
4,378,366
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,828,591
|
|
|
|
1,217,984
|
|
Accrued Interest, adjustments and quotation differences receivable
|
|
|
178,837
|
|
|
|
185,762
|
|
Documented interest
|
|
|
(54,185
|
)
|
|
|
(38,468
|
)
|
Unallocated collections
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
Allowances
|
|
|
(806,446
|
)
|
|
|
(526,801
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
13,477,901
|
|
|
Ps.
|
11,774,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D. Other receivables resulting from financial brokerage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
493,129
|
|
|
|
627,212
|
|
Amounts receivable for spot and forward sales to be settled
|
|
|
23,650
|
|
|
|
4,031
|
|
Securities receivable under spot and forward purchases to be settled
|
|
|
681,148
|
|
|
|
1,314,589
|
|
Negotiable obligations without quotation
|
|
|
38,979
|
|
|
|
4,951
|
|
Balances from forward transactions without delivery of underlying asset
to be settled
|
|
|
1,040
|
|
|
|
10,445
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,155,519
|
|
|
|
2,174,794
|
|
Allowances
|
|
|
(33,031
|
)
|
|
|
(12,252
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,360,434
|
|
|
Ps.
|
4,123,770
|
|
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-3
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets Continued
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
ASSETS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E. Assets under financial leases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets under financial leases
|
|
|
342,759
|
|
|
|
449,936
|
|
Allowances
|
|
|
(3,609
|
)
|
|
|
(4,699
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
339,150
|
|
|
Ps.
|
445,237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F. Equity investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In financial institutions
|
|
|
1,882
|
|
|
|
1,712
|
|
Other
|
|
|
57,973
|
|
|
|
50,018
|
|
Allowances
|
|
|
(5,960
|
)
|
|
|
(3,211
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
53,895
|
|
|
Ps.
|
48,519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G. Miscellaneous receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables for assets sold
|
|
|
34,106
|
|
|
|
18,031
|
|
Tax on minimum presumed income Tax credit
|
|
|
328,619
|
|
|
|
284,421
|
|
Other
|
|
|
820,875
|
|
|
|
1,623,860
|
|
Accrued interest on receivables for assets sold
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
Other accrued interest and adjustments receivable
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
Allowances
|
|
|
(28,655
|
)
|
|
|
(81,298
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,155,178
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,845,208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H. Bank premises and equipment
|
|
Ps.
|
898,321
|
|
|
Ps.
|
871,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I. Miscellaneous assets
|
|
Ps.
|
63,841
|
|
|
Ps.
|
78,623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. Intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
26,346
|
|
|
|
37,804
|
|
Organization and development expenses
|
|
|
545,978
|
|
|
|
529,175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
572,324
|
|
|
Ps.
|
566,979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
K. Unallocated items
|
|
|
27,239
|
|
|
|
5,744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L. Other Assets
|
|
|
37,367
|
|
|
|
38,852
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
Ps.
|
27,602,366
|
|
|
Ps.
|
24,735,790
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-4
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets Continued
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M. Deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial public sector
|
|
Ps.
|
1,377,236
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,290,958
|
|
Financial sector
|
|
|
228,480
|
|
|
|
169,302
|
|
Non-financial private sector and residents abroad
|
|
|
15,433,650
|
|
|
|
12,595,874
|
|
Current accounts
|
|
|
3,631,399
|
|
|
|
3,002,003
|
|
Saving accounts
|
|
|
4,765,626
|
|
|
|
3,843,596
|
|
Time deposits
|
|
|
6,727,792
|
|
|
|
5,411,178
|
|
Investment accounts
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
206
|
|
Other
|
|
|
248,247
|
|
|
|
261,927
|
|
Accrued interest and quotation differences payable
|
|
|
60,477
|
|
|
|
76,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
17,039,366
|
|
|
Ps.
|
14,056,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N. Other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
3,215
|
|
|
|
1,682
|
|
Other
|
|
|
3,215
|
|
|
|
1,682
|
|
Banks and international entities
|
|
|
545,022
|
|
|
|
941,483
|
|
Unsubordinated negotiable obligations
|
|
|
1,539,754
|
|
|
|
1,886,138
|
|
Amounts payable for spot and forward purchases to be settled
|
|
|
618,375
|
|
|
|
1,014,120
|
|
Securities to be delivered under spot and forward sales to be settled
|
|
|
175,655
|
|
|
|
363,640
|
|
Loans from domestic financial institutions
|
|
|
251,481
|
|
|
|
248,550
|
|
-Interbank loans (call money loans received)
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
-Other loans from domestic financial institutions
|
|
|
179,701
|
|
|
|
245,630
|
|
-Accrued interest payable
|
|
|
1,780
|
|
|
|
2,920
|
|
Balances from forward transactions without delivery of underlying
asset to be settled
|
|
|
8,060
|
|
|
|
1,270
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,934,951
|
|
|
|
2,207,308
|
|
Accrued interest and quotation differences payable
|
|
|
42,924
|
|
|
|
75,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
6,119,437
|
|
|
Ps.
|
6,739,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
O. Miscellaneous liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends payable
|
|
|
17,000
|
|
|
|
16,147
|
|
Directors and Syndics fees
|
|
|
7,071
|
|
|
|
4,946
|
|
Other
|
|
|
554,628
|
|
|
|
457,627
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
578,699
|
|
|
Ps.
|
478,720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P. Provisions
|
|
|
255,922
|
|
|
|
257,333
|
|
Q. Subordinated negotiable obligations
|
|
|
1,137,447
|
|
|
|
986,969
|
|
R. Unallocated items
|
|
|
7,393
|
|
|
|
12,627
|
|
S. Other Liabilities
|
|
|
122,994
|
|
|
|
112,606
|
|
T. Non-controlling interests
|
|
|
288,569
|
|
|
|
246,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
Ps.
|
25,549,827
|
|
|
Ps.
|
22,890,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
2,052,539
|
|
|
|
1,845,745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Shareholders Equity
|
|
Ps.
|
27,602,366
|
|
|
Ps.
|
24,735,790
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-5
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
A. Financial income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest on cash and due from banks
|
|
Ps.
|
638
|
|
|
Ps.
|
8,765
|
|
|
Ps.
|
14,895
|
|
Interest on loans granted to the financial sector
|
|
|
4,819
|
|
|
|
3,896
|
|
|
|
3,345
|
|
Interest on overdrafts
|
|
|
191,791
|
|
|
|
182,804
|
|
|
|
111,299
|
|
Interest on promissory notes
|
|
|
400,898
|
|
|
|
440,490
|
|
|
|
294,154
|
|
Interest on mortgage loans
|
|
|
118,474
|
|
|
|
126,543
|
|
|
|
98,364
|
|
Interest on pledge loans
|
|
|
11,305
|
|
|
|
14,998
|
|
|
|
12,408
|
|
Interest on credit card loans
|
|
|
837,484
|
|
|
|
656,477
|
|
|
|
431,790
|
|
Interest on other loans
|
|
|
436,759
|
|
|
|
317,501
|
|
|
|
202,771
|
|
Interest on other receivables resulting from financial brokerage
|
|
|
23,255
|
|
|
|
33,994
|
|
|
|
36,231
|
|
Net income from government and corporate securities
|
|
|
559,099
|
|
|
|
238,098
|
|
|
|
241,303
|
|
Net income from secured loans Decree No. 1387/01
|
|
|
11,460
|
|
|
|
59,851
|
|
|
|
79,709
|
|
Consumer price index adjustment (CER)
|
|
|
24,429
|
|
|
|
123,948
|
|
|
|
205,145
|
|
Exchange rate differences on foreign currency
|
|
|
127,454
|
|
|
|
77,898
|
|
|
|
87,957
|
|
Other
|
|
|
257,772
|
|
|
|
274,088
|
|
|
|
178,515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,005,637
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,559,351
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,997,886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. Financial expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest on current account deposits
|
|
|
12,852
|
|
|
|
21,641
|
|
|
|
16,377
|
|
Interest on savings account deposits
|
|
|
3,722
|
|
|
|
3,446
|
|
|
|
4,540
|
|
Interest on time deposits
|
|
|
858,468
|
|
|
|
757,699
|
|
|
|
521,096
|
|
Interest on interbank loans received (call money loans)
|
|
|
3,702
|
|
|
|
5,696
|
|
|
|
3,918
|
|
Interest on financing from the financial sector
|
|
|
1,276
|
|
|
|
774
|
|
|
|
1,946
|
|
Interest on other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage
|
|
|
231,972
|
|
|
|
297,026
|
|
|
|
313,586
|
|
Interest on subordinated obligations
|
|
|
125,343
|
|
|
|
101,424
|
|
|
|
94,660
|
|
Other interest
|
|
|
2,882
|
|
|
|
3,313
|
|
|
|
45,848
|
|
Consumer price index adjustment
|
|
|
345
|
|
|
|
9,249
|
|
|
|
66,984
|
|
Contributions made to Deposit Insurance Fund
|
|
|
26,030
|
|
|
|
23,555
|
|
|
|
20,378
|
|
Other
|
|
|
193,867
|
|
|
|
197,196
|
|
|
|
157,367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,460,459
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,421,019
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,246,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. Gross brokerage margin
|
|
|
1,545,178
|
|
|
|
1,138,332
|
|
|
|
751,186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan loss provisions
|
|
|
639,505
|
|
|
|
395,389
|
|
|
|
255,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D. Income from services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In relation to lending transactions
|
|
|
456,466
|
|
|
|
379,752
|
|
|
|
334,730
|
|
In relation to borrowing transactions
|
|
|
440,633
|
|
|
|
370,181
|
|
|
|
293,308
|
|
Other commissions
|
|
|
26,781
|
|
|
|
22,415
|
|
|
|
18,731
|
|
Other
|
|
|
902,903
|
|
|
|
799,800
|
|
|
|
523,931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,826,783
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,572,148
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,170,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E. Expenses for services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commissions
|
|
|
197,714
|
|
|
|
164,780
|
|
|
|
117,708
|
|
Other
|
|
|
318,149
|
|
|
|
219,500
|
|
|
|
139,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
515,863
|
|
|
Ps.
|
384,280
|
|
|
Ps.
|
257,604
|
|
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-6
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income Continued
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F. Administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personnel expenses
|
|
|
1,119,084
|
|
|
|
966,213
|
|
|
|
670,587
|
|
Directors and syndics fees
|
|
|
8,563
|
|
|
|
8,153
|
|
|
|
6,415
|
|
Other fees
|
|
|
70,144
|
|
|
|
56,938
|
|
|
|
42,939
|
|
Advertising and publicity
|
|
|
127,836
|
|
|
|
146,496
|
|
|
|
113,809
|
|
Taxes
|
|
|
139,327
|
|
|
|
103,998
|
|
|
|
70,393
|
|
Depreciation of bank premises and equipment
|
|
|
73,904
|
|
|
|
61,910
|
|
|
|
49,952
|
|
Amortization of organization expenses
|
|
|
45,908
|
|
|
|
37,950
|
|
|
|
35,640
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
|
|
280,104
|
|
|
|
249,219
|
|
|
|
190,616
|
|
Other
|
|
|
164,259
|
|
|
|
150,201
|
|
|
|
105,973
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,029,129
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,781,078
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,286,324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income from financial brokerage
|
|
Ps.
|
187,464
|
|
|
Ps.
|
149,733
|
|
|
Ps.
|
122,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G. Non-controlling interests result
|
|
Ps.
|
(46,512
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
(35,812
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
(32,119
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H. Miscellaneous income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net lncome from equity investments
|
|
|
11,347
|
|
|
|
56,764
|
|
|
|
1,957
|
|
Default interests
|
|
|
37,243
|
|
|
|
4,429
|
|
|
|
1,988
|
|
Loans recovered and allowances reversed
|
|
|
48,347
|
|
|
|
103,992
|
|
|
|
95,969
|
|
Other
|
|
|
502,346
|
|
|
|
333,646
|
|
|
|
173,581
|
|
Consumer price index adjustment (CER)
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
599,361
|
|
|
Ps.
|
498,859
|
|
|
Ps.
|
273,503
|
|
I. Miscellaneous losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default interests and charges in favor of the Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Loan loss provisions for miscellaneous receivables and other
provisions
|
|
|
109,296
|
|
|
|
161,703
|
|
|
|
48,151
|
|
Amortization of differences arising from court resolutions
|
|
|
109,310
|
|
|
|
39,545
|
|
|
|
108,667
|
|
Depreciation and losses from miscellaneous assets
|
|
|
1,708
|
|
|
|
1,405
|
|
|
|
627
|
|
Amortization of goodwill
|
|
|
11,457
|
|
|
|
20,462
|
|
|
|
19,687
|
|
Other
|
|
|
123,168
|
|
|
|
138,784
|
|
|
|
69,155
|
|
Consumer price index adjustment
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
355,046
|
|
|
Ps.
|
361,947
|
|
|
Ps.
|
246,337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income before tax
|
|
|
385,267
|
|
|
|
250,833
|
|
|
|
117,503
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. Income tax
|
|
Ps.
|
155,992
|
|
|
Ps.
|
74,014
|
|
|
Ps.
|
71,466
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income for the fiscal year
|
|
Ps.
|
229,275
|
|
|
Ps.
|
176,819
|
|
|
Ps.
|
46,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income per common share (basic and assuming full dilution)
|
|
|
0.185
|
|
|
|
0.142
|
|
|
|
0.037
|
|
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-7
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Cash Flow from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income for the year
|
|
Ps.
|
229,275
|
|
|
Ps.
|
176,819
|
|
|
Ps.
|
46,037
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from
Operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation of bank premises and equipment and
Miscellaneous assets
|
|
|
74,856
|
|
|
|
63,309
|
|
|
|
50,570
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
166,675
|
|
|
|
97,957
|
|
|
|
163,994
|
|
Increase in allowances for loan and other losses, net of reversals
|
|
|
487,636
|
|
|
|
335,658
|
|
|
|
269,201
|
|
Equity loss / (gain) of unconsolidated subsidiaries
|
|
|
(11,347
|
)
|
|
|
(56,764
|
)
|
|
|
(1,957
|
)
|
Gain on sale of premises and equipment
|
|
|
(13,997
|
)
|
|
|
(695
|
)
|
|
|
(1,472
|
)
|
Consumer price index adjustment (CER/CVS)
|
|
|
6,482
|
|
|
|
(113,226
|
)
|
|
|
485,628
|
|
Unrealized foreign exchange (loss) / gain
|
|
|
(420,052
|
)
|
|
|
(229,426
|
)
|
|
|
37,057
|
|
Decrease in government securities
|
|
|
1,120,852
|
|
|
|
839,152
|
|
|
|
1,589,476
|
|
Increase in other assets
|
|
|
(37,908
|
)
|
|
|
(122,938
|
)
|
|
|
(27,441
|
)
|
Decrease in other liabilities
|
|
|
(137,712
|
)
|
|
|
(101,284
|
)
|
|
|
(161,327
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
Ps.
|
1,464,760
|
|
|
Ps.
|
888,562
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,449,766
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flow from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Increase) / Decrease in loans, net
|
|
|
(1,185,582
|
)
|
|
|
1,501,309
|
|
|
|
(1,410,830
|
)
|
Sales of investments in other companies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,421
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in equity investments in other companies
|
|
|
(7,231
|
)
|
|
|
(5,063
|
)
|
|
|
(1,698
|
)
|
Increase in deposits at the Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
(72,188
|
)
|
|
|
(76,838
|
)
|
|
|
(45,941
|
)
|
Additions to bank premises and equipment, miscellaneous,
and intangible assets
|
|
|
(282,553
|
)
|
|
|
(403,085
|
)
|
|
|
(287,620
|
)
|
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment
|
|
|
21,551
|
|
|
|
30,337
|
|
|
|
30,381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) / provided by investing activities
|
|
Ps.
|
(1,526,003
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
1,057,081
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(1,715,708
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flow from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital Increase in subsidiaries from minority shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
Cash dividends paid in Non-controlling interests
|
|
|
(10,728
|
)
|
|
|
(1,404
|
)
|
|
|
(5,517
|
)
|
Increase / (Decrease) in deposits, net
|
|
|
1,838,725
|
|
|
|
(57,029
|
)
|
|
|
1,752,527
|
|
Borrowings under credit facilities long-term
|
|
|
197,677
|
|
|
|
269,498
|
|
|
|
369,668
|
|
Payments on credit facilities long-term
|
|
|
(778,594
|
)
|
|
|
(743,476
|
)
|
|
|
(1,823,464
|
)
|
Decrease in short-term borrowings, net
|
|
|
(319,911
|
)
|
|
|
(156,579
|
)
|
|
|
(2,527,284
|
)
|
(Decrease) / Increase in repurchase agreements
|
|
|
(409,314
|
)
|
|
|
(376,645
|
)
|
|
|
229,886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
Ps.
|
517,855
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(1,065,635
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
(2,003,885
|
)
|
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-8
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Continued
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Increase / (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents, net
|
|
Ps.
|
456,612
|
|
|
Ps.
|
880,008
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(1,269,827
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
|
|
|
4,795,383
|
|
|
|
3,766,207
|
|
|
|
4,988,198
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
176,735
|
|
|
|
149,168
|
|
|
|
47,836
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
|
|
Ps.
|
5,428,730
|
|
|
Ps.
|
4,795,383
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,766,207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures relative to cash flows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
Ps.
|
1,285,145
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,227,389
|
|
|
Ps.
|
951,134
|
|
Income tax paid
|
|
Ps.
|
124,653
|
|
|
Ps.
|
64,914
|
|
|
Ps.
|
32,996
|
|
Minimum Presumed Income Tax
(*)
|
|
Ps.
|
35,501
|
|
|
Ps.
|
19,767
|
|
|
Ps.
|
31,353
|
|
Non-Cash Investing and financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trust Interest
|
|
Ps.
|
40,998
|
|
|
Ps.
|
159,376
|
|
|
Ps.
|
98,121
|
|
Assets Exchange Transactions
|
|
Ps.
|
1,333,647
|
|
|
Ps.
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(*)
|
|
The MPIT is calculated based on assets and can be credited against future income tax.
|
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-9
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders Equity
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inflation
adjustments to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
deficit) /
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Paid in
|
|
|
and Paid in
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Profit reserves
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Legal
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
earnings
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
Ps.
|
1,241,407
|
|
|
Ps.
|
606
|
|
|
Ps.
|
278,131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
34,855
|
|
|
Ps.
|
72,383
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(18,914
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
1,608,468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Absorption approved by the
shareholders meeting on
April 26.2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,914
|
)
|
|
|
18,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,037
|
|
|
|
46,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
Ps.
|
1,241,407
|
|
|
Ps.
|
606
|
|
|
Ps.
|
278,131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
34,855
|
|
|
Ps.
|
53,469
|
|
|
Ps.
|
46,037
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,654,505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution of retained
earnings by the
shareholders meeting on
April 29,2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal Reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,302
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Discretionary Reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43,735
|
|
|
|
(43,735
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation Differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,421
|
|
Net Income for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
176,819
|
|
|
|
176,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
Ps.
|
1,241,407
|
|
|
Ps.
|
606
|
|
|
Ps.
|
278,131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
37,157
|
|
|
Ps.
|
111,625
|
|
|
|
176,819
|
|
|
|
1,845,745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution of retained
earnings by the
shareholders meeting on
April 28,2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal Reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,841
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Discretionary Reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
167,978
|
|
|
|
(167,978
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation Differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,481
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,481
|
)
|
Net Income for the year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
229,275
|
|
|
|
229,275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
Ps.
|
1,241,407
|
|
|
Ps.
|
606
|
|
|
Ps.
|
278,131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
45,998
|
|
|
Ps.
|
257,122
|
|
|
|
229,275
|
|
|
|
2,052,539
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-10
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
1. Basis of Presentation.
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. (Grupo Galicia, the Company or the Group) is a corporation that
is organized under the laws of Argentina and acts as a holding company for Banco de Galicia y
Buenos Aires S.A. and its subsidiaries (Banco Galicia or the Bank). Grupo Galicia was formed by
the controlling shareholders of the Bank on September 14, 1999 to consummate an exchange of shares
with the shareholders of Banco Galicia and establish Grupo Galicia as the Banks holding company.
Grupo Galicia was formed with two classes of shares: Class A shares, which are entitled to 5 votes
per share, and Class B shares, which are entitled to 1 vote per share. To effect the exchange,
Grupo Galicia offered to exchange Grupo Galicia class B shares for all outstanding Banco Galicia
class B shares on a 2.5-for-1 basis and to exchange Grupo Galicia ADSs for all outstanding Banco
Galicia ADSs on a 1-for-1 basis. The controlling shareholders retained all of the class A shares.
As a result of the exchange, which was consummated on July 26, 2000, the Company became holder of
93.23% of the Banks capital stock, and the remaining 6.77% remained as a Non-controlling interest
in the Bank. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Companys interest in Banco Galicia as a result of
open market purchases was 94.705045% and 94.659191%.
Banco Galicia is a private-sector commercial bank organized under the laws of Argentina which
provides general banking services, through its branches, to corporate and retail customers.
Grupo Galicias consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 include the
assets, liabilities and results of the controlled companies detailed below. The percentages
directly or indirectly held in those companies capital stock are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Issuing Company
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Galval Agente de Valores S.A.
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
GV Mandataria de Valores S.A.
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
Net Investment S.A.
|
|
|
99.34
|
%
|
|
|
99.33
|
%
|
Galicia Warrants S.A.
|
|
|
99.34
|
%
|
|
|
99.33
|
%
|
Sudamericana Holding S.A.
|
|
|
99.34
|
%
|
|
|
99.33
|
%
|
Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.
|
|
|
94.71
|
%
|
|
|
94.66
|
%
|
Banco Galicia Uruguay S.A.
|
|
|
94.71
|
%
|
|
|
94.66
|
%
|
Tarjetas Regionales S.A.
|
|
|
94.71
|
%
|
|
|
94.66
|
%
|
Galicia Administradora de Fondos S.A.Sociedad Gerente de Fondos Comunes de Inversión
|
|
|
94.71
|
%
|
|
|
94.66
|
%
|
Galicia (Cayman) Ltd.
|
|
|
94.71
|
%
|
|
|
94.66
|
%
|
Tarjetas del Mar S.A.
|
|
|
94.70
|
%
|
|
|
94.65
|
%
|
Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa
|
|
|
94.70
|
%
|
|
|
94.65
|
%
|
Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A.
|
|
|
94.69
|
%
|
|
|
94.64
|
%
|
Tarjeta Naranja S.A.
|
|
|
75.76
|
%
|
|
|
75.73
|
%
|
Cobranzas Regionales S.A.
|
|
|
73.43
|
%
|
|
|
73.40
|
%
|
Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.
|
|
|
56.82
|
%
|
|
|
56.80
|
%
|
Tarjeta Naranja Dominicana S.A.
|
|
|
37.88
|
%
|
|
|
37.86
|
%
|
Galicia Pension Fund S.A.
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
94.66
|
%
|
F-11
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The financial statements of the controlled companies were adapted to the accounting and
disclosure standards set by the Argentine Central Bank and cover the same period as that of the
financial statements of the Group.
Intercompany transactions have been eliminated for the purposes of these statements.
2. Significant Accounting Policies.
The accounting policies and financial statements presentation conform to the rules of the Argentine
Central Bank which prescribes the generally accepted accounting principles for all banks in
Argentina (the Argentine Banking GAAP). This differs in certain significant respects from
generally accepted accounting principles in Argentina applicable to enterprises in general
(Argentine GAAP) (see Note 33) and from generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States of America (US GAAP). (see Note 35 ).
Certain required disclosures have not been presented herein since they are not material to the
accompanying financial statements. In addition, certain presentations and disclosures, including
the statements of cash flows, have been included in the accompanying financial statements to comply
with the Securities and Exchange Commissions regulations for foreign registrants.
Certain reclassifications of prior years information have been made to conform to current year
presentation.
Such reclassifications do not have a significant impact on the Groups financial statements.
The following is a summary of significant policies followed by the Group in the preparation of the
consolidated financial statements.
2.1 Presentation of Financial Statements in Constant Argentine Pesos.
Effective September 1, 1995, pursuant to Decree No. 316/95, the Bank discontinued its prior
practice of adjusting the financial statements for inflation. Effective January 1, 2002, however,
as a result of the application of Argentine Central Bank, National Securities Commission (CNV)
and Argentine Federation of Professional Councils in Economic Sciences FACPCE rules, the Group
resumed the application of the adjustment for inflation.
In 2002, Argentina experienced a high rate of inflation. The wholesale Price Index WPI increased
approximately 118.44% in 2002.
Primarily as a result of the stabilization of the WPI during the first half of 2003, the
Argentine government, the Argentine Central Bank and the CNV eliminated the requirement that
financial statements be prepared in constant currency.
2.2 Foreign Currency.
Foreign currency is stated at the U.S. dollar rate of exchange set by the Argentine Central Bank,
prevailing at the close of operations on the last business day of each year.
Assets and liabilities valued in foreign currencies other than the U.S. dollar are converted into
U.S. dollars using the year end exchange rates issued by the Argentine Central Bank.
F-12
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
For financial reporting purposes, these assets and liabilities are then translated into pesos
at the year end U.S. dollar to Argentine peso exchange rate.
2.3 Government and Corporate Securities.
Government securities mainly represent obligations of the Argentine government. Corporate
securities included in this caption consist of listed corporate equity securities, mutual funds and
listed debt securities. Corporate equity and debt securities are considered as held for trading
purposes.
Realized and unrealized gains and losses on sales and interest income on government and
corporate securities are included as Net Income from government and corporate securities in the
accompanying statements of income.
Valuation of Government Securities under Argentine Banking GAAP.
The Argentine Central Bank established the categories in which banks classify Argentine government
securities listed on local or foreign markets and the accounting valuation for the securities in
each of these categories. According to the categories established by the Argentine Central Bank,
the Group recorded in the following captions: investment account, held for trading,
Securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank and without quotation.
a) Holdings of securities in special investment accounts: These securities have been valued,
pursuant to the provisions set forth by the Argentine Central Bank, at their amortized cost.
The same criterion was applied to holdings of such securities used in repo transactions recorded
under Other Receivables Resulting from Financial Brokerage and Miscellaneous Receivables.
b) Trading securities are marked to market, and any difference between book value and their market
price is recognized as a gain or loss in the income statement.
Boden 2013 Bonds, BONAR 2015 Bonds, BONAR 2014 Bonds, BONAR VII Bonds and BONAR V Bonds are
considered trading securities and they are recorded at market value.
c) Securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank: Accrued interest over those securities
classified as without quotation are recorded according to their internal rate of return.
In addition, the securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank with quotation were recorded at
the fiscal year-end closing market price for each security.
d) Without quotation:
Boden 2012 Bonds: These bonds were received within the scope of Sections 28 and 29 of Decree
No. 905/02 recorded at their technical value (face value plus accrued interest and less capital
amortization according to the contractual terms of the instrument).
Bonds used in repo transactions and bonds to be received recorded under Other receivables
resulting from financial brokerage and Miscellaneous Receivables, were recorded at their
technical value (face value plus accrued interest and less capital amortization according to the
contractual terms of the instrument).
Discount Bonds and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities: The Bank decided to participate in the
exchange offered by the National Government, within the framework of the Argentine debt
restructuring, opting to exchange its holdings of Argentine Republic Medium-Term External Notes
(the External Notes) Series 74 and 75, for a face value of US$280,471, for Discount Bonds in
Pesos and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities.
F-13
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The acceptance of this offer implied receiving new debt instruments for an original principal
amount equal to 33.7% of the non-amortized principal as of December 31, 2001, plus past due and
unpaid interest up to that date.
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the securities received were recorded at the lower of (i) the
total future nominal cash payments, specified by the terms and conditions of the new securities,
and (ii) the carrying value of the securities tendered as of March 17, 2005, equivalent to the
present value of the Bogar Bonds cash flows at that date.
This valuation is reduced in the amount of the received payments. Accrued interest is not
recognized. As of December 31, 2008, the holdings of these securities were mainly used for repo
transactions.
Peso-denominated Bonds issued by the Argentine Nation at Badlar rate due 2015 (Bonar 2015):These
bonds derived from the debt swap offered by the National Government as per resolutions Nos. 216/09
and 57/09 jointly adopted by the Ministry of Finance (Secretaría de Hacienda y de Finanzas).
The Bank exchanged National Government Bonds in Pesos at 2% due 2014 (Boden 2014) with a face value
of Ps. 683,647 (recorded in the Banks Shareholders equity in February 2009 within the scope of an
exchange transaction of National Secured Loans at market price) for Bonar 2015 with a face value of
Ps. 912,669. The exchange ratio used was Bonar 2015 with a FV of Ps.133.50 (figure stated in Pesos)
for each Boden 2014 with a FV of Ps.100 (figure stated in Pesos).
Pursuant to the guidelines established by the Argentine Central Bank for public debt instruments
subscribed through a debt swap, these bonds were stated in the Shareholders Equity at the value
these exchanged securities had recorded.
As of December 31, 2009, these bonds recorded in this item amounted to a face value of Ps.746,178,
which total Ps.323,744. These bonds have been valued at their acquisition cost increased according
to the accrual of their internal rate of return (IRR).
National Secured Loans
On November 6, 2001 the Bank participated in the exchange of Argentine government securities and
loans for new loans called Secured Loans, which are recorded under Loans Non-Financial Public
Sector in these financial statements.
In accordance with Argentine Central Banks regulations, Secured Bonds have been recorded at the
lower of their present value and their technical value. The present value is defined as the net
present value of a cash flow structure determined under contractual conditions and discounted at a
rate set by the Argentine Central Bank, which, as of December 31, 2008 was 9.6%.
F-14
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
In January 2009, the Argentine Central Bank, through Communiqué A 4898, modified the
valuation criteria to record holdings of Secured Loans derived from the public debt swap, pursuant
to Decree No. 1387/01.
As from February 2009, these Secured Loans have been valued on the basis of the highest value that
arises from the difference between the present value, informed by the Argentine Central Bank, and
their net book value. The latter value is the book value recorded as of January 31, 2009, increased
monthly by the IRR and adjusted by the CER, net of charged financial services received.
In the case these Secured Loans present value is lower than their book value, the monthly accrual
is charged to an asset valuation allowance. Such account shall be reversed by charging its balance
to Income as long as such balance is higher than the positive difference existing between the
present value and the net book value, as recorded in the previous fiscal year.
As of December 31, 2009, Secured Loans balance was Ps.3,780 and no balance was recorded in the
valuation allowance Account.
2.4 Financial Trust Debt Securities and Certificates of Participation.
The debt securities incorporated and recorded at their face value; the remaining holdings were
recorded according to their internal rate of return. Certificates of participation are accounted
for under the equity method.
2.5 Interest Income (Expense) Recognition.
For loans and deposits denominated in pesos, interest is recognized on a compounded basis, which
provides for an increasing effective rate over the life of the loan or deposit.
The Bank suspends the accrual of interest generally when the related loan is past due and the
collection of interest and principal is in doubt. The suspension of interest corresponds to the
loans classified as with problems and deficient performance or below, under the Argentine
Central Banks classification rules. Accrued interest remains on the Banks books and is considered
to be part of the loan balance when determining the allowance for loan losses. Interest is
recognized on a cash basis after reducing the balance of accrued interest, if applicable.
For lending and borrowing transactions originally carried out in foreign currency and converted
into pesos, the adjustment from the application of the Reference Stabilization Index CER was
accrued at year-end, where applicable.
2.6 Allowances for Loan Losses.
The Bank provides for estimated future possible losses on loans and the related accrued interest
through the establishment of an allowance for loan losses. The allowance charged to expense is
determined by management based upon loan classification, actual loss experience, current and
expected economic conditions, delinquency aging, and an evaluation of potential losses in the
current loan portfolio. Specific attention is given to loans with evidence that may negatively
affect the Groups ability to recover the loan and accrued interest.
F-15
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
2.7 Provisions for Contingencies.
The Group has certain contingent liabilities with respect to existing or potential claims, lawsuits
and other proceedings, including those involving labor and other matters. The Group accrues
liabilities when it is probable that future costs will be incurred and such costs can be reasonably
estimated. Such accruals are based on developments to date, the Groups estimates of the outcomes
of these matters and the Groups lawyers experience in responding, litigating and settling other
matters. As the scope of the liabilities becomes better defined, there may be changes in the
estimates of future costs, which could have a material effect on the Groups future results of
income and financial condition or liquidity.
2.8 Equity Investments.
Equity Investments include equity investments in companies where a Non-controlling interest is
held, including investments in infrastructure companies and utilities.
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, the equity method is used to account for investments where a
significant influence in the corporate decision making process exists. Significant influence is
considered to be present if one of the following applies:
|
|
Ownership of a portion of a related companys capital granting the voting power necessary
to influence the approval of such companys financial statements and profits distribution.
|
|
|
Representation in the related companys board of directors or corporate governance body.
|
|
|
Participation in the definition of the related companys policies.
|
|
|
Existence of significant transactions between the company holding the interest and the
related company (for example, when the former is the latters only supplier or by far its most
important client).
|
|
|
Interchange of senior officers among companies.
|
|
|
Technical dependence of one of the companies on the other.
|
Equity investments in companies where corporate decisions are not influenced, in terms of the
criteria listed above, are accounted for at the lower of cost or equity method.
2.9 Bank Premises and Equipment and Miscellaneous Assets.
Bank premises and equipment and miscellaneous assets are valued at cost adjusted for inflation (as
described in Note 2.1), less accumulated depreciation.
Construction in progress is carried at cost adjusted for inflation (as described in Note 2.1). The
depreciation is computed since the asset is in use.
Accumulated depreciation is computed under the straight-line method at rates over the estimated
useful lives of the assets, which generally are estimated to be 50 years for properties, 10 years
for furniture and fixtures, and 5 years for others. Leasehold improvements are depreciated using
the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the
asset.
The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred. The cost of significant
renewals and improvements is added to the carrying amount of the respective fixed assets. When
assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and the related accumulated depreciation are
removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated
statement of income.
F-16
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
2.10 Intangible Assets.
Intangible assets are valued at cost adjusted for inflation (as described in Note 2.1) and are
amortized on a straight-line basis over 120 months for goodwill and over a range of 60 months for
organization and development costs. Under Argentine Banking GAAP, goodwill is no longer recognized
as an asset when it is estimated that amounts of future income will not be sufficient to absorb the
amortization of goodwill or when there are other reasons to presume that the amount of an
investment made, will not be recovered in full.
Effective March 2003, the Argentine Central Bank established that the difference resulting from
compliance with court decisions made in lawsuits filed challenging the current regulations
applicable to deposits with the financial system, within the framework of the provisions of Law No.
25,561, Decree No. 214/02 and supplementary regulations, must also be recorded under this caption.
Such difference must be amortized in a maximum of 60 equal monthly and consecutive installments as
of April 2003, as described in Note 28 to the financial statements, section Legal actions
requesting protection of constitutional guarantees.
During December 2005 and 2008, the Argentine Central Bank authorized the deferral of the
amortization of the difference mentioned above to financial institutions that granted new
commercial loans with an average life of more than 2 years. The maximum amount to be deferred
cannot exceed 50% of the growth of the new commercial loans nor 10% of financial institutions
computable regulatory capital (RPC). In addition, banks will not be able to reduce the amount of
the rest of their commercial loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2008 the remaining balance will be
amortized over a period of up to 36 months, on a straight-line basis. Pursuant to this regulation,
as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, Banco Galicia had deferred Ps.139,774 and Ps.209,661,
respectively
2.11 Shareholders Equity.
Shareholders Equity accounts have been adjusted for inflation following the procedure described in
Note 2.1, except for the Capital Stock and Paid-in Capital accounts, which have been stated at
their original values. The adjustment stemming from the restatement of these accounts was allocated
to the Inflation adjustments to capital stock and paid-in capital account.
2.12 Minimum Presumed Income Tax and Income Tax.
Effective 1998, a Minimum Presumed Income Tax (MPIT) was established as a complementary component
of income tax obligations. MPIT is a minimum taxation, which assesses at the tax rate of 1% of
certain assets. Ultimately, the tax obligation will be the higher of MPIT and income tax. For
financial entities, the taxable basis is 20% of their computable assets. If in a fiscal year, the
MPIT obligation exceeds the income tax liability, the surplus will be available as a credit against
future income tax.
The Bank has recognized the amount paid in the year and the accumulated amount paid in prior years
as an asset for future tax deductions.
Based on the provisions set forth by the Argentine Central Bank, the Group recorded an asset
related to the MPIT amounting to Ps.328,619 and Ps.284,421,as of December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
F-17
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Argentine Central Bank regulations do not require the recognition of deferred tax assets and
liabilities and therefore income taxes for Banco Galicia are recognized on the basis of amounts due
in accordance with Argentine tax regulations. However, Grupo Galicia and Grupo Galicias non-bank
subsidiaries apply the deferred income tax method. As a result, Grupo Galicia and its non-bank
subsidiaries had recognized a deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.
2.13 Statements of Cash Flows.
The consolidated statements of cash flows were prepared using the measurement methods prescribed by
the Argentine Central Bank and in accordance with the presentation requirements of
Statement of
Cash Flows
(ACS 230-10).
Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and highly liquid investments with an
original maturity of less than three months.
2.14 Use of Estimates.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Argentine Banking GAAP requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
3. Restricted Assets.
3.1 Pursuant to Argentine Central Bank regulations, Banco Galicia must maintain a monthly average
liquidity level. Computable assets for complying with the minimum cash requirement are cash and the
checking accounts opened at the Argentine Central Bank.
The minimum cash requirement at the end of each fiscal year was as follows (as measured in average
daily balances):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peso balances
|
|
Ps.
|
1,985,771
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,713,396
|
|
Foreign currency balances
|
|
|
1,715,157
|
|
|
|
1,328,983
|
|
3.2 Certain of the Groups other assets are pledged or restricted from use under various
agreements. The following assets were restricted at each balance sheet date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funds and securities pledged under various arrangements
|
|
Ps.
|
1,043,398
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,992,080
|
|
Shares on equity investments (*)
|
|
|
5,250
|
|
|
|
5,250
|
|
Deposits in the Argentine Central Bank, restricted
under Argentine Central Bank regulations
|
|
|
3,668
|
|
|
|
3,055
|
|
Loans pledged and real property granted as
collateral-Banco Galicia Uruguay S.A. (**)
|
|
|
3,857
|
|
|
|
65,468
|
|
Loans granted as collateral(***)
|
|
|
199,801
|
|
|
|
157,693
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Ps.
|
1,255,974
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,223,546
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(*)
|
|
Shares over which transferability is subject to prior approval of the National or
Provincial authorities, as applicable, under the terms of certain concession contracts signed.
|
F-18
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
The Bank, as a shareholder of Aguas Cordobesas S. A. and proportionally to its 10.833%
interest, is jointly responsible for the contractual obligations arising from the concession
contract during the entire term thereof. Should any of the other shareholders fail to comply with
the commitments arising from their joint responsibility, the Bank may be forced to assume the
unfulfilled commitment by the grantor, but only in the proportion and to the extent of the interest
held by the Bank.
|
|
|
|
(**)
|
|
Under a fixed pledged agreement signed on July 24, 2003 and registered with the Registry of
Property Movable Property Pledges Division of Montevideo Uruguay, on August 5, 2003, Galicia
Uruguay S.A.s credit rights against all of its debtors have been pledged in favor of the holders
of transferable time deposit certificates and/or negotiable obligations issued in compliance with
the debt restructuring plan approved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Galicia Uruguay S.A. repaid in advance the remaining balance of the debt restructuring plan.
Furthermore, the necessary proceedings for the release of the above-mentioned pledge are being
taken.
|
|
|
|
(***)
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, the Bank has recorded Ps.283,895 as collateral for credit lines
granted by the IFC, and the related transactions have been allocated to the resources provided by
the IFC. As collateral for the requested funds, the Bank used Boden 2012 for a face value of US$
140,000, equivalent to a cash amount of Ps.199,801, through the Argentine Central Bank, to the
Subsecretaría de la Micro, Pequeña y Mediana Empresa y Desarrollo Provincial destined to the
financing of the Global Credit Program for Small and Medium Companies. As of December 31,
2009, balance of secured loans was Ps.70,983.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furthermore, as of December 31, 2009, the Bank used Boden 2012 for a face value of US$ 5,100 equal
to Ps.7,278 as collateral for the loans granted within the Credit Program to the Province of San
Juan for the amount of Ps.3,523.
|
4. Interest-Bearing Deposits with Other Banks.
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the overnight foreign bank interest-bearing deposits included
under the caption Loans Other amounted to Ps.383,794 and Ps.317,278, respectively
.
F-19
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
5. Government and Corporate Securities.
Government and corporate securities consist of the following at the respective balance sheet dates:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Government Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For trading purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Government Bonds
|
|
Ps.
|
104,542
|
|
|
Ps.
|
252,154
|
|
Repo transactions with the Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
152,650
|
|
|
|
127,532
|
|
Other
|
|
|
9,644
|
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total trading securities
|
|
Ps.
|
266,836
|
|
|
Ps.
|
380,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recorded at cost after amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In special investment accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
43,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total securities in investment accounts
|
|
Ps.
|
43,350
|
|
|
Ps.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities with quotation
|
|
|
651,050
|
|
|
|
35,781
|
|
Securities without quotation
|
|
|
964,028
|
|
|
|
520,239
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank
|
|
Ps.
|
1,615,078
|
|
|
Ps.
|
556,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Without quotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Government Bonds
|
|
|
1,981,972
|
|
|
|
595,678
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Without quotation securities
|
|
|
1,981,972
|
|
|
|
595,678
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total government securities
|
|
Ps.
|
3,907,236
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,531,814
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketable Negotiable obligations
|
|
|
5,613
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
Negotiable Mutual Funds
|
|
|
7,505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total corporate securities
|
|
Ps.
|
13,171
|
|
|
Ps.
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total government and corporate securities
|
|
Ps.
|
3,920,407
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,531,870
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, Boden 2012 Bonds and Securities issued by Argentine Central Bank sold
under repurchase agreements amounted to Ps.472,599 and Ps.203,917, respectively.
As of December 31, 2008, Boden 2012 Bonds and Discount Bonds sold under repurchase agreements
amounted to Ps.1,012,868 and Ps.311,269, respectively.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, the Group sold US$19,100 of face value of Boden
2012 Bonds.
6. Loans.
The lending activities of the Bank consist of the following:
|
|
Loans to the non-financial public sector: loans to the federal and provincial governments of
Argentina.
|
|
|
|
Loans to the financial sector: loans to local banks and financial entities.
|
|
|
|
Loans to the non-financial private sector and residents abroad: include the following types of
lending:
|
Overdrafts
- short-term obligations drawn on by customers through overdrafts.
Promissory Notes
- endorsed promissory notes, discounted and purchased bills and
factored loans.
Mortgage loans
- loans to purchase or improve real estate and collateralized by such real
estate or commercial loans secured by real estate.
Pledge loans
- loans where collateral is pledged as an integral part of the loan document.
Credit card loans
- loans to credit card holders.
Personal loans
- loans to individuals.
Others
- includes mainly short-term placements in foreign banks.
F-20
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Pursuant to Argentine Central Bank regulations, financial entities must disclose the breakdown
of their loan portfolio to: the non-financial public sector, the financial sector and the
non-financial private sector and residents abroad. In addition, financial entities must disclose
the type of collateral established on the applicable loans to the non-financial private sector and
the pledges granted on loans (preferred guarantees relative to a registered senior pledge).
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the classification of the Groups loan portfolio was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-financial public sector
|
|
Ps.
|
25,416
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,373,642
|
|
Financial sector (Argentine)
|
|
|
25,352
|
|
|
|
148,115
|
|
Non-financial private sector and residents abroad
|
|
|
14,233,579
|
|
|
|
10,779,630
|
|
- With preferred guarantees
|
|
|
1,142,199
|
|
|
|
1,332,798
|
|
- With other guarantees
|
|
|
2,450,075
|
|
|
|
1,546,237
|
|
- Unsecured
|
|
|
10,641,305
|
|
|
|
7,900,595
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
14,284,347
|
|
|
|
12,301,387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan losses (See Note 7)
|
|
|
(806,446
|
)
|
|
|
(526,801
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Ps.
|
13,477,901
|
|
|
Ps.
|
11,774,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Bank also records its loan portfolio by industry segment. The following industry segments
comprised the most significant loan concentrations as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Sector
|
|
|
3.30
|
%
|
|
|
3.95
|
%
|
Services
|
|
|
7.59
|
%
|
|
|
18.23
|
%
|
Primary Products
|
|
|
13.90
|
%
|
|
|
10.90
|
%
|
Consumer
|
|
|
47.54
|
%
|
|
|
43.23
|
%
|
Retail Trade
|
|
|
5.04
|
%
|
|
|
4.39
|
%
|
Wholesale Trade
|
|
|
6.53
|
%
|
|
|
5.28
|
%
|
Construction
|
|
|
1.24
|
%
|
|
|
0.67
|
%
|
Manufacturing
|
|
|
14.61
|
%
|
|
|
12.99
|
%
|
F-21
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
7. Allowance for Loan Losses.
The activity in the allowance for loan losses for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008
and 2007, was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
Ps.
|
526,801
|
|
|
Ps.
|
428,607
|
|
|
Ps.
|
327,042
|
|
Provision charged to income
|
|
|
625,897
|
|
|
|
384,606
|
|
|
|
248,415
|
|
Recoveries
|
|
|
(5,424
|
)
|
|
|
(6,510
|
)
|
|
|
(21,556
|
)
|
Foreign exchange effect and other adjustments
|
|
|
13,693
|
|
|
|
9,289
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
Loans charged off
|
|
|
(354,521
|
)
|
|
|
(289,191
|
)
|
|
|
(125,425
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
Ps.
|
806,446
|
|
|
Ps.
|
526,801
|
|
|
Ps.
|
428,607
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certain loans, principally small loans, are charged directly to income and are not reflected
in the activity in the allowance for loan losses. The Loan loss provision in the accompanying
statements of income includes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provisions charged to income
|
|
Ps.
|
625,897
|
|
|
Ps.
|
384,606
|
|
|
Ps.
|
248,415
|
|
Direct charge-offs
|
|
|
10,501
|
|
|
|
7,307
|
|
|
|
4,334
|
|
Other receivable losses
|
|
|
3,051
|
|
|
|
2,545
|
|
|
|
1,413
|
|
Financial leases
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
|
1,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
639,505
|
|
|
Ps.
|
395,389
|
|
|
Ps.
|
255,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Bank has entered into certain troubled debt restructuring agreements with customers. The Bank
has eliminated any differences between the principal and accrued interest due under the original
loan and the new loan amount through a charge against the allowance for loan losses. Loans under
such agreements amounted to Ps.197,460, Ps.240,917 and Ps.285,786 as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007, respectively.
8. Other Receivables Resulting from Financial Brokerage.
The composition of other receivables from financial brokerage, by type of guarantee, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred guarantees, including deposits with The Argentine Central Bank
|
|
Ps.
|
516,001
|
|
|
Ps.
|
697,634
|
|
Other guarantees
|
|
|
90,192
|
|
|
|
1,588
|
|
Unsecured
|
|
|
2,787,272
|
|
|
|
3,436,800
|
|
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(33,031
|
)
|
|
|
(12,252
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,360,434
|
|
|
Ps.
|
4,123,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The breakdown of the caption other included in the balance sheet was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mutual funds
|
|
Ps.
|
126,936
|
|
|
Ps.
|
39,443
|
|
Galtrust I
|
|
|
584,111
|
|
|
|
633,996
|
|
Other financial trust participation certificates
|
|
|
941,542
|
|
|
|
971,064
|
|
Accrued commissions
|
|
|
28,896
|
|
|
|
19,015
|
|
Others
|
|
|
474,034
|
|
|
|
511,276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,155,519
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,174,794
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
9. Equity Investments.
Equity investments in other companies consisted of the following as of the respective balance sheet
dates:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Financial Institutions, complementary and authorized activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banelco S.A.
|
|
Ps.
|
8,681
|
|
|
Ps.
|
8,453
|
|
Visa Argentina S.A.
|
|
|
3,169
|
|
|
|
2,576
|
|
Mercado de Valores de Buenos Aires S.A.
|
|
|
8,143
|
|
|
|
8,142
|
|
Banco Latinoamericano de Exportaciones S.A.
|
|
|
1,882
|
|
|
|
1,712
|
|
Others
|
|
|
852
|
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity investments in Financial Institutions, complementary
and authorized activities
|
|
Ps.
|
22,727
|
|
|
Ps.
|
21,744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Non-financial Institutions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electrigal S.A.
|
|
|
5,455
|
|
|
|
5,455
|
|
A.E.C. S.A.
|
|
|
21,379
|
|
|
|
14,244
|
|
Aguas Cordobesas S.A.
|
|
|
8,911
|
|
|
|
8,911
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,383
|
|
|
|
1,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity investments in non-financial institutions
|
|
Ps.
|
37,128
|
|
|
Ps.
|
29,986
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowances
|
|
Ps.
|
(5,960
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
(3,211
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Equity investments
|
|
Ps.
|
53,895
|
|
|
Ps.
|
48,519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. Fixed Assets and Intangible Assets.
The major categories of Grupo Galicias premises and equipment and accumulated depreciation, as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land and buildings
|
|
Ps.
|
927,100
|
|
|
Ps.
|
890,660
|
|
Furniture and fittings
|
|
|
197,563
|
|
|
|
182,205
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
345,273
|
|
|
|
305,187
|
|
Vehicles
|
|
|
2,592
|
|
|
|
1,243
|
|
Others
|
|
|
4,671
|
|
|
|
6,202
|
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(578,878
|
)
|
|
|
(514,228
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
898,321
|
|
|
Ps.
|
871,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense recorded for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, was
Ps.73,904, Ps.61,910 and Ps.49,952, respectively.
The major categories of intangible assets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill, net of accumulated
amortization of Ps.87,700 and
Ps.164,790 , respectively
|
|
Ps.
|
26,346
|
|
|
Ps.
|
37,804
|
|
Organization and development
expenses, net of accumulated
amortization of Ps.202,214 and
Ps.163,157 respectively
|
|
|
286,925
|
|
|
|
212,301
|
|
Legal actions related to the
payment of deposits (amparo
claims), net of accumulated
amortization of Ps.578,692 and
Ps.469,382 , respectively (see
Note 2.10)
|
|
|
259,053
|
|
|
|
316,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
572,324
|
|
|
Ps.
|
566,979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Total amortization expenses for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, was
Ps.166,675, Ps.97,957 and Ps.163,994, respectively.
Organization and development expenses included software and the related implementation services
purchased from third parties, with a net book value of Ps.213,226, Ps.139,722 and Ps.79,114 at
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
The table below shows the components of goodwill by type of activity and reportable segment (see
note 31) for the periods presented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
26,346
|
|
|
|
37,139
|
|
Regional Credit Card companies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
26,346
|
|
|
Ps.
|
37,804
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. Miscellaneous Assets.
Miscellaneous assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
Ps.
|
1,370
|
|
|
Ps.
|
24,857
|
|
Deposits on fixed asset purchases
|
|
|
831
|
|
|
|
20,955
|
|
Stationery and supplies
|
|
|
15,363
|
|
|
|
9,607
|
|
Real estate held for sale
|
|
|
5,561
|
|
|
|
7,326
|
|
Others
|
|
|
40,716
|
|
|
|
15,878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
63,841
|
|
|
Ps.
|
78,623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. Allowances and Provisions.
Allowances on other assets and reserves for contingencies were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowances against asset accounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other receivables resulting from financial brokerage, for collection risk (a)
|
|
|
33,031
|
|
|
|
12,252
|
|
Assets under financial leases (a)
|
|
|
3,609
|
|
|
|
4,699
|
|
Equity investments in other companies (b)
|
|
|
5,960
|
|
|
|
3,211
|
|
Miscellaneous receivables, for collection risk (a)
|
|
|
28,655
|
|
|
|
81,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserves for contingencies:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For severance payments (c)
|
|
|
5,892
|
|
|
|
3,212
|
|
Litigations (d)
|
|
|
57,042
|
|
|
|
32,125
|
|
Other contingencies (e)
|
|
|
148,352
|
|
|
|
189,936
|
|
Sundry liabilities arising from credit card activities (f)
|
|
|
44,493
|
|
|
|
31,849
|
|
Other commitments (g)
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total reserves for contingencies
|
|
Ps.
|
255,922
|
|
|
Ps.
|
257,333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Based upon an assessment of debtors performance, the economic and financial
situation and the guarantees collateralizing their respective transactions.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Includes the estimated losses due to the excess of the cost plus dividend method over the
equity method in non-majority owned equity investments.
|
|
(c)
|
|
Estimated amounts payable under labor lawsuits filed against the Bank by former employees.
|
|
(d)
|
|
Litigation arising from different types of claims from customers (e.g., claims for thefts from
safe deposit boxes, the cashing of checks that have been fraudulently altered, discrepancies in
deposits and payments services that the Bank renders, etc).
|
|
(e)
|
|
At the date of these consolidated financial statements, there are several review and assessment
processes ongoing, at different progress stages, initiated by the provincial and Autonomous City of
Buenos Aires Tax Authorities related to the turnover tax, mainly corresponding to fiscal year
2002, and basically in connection with the Compensatory Bond set forth by the National Government
in order to compensate financial institutions for the losses resulting from the asymmetric
pesification of loans and deposits.
|
|
|
|
The Bank has been expressing its disagreement regarding these adjustments at the corresponding
administrative and/or legal proceedings. These proceedings and their possible effects are
constantly being monitored by the management division. Even though the foregoing has not been
finally resolved yet, the Bank considers it has complied with its tax liabilities in full pursuant
to current regulations, since it is not possible to foresee the final outcome, the Bank has
established provisions deemed suitable according to each processs status.
|
|
(f)
|
|
Reserves for a guarantee of credit-cards receivable and for the estimated liability for the
insurance of the payment of credit-cards balance in the event of the death of the credit-card
holders.
|
|
|
|
At the date of these consolidated financial statements, the Argentine Revenue Service (AFIP), the
Revenue Board of the Province of Córdoba and the Municipalities of the cities of Mendoza and San
Luis are in the process of conducting audits, with respect to claims made by such agencies,
regarding taxes applicable to Credit Cards issuing companies. The amount claimed for such reason,
adjusted as of December 31, 2009, totals Ps.9,900, approximately.
|
|
|
|
Based on the opinions of their tax advisors, the companies believe that the abovementioned claims
are both legally and technically groundless.
|
|
|
|
However, since the final outcome of these measures cannot be foreseen, provisions have been set up
to cover such contingencies. Therefore, both companies are taking the corresponding administrative
and legal steps in order to solve such issues.
|
|
(g)
|
|
Represents contingent commitments in connection with customers classified in categories other
than the normal categories under Argentine Banking GAAP.
|
F-25
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
13.
|
Other Liabilities
Resulting from Financial Brokerage- Banks and International Entities, and Loans from Domestic Financial Institutions.
|
The Bank also borrows funds under different credit arrangements from local and foreign banks and
international lending agencies as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank and International Entities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual long-term Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Floating Rate Bank Loans 2010
|
|
Ps.
|
2,024
|
|
|
Ps.
|
5,507
|
|
Floating Rate Bank Loans 2014
|
|
|
94,902
|
|
|
|
86,078
|
|
Floating Rate Bank Loans 2019
|
|
|
7,364
|
|
|
|
6,239
|
|
Internacional Finance Corp. (I.F.C.)
|
|
|
260,771
|
|
|
|
267,067
|
|
Loan Merrill Lynch
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
214,086
|
|
Other lines from foreign banks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,943
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term liabilities
|
|
Ps.
|
365,061
|
|
|
Ps.
|
586,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual short-term liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other lines from foreign banks
|
|
|
179,961
|
|
|
|
354,563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term liabilities
|
|
Ps.
|
179,961
|
|
|
Ps.
|
354,563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Banks and International Entities
|
|
Ps.
|
545,022
|
|
|
Ps.
|
941,483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic and Financial Institutions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual long-term liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BICE (Banco de Inversión y Comercio Exterior)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,056
|
|
Other lines from domestic banks
|
|
|
164,612
|
|
|
|
199,873
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term liabilities
|
|
Ps.
|
164,612
|
|
|
Ps.
|
204,929
|
|
Contractual short-term liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other lines from credit from domestic banks
|
|
|
86,869
|
|
|
|
43,621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term liabilities
|
|
Ps.
|
86,869
|
|
|
Ps.
|
43,621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Domestic and Financial Institutions
|
|
Ps.
|
251,481
|
|
|
Ps.
|
248,550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
Ps.
|
796,503
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,190,033
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest on the above liabilities in the amount of Ps.4,525 and Ps.14,284 as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, is included in Others under the caption Other
Liabilities Resulting from Financial Brokerage in the accompanying balance sheet.
Long-term debt of Ps.529,673 corresponds mainly to: (a) a line of credit from the IFC for
Ps.260,771 for financing investment projects, b) debt issued as a result of the Banks foreign debt
restructuring completed in May 2004 for Ps.2,024, Ps.94,902 and Ps.7,364, (c) debt with domestic
banks for Ps.164,612 of the regional credit-card companies.
As of December 31, 2009, maturities of the above long-term loans for each of the following five
fiscal years and thereafter were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual long-term Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
172,833
|
|
2011
|
|
|
136,220
|
|
2012
|
|
|
89,362
|
|
2013
|
|
|
80,663
|
|
2014
|
|
|
43,232
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
7,363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
529,673
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-26
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
14. Other Liabilities Resulting from Financial Brokerage Negotiable Obligations.
The amounts outstanding and the terms corresponding to outstanding negotiable obligations at the
dates indicated were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Negotiable Obligations (1)
|
|
Maturity
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Contractual Long-term liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9% Notes Due 2003(*)
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
9.00
|
%
|
|
|
6,352
|
|
|
|
5,813
|
|
(Semi-annual interest, principal payable at maturity)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco Galicia Note 2010 - Libor +350 BP
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
6.65
|
%
|
|
|
129,858
|
|
|
|
353,755
|
|
(Semi-annual interest)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco Galicia Uruguay S.A. Unsubordinated (restructured
deposits)
|
|
Various
|
|
Various
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54,305
|
|
(Annual interest, principal payable every year)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco Galicia Note 2014
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
|
7.00
|
%
|
|
|
736,542
|
|
|
|
933,106
|
|
(Semi annual interest)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banco Galicia Subordinated Note 2019
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
|
11.00
|
%
|
|
|
1,137,447
|
|
|
|
986,969
|
|
(Semi-annual interest, principal payable at maturity)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tarjeta Cuyanas S.A. Serie XX
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,934
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Issued at a discount base- principal payable at maturity)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tarjeta Naranja Class IV
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
15.50
|
%
|
|
|
156,794
|
|
|
|
229,821
|
|
(Interest fixed, semi-annual interest- principal payable
every six months)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tarjeta Naranja Class IX Serie I
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
133,296
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Issued at a discount base- principal payable at maturity)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tarjeta Naranja Class IX Serie II
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
12.50
|
%
|
|
|
55,416
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Interest fixed, semi-annual interest- principal payable
at maturity)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grupo Financiero Galicia Serie II
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
12.50
|
%
|
|
|
40,263
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Interest fixed, semi-annual interest- principal payable
at maturity)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tarjeta Cuyanas S.A. Serie XVIII
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
12.00
|
%
|
|
|
79,506
|
|
|
|
139,128
|
|
(Interest fixed, semi-annual interest- principal payable
every six months)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tarjeta Naranja Class VII
(Fixed Interest, principal payable at maturity)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
10,50
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61,355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,551,408
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,764,252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual Short-term liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tarjeta Naranja Class VIII
(Fixed Interest, principal payable at maturity)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
11,00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69,058
|
|
Tarjetas Cuyanas S. XIX
(Fixed Interest, principal payable at maturity)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
14,00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,797
|
|
Grupo Financiero Galicia Serie I
(Issued at a discounted base, principal
payable at maturity)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125,793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125,793
|
|
|
|
108,855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,677,201
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,873,107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Only principal, except for Subordinated Obligations which include accrued interest for Ps.59,553.
|
F-27
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, interest and principal on all of the above debt securities
were payable in U.S. dollars except for Tarjeta Naranjas Class IV Notes and Tarjetas Cuyanas
Class XVIII Notes, which were payable in Pesos.
Accrued interest on the above liabilities for Ps.39,350 and Ps.59,352 as of December 31, 2009 and
2008, respectively, was included in Other under the caption Other Liabilities Resulting from
Financial Brokerage in the accompanying balance sheet.
Long-term negotiable obligations as of December 31, 2009 mature as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Past due (*)
|
|
|
6,352
|
|
2010
|
|
|
553,449
|
|
2011
|
|
|
456,893
|
|
2012
|
|
|
184,544
|
|
2013
|
|
|
174,606
|
|
2014
|
|
|
38,117
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
1,137,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Ps.
|
2,551,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(*)
|
|
Corresponds to past due debt not yet restructured.
|
15.
|
Balances in Foreign Currency.
|
The balances of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies (principally in U.S.
dollars) were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and due from banks
|
|
Ps.
|
1,867,910
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,806,827
|
|
Government and corporate securities
|
|
|
1,215,571
|
|
|
|
672,354
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
2,395,667
|
|
|
|
1,998,358
|
|
Other receivables resulting from financial brokerage
|
|
|
899,804
|
|
|
|
1,630,433
|
|
Assets under financial leases
|
|
|
29,147
|
|
|
|
23,541
|
|
Equity investments in other companies
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
|
|
1,762
|
|
Miscellaneous receivables
|
|
|
462,434
|
|
|
|
995,257
|
|
Bank premises and equipment
|
|
|
738
|
|
|
|
4,990
|
|
Miscellaneous assets
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
297
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
|
601
|
|
Unallocated items
|
|
|
12,572
|
|
|
|
2,791
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Ps.
|
6,886,459
|
|
|
Ps.
|
7,137,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
|
Ps.
|
3,094,442
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,386,180
|
|
Other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage
|
|
|
2,827,321
|
|
|
|
4,031,939
|
|
Miscellaneous liabilities
|
|
|
11,951
|
|
|
|
14,746
|
|
Subordinated Negotiable Obligations
|
|
|
1,137,447
|
|
|
|
986,969
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
11,493
|
|
|
|
8,244
|
|
Unallocated items
|
|
|
3,078
|
|
|
|
3,519
|
|
Other Liabilities
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Ps.
|
7,085,818
|
|
|
Ps.
|
7,431,682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
16. Transactions with Related Parties.
The Group has granted loans to certain related parties including related officers, equity-method
investees and consolidated companies. Total loans outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2008,
amounted to Ps.76,433 and Ps.75,549, respectively, and the change from December 31, 2008 to
December 31, 2009, reflects payments amounting to Ps.21,153 and advances of Ps.20,075. Furthermore,
there were CER adjustments and foreign exchange differences of Ps.1,962 on the above-mentioned
portfolio between those dates.
Such loans were made in the ordinary course of business at normal credit terms, including interest
rates and collateral requirements, and, in managements opinion, such loans represent normal credit
risk.
17. Breakdown of Captions Included in the Income Statement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Financial Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest on other receivables resulting from
financial brokerage:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest on purchased certificates of deposits
|
|
|
14,914
|
|
|
|
6,033
|
|
|
|
5,374
|
|
Compensatory Bond
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,699
|
|
Additional interest on current accounts and
special accounts with the Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,241
|
|
|
|
19,621
|
|
Advance payment-Leasing
|
|
|
2,928
|
|
|
|
12,332
|
|
|
|
5,708
|
|
Other
|
|
|
5,413
|
|
|
|
3,388
|
|
|
|
1,829
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
23,255
|
|
|
Ps.
|
33,994
|
|
|
Ps.
|
36,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Premiums on forward purchases of Government
securities under repos
|
|
|
16,114
|
|
|
|
7,013
|
|
|
|
2,863
|
|
Interest on pre-export and export financing
|
|
|
94,517
|
|
|
|
69,238
|
|
|
|
57,447
|
|
Result from other credits by financial brokerage
|
|
|
62,814
|
|
|
|
11,076
|
|
|
|
71,667
|
|
Leasing
|
|
|
80,194
|
|
|
|
80,036
|
|
|
|
46,534
|
|
Net position of valuation public sector loans
|
|
|
4,106
|
|
|
|
9,157
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net position of forward transactions in pesos
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
95,433
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,135
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
257,772
|
|
|
Ps.
|
274,088
|
|
|
Ps.
|
178,515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest on other liabilities resulting from
financial brokerage:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest on negotiable obligations
|
|
|
157,970
|
|
|
|
187,320
|
|
|
|
240,569
|
|
Interest on other liabilities resulting from
financial brokerage from other banks and
international entities
|
|
|
74,002
|
|
|
|
109,706
|
|
|
|
73,017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
231,972
|
|
|
Ps.
|
297,026
|
|
|
Ps.
|
313,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest on Argentine Central Bank loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,782
|
|
CER adjustment on Argentine Central Bank advances
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,766
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,882
|
|
|
|
3,313
|
|
|
|
5,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,882
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,313
|
|
|
Ps.
|
45,848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-29
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Premiums on repo transactions
|
|
|
33,780
|
|
|
|
84,823
|
|
|
|
68,727
|
|
Contributions and taxes on financial income
|
|
|
135,644
|
|
|
|
112,373
|
|
|
|
66,028
|
|
Net position of valuation public sector loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,440
|
|
Net position of forward transactions in pesos
|
|
|
24,068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,172
|
|
Other
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
193,867
|
|
|
Ps.
|
197,196
|
|
|
Ps.
|
157,367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commissions on credit cards
|
|
|
781,367
|
|
|
|
652,040
|
|
|
|
410,543
|
|
Safety rental
|
|
|
30,221
|
|
|
|
18,003
|
|
|
|
13,213
|
|
Insurance premiums
|
|
|
12,671
|
|
|
|
58,901
|
|
|
|
49,032
|
|
Other
|
|
|
78,644
|
|
|
|
70,856
|
|
|
|
51,143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
902,903
|
|
|
Ps.
|
799,800
|
|
|
Ps.
|
523,931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses for services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross revenue taxes
|
|
|
91,016
|
|
|
|
74,339
|
|
|
|
52,504
|
|
Linked with credit cards
|
|
|
212,427
|
|
|
|
130,813
|
|
|
|
77,555
|
|
Other
|
|
|
14,706
|
|
|
|
14,348
|
|
|
|
9,837
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
318,149
|
|
|
Ps.
|
219,500
|
|
|
Ps.
|
139,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rentals
|
|
|
62,234
|
|
|
|
51,292
|
|
|
|
39,963
|
|
Electricity and communications
|
|
|
85,850
|
|
|
|
72,712
|
|
|
|
57,205
|
|
Maintenance and repair expenses
|
|
|
52,134
|
|
|
|
43,841
|
|
|
|
34,780
|
|
Security Services
|
|
|
50,282
|
|
|
|
42,255
|
|
|
|
31,752
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
|
|
29,604
|
|
|
|
39,119
|
|
|
|
26,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
280,104
|
|
|
Ps.
|
249,219
|
|
|
Ps.
|
190,616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miscellaneous income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest on miscellaneous receivables
|
|
|
31,076
|
|
|
|
39,382
|
|
|
|
19,875
|
|
Premiums and commissions from insurance business
|
|
|
333,669
|
|
|
|
276,019
|
|
|
|
115,567
|
|
Waiver for repayment of debt
|
|
|
85,550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
52,051
|
|
|
|
18,245
|
|
|
|
38,139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
502,346
|
|
|
Ps.
|
333,646
|
|
|
Ps.
|
173,581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miscellaneous losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Claims
|
|
|
2,561
|
|
|
|
1,821
|
|
|
|
1,191
|
|
Commissions and expenses on insurance business
|
|
|
93,686
|
|
|
|
119,045
|
|
|
|
52,019
|
|
Other
|
|
|
26,921
|
|
|
|
17,918
|
|
|
|
15,945
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
123,168
|
|
|
Ps.
|
138,784
|
|
|
Ps.
|
69,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18. Income Taxes.
Income tax for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, amounted to Ps.155,992,
Ps.74,014 and Ps.71,466, respectively. The statutory income tax rate as of December 31,2009, 2008
and 2007 was 35%. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Group had tax loss carryforwards in the
approximate amount of Ps.268,060 and Ps.2,283,251, respectively, that may reduce future years
taxable income for income tax purposes. Such tax loss carryforwards expire over the following five
years.
F-30
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the consolidated Groups MPIT available to credit against
future income tax amounts to Ps.328,619 and Ps.284,421, respectively. Such MPIT expire over the
following ten years.
19. Shareholders Equity and Restrictions Imposed on the Distribution of Dividends.
The distribution of retained earnings in the form of dividends is governed by the Corporations Law
and CNV regulations. These rules obligate Grupo Galicia to transfer 5% of its net income to a legal
reserve until the reserve reaches an amount equal to 20% of the companys capital stock.
In the case of Banco Galicia, Argentine Central Bank rules require 20% of the profits shown in the
income statement plus (less) prior year adjustments to be allocated to a legal reserve.
This proportion applies regardless of the ratio of the legal reserve to the capital stock. Should
the legal reserve be used to absorb losses, dividends shall be distributed only if the value of the
legal reserve exceeds 20% of the capital stock plus the capital adjustment.
The Argentine Central Bank set forth the criteria for the distribution of dividends by financial
institutions. According to the new rules, dividends can be distributed up to the positive amount
resulting after deducting from retained earnings the reserves that may be legally and statutory
required, as well as the following items: the difference between the book value and the market
value of a financial institutions portfolio of public sector assets and/or debt instruments issued
by the Argentine Central Bank not valued at market price, the amount of the asset representing the
losses from lawsuits related to deposits and any adjustments required by the external auditors or
the Argentine Central Bank to be recognized.
In addition, to be able to distribute dividends, a financial institution must comply with the
capital adequacy rule, with the minimum capital requirement and the regulatory capital calculated
with the purpose to determine its ability to distribute dividends, by deducting from its assets and
retained earnings all the items mentioned in the paragraph above, as well as the asset recorded in
connection with the MPIT and the amounts allocated to the repayment of long-term debt instruments
computable as core capital.
In addition, in such calculation, a financial institution will not be able to compute the
temporary reductions in the capital affecting minimum capital requirements, computable regulatory
capital or a financial institutions capital adequacy.
As of December 31, 2009, the adjustments, which shall be made to the Banks Retained Earnings,
pursuant to the Argentine Central Banks regulations, are as follows:
|
|
|
The positive difference between the book value and the market value of public sector
assets and/or debt instruments issued by the Argentine Central Bank not valued at market
price: Ps.(723,036).
|
|
|
|
|
The amount of the assets representing losses from lawsuits related to deposits: Ps.(259,053).
|
Dividend distribution will require the prior authorization of the Argentine Central Bank, which
intervention will have the purpose of verifying that the aforementioned requirements have been
fulfilled.
Loan agreements entered into by the Bank as part of its foreign debt restructuring limit the Banks
ability to directly or indirectly declare or pay dividends, or make distributions in relation to
shares of common stock, except for stock dividends or distributions. It was also established that
such restriction will not apply to dividends paid to said entity by a consolidated subsidiary.
F-31
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Notwithstanding this, those agreements contemplate that the Bank may directly or indirectly
declare or pay dividends, and may permit its subsidiaries to do so, if: (i) no default or event of
default has taken place and continues to take place immediately before and after such payment has
been made; (ii) the total outstanding senior debt were to be equal to or less than fifty percent
(50%) of the amount of originally issued total senior debt; and (iii) the Bank were to repay two
U.S. dollars (US$ 2) of long-term debt principal for each U.S. dollar
(US$ 1) paid as dividends.
In turn, the shareholders of Tarjeta Naranja S.A., ratified the decision made by the Board of
Directors and, set forth the following policy for the distribution of dividends: a) to keep under
retained earnings those retained earnings corresponding to fiscal years prior to 2005 and,
therefore, not to distribute them as dividends, and b) to set the maximum limit for the
distribution of dividends at 25% of the realized and liquid profits of each fiscal year from and
after fiscal year 2005.These restrictions shall remain in force as long as this companys
shareholders equity is below Ps.300,000.
Also, Tarjeta Naranja S.A. agreed, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Class IV Negotiable
Obligations, not to distribute profits exceeding 50% of net income.
20. Minimum Capital.
Grupo Galicia is not subject to the minimum capital requirements established by the Argentine
Central Bank.
In addition, Grupo Galicia meets the minimum capital requirements established by the Corporations
Law, which amount to Ps.12.
Pursuant to Argentine Central Bank regulations, Banco Galicia is required to maintain a minimum
capital, which is calculated by weighting the risks related to assets and to the balances of bank
premises and equipment and miscellaneous and intangible assets.
As called for by Argentine Central Bank regulations, as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the minimum
capital requirements were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Computable Capital as a %
|
|
|
|
Minimum Capital.
|
|
|
Computable Capital.
|
|
|
of Minimum Capital.
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
Ps.
|
1,611,504
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,789,198
|
|
|
|
173,08
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
Ps.
|
1,564,542
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,552,269
|
|
|
|
163,13
|
|
21. Earnings per Share.
Earnings per share are based upon the weighted average of common shares outstanding of Grupo
Galicia in the amount of 1,241,407 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
Earnings per share for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, were 0.185, 0.142,
and 0.037, respectively.
F-32
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
As of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, there were no convertible negotiable obligations
outstanding and therefore for the purposes of calculating earnings per share Grupo Galicia had a
simple capital structure.
22. Contribution to the Deposit Insurance System.
Law No. 24,485 and Decree No. 540/95 established the creation of the Deposit Insurance System to
cover the risk attached to bank deposits, in addition to the system of privileges and safeguards
envisaged in the Financial Institutions Law.
The National Executive Branch through Decree No. 1127/98 dated September 24, 1998, extended this
insurance system to demand deposits and time deposits of up to Ps.30 denominated either in pesos
and/or in foreign currency.
This system does not cover deposits made by other financial institutions (including time deposit
certificates acquired through a secondary transaction), deposits made by parties related to Banco
Galicia, either directly or indirectly, deposits of securities, acceptances or guarantees and
those deposits set up after July 1, 1995, at an interest rate exceeding the one established
regularly by the Argentine Central Bank based on a daily survey conducted by it. Also excluded are
those deposits whose ownership has been acquired through endorsement and those placements made as
a result of incentives other than the interest rate. This system has been implemented through the
creation of the Deposit Insurance Fund (FGD), which is managed by a company called Seguros de
Depósitos S.A. (SEDESA). The shareholders of SEDESA are the Argentine Central Bank and the
financial institutions, in the proportion determined for each one by the Argentine Central Bank
based on the contributions made to the fund.
As of January 1, 2005, the Argentine Central Bank set this contribution in 0.015%.
As of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the standard contribution to the Deposits Insurance System
amounted to Ps.26,030, Ps.23,555 and Ps.20,378, respectively, recorded in the Consolidated
Statements of Income in Financial Expenses under the caption Contributions made to Deposit
Insurance Fund.
F-33
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
23. Statements of Income and Balance Sheets.
The presentation of financial statements according to the Argentine Central Bank rules differs
significantly from the format required by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Rules 210.9
to 210.9-07 of Regulation S-X (Article 9). The statements of income presented below discloses the
categories required by Article 9 using Argentine Banking GAAP:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Interest income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and fees on loans (*)
|
|
Ps.
|
2,278,655
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,099,393
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,505,134
|
|
Interest and dividends on investment securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax-exempt
|
|
|
270,353
|
|
|
|
76,912
|
|
|
|
99,880
|
|
Interest on interest bearing deposits with other banks
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
|
8,765
|
|
|
|
14,895
|
|
Interest on other receivables from financial brokerage
|
|
|
90,186
|
|
|
|
163,420
|
|
|
|
158,767
|
|
Trading account interest, net
|
|
|
284,837
|
|
|
|
71,515
|
|
|
|
46,396
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest income
|
|
|
2,924,669
|
|
|
|
2,420,005
|
|
|
|
1,825,072
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest on deposits
|
|
|
880,775
|
|
|
|
794,037
|
|
|
|
583,873
|
|
Interest on securities sold under agreements to repurchase
|
|
|
33,780
|
|
|
|
84,823
|
|
|
|
68,736
|
|
Interest on short-term liabilities from financial
intermediation
|
|
|
67,283
|
|
|
|
82,667
|
|
|
|
58,926
|
|
Interest on long-term liabilities from financial
intermediation (*)
|
|
|
233,477
|
|
|
|
316,141
|
|
|
|
359,602
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest expense
|
|
|
1,215,315
|
|
|
|
1,277,668
|
|
|
|
1,071,137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income
|
|
|
1,709,354
|
|
|
|
1,142,337
|
|
|
|
753,935
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for loan losses, Net of reversals
|
|
|
595,713
|
|
|
|
313,188
|
|
|
|
172,470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income /(expense) after provision for loan
losses
|
|
|
1,113,641
|
|
|
|
829,149
|
|
|
|
581,465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(*)
|
|
Includes CER/CVS adjustments.
|
F-34
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Non-interest income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service charges on deposit accounts
|
|
Ps.
|
253,299
|
|
|
Ps.
|
201,653
|
|
|
Ps.
|
160,534
|
|
Credit-card service charges and fees
|
|
|
704,025
|
|
|
|
548,629
|
|
|
|
434,358
|
|
Other commissions
|
|
|
882,084
|
|
|
|
897,715
|
|
|
|
610,984
|
|
Income from equity in other companies
|
|
|
11,347
|
|
|
|
56,764
|
|
|
|
1,957
|
|
Premiums and commissions on
insurance business
|
|
|
333,669
|
|
|
|
276,019
|
|
|
|
115,567
|
|
Other
|
|
|
195,426
|
|
|
|
139,949
|
|
|
|
121,428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-interest income
|
|
Ps.
|
2,379,850
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,120,729
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,444,828
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-interest expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commissions
|
|
|
424,847
|
|
|
|
309,808
|
|
|
|
204,867
|
|
Salaries and social security charges
|
|
|
975,767
|
|
|
|
805,197
|
|
|
|
540,643
|
|
Fees and external administrative services
|
|
|
183,730
|
|
|
|
161,192
|
|
|
|
125,502
|
|
Depreciation of bank premises and equipment
|
|
|
73,904
|
|
|
|
61,910
|
|
|
|
49,952
|
|
Personnel services
|
|
|
76,760
|
|
|
|
90,791
|
|
|
|
75,650
|
|
Rentals
|
|
|
62,234
|
|
|
|
51,292
|
|
|
|
39,963
|
|
Electricity and communications
|
|
|
85,850
|
|
|
|
72,712
|
|
|
|
57,205
|
|
Advertising and publicity
|
|
|
127,836
|
|
|
|
146,496
|
|
|
|
113,809
|
|
Taxes
|
|
|
406,161
|
|
|
|
324,475
|
|
|
|
214,006
|
|
Amortization of organization and development expenses
|
|
|
45,908
|
|
|
|
37,950
|
|
|
|
35,640
|
|
Maintenance and repair expenses
|
|
|
52,134
|
|
|
|
43,841
|
|
|
|
34,780
|
|
Commissions and expenses on insurance business
|
|
|
93,686
|
|
|
|
119,045
|
|
|
|
52,019
|
|
Amortization of Amparo claims
|
|
|
109,310
|
|
|
|
39,545
|
|
|
|
108,667
|
|
Other Provisions and reserves
|
|
|
109,296
|
|
|
|
161,703
|
|
|
|
48,151
|
|
Other
|
|
|
234,289
|
|
|
|
237,276
|
|
|
|
175,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-interest expense
|
|
Ps.
|
3,061,712
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,663,233
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,876,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before tax expense
|
|
|
431,779
|
|
|
|
286,645
|
|
|
|
149,622
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(155,992
|
)
|
|
|
(74,014
|
)
|
|
|
(71,466
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
Ps.
|
275,787
|
|
|
Ps.
|
212,631
|
|
|
Ps.
|
78,156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Net Income attributable to
non-controlling interest
|
|
|
46,512
|
|
|
|
35,812
|
|
|
|
32,119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income attributable to Parent Company
|
|
Ps.
|
229,275
|
|
|
Ps.
|
176,819
|
|
|
Ps.
|
46,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-35
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Argentine Central Bank rules also require certain classifications of assets and liabilities,
which are different from those required by Article 9. The following balance sheet presents Grupo
Galicias balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, as if they had followed Article 9 balance
sheet disclosure requirements using Argentine Banking GAAP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Assets
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and due from banks
|
|
Ps.
|
3,713,335
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,440,912
|
|
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
|
|
|
440,745
|
|
|
|
317,278
|
|
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale
agreements or similar agreements
|
|
|
178,474
|
|
|
|
416,914
|
|
Trading account assets
|
|
|
2,011,860
|
|
|
|
989,565
|
|
Available for sale securities
|
|
|
4,471,928
|
|
|
|
4,325,448
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
14,368,457
|
|
|
|
12,951,627
|
|
Allowances for loan losses
|
|
|
(812,354
|
)
|
|
|
(539,475
|
)
|
Miscellaneous receivables
|
|
|
619,944
|
|
|
|
998,331
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
898,321
|
|
|
|
871,269
|
|
Intangible Assets
|
|
|
572,234
|
|
|
|
566,979
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,540,164
|
|
|
|
1,282,416
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
Ps.
|
28,003,108
|
|
|
Ps.
|
25,621,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Shareholders Equity
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
|
Ps.
|
16,917,453
|
|
|
Ps.
|
13,953,478
|
|
Short-term borrowing
|
|
|
392,623
|
|
|
|
507,039
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
313,526
|
|
|
|
368,278
|
|
Amounts payable for spot and forward purchases to be settled
|
|
|
618,375
|
|
|
|
1,014,120
|
|
Other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage
|
|
|
3,489,899
|
|
|
|
3,394,246
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
3,081,081
|
|
|
|
3,556,101
|
|
Miscellaneous Liabilities
|
|
|
578,699
|
|
|
|
478,720
|
|
Contingent liabilities
|
|
|
255,922
|
|
|
|
257,333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
25,647,578
|
|
|
|
23,098,467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Parent Company Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
2,052,539
|
|
|
|
1,845,745
|
|
Non-controlling Interest
|
|
|
302,991
|
|
|
|
246,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
Ps.
|
28,003,108
|
|
|
Ps.
|
25,621,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying value and market value of each classification of available-for-sale securities in
the Article 9 balance sheet were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying value
|
|
|
Gains/(Losses)
|
|
|
Market value
|
|
|
Carrying value
|
|
|
Gains/(Losses)
|
|
|
Market value
|
|
Boden 2012 Bonds
Compensatory Bond
and Hedge Bond
|
|
|
1,906,907
|
|
|
|
830,119
|
|
|
|
1,731,089
|
|
|
|
2,350,815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,253,440
|
|
GalTrust I
|
|
|
584,111
|
|
|
|
193,651
|
|
|
|
211,647
|
|
|
|
633,996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67,881
|
|
Discount Bonds
|
|
|
598,601
|
|
|
|
132,209
|
|
|
|
302,124
|
|
|
|
641,804
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161,531
|
|
Bonar 2015
|
|
|
323,744
|
|
|
|
85,032
|
|
|
|
641,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,058,565
|
|
|
|
14,163
|
|
|
|
1,030,678
|
|
|
|
698,833
|
|
|
|
20,241
|
|
|
|
567,174
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
Ps.
|
4,471,928
|
|
|
|
1,255,174
|
|
|
|
3,916,878
|
|
|
Ps.
|
4,325,448
|
|
|
Ps.
|
20,241
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,050,026
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The maturities as of December 31, 2009, of the available-for-sale government securities and
the GalTrust I and other assets included in the Article 9 balance sheet were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maturing after 1
|
|
|
Maturing after
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maturing within
|
|
|
year but within
|
|
|
5 years but within
|
|
|
Maturing after
|
|
|
|
Carrying Value
|
|
|
1 year
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
10 years
|
|
|
10 years
|
|
Boden 2012 Bonds
Compensatory Bond
and Hedge Bond
|
|
|
1,906,907
|
|
|
|
626,928
|
|
|
|
1,279,979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GalTrust I
|
|
|
584,111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
160,292
|
|
|
|
423,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount Bonds
|
|
|
598,601
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
598,601
|
|
Bonar 2015
|
|
|
323,744
|
|
|
|
37,803
|
|
|
|
190,550
|
|
|
|
95,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,058,565
|
|
|
|
709,596
|
|
|
|
330,616
|
|
|
|
18,353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
Ps.
|
4,471,928
|
|
|
|
1,374,327
|
|
|
|
1,961,437
|
|
|
|
537,563
|
|
|
|
598,601
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-36
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
24. Operations by Geographical Segment.
The main financial information, classified by country where transactions originate, is shown below.
Most of the transactions originated in the Republic of Uruguay were with Argentine citizens and
enterprises, and were denominated in U.S. dollars. Transactions between different geographical
segments have been eliminated for the purposes of this Note.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Total revenues:(*)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic of Argentina
|
|
Ps.
|
5,417,227
|
|
|
Ps.
|
4,582,947
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,376,524
|
|
Republic of Uruguay
|
|
|
14,489
|
|
|
|
47,411
|
|
|
|
65,565
|
|
Grand Cayman Island
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss), net of
monetary effects allocable to
each country:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic of Argentina
|
|
|
238,740
|
|
|
|
166,368
|
|
|
|
28,214
|
|
Republic of Uruguay
|
|
|
(7,274
|
)
|
|
|
10,451
|
|
|
|
17,823
|
|
Grand Cayman Island
|
|
|
(2,191
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic of Argentina
|
|
|
27,350,754
|
|
|
|
24,349,404
|
|
|
|
22,335,675
|
|
Republic of Uruguay
|
|
|
237,544
|
|
|
|
386,386
|
|
|
|
493,063
|
|
Grand Cayman Island
|
|
|
14,068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic of Argentina
|
|
|
897,583
|
|
|
|
866,179
|
|
|
|
732,109
|
|
Republic of Uruguay
|
|
|
738
|
|
|
|
5,090
|
|
|
|
11,023
|
|
Miscellaneous assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic of Argentina
|
|
|
63,803
|
|
|
|
78,326
|
|
|
|
112,534
|
|
Republic of Uruguay
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic of Argentina
|
|
|
26,346
|
|
|
|
37,804
|
|
|
|
58,266
|
|
Other intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic of Argentina
|
|
|
545,409
|
|
|
|
528,115
|
|
|
|
389,078
|
|
Republic of Uruguay
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
|
1,060
|
|
|
|
974
|
|
Geographical segment assets as
a percentage of total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic of Argentina
|
|
|
99.09
|
%
|
|
|
98.44
|
%
|
|
|
97.84
|
%
|
Republic of Uruguay
|
|
|
0.86
|
%
|
|
|
1.56
|
%
|
|
|
2.16
|
%
|
Grand Cayman Island
|
|
|
0.05
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(*)
|
|
The caption Revenues include financial income, income from services and miscellaneous income.
|
F-37
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
25. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk.
The Group has been party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course
of its business in order to meet the financing needs of its customers. These instruments expose the
Bank to credit risk above and beyond the amounts recorded in the consolidated balance sheets. These
financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, guarantees
granted and acceptances.
The Group uses the same credit policies in making commitments, conditional obligations and
guarantees as it does for granting loans. In managements opinion, the Groups outstanding
commitments and guarantees do not represent unusual credit risk.
The Groups exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparty to the
financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, guarantees
granted and acceptances is represented by the contractual notional amount of those investments.
A summary of the credit exposure related to these items is shown below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments to extend credit
|
|
Ps.
|
1,323,498
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,003,449
|
|
Standby letters of credit
|
|
|
175,525
|
|
|
|
157,056
|
|
Guarantees granted
|
|
|
194,474
|
|
|
|
208,851
|
|
Acceptances
|
|
|
58,904
|
|
|
|
69,500
|
|
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer at a future date, subject to
the meeting of the contractual terms. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other
termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to
expire without being drawn upon, total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent actual
future cash requirements of the Group. The Group evaluates each customers creditworthiness on a
case-by-case basis. In addition to the above commitments, as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the
available purchase limits for credit card holders amounted to Ps.17,591,132 and Ps.13,995,200,
respectively.
Standby letters of credit and guarantees granted are conditional commitments issued by the Group to
guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.
Acceptances are conditional commitments for foreign trade transactions.
The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit and granting guarantees is essentially the
same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. In order to grant guarantees to
its customers, the Group may require counter-guarantees. These financial customer guarantees are
classified by type, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Preferred counter-guarantees
|
|
Ps.
|
15,353
|
|
|
Ps.
|
34,748
|
|
Other counter-guarantees
|
|
|
33,344
|
|
|
|
43,253
|
|
F-38
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The Group accounts for checks drawn on it and other banks, as well as other items in process
of collection, such as notes, bills and miscellaneous items, in memorandum accounts until such time
when the related item clears or is accepted. In managements opinion, the risk of loss on these
clearing transactions is not significant. The amounts of clearing items in process were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Checks drawn on the Bank
|
|
Ps.
|
378,631
|
|
|
Ps.
|
439,809
|
|
Checks drawn on the other Bank
|
|
|
458,411
|
|
|
|
369,531
|
|
Bills and other items for collection
|
|
|
2,262,278
|
|
|
|
1,322,145
|
|
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the trusts funds amounted to Ps.1,406,805 and Ps.509,806,
respectively.
In addition, the Group had securities in custody, which as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, amounted
to Ps.8,119,755 and Ps.5,534,324, respectively.
26. Derivative Financial Instruments.
The Groups management of financial risks is carried within the limits of the policies approved by
the Board of Directors in such respect. In that sense, derivatives allow, depending on market
conditions, to adjust risk exposures to the established limits, thus contributing to keep such
exposures within the parameters set forth by said policies. The Group plans to continue to use
these instruments in the future, as long as their use is favorably assessed, in order to limit
certain risk exposures.
F-39
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The derivative instruments held by the Group as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 where as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Net Book Value
as of
|
|
|
Net Book Value
as of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
Amount as of
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Fair Value as of
|
|
|
Fair Value as of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2009 Asset
|
|
|
2008 Asset
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Type of Contract
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Maturity Term
|
|
2009
|
|
|
/ (Liability)
|
|
|
/ (Liability)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
FUTURES (a)
|
|
- Purchases
|
|
Foreign currency
|
|
4 months
|
|
|
2,441,126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Purchases
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
5 months
|
|
|
433,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Sales
|
|
Foreign currency
|
|
4 months
|
|
|
2,116,549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(297
|
)(*)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(297
|
)(*)
|
- Sales
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
5 months
|
|
|
108,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORWARDS CLIENTS (b)
|
|
- Purchases
|
|
Foreign currency
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
(*)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
(*)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Sales
|
|
Foreign currency
|
|
8 months
|
|
|
64,608
|
|
|
|
1,040
|
|
|
|
(23,556
|
)(*)
|
|
|
1,040
|
|
|
|
(23,556
|
)(*)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY
HEDGE CONTRACT (c)
|
|
- Purchases
|
|
Foreign currency
|
|
4 months
|
|
|
31,000
|
|
|
|
(8,060
|
)
|
|
|
15,827
|
|
|
|
(8,060
|
)
|
|
|
15,827
|
|
OPTIONS (d)
|
|
- Put option written Boden 2012 coupon
|
|
National government securities
|
|
20 months
|
|
|
29,285
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,649
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Put option written Boden 2013 coupon
|
|
National government securities
|
|
21 months
|
|
|
92,530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,997
|
)
|
|
|
(32,572
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INTEREST RATE SWAP (e)
|
|
- Fixed for variable interest rate
|
|
Other
|
|
11 months
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- Variable for fixed interest rate
|
|
Other
|
|
15 months
|
|
|
40,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(*)
|
|
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the amounts correspond to sales as well as purchases.
|
|
(a)
|
|
These transactions are made through recognized exchange markets, such as Mercado Abierto
Electrónico (MAE) and Mercado a Término de Rosario (ROFEX).
|
|
|
|
The general settlement method for these transactions does not require delivery of the traded
underlying asset. Rather, settlement is carried on a daily basis for the difference, if any,
between the closing price of the underlying asset and the closing price or value of the underlying
asset corresponding to the previous day, the difference in price
being charged to income.
|
|
|
|
The Group records under Other Receivables from Financial Brokerage and / or Other Liabilities Resulting
from Financial Brokerage, as the case may be, the difference between the agreed foreign currency
exchange rate and such exchange rate at the end of the year according with the future prices
published by the recognized exchange markets mentioned above.
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, there are not pending amounts recorded for purchases-sales futures
transactions.
|
F-40
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
These transactions have been conducted directly with customers pursuant to the
above-mentioned conditions. The Group records under Other Receivables from Financial Brokerage
and / or Other Liabilities Resulting from Financial Brokerage, as the case may be, the difference
between the agreed foreign currency exchange rate and such exchange rate at the end of the year
according with the future prices published by Rofex.
|
|
(c)
|
|
On October 14, 2008, the Group entered into a forward foreign currency hedge contract, aimed to
hedge the risk associated with the exchange rate exposure of financial debt designated in U.S. Dollars.
|
|
|
|
|
|
On January 6, 2009, due to the payment of the financial debts in foreign currency, which are
covered by the derivative instrument, a sales contract under similar terms was entered into in
order to offset the effects of the above-mentioned forward purchase agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since the Groups purpose when entering into this contract was to reduce its exposure to US Dollar
fluctuations and denominate its future commitments in Pesos, and the main terms of the contract
(amount and due date) are similar to those of the financial debt, the derivative has been
designated as a cash flow hedge. Changes in the fair value of this derivative have been charged to
shareholders equity, under Valuation difference from hedging derivatives, and shall be
recorded as results when the covered item affects such results.
|
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
As established by Decree 1836/02 and Argentine Central Bank regulations, in connection with the
second exchange offered by the government to exchange restructured deposits for government bonds,
the Bank granted an option to sell coupons to the holders of restructured deposits certificates who
had opted to receive Boden 2013 Bonds and Boden 2012 Bonds in exchange for their certificates.
|
|
|
|
The exercise price will be equal to that resulting from converting to pesos the face value of each
coupon in U.S. dollars at a rate of Ps.1.40 per U.S. dollar adjusted by applying the CER, which
arises from comparing the index at February 3, 2002 to that corresponding to the due date of the
coupon. That value shall in no case exceed the principal and interest amounts in pesos resulting
from applying the face value of the coupon in U.S. dollars at the buying exchange rate quoted by
Banco de la Nación Argentina (Banco Nación) on the payment date of that coupon.
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the options bought and sold were recorded at their exercise price
in memorandum accounts. The premiums collected and/or paid have been accrued on a straight-line
basis over the life of the contract.
|
|
|
|
e)
|
|
These transactions are conducted within the environment created by the MAE, and the settlement
thereof is carried out on a monthly basis, in pesos, for the difference between the cash flows
calculated using a variable rate (Badlar for time deposits of 30 to 35 days of private banks) and
the cash flows calculated using a fixed rate, or vice versa, on the notional value traded, the
difference in price being charged to income.
|
|
|
|
In case accrued balances pending settlement exist, they are recorded under Other Receivables
from Financial Brokerage and/or Other Liabilities Resulting from Financial Brokerage, as the
case may be.
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, there are not pending amounts recorded for purchases-sales futures
transactions.
|
F-41
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
27. Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments.
ASC 825, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments requires disclosures of estimates
of fair value of financial instruments. These estimates were made at the end of December 2009 and
2008. Because many of the Banks financial instruments do not have a ready trading market from
which to determine fair value, the disclosures are based upon estimates regarding economic and
current market conditions and risk characteristics. Such estimates are subjective and involve
matters of judgment and, therefore, are not precise and may not be reasonably comparable to
estimates of fair value for similar instruments made by other financial institutions.
The estimated fair values do not include the value of assets and liabilities not considered
financial instruments.
In order to determine the fair value, cash flows were discounted for each category or group of
loans having similar characteristics, based on credit risk, guarantees and/or maturities, using
rates offered for similar loans by the Bank as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Book Value
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Book Value
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Derivative activities: (see Note 26)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
Ps.
|
1,040
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,040
|
|
|
Ps.
|
15,892
|
|
|
Ps.
|
15,892
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
8,060
|
|
|
|
12,057
|
|
|
|
23,853
|
|
|
|
67,073
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non derivative activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and due from banks (1)
|
|
Ps.
|
3,696,309
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,696,309
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,405,133
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,405,133
|
|
Government securities (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading
|
|
|
1,881,914
|
|
|
|
1,882,548
|
|
|
|
913,350
|
|
|
|
913,350
|
|
Without quotation
|
|
|
1,981,972
|
|
|
|
1,920,869
|
|
|
|
69,772
|
|
|
|
20,559
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
43,350
|
|
|
|
43,395
|
|
|
|
548,692
|
|
|
|
303,196
|
|
Corporate Equity Securities
|
|
|
13,171
|
|
|
|
13,171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans (3)
|
|
|
13,477,901
|
|
|
|
13,732,385
|
|
|
|
11,774,586
|
|
|
|
11,211,857
|
|
Others (4)
|
|
|
3,830,321
|
|
|
|
3,322,184
|
|
|
|
5,416,276
|
|
|
|
3,501,411
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits (5)
|
|
Ps.
|
17,039,366
|
|
|
Ps.
|
17,047,003
|
|
|
Ps.
|
14,056,134
|
|
|
Ps.
|
13,979,359
|
|
Other liabilities resulting from financial
Intermediation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banks and international entities and
Loans from Domestic Financial
Institutions (6) and Negotiable obligations (7)
|
|
|
3,517,579
|
|
|
|
3,359,272
|
|
|
|
4,140,741
|
|
|
|
2,419,854
|
|
Others (8)
|
|
|
3,731,245
|
|
|
|
3,537,588
|
|
|
|
3,561,827
|
|
|
|
3,502,958
|
|
The following is a description of the estimating techniques applied:
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Cash and due from banks:
By definition, cash and due from banks are short-term and do not
possess credit loss risk. The carrying values as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are a reasonable
estimate of fair value.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Government securities:
Government securities held for trading purposes are carried at fair
value. Holdings of investment account securities correspond to securities issued by Argentine
Central Bank which fair value corresponds to their quoted market value. Securities without
quotation include Boden 2012 Bonds related to the compensation to financial institutions, Discount
Bonds and Bonar 2015 Bonds. Such bonds had quoted market values and therefore their fair value
where determined using the mentioned quoted market values.
|
F-42
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Loans:
The fair values of loans are estimated for groups of similar characteristics,
including type of loan, credit quality incorporating the credit risk factor. For floating- or
adjustable-rate loans, which mature or are repriced within a short period of time, the carrying
values are considered to be a reasonable estimate of fair values. For fixed-rate loans, market
prices are not generally available and the fair values are estimated discounting the estimated
future cash flows based on the contracted maturity of the loans. The discount rates are based on
the current market rates corresponding to the applicable maturity. Where quoted market prices or
estimated fair values are available, primarily for loans to refinancing countries, loans held for
dispositions or sales and certain other foreign loans, the fair values are based on such market
prices and estimated fair values, including secondary market prices. For nonperforming loans, the
fair values are generally determined on an individual basis by discounting the estimated future
cash flows and may be based on the appraisal value of underlying collateral as appropriate.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Others
Includes other receivables from financial brokerage and equity investments in other
companies. A majority of the items include purchases of government securities held for investment
purposes which fair value is determined by the quoted market value of the underlying government
securities, mostly Boden 2012 Bonds, Securities issued by Argentine Central Bank and Discount
Bonds. This caption also included financial trusts certificates of participation which their fair
value is estimated using valuation techniques to convert the future amounts to a single present
amount discounted. The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectation
about those future amounts. The estimated of the cash flows is based on the future cash flows from
the securitized assets, considering the prepayments, historical loan performance, etc. Equity
investments in companies where significant influence is exercised are not within the scope of ASC
825, Financial Instruments. Equity investments in other companies are carried at market value less
costs to sell.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Deposits:
The fair value of deposit liabilities on demand and savings account deposits is
similar to its book value. The fair value of time deposits was calculated by discounting
contractual cash flows using current market rates for instruments with similar maturities.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Banks and international entities and loans from domestic financial institutions:
Includes
credit lines borrowed under different credit arrangements from local and foreign banks and
entities. Most of them were restructured as of May 2004. As of December 2009 and 2008, when no
quoted market prices were available, the estimated fair value has been calculated by discounting
the contractual cash flows of these liabilities at estimated market rates.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Negotiable obligations:
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the fair value of the negotiable
obligations was determined based on quoted market prices and when no quoted market prices were
available, the estimated fair value has been calculated by discounting the contractual cash flows
of these liabilities at estimated market rates.
|
|
(8)
|
|
Others:
Includes other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage. Their fair value was
estimated at the expected future cash flows discounted at the estimated rates at year-end.
|
F-43
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
28. Pending events derived from the systems crisis in late 2001.
Legal actions requesting protection of Constitutional guarantees.
The Government through Decree No. 1570/2001, Law No 25561, Decree No. 214/02 and other concurrent
regulations, established restrictions on money withdrawals from financial institutions and the
conversion into pesos of all dollar deposits, at the exchange rate of Ps.1.40 per US $1. In turn,
these rules also established that financial institutions were to comply with their obligations by
reimbursing pesos in the amounts resulting from this conversion, including the CER adjustment plus
a 2% annual interest rate. As a result of the measures that established the pesification and
restructuring of foreign-currency deposits, since December 2001, a significant number of claims
have been filed against the Government and/or financial institutions, formally challenging the
emergency regulations and requesting prompt payment of deposits in their original currency. The
emergency regulations have been declared unconstitutional by most lower and upper courts.
The difference between the amount paid as a result of the abovementioned court orders and the
amount resulting from converting deposits at the Ps.1.40 per U.S. dollar exchange rate, adjusted by
the CER and interest accrued up to the payment date, totaled Ps.837,745 and Ps.786,256, as of
December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, and they have been recorded as Intangible
Assets. The residual value as of those dates totaled Ps.259,053, and Ps.316,874.
The Group has repeatedly reserved its right to make claims, at a suitable time, in view of the
negative effect on its financial condition of the reimbursement of deposits originally denominated
in dollars, pursuant to orders issued by the judicial branch, either in U.S. dollars or in pesos
for the equivalent amount at the market exchange rate, since compensation of this effect was not
included by the Government in the calculation of the compensation to financial institutions. The
method of accounting for such right as a deferred loss, set forth by Argentine Central Bank
regulations, does not affect its existence or legitimacy. To such effect, the Bank has reserved all
of the corresponding rights.
On December 30, 2003, the Bank formally requested from the Government, with copy to the Ministry of
Economy (MECON) and to the Argentine Central Bank, to be compensated for the losses incurred due
to the asymmetric pesification and court decisions. The Bank has reserved its right to further
extend such request in order to encompass losses made definitive by new final judgments.
On December 27, 2006, the Argentine Supreme Court of Justice ruled on the case named Massa c/
Estado Nacional and Bank Boston, resolving that the defendant bank must fulfill its obligation to
reimburse a dollar-denominated deposit subject to emergency regulations by paying the original
amount deposited converted into pesos at an the exchange rate of Ps.1.40 per U.S. dollar, adjusted
by CER until the effective payment day, together with a 4% annual interest and computing amounts
paid in order to comply with preliminary injunctions or other measures as payments on account.
Moreover, in the Kujarchuck case (August 2007), the Supreme Court established a calculation method
for partial payments, thus ratifying the criteria held by most of the courts of law since the
Massas ruling. On March 20, 2007 Supreme Court of Justice ruled, in the case of EMM S.R.L. c/ Tía
S.A., that Decree No. 214/02 did not apply to judicial deposits, and that such deposits must be
reimbursed to the depositors in their original currency.
It is expected that said decisions by the Supreme Court of Justice would be strongly followed in
similar cases to be heard by the lower courts.
The Bank keeps addressing court decisions gradually on a case-by-case basis in accordance with
the individual circumstances of each case. Management continuously monitors and analyses the
implications of such ruling for similarly situated cases. The Bank records liabilities for
Ps.24,291 on account of the amounts pending settlement as result of the cases still unresolved. The
possible difference that may arise from the amount ordered by the courts and the amount recorded by
the Bank shall be registered as stated for by the Argentine Central Banks regulations under
Intangible Assets, and shall be amortized in 60 months. As a consequence of the above, and due to
the information available at the date of these financial statements, the Banks management
considers that the effects derived from these situations would not significantly affect the Banks
shareholders equity.
F-44
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
With respect to judicial deposits that were pesified, the Argentine Central Bank provided
that, as from July 2007, institutions should establish an allowance equal to the difference that
arises from the balance of deposits recorded at each month-end in their original currency and the
balance in pesos that was recorded in the books. This allowance, established as of December 31, 2009 and 2008,
and charged to income amounts to Ps.1,774 and Ps.1,926, respectively.
Claims due to foreign exchange differences arising from the repayment of financial assistance
during foreign exchange market holidays in January 2002.
During December 2001, the Bank received financial assistance in pesos from the Argentine Central
Bank to face a temporary liquidity shortage. This financial assistance was repaid by using the
funds, in U.S. dollars, provided by the Bank Liquidity Fund (BLF), on January 2 and 4, 2002.
On the day those funds were credited, the Argentine Central Bank had declared a foreign-exchange
market holiday.
On January 06, 2002, before the market was reopened, Law No. 25561 was enacted, which repealed the
convertibility system and established a new exchange rate of Ps.1.40 per U.S. dollar.
During the foreign-exchange market holiday, as a result of the aforementioned regulations, no
foreign currency could be traded. As a result, the U.S. dollars funds credited by the BLF on
January 2 and 4, 2002, remained in U.S. dollars until the reopening of the market. On that date,
and in accordance with the regulations in force, the U.S. dollar was sold at Ps.1.40. For this
reason, when the Argentine Central Bank applied US$ 410,000 to the settlement of the financial
assistance granted to the Bank, it should have cancelled US$ 410,000 times 1.40, that is, the
amount of Ps.574,000.
This has infringed the guarantee of inviolability of private property and equal treatment before
the law.
The Bank considers that the Ps.164,000 difference will have to be reimbursed to the Bank, or an
equivalent restoration of its equity should be considered. The Bank has a claim outstanding before
the Argentine Central Bank to recover the above-mentioned amount. Such right has not been recorded
in these financial statements.
29. Preferred Liabilities of the former Banco Almafuerte Coop. Ltdo.
As a consequence of the dissolution of former Banco Almafuerte Coop. Ltdo., the Bank assumed
certain preferred liabilities corresponding to five branches of said financial institution. As a
counterpart, the Bank received a Class A Participation Certificate of the Nues Trust Fund and has
been involved in the creation of a Special Fund. Both transactions were implemented pursuant to
Resolution No. 659, dated November 27, 1998, adopted by the Board of Directors of the Argentine
Central Bank within the framework of Section 35 bis, section II, clauses a) and b) of the Financial
Institutions Law.
F-45
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
On June 30, 2006, the holders of Class A Participation Certificates of the Nues Trust, the
Trustee and the contributors to the Special Fund subscribed a new agreement in order to achieve the
total repayment of unpaid balances corresponding to Class A Participation Certificates and the
subsequent liquidation of the Special Fund.
Pursuant to the provisions set forth in the abovementioned agreement, as of December 31, 2009, the
Participation Certificate balance amounted to Ps.59,910 and the Special Funds balance amounted to
Ps.373,313. At the end of the prior fiscal year, said balances amounted to Ps.53,143 and
Ps.359,059, respectively.
As of December 31, 2009, the underlying assets of the Nues Trust and the Special Fund were invested
in cash, securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank and secured loans amounting to Ps.417,163,
Ps.148,834 and Ps.506,784, respectively. The Bank held 25,898% of the total certificates of
participation of the Nues Trust and 45% of the Special Fund.
30. Financial Trusts.
a) Financial trusts with the Bank as trustee outstanding at fiscal year-end:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book value of securities
|
|
|
|
Issuance
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
|
held in own portfolio
|
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
|
maturity date
|
|
|
Trustee
|
|
Trust assets
|
|
transferred
|
|
|
12.31.09
|
|
|
12.31.08
|
|
Galtrust I
|
|
|
10.13.00
|
|
|
|
10.10.15
|
|
|
First Trust of New York N.A.
|
|
Secured Bonds in Pesos at 2% due 2018 (1)
|
|
US$
|
490,224
|
(*)
|
|
Ps.
|
584,111
|
|
|
Ps.
|
633,996
|
|
Galicia
|
|
|
04.16.02
|
|
|
|
05.06.32
|
|
|
Bapro Mandatos y Negocios S.A.
|
|
National Government Bonds in Pesos at 2% due 2014 (2)
|
|
Ps.
|
108,000
|
|
|
Ps.
|
79,990
|
|
|
Ps.
|
73,447
|
|
Créditos Inmobiliarios Galicia I
|
|
|
08.17.05
|
|
|
|
03.15.15
|
|
|
Deustche Bank S.A.
|
|
Mortgage loans
|
|
Ps.
|
91,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
21,291
|
|
Créditos Inmobiliarios Galicia II
|
|
|
10.12.05
|
|
|
|
12.15.25
|
|
|
Deustche Bank S.A.
|
|
Mortgage loans
|
|
Ps.
|
150,000
|
|
|
Ps.
|
56,172
|
|
|
Ps.
|
49,892
|
|
Galicia Prendas Comerciales
|
|
|
07.03.06
|
|
|
|
02.15.11
|
|
|
Deustche Bank S.A.
|
|
Pledge loans
|
|
Ps.
|
86,623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
6,593
|
|
Galicia Leasing I
|
|
|
09.22.06
|
|
|
|
05.15.11
|
|
|
Deustche Bank S.A.
|
|
Assets under financial leases
|
|
Ps.
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
24,168
|
|
Galicia Personales IV
|
|
|
01.17.07
|
|
|
|
10.15.11
|
|
|
Deustche Bank S.A.
|
|
Personal loans
|
|
Ps.
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
13,737
|
|
Galicia Personales V
|
|
|
04.13.07
|
|
|
|
01.15.12
|
|
|
Deustche Bank S.A.
|
|
Personal loans
|
|
Ps.
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
25,168
|
|
Galicia Personales VI
|
|
|
09.28.07
|
|
|
|
06.15.12
|
|
|
Deustche Bank S.A.
|
|
Personal loans
|
|
Ps.
|
108,081
|
|
|
Ps.
|
17,175
|
|
|
Ps.
|
17,670
|
|
Galicia Personales VII
|
|
|
02.21.08
|
|
|
|
11.15.12
|
|
|
Deustche Bank S.A.
|
|
Personal loans
|
|
Ps.
|
150,000
|
|
|
Ps.
|
35,216
|
|
|
Ps.
|
25,010
|
|
Galicia Personales VIII
|
|
|
07.04.08
|
|
|
|
04.15.13
|
|
|
Deustche Bank S.A.
|
|
Personal loans
|
|
Ps.
|
187,500
|
|
|
Ps.
|
55,518
|
|
|
Ps.
|
39,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
828,182
|
|
|
Ps.
|
930,928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(*)
|
|
The remaining US $9,776 was transferred in cash.
|
|
(1)
|
|
In exchange for loans to the Provincial Governments.
|
|
(2)
|
|
In exchange for secured loans.
|
b) As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Bank records financial trusts in own
portfolio:
|
|
Received as loan repayment for Ps.58,662 and Ps.57,378, respectively.
|
|
|
|
Acquired as investments for Ps.52,232 and Ps.9,891, respectively.
|
F-46
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
c) BG Financial Trust
The BG Financial Trust was created in December 2005. The Bank transferred to the trustee (Equity
Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.) Ps.264,426 of loans classified in category 3 in accordance with
the Argentine Central Bank rules or in a lower category, for an amount, net of allowances, of
Ps.91,290. The Bank received in exchange cash for an equal amount. The debt securities issued by
the trust were fully subscribed by third parties. The Bank has been appointed Servicer and
Collection Manager of the Trust, thus assuming a special management commitment that will enable the
Bank to receive a compensation incentive equal to 55% of the excess of net cash flows, upon the
occurrence of the following: (i) no later than December 31, 2009, the net cash flow effectively
collected equals or exceeds the price paid for the transferred portfolio; and (ii) no later than
December 31, 2012, an IRR equal to or greater than 18% is reached. In the event the two objectives
of the special management commitment fail to be met, a penalty equal to the difference shall be
paid to the trustee.
As of April 2008, the requirements stated in items (i) and (ii) have been fullfilled, thus the Bank
became entitled to receive the compensation incentive beginning on such date.
d) Financial trusts with the companies controlled by Tarjetas Regionales S.A. as trustees
outstanding at fiscal year-end:
Tarjeta Naranja S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book value of securities held
|
|
|
|
Issuance
|
|
|
maturity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
|
in own portfolio
|
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
|
date
|
|
|
Trustee
|
|
Trust assets
|
|
transferred
|
|
|
12.31.09
|
|
|
12.31.08
|
|
Tarjeta Naranja Trust V
|
|
|
10.09.07
|
|
|
|
11.20.09
|
|
|
Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.
|
|
Certain credit rights against cardholders
|
|
Ps.
|
115,306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
21,391
|
|
Tarjeta Naranja Trust VI
|
|
|
12.11.07
|
|
|
|
01.23.10
|
|
|
Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.
|
|
Certain credit rights against cardholders
|
|
Ps.
|
150,003
|
|
|
Ps.
|
25,115
|
|
|
Ps.
|
24,983
|
|
Tarjeta Naranja Trust VII
|
|
|
02.19.08
|
|
|
|
07.23.10
|
|
|
Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.
|
|
Certain credit rights against cardholders
|
|
Ps.
|
142,913
|
|
|
Ps.
|
24,664
|
|
|
Ps.
|
25,316
|
|
Tarjeta Naranja Trust VIII
|
|
|
08.05.08
|
|
|
|
09.20.10
|
|
|
Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.
|
|
Certain credit rights against cardholders
|
|
Ps.
|
138,742
|
|
|
Ps.
|
47,917
|
|
|
Ps.
|
46,235
|
|
Tarjeta Naranja Trust IX
|
|
|
12.12.08
|
|
|
|
05.20.10
|
|
|
Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.
|
|
Certain credit rights against cardholders
|
|
Ps.
|
90,615
|
|
|
Ps.
|
24,786
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
122,482
|
|
|
Ps.
|
117,925
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, Tarjeta Naranja S.A.s holdings of participation certificates and
debt securities totaled Ps. 91,475 and Ps. 31,007, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, its
holdings of participation certificates and debt securities totaled Ps. 94,544 and Ps. 23,381,
respectively.
F-47
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book value of securities held
|
|
|
|
Issuance
|
|
|
maturity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio
|
|
|
in own portfolio
|
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
|
date
|
|
|
Trustee
|
|
Trust assets
|
|
transferred
|
|
|
12.31.09
|
|
|
12.31.08
|
|
Tarjetas Cuyanas Trust V
|
|
|
02.04.08
|
|
|
|
03.15.10
|
|
|
Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.
|
|
Certain credit rights against cardholders
|
|
Ps.
|
61,700
|
|
|
Ps.
|
21,637
|
|
|
Ps.
|
14,733
|
|
Tarjetas Cuyanas Trust VI
|
|
|
07.07.08
|
|
|
|
06.24.09
|
|
|
Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.
|
|
Certain credit rights against cardholders
|
|
Ps.
|
89,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
20,221
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
21,637
|
|
|
Ps.
|
34,954
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A.s holding of participation certificates totaled
Ps. 21,637, and as of December 31, 2008, this companys holding of participation certificates
amounted to Ps.34,954 and Ps.802 correspond to debt securities, respectively.
Tarjetas del Mar S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book value of securities
|
|
|
|
Issuance
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
held in own portfolio
|
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
|
maturity date
|
|
|
Trustee
|
|
Trust assets
|
|
|
Portfolio transferred
|
|
|
12.31.09
|
|
|
12.31.08
|
|
Tarjetas del Mar Serie IV
|
|
|
07.28.08
|
|
|
|
05.31.09
|
|
|
Equity Trust Company (Argentina) S.A.
|
|
Certain credit rights against cardholders
|
|
Ps.
|
26,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
5,186
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, Tarjetas del Mar S.A.s holding of participation certificates and
debt securities amounted to Ps.5,028 and Ps.158, respectively.
e) Trust Activities
|
|
Trust contracts for purposes of guaranteeing compliance with obligations:
|
Purpose: in order to guarantee compliance with contractual obligations, the parties to these
agreements have agreed to deliver to the Bank, amounts as fiduciary property, to be invested
according to the following detail:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances of Trust
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funds
|
|
|
Maturity Date
|
|
Date of Contract
|
|
Trustor
|
|
Ps.
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
04.10.07
|
|
Sullair
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
12.31.10
|
|
O2.12.08
|
|
Sinteplast
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
01.28.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
These amounts shall be released monthly until settlement date of trustor obligations
or maturity date, whichever occurs first.
|
F-48
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
Financial trust contracts:
|
Purpose: to administer and exercise the fiduciary ownership of the trust assets until the
redemption of debt securities and participation certificates:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances of Trust Funds
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Contract
|
|
Trust
|
|
Ps.
|
|
|
US$
|
|
|
Maturity Date
|
|
07.13.05
|
|
Rumbo Norte I
|
|
|
3,363
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
07.13.11
|
(3)
|
10.12.05
|
|
Hydro I
|
|
|
22,054
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
09.05.17
|
(2)
|
12.05.06
|
|
Faid 2011
|
|
|
55,003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
02.28.12
|
(3)
|
12.06.06
|
|
Gas I
|
|
|
233,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
06.30.11
|
(3)
|
03.02.07
|
|
Agro Nitralco
|
|
|
3,071
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
06.30.10
|
(3)
|
09.05.07
|
|
Saturno VII
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.31.10
|
(3)
|
11.22.07
|
|
Radio Sapienza VI
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
01.12.11
|
(3)
|
05.06.08
|
|
Agro Nitralco II
|
|
|
16,401
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
12.31.10
|
(3)
|
05.14.09
|
|
Gas II
|
|
|
1,072,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
05.31.14
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
|
1,406,697
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
These amounts shall be released monthly until redemption of debt securities.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Estimated date, since maturity date shall occur at the time of the distribution of all of trust
assets.
|
31. Segment Reporting.
The Group has disclosed its segment information in accordance with the Disclosures about Segments
of an Enterprise and Related Information ASC 280-10. Operating segments are defined as components
of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available and which is regularly
reviewed by the Board of Directors in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing
performance. Reportable segments consist of one or more operating segments with similar economic
characteristics, distribution systems and regulatory environments. The information provided for
Segment Reporting is based on internal reports used by management.
The Group measures the performance of each of its business segments primarily in terms of Net
income in accordance with the regulatory reporting requirements of the Argentine Central Bank. Net
income and other segment information are based on Argentine Banking GAAP and are consistent with
the presentation of the Groups consolidated financial statements.
During 2007, the Group finalized the implementation of the change in its internal-management
reporting structure. Effective 2007, the results of Banco Galicias operations, the Groups main
subsidiary, are not segregated by geographical regions. Rather, the banking business is reported as
one single segment that is evaluated regularly by the Board of Directors in deciding how to
allocate resources and in assessing performance of the Groups business. As a result, the Groups
segment disclosures for the years ended December 31 2009, 2008 and 2007 are presented on a new
basis to correspond with its internal reporting structure.
The following summarizes the aggregation of Grupo Financiero Galicias operating segments into
reportable segments:
Banking:
corresponds to the results of our banking business and represents the accounts of
Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A. consolidated line by line with Banco Galicia Uruguay S.A. and
it subsidiaries. The results of Galicia Factoring y Leasing S.A., Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de
Bolsa, and Galicia Administradora de Fondos S.A. Sociedad Gerente de Fondos Comunes de Inversión,
which are controlled by the Bank are shown under income from equity investments.
F-49
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Regional Credit Cards:
shows the results of our regional credit card and consumer finance
business and represents the accounts of Tarjetas Regionales S.A. consolidated with its
subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2009, Tarjetas Regionales S.A.s main subsidiaries were Tarjeta
Naranja S.A. , Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A., and Tarjetas del Mar S.A..
Insurance:
includes the results of our insurance business and represents the accounts of
Sudamericana Holding S.A. and its subsidiaries, including the results of the 12.5% interest owned
by the Bank. As of December 31, 2009, Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. maintained, through
Sudamericana Holding S.A., controlling interests in Galicia Vida Compañía de Seguros S.A., Galicia
Retiro Compañía de Seguros S.A. and Sudamericana Asesores de Seguros S.A..
Other Grupo Businesses:
shows the results of Galicia Warrants S.A., Net Investment S.A. (in
both cases, including the 12.5% interest of the Bank), Galval Agente de Valores S.A. and GV
Mandataria de Valores S.A..
The column Adjustments comprises (i) intercompany transactions between us and our consolidated
subsidiaries and among these companies, if corresponding, which are eliminated in our consolidated
income statement; (ii) adjustments to compensate for not showing the results of Galicia Factoring y
Leasing S.A., Galicia Valores S.A. Sociedad de Bolsa, Galicia Administradora de Fondos S.A.
Sociedad Gerente de Fondos Comunes de Inversión consolidated line by line with Banco Galicia but as
income from equity investments, while in our consolidated financial statements, the accounts of
these companies are shown line by line; (iii) the results corresponding to Non-controlling
interests in the Bank and (iv) all of our stand alone income and expenses, including goodwill
amortization, different from income from our interests in our subsidiaries.
F-50
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Regional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Grupos
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
In Pesos Thousands
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
Credit Cards
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
Businesses
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Financial Income
|
|
|
1,144,226
|
|
|
|
375,491
|
|
|
|
28,543
|
|
|
|
(1,931
|
)
|
|
|
(1,151
|
)
|
|
|
1,545,178
|
|
Net Income from Services
|
|
|
727,855
|
|
|
|
736,985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,485
|
|
|
|
(166,405
|
)
|
|
|
1,310,920
|
|
Net Operating Revenue
|
|
|
1,872,081
|
|
|
|
1,112,476
|
|
|
|
28,543
|
|
|
|
10,554
|
|
|
|
(167,556
|
)
|
|
|
2,856,098
|
|
Provisions for Loan Losses
|
|
|
388,665
|
|
|
|
250,840
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
639,505
|
|
Administrative Expenses
|
|
|
1,321,785
|
|
|
|
621,865
|
|
|
|
42,984
|
|
|
|
19,255
|
|
|
|
23,240
|
|
|
|
2,029,129
|
|
Net Operating Income
|
|
|
161,631
|
|
|
|
239,771
|
|
|
|
(14,441
|
)
|
|
|
(8,701
|
)
|
|
|
(190,796
|
)
|
|
|
187,464
|
|
Income from Equity Investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tarjetas Regionales SA
|
|
|
133,028
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(133,028
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Sudamericana
|
|
|
3,352
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,352
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Others
|
|
|
13,139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,792
|
)
|
|
|
11,347
|
|
Other Income (Loss)
|
|
|
(139,303
|
)
|
|
|
54,966
|
|
|
|
55,327
|
|
|
|
15,629
|
|
|
|
246,349
|
|
|
|
232,968
|
|
Non-controlling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32,642
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13,870
|
)
|
|
|
(46,512
|
)
|
Pre-tax Income
|
|
|
171,847
|
|
|
|
262,095
|
|
|
|
40,886
|
|
|
|
6,928
|
|
|
|
(96,489
|
)
|
|
|
385,267
|
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
129,067
|
|
|
|
14,153
|
|
|
|
4,576
|
|
|
|
8,196
|
|
|
|
155,992
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
171,847
|
|
|
|
133,028
|
|
|
|
26,733
|
|
|
|
2,352
|
|
|
|
(104,685
|
)
|
|
|
229,275
|
|
Net Income as a % of Grupo Financiero Galicias Net Income
|
|
|
75
|
%
|
|
|
58
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Private Loans
|
|
|
8,959,360
|
|
|
|
2,402,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,215
|
)
|
|
|
11,343,634
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
14,765,933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,376
|
)
|
|
|
14,758,557
|
|
End of Period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
27,224,687
|
|
|
|
3,365,737
|
|
|
|
260,694
|
|
|
|
39,209
|
|
|
|
(3,287,961
|
)
|
|
|
27,602,366
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
2,126,522
|
|
|
|
586,757
|
|
|
|
90,801
|
|
|
|
21,854
|
|
|
|
(773,395
|
)
|
|
|
2,052,539
|
|
F-51
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Regional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Grupo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
In Pesos Thousands
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
Credit Cards
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
Businesses
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Financial Income
|
|
|
847,282
|
|
|
|
296,156
|
|
|
|
20,156
|
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
|
|
(25,182
|
)
|
|
|
1,138,332
|
|
Net Income from Services
|
|
|
654,952
|
|
|
|
571,829
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,897
|
|
|
|
(51,810
|
)
|
|
|
1,187,868
|
|
Net Operating Revenue
|
|
|
1,502,234
|
|
|
|
867,985
|
|
|
|
20,156
|
|
|
|
12,817
|
|
|
|
(76,992
|
)
|
|
|
2,326,200
|
|
Provisions for Loan Losses
|
|
|
214,948
|
|
|
|
180,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
395,389
|
|
Administrative Expenses
|
|
|
1,166,476
|
|
|
|
554,451
|
|
|
|
29,963
|
|
|
|
13,463
|
|
|
|
16,725
|
|
|
|
1,781,078
|
|
Net Operating Income
|
|
|
120,810
|
|
|
|
133,093
|
|
|
|
(9,807
|
)
|
|
|
(646
|
)
|
|
|
(93,717
|
)
|
|
|
149,733
|
|
Income from Equity Investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tarjetas Regionales SA
|
|
|
76,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(76,436
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Sudamericana
|
|
|
2,866
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,866
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Others
|
|
|
58,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,400
|
)
|
|
|
56,764
|
|
Other Income (Loss)
|
|
|
(63,014
|
)
|
|
|
45,242
|
|
|
|
43,506
|
|
|
|
2,104
|
|
|
|
52,310
|
|
|
|
80,148
|
|
Non-controlling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20,646
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,166
|
)
|
|
|
(35,812
|
)
|
Pre-tax Income
|
|
|
195,262
|
|
|
|
157,689
|
|
|
|
33,699
|
|
|
|
1,458
|
|
|
|
(137,275
|
)
|
|
|
250,833
|
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,253
|
|
|
|
11,140
|
|
|
|
1,328
|
|
|
|
(19,707
|
)
|
|
|
74,014
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
195,262
|
|
|
|
76,436
|
|
|
|
22,559
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
(117,568
|
)
|
|
|
176,819
|
|
Net Income as a % of Grupo Financiero Galicias Net Income
|
|
|
110.43
|
%
|
|
|
43.23
|
%
|
|
|
12.76
|
%
|
|
|
0.07
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
8,707,477
|
|
|
|
2,104,993
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,812,470
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
13,199,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,712
|
)
|
|
|
13,191,288
|
|
End of Period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
24,439,812
|
|
|
|
2,763,843
|
|
|
|
227,719
|
|
|
|
22,552
|
|
|
|
(2,718,136
|
)
|
|
|
24,735,790
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
1,954,666
|
|
|
|
453,728
|
|
|
|
77,065
|
|
|
|
8,641
|
|
|
|
(648,355
|
)
|
|
|
1,845,745
|
|
F-52
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Regional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Grupo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
In Pesos thousand
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
Credit Cards
|
|
|
Insurance
|
|
|
Businesses
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Financial Income
|
|
|
516,158
|
|
|
|
203,187
|
|
|
|
16,640
|
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
|
14,642
|
|
|
|
751,186
|
|
Net Income from Services
|
|
|
520,471
|
|
|
|
409,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,468
|
|
|
|
(24,862
|
)
|
|
|
913,096
|
|
Net Operating Revenue
|
|
|
1,036,629
|
|
|
|
612,206
|
|
|
|
16,640
|
|
|
|
9,027
|
|
|
|
(10,220
|
)
|
|
|
1,664,282
|
|
Provisions for Loan Losses
|
|
|
159,197
|
|
|
|
96,305
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
255,502
|
|
Administrative Expenses
|
|
|
875,085
|
|
|
|
369,476
|
|
|
|
16,147
|
|
|
|
9,147
|
|
|
|
16,469
|
|
|
|
1,286,324
|
|
Net Operating Income
|
|
|
2,347
|
|
|
|
146,425
|
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
|
|
(26,689
|
)
|
|
|
122,456
|
|
Income from Equity Investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tarjetas Regionales SA
|
|
|
88,154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(88,154
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Sudamericana
|
|
|
1,910
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,910
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Others
|
|
|
3,476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(1,488
|
)
|
|
|
1,957
|
|
Other Income (Loss)
|
|
|
(65,465
|
)
|
|
|
41,343
|
|
|
|
21,983
|
|
|
|
2,198
|
|
|
|
25,150
|
|
|
|
25,209
|
|
Non-controlling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27,510
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,609
|
)
|
|
|
(32,119
|
)
|
Pre-tax Income
|
|
|
30,422
|
|
|
|
160,258
|
|
|
|
22,476
|
|
|
|
2,047
|
|
|
|
(97,700
|
)
|
|
|
117,503
|
|
Income tax provision
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,104
|
|
|
|
7,846
|
|
|
|
819
|
|
|
|
(9,303
|
)
|
|
|
71,466
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
30,422
|
|
|
|
88,154
|
|
|
|
14,630
|
|
|
|
1,228
|
|
|
|
(88,397
|
)
|
|
|
46,037
|
|
Net Income as a % of Grupo Financiero Galicias Net Income
|
|
|
66.1
|
%
|
|
|
191.5
|
%
|
|
|
31.8
|
%
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
7,140,643
|
|
|
|
1,703,145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,843,788
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
11,857,001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,059
|
)
|
|
|
11,844,942
|
|
End of Period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
20,682,613
|
|
|
|
2,397,126
|
|
|
|
155,427
|
|
|
|
12,449
|
|
|
|
(418,877
|
)
|
|
|
22,828,738
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
1,759,396
|
|
|
|
377,294
|
|
|
|
64,506
|
|
|
|
9,406
|
|
|
|
(556,097
|
)
|
|
|
1,654,505
|
|
F-53
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
32.
Agreement for the purchases of shares.
During June 2009, the Bank entered into an agreement with American International Group Inc.
(AIG) and AIG Consumer Finance Group Inc., for the purchase of Compañía Financiera Argentina
S.A., Cobranzas & Servicios S.A. and AIG Universal Processing Center S.A.s stocks: Argentine
companies devoted to financial and supplementary activities. As a result of the acquisition, the
Group is expected to expand their market share in the consumer finance sector.
The original transfer price for all of the shares as agreed upon with the current owners, subject
to usual adjustments for this kind of transaction, was Ps.187,6 million.
As of June 7, 2010, the Argentine Central Bank approved the aforementioned transaction. The price
adjustment was agreed upon by the parties, and the fair value of the consideration to acquire the
shares of these companies is Ps.331.1 million. This purchase will be financed with the Banks
available cash, within its ordinary course of business.
As of the date of this report, due to the fact that the initial accounting for the above described
business combination was incomplete, the Bank did not have all the information available that is
required in order to prepare the disclosures required by ASC 805, specifically: a) the acquisition
date; b) contingent consideration and indemnification assets; c) acquired receivables; d) condensed
balance sheet; e) assets and liabilities arising from contingencies; and f) goodwill.
33. Differences between the Argentine Central Banks regulations and Argentine GAAP in the
Autonomous City of Buenos Aires.
The main differences between the Argentine Central Banks regulations and Argentine GAAP are
detailed below:
Boden 2012 Bonds
These securities are recorded at face value and increased on the basis of interest accrued under
the relative terms and conditions. Under Argentine GAAP these securities should be marked to market
with the resulting gain or loss reflected in the income statement.
Had such bonds recorded under the abovementioned captions been valued at market price, the Groups
equity would have been reduced by approximately Ps.175,818 and Ps.1,097,375 as of December 31, 2009
and 2008, respectively.
Bonar 2015 Bonds
As of December 31, 2009 these bonds have been valued at their acquisition cost increased by the
accrual of their internal rate or return (IRR). Under Argentine GAAP these securities should be
marked to market with the resulting gain or loss reflected in the income statement. Had such bonds
been valued at market price, the Groups equity would have been increased by approximately
Ps.317,596.
Discount Bonds and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities
The securities received have been recorded at the lowest of the total future nominal cash payments
up to maturity specified by the terms and conditions of the new securities, and the carrying value
of the securities tendered as of March 17, 2005, net of the financial services received.
F-54
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Pursuant to Argentine GAAP, these assets must be valued separately and at their market price, less
estimated selling costs. Had these securities been marked to market, the Groups shareholders
equity would have been reduced by approximately Ps.284,111 and Ps.470,372 as of December 31, 2009
and 2008, respectively.
Secured loans
In accordance with the regulations established by the Argentine Central Bank, as of December 31,
2009 the Bank valued its holdings of Secured Loans at the highest of present value published by the
Argentine Central Bank and its book value (net of the prior months contra asset account and
financial services received); and as to December 31, 2008, at the lowest of present or technical
value. Under the provisions of C.D. Resolution No. 290/01 of the CPCECABA, the restructured assets
should have been valued based upon the respective market quotations of the securities
exchanged as of November 6, 2001, which as from that date are considered to be the acquisition
cost, if corresponding, plus interest accrued at the internal rate of return until the end of each
period.
As of December 31, 2009 the estimated realizable value is not significantly different from the book
value; while as of December 31, 2008 said value was approximately Ps.259,290 lower than their book
value.
Accounting disclosure of effects generated by court decisions on deposits
As of December 31, 2009, the Group carried assets of Ps.259,053 under Intangible Assets
Organization and Development Expenses, for the residual value of the differences resulting from
compliance with court decisions on reimbursement of deposits within the framework of Law No.
25,561, Decree No. 214/02 and complementary regulations. Under Argentine GAAP, such assets may be
recorded as a receivable and its valuation should be based upon the best estimate of the
recoverable amounts.
Conversion of financial statements
The conversion into pesos of the financial statements of the foreign branches and subsidiaries for
the purpose of their consolidation with Banco Galicias financial statements, made in accordance
with Argentine Central Bank regulations differ from Argentine GAAP (Technical Pronouncement No.
18). Argentine GAAP requires that:
a) The measurements in the financial statements that are stated in fiscal year-end foreign currency
(current values, recoverable values) be converted into pesos at the balance sheet date exchange
rate; and
b) The measurements that are stated in foreign currency of periods predating the closing date (for
example: those which represent historical costs, income, expenses) in the financial statements be
converted into pesos at the pertinent historical exchange rates, restated at fiscal year-end
currency due to the application of Technical Pronouncement No. 17. Quotation differences arising
from conversion of the financial statements are treated as financial income or losses, as the case
may be.
The application of this criterion instead of that mentioned in Note 2.2 does not have a significant
impact on the Banks financial statements.
F-55
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Allowance for loan losses Non-financial public sector
Current Argentine Central Bank regulations on the establishment of allowances provide that
receivables from the public sector are not subject to allowances for uncollectibility risk. Under
Argentine GAAP, those allowances must be estimated based on the recoverability risk of those
assets.
Accounting for income tax according to the deferred tax method
The Bank determines the Income Tax charge by applying the statutory tax rate to the estimated
taxable income, without considering the effect of any temporary differences between accounting and
tax results.
Under Argentine GAAP, income tax must be recognized using the deferred tax method and, therefore,
deferred tax assets or liabilities must be established based on the aforementioned temporary
differences. In addition, unused tax loss carryforwards or fiscal credits that may be offset
against future taxable income should be recognized as deferred assets, provided that taxable income
is likely to be generated.
Adoption of the International Financial Reporting Standards by the National Securities
Commission
The international financial reporting standards adopted by the National Securities Commission
(C.N.V.) are not applicable to the Bank., Galicia Seguros S.A., Galicia Retiro S.A. and
Sudamericana Asesores de Seguros S.A. This is due to the fact that the C.N.V. holds the position to
accept accounting criteria set forth by other regulatory or control bodies, such as those
established by the Argentine Central Bank for the companies included in the Financial Institutions
Law and those established by the Argentine Superintendency of Insurance for insurance companies.
Tarjeta Naranja S.A. and Tarjetas Cuyanas S.A., institutions which are both included in the public
offering system because of their Negotiable Obligations pursuant to Law No.17811, are under the
scope of General Resolution No. 562 issued in December 2009 by the C.N.V. related to the adoption
of the international financial reporting standards. The effective date of the resolutions
application will be January 1, 2012. Therefore, the companies started with the instruction of their
management divisions to develop both integral conversion projects in order to comply with the
mentioned resolution.
The adoption of the international financial reporting standards is not mandatory for the rest of
the companies controlled by the Group, either directly or indirectly. However, these companies Board of Directors will assess in these companies the impact of the regulation changes, if
applicable.
34.
Subsequent events.
On January 4, 2010, the Bank paid the last installment corresponding to the Negotiable Obligations
due 2010 for US$35,010 (amortization of principal and interests), and the first installment of
Negotiable Obligations due 2014 for US$29,878 (amortization of principal and interests).
Furthermore, during January 2010, the Bank repurchased part of its Negotiable Obligations due 2014
for a face value of US$45,771 generating an income for approximately Ps.3,300 and their outstanding
face value has been US$161,844.
On June 17, 2010 the Bank informed to the Central Bank of Uruguay and to the Ministry of Economy
and Finance of Uruguay its decision to finish Banco Galicia Uruguays activities and its consequent
dissolution. The decision was taken after having cancelled in advance all of its obligations
corresponding to the restructuring agreement.
F-56
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
35. Summary of Significant Differences between Argentine Central Bank Rules and United States
Accounting Principles.
The following is a description of the significant differences between Argentine Banking GAAP and
the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP).
a. Income tax
Argentine Central Bank regulations do not require the recognition of deferred tax assets and
liabilities and, therefore, income taxes for Banco Galicia are recognized on the basis of amounts
due in accordance with Argentine tax regulations. However, Grupo Galicia and Grupo Galicias
non-bank subsidiaries apply the deferred income tax method. As a result, Grupo Galicia and its
non-banking subsidiaries have recognized a deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.
For the purposes of U.S. GAAP reporting, Grupo Galicia applies ASC 740-10 Accounting for
Income Taxes. Under this method, income tax is recognized based on the assets and liabilities
method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for temporary differences
between the financial reporting and tax basis of the Grupo Galicias assets and liabilities.
Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not that such assets will be realized.
F-57
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
ASC 740-10
|
|
|
ASC 740-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
applied to
|
|
|
applied to U.S.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argentine GAAP
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
balances
|
|
|
adjustments
|
|
|
ASC 740-10
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan losses private sector
|
|
|
175,935
|
|
|
|
(22,285
|
)
|
|
|
153,650
|
|
Compensatory Bond, Bonar Bonds, Discount Bonds and other investments
|
|
|
(41,792
|
)
|
|
|
49,764
|
|
|
|
7,972
|
|
Amortization of Intangible assets
|
|
|
93,938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93,938
|
|
Compensation related to the payment of deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,669
|
|
|
|
90,669
|
|
Impairment of fixed assets and foreclosed assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,087
|
|
|
|
20,087
|
|
Provision for contingencies
|
|
|
71,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,225
|
|
Debt restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,045
|
|
|
|
48,045
|
|
Others
|
|
|
84,921
|
|
|
|
60,797
|
|
|
|
145,718
|
|
Loss carry forward
|
|
|
93,821
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93,821
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax assets
|
|
Ps.
|
478,048
|
|
|
Ps.
|
247,077
|
|
|
Ps.
|
725,125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan losses public sector
|
|
|
(25,743
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25,743
|
)
|
Others
|
|
|
(122,672
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(122,672
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
|
|
Ps.
|
(148,415
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(148,415
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax asset before valuation allowance
|
|
Ps.
|
329,633
|
|
|
Ps.
|
247,077
|
|
|
Ps.
|
576,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax assets
|
|
Ps.
|
329,633
|
|
|
Ps.
|
247,077
|
|
|
Ps.
|
576,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
ASC 740-10
|
|
|
ASC 740-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
applied to
|
|
|
applied to U.S.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argentine GAAP
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
balances
|
|
|
adjustments
|
|
|
ASC 740-10
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for loan losses private sector
|
|
|
138,917
|
|
|
|
16,973
|
|
|
|
155,890
|
|
Allowance for loan losses public sector
|
|
|
12,101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,101
|
|
Amortization of Intangible assets
|
|
|
70,654
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,654
|
|
Compensation related to the payment of deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
110,906
|
|
|
|
110,906
|
|
Impairment of fixed assets and foreclosed assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,575
|
|
|
|
20,575
|
|
Provision for contingencies
|
|
|
87,065
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87,065
|
|
Debt restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59,984
|
|
|
|
59,984
|
|
Others
|
|
|
54,768
|
|
|
|
46,175
|
|
|
|
100,943
|
|
Loss carry forward
|
|
|
799,138
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
799,138
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax assets
|
|
Ps.
|
1,162,643
|
|
|
Ps.
|
254,613
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,417,256
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensatory and Hedge bond, Provincial public debt and
Discount Bond
|
|
Ps.
|
(563,288
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
548,711
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(14,577
|
)
|
Others
|
|
|
(128,307
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(128,307
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
|
|
Ps.
|
(691,595
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
548,711
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(142,884
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax asset before valuation allowance
|
|
Ps.
|
471,048
|
|
|
Ps.
|
803,324
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,274,372
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(799,138
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(799,138
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax (liabilities) / assets
|
|
Ps.
|
(328,090
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
803,324
|
|
|
Ps.
|
475,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-58
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The following table accounts for the difference between the actual tax provision and the
amounts obtained by applying the statutory income tax rate in Argentina to income before income
tax, calculated on the basis of U.S. GAAP for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Statutory income tax rate
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
Tax provision computed by applying
the statutory rate to the income
before taxation calculated in
accordance with U.S. GAAP
|
|
Ps.
|
288,659
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(427,665
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
239,896
|
|
Tax exempt income
|
|
|
564,995
|
|
|
|
92,791
|
|
|
|
(162,249
|
)
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(799,138
|
)
|
|
|
283,952
|
|
|
|
14,875
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual tax provision under U.S. GAAP
|
|
Ps.
|
54,516
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(50,922
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
92,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Group had significant accumulated tax loss carryfoward at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
Based on the analysis performed management believes that the Group would recover only temporary
differences with future taxable income. Therefore, the net operating tax loss carryfoward and
presumed minimum income tax was more likely than not to be recovered in the carryfoward period and
hence a valuation allowance was provided against this amount as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
As of December 31, 2009 based on the analysis performed, the Group believes that is more likely
that not that it will recover only the net operating tax loss carryforward and the temporary
differences, with future taxable income. Among other factors, the Group considered that of the
date of the issuance of these financial statements, the taxable income mainly due to the increase
in the price of national government bonds has been consumed a signficant portion of the tax loss
carryforward. In addition, there were no differences between the tax and U.S. GAAP accounting treatment related to
available for sale securities. Therefore, presumed minimum income tax is not more likely than not to the recovered
in the carryforward period and hence a valuation allowance was provided against this amount.
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, ASC 740-10 was issued in July 2006 and interprets
FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ASC 740-10. ASC 740-10 became effective for the
Group on January 1, 2007 and prescribes a comprehensive model for the recognition, measurement,
financial statement presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be
taken in a tax return. ASC 740-10 provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.
The Group classifies income tax-related interest and penalties as income taxes in the financial
statements. The adoption of this pronouncement had no effect on the Groups overall financial
position or results of operations.
The following table shows the tax years open for examination as of December 31, 2009, by major tax
jurisdictions in which the Group operates:
|
|
|
|
|
Jurisdiction
|
|
Tax year
|
|
Argentina
|
|
|
2005 2009
|
|
Uruguay
|
|
|
2005 2009
|
|
b. Commissions on loans
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, the Bank does not defer loan origination fees and costs. In
accordance with U.S. GAAP under ASC 310, loan origination fees net of certain direct loan
origination costs should be
recognized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment of yield or by straight-line method,
as appropriate.
F-59
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
c. Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill recorded on the purchase of regional credit-card companies, the acquisition of assets
and liabilities of the retail division of ABN AMRO Bank and other subsidiaries, are being amortized
over 10 years for Argentine Banking GAAP purposes.
According to ASC 350-20, since June 30, 2001, goodwill is no longer amortized. Subsequent to
goodwill impairment recorded under U.S. GAAP in 2001, the Group has recorded impairments of
different goodwill amounts under Argentine Banking GAAP that have been reversed for U.S. GAAP
purposes.
Furthermore, goodwill is reviewed annually for impairment or whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable, and adjusted in case that
an impairment is detected. The goodwill test performed by the Group consists of 2 steps which
includes :a) compare a reporting units fair value (FV) with its carrying value (CV). If the CV is
greater than the FV then the second step must be completed to measure the impairment; b) compare
the FV of the reporting unit with the FV of the reporting units individual assets/liabilities
resulting in the implied fair value of goodwill. As of December 31, 2009, no impairment was
recorded. As of December 31, 2008 the Group performed the impairment test of the goodwill related
to the acquisition of certain loan portfolio of the ABN-AMRO Bank and an impairment loss was
recognized for an amount of Ps.26,163.
Goodwill amortization, under Argentine Banking GAAP has been reversed for U.S. GAAP purposes.
Software costs
Under U.S. GAAP, ASC 850-40 defines three stages for the costs of computer software developed
or obtained for internal use: the preliminary project stage, the application development stage and
the post-implementation operation stage. Only the second stage costs should be capitalized. Under
Argentine Banking GAAP, the Bank is to capitalize costs relating to all three of the stages of
software development.
d. Loan loss reserves
The Banks accounting for its loan loss reserve under Argentine Banking GAAP differs in some
respects with US GAAP. The most significant differences follow:
(i) Loan charge offs and recoveries
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, records recoveries on previously charged-off loans directly to
income and records the amount of charged-off loans in excess of amounts specifically allocated
as a direct charge to the income statement. The Bank does not partially charge off troubled
loans until final disposition of the loan, rather, the allowance is maintained on a
loan-by-loan basis for its estimated settlement value. Under US GAAP, all charge off and
recovery activity is recorded through the allowance for loan loss account. Further, loans are
generally charged to the allowance account when all or part of the loan is considered
uncollectible. In connection with loans in judicial proceedings, resolution through the
judicial system may span several years. Loans in judicial proceedings, greater than three
years as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, amounted to Ps.1,726, Ps.20,800 and Ps.4,600,
respectively. Under U.S. GAAP purposes these loans were completely provisioned. The Bank also
classified loans, many of which are in judicial proceedings, which amounted approximately
Ps.109,000, Ps.62,000 and Ps.48,100
as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, as uncollectible, although the Bank may hold
preferred guarantees. Under U.S. GAAP, these loans would have been charged off. Therefore, the
balance of loans and allowance for loan losses would be decreased by these amounts. The Banks
practice does not affect the accompanying Statements of Income or Shareholders equity as the
Banks reserve contemplates all losses inherent in those troubled loans.
F-60
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
(ii) Loans Non-financial national public sector
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, and as a consequence of Decree No. 1387/01,
effective as of November 6, 2001, the Bank swapped part of its Argentine public-sector debt
instruments, under the Promissory Note/Bond program, for secured loans.
During January 2009 the National Government offered a public debt swap, including secured loans set
forth in Decree No. 1387/01 and other debt securities. Regarding such measure, the Bank took part
in an exchange of National Secured Loans DUE:2009-7%, Bond Promissory Note G+580 Mega (fixed
rate), for other public sector assets pursuant to their market prices.
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, the Secured Loans have been valued on the basis of the highest value
that arises from the difference between the present value, informed by the Argentine Central Bank,
and their net book value. The latter value is the book value recorded as of January 31, 2009,
increased monthly by the IRR and adjusted by the CER, net of charged financial services received.
In the case these Secured Loans present value is lower than their book value, the monthly accrual
is charged to an asset regularizing account. Such account shall be reversed by charging its
balance to Income as long as such balance is higher than the positive difference existing between
the present value and the net book value, as recorded in the previous fiscal year.
In accordance with U.S. GAAP, specifically ASC 310-20, satisfaction of one monetary asset (in this
case a loan or debt security) by the receipt of another monetary asset (in the case a secured
loan) for the creditor is generally based on the market value of the asset received in
satisfaction of the debt (an extinguishment). In this particular case, the secured loan being
received is substantially different in structure and in interest rates than the debt securities
swapped. Therefore, the fair value of the loans was determined on the balance sheet date based on
the contractual cash flows of the loan received discounted at an estimated market rate. The
estimated fair value of the loan received will constitute the cost basis of the asset. Any
difference between the old asset and the fair value of the new asset is recognized as a gain or
loss. The difference between the cost basis and amounts expected to be collected is being
amortized on an effective yield basis over the life on the loan.
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008 National secured loans amounted to thousand of US dollars 3,273
and 427, 957 (face value).
(iii) Loans / Bonds Non-financial provincial public sector
The Bank participated in the restructuring of the provincial governments debt receiving Bogar
Bonds in exchange.
As of December 31, 2006, Bogar Bonds granted as collateral for the advance requested for the
purchase of the remaining Hedge Bond, which could be applied to settle the liabilities with the
Argentine Central Bank, have been recorded at the value admitted for those purposes. The remaining
Bogar Bonds were valued at the lower of their present value (present values of cash flows
according to contract conditions, discounted at the rates established by the Argentine Central
Bank) and their technical value.
For U.S. GAAP purposes, these Bogar Bonds are classified by the Bank, as available for sale
securities and subsequently recognized at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss recognized as
a charge or credit to equity through other comprehensive income. In connection with estimating the
fair value of the Bogar Bonds, the Bank used quoted market values.
F-61
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
During 2007, the Group sold the remaining Bogar Bonds for a face value of Ps.270,241. Therefore,
the 2008 and 2009, U.S. GAAP shareholders equity does not include a reconciling item. The 2007
U.S. GAAP net income reconciliation includes the reversal of the 2006 U.S. GAAP shareholders
equity adjustment, plus Ps.168,908 of gains previously recorded through other comprehensive income
that are being realized and reversed through the income statement, upon the sale of the bonds.
(iv) Loans to the non-financial private sector and residents abroad
For the purposes of reporting under U.S. GAAP, the Bank adopted Accounting for Creditors for
Impairment of a Loan, ASC 310-10. ASC 310-10, requires that the allowance of an impaired loan be
based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans effective
interest rate fair value of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral
dependent. Under ASC 310-10, a loan is considered impaired when, based on current information, it
is probable that the borrower will be unable to pay contractual interest or principal payments as
scheduled in the loan agreement. ASC 310-10 applies to all loans except smaller-balance homogeneous
consumer loans, loans carried at the lower of cost or fair value, debt securities, and leases.
The Bank applies ASC 310-10 to all commercial loans classified as With problems, Insolvency
Risks and Uncollectible or commercial loans more than 90 days past due. The Bank specifically
calculates the present value of estimated cash flows for commercial loans in excess of Ps.750 and
more than 90 days past due. For commercial and other loans in legal proceedings, loans in excess of
Ps.750 are specifically reviewed either on a cash-flow or collateral-value basis, both considering
the estimated time to settle the proceedings.
F-62
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The following information relates to the Banks impaired loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Total impaired loans
|
|
Ps.
|
286,255
|
|
|
Ps.
|
286,489
|
|
|
Ps.
|
399,528
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average impaired loans during the year
|
|
|
185,270
|
|
|
|
179,969
|
|
|
|
398,419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total impaired loans with no allowance under U.S. GAAP
|
|
|
39,051
|
|
|
|
10,603
|
|
|
|
7,132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash payments received for interest on impaired loans,
Recognized as income
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
|
|
831
|
|
|
|
473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for impaired loans under ASC 310-10
|
|
|
101,682
|
|
|
|
134,527
|
|
|
|
246,293
|
|
In addition, in order to calculate the allowance required for smaller-balance impaired loans
and unimpaired loans for U.S. GAAP purposes, historical loss ratios were determined by analyzing
historical losses. Loss estimates are analyzed by loan type and thus for homogeneous groups of
clients. Such historical ratios were updated to incorporate the most recent data reflecting current
economic conditions, industry performance trends, geographic or obligor concentrations within each
portfolio segment, and any other pertinent information that may affect the estimation of the
allowance for loan losses. The U.S. GAAP shareholders equity adjustment for smaller balance
impaired loans and unimpaired loans as of December 31, 2009 2008 and 2007 amounted to Ps.(22,509),
Ps.28,769 and Ps.(12,457), respectively.
F-63
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the total shareholders equity adjustment for loan
impairment-private sector was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation Allowances
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argentine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banking GAAP
|
|
|
US GAAP
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
Ps.
|
544,174
|
|
|
Ps.
|
592,669
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(48,495
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Variances
|
|
|
271,789
|
|
|
|
159,623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
815,963
|
|
|
|
752,292
|
|
|
|
63,671
|
|
e. Government securities and other investments
(i) Compensatory and Hedge bonds received and Hedge Bonds in connection with the
compensation for foreign currency position and compensatory bonds received and to be
received in connection with the compensation for asymmetric pesification.
Argentine Central Bank Communiqué A 3650 established the regulations necessary to implement the
provisions of Decree No.905/02 in connection with the compensation of the negative effects of the
conversion into pesos at different exchange rates of financial institutions assets and liabilities
and the resulting foreign currency mismatches left in their respective balance sheets.
In order to acquire the Hedge Bond, the Bank enters into an advance with the Argentine Central
Bank, with interest payable at CER plus 2%. In the case of the Hedge Bond and the related financing
to be obtained from the Argentine Central Bank, the transaction to adquire the Hedge Bond was
retroactive to February 3, 2002. The Bank could withdraw its request to acquire the Hedge Bond
prior to approval of the Argentine Central Bank and prior to the execution of the transaction.
Under U.S. GAAP, the activity of the compensation bonds has been reflected in the income statement
considering that the compensation bonds were adjusted to its market value. The activity includes
(1) the effect of the exchange rate between the Argentine pesos and the U.S. dollars for the
compensation bonds to be received, (2) the cancellation of certain amounts related to the disputes
with the Central Bank and (3) the payments made in satisfaction to the deposits held in Uruguay,
and foreign debt restructuring.
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, such securities are valued at cost plus accrued interest
As of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Compensatory and Hedge Bond were considered available
for sale securities for U.S. GAAP purposes and recorded at fair value with the unrealized gains or
losses recognized as a charge or credit to equity through other comprehensive income.
As of December 31, 2008, the amortized cost exceeded the fair value of these securities by Ps.
711,064. For U.S. GAAP purposes, the Group has recorded an other-than-temporary impairment of these
securities, based on a variety of factors, including the length of time and extent to which the
market value has been less than cost, and the Groups intent and ability to hold these securities
to recovery.
The fair value of these securities was determined on the balance sheet date, based on their quoted
market price, and constitute the new cost basis for this investment.
F-64
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Argentine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Argentine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Cost US
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
equity
|
|
|
Cost US
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
(Loss)/
|
|
|
equity
|
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
(Loss)/Gain
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Gain
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
|
|
(In thousands of Ps.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BODEN 2012 Bonds
|
|
|
900,971
|
|
|
|
1,906,907
|
|
|
|
1,731,089
|
|
|
|
830,119
|
|
|
|
(175,818
|
)
|
|
|
1,964,504
|
|
|
|
2,350,815
|
|
|
|
1,253,440
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,097,375
|
)
|
(ii) External Notes / Discount Bonds and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities
In January 2006, the Bank accepted the offer to exchange its External Notes
,
for Discount Bonds in
Pesos and GDP-Linked Negotiable Securities issued under Argentine debt restructuring. The Bank
received the new instrument for an original principal amount equal to 33.7% for the External Notes
carrying value as of December 31, 2004.
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, the Discount Bonds and GDP Linked Negotiable Securities have been
recorded at the lower of the total future nominal cash payments up to maturity, specified by the
terms and conditions of the new securities, and the carrying value of the securities tendered as of
March 17, 2005, equivalent to the present value of the Bogar Bonds cash flows at that date.
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, such securities are valued at cost plus accrued interest.
As of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Discount Bonds were considered available for sale
securities for U.S. GAAP purposes and recorded at fair value with the unrealized gains or losses
recognized as a charge or credit to equity through other comprehensive income.
As of December 31, 2008, the amortized cost exceeded the fair value of these securities by
Ps.135,749. For U.S. GAAP purposes, the Group has recorded an other-than-temporary impairment of
these securities for such amount, based on a variety of factors, including the length of time and
extent to which the market value has been less than cost, and the Groups intent and ability to
hold these securities to recovery.
The fair value of these securities was determined on the balance sheet date, based on their quoted
market price, and constitute the new cost basis for this investment.
The GDP-linked Negotiable Securities are considered a freestanding derivative financial instrument
under ASC 815 and carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses recognized in the income
statement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Argentine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Argentine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Cost US
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
equity
|
|
|
Cost US
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
equity
|
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
(Loss)/Gain
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
(Loss)/Gain
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
|
|
(In thousands of Ps.)
|
|
Discount Bonds
|
|
|
169,915
|
|
|
|
621,983
|
|
|
|
337,872
|
|
|
|
132,209
|
|
|
|
(284,111
|
)
|
|
|
297,280
|
|
|
|
666,874
|
|
|
|
196,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(470,372
|
)
|
F-65
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
(iii) Bonar 2015 Bonds
The Bank exchanged National Government Bonds in Pesos at 2% due 2014 (Boden 2014 Bonds) with a face
value of Ps. 683,647 (recorded in the Bank ´s Shareholders equity in February 2009 within the scope
of an exchange transaction of National Secured Loans at market price) for Bonar 2015 Bonds with a
face value of Ps.912,669.
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, the bonds related to public debt instruments subscribed, were stated
in the Shareholders ´ Equity at the value these exchanged securities had been recorded.
In accordance with U.S. GAAP, specifically ASC 310-20, satisfaction of one monetary asset by the
receipt of another monetary asset for the creditor is generally based on the market value of the
asset received in satisfaction of the debt (an extinguishment). In this particular case, the
securities being received are substantially different in structure and in interest rates than the
debt securities swapped. Therefore, such amounts should initially be recognized at their fair
value. The estimated fair value of the securities received will constitute the cost basis of the
asset. Any difference between the old asset and the fair value of the new asset is recognized as a
gain or loss.
As of December 31, 2009, the bonds have been recorded at their acquisition cost increased according
to the accrual of their internal rate of return (IRR) under Argentine Banking GAAP.
Under U.S. GAAP, the BONAR 2015 bonds were considered as available for sale securities and recorded
at fair value with the unrealized gains or losses recognized as a charge or credit to equity
through other comprehensive income.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Argentine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost US
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
(Loss)/Gain
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
|
|
(In thousands of Ps.)
|
|
|
BONAR 2015 Bonds
|
|
|
591,548
|
|
|
|
358,984
|
|
|
|
676,580
|
|
|
|
85,032
|
|
|
|
317,596
|
|
(iv) Other investments
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, the certificate of participation of Nues Trust and Almafuerte Special
Fund is accounted at the equity method.
Under U.S. GAAP, this security is classified as available for sale and as of December 31, 2008 and
2007, this certificate of participation was recorded at fair value with the unrealized gains or
losses recognized as a charge or credit to equity through other comprehensive income.
Furthermore, the Group has recorded an other-than-temporary impairment for an amount of Ps.110,716
for the years ended December 31, 2008, related to the certificate of participation in the mentioned
funds, based on a variety of factors, mostly including the length of time and extent to which the
market value has been less than cost and the weakening of the global and local markets condition in
which the Group operates, with no immediate prospect of recovery.
F-66
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
As of December 31, 2009 this certificate of participation was recorded at fair value with the
unrealized gains or losses recognized as a charge or credit to equity through other comprehensive
income.
The Group has determined that unrealized losses / gains on these investments are temporary in
nature based on its ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to
allow for any anticipated recovery and the results of its review conducted to identify and evaluate
investments that have indications of possible impairments.
f. Items in process of collection
The Bank does not give accounting recognition to checks drawn on the Bank or other banks, or other
items to be collected until such time as the related item clears or is accepted. Such items are
recorded by the Bank in memorandum accounts. U.S. banks, however, account for such items through
balance sheet clearing accounts at the time the items are presented to the Bank.
Grupo Galicias assets and liabilities would be increased by approximately Ps.3,099,320,
Ps.2,131,485 and Ps.2,298,509 applying U.S. GAAP at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
g. Compensation related to the payment of deposits
Financial institutions have requested the Government for compensation for the losses generated from
the payment of deposits pursuant to judicial orders at the free market exchange rate, which was
greater than that established by the government for conversion into pesos of the financial
institutions assets and liabilities.
Through Communiqué A 3916, the Argentine Central Bank allowed the recording of an intangible
asset for the difference between the amount paid by financial institutions pursuant to judicial
orders and the amount resulting from the conversion into pesos of the dollar balance of the
deposits reimbursed at the Ps.1.40 per U.S. dollar exchange rate (adjusted by CER and interest
accrued until the date of the reimbursement). The corresponding amount must be amortized over 60
months beginning April 2003. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the amount recorded under
Intangible Assets, net of accumulated amortization, was Ps.259,053 and Ps.316,874, respectively.
As of the date of preparation of these financial statements, the Supreme Court neither the National
Government has not taken any measures to compensate for these issues.
Under U.S. GAAP, the right to obtain this compensation is not considered an asset. Therefore, the
U.S. GAAP adjustment reflects the reversal of the amount capitalized under Argentine Central Bank
rules.
h. Transfers of financial assets
Financial trust Galtrust I
The financial trust Galtrust I was created in October 2000 in connection with the securitization
of provincial loans for a total amount of Ps.1,102 million. The securitized loans were from the
portfolio of loans granted to provincial governments, guaranteed by the federal tax revenues shared
with the provincial governments. This trust was recorded under Argentine Central Bank rules in the
Other Receivables from Financial Brokerage, account in the financial statements and its balance
as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, was Ps.584 million and Ps.634 million, respectively. The Bank
considers this transaction as a sale under U.S. GAAP, in accordance with ASC 860. Galtrust I
certificate retained by the Bank is considered as available for sale securities under U.S. GAAP
and the unrealized gains (losses) on this security is reported as an adjustment to shareholders
equity through Other
Comprehensive Income, unless unrealized losses are deemed to be other than temporary in accordance
with ASC 325-40. The unrealized loss on the retained interest at December 31, 2001 has been deemed
to be other than temporary and such loss has been charged to income. The retained interest was
initially recorded at an amount equal to a portion of the previous aggregate carrying amount of
asset sold and retained. The portion is determinate based on the relative fair value of the asset
sold and asset retained as of the date of the transfer based on their allocated book value using
the relative fair value allocation method.
F-67
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
During 2002, the portfolio of loans included and the related retained interest in Galtrust I was
subject to the pesification. As a result the retained interest in the trust was converted to pesos
at an exchange rate of 1.40 to 1 and the interest rate for their debt securities changed to CER
plus 10%. During 2003, Galtrust I had swapped its provincial loans for Bogar Bonds. (See Note 35 d.
(iii))
For purposes of estimating the fair value of the retained interest in the securitization trusts,
valuation models were used which consider certain assumptions in estimating future cash flows and a
rate under which the cash flows are discounted.
The credit risk reflected by the certificate of participation was taken into account in the
discount rate applied. The discount rates used as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Discount real rate for:
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Galtrust I Participation Certificates
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
As of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the rate was based upon the Banks estimate of comparable
internal rates of return of other CER-adjusted bonds.
The U.S. GAAP shareholders equity adjustment related to the Galtrust I securitization amounted to
Ps.(372,464) and Ps.(566,115) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decrease in the
adjustment as of December 31, 2009 compared to the previous year, is related to the increase in the
fair value of the securities during 2009, mainly due to decrease in the discount real rate.
For U.S. GAAP purposes, the Group has recorded an other-than-temporary impairment of these
securities for an amount of Ps.357,697 for the year ended December 31, 2008; based on a variety of
factors, mostly including the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less
than cost, and the weakening of the global and local markets condition in which the Group operates,
with no immediate prospect of recovery.
The fair value of these securities was determined on the balance sheet date, based on an internal
valuation technique estimating future cash flows for this certificate of participation, discount at
a present value with a rate comparable with internal rates of return of other CER adjusted bonds.
Such fair value will constitute the new cost basis for this investment.
As of December 31, 2009, the Group has determined that unrealized losses on these investments are
temporary in nature based on its ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time
sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery and the results of its review conducted to
identify and evaluate investments that have indications of possible impairments.
F-68
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Financial Trust Galicia
Under this trust, National Government Promissory Notes in pesos at 2% due 2014. For Ps.108,000 were
transferred and a Certificate of Participation and Debt Securities were received in exchange.
This transfer was not considered a sale for U.S. GAAP purposes. Therefore, the Bank reconsolidated
the Promissory Notes transferred to the financial trust. For Argentine Banking GAAP purposes, the
debt securities and certificates retained by the Bank are accounted for at cost plus accrued
interest for the debt securities, and the equity method is used to account for the residual
interest in the trust.
BG Financial Trust
During 2005, the Group entered into a securitization transaction of commercial and consumer
non-performing loans. This transaction was not considered a true sale under U.S. GAAP and therefore
it was recorded as a secured borrowing. The Bank reconsolidated the loans for Ps.200,368,
re-established its loan loss reserves under ASC 450-10 and ASC 310-10 for Ps.109,078, and
recognized a liability for the proceeds received in the transaction for Ps.91,290. For Argentine
Banking GAAP, no assets are recognized as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 as all the debt securities
and certificates of participations were subscribed by third parties.
Financial Trust Tarjetas del Mar Serie IV
During 2008, the Group entered into a securitization transaction of credit cards loans. Under this
trust, loans for Ps.26,800 were transferred. Under Argentine Banking GAAP, this transaction was
accounted for as sale. However, for U.S. GAAP purposes this transaction of financial assets is
considered as a secured borrowing. Therefore, the Bank reconsolidated the loans transferred to the
financial trust and reestablished its loan loss reserves under ASC 450-10. For Argentine Banking
GAAP purposes, the debt securities and certificates retained by the Bank are accounted for at cost
plus accrued interest for the debt securities, and the equity method is used to account for the
residual interest in the trust. The total assets and liabilities consolidated in the Groups
financial statements as of December 31, 2008 amounted to Ps.28,254 and Ps.23,110, respectively. As
of December 31, 2009 this financial trust has been liquidated.
Other transfers of financial assets consolidated into the Groups financial statements in
accordance with U.S. GAAP
The Group entered into certain securitization transactions, which are typically structured as SPEs
(Special Purposes Entity). The Group utilizes SPEs in the ordinary course of business to support
its own and its customers financing and investing needs. These SPEs are typically structured as
VIEs (Variable Interest Entity) and are thus subject to consolidation by the reporting enterprise
that absorbs the majority of the economic risks and rewards of the VIE.
The overall methodology for evaluating transactions and relationships under the VIE requirements
includes the following two steps:
|
|
|
determine whether the entity meets the criteria to qualify as a VIE and;
|
|
|
|
|
determine whether the Group is the primary beneficiary of the VIE.
|
F-69
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
In performing the first step the significant factors and judgements that were considered in making
the determination as to whether an entity is a VIE include:
|
|
|
the design of the entity, including the nature of its risks and the purpose for which
the entity was created, to determine the variability that the entity was designed to create
and distribute to its interest holders;
|
|
|
|
|
the nature of the involvement with the entity;
|
|
|
|
|
whether control of the entity may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve
voting equity;
|
|
|
|
|
whether there is sufficient equity investment at risk to finance the activities of the
entity and;
|
|
|
|
|
whether parties other than the equity holders have the obligation to absorb expected
losses or the right to received residual returns.
|
For each VIE identified, the Group performed the second step and evaluate whether it is the primary
beneficiary of the VIE by considering the following significant factors and criteria:
|
|
|
whether the variable interest absorbs the majority of the VIEs expected
losses;
|
|
|
|
|
whether the variable interest receives the majority of the VIEs expected
returns and;
|
|
|
|
|
whether the Group has the ability to make decisions that significantly affect
the VIEs results and activities.
|
Based on the mentioned evaluation as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 the Group consolidated certain
VIEs in which the Group had a controlling financial interest and for which it is the primary
beneficiary. Therefore, the Bank reconsolidated the loans and re-established its loan loss reserves
under ASC 450. Under Argentine Banking GAAP, these transactions were accounted for as sales and the
debt securities and certificates retained by the Bank are accounted for at cost plus accrued
interest for the debt securities, and the equity method is used to account for the residual
interest in the trust.
On December 31, 2008 the Group adopted FSP ASC 860-10 and ASC 810-10 which require additional
disclosures about its involvement with consolidated VIEs and expanded the population of VIEs to be
disclosed. The table below presents the assets and liabilities of the financial trusts which have
been consolidated for US GAAP purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Cash and due from banks
|
|
Ps.
|
15,220
|
|
|
Ps.
|
33,372
|
|
Loans (net of allowances)
|
|
|
463,742
|
|
|
|
939,955
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
8,833
|
|
|
|
21,157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
Ps.
|
487,795
|
|
|
Ps.
|
994,484
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt Securities
|
|
Ps.
|
279,583
|
|
|
Ps.
|
721,993
|
|
Certificates of Participation
|
|
|
193,321
|
|
|
|
247,651
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
14,891
|
|
|
|
24,840
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
Ps.
|
487,795
|
|
|
Ps.
|
994,484
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Groups maximum loss exposure, which amounted to Ps.294,474, is based on the unlikely event
that all of the assets in the VIEs become worthless and incorporates potential losses associated
with assets recorded on the Groups Balance Sheet.
Other transfers of financial assets accounted for as sales under U.S. GAAP
The Bank has entered into different securitizations as described in Note 30 to these financial
statements that were accounted for as sales under Argentine Banking GAAP. The transfers of
financial assets related to the creation of certain trusts were considered sales for U.S. GAAP
purposes under ASC 860 and for that reason debt securities and certificates retained by the Bank
are considered to be available for sale securities under U.S. GAAP.
F-70
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The retained interests were initially recorded at an amount equal to a portion of the previous
aggregate carrying amount of assets sold and retained. The portion is determinate based on the
relative fair values of the assets sold and assets retained as of the date of the transfer based on
their allocated book value using the relative fair value allocation method.
Subsequently, the unrealized gains (losses) on these securities are reported as an adjustment to
shareholders equity, unless unrealized losses are deemed to be other than temporary in accordance
with ASC 325-40.
The fair value of these retained interests in the trusts is determined based upon an estimate of
cash flows to be collected by the Group as holder of the retained interests, discounted at an
estimated market rate and will constitute the new cost basis of these securities.
The U.S. GAAP shareholders equity adjustment for all the transfers of financial assets described
above amounted to Ps.(5,380) and Ps.(19,567) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Additionally, servicing assets and/or liabilities have been analyzed by the Group concluding that
the benefits of servicing are not expected to be adequate compensation. As of December 31, 2009 and
2008, servicing liabilites of Ps.138 and Ps.1,375 has been recording for US GAAP purposes,
respectively.
On December 31, 2008 the Group adopted ASC 860-10 and ASC 810-10 which require additional
disclosures about its transfers of financial assets:
|
|
|
The continuing involvement in these trusts is related to the acting as servicer of the
Group securitized assets and the retained interest hold by the Group through certificates
of participation;
|
|
|
|
|
There were no restrictions on assets reported by an entity in its statement of financial
position related to a transferred financial asset.
|
i. Acceptances
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, acceptances are accounted for in memorandum accounts. Under U.S.
GAAP, third party liability for acceptances should be included in Other Receivables Resulting from
Financial Brokerage representing Bank customers liabilities on outstanding drafts or bills of
exchange that have been accepted by the Bank. Acceptances should be included in Other Liabilities
Resulting from Financial Brokerage representing the Banks liability to remit payment upon the
presentation of the accepted drafts or bills of exchange.
The Groups assets and liabilities would be increased by approximately Ps.58,904, Ps.69,500 and
Ps.56,251, had U.S. GAAP been applied as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
j. Impairment of real estate properties and foreclosed assets
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, real estate properties and foreclosed assets are carried at cost
adjusted by depreciation over the life of the assets. In accordance with ASC 360-10
Impairment of
Long-lived
Assets
, such assets are additionally subject to: recognition of an impairment loss if the carrying
amounts of those assets are not recoverable from their undiscounted cash flows and an impairment
loss measured as the difference between the carrying amount and fair value of the assets.
F-71
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The Group evaluates potential impairment loss relating to long-lived assets by comparing their
carrying amounts with the undiscounted future expected cash flows generated by the assets over the
remaining life of the assets. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less
than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair
value and carrying value of the assets. Testing whether an asset is impaired and measuring the
impairment loss is performed for asset groupings at the lowest level for which there are
identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows generated by other asset
groups.
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In 2002, the Group determined that the uncertainty
of the Argentine economic situation had a significant impact on the recoverability of its long-live
assets and evaluated its properties for impairment. An impairment loss was recorded in 2002.
Foreclosed assets are carried at the lower of cost and market. In 2002, the Group recorded a
valuation allowance reflecting a decrease in the market values of its foreclosed properties.
In 2009, 2008 and 2007, no additional impairment was recorded in real estate properties and
foreclosed assets. The Argentine Banking GAAP amortizations for 2009, 2008 and 2007 of the assets
impaired in 2002 have been reversed for U.S. GAAP purposes.
k. Equity investments in other companies
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, the equity investments in companies where significant influence
exists are accounted for under the equity method. The remaining investments have been accounted
for under the cost method, taking their equity method value as a limit in book value.
In addition, for U.S. GAAP purposes, under ASC 320, the Group should determine if any factors are
present that might indicate the fair value of the investment has been negatively impacted during
the fiscal year. If it is determined that the fair value of an investment is less than the related
companys value, an impairment of the investment must be recognized.
As of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the group concluded that the carrying amount of certain
investments would not be recoverable and therefore an impairment loss was recorded for U.S. GAAP
purposes.
l.
Financial Instruments
Guarantees
Financial guarantee Exchange of deposits with the financial system II Written Options.
Pursuant to the decree 1836/02 and the Argentine Central Bank Communiqué A 3828, the Bank entered
into an exchange offer to exchange restructured deposit certificates (CEDROS) for Boden 2012
Bonds and Boden 2013 Bonds. The Boden Bonds offered to the holders of CEDROS are unsecured
government bonds denominated in U.S. dollars. As a part of the restructuring, the Bank granted an
option to sell coupons to the holders of restructured deposits certificates who had opted to
receive Boden 2013 Bonds and Boden 2012 Bonds in exchange for their certificates.
F-72
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The exercise price will be equal to that resulting from converting to pesos the face value of each
coupon in U.S. dollars at a rate of Ps.1.40 per U.S. dollar adjusted by applying the CER, which
arises from comparing the index at February 3, 2002 to that corresponding to the due date of the
coupon. That value shall in no case exceed the principal and interest amounts in pesos resulting
from applying the face value of the coupon in U.S. dollars at the buying exchange rate quoted by
Banco de la Nación Argentina (Banco Nación) on the payment date of that coupon.
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, these options were recorded off-balance. For U.S. GAAP, these options
are treated as derivatives, and therefore, the Bank recorded the fair value of such options in
accordance with the requirements of ASC 815, with changes in fair value recorded though earnings.
The fair value as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, of these options amounted to Ps.3,997 (liability)
and Ps.43,220 (liability), respectively.
Other Financial Guarantees
During 2009 and 2008, the Company entered into different agreements to guarantee lines of credit of
selected customers amounting to Ps.285,730 and Ps.83,974, respectively. As of December 31, 2009 and
2008, guarantees granted by the Bank amounted to Ps.112,899 and Ps.72,008, respectively.
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Group maintained the following guarantees:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
U.S. GAAP
|
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
Proceeds
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
Potential
|
|
|
From collateral
|
|
|
Amount -
|
|
|
|
Payments (*)
|
|
|
Recourse
|
|
|
Liability
|
|
Financial guarantees
|
|
|
112,899
|
|
|
|
3,719
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
112,899
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,719
|
|
|
Ps.
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
U.S. GAAP
|
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
Proceeds
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
Potential
|
|
|
From collateral
|
|
|
Amount -
|
|
|
|
Payments (*)
|
|
|
Recourse
|
|
|
Liability
|
|
Financial guarantees
|
|
|
72,008
|
|
|
|
5,362
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
72,008
|
|
|
Ps.
|
5,362
|
|
|
Ps.
|
292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(*)
|
|
The maximum potential payments represent a worse-case scenario, and do not necessarily
reflect expected results. Estimated proceeds from collateral and recourse represent the anticipated
value of assets that could be liquidated or received from other parties to offset the Companys
payments under guarantees.
|
Under U.S. GAAP, effective January 1, 2003, the Bank adopted Guarantors Accounting and
Disclosures Requirements for Guarantees, including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,
ASC 460 Guarantees. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank recognized a liability for the fair
value of the obligations assumed at its reception. Such liabilities are being amortized over the
expected term of the guarantee. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the fair value of the guarantees
amounted to Ps.3,870 and Ps.5,655, respectively.
F-73
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
m. Non-controlling interest
For U.S. GAAP purposes the shareholders equity as of December 31, 2008, was negative. Therefore,
the effect of the U.S. GAAP adjustments related to the Non-controlling interest at that date, is
recognized up to the amount reflected in Non-controlling interest for Argentine Banking GAAP as of
December 31, 2008.
As of December 31, 2009, the Non-controlling interest represents the effect of the U.S. GAAP
adjustments in the Groups consolidated subsidiaries.
n. Foreign Debt Restructuring
On May 18, 2004, the Group completed the restructuring of its foreign debt. As a result of this
restructuring, the Group recorded a Ps.142.5 million gain under Argentine Banking GAAP.
For U.S. GAAP purposes, the restructuring is accounted for in each of two steps. The first step of
the restructuring required the holders of the Groups debt to exchange its old debt for new debt in
two tranches. Pursuant to Determining Whether a Debtors Modification or Exchange of Debt
Instruments is within the scope of ASC 470 (ASC 820), the Group did not receive any concession from
the holders of the debt and therefore, the first step restructuring was not considered a trouble
debt restructuring. Pursuant to Debtors Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt
InstrumentsASC 470-50, the first step of the restructuring was accounted for as a modification of
the old debt and therefore the Group did not recognize any gain or loss. The second step of the
restructuring offers the holders of the Groups debt issued in the first step explained above to
exchange it for new securities including cash, Boden 2012 Bonds and equity shares of the Group.
Pursuant to U.S. GAAP this second step, the restructuring was accounted for in accordance with
Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for Trouble Debt Restructurings ASC 310-40, as a partial
settlement of the debt through the transfer of certain assets and equity at its fair value. After
deducting the considerations used to repay the debt, ASC 310-40 requires the comparison of the
future cash outflows of the restructured debt and the carrying of the debt at the restructuring
date.
Gain on troubled debt restructuring is only recognized when the remaining carrying value of the
debt at the date of the restructuring exceeds the total future cash payments of the restructured
debt reduced by the fair value of the assets and equity given as payment of the debt. Since the
total future cash outflows of the restructured debt exceeds the carrying value of the old debt, no
gain on restructuring was recorded under U.S. GAAP.
As a result, under U.S. GAAP, the carrying amount of the restructured debt is greater than the
amount recorded under Argentine Banking GAAP. Therefore, under U.S. GAAP, a new effective interest
rate was determined to reflect the present value of the future cash payments of the restructured
debt.
Furthermore, under U.S. GAAP, expenses incurred in a trouble debt restructuring are expensed as
incurred. Expenses related to the issuance of equity were deducted directly from the shareholders
equity.
During 2006, the Group has sold in the open market Negotiable Obligations maturing 2019 that were
kept in own portfolio. For U.S. GAAP purposes these transactions were considered as a new issuance
of debt. Consequently, the new debt was initially recorded at fair value (cash received) and was
re-measured as of December 31, 2006, to reflect the present value of the future cash payments of
the new issuance. No gain was recorded under U.S. GAAP in connection with these transactions.
F-74
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The Group repurchased part of the debt maturing in 2010 and 2014. In addition, Negotiable
Obligations were repaid in advance. For U.S. GAAP purposes, these transactions were considered as
an extinguishment of debt. Therefore, the U.S. GAAP adjustment recorded in previous years related
to the debt extinguished was reversed in 2007, 2008 and 2009 respectively, generating a gain of
approximately Ps.50,355, Ps.8,680 and Ps.20,461 included in 2007, 2008 and 2009 U.S. GAAP net
income reconciliation.
o. Repurchase Agreements and Reverse Repurchase Agreements (Repos and Reverse Repos)
During 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Bank entered into Repo and Reverse Repo agreements of financial
instruments: Boden 2012 Bonds, Securities issued by Argentine Central Bank and Discount Bonds. (See
note 35.e)
Under Argentine Banking GAAP, initial measurement of such agreements implies sale or purchase
accounting together with the recognition of an asset and liability due to the investing or
financing transaction entered into.
For US GAAP purposes these transactions have not qualified as true sales and therefore these
transactions were classified as available for sale securities and recorded at fair value. The
corresponding adjustment under US GAAP is included under the caption Compensatory Bond received
and Discount Bonds.
p. Fair Value Measurements Disclosures
Effective January 1, 2008, ASC 820 -10 defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for
measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements about fair-value measurements. ASC 820
-10, among other things, requires the Group to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize
the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
In addition, ASC 825 -10 provides an option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement for
selected financial assets, financial liabilities, unrecognized firm commitments and written loan
commitments not previously recorded at fair value. Under ASC 825 -10, fair value is used for both
the initial and subsequent measurement of the designated assets, liabilities and commitments, with
the changes on fair value recognized in net income. As a result of ASC 825 -10 analysis, the Group
has not elected to apply fair value accounting for any of its financial instruments not previously
carried at fair value.
Fair Value Hierarchy
ASC 820 -10, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date,
ASC 820 -10 establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value
measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of
an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:
|
|
|
Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices
(unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
|
F-75
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and
liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either
directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
|
|
|
|
|
Level 2 inputs include the following:
|
|
a)
|
|
Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
|
|
|
b)
|
|
Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets;
|
|
|
c)
|
|
Pricing models whose inputs are observable for substantially the full term of the asset
or liability; and
|
|
|
d)
|
|
Pricing models whose inputs are derived principally from or corroborated by
observable market data through correlation or other means
|
|
|
|
Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and
significant to the fair value measurement.
|
A financial instruments categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest
level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Determination of Fair Value
Fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If listed prices or quotes are not
available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that use primarily market-based or
independently-sourced market parameters, including interest rate yield curves, option volatilities
and currency rates. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are
recorded at fair value. These adjustments include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality,
the Banks creditworthiness, liquidity and unobservable parameters that are applied consistently
over time.
The Group believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market
participants, the use of different methodologies, or assumptions, to determine the fair value of
certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting
date.
The following section describes the valuation methodologies used by the Group to measure various
financial instruments at fair value, including an indication of the level in the fair-value
hierarchy in which each instrument is generally classified. Where appropriate, the description
includes details of the valuation models, the key inputs to those models as well as any significant
assumptions.
Assets
a)Government securities and other investments
Listed investment securities: where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are
classified within level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities includes national and
government bonds, instruments issued by BCRA and corporate securities.
b) Securities receivable under repurchase agreements
Securities receivables under repurchase agreements are classified within level 1 of the valuation
hierarchy using quoted prices available in the active market for Boden 2012 Bonds and Securities
issued by Argentine Central Bank where the securities are traded.
F-76
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
c) Transfers of financial assets
The Groups retained interests in certificates of participation of financial trusts. These are
classified within level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. As quoted market prices are not available,
then fair values are estimated by using a discount cash flow model which includes assumptions based
upon projected finance charges related to the securitized assets, estimated net credit losses,
prepayment assumptions and contractual interest paid to third-party investors.
d) Derivatives Financial Instruments
Forward transactions have been conducted directly with customers and are recorded as the difference
between the agreed foreign currency exchange rate and such exchange rate at the end of the year
according with the future prices published by Rofex. Therefore, they are classified in Level 2 of
the fair-value hierarchy.
Liabilities
e
)
Securities to be delivered under spot and forward sales to be settled
Securities to be delivered under spot and forward sales to be settled are classified within level 1
of the valuation hierarchy using quoted prices available in the active market for Boden 2012 Bonds
where the securities are traded.
f) Derivatives Financial Instruments
Forward transactions have been conducted directly with customers and are recorded as the difference
between the agreed foreign currency exchange rate and such exchange rate at the end of the year
according with the future prices published by Rofex. Therefore, they are classified in Level 2 of
the fair-value hierarchy.
Items measured at fair value on a recurring basis
The following table presents the financial instruments carried at fair value as of December 31,
2009 and 2008, for US GAAP purposes by ASC 820 -10 valuation hierarchy (as described above).
F-77
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Internal
|
|
|
Internal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
models with
|
|
|
models with
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted
|
|
|
significant
|
|
|
significant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
market prices
|
|
|
observable
|
|
|
unobservable
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
in active
|
|
|
market
|
|
|
market
|
|
|
|
carrying
|
|
|
markets
|
|
|
parameters
|
|
|
parameters
|
|
Balances as of December 31, 2009
|
|
value
|
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a.1) Trading Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
National Government Securities
|
|
Ps.
|
266,836
|
|
|
Ps.
|
266,836
|
|
|
Ps.
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a.2) Whitout Quotation National Government
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensatory and Hedge Bond Received
|
|
|
938,340
|
|
|
|
938,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount Bonds & GDP Linked Negotiable Sec.
|
|
|
337,872
|
|
|
|
337,872
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bonar 2015 Bonds
|
|
|
676,580
|
|
|
|
676,580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a.3) Securities issued by Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
1,658,473
|
|
|
|
1,658,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a.4) Other Investments (*)
|
|
|
410,702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
410,702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a.5) Corporates Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketable Negotioble Obligations
|
|
|
5,613
|
|
|
|
5,613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Negotiable Mutual Funds
|
|
|
7,505
|
|
|
|
7,505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) Securities receivable under repurchase
agreements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b.1) Whitout Quotation National Government
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensatory and Hedge Bond Received
|
|
|
805,724
|
|
|
|
805,724
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b.2) Securities issued by Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities issued by Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
226,682
|
|
|
|
226,682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) Transfers of financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt Securities and Certificates of Participation
|
|
|
50,939
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,939
|
|
Certificate of Participation Galtrust I
|
|
|
211,647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
211,647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
d) Derivatives financial instruments
|
|
|
1,040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,040
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE
|
|
|
5,598,006
|
|
|
|
4,923,678
|
|
|
|
1,040
|
|
|
|
673,288
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
e) Securities to be delivered under spot and
forward sales to be settled
|
|
|
(12,975
|
)
|
|
|
(12,975
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
f) Derivatives finacial instruments
|
|
|
(12,057
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,057
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE
|
|
|
(25,032
|
)
|
|
|
(12,975
|
)
|
|
|
(12,057
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(*)
|
|
This amount is related to the fair value of the Certificate of Participation of Nues Trust and
Almafuerte Special Fund.
|
F-78
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Internal
|
|
|
Internal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
models with
|
|
|
models with
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted
|
|
|
significant
|
|
|
significant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
market prices
|
|
|
observable
|
|
|
unobservable
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
in active
|
|
|
market
|
|
|
market
|
|
|
|
carrying
|
|
|
markets
|
|
|
parameters
|
|
|
parameters
|
|
Balances as of December 31, 2008
|
|
value
|
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a.1) Trading Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
National Government Securities
|
|
Ps.
|
363,146
|
|
|
Ps.
|
363,146
|
|
|
Ps.
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a.2) Whitout Quotation National Government
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensatory and Hedge Bond Received
|
|
|
280,410
|
|
|
|
280,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount Bonds & GDP Linked Negotiable Sec.
|
|
|
51,871
|
|
|
|
51,871
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a.3) Securities issued by Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank
|
|
|
550,204
|
|
|
|
550,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a.4) Other Investments(*)
|
|
|
301,486
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
301,486
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a.5) Corporate Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b) Securities receivable under repurchase
agreements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b.1) Whitout Quotation National Government
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensatory and Hedge Bond Received
|
|
|
973,030
|
|
|
|
973,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount Bonds
|
|
|
144,631
|
|
|
|
144,631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c) Transfers of financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt Securities and Certificates of Participation
|
|
|
58,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,177
|
|
Certificate of Participation Galtrust I
|
|
|
67,881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67,881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
d) Derivatives financial instruments
|
|
|
15,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE
|
|
|
2,806,784
|
|
|
|
2,363,348
|
|
|
|
15,892
|
|
|
|
427,544
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
e) Derivatives financial instruments
|
|
|
(67,073
|
)
|
|
|
(297
|
)
|
|
|
(66,776
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE
|
|
|
(67,073
|
)
|
|
|
(297
|
)
|
|
|
(66,776
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(*)
|
|
This amount is related to the fair value of the Certificate of Participation of Nues Trust and
Almafuerte Special Fund.
|
F-79
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Changes in level 3 fair value measurements
The table below includes a roll forward of the balance sheet amounts as of December 31, 2009 and
2008 (including the change in fair value) for financial instruments classified by the Bank within
level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. When a determination is made to classify a financial instrument
within level 3 of the valuation hierarchy, the determination is based upon the significance of the
unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fair Value
|
|
Balances as of December 31,
|
|
Measurements
|
|
Available for sale securities
|
|
Ps.
|
|
|
Fair value, December 31, 2007
|
|
|
737,649
|
|
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized)
|
|
|
(247,634
|
)
|
Included in earnings
|
|
|
(259,762
|
)
|
Included in other comprehensive income
|
|
|
12,128
|
|
Purchases, issuances and settlements
|
|
|
(62,471
|
)
|
Transfers in to/ out of level 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value, December 31, 2008
|
|
|
427,544
|
|
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized)
|
|
|
266,700
|
|
Included in earnings
|
|
|
18,737
|
|
Included in other comprehensive income
|
|
|
247,963
|
|
Purchases, issuances and settlements
|
|
|
(20,956
|
)
|
Transfers in to/ out of level 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value, December 31, 2009
|
|
|
673,288
|
|
The table below summarizes gains and losses due to changes in fair value, recorded in earnings for
level 3 assets and liabilities during the year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fair Value Measurements
|
|
Balances as of December 31,
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Available for sale securities
|
|
Ps.
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
|
|
Classification of gains and losses
(realized/unrealized) included in
earnings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Income
|
|
|
18,737
|
|
|
|
(259,762
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
18,737
|
|
|
|
(259,762
|
)
|
In addition, the Group is required, on a nonrecurring basis, to adjust the carrying value of
certain assets or provide valuation allowances related to certain assets using fair value
measurements in accordance with GAAP. Loans are generally not recorded at fair value on a recurring
basis. Periodically, the Group records nonrecurring adjustments for including certain impairment
amounts for collateral-dependent loans calculated in accordance with ASC 310-10 when establishing
the allowance for loan losses. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying
collateral supporting the loan. Estimates of fair value used for collateral supporting loans
generally are based on assumptions not observable in the marketplace and therefore such valuations
have been classified as Level 3. Loans subject to nonrecurring fair value measurement were Ps.
11,304 million at December 31, 2009 classified as Level 3. Changes in fair value recognized for
loan impairment reserves on loans held by the Group on December 31, 2009 represented impairment
losses for Ps. 3.903 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
q. New authoritative pronouncements
In December 2007, the FASB issued Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements
ASC 810-10. From the issue of ASC 810-10, the companies that present Consolidated Financial
Statements will have to report the Non-controlling interest inside the stockholders equity but
separated from the stockholders equity of the parent. In the same form the entities will have to
present the information in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. This new pronouncement also
foresees that if a parent retains a non-controlling equity investment in the former subsidiary,
that investment is measured at its fair value. Likewise, on the occasion of the major degree of
detail that this Statement demands, it will have present a reconciliation between the stockholders
equity to the beginning and to the end of each fiscal year and a scheme showing the effects for the
changes in the participation of the parent. This Statement is effective for fiscal years, and
interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008 (that is,
January 1, 2009, for entities with calendar year-ends). Earlier adoption is prohibited. The results
of the adoption were taken into account in these financial statements.
F-80
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
In March 2008, the FASB issued Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
ASC 815, which changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging
activities. Entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity
uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted
for under ASC 815 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related
hedged items affect an entitys financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This
Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods
beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. The results of the adoption
were taken into account in the disclosures of the Group ´s derivatives instruments.
In April 2009, the FASB issued Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments
ASC 320, that establishes a new method of recognizing and reporting other-than-temporary
impairments of debt securities. Impairment is now considered to be other than temporary if an
entity:
|
1.
|
|
intends to sell the security;
|
|
2.
|
|
is more likely than not to be required to sell the security before recovering its cost;
or
|
|
3.
|
|
does not expect to recover the securitys entire amortized cost basis (even if the
entity does not intend to sell) that is, a credit loss.
|
This credit loss is based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the debt
security. If a credit loss exists but an entity does not intend to sell the impaired debt security
and is more likely than not to be required to sell before recovery, the impairment is other than
temporary. It should therefore be separated into:
|
1.
|
|
the estimated amount relating to the credit loss, and
|
|
|
2.
|
|
all other changes in fair value.
|
Only the estimated credit loss amount is recognized in profit or loss; the remaining change in fair
value is recognized in other comprehensive income. This approach more closely aligns the
impairment models for debt securities and loans by reflecting only credit losses as impairment in
profit and loss. ASC 320 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009,
with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The adoption of this
interpretation is not expected to have a material impact on the Groups consolidated financial
statements.
In April 2009, the FASB issued Determining Fair Value when the volume and level of activity for
the asset or liability have significantly decreased and identifying transactions that ate not
orderly ASC 820-10. ASC 820-10 provides additional guidance for estimating fair value in
accordance with ASC 820, when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have
significantly decreased. This FSP also includes guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate
a transaction is not orderly. It also emphasizes that even if there has been a significant decrease
in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability regardless of the valuation
techniques(s) used, the objective of fair value measurement remains the same. ASC 820-10 shall be
effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009 and shall be applied
prospectively. Early adoption is permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The adoption
of this interpretation is not expected to have a material impact on the Groups consolidated
financial statements.
F-81
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
On May 2009, the FASB issued Subsequent Events ASC 855 Subsequent Events, the objective of this
Statement is to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur
after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be
issued. In particular, this Statement sets forth (1) the period after the balance sheet date during
which management of a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for
potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, (2) the circumstances under which
an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its
financial statements and (3) the disclosures that an entity should make about events or
transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. In accordance with this Statement, an
entity should apply the requirements to interim or annual
financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of this interpretation is not expected
to have a material impact on the Groups consolidated financial statements.
In June 2009, the FASB issued Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets ASC 860, amending the
guidance on transfers of financial assets in order to address practice issues highlighted most
recently by events related to the economic downturn. The amendments include: (1) eliminating the
qualifying special-purpose entity concept, (2) a new unit of account definition that must be met
for transfers of portions of financial assets to be eligible for sale accounting, (3)
clarifications and changes to the derecognition criteria for a transfer to be accounted for as a
sale, (4) a change to the amount of recognized gain or loss on a transfer of financial assets
accounted for as a sale when beneficial interests are received by the transferor, and (5) extensive
new disclosures. Calendar year-end companies will have to apply ASC 860 to new transfers of
financial assets occurring from January 1, 2010. The adoption of this interpretation is not
expected to have a material impact on the Groups consolidated financial statements.
In June 2009, the FASB issued ASC 810 as an amendment to ASC 810-10. This guidance represents a
significant change to the previous accounting rules and we anticipate it will change the
consolidation conclusions for many entities. The standard does not provide for any grandfathering
and therefore the ASC 810-10 consolidation conclusions will need to be revaluated for all entities.
In summary, the new standard:
|
|
|
Eliminates the scope exception for qualifying special-purpose entities
|
|
|
|
|
Eliminates the quantitative model for determining which party should consolidate and
replaces it with a qualitative model focusing on decision-making for an entitys significant
economic activities
|
|
|
|
|
Requires a company to continually reassess whether it should consolidate an entity subject
to ASC 810-10
|
|
|
|
|
Requires an assessment of whether an entity is subject to the standard due to a troubled
debt restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
Requires extensive new disclosures
|
ASC 810-10 is effective for companys first reporting period beginning after November 15, 2009. The
adoption of this interpretation is not expected to have a material impact on the Groups
consolidated financial statements.
In June 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-01, which amends The FASB Accounting Standards Codification
and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ASC 105-10. This statement
establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (Codification or ASC) as the source of
authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) recognized by the FASB to be
applied by nongovernmental entities. Following this Statement, the Board will not issue new
standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions, or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts.
Instead, it will issue Accounting Standards Updates. This Statement is effective for financial
statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009.
F-82
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
In August 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-05, Fair Value Measurements and DisclosuresMeasuring
Liabilities at Fair Value. This ASU provides amendments to Subtopic ASC 820-10, Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosures. The amendment provides clarification that in circumstances in which a
quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, a reporting entity
is required to measure fair value using one or more of followings techniques: (a) The quoted price
of the identical liability when traded s an assets, (b) quoted prices for similar liabilities or
similar liabilities when traded as an assets, (c) another valuation technique that is consistent
with the principles of Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. The adoption had no
significant impact on the US GAAP disclosures and financial information.
In September 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-12, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ASC 820:
Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset per Share (or Its Equivalent). This ASU
applies to all reporting entities that hold investments that are required to be measured or
disclosed at fair value on the basis of the net asset value per share of the investment determined
as of the reporting
entitys measurement date. The amendments in this Update were effective for interim and annual
periods ending after December 15, 2009. The adoption had no significant impact on the US GAAP
disclosures and financial information.
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-15, Accounting for Own-Share Lending Arrangements in
Contemplation of Convertible Debt Issuance or Other Financing. This Accounting Standards Update
establishes guidance for measuring at fair value and recognizing a share lending arrangement. The
amendments in this Update is effective for new share dealings arrangements issued in periods are
effective for fiscal years which begin after December 15, 2009. The adoption had no significant
impact on the US GAAP disclosures and financial information.
In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-17, which codifies Statement 167 and revises the former
guidance under ASC 810-10. The amendments in ASU 2009-17 replace the quantitative-based
risks-and-rewards calculation for determining which reporting entity, if any, has a controlling
financial interest in a variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which
reporting entity has (1) the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most
significantly affect the entitys economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of,
or the right to receive benefits from, the entity. The ASU also requires additional disclosures
about a reporting entitys involvement with variable interest entities and about any significant
changes in risk exposure as a result of that involvement. It is effective at the start of a
reporting entitys first fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2009. Early application is not
permitted. The adoption had no significant impact on the US GAAP disclosures and financial
information.
In January, 2010, the FASB voted to finalize its ASU Amendments to ASC 810 for Certain Investment
Funds. The ASU will defer the application of ASC 810 for a reporting enterprises interest in
certain entities and for certain money market mutual funds if conditions are met. The adoption had
no significant impact on the US GAAP disclosures and financial information.
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-01, which codifies the consensus reached in EITF Issue
09-E. The ASU provides guidance on accounting for distributions to shareholders with components of
stock and cash, clarifying that in calculating EPS, an entity should account for the share portion
of the distribution as a stock issuance and not as a stock dividend, in accordance with ASC 505 and
ASC 260. In other words, the entity will include the shares issued or issuable as part of a
distribution that is reflected in basic EPS prospectively. The ASU is effective for the first
reporting period beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to provide the Level
3 activity of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis, which will be
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those
fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Bank has not early adopted and will provide the
disclosures required when it is effective.
F-83
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, which amends ASC 820 to add new requirements for
disclosures about transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 and separate disclosures about
purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements. The ASU also
clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about inputs and
valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The ASU is effective for the first reporting
period beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to provide the Level 3
activity of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis, which will be effective
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal
years. Early adoption is permitted. The Bank has not early adopted and will provide the disclosures
required when it is effective.
In January 2010,the ASU amends guidance on employers disclosures about postretirement benefit plan
assets under ASC 715 to require that disclosures be provided by classes of assets instead of by
major categories of assets. The ASU is effective for the first reporting period beginning after
December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to provide the Level 3 activity of purchases, sales,
issuances, and settlements on a gross basis, which will be effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is
permitted. The Bank has not early adopted and will provide the disclosures required when it is
effective.
F-84
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Consolidated net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Net income as stated
|
|
Ps.
|
229,275
|
|
|
Ps.
|
176,819
|
|
|
Ps.
|
46,037
|
|
Loan origination fees and costs (Note 35 b.)
|
|
|
(51,828
|
)
|
|
|
10,300
|
|
|
|
(38,629
|
)
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill amortization and impairment (Note 35 c.)
|
|
|
11,458
|
|
|
|
(77,605
|
)
|
|
|
19,687
|
|
Other intangible assets (Note 35 c.)
|
|
|
(30,548
|
)
|
|
|
(24,593
|
)
|
|
|
3,965
|
|
Compensation related to the payment of deposits (Note 35 g.)
|
|
|
57,821
|
|
|
|
(39,850
|
)
|
|
|
90,197
|
|
Equity investments in other companies Impairment (Note 35 k.)
|
|
|
(4,731
|
)
|
|
|
(3,882
|
)
|
|
|
(8,381
|
)
|
Gain on exchange of National Public Debt (Note 35 d.(ii))
|
|
|
32,213
|
|
|
|
48,228
|
|
|
|
196,743
|
|
Provincial Public Debt (Note 35 d.(iii))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
198,099
|
|
Loan impairment Private sector (Note 35 d.(iv))
|
|
|
112,166
|
|
|
|
(54,748
|
)
|
|
|
52,056
|
|
Transfers of financial assets (Note 35 h.)
|
|
|
(18,727
|
)
|
|
|
(376,975
|
)
|
|
|
8,814
|
|
Government Securities and other investments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensatory Bond received and Hedge Bond (Note 35 e.(i))
|
|
|
91,438
|
|
|
|
(838,609
|
)
|
|
|
63,973
|
|
GDP Linked Negotiable Securities (Note 35 e.(ii))
|
|
|
2,465
|
|
|
|
(31,479
|
)
|
|
|
(23,683
|
)
|
Bonar 2015
Bonds (Note 35 e (iii))
|
|
|
232,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other available for sale securities (Note 35 e.(ii) (iv))
|
|
|
51,587
|
|
|
|
(197,564
|
)
|
|
|
36,151
|
|
Real estate properties asset amortization (Note 35 j.)
|
|
|
1,395
|
|
|
|
1,395
|
|
|
|
1,395
|
|
Recognition for the fair value of obligations assumed under
Financial guarantees issued (Note 35 l.)
|
|
|
31,303
|
|
|
|
(35,727
|
)
|
|
|
(5,773
|
)
|
Foreign Debt restructuring (Note 35 n.)
|
|
|
34,111
|
|
|
|
29,749
|
|
|
|
86,558
|
|
Deferred Income tax (Note 35 a.)
|
|
|
101,476
|
|
|
|
124,936
|
|
|
|
(21,056
|
)
|
Minimum Presumed Income Tax (Note 35 a. )
|
|
|
(44,198
|
)
|
|
|
(25,906
|
)
|
|
|
(39,631
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) in accordance with U.S. GAAP
|
|
Ps.
|
839,240
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(1,315,511
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
666,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Net Income (Loss) attributable to the Non-controlling
Interest (Note 35 m)
|
|
|
(69,017
|
)
|
|
|
144,533
|
|
|
|
(73,627
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income (Loss) attributable to Parent Company in accordance
with US GAAP
|
|
Ps.
|
770,223
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(1,170,978
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
592,895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average number of shares outstanding (in thousands) (Note 21)
|
|
|
1,241,407
|
|
|
|
1,241,407
|
|
|
|
1,241,407
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share in accordance with U.S. GAAP
(Note 21)
|
|
|
0.620
|
|
|
|
(0.943
|
)
|
|
|
0.478
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share in accordance with U.S.
GAAP (Note 21)
|
|
|
0.620
|
|
|
|
(0.943
|
)
|
|
|
0.478
|
|
F-85
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Consolidated shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Shareholders equity as stated
|
|
Ps.
|
2,052,539
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,845,745
|
|
Loan origination fees and costs (Note 35 b.)
|
|
|
(92,064
|
)
|
|
|
(40,236
|
)
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill amortization and impairment (Note 35 c.)
|
|
|
25,207
|
|
|
|
13,749
|
|
Other intangible assets (Note 35 c.)
|
|
|
(77,354
|
)
|
|
|
(46,806
|
)
|
Compensation related to the payment of deposits (Note 35 g)
|
|
|
(259,053
|
)
|
|
|
(316,874
|
)
|
Equity investments in other companies Impairment (Note 35 k.)
|
|
|
(31,548
|
)
|
|
|
(26,817
|
)
|
Loans non Financial Public Sector Secured loans (Note 35 d.(ii))
|
|
|
(282
|
)
|
|
|
(32,495
|
)
|
Loan impairment Private sector (Note 35 d.(iv))
|
|
|
63,671
|
|
|
|
(48,495
|
)
|
Government securities and other investments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensatory and Hedge Bond received (Note 35 e.(i))
|
|
|
(175,818
|
)
|
|
|
(1,097,375
|
)
|
Discount Bonds (Note 35 e.(ii))
|
|
|
(296,477
|
)
|
|
|
(480,273
|
)
|
GDP Linked Negotiable Securities (Note 35 e.(ii))
|
|
|
12,366
|
|
|
|
9,901
|
|
Bonar 2015
Bonds (Note 35 e.(iii))
|
|
|
317,596
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Investments (Note 35 e (iv))
|
|
|
(22,369
|
)
|
|
|
(110,716
|
)
|
Financial
assets transferred (Note 35 h.)(*)
|
|
|
(429,280
|
)
|
|
|
(587,058
|
)
|
Impairment of real estate properties and foreclosed assets
(Note 35 j.)
|
|
|
(67,155
|
)
|
|
|
(67,155
|
)
|
Real Estate properties amortization (Note 35 j.)
|
|
|
9,765
|
|
|
|
8,370
|
|
Minimum Presumed Income Tax (Note 35 a.)
|
|
|
(328,619
|
)
|
|
|
(284,421
|
)
|
Deferred Income tax (Note 35 a.)
|
|
|
576,710
|
|
|
|
475,234
|
|
Recognition for the fair value of obligations assumed under
financial guarantees issued (Note 35 l.)
|
|
|
(4,149
|
)
|
|
|
(43,512
|
)
|
Foreign debt restructuring (Note 35 n.)
|
|
|
(137,272
|
)
|
|
|
(171,383
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated shareholders equity (deficit) in accordance with
U.S. GAAP
|
|
Ps.
|
1,136,414
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(1,000,617
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-controlling Interest (Note 35 m.)
|
|
|
99,908
|
|
|
|
246,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Parent Company Shareholders Equity (Deficit) in
accordance with US GAAP
|
|
Ps.
|
1,236,322
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(754,413
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(*)
|
|
As of December 31, 2009 the adjustment described under the caption Financial assets transferred
amounted Ps. (429,280) include: Financial Trust Galtrust Is adjustment Ps. (372,464); Financial Trust
Galicia Ps. (51,298); Other transfers of financial assets accounted for as sales Ps. (5,380) and servicing
liabilities Ps. (138).
|
F-86
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Roll forward analysis of shareholders equity under U.S. GAAP at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
Grupo Galicia
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Paid
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Equity Parent
|
|
|
Non controlling
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
in Capital
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Legal
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(loss)
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
interest
|
|
Balance at December
31, 2006
|
|
Ps.
|
1,241,407
|
|
|
Ps.
|
606
|
|
|
Ps.
|
294,254
|
|
|
Ps.
|
34,855
|
|
|
Ps.
|
72,383
|
|
|
Ps.
|
356,801
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(1,854,497
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
145,809
|
|
|
Ps.
|
167,185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution of
retained earnings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Absorption approved
by the shareholders
meeting on April
26, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discretionary Reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,914
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain of
available-for-sale
securities, net of
tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(500,622
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(500,622
|
)
|
|
|
8,113
|
|
Net Income (Loss) in
accordance with US
GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
592,895
|
|
|
|
592,895
|
|
|
|
(73,627
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December
31, 2007
|
|
Ps.
|
1,241,407
|
|
|
Ps.
|
606
|
|
|
Ps.
|
294,254
|
|
|
Ps.
|
34,855
|
|
|
Ps.
|
53,469
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(143,821
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
(1,242,688
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
238,082
|
|
|
Ps.
|
101,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution of
retained earnings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Absorption approved
by the shareholders
meeting on April
29,2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal Reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,302
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discretionary Reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(43,735
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain of
available-for-sale
securities, net of
tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
178,483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
178,483
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income (Loss) in
accordance with US
GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,170,978
|
)
|
|
|
(1,170,978
|
)
|
|
|
144,533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December
31, 2008
|
|
Ps.
|
1,241,407
|
|
|
Ps.
|
606
|
|
|
Ps.
|
294,254
|
|
|
Ps.
|
37,157
|
|
|
Ps.
|
97,204
|
|
|
Ps.
|
34,662
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(2,459,703
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
(754,413
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
246,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution of
retained earnings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Absorption approved
by the shareholders
meeting on April
28,2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal Reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,841
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discretionary Reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
167,978
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(167,978
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain of
available-for-sale
securities, net of
tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,220,512
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,220,512
|
|
|
|
(77,279
|
)
|
Net Income (Loss) in
accordance with US
GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
770,223
|
|
|
|
770,223
|
|
|
|
(69,017
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December
31, 2009
|
|
Ps.
|
1,241,407
|
|
|
Ps.
|
606
|
|
|
Ps.
|
294,254
|
|
|
Ps.
|
45,998
|
|
|
Ps.
|
265,182
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,255,174
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(1,866,299
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
1,236,322
|
|
|
Ps.
|
99,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
Reporting Comprehensive Income ASC 220, establishes standards for reporting and the display of
comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in the financial
statements. Comprehensive income is the total of net income and all transactions, and other events
and circumstances from non-owner sources.
F-87
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
The following disclosure presented for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
shows all periods restated to conform ASC 220:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Income Statement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Income
|
|
Ps.
|
3,374,800
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,201,697
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,433,198
|
|
Financial Expenditures
|
|
|
1,434,408
|
|
|
|
1,391,270
|
|
|
|
1,160,142
|
|
Net Financial Income (Loss)
|
|
|
1,940,392
|
|
|
|
(189,573
|
)
|
|
|
1,273,056
|
|
Provision for Loan Losses
|
|
|
527,339
|
|
|
|
450,137
|
|
|
|
203,446
|
|
Income from Services
|
|
|
1,802,381
|
|
|
|
1,538,380
|
|
|
|
1,153,619
|
|
Expenditures from Services
|
|
|
515,648
|
|
|
|
383,654
|
|
|
|
257,242
|
|
Administrative Expenses
|
|
|
2,063,546
|
|
|
|
1,799,579
|
|
|
|
1,258,089
|
|
Net Income / (Loss) from Financial Brokerage
|
|
|
636,240
|
|
|
|
(1,284,563
|
)
|
|
|
707,898
|
|
Miscellaneous Income
|
|
|
594,630
|
|
|
|
494,977
|
|
|
|
271,546
|
|
Miscellaneous Losses
|
|
|
290,602
|
|
|
|
541,035
|
|
|
|
188,281
|
|
Net Income / (Loss) before Income tax
|
|
|
940,268
|
|
|
|
(1,330,621
|
)
|
|
|
791,163
|
|
Income Tax
|
|
|
54,516
|
|
|
|
(50,922
|
)
|
|
|
92,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) under U.S. GAAP
|
|
|
885,752
|
|
|
|
(1,279,699
|
)
|
|
|
698,641
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Net Income attributable to the
Non-controlling Interest
|
|
|
(115,529
|
)
|
|
|
108,721
|
|
|
|
(105,746
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income attributable to Parent Company
|
|
|
770,223
|
|
|
|
(1,170,978
|
)
|
|
|
592,895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities
|
|
|
1,220,512
|
|
|
|
178,483
|
|
|
|
(500,622
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
1,220,512
|
|
|
|
178,483
|
|
|
|
(500,622
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income (Loss)
|
|
Ps.
|
1,990,735
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(992,495
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
92,273
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated non-owner changes in equity (accumulated other comprehensive income) as of December 31,
were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Boden 2012 Bonds Compensatory Bond
|
|
|
830,119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47,694
|
)
|
GalTrust I
|
|
|
193,651
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(97,166
|
)
|
Discount Bonds
|
|
|
132,209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,020
|
|
Bonar 2015 Bonds
|
|
|
85,032
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
14,163
|
|
|
|
34,662
|
|
|
|
(32,981
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
income/
(loss)
|
|
Ps.
|
1,255,174
|
|
|
Ps.
|
34,662
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(143,821
|
)
|
There were no available for sale securities with a continuous loss position of 12 months or more.
The Group has determined that unrealized losses on investments as of December 31, 2009 are
temporary in nature based on its ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time
sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery and the results of its review conducted to
identify and evaluate investments that have indications of possible impairments.
F-88
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Concentration of risk Total exposure to the public sector Argentine government and provinces
The Group has significant exposure to the Argentine national government and provinces in the form
of government securities net positions, secured loans and other debt obligations. As of December
31, 2009 and 2008, the Group had the following bonds and loans outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Argentine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argentine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
U.S. GAAP
|
|
|
GAAP
|
|
|
U.S. GAAP
|
|
|
Argentine national
government loans
|
|
Ps.
|
25,416
|
|
|
Ps.
|
25,134
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,481,563
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,449,068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Argentine
public-sector receivables
|
|
|
344,842
|
|
|
|
271,024
|
|
|
|
297,467
|
|
|
|
186,751
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Galtrust I
(securitization of
Provincial Loans)
|
|
|
579,730
|
|
|
|
207,266
|
|
|
|
630,002
|
|
|
|
63,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensatory bond received
|
|
|
1,906,907
|
|
|
|
1,731,089
|
|
|
|
2,350,815
|
|
|
|
1,253,440
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities issued by the
Argentine Cental Bank
|
|
|
1,953,676
|
|
|
|
1,953,827
|
|
|
|
583,757
|
|
|
|
583,757
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount Bonds & GDP
Linked Negotiable
Securities
|
|
|
621,983
|
|
|
|
337,872
|
|
|
|
666,874
|
|
|
|
196,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bonar 2015 Bonds
|
|
|
358,984
|
|
|
|
676,580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other (1)
|
|
|
91,420
|
|
|
|
91,420
|
|
|
|
43,817
|
|
|
|
43,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Ps.
|
5,882,958
|
|
|
Ps.
|
5,294,212
|
|
|
Ps.
|
6,054,295
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,777,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes bonds and other national government bonds.
|
Risks and Uncertainties
Government Securities
As of December 31, 2009, the Groups exposure to the Argentine public sector, including Boden 2012,
Bonds corresponding to the Compensatory Bond and the Hedge Bond, represented approximately 21.31%
of the total Groups assets. Although the Groups exposure to the Argentine public sector consists
of performing assets, the realization of the Groups assets, its income and cash flow generation
capacity and future financial condition is dependent on the Argentine government ability to comply
with its payment obligations.
Argentine Central Banks regulations state that, the total exposure of financial institutions to
the non-financial public sector must not exceed 35% of their total assets.
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Group was in compliance with the general limit of 35% imposed
by the Argentine Central Bank.
Under U.S. GAAP, Government bonds, including BODEN 2012 Bonds and Discount Bonds, and certificates
of participation in the Galtrust I Financial Trust and in the Almafuerte Special Fund and Nues
Trust, were classified as available-for-sale securities, and therefore, carried at fair value with
changes in the fair value reflected in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31,
2007.
F-89
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
As of December 31, 2008, the amortized cost exceeded the fair value of these securities by Ps.
846,8
million. For U.S. GAAP purposes, we have recorded an other-than-temporary impairment of these
securities, based on a variety of factors, including the length of time and extent to which the
market value has been less than cost, and our intent and ability to hold these securities to
recovery.
As of December 31, 2009, the above mentioned Bonds, Bonar 2015 Bonds and the certificates of
participations were classified as available-for-sale securities, and therefore, carried at fair
value with changes in the fair value reflected in other comprehensive income.
Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments ASC 320 establishes a new method
of recognizing and reporting other-than-temporary impairments of debt securities. Impairment is now
considered to be other than temporary if an entity:
|
|
|
intends to sell the security;
|
|
|
|
is more likely than not to be required to sell the security before recovering its
cost; or
|
|
|
|
does not expect to recover the securitys entire amortized cost basis (even if
the entity does not intend to sell)that is, a credit loss.
|
This credit loss is based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the debt
security. If a credit loss exists but an entity does not intend to sell the impaired debt security
and is more likely than not to be required to sell before recovery, the impairment is other than
temporary. It should therefore be separated into:
|
|
|
the estimated amount relating to the credit loss, and
|
|
|
|
all other changes in fair value.
|
Only the estimated credit loss amount is recognized in profit or loss; the remaining change in fair
value is recognized in other comprehensive income. This approach more closely aligns the
impairment models for debt securities and loans by reflecting only credit losses as impairment in
profit and loss.
As of December 31, 2009 the fair value exceeded the amortized cost and therefore there is no
impairment recorded of these securities.
Allowance for loan losses
Management believes that the current level of allowance for loan losses recorded for U.S. GAAP
purposes are sufficient to cover incurred losses of the Groups loan portfolio as of December 31,
2009. Many factors can affect the Groups estimates of allowance for loan losses, including
expected cash flows, volatility of default probability, migrations and estimated loss severity. The
process of determining the level of the allowance for credit losses requires a high degree of
judgment. It is possible that others, given the same information, may at any point in time reach
different reasonable conclusions.
U.S. GAAP estimates
Valuation reserves, impairment charges and estimates of market values on assets and step up bonds
discounting, as established by the Group for U.S. GAAP purposes are subject to significant
assumptions of future cash flows and interest rates for discounting such cash flows. Losses on the
exchange of government and provincial bonds and on retained interests in securitization trusts
could be significantly affected by higher discount rates. Should the discount rates change in
future years, the carrying amounts and charges to income and shareholders equity will also change.
In addition, as estimates of future cash flows change, the carrying amounts which are dependent on
such cash flows could be affected as well. It is possible that changes to the carrying amounts of
loans, investments and other assets will be adjusted in the near term in amounts that are material
to the Groups financial position and results of income.
36.
Parent only Financial Statements.
The following are the unconsolidated balance sheets of Grupo Galicia as of December 31, 2009 and
2008 and the related unconsolidated statements of income, and cash flows for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
F-90
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Balance sheet (Parent Company only)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A. Cash and due from Banks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
Ps.
|
11
|
|
|
Ps.
|
10
|
|
Financial institutions and correspondents
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
74
|
|
|
Ps.
|
217
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. Government and corporate securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Holdings of trading securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
Investments in listed corporate securities
|
|
|
13,118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
13,118
|
|
|
Ps.
|
191
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To the financial sector
|
|
|
52,757
|
|
|
|
47,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
52,757
|
|
|
Ps.
|
47,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D. Other receivables resulting from financial brokerage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Negotiable obligations without quotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
711
|
|
Balances from forward transactions without delivery of
underlying asset to be settled
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,827
|
|
Other receivables not included in the debtor classification Regulations
|
|
|
1,786
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
Other receivables included in the debtor classification Regulations
|
|
|
17,381
|
|
|
|
26,850
|
|
Accrued interest receivable included in the debtor Classification regulations
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
19,348
|
|
|
Ps.
|
43,696
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F. Equity investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In financial institutions
|
|
|
2,072,245
|
|
|
|
1,898,232
|
|
Other
|
|
|
84,812
|
|
|
|
63,899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,157,057
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,962,131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G. Miscellaneous receivables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax on minimum presumed income Tax credit
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
|
869
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,980
|
|
|
|
6,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,888
|
|
|
Ps.
|
7,047
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H. Bank premises and equipment
|
|
|
2,993
|
|
|
|
3,044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. Intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
9,697
|
|
|
|
10,976
|
|
Organization and development expenses
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
9,723
|
|
|
Ps.
|
11,009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
Ps.
|
2,258,958
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,074,599
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-91
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N. Other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banks and international entities
|
|
Ps.
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
214,086
|
|
Unsurbordinated negotiable obligations
|
|
|
166,056
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances from forward transactions without delivery of underlying asset to be settled
|
|
|
8,060
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest and quotation differences payable
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
|
6,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
175,046
|
|
|
|
220,336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
O. Miscellaneous liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Syndics fees
|
|
Ps.
|
225
|
|
|
Ps.
|
60
|
|
Other
|
|
|
31,148
|
|
|
|
8,458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,373
|
|
|
|
8,518
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
Ps.
|
206,419
|
|
|
Ps.
|
228,854
|
|
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
Ps.
|
2,052,539
|
|
|
Ps.
|
1,845,745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Shareholders Equity
|
|
Ps.
|
2,258,958
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,074,599
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-92
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Statement of Income (Parent Company only)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
A. Financial income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest on loans granted to the financial sector
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
Interest on other loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
670
|
|
Interest on other receivables resulting from financial brokerage
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
388
|
|
Net income from government and corporate securities
|
|
|
484
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
5,817
|
|
Exchange rate differences on gold and foreign currency
|
|
|
16,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
897
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
16,825
|
|
|
Ps.
|
537
|
|
|
Ps.
|
8,466
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. Financial expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest on other liabilities resulting from financial brokerage
|
|
Ps.
|
11,071
|
|
|
Ps.
|
17,062
|
|
|
Ps.
|
8,565
|
|
Exchange rate differences on gold and foreign currency
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,258
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
11,337
|
|
|
Ps.
|
28,600
|
|
|
Ps.
|
8,867
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C. Gross brokerage margin
|
|
|
5,488
|
|
|
|
(28,063
|
)
|
|
|
(401
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F. Administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personnel expenses
|
|
|
3,786
|
|
|
|
3,492
|
|
|
|
2,953
|
|
Directors and syndics fees
|
|
|
1,080
|
|
|
|
1,013
|
|
|
|
933
|
|
Other fees
|
|
|
5,125
|
|
|
|
3,182
|
|
|
|
3,522
|
|
Taxes
|
|
|
6,984
|
|
|
|
1,208
|
|
|
|
2,150
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
|
529
|
|
Other
|
|
|
5,558
|
|
|
|
5,080
|
|
|
|
4,665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
23,218
|
|
|
Ps.
|
14,496
|
|
|
Ps.
|
14,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income / (Loss) from financial brokerage
|
|
Ps.
|
(17,730
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
(42,559
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
(15,153
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H. Miscellaneous income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income on long-term investments
|
|
|
188,069
|
|
|
|
219,688
|
|
|
|
65,840
|
|
Other
|
|
|
86,090
|
|
|
|
1,557
|
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
274,159
|
|
|
Ps.
|
221,245
|
|
|
Ps.
|
66,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I. Miscellaneous losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,401
|
|
|
|
3,952
|
|
|
|
2,111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,401
|
|
|
Ps.
|
3,952
|
|
|
Ps.
|
2,111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income before tax
|
|
|
254,028
|
|
|
|
174,734
|
|
|
|
49,185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. Income tax
|
|
Ps.
|
24,753
|
|
|
Ps.
|
(2,085
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
3,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income for the fiscal year
|
|
Ps.
|
229,275
|
|
|
Ps.
|
176,819
|
|
|
Ps.
|
46,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes the foreign currency position compensation.
|
F-93
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Expressed in thousands of Argentine pesos)
Statement of cash flows (Parent Company only)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
CHANGES IN CASH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash at the beginning of the year
|
|
Ps.
|
27,562
|
|
|
Ps.
|
26,407
|
|
|
Ps.
|
15,727
|
|
Increase / (decrease) in cash
|
|
|
(8,140
|
)
|
|
|
1,155
|
|
|
|
10,680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash at end of year
|
|
|
19,422
|
|
|
|
27,562
|
|
|
|
26,407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
(27,160
|
)
|
|
|
(15,349
|
)
|
|
|
(25,404
|
)
|
Operating expenses paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plus:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other operating income received
|
|
|
2,996
|
|
|
|
5,294
|
|
|
|
20,694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
Ps.
|
(24,164
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
(10,055
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
(4,710
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other sources of cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Collection for the issuance of negotiable obligations
|
|
|
160,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250,960
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
15,969
|
|
|
|
12,163
|
|
|
|
9,450
|
|
Increase in short-term investment
|
|
|
4,022
|
|
|
|
1,676
|
|
|
|
5,062
|
|
Collection of deposit as per Decree 616/2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other sources of cash
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
1,806
|
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other sources of cash
|
|
Ps.
|
180,917
|
|
|
Ps.
|
88,005
|
|
|
Ps.
|
266,190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other uses of cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of loans received
|
|
|
(152,772
|
)
|
|
|
(76,760
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in fixed assets
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(213
|
)
|
Increase in long-term investments
|
|
|
(12,082
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(175,299
|
)
|
Deposit as per Decree 616/2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(75,288
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other uses of cash
|
|
Ps.
|
(164,893
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
(76,795
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
(250,800
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase / (decrease) in cash
|
|
Ps.
|
(8,140
|
)
|
|
Ps.
|
1,155
|
|
|
Ps.
|
10,680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Argentine
Banking GAAP. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial
statements prepared in accordance with Argentine Banking GAAP have been condensed or omitted. The
Companys majority-owned subsidiaries are recorded using the equity method of accounting. The
footnotes disclosures contain supplemental information relating to the operations of Grupo
Galicia; as such, these financial statements should be read in conjunction with the notes to the
consolidated financial statements of the Company.
F-94
Exhibit 2.4
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A.
as Issuer,
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
as Trustee, Registrar,
Principal Paying Agent and Principal Transfer Agent,
BANCO DE VALORES S.A.
as Co-Registrar, Trustees Representative in Argentina, Argentine Transfer Agent and Argentine
Paying Agent
and
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON (LUXEMBOURG) S.A.
as Luxembourg Paying Agent and Luxembourg Transfer Agent
INDENTURE
Dated as of June 8, 2010
Class II, Series II Notes and Series III Notes
in an aggregate outstanding amount of up to US$45,000,000
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I GENERAL
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 1.1. Definitions
|
|
|
2
|
|
SECTION 1.2. Agents
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II NOTES
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 2.1. Forms Generally
|
|
|
10
|
|
SECTION 2.2. Form of Trustees Certificate of Authentication
|
|
|
11
|
|
SECTION 2.3. Aggregate Amount
|
|
|
11
|
|
SECTION 2.4. Authentication and Delivery of Notes
|
|
|
12
|
|
SECTION 2.5. Execution of Notes
|
|
|
13
|
|
SECTION 2.6. Certificate of Authentication
|
|
|
13
|
|
SECTION 2.7. Denomination and Date of Notes; Payments
|
|
|
13
|
|
SECTION 2.8. Registration
|
|
|
16
|
|
SECTION 2.9. Mutilated, Defaced, Destroyed, Stolen and Lost Notes; Cancellation and Destruction of Notes; Liens
|
|
|
22
|
|
SECTION 2.10. Purchase and Cancellation
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III [RESERVED]
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV REMEDIES
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 4.1. Events of Default
|
|
|
23
|
|
SECTION 4.2. Collection of Indebtedness by Trustee
|
|
|
24
|
|
SECTION 4.3. Application of Proceeds
|
|
|
25
|
|
SECTION 4.4. Suits for Enforcement
|
|
|
26
|
|
SECTION 4.5. Restoration of Rights on Abandonment of Proceedings
|
|
|
26
|
|
SECTION 4.6. Limitations on Suits by Noteholders
|
|
|
26
|
|
SECTION 4.7. Unconditional Right of Noteholders to Institute Certain Suits
|
|
|
27
|
|
SECTION 4.8. Powers and Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission Not Waiver of Default
|
|
|
27
|
|
SECTION 4.9. Control by Noteholders
|
|
|
27
|
|
SECTION 4.10. Waiver of Past Defaults
|
|
|
28
|
|
SECTION 4.11. Payments after a Default
|
|
|
28
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 5.1. Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee
|
|
|
28
|
|
SECTION 5.2. Certain Rights of the Trustee
|
|
|
29
|
|
SECTION 5.3. Trustee Not Responsible for Disposition of Notes or Application of Proceeds Thereof
|
|
|
31
|
|
SECTION 5.4. Trustee and Agents May Hold Notes; Collections, etc
|
|
|
31
|
|
SECTION 5.5. Moneys Held by Trustee
|
|
|
32
|
|
SECTION 5.6. Compensation and Indemnification of Trustee and Its Prior Claim
|
|
|
32
|
|
SECTION 5.7. Right of Trustee to Rely on Officers Certificate, etc
|
|
|
32
|
|
SECTION 5.8. Persons Eligible for Appointment as Trustee
|
|
|
33
|
|
SECTION 5.9. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor Trustee
|
|
|
33
|
|
SECTION 5.10. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor Trustee
|
|
|
34
|
|
SECTION 5.11. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business of Trustee
|
|
|
35
|
|
SECTION 5.12. Notice of Events of Default
|
|
|
35
|
|
SECTION 5.13. Trustees Representative in Argentina and Argentine Paying Agent
|
|
|
35
|
|
SECTION 5.14. Application to Agents and Trustees Representative in Argentina
|
|
|
36
|
|
SECTION 5.15. Application to Trustee in all Capacities
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI CONCERNING THE NOTEHOLDERS
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 6.1. Evidence of Action Taken by Noteholders
|
|
|
37
|
|
SECTION 6.2. Proof of Execution of Instruments and of Holding of Notes; Record Date
|
|
|
37
|
|
SECTION 6.3. Holders to Be Treated as Owners
|
|
|
37
|
|
SECTION 6.4. Notes Owned by the Company Deemed Not Outstanding
|
|
|
38
|
|
SECTION 6.5. Right of Revocation of Action Taken
|
|
|
38
|
|
SECTION 6.6. Noteholders Meetings
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 7.1. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Noteholders
|
|
|
41
|
|
SECTION 7.2. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders
|
|
|
43
|
|
SECTION 7.3. Effect of Supplemental Indenture
|
|
|
44
|
|
SECTION 7.4. Documents to Be Given to Trustee
|
|
|
44
|
|
SECTION 7.5. Notation on Notes in Respect of Supplemental Indentures
|
|
|
44
|
|
SECTION 7.6. Conformity with Negotiable Obligations Law
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII [RESERVED]
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; UNCLAIMED MONEYS
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 9.1. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
|
|
|
44
|
|
SECTION 9.2. Application by Trustee of Funds Deposited for Payment of Notes
|
|
|
45
|
|
SECTION 9.3. Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent
|
|
|
45
|
|
SECTION 9.4. Return of Moneys Held by Trustee and Paying Agent Unclaimed for Three Years
|
|
|
45
|
|
iii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE OF NOTES
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 10.1. Notice of Redemption; Partial Redemptions
|
|
|
46
|
|
SECTION 10.2. Payment of Notes Called for Redemption
|
|
|
47
|
|
SECTION 10.3. Exclusion of Certain Notes from Eligibility for Selection for Redemption
|
|
|
48
|
|
SECTION 10.4. Redemption at Maturity
|
|
|
48
|
|
SECTION 10.5. Redemption at the Option of the Company for Taxation Reasons
|
|
|
48
|
|
SECTION 10.6. Repurchases; Notes Held by the Company and/or Affiliates
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI [RESERVED]
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 12.1. Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers and Directors of the Company Exempt from Individual Liability
|
|
|
49
|
|
SECTION 12.2. Provisions of Indenture for the Sole Benefit of Parties and Noteholders
|
|
|
49
|
|
SECTION 12.3. Successors and Assigns of the Company Bound by Indenture
|
|
|
49
|
|
SECTION 12.4. Notices and Demands on the Company, Trustee and Noteholders
|
|
|
49
|
|
SECTION 12.5. Officers Certificates and Opinions of Counsel; Statements to Be Contained Therein
|
|
|
51
|
|
SECTION 12.6. Payments Due on Non-Business Days
|
|
|
52
|
|
SECTION 12.7. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity; Currency Indemnity
|
|
|
53
|
|
SECTION 12.8. Counterparts
|
|
|
54
|
|
SECTION 12.9. Waiver of Jury Trial
|
|
|
54
|
|
SECTION 12.10. Series of Notes
|
|
|
54
|
|
SECTION 12.11. Effect of Headings
|
|
|
54
|
|
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A-l
Form of Regulation S Series II Global Note
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A-2 Form of Regulation S Series III Global Note
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT B-1 Form of Regulation S Transfer Certificate
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT B-2 Form of Regulation S Exchange Certificate
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT C
Forms of Transfer
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT D
Forms of Notes Legend
|
|
|
|
|
iv
THIS INDENTURE, dated as of June 8, 2010 (this
Indenture
), among (i) Grupo
Financiero Galicia S.A. (the
Company
), a
sociedad anónima
organized under the laws of the
Republic of Argentina, (ii) The Bank of New York Mellon, a corporation organized under the laws of
the State of New York authorized to conduct a banking business, as trustee (the
Trustee
),
registrar (in such capacity, the
Registrar
), principal paying agent (in such capacity,
the
Principal Paying Agent
), and transfer agent (in such capacity, the
Principal
Transfer Agent
), (iii) Banco de Valores S.A., a (
sociedad anónima
) duly incorporated and
existing under the laws of The Republic of Argentina authorized to conduct a banking business, as
the Trustees representative in Argentina (in such capacity, the
Trustees Representative in
Argentina
), and co-registrar (in such capacity, the
Co-Registrar
) and Argentine
transfer agent (in such capacity, the
Argentine Transfer Agent
) and Argentine paying
agent (in such capacity, the
Argentine Paying Agent
), and (iv) The Bank of New York
Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., a corporation (
société anonyme
) organized under the laws of the Grand
Duchy of Luxembourg, as Luxembourg paying agent (in such capacity, the
Luxembourg Paying
Agent
and, together with the Argentine Paying Agent, the Principal Paying Agent and any other
paying agent appointed by the Company to act in such capacity in accordance with the terms hereof,
the
Paying Agents
) and Luxembourg transfer agent (in such capacity, the
Luxembourg
Transfer Agent
and, together with the Argentine Transfer Agent, the Principal Transfer Agent
and any other transfer agent appointed by the Company to act in such capacity in accordance with
the terms hereof, the
Transfer Agents
).
W
I
T
N
E
S
S
E
T
H
:
WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to
provide, among other things, for the authentication and delivery and administration of its Class
II, Series II Notes (as defined herein) and its Class II, Series III Notes (as defined herein),
pursuant to the Companys Global Short-, Medium- and Long-Term Notes Program for a maximum
outstanding amount of US$60,000,000 (the
Program
);
WHEREAS, the Notes (as defined herein) will constitute
obligaciones negociables
issued
pursuant to the Negotiable Obligations Law (as defined herein) and the regulations issued
thereunder;
WHEREAS, the Company, pursuant to resolutions of its shareholders dated March 9, 2009,
authorized the creation of the Program;
WHEREAS, the Company, pursuant to a meeting of the Board of Directors held on March 9, 2009,
approved the terms and conditions of the Program;
WHEREAS, the Company pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors dated April 5, 2010,
has duly authorized the issuance in the amount of up to $45,000,000 of the Notes, substantially in
the form hereinafter set forth in such aggregate principal amount;
WHEREAS, the Trustee has reviewed the English translation of the resolutions of the Company
referred to above authorizing the creation of the Program and the issuance of the Notes and hereby
confirms that the terms and provisions of the Notes substantially reflect the terms of such
resolutions; and
WHEREAS, all things and acts necessary to make this Indenture a valid indenture and agreement
according to its terms have been done or had occurred.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the purchases of the Notes by the Holders
(as defined below) thereof, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal
and proportionate benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Notes as follows:
ARTICLE I
GENERAL
SECTION 1.1.
Definitions
. The following terms (except as otherwise expressly
provided or unless the context otherwise clearly requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and
of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this
Section 1.1. References to the schedules and exhibits shall be construed to refer to the schedules
and exhibits to this Indenture. The words herein, hereof and hereunder and other words of
similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or
other subdivision of this Indenture. The terms defined in this Section 1.1 include the plural as
well as the singular.
Additional Amounts
has the meaning set forth in, in the case of the Series II Notes,
Exhibit A-1
and, in the case of the Series III Notes,
Exhibit A-2
.
Affiliate
of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.
For the purposes of this definition, control when used with respect to any specified Person
means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
otherwise; and the terms controlling and controlled have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
Agent
or
Agents
has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.
Agent Members
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.8(1).
Argentina
means the Republic of Argentina.
Argentine Business Companies Law
means the Argentine Business Companies Law No.
19,550 (
Ley de Sociedades Comerciales, Ley No. 19.550
), as amended from time to time.
Argentine GAAP
means generally accepted accounting principles in Argentina as in
effect from time to time.
Argentine Paying Agent
means Banco de Valores S.A. acting solely in the limited
capacity set forth in Section 2.7(j) hereof and Section 4 of the Notes.
2
Argentine Transfer Agent
means any person authorized by the Company to act as
Transfer Agent in Argentina in accordance with the terms hereof and shall initially be Banco de
Valores S.A.
Authorized Person
means (i) in the case of the execution of any Note on behalf of
the Company, a member of the Board of Directors and a member of the Statutory Auditors Committee
of the Company, and (ii) in the case of any other action to be taken by or on behalf of the Company
pursuant hereto, any officer of the Company duly authorized in writing to take actions under this
Indenture on behalf of the Company and notified to the Trustee in writing.
BASE
means the Buenos Aires Stock Exchange (
Bolsa de Comercio de Buenos Aires
).
BASEs Arbitral Tribunal
means The General Arbitral Tribunal of the Buenos Aires
Stock Exchange (
El Tribunal de Arbitraje General de la Bolsa de Comercio de Buenos Aires
).
Board of Directors
means either the
Directorio
(Board of Directors) of the Company
or any committee of such
Directorio
duly authorized to act for it in respect hereof.
Business Day
means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks
are open, or not authorized to close, in the City of New York, in the City of Buenos Aires and in
the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.
Capital Stock
means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests,
participations, warrants, options, rights or other equivalents of or interests in (however
designated and whether voting or non-voting) corporate stock of a corporation and any and all
equivalent ownership interests in a Person other than a corporation, in each case whether now
outstanding or hereafter issued, including any preferred stock.
Certificated Note
means a Note issued in non-global, certificated form to a Person
other than Euroclear or Clearstream or a Common Depositary in accordance with Section 2.1(a) and
2.8 or a nominee thereof as custodian.
Clearstream
means Clearstream Banking Corporation.
CNV
or
Comisión Nacional de Valores
means the Argentine National
Securities Commission.
Co-Registrar
means the person identified as Co-Registrar in the preamble to this
Indenture and its successors and any other co-registrar appointed by the Company to act in such
capacity in accordance with the terms hereof.
Common Depositary
means a bank or a bank branch outside of the United States as
designated by Euroclear and Clearstream to serve as common depositary of any Regulation S Global
Note for Euroclear and Clearstream and any successor thereto and shall initially be The Bank of New
York Depository (Nominees) Limited.
3
Company
means Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A., a
sociedad anónima
organized under the
laws of Argentina, and its successors and assigns.
Company Order
means a written statement, request or order of the Company signed in
its name by two Authorized Persons of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.
Control
when used in respect of any particular Person, means the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies of
such person whether through the ownership of voting securities or membership, partnership or other
ownership interests, by contract or otherwise, and the terms controlling, controlled by and
under the common control with have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
Corporate Trust Office
means the office of the Trustee at which the corporate trust
business of the Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office is
located on the date hereof at The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4E, New York,
New York 10286, Attention: Global Finance Unit, Fax: (212) 815 5603, or such other location as
the Trustee may advise the Company in writing from time to time in accordance with the terms
hereof.
Date of Issuance
of any Note (or portion thereof) means the earlier of (a) the date
of such Note and (b) the date of any Note (or portion thereof) for which such Note was issued
(directly or indirectly) on registration of transfer or exchange or in substitution.
Dealer
means any dealer, underwriter, selling agent or similar entity named in any
underwriting, subscription, distribution, syndicated trade or similar agreement executed in
connection with any issuance and sale of Notes. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term
Dealer shall be deemed to include any purchaser of a Note which is not otherwise a Dealer and
purchases such Note directly from the Company.
Default Interest
has the meaning set forth in, in the case of the Series II Notes,
Exhibit A-1
and, in the case of the Series III Notes,
Exhibit A-2
.
Euroclear
means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System.
Event of Default
means any event or condition specified as such in Section 4.1.
Exchange Act
means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Extraordinary Meetings
has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.6(b).
Holder
,
Holder of Notes
,
Noteholder
or other similar terms mean,
with respect to any Note, the Person in whose name at the time such Note is registered in the
Register.
Indenture
means this instrument as originally executed and delivered or, if amended
or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented or both, and such term shall
include the forms and terms of the Notes established as contemplated hereunder.
4
Legended Certificated Note
means a Certificated Note bearing the Notes Legend.
Luxembourg Paying Agent
means any Person authorized by the Company to repay the
principal of, or interest on, any Notes in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg in accordance with the
terms hereof and shall initially be The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. with an office
located at Vertigo Building Polaris, 2-4 rue Eugène Ruppert, L-2453, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.
Luxembourg Transfer Agent
means any person authorized by the Company to act as
Transfer Agent in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg in accordance with the terms hereof and shall
initially be The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. with an office located at Vertigo
Building Polaris, 2-4 rue Eugène Ruppert, L-2453, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.
MAE
means the Argentine
Mercado Abierto Electrónico S.A.
Negotiable Obligations Law
means the Argentine Negotiable Obligations Law No. 23,576
(
Ley de Obligaciones Negociables No. 23.576
), as amended by Argentine Law No. 23,962, and as
further amended from time to time.
Note
or
Notes
means, as the context may require, any Series II Notes
and/or Series III Notes.
Notes Legend
means the legend set forth in Exhibit D.
Officers Certificate
means a certificate signed by any two Authorized Persons of
the Company and delivered to the Trustee.
Opinion of Counsel
means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel who may be an
employee of or counsel to the Company.
Ordinary Meetings
has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(b).
Outstanding
when used with reference to Notes, subject to the provisions of
Section 6.4, means, as of any particular time, all Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee
under this Indenture, except:
|
(i)
|
|
Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation;
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Notes or portions thereof that have been called for redemption
in accordance with their terms or which have become due and payable at maturity
or otherwise and with respect to which monies sufficient to pay the principal
thereof and any premium, interest, Additional Amounts or other amount thereon
shall have been therefor deposited with the Trustee;
provided
that if such
Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given
pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee has been made by the Company; or
|
5
|
(iii)
|
|
Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have
been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any
such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee
proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a protected purchaser in
whose hands the Notes are valid obligations of the Company;
|
provided, however
, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount
of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, consent, notice or
waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded
and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be
protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows
to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may
be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the
pledgees right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any
Affiliate of the Company.
Paying Agent
means the Luxembourg Paying Agent, the Principal Paying Agent, the
Argentine Paying Agent solely in the limited capacity set forth in Section 2.7(j) hereof and
Section 4 of the Notes and any other paying agent appointed by the Company to act in such capacity
in accordance with the terms hereof, including the Trustee.
Payment Date
means the date on which payment of an installment of principal,
interest or any other amount is due or any date fixed for redemption of any of the Notes as
specified in, in the case of the Series II Notes,
Exhibit A-1
and, in the case of the
Series III Notes,
Exhibit A-2
;
provided
, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set
forth in the Series II Note and/or Series III Note, to the extent that a payment of principal or
interest is due with respect to any of the Notes during the Restricted Period, the date on which
such payment of principal or interest is due and payable shall be the Business Day immediately
succeeding the last day of the Restricted Period;
provided
,
further
, that the amount of such
interest to be paid by the Company at the conclusion of the Restricted Period shall be calculated
as of the applicable interest payment date set forth in the applicable Note and shall not include
the time period, if any, between such interest payment date and the date on which payment is
actually made.
Person
means any individual, corporation (including a business trust), limited
liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or other entity, or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.
principal
whenever used with reference to the Notes or any Note or any portion
thereof, shall be deemed to include premium, if any, and redemption amount, if any, and in the case
of original issue discount Notes, the amortized face amount or other amount payable in respect
thereof.
Principal Paying Agent
means any Person authorized by the Company to act as a Paying
Agent in connection with the Notes, which, as of the date hereof, shall be The Bank of
New York Mellon with an office located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4E, New York, New York
10286, Attention: Global Finance Unit.
6
Principal Transfer Agent
means any Person authorized by the Company to act as
Transfer Agent in the United States in accordance with the terms hereof and shall initially be The
Bank of New York Mellon.
Program
has the meaning set forth in the first recital of this Indenture.
Register
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a).
Registrar
means the Person identified as
Registrar
in the preamble to this
Indenture.
Regulation S
means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
Regulation S Exchange Certificate
means a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit B-2
.
Regulation S Global Note
means any Note deposited with the Common Depositary, in
accordance with Section 2.1(a), initially sold outside of the United States in reliance on
Regulation S, deposited with and registered in the name of the Common Depositary as custodian for
Euroclear and/or Clearstream, for credit to the respective accounts of beneficial owners of the
Regulation S Global Note represented thereby.
Regulation S Transfer Certificate
means a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit B-1
.
Responsible Officer
, when used with respect to the Trustee, the Trustees
Representative in Argentina or any Agent, means any vice president, any assistant secretary, any
assistant treasurer, any trust officer or assistant trust officer or any other officer of the
Trustee, the Trustees Representative in Argentina or such Agent, as applicable, customarily
performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also
means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter
is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
Restricted Period
means, with respect to any Note, the period of 40 days after the
completion of the distribution of all such Notes, as notified to the Trustee in writing by the
Company.
Securities Act
means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Series II Notes
means the Class II, Series II Notes issued by the Company in
accordance with the terms of the Program, the respective pricing supplement and this Indenture, and
that have been authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, substantially in the form of
Exhibit A-1
.
7
Series III Notes
means the Class II, Series III Notes issued by the Company in
accordance with the terms of the Program, the respective pricing supplement and this Indenture, and
that have been authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, substantially in the form of
Exhibit A-2
.
Stated Maturity
means the date on which the principal under the Notes is payable
pursuant to, in the case of the Series II Notes,
Exhibit A-1
and, in the case of the Series
III Notes,
Exhibit A-2
.
Statutory Auditors Committee
means the
Comisión Fiscalizadora
of the Company.
Subsidiary
means any corporation (
sociedad anónima
) where, at the time of
determination, the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly owns or
controls more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares. For purposes of this definition,
control, when used with respect to any particular Person, means the power to influence the
direction and policies of that Person, directly or indirectly, whether by means of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise.
Transfer Agent
means the Luxembourg Transfer Agent, the Principal Transfer Agent,
the Argentine Transfer Agent and any other transfer agent appointed by the Company to act in such
capacity in accordance with the terms hereof, including the Trustee.
Trustee
means the Person identified as the
Trustee
in the preamble to this
Indenture and, subject to the provisions of Article V, shall also include any successor trustee, in
accordance with the terms hereof.
Trustees Representative in Argentina
means the Person identified as the
representative of the Trustee in Argentina in the preamble of this Indenture in accordance with
Section 5.13 hereof.
United States
means United States of America.
Unlegended Certificated Note
means a Certificated Note that does not bear the Notes
Legend.
US$
,
US dollars
and
Dollars
means the currency of the United
States which at the relevant time is legal tender for the payment of public or private debts.
SECTION 1.2.
Agents
. (a) The Company hereby appoints each of the Registrar, the
Co-Registrar, the Transfer Agents and the Paying Agents (collectively, the
Agents
and
individually, an
Agent
) as its agent in relation to the Notes for the purposes specified
in this Indenture and in the terms of the Notes applicable thereto and all matters incidental
thereto. Each of the Agents shall have the rights, powers and authority granted to and conferred
upon it herein and in the Notes, and such further powers and authority to act on behalf of the
Company as the Company and such Agent may hereafter agree in writing. By execution of this
Indenture, each of the Agents accepts its
appointment as agent of the Company in relation to the Notes and shall comply with the
provisions of this Indenture and the Notes applicable thereto.
8
(b) The Company may vary or terminate the appointment of any Agent at any time and from time
to time upon giving at least 30 days written notice to such Agent and to the Trustee. Each Agent
may at any time resign by giving no less than 30 days written notice to the Company of such
intention on its part, specifying the date on which its desired resignation shall become effective.
In the event that the Company fails to appoint a new Agent to succeed the resigning Agent within
30 days after receiving notice of such resignation, the resigning Agent shall have the power to
appoint a successor Agent.
(c) In acting under this Indenture and in connection with the Notes, the Agents are each
acting solely as an agent of the Company and do not assume any obligation or relationship of agency
or trust for or with any of the Holders of the Notes. No Agent makes any representation as to the
validity or sufficiency of this Indenture, any offering materials or the Notes. No Agent shall be
accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Notes or the proceeds thereof.
(d) Each of the Agents shall be protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of
any action taken or thing suffered by it in reliance upon any Note, notice, direction, consent,
certificate, affidavit, statement, or other document to the extent that such communication conforms
to the provisions set forth herein, and is believed by it, in good faith, to be genuine and to have
been passed or signed by the proper parties.
(e) Each of the Agents may become the owners of, or acquire any interest in, any Notes, with
the same rights that they would have if it were not acting in such capacity, and may engage or be
interested in any financial or other transaction with the Company.
(f) The Company agrees to indemnify and defend each of the Agents and each of their respective
officers, directors, employees and agents for, and to hold each of them harmless against any
damage, loss, liability, cost, claim, action, demand or expense (including reasonable fees and
expenses of legal counsel) arising out of or in connection with each of their respective
appointments, or the exercise of each of their respective powers and rights and the performance of
each of their respective duties hereunder, or the performance of any other duties pursuant to the
terms and conditions hereof, except such as may result from each of their negligence, bad faith or
willful misconduct or that of each of their respective officers or employees. Notwithstanding
anything contained in this Indenture to the contrary, the indemnity set forth in this paragraph
shall survive the payment of the Notes, the resignation or removal of any Agent and/or the
termination of this Indenture.
(g) Except as otherwise provided herein, none of the Agents shall be liable for any action
taken or omitted by it in good faith, in the absence of negligence and willful misconduct.
9
(h) Each Agent may execute any of its powers or perform any of its duties hereunder either
directly or by or through agents or attorneys not regularly in its employ, and such Agent shall not
be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such
agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder. The Company covenants and agrees
to pay to each Agent all such compensation agreed to in writing by the Company and each Agent and
to reimburse each of the Agents for the reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses (including
the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel) incurred by it in connection with the services
rendered by it hereunder, including, without limitation, any payments made in connection with taxes
or other charges relating to such services. The Company shall reimburse the relevant Agent for
such expenses within 30 days from receiving a written request therefor together with the
appropriate documentation for such expenses.
(i) The Company covenants and agrees to pay to each Agent from time to time, and each Agent
shall be entitled to, such compensation as shall be agreed upon in writing by the Company and such
Agent for all services rendered by it hereunder.
(j) None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require any of the Agents to
expend, advance or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any personal financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if
it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity
against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(k) The duties and obligations of each Agent with respect to the Notes and this Indenture
shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and each Agent shall not be
liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in
this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against
each such Agent. The duties and obligations of each Agent are several and not joint.
ARTICLE II
NOTES
SECTION 2.1.
Forms Generally
. (a) The form of any Note to be authenticated
hereunder shall be designated in the Company Order in respect thereof delivered by the Company to
the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.4, and the Trustee shall have no liability for the Companys
designation so made notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.1. The Notes shall be, with
respect to the Series II Notes, substantially in the form attached as
Exhibit A-1
hereto
and, with respect to the Series III Notes, substantially in the form attached as
Exhibit
A-2
hereto. The Notes shall be issued in the form of one or more Regulation S Global Notes,
which shall be exchangeable for Certificated Notes only in the limited circumstances set forth in
Section 2.8, or Notes may be issued in the form of Certificated Notes, which shall be exchangeable
for beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note only in the limited circumstances set forth
in Section 2.8. Each Regulation S Global Note shall initially be registered in the name of and be
delivered to the Common Depositary. The aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Global
Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the
Trustee and the Common Depositary, as provided in this Indenture, and on the schedule affixed to
the relevant Regulation S Global Note. The Notes may be issued in such other form (not
inconsistent with this
Indenture) as shall be established by or pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors, or
one or more indentures supplemental hereto, with such appropriate insertions, omissions,
substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have
imprinted or otherwise reproduced thereon such legend or legends, not inconsistent with the
provisions of this Indenture, as may be required to comply with any law or with any rules or
regulations pursuant thereto, or with any rules of any securities exchange or to conform to general
usage, all as may be determined by the Authorized Persons executing such Notes, as evidenced by
their execution of such Notes, and all of which shall not affect the rights, duties or obligations
of the Trustee or the Agents. The Notes shall be numbered, lettered, or otherwise distinguished in
such manner or in accordance with such plan as the Authorized Persons executing the same may
determine as evidenced by the execution thereof.
10
(b) The definitive Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders
or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which
the Notes may be listed and subject to the prior approval of the CNV where applicable, all as
determined by the Authorized Persons executing such Notes as evidenced by their execution of such
Notes.
(c) The Company agrees to cause the Notes to comply with Article 7 of the Negotiable
Obligations Law.
(d) In the event of any discrepancies between the provisions or definitions of this Indenture
and the ones in any Note, the provisions and definitions of such Note will control.
SECTION 2.2.
Form of Trustees Certificate of Authentication
. The Trustees
certificate of authentication on all Notes shall be in substantially the following form:
This is one of the [Series II][Series III] Notes referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[
],
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signatory
|
|
|
SECTION 2.3.
Aggregate Amount
. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is initially limited to US$45,000,000. If
specified in the applicable Company Order, the Company may from time to time, without the consent
of the Holders of any of the Outstanding Notes, create and issue further Notes for a higher
aggregate principal amount;
provided
that CNV approval of such higher aggregate principal amount is
received and
provided, further
that such further Notes have the same terms and conditions as
either the Series II Notes or the Series III Notes, as applicable, in all respects (except for
the first payment of interest, the Date of Issuance and the issue price or as may otherwise be
provided in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors and/or any indenture supplemental
hereto), and the further Notes shall form a single series with the previously Outstanding Series II
Notes or Series III Notes, as applicable. A series of Notes need not be issued at the same time
and may be reopened, without the consent of the Holders, to allow for the issuance of additional
Notes, including for the issuance of additional Notes when required or authorized by the terms of
such Notes.
11
SECTION 2.4.
Authentication and Delivery of Notes
. (a) At any time and from time to
time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver one or more Notes
executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication together with the applicable documents
referred to below in this Section 2.4, and the Trustee shall thereafter authenticate and deliver
such Notes to or upon the order of the Company (contained in the Company Order referred to below in
this Section 2.4) or pursuant to such procedures as may be specified from time to time by a Company
Order. Such Company Order may be transmitted via facsimile (with the original to be delivered by
mail) and may provide written instructions or provide for further instructions from the Company as
to the form and terms of such Notes. In authenticating such Notes and accepting the additional
responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to
receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon:
|
(i)
|
|
a Company Order requesting such authentication setting forth
instructions as to delivery (if the Notes are not to be delivered to the
Company) and completion of any terms not set forth in such Notes as executed by
the Company or setting forth procedures as to such completion and delivery;
|
|
(ii)
|
|
any resolutions of the Board of Directors and an Officers
Certificate, or, if applicable, in lieu of such resolutions and Officers
Certificate, an executed supplemental indenture referred to in Sections 2.1 and
2.3 by or pursuant to which the forms and terms of such Notes were established;
|
|
(iii)
|
|
to the extent the forms and terms of such Notes are determined
pursuant to (and are not set forth in) resolutions of the Board of Directors or
supplemental indentures pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3, an Officers
Certificate, prepared in accordance with Section 12.5, either setting forth the
form or forms and terms of the Notes; and
|
|
(iv)
|
|
an Opinion of Counsel, prepared in accordance with
Section 12.5, which shall state (a) that the form or forms and terms of such
Notes have been or will, when established in compliance with procedures therein
described, be duly authorized and established in conformity with the provisions
of this Indenture; and (b) that such Notes, when authenticated and delivered by
the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any
conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and
binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company
in accordance with and subject to such matters as counsel may therein
specify.
|
(b) The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Notes under
this Section 2.4 if the Trustee, (x) being advised by counsel, and after having consulted with
counsel to the Company, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken, (y) acting in good
faith through its board of directors or board of trustees, executive committee, or a trust
committee of directors or trustees or Responsible Officers shall determine that such action would
expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing Holders or (z) determines that such action
will affect its rights, duties, obligations or immunities hereunder in a manner not reasonably
acceptable to it.
12
SECTION 2.5.
Execution of Notes
. (a) The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the
Company by a member of its Board of Directors or any Authorized Person of the Company. Such
signatures, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, may be the manual or facsimile
signatures of any Authorized Person or member of its Board of Directors. Typographical and other
minor errors or defects in any such signature shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
any Note that has been duly authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.
(b) In case any Authorized Person or member of the Board of Directors who shall have signed
the Notes shall cease to be such Authorized Person or member of the Board of Directors before the
Note so signed shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or disposed of by or on behalf
of the Company, such Note nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though
the Person who signed such Note had not ceased to be such Authorized Person or such member of the
Board of Directors, as the case may be; and any Note may be signed on behalf of the Company by such
Persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Note, shall be proper Authorized Persons or
members of the Board of Directors, as the case may be, although at the date of the execution and
delivery of this Indenture any such Person was not such an Authorized Person or member of the Board
of Directors, as the case may be.
SECTION 2.6.
Certificate of Authentication
. Only such Notes as shall bear thereon a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form hereinbefore recited, executed by the
Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized signatories, shall be entitled to the
benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the
Trustee upon any Note executed by or on behalf of the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the
Note so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the Holder is
entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have
been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the
Company shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation together with a written statement
of an Authorized Person or a member of the Board of Directors, as applicable, (which need not
comply with Section 12.5 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such
Note has never been issued and sold by the Company, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note
shall be
deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to
the benefits of this Indenture.
SECTION 2.7.
Denomination and Date of Notes; Payments
. (a) Subject to applicable
laws and regulations, Notes shall be issued in denominations that are integral multiples of US$1,
or otherwise as is set forth in the terms of such Notes established pursuant to Section 2.1 and in
a Company Order relating to such Notes.
(b) Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. Each Note shall bear interest,
if any, from the date and shall be payable on the dates, in each case, which shall be established
as contemplated by Section 2.1.
13
(c) The Person in whose name any Note is registered at the close of business on any record
date applicable with respect to any interest payment date for such Note shall be entitled to
receive the interest (and principal, if any, payable other than at Stated Maturity or upon
acceleration or redemption), if any, payable on such interest payment date notwithstanding any
transfer or exchange of such Note subsequent to the record date and prior to such interest payment
date;
provided
that (i) if and to the extent the Company shall default in the payment of the
interest (including Additional Amounts) due on such interest payment date for such Note, such
defaulted interest (including Additional Amounts) shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such
Note is registered at the close of business on a special record date (which shall be not less than
15 days prior to the date of payment of such defaulted interest) established by the Company and
notice given by mail by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of Notes not less than 15 days
preceding such special record date and (ii) interest payable at Stated Maturity or upon
acceleration or redemption will be payable to the person to whom principal shall be payable. The
term
record date
as used with respect to any interest payment date (except a date for
payment of defaulted interest) shall mean the date specified as such in, in the case of the Series
II Notes,
Exhibit A-1
hereto and, in the case of the Series III Notes,
Exhibit A-2
hereto. The term
special record date
as used with respect to the payment of defaulted
interest shall be a date set by the Company as described above.
(d) Except as otherwise provided in the Notes, on or prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time,
on each Payment Date, the Company shall deposit with the Principal Paying Agent in immediately
available funds money sufficient to pay the principal of, Additional Amounts, if any, and/or
interest on the Notes due on such Payment Date.
(e) Except as otherwise provided in the Notes, payments of the principal, interest, Additional
Amounts, if any, and other amounts on or in respect of any Regulation S Global Note will be made to
the Principal Paying Agent for subsequent distribution to the Common Depositary in accordance with
such depositarys procedures, or to its nominee (or any successor thereto) as the registered owner
thereof. Neither the Company, the Trustee nor any Agent will have any responsibility or liability
for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial interests in
the Regulation S Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to
such beneficial interests.
(f) Except as otherwise provided in the Notes, payments of the principal, interest, Additional
Amounts, if any, and other amounts on or in respect of any Certificated Note at Stated Maturity or
upon acceleration or redemption will be made in New York City by transfer of immediately available
funds to the Principal Paying Agent (and subsequently to the Holder thereof) upon surrender of such
Note at the Corporate Trust Office. Except as otherwise provided in the Notes, payments of the
principal, interest, Additional Amounts and any other amounts on or in respect of Certificated
Notes to be made other than at Stated Maturity or upon redemption will be made to the Principal
Paying Agent (and subsequently to the Holder thereof) in New York City by transfer of immediately
available funds on the due date for such payment.
(g) Except as otherwise provided in the Notes, the Company will pay all amounts with respect
to the principal of and interest on the Notes in US dollars to the Principal Paying Agent.
14
(h) At least ten (10) days prior to the first Payment Date on the Notes and at least ten (10)
days prior to each Payment Date thereafter, the Company shall furnish the Trustee, the Principal
Paying Agent, the Luxembourg Paying Agent and, to the extent payments are made in accordance with
Section 2.7(j) hereof and Section 4 of the Note, the Argentine Paying Agent, with an Officers
Certificate (but only if there has been any change with respect to the matters set forth in any
previously delivered Officers Certificate) instructing the Trustee and the applicable Paying Agent
as to whether such payment of principal of or any interest on such Notes shall be made without
deduction of withholding for or on account of any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental
charge required in Argentina. If any such deduction or withholding shall be required in Argentina,
then such certificate shall specify the amount, if any, required to be deducted or withheld on such
payment to the relevant recipient, shall certify that the Company shall pay such deduction or
withholding amount to the appropriate taxing authority, and shall certify that the Company shall
pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee or such Paying Agent Additional Amounts, if any, required.
The Company agrees to indemnify the Trustee and each Paying Agent for, and to hold each harmless
against, any loss, liability or expense reasonably incurred without bad faith, negligence or
willful misconduct on its part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by it
in reliance on any Officers Certificate furnished pursuant to this Section 2.7(h) or any failure
to furnish such a certificate. The obligations of the Company under this Section 2.7(h) shall
survive the payment of the Notes, the resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Paying Agent
and/or termination of this Indenture.
(i) The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that
the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee, as applicable, all
money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or
Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company
in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require the
applicable Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may
require any Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment to the Trustee
of any or all money previously held by a Paying Agent, such Paying Agent (if other than the Company
or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability with respect to the transferred money. If the
Company or a Subsidiary acts as a Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund
for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee, as applicable, all money held by it as Paying Agent.
Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization
proceedings relating to the Company, to the extent the Trustee is not serving as the Principal
Paying Agent at such time, the Trustee will serve as the Principal Paying Agent for the Notes.
Upon the Companys repayment in full of the Notes, and so long as the Paying Agent no longer holds
any money payable to the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, in connection with this
Indenture or the Notes, and in any event after 30 calendar days following the last Payment Date,
each Paying Agent shall be relieved of any of its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes
and any actions, other than the exercise of its rights, required to be taken by each Paying Agent
under this Indenture or the Notes, shall be taken by the Company or its Subsidiaries.
15
(j) To the extent that the Company is unable to make a payment in respect of the Notes in US
dollars due to the circumstances described in Section 4 of the Notes attached hereto, the Company
will provide to each of the Trustee, the Argentine Paying Agent, Euroclear and/or Clearstream (as
applicable), written notice of the same at least five (5) Business Days prior to the applicable
Payment Date unless the circumstances described in such Section 4 are not known to the Company on
such date, in which case, the Company shall provide to each of the Trustee, the Argentine Paying
Agent, Euroclear and/or Clearstream (as applicable), with notice thereof no later than one (1)
Business Day prior to the applicable Payment Date. In such notice, the Company shall include the
following information: (i) the amount of US dollars to be paid, that should be delivered in Pesos
to the Argentine Paying Agent Peso denominated account and the mechanism to calculate the
Applicable Exchange Rate to be used on the applicable Payment Date to calculate the Dollar exchange
rate; (ii) the information regarding the Peso denominated account of the representative of
Euroclear and/or Clearstream in Argentina into which the amounts received by the Argentine Paying
Agent are to be deposited; and (iii) the entity from which the amounts to be paid by the Company
are to be delivered to the Argentine Paying Agent. The Trustee shall procure from the Common
Depositary the allocation between Euroclear and/or Clearstream and shall communicate the same in
writing to the Argentine Paying Agent and the Company at least three (3) Business Days prior to the
applicable Payment Date, unless the Trustee does not receive the Companys notice in respect
thereof by such fifth Business Day prior to the applicable Payment Date, in which case the Trustee
shall provide notice to the Argentine Paying Agent and the Company as soon as practicable. In
addition, the Company, contemporaneously with the delivery of the notice to the Trustee
contemplated in this Section 2.7(j), shall deliver to each Holder of the Notes, a notice setting
forth the information sent to the Trustee (as contemplated above) and a description of the
mechanics for the receipt by the Holders of the Notes of the related Peso denominated payments,
including, as applicable, any information relating to the need of any participant in Euroclear
and/or Clearstream to open accounts in Argentina for the receipt of the relevant funds. The
Company agrees to deliver to the Argentine Paying Agent the relevant amount of Pesos prior to 4:30
p.m. City of Buenos Aires time on the applicable Payment Date, for subsequent transfer by the
Argentine Paying Agent to the Peso denominated account of the representative of Euroclear and/or
Clearstream in Argentina as soon practicable to the extent all the necessary information has been
received. In addition, in any such circumstance, in respect of any Certificated Notes, payments on
account of such Certificated Notes shall be made in Pesos by the Argentine Paying Agent to such
account in Argentina, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, notified in
writing by the Company as instructed by the Holder of such Certificated Notes.
SECTION 2.8.
Registration
. (a) The Registrar will keep a register (the
Register
) at its office for the
registration of ownership, exchange and transfer of Notes. In the case of the replacement of the
Notes, the Register will include notations of the Note so replaced, and the Note issued in
replacement thereof. In the case of the cancellation of the Notes, the Register will include
notations of the Note so cancelled and the date on which such Note was cancelled. The Co-Registrar
shall also maintain a record of all registrations of ownership, exchange and transfer of Notes at
its office in the City of Buenos Aires, Argentina. The Co-Registrar shall give prompt notice to
the Registrar and the Registrar shall likewise give prompt notice to the Co-Registrar of any
registration of ownership, exchange or transfer of Notes (it being understood that the Co-Registrar
or Registrar, as applicable, shall have no obligation to record any registration of ownership,
exchange or transfer of Notes not effected through it unless it has received notice from the
Registrar or Co-Registrar, as applicable). The Register will show the amount of the Notes, the
date of issue, all subsequent transfers and changes of ownership in respect thereof and the names,
tax identification numbers (if relevant to a specific Holder) and addresses of the Holders of the
Notes and any payment instructions with respect thereto (if different from a Holders registered
address). The Registrar and the Co-Registrar shall at all reasonable times during office hours
make the Register available to the Company or any Person authorized by the Company in writing for
inspection and for the taking of copies thereof or extracts therefrom, and at the expense and
written direction of the Company, the Registrar and the Co-Registrar shall deliver to such Persons
all lists of Holders of Notes, their addresses and amounts of such holdings as the Company may
request. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying
agents. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The
Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this
Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying
Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying
Agent or Registrar.
16
(b) The Registrar shall maintain the Register in written or electronic form in the English
language, and the Co-Registrar shall maintain duplicates thereof in the Spanish language.
(c) Subject to Sections 2.8(g), (h) and (i), no restrictions shall apply to the transfer or
registration of transfer of an Unlegended Certificated Note to a transferee that takes delivery in
the form of an Unlegended Certificated Note. By acceptance of a Legended Certificated Note,
whether upon original issuance or subsequent transfer, each Holder of such Legended Certificated
Note will be deemed to acknowledge the restrictions on the transfer of such Legended Certificated
Note set forth in the Notes Legend and will agree that it will transfer such Legended Certificated
Note only as provided herein and therein. In addition to the provisions of Sections 2.8(g), (h)
and (i), the Registrar shall only register the transfer of a Legended Certificated Note for another
Certificated Note if prior to transfer the transferee furnishes to the Trustee and the Company (x)
if requested by the Company, an Opinion of Counsel in form satisfactory to the Company, that such
transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable laws and (y) such other
certifications, legal opinions or other information acceptable to the Company that such transfer is
in compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable laws. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary set forth herein, during the Restricted Period, (i) Notes shall only be held through
Euroclear and/or Clearstream, (ii) the Trustee shall not authenticate any Notes during the
Restricted Period that would result in a
violation of such limitation, (iii) no Note shall be transferred or exchanged in a manner that
would result in a violation of such limitation and (iv) no payments of any principal or interest
shall be made with respect to the Notes. Further, during the Restricted Period, any reference
herein to a Regulation S Global Note shall be deemed to be a reference to a temporary Regulation S
Global Note that bears the entire Notes Legend. Following the conclusion of the Restricted Period,
any reference herein to a Regulation S Global Note shall be deemed to be a reference to a permanent
Regulation S Global Note, the legend on which will not include the first two paragraphs of the
Notes Legend. In addition, any payments of any principal or interest that become due and payable
during the Restricted Period shall be paid to the applicable Holders upon the conclusion of the
Restricted Period.
17
(d) Subject to Sections 2.8(g), (h) and (i), an exchange or transfer of a beneficial interest
in any Regulation S Global Note for a Certificated Note or Certificated Notes, an exchange or
transfer of a Certificated Note or Certificated Notes for a beneficial interest in any Regulation S
Global Note or an exchange or transfer of a Certificated Note or Certificated Notes for another
Certificated Note or Certificated Notes (in each case whether or not such exchange, if applicable,
is made in anticipation of a subsequent transfer, and in the case of a Regulation S Global Note, so
long as such Regulation S Global Note remains Outstanding and is held by or on behalf of the Common
Depositary) may be made only in accordance with this Section 2.8(d) and in accordance with the
rules of Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable. In addition, in connection with such exchanges
or transfers, the following regulations shall be applicable:
(i) A Holder of a Legended Certificated Note may exchange such Legended Certificated
Note for a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note if such Holder furnishes to the
Company and to the Trustee a Regulation S Exchange Certificate. In addition, the holder of
a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest
for a Legended Certificated Note if such holder of a beneficial interest furnishes to the
Company and the Trustee a Regulation S Exchange Certificate. A Holder of a Legended
Certificated Note may transfer such Legended Certificated Note to a Person taking delivery
in respect of such transfer of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note if such
Holder furnishes to the Company and to the Trustee a Regulation S Transfer Certificate. In
addition, a holder of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may transfer such
beneficial interest to a Person taking delivery in respect of such transfer of a Legended
Certificated Note if such holder of a beneficial interest furnishes to the Company and the
Trustee either (x) a Regulation S Transfer Certificate or (y) an Opinion of Counsel in form
satisfactory to the Company, that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and
other applicable laws and such other certifications, legal opinions or other information
acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and
other applicable laws. Finally, a Holder of a Legended Certificated Note may transfer such
Legended Certificated Note to a transferee that will hold a Legended Certificated Note
subject to the transfer restrictions related to Regulation S if such Holder furnishes to the
Company and the Trustee a Regulation S Transfer Certificate.
(ii) In the case of (A) a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note being
exchanged for or transferred to an exchangee or a transferee, as applicable, that takes
delivery in the form of, as applicable, a Certificated Note or Certificated Notes
pursuant to a transaction that is not subject to Regulation S and (B) a Legended
Certificated Note being exchanged for or transferred to an exchangee or a transferee, as
applicable, that takes delivery in the form of, as applicable, a Certificated Note or
Certificated Notes pursuant to a transaction that is not subject to Regulation S, the
Registrar shall only register each such transfer if prior to transfer the transferee
furnishes to the Trustee and the Company (x) if requested by the Company, an Opinion of
Counsel in form satisfactory to the Company, that such transfer is in compliance with the
Securities Act and other applicable laws and (y) such other certifications, legal opinions
or other information acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in compliance with the
Securities Act and other applicable laws.
(iii) No restrictions shall apply with respect to the transfer or registration of
transfer of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note to a transferee that takes
delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note.
(iv) A Holder of a Certificated Note may exchange such Certificated Note for an equal
aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes subject to the same transfer restrictions
as in the original Certificated Note in different authorized denominations without any
certification.
18
(e) (i) Upon acceptance for exchange or transfer of a Certificated Note for a beneficial
interest in a Regulation S Global Note as provided herein, the Trustee shall cancel such
Certificated Note and shall endorse (or cause to be endorsed) on the schedule affixed to the
Regulation S Global Note (or on a continuation of such schedule affixed to the Regulation S Global
Note and made a part thereof) an appropriate notation evidencing the date of such exchange or
transfer and an increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note equal to the
principal amount of such Certificated Note exchanged or transferred therefor.
(ii) Upon acceptance for exchange or transfer of a beneficial interest in a Regulation
S Global Note for a Certificated Note as provided herein, the Trustee shall endorse (or
cause to be endorsed) on the schedule affixed to the Regulation S Global Note (or on a
continuation of such schedule affixed to the Regulation S Global Note and made a part
thereof) an appropriate notation evidencing the date of such exchange or transfer and a
decrease in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note equal to the principal
amount of such Certificated Note issued in exchange therefor or upon transfer thereof.
(f) The following provisions shall apply to the placement of the Notes Legend on any
Certificated Note issued in exchange for or upon transfer of another Certificated Note or of a
beneficial interest in any Regulation S Global Note and to the removal of the Notes Legend from any
Legended Certificated Note.
(i) Unless determined otherwise by the Company in accordance with applicable law and
notified to the Trustee in writing, a Certificated Note issued upon transfer of or exchange
for a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note shall bear the Notes Legend.
(ii) Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of a Legended Certificated Note, or
upon specific request of a Holder of a Legended Certificated Note for removal of the Notes
Legend therefrom, the Trustee shall deliver an Unlegended Certificated Note or Unlegended
Certificated Notes only if there is provided to the Company and the Trustee (at the Holders
expense) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company (which may include an Opinion of
Counsel) that neither the Notes Legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein
are required to ensure compliance with the Securities Act.
(iii) Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of an Unlegended Certificated Note for
a Certificated Note, the Trustee shall deliver a Legended or Unlegended Certificated Note or
Notes, as the Holder may request in writing.
(iv) If the Notes Legend is removed from a Certificated Note and such Certificated Note
is subsequently held by an Affiliate of the Company, and such Certificated Note is a
restricted security within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Company
shall cause the Notes Legend to be reinstated.
19
(g) Subject to the restrictions on transfer and exchange set forth in this Section 2.8, to any
additional restrictions on transfer or exchange specified in the Certificated Notes, and such
reasonable and customary regulations as the Company may from time to time prescribe, transfers of
any Certificated Note in whole or in part must be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee, in its capacity as the Principal Transfer Agent, or its duly authorized agent or at the
office of any other Transfer Agent that may be appointed by the Company by delivery of such
Certificated Note with the form of transfer (substantially in the form of
Exhibit C
hereto)
thereon duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory
to the Company and the Trustee or its duly authorized agent or any such other Transfer Agent, as
the case may be, duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holders attorney-in-fact duly
authorized in writing. In exchange for any Certificated Note properly presented for transfer, the
Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered at its
Corporate Trust Office or the office of its duly authorized agent or at the office of any other
Transfer Agent that may be appointed by the Company, as the case may be, to the transferee or send
by mail (at the risk of the transferee) to such address as the transferee may request, a
Certificated Note or Notes, registered in the name of such transferee, for the same aggregate
principal amount as was transferred. Subject to the requirements of minimum denomination set forth
in this Indenture and the terms of any Notes established pursuant to Section 2.1, in the case of
the transfer of any Certificated Note in part, the Trustee shall also promptly authenticate and
deliver or cause to be authenticated and delivered at its Corporate Trust Office or at the office
of its duly authorized agent or at the office of any Transfer Agent that may be appointed by the
Company, as the case may be, to the transferor or send by mail (at the risk of the transferor) to
such address as the transferor may request, a Certificated Note or Notes, registered in the name of
the transferor, for the aggregate principal amount that was not transferred. Certificated Notes
may also be exchanged for other Certificated Notes in any authorized denominations and of equal
aggregate principal amount of Notes, subject to the requirements of minimum denomination set forth
in this Indenture and in the terms of such Notes. Following a proper request in writing for
exchange, the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver or cause to be authenticated and
delivered at its Corporate Trust Office or at the office of its duly authorized agent or at the
office of such Transfer Agent, as the case
may be, to the Holder or send by first class mail (at the risk of the Holder), to such address
as the Holder may request, a Certificated Note or Notes, as the case may require, for a like
aggregate principal amount and in such authorized denomination or denominations as may be
requested. The presentation for transfer or exchange of any Certificated Note shall not be valid
unless made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or at the office of its duly authorized
agent or at the office of a Transfer Agent by the registered Holder in person, or by a duly
authorized attorney-in-fact. Upon any such transfer or exchange, the Trustee shall cause the
Registrar to make the appropriate entries in the Register reflecting such transfer or exchange.
(h) Neither the Registrar nor any Transfer Agent shall register the transfer of or exchange of
Certificated Notes for a period of 15 days preceding the due date for any payment of interest on
any Note or during the period of 30 days ending on the due date for any payment of principal on any
Note, or register the transfer of or exchange any Notes previously called for redemption.
20
(i) Other than as contemplated in clause (k) of this Section 2.8 and except to the extent that
a transfer or exchange is contemplated in accordance with clauses (d) (i) or (ii) of this Section
2.8, the Company shall not be required to issue any Certificated Notes unless the Company shall
have received notice from the Common Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act
as Common Depositary or that Euroclear and/or Clearstream has/have informed the Company that
it/they is/are no longer a clearing agency or otherwise is/are unwilling or unable to serve in such
capacity and, in either case, a successor Common Depositary or clearing agency is not appointed or
selected by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Common Depositary or
Euroclear and/or Clearstream, in which case, the Company will execute and the Trustee will
authenticate and deliver, in exchange for beneficial interests in the relevant Regulation S Global
Note, Certificated Notes registered in such names as the Common Depositary may direct in writing
(based on its records) in authorized denominations and in an aggregate principal amount equal to
the principal amount of the relevant Regulation S Global Note and the Company shall give the
Trustee prompt written notice thereof.
(j) Except as otherwise provided herein, transfer, registration and exchange shall be
permitted as provided in this Section 2.8 without any charge to the Holder except for the expenses
of delivery (if any) not made by regular mail and except, if the Company shall so require, the
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp duty, tax or governmental charge or insurance charge
that may be imposed in relation thereto. Registration of the transfer of a Note by the Registrar
shall be deemed to be the acknowledgment of such transfer on behalf of the Company.
(k) Upon the written request of Euroclear or Clearstream after the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default under the Notes, the Company will execute and the Trustee will
authenticate and deliver, in exchange for beneficial interests in such Regulation S Global Notes,
Certificated Notes registered in such names as Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, may
direct in writing (based on their records) in authorized denominations and in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Notes.
(l) Insofar as interests in any Regulation S Global Note are held by the agent members of
Euroclear or Clearstream (the
Agent Members
), the provisions of the Operating Procedures
of the Euroclear System and the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Participants of Euroclear
and Clearstream, respectively, shall be applicable to such Regulation S Global Note. Agent Members
of, or participants in, Euroclear and Clearstream shall have no rights under this Indenture with
respect to any Regulation S Global Notes held on their behalf by Euroclear and Clearstream, and
Euroclear and Clearstream or its nominee shall be treated by the Company and the Trustee as the
absolute owner of such Regulation S Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any
written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Common Depositary or impair,
as between Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and their respective Agent Members, the
operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company or the Trustee from giving
effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by Euroclear or
Clearstream or impair, as between Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and their
respective Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights
of a Holder of any Note.
21
(m) Subject to the provisions of this Section 2.8, transfers of a Regulation S Global Note
shall be limited to transfers of a Regulation S Global Note in whole, but not in part, to nominees
of Euroclear and/or Clearstream or to a successor of Euroclear and/or Clearstream or such
successors nominee.
(n) None of the Trustee, the Trustees Representative in Argentina or any Agent shall: (i)
have any duty to monitor compliance with or with respect to any securities or tax laws (including
but not limited to any United States federal or state or other securities or tax laws) or (ii)
except as specifically provided herein, have to obtain documentation on any transfers or exchanges
of the Notes.
SECTION 2.9.
Mutilated, Defaced, Destroyed, Stolen and Lost Notes; Cancellation and
Destruction of Notes; Liens
. (a) The Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee
Certificated Notes in such amounts and at such times as to enable the Trustee to fulfill its
responsibilities under this Indenture and the Notes.
(b) The Trustee shall, in accordance with any terms and conditions set forth in the Notes, and
upon provision of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee and to the Company that any Note was
mutilated, defaced, destroyed, stolen or lost, together with such indemnity as the Trustee and the
Company may require to hold each of them harmless, authenticate and deliver from time to time such
Notes in exchange for or in lieu of such Notes that become mutilated, defaced, destroyed, stolen or
lost. Each Note delivered in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry all the rights
to interest (including rights to accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts) that were
carried by such other Note.
(c) All Notes surrendered for payment, transfer or exchange shall be delivered to the Trustee.
The Trustee shall cancel and destroy all such Notes surrendered for payment,
transfer or exchange, in accordance with its security destruction policy, and shall, upon
written request, deliver a certificate of destruction to the Company.
(d) Upon the issuance of any substitute Note, the Holder of such Note, if so requested by the
Company, will pay a sum sufficient to cover any stamp duty, tax or other governmental charge that
may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expense (including the fees and expenses of the
Trustee) in connection with the preparation and issuance of the substitute Note.
(e) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange of Notes shall be valid obligations of the
Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the
Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
(f) Each Holder shall notify the Registrar, the Co-Registrar or the Company of the creation of
any Lien (as defined in the Notes) in respect of the Notes.
SECTION 2.10.
Purchase and Cancellation
. The Company and its Affiliates may at any
time purchase or otherwise acquire any Note in the open market or otherwise at any price and may
resell and dispose of such Note at any time;
provided
that in determining at any time whether the
Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Notes Outstanding have given any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Notes then known by a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee to be owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall
be disregarded and deemed not Outstanding for purposes of such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent or waiver.
22
ARTICLE III
[RESERVED]
ARTICLE IV
REMEDIES
SECTION 4.1.
Events of Default
. (a) Event of Default, wherever used herein, means
any one of the events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be
voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or
order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body)
defined as such in, in the case of the Series II Notes,
Exhibit A-1
hereto and, in the case
of the Series III Notes,
Exhibit A-2
hereto.
(b)
Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
. If an Event of Default (other
than an Event of Default described in clause (e) of Section 8 Events of Default of the Series II
Note or clause (e) of Section 8 Events of Default of the Series III Note, as applicable) occurs
and is continuing, then the percentage of Holders of Notes Outstanding
required in, in the case of the Series II Notes,
Exhibit A-1
hereto and, in the case
of the Series III Notes,
Exhibit A-2
hereto may declare the principal amount of such Notes
to be due and payable immediately.
(c) The right of any Holders to make a declaration of acceleration shall terminate if the
Event of Default giving rise to such right shall have been cured before such right is exercised.
(d) At any time after a declaration of acceleration has been made by the required percentage
of Holders (according to the terms of, in the case of the Series II Notes,
Exhibit A-1
hereto and, in the case of the Series III Notes,
Exhibit A-2
hereto), the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of Series II Notes or Series III Notes, as applicable, at that time
Outstanding, taking action at an Extraordinary Meeting, may rescind and annul such declaration and
its consequences if:
(i) The Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay,
(A) all overdue interest on all Outstanding Notes;
(B) all unpaid principal of any Outstanding Notes which has become due
otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, and interest on such unpaid
principal at the rate borne by such Notes,
23
(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue
interest at the rate borne by such Notes, and
(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the compensation and
reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents,
representatives and counsel; and
(ii) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of amounts of principal of or
interest on Notes which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have
been cured or waived as provided in Section 4.10.
(e) No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent
thereon. The foregoing conditions shall be without prejudice to the rights accorded to any
individual Holder to initiate actions against the Company under Article 29 of the Negotiable
Obligations Law.
SECTION 4.2.
Collection of Indebtedness by Trustee
. The Company covenants that (i)
in case there shall be a default in the payment of any installment of interest (including
Additional Amounts) on the Notes when such interest (including Additional Amounts) shall have
become due and payable, and such default shall have continued for a period of fourteen Business
Days or (ii) in case there shall be a default in the payment of all or any part of the principal of
the Notes when the same shall have become due and payable, and such default continues for a period
of seven (7) Business Days; then upon
demand by the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of
any such Note the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on any such Note for
principal or interest (including Additional Amounts), as the case may be (with interest to the date
of such payment upon the overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is
enforceable under applicable law, on overdue installments of interest at the rate or rates of
interest specified in any such Note); and in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be
sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including reasonable compensation to and
reimbursement of the expenses of the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, their respective agents,
attorneys and counsel, and any expenses and liabilities incurred by the Trustee and each
predecessor Trustee, as provided in Section 5.6, except as a result of its negligence, bad faith or
willful misconduct.
(a) In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the
Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to
institute any action or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and
unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceedings to judgment or final decree, and may
enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or other obligor upon the Notes and
collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or other obligor upon such
Notes, wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.
(b) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture or under the Notes may
be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of the Notes or the production thereof on any
trial or other proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or proceedings instituted by the
Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of
judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses, disbursements and compensation of the Trustee,
each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for the ratable
benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such action was taken.
24
(c) In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the
interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party), the
Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such action was
taken, and it shall not be necessary to make any Holders of such Notes parties to any such
proceedings.
(d) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent
to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment
or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee
to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
(e) Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Indenture and amongst the other duties
and responsibilities of the Trustee expressly contemplated in this Indenture, in connection with
the actions contemplated by this Article IV, the Trustee will be deemed to be a representative of
the Holders and will take any action contemplated by this Section 4.2 in order to protect the
interests of the Holders.
SECTION 4.3.
Application of Proceeds
. Any moneys collected by the Trustee and/or the Argentine Paying Agent (only in the limited
case set forth in Section 2.7(j) hereof and Section 4 of the form of the Notes attached hereto as
Exhibit A-1
and
Exhibit A-2
) pursuant to this Article IV in respect of the Notes
shall be applied in the following order at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of
the distribution of such moneys on account of principal (including Additional Amounts), upon
presentation of the Notes in respect of which moneys have been collected and stamping (or otherwise
noting) thereon the payment, or issuing Notes in reduced principal amounts in exchange for the
presented Notes if only partially paid, or upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due to the Trustee and/or any predecessor Trustee
(including the reasonable fees and expenses, disbursements and advances of its agents and
counsel) under Section 5.6; except for any such amounts that result from the negligence, bad
faith or willful misconduct of the Trustee or predecessor Trustee, as the case may be;
SECOND: To the payment of all amounts due to the Agents under Section 1.2 and the
Trustees Representative in Argentina under Section 5.13 of this Indenture;
THIRD: In case the principal of the Notes in respect of which moneys have been collected
shall not have become and be then due and payable, to the payment of overdue interest (including
Additional Amounts) on such Notes in default in the order of the maturity of the installments of
such interest (including Additional Amounts), with interest upon the overdue installments of
interest (including Additional Amounts) at the rate or rates of interest specified in such
Notes, such payments to be made ratably to the Persons entitled thereto, without discrimination
or preference;
25
FOURTH: In case the principal of the Notes in respect of which moneys have been collected
shall have become and shall be then due and payable, to the payment of the whole amount then
owing and unpaid upon all such Notes for principal and interest (including Additional Amounts),
with interest upon the overdue principal, and upon overdue installments of interest (including
Additional Amounts), at the rate or rates of interest specified in such Notes; and in case such
moneys shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due and unpaid upon such Notes,
then to the payment of such principal and interest (including Additional Amounts), without
preference or priority of principal over interest (including Additional Amounts), or of interest
over principal, or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of
such Note over any other such Note, ratably to the aggregate of such principal and accrued and
unpaid interest (including Additional Amounts); and
FIFTH: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or any other Person
lawfully entitled thereto of which the Trustee has written notice.
SECTION 4.4.
Suits for Enforcement
. In case an Event of Default has occurred, has
not been waived and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion (but is not required to)
proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate
judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such
rights, either at law or in
equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or
agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this
Indenture or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture
or by law.
SECTION 4.5.
Restoration of Rights on Abandonment of Proceedings
. In case the
Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall
have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or shall have been determined adversely to the
Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Holders and the Trustee shall, subject to
applicable law, be restored respectively to their former positions and rights hereunder, and all
rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue as
though no such proceedings had been taken.
SECTION 4.6.
Limitations on Suits by Noteholders
. Except as provided in Section 4.7,
no Holder of any Note shall have any right by virtue or by availing itself of any provision of this
Indenture or of the Notes, to institute any action or proceeding at law or in equity, or under
bankruptcy laws or otherwise upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the
appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official or for any
other remedy hereunder, unless such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written
notice of default and of the continuance thereof, and unless also the Holders of not less than 25%
in aggregate principal amount of the Series II Notes or the Series III Notes, as applicable, then
Outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action or
proceedings in its own name as trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such
indemnity satisfactory to it as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be
incurred therein or thereby and the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request
and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such action or proceeding and no
direction inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee pursuant to
Section 4.9; it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have any
right in any manner whatever by virtue or by availing itself of any provision of this Indenture to
affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holder of Notes, or to obtain or seek to
obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder or to enforce any right under this
Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of
all Holders of Notes.
26
SECTION 4.7.
Unconditional Right of Noteholders to Institute Certain Suits
.
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture and any provision of any Note, the right of
any Holder of any Note to receive payment of the principal of and interest on such Note (including
Additional Amounts) on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to institute
suit, including any
acción ejecutiva individual
pursuant to Article 29 of the Negotiable
Obligations Law, for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall
not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 4.8.
Powers and Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission Not Waiver of Default
. Except as provided in Section 4.6, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to
the Trustee or to the Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and
every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to
every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or
otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not
prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Noteholder to exercise any right or power
accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such
right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence
therein; and, subject to Section 4.6, every power and remedy given by this Indenture or by law to
the Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be
deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Noteholders, subject to the terms of this Indenture and
the Notes.
SECTION 4.9.
Control by Noteholders
. Subject to Section 5.2(iii) and except as
otherwise set forth in the Series II Notes or the Series III Notes, as applicable, with respect to
acceleration rights following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the of the Series II Notes or the Series III
Notes, as applicable, at the time Outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method, and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust
or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Series II Notes or the Series III Notes, as
applicable, by this Indenture;
provided
that such direction shall not be otherwise than in
accordance with law and the provisions of this Indenture and shall not expose the Trustee to
personal liability and shall not be unduly prejudicial to the interests of Holders of the Notes not
joining in the giving of said direction, it being understood that the Trustee shall have no duty to
ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearance are unduly prejudicial to such Holders.
Nothing in this Indenture shall impair the right of the Trustee in its discretion to take any
action deemed proper (acting in good faith) by the Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such
direction or directions by Noteholders.
27
SECTION 4.10.
Waiver of Past Defaults
. (a) At an Extraordinary Meeting or an
adjourned Extraordinary Meeting duly convened at which a quorum is present as provided in
Section 6.6, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Series II
Notes or Series III Notes, as applicable, represented and voting at such meeting may, on behalf of
the Holders of all the Series II Notes or the Series III Notes, as they relate to the Series II
Notes or Series III Notes, as applicable, waive any past or present default or Event of Default and
its consequences, except a default in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that cannot be
modified or amended without the consent of each Holder of Notes affected as provided in
Section 7.2. In the case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes
shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively.
(b) Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist and be deemed to have been cured
and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been
cured, and not to have occurred for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent
thereon.
SECTION 4.11.
Payments after a Default
. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default
and the subsequent declaration by the Holders that the principal amount of all the Notes is due and
payable immediately, the Trustee may by notice in writing: (a) to the Company and each applicable
Paying Agent, require each applicable Paying Agent to deliver all Notes and all moneys, documents
and records held by it with respect to the Notes to the Trustee or as the Trustee otherwise directs
in such notice; and (b) require any Paying Agent to act as agent of the Trustee under this
Indenture and the Notes, and thereafter to hold all Notes and all moneys, documents and records
held by it in respect to such Notes to the order of the Trustee;
provided
that the Trustee shall
not thereby become obligated, or have any obligation, to compensate or indemnify such Paying Agent
or to reimburse such Paying Agent for any expense.
ARTICLE V
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
SECTION 5.1.
Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee
. (a) Except during the
continuance of an Event of Default,
(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are
specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be
read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii) in the absence of bad faith, negligence, or willful misconduct on the part of the
Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any statements, certificates or opinions
furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the
case of any such statements, certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are
specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to
examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this
Indenture.
28
(b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of
the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in
their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of his own
affairs.
(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability
for its own bad faith, negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful
misconduct, except that
(i) this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of Subsection (a) of
this Section 5.1;
(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that
the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be
taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Series II Notes and/or Series III Notes, as applicable,
then Outstanding, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the
Trustee, under this Indenture; and
(iv) none of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to
expend, advance or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or
powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds
or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating
to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee is subject to
this Section 5.1.
SECTION 5.2.
Certain Rights of the Trustee
. Subject to Section 5.1:
(i) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting
upon any resolution, Officers Certificate or any other certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security or
other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed
or presented by the proper party or parties;
(ii) any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be
sufficiently evidenced by a Company Order (unless other evidence in respect thereof is
herein specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be
evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by a notary public duly licensed as
such in Argentina;
29
(iii) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the trusts or powers
vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Noteholders
pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture unless such Noteholders shall have offered to
the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses
and liabilities that might be incurred thereby;
(iv) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good
faith and within the discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;
(v) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters
stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice,
request, consent, order, approval, appraisal, bond, debenture, guarantee, note, coupon,
security, or other paper or document unless requested in writing so to do by the Holders of
not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series II Notes and/or Series
III Notes, as applicable, then Outstanding;
provided
that if the payment within a reasonable
time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the
making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not satisfactorily assured
to the Trustee, the Trustee may require from the Noteholders indemnity satisfactory to the
Trustee against such costs, expenses or liabilities as a condition to proceeding; the
reasonable costs, expenses and liabilities of every such investigation shall be paid by the
Company or, if paid by the Trustee or any predecessor trustee, shall be repaid by the
Company promptly upon demand;
(vi) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion
of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action
taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;
(vii) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any
duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall
not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney
appointed with due care by it hereunder;
(viii) notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in no event shall the
Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this
Indenture because of circumstance beyond its control, including but not limited to, acts of
God, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, strikes or work
stoppages for any reason, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances,
regulations or the like which restrict or prohibit the providing of the services
contemplated by this Indenture and the Notes, inability to obtain material, equipment, or
communications or computer facilities, or the failure of equipment or interruption of
communications or computer facilities, and other causes beyond its control whether or not of
the same class or kind as specifically named above, except to the extent such failure or
delay is due to its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;
30
(ix) the Trustee may at any time request that the Company deliver an Officers
Certificate setting forth the specimen signatures and the names of individuals and/or title
of Persons authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture on
behalf of the Company, which Officers Certificate may be signed by any Authorized Person
authorized to sign Officers Certificates, including any Person specified as so authorized
in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded;
(x) in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect,
consequential or punitive loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited
to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood
of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action;
(xi) none of the Trustee or any Agent shall have any responsibility or obligation to
any beneficial owner of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, a member of, or a
participant in, the depositary or other person with respect to the accuracy of the records
of the depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to
any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant,
member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the depositary) of any notice
(including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes
(or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and
communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect
of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders
(which shall be the depositary or its nominee in the case of a Regulation S Global Note).
The rights of beneficial owners in any Regulation S Global Note shall be exercised only
through the depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the depositary.
The Trustee and each Agent may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information
furnished by the depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial
owners;
(xii) except as provided herein, the recitals contained herein, in any offering
materials and in the Notes shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee
assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no
representation as to the validity or sufficiency of any offering materials, this Indenture
or of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the
Company of any of the Notes or of the proceeds thereof; and
(xiii) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the
Trustee including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and
shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, each Agent, and
each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
SECTION 5.3.
Trustee Not Responsible for Disposition of Notes or Application of Proceeds
Thereof
. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this
Indenture, of any offering materials or of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the
use or application by the Company of the Notes or of the proceeds thereof.
SECTION 5.4.
Trustee and Agents May Hold Notes; Collections, etc
. The Trustee or any
agent of the Company or the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner
or pledgee of the Notes with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee or such agent
and may otherwise deal with the Company and
receive, collect, hold and retain collections from the Company with the same rights it would
have if it were not the Trustee or such agent.
31
SECTION 5.5.
Moneys Held by Trustee
. Subject to the provisions of Section 9.4, all
moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust
for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except
to the extent required by law. None of the Trustee, any Agent or any agent of the Company, the
Agents or the Trustee shall be under any liability for interest on or investment of any moneys
received by it hereunder.
SECTION 5.6.
Compensation and Indemnification of Trustee and Its Prior Claim
. (a)
The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be
entitled to, (i) compensation as shall be agreed by the Company and the Trustee in writing (such
compensation not to be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee
of an express trust) and (ii) reimbursement of its reasonable, documented and invoiced
out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances (including the reasonable fees and expenses,
disbursements and advances of its agents and counsel) incurred by it in connection with the
services rendered by it hereunder. The fees of the Trustee shall be US$15,000 per year or such
other amount as agreed upon in writing by the Company and the Trustee. In no event shall the
Holders of the Notes be responsible for the payment of the Trustees compensation.
(b) The Company also covenants to indemnify and defend the Trustee and each of its officers,
directors, employees and agents for, and to hold it harmless against, any claim, demand, damage,
cost, loss, liability or expense (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and
disbursements of its counsel) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration
of this Indenture or the trusts hereunder and the performance of its duties or exercise of its
rights hereunder, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against or
investigating any claim of liability in the premises, except to the extent such loss, liability or
expense is due to its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The obligations of the
Company under this Section 5.6 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee
and to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee for expenses, disbursements and
advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive payment of the Notes,
the resignation or removal of such Trustee and/or the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
As security for the performance of the Companys obligations under this Section 5.6, the Trustee
shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as
such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes.
SECTION 5.7.
Right of Trustee to Rely on Officers Certificate, etc
. Whenever in the
administration of the trusts of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable
that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering or omitting any action
hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof shall be herein specifically
prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be
deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers Certificate delivered to the
Trustee, and such certificate, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be
full warranty to the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under the provisions
of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.
32
SECTION 5.8.
Persons Eligible for Appointment as Trustee
. The Trustee for the Notes
hereunder shall at all times be a Person having a combined capital and surplus of at least
US$500,000,000, authorized under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is doing business to
exercise corporate trust powers, and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state,
territorial or other governmental authority. If such Person publishes reports of condition at
least annually, pursuant to the law or to the requirements of such federal, state, territorial or
other governmental authority, then for the purposes of this Section 5.8, the combined capital and
surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its
most recent report of condition so published.
SECTION 5.9.
Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor Trustee
. (a) Subject
to Section 5.9(d), the Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, may at any time
resign with respect to the Notes by giving 30 days written notice of resignation to the Company.
If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be able to exercise the rights, powers, duties and
obligations set forth in Section 5.8, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect
hereinafter specified in this Section 5.9. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company
shall promptly appoint a successor trustee or trustees with respect to the Notes by written
instrument in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee
and one copy to the successor trustee or trustees. If no successor trustee shall have been so
appointed with respect to the Notes and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the giving
of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee, or the Holders of at least 10% in
aggregate principal amount of all of the Notes Outstanding may petition any such court for the
appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may
deem proper and as it may prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.
(b) In case at any time any of the following shall occur:
(i) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of
Section 5.8 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by or on behalf of the
Company or by any Noteholder; or
(ii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting with respect to the Notes, or shall
be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver or liquidator of the Trustee or of its
property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the
Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or
liquidation;
then, in any such case, (i) the Company may, by a resolution of the Board of Directors, remove the
Trustee with respect to the Notes and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in
duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one
copy to the successor trustee, or (ii) the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of
the Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the
appointment of a successor trustee with respect to such Notes. Such court may thereupon, after
such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and as it may prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint
a successor trustee.
33
(c) The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series II Notes and the
Series III Notes, voting collectively in a meeting convened for such purpose, at the time
Outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee with respect to the Notes and appoint a successor
trustee by delivering to the Trustee so removed, to the successor trustee so appointed and to the
Company the evidence provided for in Section 6.1 of the action in that regard taken by such
Noteholders.
(d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee with respect to any Notes and any appointment of
a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 5.9 shall not become
effective prior to acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 5.10.
SECTION 5.10.
Acceptance of Appointment by Successor Trustee
. (a) Any successor
trustee appointed as provided in Section 5.9 shall execute and deliver to the Company and to its
predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the
resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee with respect to the Notes shall become effective
and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with
all rights, powers, duties and obligations with respect to the Notes of its predecessor hereunder,
with like effect as if originally named as trustee for the Notes hereunder; but, nevertheless, on
the written request of the Company or of the successor trustee, upon payment of its charges then
unpaid, the trustee ceasing to act shall, subject to Section 9.4, pay over to the successor trustee
all moneys at the time held by it hereunder and shall execute and deliver an instrument
transferring to such successor trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations. Upon
request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing
for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights
and powers. Any trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a prior lien upon all property
or funds held or collected by such trustee to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the
provisions of Section 5.6.
(b) Upon acceptance of appointment by any successor trustee as provided in this Section 5.10,
the Company shall give, at its expense, notice thereof to the Noteholders as specified in
Section 12.4 and, if applicable, to the CNV, which notice shall include the name of the successor
trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. If the Company fails to give such notice
within ten (10) days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor
trustee shall cause such notice to be given at the expense of the Company.
(c) No successor trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance
such successor trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article V, to the extent
operative.
34
SECTION 5.11.
Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business of Trustee
.
(a) Any Person into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be
consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the
Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to substantially all the corporate trust
business of the Trustee (including this transaction), shall be the successor of the Trustee
hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the
parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding;
provided
that such Person shall be
eligible under the provisions of Section 5.8.
(b) In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by
this Indenture the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the
Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee and deliver such
Notes so authenticated; and, in case at that time the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any
successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor
hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; and in all such cases such certificate shall
have the full force as provided in the Notes or in this Indenture as the certificate of the Trustee
shall have;
provided
that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor
Trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its
successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.
SECTION 5.12.
Notice of Events of Default
. The Trustee shall not be deemed to have
notice of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default
is received by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office and such notice references the Notes and
this Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Event of
Default within 30 days, if practicable, after it occurs unless such Event of Default shall have
been cured or waived. Except in the case of a default in payment on any Note (including the
failure to make a mandatory redemption pursuant hereto), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and
so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or
a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in
the interests of Holders.
SECTION 5.13.
Trustees Representative in Argentina and Argentine Paying Agent
. (a)
As long as it is required by Argentine law or by the CNV, the Trustee will have the Trustees
Representative in Argentina for the sole purposes set forth in this Section 5.13.
(b) The duties of the Trustees Representative in Argentina shall be determined solely by the
express provisions of this Indenture or as it may agree from time to time in writing with the
Trustee, and the Trustees Representative in Argentina need perform only those duties that are
specifically set forth in this Indenture and those agreed in writing with
the Trustee. No implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against
the Trustees Representative in Argentina. The Trustees Representative in Argentina shall have
only the rights and powers stated below. It is further acknowledged that the Trustees
Representative in Argentina is not and shall not be considered as if it were a Trustees
attorney-in-fact.
35
(c) The duties and rights of the Trustees Representative in Argentina up to the date hereof
are only: (i) receive from Holders, the Company, Agents, and any governmental or regulatory
authority or entity any and all letters, claims, requests, memorandums or any other document
directed to the Trustee with respect to the Notes, (ii) transmit, deliver or notify the Trustee in
writing of the reception of any and all of the mentioned documents by facsimile, within
three (3) Business Days of such reception, and (iii) respond or answer such letters, claims,
requests, memoranda or documents, following the express written instructions of the Trustee and
only if such instructions are given by the Trustee.
(d) The Trustees Representative in Argentina shall not be liable for any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith and within its discretion and in accordance with the terms hereof,
rights or powers.
(e) The Company shall pay to the Trustees Representative in Argentina from time to time, and
the Trustees Representative in Argentina shall be entitled to, such compensation for its
acceptance of this Indenture and its services hereunder, as applicable and to the extent other than
as noted below. The fees of the Trustees Representative in Argentina shall be US$ 3,250 per year
plus any applicable value added taxes or such other amount as agreed upon in writing by the Company
and the Trustees Representative in Argentina. The Company shall reimburse the Trustees
Representative in Argentina promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and
expenses incurred or made by or on behalf of it in addition to the compensation for its services.
Such expenses may include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of Trustees
Representative in Argentinas agents, counsel and other persons not regularly in its employ.
(f) The Company agrees to indemnify and defend each of the Trustees Representative in
Argentina, the Argentine Transfer Agent, the Co-Registrar and the Argentine Paying Agent and each
of their officers, directors, employees and agents for, and to hold each entity harmless to the
extent set forth in Section 5.6(b).
SECTION 5.14.
Application to Agents and Trustees Representative in Argentina
. The
Company hereby agrees that the provisions of Sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6(b), 5.7, 5.11 and
5.13 shall apply to the Agents and to the Trustees Representative in Argentina as if the Agents
and the Trustees Representative in Argentina were expressly named therein,
provided, however
, that
Section 5.1 shall not apply to the Trustees Representative in Argentina but Section 5.13 instead.
SECTION 5.15.
Application to Trustee in all Capacities
. Except as otherwise
specifically provided herein, (i) all references in this Indenture to the Trustee shall be deemed
to refer to the Trustee in its capacity as Trustee and it
its capacities as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Registrar and Principal Transfer Agent and
(ii) every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or
offering protection, rights, immunity or indemnity to the Trustee shall be deemed to apply with the
same force and effect to the Trustee acting in its capacities as Principal Paying Agent, Registrar
and Principal Transfer Agent and each other Agent appointed hereunder.
36
ARTICLE VI
CONCERNING THE NOTEHOLDERS
SECTION 6.1.
Evidence of Action Taken by Noteholders
. Any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be
given or taken by a percentage in principal amount of the Noteholders, whether specified herein or
in the Notes, as applicable, may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of
substantially similar tenor signed by such specified percentage of Noteholders in person or by an
agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action
shall become effective when such instrument or instruments is or are delivered to the Trustee.
Proof of execution of any instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient
for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made
in the manner provided in this Article VI.
SECTION 6.2.
Proof of Execution of Instruments and of Holding of Notes; Record Date
.
The execution of any instrument by a Noteholder or his agent or proxy may be proved in accordance
with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as
shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The holding of Notes shall be proved by the Register
maintained pursuant to Section 2.8. The Company, by or pursuant to a resolution of its Board of
Directors, may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders of Notes
entitled to vote or consent to any action referred to in Section 6.1, which record date may be set
at any time or from time to time by notice in writing to the Trustee, for any date or dates (in the
case of any adjournment or reconsideration) not more than 60 days nor less than ten (10) days prior
to the proposed date of such vote or consent, and thereafter, notwithstanding any other provisions
hereof, only Holders of Notes of record on such record date shall be entitled to so vote or give
such consent or revoke such vote or consent.
SECTION 6.3.
Holders to Be Treated as Owners
. The Company, the Trustee, the Agents
and any agent of the Company, the Trustee or the Agents may deem and treat any Person in whose name
any Note shall be registered upon the Register as the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not
such Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon)
for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of and, subject to the
provisions of this Indenture, interest on such Note (including Additional Amounts) and for all
other purposes; and none of the Company, the Trustee, any Agent or any agent of the Company, the
Trustee or any Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so
made to any such Person, or upon its order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums
so paid, effective to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Note.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Regulation S Global Note, nothing herein shall
prevent the Company, the Trustee, the Agents or any agent of the Company, the Trustee or any Agent,
from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any
depositary, as Holder of such Regulation S Global Note, or impair, as between such depositary and
owners of beneficial interests in such Regulation S Global Note, the operation of customary
practices governing the exercise of the rights of such depositary (or its nominee), as Holder of
such Regulation S Global Note.
37
SECTION 6.4.
Notes Owned by the Company Deemed Not Outstanding
. In determining
whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes have concurred
in any request, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Notes that are owned by the Company or any
of its Affiliates or any other obligor on the Notes with respect to which such determination is
being made shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding for the purpose of any such
determination, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in
relying on any such request, consent or waiver, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good
faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee
the pledgees right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or
any of its Affiliates or any other obligor upon such Notes. In case of a dispute as to such right,
the advice of counsel shall be full protection in respect of any decision made by the Trustee in
accordance with such advice. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee
promptly an Officers Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Company
to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above-described Persons, and the Trustee
shall be entitled to accept such Officers Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein
set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are Outstanding for the purpose of any
such determination.
SECTION 6.5.
Right of Revocation of Action Taken
. At any time prior to (but not
after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 6.1, of the taking of any action by
the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes or of the percentage of
votes cast, as the case may be, specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any
Holder of a Note the serial number of which is shown by the evidence to be included among the
serial numbers of the Notes the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing
written notice at the Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in this Article
VI, revoke such action as far as the same concerns such Note. Except as aforesaid, any such action
taken by the Holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all
future Holders and owners of such Note and of any Notes issued in exchange or substitution
therefor, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon any such Note.
Any action taken by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes or of
the percentage of votes cast, as
the case may be, specified in this Indenture in connection with such action shall be
conclusively binding upon the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of all the Notes affected by
such action.
SECTION 6.6.
Noteholders Meetings
. (a) Each of the Company (through the Board of
Directors or the Statutory Auditors Committee of the Company) and the Trustee may at any time call
a meeting of the Holders of the Series II Notes or the Series III Notes, as applicable, for the
purpose of entering into a supplemental indenture as provided in Section 7.2 or waiving a past
default as provided in Section 4.10. In addition, a meeting of the Holders of Series II Notes or
the Series III Notes, as applicable, may be called by the Trustee or the Company (through the Board
of Directors or the Statutory Auditors Committee of the Company) upon the request of the Holders
of at least 5% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Series II Notes or Series III
Notes, as applicable, or by the Company (through the Board of Directors or the Statutory Auditors
Committee of the Company) at its discretion, pursuant to the Negotiable Obligations Law. In the
case of a request to call a meeting by Holders, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of
such request. In the event the Board of Directors or the Statutory Auditors Committee of the
Company shall fail to call a meeting requested by the Trustee or the Holders as provided in the
immediately preceding sentence, the meeting may be called by the CNV, or whichever has authority to
do so pursuant to Argentine law by the time that the meeting of Holders is called, or by a
competent court. Meetings will be held simultaneously in the City of Buenos
38
Aires and in New York
City by any means of telecommunications which allows the simultaneous transmission of sound and
images permitting the participants to reciprocally hear, see and speak to each other (such as
videoconferences or any similar means of telecommunications) and any such simultaneous meeting
shall be deemed to constitute a single meeting for purposes of the quorum and voting percentages
applicable to such meeting. If a meeting is being held pursuant to a request of Noteholders, the
agenda for such meeting shall be that set forth in the request made by such Noteholders and such
meeting shall be convened to be held within 40 days from the date such request is received by the
Company or the Trustee. Notice of any meeting of Noteholders, setting forth the date, time and
place of such meeting and the agenda therefor (which shall describe in general terms the action
proposed to be taken at such meeting and the requirement for attendance) shall be given by the
Company or the Trustee, as applicable, at the expense of the Company, as applicable, as specified
in Section 12.4 at least twice, the first such notice to be given not less than 20 nor more than
180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting and the second notice shall be published on 5
different days, not less than 10 days nor more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for the
meeting, in the Official Gazette of the Republic of Argentina (
Boletín Oficial de la República
Argentina
) and in another widely circulated newspaper in Argentina. To be entitled to vote at any
meeting of Noteholders a Person shall be (i) a Holder of one or more Series II Notes or Series III
Notes, as applicable, as of the relevant record date determined pursuant to Section 6.2 or (ii) a
Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by such a Holder of one or more Series II
Notes or Series III Notes, as applicable. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or
to speak at any meeting of Noteholders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and
their counsel, any representatives of the Company and its counsel and the Trustee and its counsel.
Finally, notwithstanding the above, meetings of Holders may also be held so long as 100% of the
Holders of the applicable Notes then Outstanding are present and so long as all decisions adopted
at such meeting are unanimously approved. With respect to all matters not contemplated in this
Indenture, meetings of Noteholders will be held in accordance with Argentine Business
Companies Law.
(b) Meetings of Holders may be ordinary (
Ordinary Meetings
) or extraordinary
(
Extraordinary Meetings
). Amendments or supplements to this Indenture or to the Series
II Notes or the Series III Notes, as applicable, or waivers of any provision hereof or thereof
approved at a meeting of Holders may only be approved at an Extraordinary Meeting (or at a second
adjourned Extraordinary Meeting duly convened pursuant to the terms of this Indenture) by the
affirmative vote of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series II Notes or the Series
III Notes, as applicable, then Outstanding, as they relate to the Series II Notes or Series III
Notes, as applicable. The Persons entitled to vote that represent 60% (in the case of an
Extraordinary Meeting) or a majority (in the case of an Ordinary Meeting) in aggregate principal
amount of the Series II Notes or the Series III Notes, as applicable, at the time Outstanding,
shall constitute the required quorum at any such meeting of Holders of Series II Notes or Series
III Notes in order for such meeting to be duly held in accordance with the requirements set forth
herein. The chairman of the meeting shall verify the existence of the required quorum for the
meeting to be duly held in accordance with the requirements set forth herein, either upon first or
subsequent calls for any such meeting. No meeting shall be held in the absence of a quorum, unless
a quorum is present when the meeting is called to order. In the absence of a quorum within
30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting may be adjourned for a period of
not less than one hour or more than 30 days,
39
as determined by the chairman of the meeting who shall keep an attendance record. If notice to reconvene any adjourned meeting is not simultaneously
given with the notice of the meeting, additional notice shall be given as provided above and
published in the Official Gazette of the Republic of Argentina (
Boletín Oficial de la República
Argentina
), and in another widely circulated newspaper in Argentina, except that such notice need
be published only for three days not less than eight days prior to the date on which the meeting is
scheduled to be reconvened. The Persons entitled to vote the majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Series II Notes or the Series III Notes, as applicable, at the time Outstanding (in
the case of an Extraordinary Meeting) or, the Persons present at any reconvened adjourned meeting
of the Holders of Series II Notes or Series III Notes, as applicable, (in the case of an Ordinary
Meeting) shall constitute the required quorum at any such reconvened adjourned meeting. Notice of
the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the aggregate principal amount of
Series II Notes or Series III Notes, as applicable, which shall constitute a quorum at said
meeting.
(c) Any Noteholder who has executed an instrument in writing appointing a Person as proxy
shall be deemed to be present for the purposes of determining a quorum and be deemed to have voted;
provided
that such Noteholder shall be considered as present or voting only with respect to the
matters covered by such instrument in writing. Any resolution passed or decision taken at any
meeting of Noteholders duly held in accordance with this Section 6.6 shall be binding on all the
Noteholders whether or not present or represented at the meeting.
(d) The appointment of any proxy shall be proved by having the signature of the Person
executing the proxy guaranteed or certified by any notary public, bank or judicially certified in
the manner provided under Argentine law. The following Persons may not act as proxies: members of
the Board of Directors or of the Statutory Auditors Committee of the Company and managers and
other employees of the Company. The holding of Series II Notes or
Series III Notes, as applicable, shall be proved by the Register maintained in accordance with
Section 2.8;
provided
that the holding of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note shall
be proved by a certificate or certificates of Euroclear or Clearstream, or Euroclear or Clearstream
Agent Members as the case may be, or the Common Depositary therefor.
(e) A representative of the Trustee shall act as the chairman of the meeting. If the Trustee
fails to designate a representative to act as chairman of the meeting, the Company shall designate
a member of the Statutory Auditors Committee to act as chairman of the meeting. If the Company
fails to designate such a person, the chairman of the meeting shall be (i) a person elected by vote
of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series II Notes or the Series III
Notes, as applicable, represented at the meeting, (ii) whomever has authority to act as chairman
pursuant to Argentine law by the time that the relevant meeting of Holders is called, or (iii) a
Person appointed by a competent court. If the meeting is called by a competent court, or by any
Person that has authority to do so, the competent court, or such Person that has authority to do
so, as applicable, shall designate a person to act as chairman. The secretary of the meeting shall
be elected by vote of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series II
Notes or the Series III Notes, as applicable, represented at the meeting. At any meeting of
Noteholders, each Noteholder or proxy shall be entitled to cast one vote for each US dollar in
principal amount of the Series II Notes or the Series III Notes, as applicable, held by such Holder
or represented by such proxy. No vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any
Note challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding.
The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote except as a Holder or proxy. Any meeting
of Holders duly called at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time, and the
meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.
40
(f) The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Noteholders shall be by written
ballot on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Noteholders or their respective proxies
and on which shall be inscribed the serial number or numbers of the Series II Notes or the Series
III Notes, as applicable, held or represented by them. The chairman of the meeting shall verify
that the votes cast by the Noteholders with respect to any resolution to be adopted in any
meeting are cast in accordance with the terms hereof. The chairman of the meeting shall appoint
two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution
and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in
duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each
meeting of Noteholders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be
attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken
thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of
the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was published as provided above. The record
shall be signed and verified by the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the
duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the
Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so
signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.
(g) Any reference in this Indenture to actions to be taken by the Holders of the Series II
Notes and Series III Notes, collectively, shall occur at a meeting of Noteholders
convened for all of such Holders. In respect of any action required to be taken at such
collective meeting, all procedures and requirements set forth in this Indenture shall, as
applicable, be deemed to be applicable to such collective Noteholders actions. In addition, any
requisite percentages or quorums necessary for such meetings shall be based on the aggregate
principal amount of all Notes at such time Outstanding.
ARTICLE VII
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
SECTION 7.1.
Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Noteholders
. (a) The Company
and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures
supplemental hereto without the consent of the Noteholders, for one or more of the following
purposes:
(i) adding to the covenants or obligations of the Company such further covenants,
obligations, restrictions, conditions or provisions as are for the benefit of the Holders of
the Notes;
(ii) surrendering any right or power conferred upon the Company;
(iii) adding an Event of Default for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes;
41
(iv) evidencing the succession of another Person to the Registrar, Co-Registrar, or any
Paying Agent and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants and obligations of
its predecessor in this Indenture;
(v) securing the Notes pursuant to the requirements of such Notes, this Indenture or as
otherwise established;
(vi) making any minor modification which is of a technical nature or correcting or
supplementing any ambiguous, inconsistent or defective provision contained in this Indenture
or in the Notes;
(vii) establishing the form or terms of any new Notes, to the extent permitted by
Sections 2.1 and 2.3 (including in connection with the issuance of bearer Notes, if
permitted by applicable law);
(viii) complying with any requirement of the CNV in order to effect and maintain the
qualification of this Indenture; or
(ix) making any modification which does not adversely affect any Noteholder in a
material respect.
(b) The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such
supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be
therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer, assignment,
mortgage or pledge of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter
into any such supplemental indenture that adversely affects the Trustees own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
(c) Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 7.1 may be
executed without the consent of the Holders of the Notes at the time Outstanding, notwithstanding
any of the provisions of Section 7.2.
(d) Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture
pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.1, the Company at its expense shall give notice
thereof to the Holders as specified in Section 12.4 and to the CNV, setting forth in general terms
the substance of such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall fail to give such notice to the
Holders within 15 days after the execution of such supplemental indenture and a Responsible Officer
of the Trustee shall have notice of such failure, the Trustee shall give notice to the Holders as
provided in Section 12.4 at the expense of the Company. Any failure of the Company or the Trustee
to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way, impair or affect the
validity of any such supplemental indenture.
42
SECTION 7.2.
Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders
. (a) Without
limiting the provisions of Section 7.1, the Company and the Trustee may, from time to time and at
any time, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture, the
Series II Notes, Series III Notes, or any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the
rights of the Holders of the Notes, as they relate to the Series II Notes or Series III Notes, as
applicable, with the affirmative vote, at an Extraordinary Meeting of Holders or an adjourned
Extraordinary Meeting duly convened at which a quorum is present as provided in Section 6.6, of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series II Notes or the Series III Notes, as
applicable, then Outstanding;
provided
that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the
unanimous consent of the Holders of the Outstanding Series II Notes or Series III Notes, (i) extend
the due date for the payment of principal of or any installment of interest on any such Note, (ii)
reduce the principal amount of, the portion of such principal amount which is payable upon
acceleration of the maturity of, the rate of interest on or the premium payable upon redemption of
any such Note, (iii) reduce the obligation of the Company to pay Additional Amounts on any such
Note, (iv) change the specified currency in which or the required places at which any such Note or
the premium or interest thereon is payable following its issuance, (v) reduce the percentage of
aggregate principal amount of such Series II Notes or Series III Notes, as applicable, necessary to
modify, amend or supplement this Indenture or such Series II Notes or Series III Notes, or for
waiver of compliance with certain provisions thereof or for waiver of certain defaults, (vi) reduce
the percentage of aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes required for the adoption of a
resolution or the quorum required at any meeting of Holders of such Notes at which a resolution is
adopted, or (vii) modify any of the provisions of this Section 7.2 or Section 4.10, except to
increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot
be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Note.
(b) Upon the request of the Company and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the
consent of Noteholders as aforesaid and other documents, if any, required by Section 6.1, the
Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such
supplemental indenture affects the Trustees own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture
or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter
into such supplemental indenture.
(c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Noteholders under this Section 7.2 to
approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if
such consent shall approve the substance thereof.
(d) Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture
pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.2, the Company at its expense shall give notice
thereof to the Holders as provided in Section 12.4, and to the CNV, setting forth in general terms
the substance of such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall fail to give such notice to the
Holders within 15 days after the execution of such supplemental indenture and a Responsible Officer
of the Trustee shall have notice of such failure, the Trustee shall give notice to the Holders as
provided in Section 12.4 at the expense of the Company. Any failure of the Company or the Trustee
to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the
validity of any such supplemental indenture.
43
SECTION 7.3.
Effect of Supplemental Indenture
. Upon the execution of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof and upon receipt of any necessary approval
of the CNV, this Indenture and the Notes shall be and shall be deemed to be modified and amended in
accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and
immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of Notes shall
thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such
modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture
shall be and shall be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and
all purposes.
SECTION 7.4.
Documents to Be Given to Trustee
. The Trustee shall be entitled to
receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article
VII has been duly authorized by the Company and is authorized or permitted by the terms of this
Indenture.
SECTION 7.5.
Notation on Notes in Respect of Supplemental Indentures
. Notes
authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the
provisions of this Article VII may bear a notation in form and manner approved by the Trustee as to
any matter provided for by such supplemental indenture or as to any action taken at any such
meeting. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Notes modified so as to conform to
any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared by
the Company at its expense, authenticated by the Trustee and delivered in exchange for the Notes
then Outstanding.
SECTION 7.6.
Conformity with Negotiable Obligations Law
. The Company shall cause
every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article VII to conform to the requirements
of the Negotiable Obligations Law as then in effect.
ARTICLE VIII
[RESERVED]
ARTICLE IX
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE;
UNCLAIMED MONEYS
SECTION 9.1.
Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
. If at any time (a) the Company
shall have paid or caused to be paid the principal of and interest on all the Notes (including
Additional Amounts) Outstanding hereunder (other than Notes that have been destroyed, lost or
stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.9) as and when the same shall
have become due and payable, or (b) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation all Notes theretofore authenticated (other than any Notes that shall have been
destroyed, lost or stolen and that shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.9) or
(c) (i) all the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become
due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be
called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving
of notice of redemption, and (ii) the Company shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be
deposited with the Trustee as trust funds the entire amount in cash (other than moneys repaid by
the Trustee or any Paying Agent to the Company in accordance with Section 9.3 or 9.4) sufficient to
pay at maturity or
44
upon redemption all Notes (other than any Notes that shall have been destroyed,
lost or stolen and that shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.9) not
theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal and interest (including
Additional Amounts) due or to become due on or prior to such date of maturity or redemption, as the
case may be, and if, in any such case, the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other
sums payable hereunder by the Company with respect to the Notes, then this Indenture shall cease to
be of further effect (except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer, exchange and replacement
of Notes, and the Companys right of optional redemption, if any, (ii) replacement of mutilated,
defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Holders to receive payments of principal
thereof and interest thereon (including Additional Amounts), and remaining rights of the Holders to
receive mandatory sinking fund payments, if any, (iv) the rights, protections, indemnities,
obligations and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (v) the rights of the Noteholders as
beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so deposited with the Trustee payable to all or
any of them), and the Trustee, on written demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute
instruments acknowledging such satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture;
provided
, that the
right of the Holders of the Notes to receive payments of principal and interest with respect to
their Notes shall not be delayed beyond what is permitted pursuant to any mandatory rules or
policies set forth by the securities laws of any market where the Notes are listed. The Company
agrees to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly
incurred (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) and to compensate the Trustee for any
services thereafter rendered by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or the
Notes. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the
Company under Sections 1.2(f), 2.7(h) and Article V shall survive.
SECTION 9.2.
Application by Trustee of Funds Deposited for Payment of Notes
. Subject
to Section 9.4, all moneys deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.1 shall be held in
trust and applied by it to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent, to the Holders
of Notes for the payment or redemption of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee,
of all sums due and to become due thereon as principal and interest (including Additional Amounts);
but such moneys need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law and
the Trustee shall have no liability for interest thereon or the investment thereof.
SECTION 9.3.
Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent
. In connection with the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, all moneys then held by any
Paying Agent under the provisions of this Indenture with respect to the Notes shall, upon written
demand of the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee and thereupon such Paying Agent shall
be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.
SECTION 9.4.
Return of Moneys Held by Trustee and Paying Agent Unclaimed for Three
Years
. Any moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any Paying Agent for the payment of
the principal of or interest on any Note (including Additional Amounts) and not applied but
remaining unclaimed for three (3) years after the date upon which such principal or interest
(including Additional Amounts) shall have become due and payable, shall, unless otherwise required
by mandatory provisions of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law, be repaid to
the Company, upon written request, by the Trustee or such Paying Agent, and the Holder of such Note
shall, unless otherwise required by mandatory provisions of applicable escheat or abandoned or
unclaimed property laws, thereafter look only to the Company for any payment that such Holder may
be entitled to collect, and all liability of the Trustee or any Paying Agent with respect to such
moneys shall thereupon cease.
45
ARTICLE X
REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE OF NOTES
SECTION 10.1.
Notice of Redemption; Partial Redemptions
. (a) Notice of redemption to
the Holders of Series II Notes or Series III Notes, as applicable, to be redeemed as a whole or in
part at the option of the Company pursuant to the
terms of such Notes established as contemplated by Section 2.1 shall be given to Holders as
specified in Section 12.4 and to the CNV
.
Such notice shall specify the provision pursuant to
which the redemption is being made, the principal amount of each Note held by such Holders to be
redeemed, the date fixed for redemption, the redemption price, the place or places of payment, the
ISIN or CINS number, if any, that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of
the ISIN or CINS number listed on such notice or printed on such Notes, that payment will be made
upon presentation and surrender of such Notes, that interest accrued to the date fixed for
redemption and any Additional Amounts will be paid as specified in such notice, that on and after
said date interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue and any
other matter required to be specified therein by Argentine law or regulation. In case the Notes
are to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal
amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for redemption, upon
surrender of the Notes, new Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will
be issued.
(b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee a written notice of redemption specifying the
information set forth above at least 30 days prior to the date on which such notice of redemption
will be mailed (and 45 days prior to such date if the notice of redemption must be published)
together with an Officers Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be
redeemed. The notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the option of the Company shall be
given to Holders by the Company or, at the Companys written request, by the Trustee in the name
and at the expense of the Company at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the date of
redemption (unless otherwise specified pursuant to the terms of such Notes established as
contemplated by Section 2.1). Such notice shall be irrevocable.
(c) For as long as the Notes are listed on the Euro MTF, the alternative market of the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange and the rules of the relevant stock exchange
so require, the Company shall, as soon as is practicable after there has been a partial redemption
of the Notes, cause to be published in a leading newspaper of general circulation in the Grand
Duchy of Luxembourg, which is expected to be the
Luxemburger Wort
, or as specified by such other
stock exchange, a notice specifying the aggregate principal amount of Notes Outstanding and a list
of the Notes drawn for redemption but not surrendered.
(d) On or before 10:00 a.m., (New York City time) on the redemption date specified in the
notice of redemption given as provided in this Section 10.1, the Company will deposit with the
Trustee an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the redemption date all the Notes so called for
redemption at the appropriate redemption price, together with accrued interest to the date fixed
for redemption and any Additional Amounts.
46
(e) In the event of a partial redemption of Notes, the Company shall redeem all the Notes in
equal terms and in the same proportion and the Holders will be notified by the Company of such
redemption in accordance with Section 12.4 not less than 30 days prior to such redemption date.
Upon any partial redemption of Notes, the Trustee shall, in the case of Certificated Notes, to the
extent required, authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor one or more Notes, of any authorized
denomination as requested by the Holder thereof, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
unredeemed portion of the principal of such partially redeemed Note. In the case of Notes
represented by a Regulation S Global Note, the Trustee shall make
the necessary adjustments to the schedule attached to such Regulation S Global Note so as to
reflect the decrease in the aggregate principal amount thereof after such redemption. Notes may be
redeemed in part in multiples equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Notes or any
multiple thereof. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected
for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount
thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires,
all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of Notes redeemed or
to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Notes that have been or
are to be redeemed.
SECTION 10.2.
Payment of Notes Called for Redemption
. (a) If notice of redemption
has been given as above provided, the Notes or portions of Notes specified in such notice shall
become due and payable on the date and at the place stated in such notice at the applicable
redemption price, together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption and any
Additional Amounts, and on and after said date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of
such Notes at the redemption price, together with interest accrued to said date and any Additional
Amounts) interest on the Notes or portions of Notes so called for redemption shall cease to accrue
and, except as provided in Sections 5.5 and 9.4, such Notes shall cease from and after the date
fixed for redemption to be entitled to any benefit or security under this Indenture, and the
Holders thereof shall have no right in respect of such Notes except the right to receive the
redemption price thereof and unpaid interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption and any
Additional Amounts. On presentation and surrender, pursuant to the terms of such Notes, of such
Notes at a place of payment specified in said notice, said Notes or the specified portions thereof
shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable redemption price, together with
interest accrued thereon to the date fixed for redemption and any Additional Amounts;
provided
that
any payment of interest becoming due on the date fixed for redemption and any Additional Amounts
shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes registered as such on the relevant record date
subject to the terms and provisions of Section 2.8.
(b) From and after the redemption date, if moneys for the redemption of the Notes called for
redemption shall have been made available as provided herein for redemption on the redemption date,
such Notes shall cease to bear interest, and the only right of the Holders of such Notes shall be
to receive payment of the redemption price and all unpaid interest accrued to the date of
redemption and any Additional Amounts.
47
(c) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Section 10.2, if any Note called for
redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal shall, until
paid or duly provided for, bear interest from the date fixed for redemption at the rate specified
in the Note.
(d) Upon presentation of any Note redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or on the order of the Holder thereof, at the expense of
the Company, a new Note or Notes, of authorized denominations, in principal amount equal to the
unredeemed portion of the Note so presented.
SECTION 10.3.
Exclusion of Certain Notes from Eligibility for Selection for
Redemption
. Notes shall be excluded from eligibility for selection for redemption if they are
identified by registration and certificate number in an Officers Certificate delivered to the
Trustee at least 30 days prior to the date on which notice of redemption will be given as being
owned of record and beneficially by, and not pledged or hypothecated by either (a) the Company or
(b) a Person specifically identified in such written statement as an Affiliate of the Company.
SECTION 10.4.
Redemption at Maturity
. Unless previously redeemed, or purchased and
cancelled, and unless otherwise set forth in the terms of the Notes established as contemplated by
Section 2.3, Notes shall be redeemed at their principal amount (or at such other redemption amount
as may be specified in the terms of such Notes) in the relevant currency in which they are
denominated (except as otherwise set forth in the terms of such Notes) at their Stated Maturity.
SECTION 10.5.
Redemption at the Option of the Company for Taxation Reasons
. The
Notes may be redeemed for tax reasons as provided for in, in the case of the Series II Notes,
Exhibit A-1
hereto and, in the case of the Series III Notes,
Exhibit A-2
hereto.
SECTION 10.6.
Repurchases; Notes Held by the Company and/or Affiliates
. The Company
may at any time, and from time to time, repurchase the Notes on the open market or in any other
manner, at any price, and may resell or otherwise dispose of such Notes at any time. Any Notes so
repurchased by the Company may be cancelled and/or presented to the Trustee for cancellation, as
applicable. At any point while the Notes are held by or on behalf of the Company or an Affiliate
of the Company, such Notes will not be entitled to deliver any written consent to any action and/or
vote at any Ordinary Meeting or Extraordinary Meeting and will not be considered to be Outstanding
for purposes of determining if the requisite amount of Holders have consented to any action and/or
a quorum is present at any such meetings;
provided
that, in determining at any time whether a
Holder is entitled to vote or whether a Note is Outstanding for purposes of determining whether the
requisite amount of Holders has consented to any action and/or if a quorum is present at any
meeting, only Notes then known by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee to be owned by the Company
or any Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not Outstanding.
48
ARTICLE XI
[RESERVED]
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 12.1.
Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers and Directors of the Company Exempt
from Individual Liability
. No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this
Indenture, or in any Note, or because of any indebtedness evidenced thereby, shall be had against
any incorporator, as such, or against any past, present or future stockholder, officer or director,
as such, of the Company or of any successor, either directly or indirectly through the Company or
any successor, under any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of
any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise, all such liability being
expressly waived and released by the acceptance of the Notes by the Holders thereof and as part of
the consideration for the issue of the Notes.
SECTION 12.2.
Provisions of Indenture for the Sole Benefit of Parties and
Noteholders
. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give or be
construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and the Holders
of the Notes, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture or under any
covenant or provision herein contained, all such covenants and provisions being for the sole
benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and of the Holders of the Notes;
provided
that
under Article 34 of the Negotiable Obligations Law, the Directors and members of the Statutory
Auditors Committee shall be jointly and severally liable for damages to the Noteholders arising
from any violation of the Negotiable Obligations Law.
SECTION 12.3.
Successors and Assigns of the Company Bound by Indenture
. All the
covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Indenture contained by or on behalf of the
Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.
SECTION 12.4.
Notices and Demands on the Company, Trustee and Noteholders
. (a) Any
notice, direction, instruction, request or demand that by any provision of this Indenture is
required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders of Notes to or on the
Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if given or served by facsimile
transmission or other electronic transmission or by courier (except as otherwise specifically
provided herein) or by mail addressed (until another address of the Company is filed by the Company
with the Trustee) to Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A., Calle Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 456, 2° Piso
(C1038AAJ) City of Buenos Aires, Argentina, Attention: Pedro Alberto Richards, Fax: (54-11)
4331-9183. Any notice, direction, instruction, request or demand by the Company or any Noteholder
to or upon the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent, the Registrar or the Principal Transfer Agent
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes,
upon actual receipt and if given or made at the Corporate Trust Office by an internationally
recognized courier or by facsimile or other electronic transmission. Any notice, direction,
instruction, request or demand that by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to
be given or served to or on the Trustees Representative in Argentina, Argentine Transfer Agent,
Argentine Paying Agent or Co-Registrar, as the case may be, shall be
49
sufficient for every purpose
hereunder if given by courier (except as otherwise specifically provided herein) or by mail
addressed (until another address of the Trustees Representative in Argentina, Co-Registrar,
Argentine Paying Agent and Argentine Transfer Agent is provided to
the Trustee and the Company) to Banco de Valores S.A., Calle Sarmiento 310 (C1041AAH), City of
Buenos Aires, Argentina, Attention: Jorge I. Sáez and Alberto J. Liwski. Any notice, direction,
instruction, request or demand that by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to
be given or served to or on the Luxembourg Paying Agent or Luxembourg Transfer Agent, as the case
may be, shall be in writing and shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if given by
courier, by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission or by mail addressed (until
another address of the Luxembourg Paying Agent and Luxembourg Transfer Agent is provided to the
Trustee and the Company) to The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., Vertigo Building
Polaris, 2-4 rue Eugène Ruppert, L-2453, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, Attention: Andres Camacho, Fax:
(+352) 24 52 4204.
(b) All notices regarding the Notes will be deemed to have been duly given to the Holders of
the Notes (i) if sent by an internationally recognized courier to them (or, in the case of joint
Holders, to the first-named in the Register) at their respective addresses as recorded in the
Register, and will be deemed to have been validly given on the day on which such notice is actually
received, (ii) upon publication in the City of Buenos Aires in the Bulletin of the Buenos Aires
Stock Exchange (
Boletín de la Bolsa de Comercio de Buenos Aires
) and (iii) for so long as such
Notes are listed on the Euro MTF, the alternative market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, upon
publication in a leading newspaper of general circulation in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. It is
expected that notices in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg will be published in the
Luxemburger Wort.
Any such notice will be deemed to have been given on the date of such publication or, if published
more than once or on different dates, on the last date on which publication is required and made as
so required. In the case of Regulation S Global Notes, notices shall be sent to Euroclear or
Clearstream, as the case may be, or their nominees (or any successors), as the Holder thereof, and
such clearing agency or agencies will communicate such notices to their participants in accordance
with their standard procedures.
(c) In addition, the Company shall be required to cause all such other publications of such
notices as may be required from time to time by applicable law of Argentina.
(d) Any aforementioned notice (i) if sent by courier to the Company as provided above shall be
deemed to have been given, made or served on the day on which the courier confirms delivery to the
address specified above, (ii) if given by facsimile transmission, when such facsimile is
transmitted to the telephone number specified in this Section 12.4 and telephone confirmation of
receipt thereof is received, and (iii) if given by publication, or by mail, as provided above.
(e) Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in
writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such
waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with
the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken
in reliance upon such waiver.
50
(f) Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Notes, the Company agrees to give the
Trustee the English text of any notice that the Company is required to provide to the
Noteholders pursuant hereto and to the Notes, at least two days prior to the earliest date on
which such notice is required to be given.
(g) In case, by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service, the
temporary suspension of publication or general circulation of any newspaper or otherwise, it shall
be, in the opinion of the Trustee, impracticable to mail or publish notice to the Company and
Noteholders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture,
then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be
a sufficient giving of such notice.
(h) In respect of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to verify
or confirm that the Person sending instructions, directions, reports, notices or other
communications or information by electronic transmission is, in fact, a Person authorized to give
such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information on behalf of
the party purporting to send such electronic transmission (so long as the Trustee so believes in
good faith); and the Trustee shall not have any liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or
expenses incurred or sustained by any party as a result of such good faith reliance upon or
compliance with such instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or
information. Each other party agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of electronic
methods to submit instructions, directions, reports, notices or other communications or information
to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized
instructions, notices, reports or other communications or information, and the risk of interception
and misuse by third parties.
SECTION 12.5.
Officers Certificates and Opinions of Counsel; Statements to Be Contained
Therein
. (a) Upon any application or demand by or on behalf of the Company to the Trustee to
take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee an Officers Certificate stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this
Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating
that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent have been complied with in all
material respects, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the
furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating
to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
(b) Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar
as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of or representations by counsel,
unless such officer knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the
matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous,
or in the exercise of reasonable care should know that the same are erroneous. Any certificate,
statement or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, information
with respect to which is in the possession of the Company, upon the certificate, statement or
opinion of or representations by an officer or officers of the Company, unless such counsel knows
that the certificate, statement or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon
which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous.
51
(c) Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant
provided for in this Indenture shall include in substance:
(i) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;
(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as
to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
(iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition
or covenant has been complied with.
(d) Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the Company or of counsel may be
based, insofar as it relates to accounting matters, upon a certificate or opinion of or
representations by an accountant or firm of accountants in the employ of the Company, unless such
officer or counsel, as the case may be, knows that the certificate or opinion or representations
with respect to the accounting matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be
based as aforesaid are erroneous.
(e) Any certificate or opinion of any independent firm of public accountants filed with the
Trustee shall contain a statement that such firm is independent.
(f) The Trustee shall make available to any Noteholder as soon as practicable at the Corporate
Trust Office or at the office of any Paying Agent, upon written request and upon presentation by
such Holder of such evidence of its ownership of its Notes as may be satisfactory to the Trustee,
copies of all financial statements and certificates delivered to the Trustee by the Company
pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes;
provided
that the Trustee shall have no liability with
respect to any information contained therein or omitted therefrom.
SECTION 12.6.
Payments Due on Non-Business Days
. If the Stated Maturity of such
Notes or the date fixed for redemption or repayment of such Notes shall not be a Business Day then
payments of interest or principal in respect of such Notes need not be made on such date, but may
be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Stated
Maturity or the date fixed for redemption or repayment, and no interest shall accrue on such
payment for the period after such date on account of such delay. If any date on which a payment of
interest is due on such Notes shall not be a Business Day then such payment of interest in respect
of such Notes need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day
with the same force and effect as if made on such date and no interest shall accrue on such payment
for the period after such date on account of such delay.
52
SECTION 12.7.
Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity; Currency
Indemnity
. (a) This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, the law of the State of New York;
provided
that all matters relating to the due
authorization, execution, issuance and delivery of the Notes by the Company, and matters relating
to the legal requirements necessary in order for the Notes to qualify as negotiable obligations
under Argentine law, shall be governed by the Negotiable Obligations Law, together with Argentine
Business Companies Law and other applicable Argentine laws and regulations.
(b) The governing law provision set forth in clause (a) above with respect to the law of the
State of New York shall apply without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to
the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.
(c) The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court
sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York (United States of America), of any
Argentine court sitting in the City of Buenos Aires, the BASEs Arbitral Tribunal and any competent
court in the place of its corporate domicile for purposes of any suit, action or proceeding arising
out of or related to this Indenture or the Notes. The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may have to the laying of the venue of any
such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or
proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company also
agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be
conclusive and binding upon such party and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of
which such party is subject by a suit upon such judgment;
provided
that service of process is
effected upon such Person in the manner specified herein.
(d) The Company acknowledges and agrees that the activities contemplated by the provisions of
this Indenture are commercial in nature rather than governmental or public and, therefore,
acknowledges and agrees that it is not entitled to any right of immunity on the grounds of
sovereignty or otherwise with respect to any such activities or in any legal action or proceeding
arising out of or in any way relating to this Indenture. The Company, in respect of itself and its
properties and revenues, expressly and irrevocably waives any such right of immunity (including any
immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from service of process or from any execution of
judgment or from attachment prior to judgment or in aid of execution or otherwise) or claim thereto
which may now or hereafter exist, and agrees not to assert any such right or claim in any such
action or proceeding, whether in the United States or otherwise.
(e) The Company agrees that service of all writs, process and summonses in any suit, action or
proceeding brought in connection with the Indenture or the Notes against the Company in any court
of the State of New York or any United States federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan,
New York City may be made upon CT Corporation at 111 8
th
Avenue, New York, New York
10011, whom the Company irrevocably appoints as its authorized agent for service of process. The
Company represents and warrants that CT Corporation has agreed to act as the Companys agent for
service of process. The Company agrees that such appointment
shall be irrevocable so long as the Notes remain Outstanding or until the irrevocable
appointment by the Company of a successor in New York City as its authorized agent for such purpose
and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. The Company further agrees to take any
and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary
to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. If CT Corporation shall cease
to act as the Companys agent for service of process, the Company shall appoint without delay
another such agent and provide prompt written notice to the Trustee of such appointment. With
respect to any such action in any court of the State of New York or any United States federal court
in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, service of process upon CT Corporation, as the
authorized agent of the Company for service of process, and written notice of such service to the
Company shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company.
53
(f) If a judgment or order given or made by any court for the payment of any amount in respect
of any Note is expressed in a currency (the
judgment currency
) other than the currency
(the
denomination currency
) in which such Notes are denominated or in which such amount
is payable, the Company will indemnify the relevant Holder against any deficiency arising or
resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between the date as of which the amount in the
denomination currency is notionally converted into the amount in the judgment currency for the
purposes of such judgment or order and the date of actual payment thereof. This indemnity will
constitute a separate and independent obligation from the other obligations contained in the terms
and conditions of the Notes, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will
apply irrespective of any indulgence granted from time to time and will continue in full force and
effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due
in respect of the relevant Note or under any such judgment or order.
SECTION 12.8.
Counterparts
. This Indenture may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute
but one and the same instrument.
SECTION 12.9.
Waiver of Jury Trial
. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY (BUT NO OTHER
JUDICIAL REMEDIES) IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES
OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.
SECTION 12.10.
Series of Notes
. For the avoidance of doubt, no Series I Notes have
been issued or shall be issued, and no Series I Notes shall be deemed to be Outstanding at any
time, pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
SECTION 12.11.
Effect of Headings
. The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only
and shall not affect the construction hereof.
54
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of
the date first stated above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A.
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as
Trustee, Registrar, Principal Paying Agent and
Principal Transfer Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
BANCO DE VALORES S.A., as Co-Registrar, Trustees
Representative in Argentina, Argentine Transfer
Agent and Argentine Paying Agent
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
(LUXEMBOURG) S.A., as Luxembourg Paying Agent and
Luxembourg Transfer Agent
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A-1
FORM OF REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
ISIN No.: XS0511059155
Common Code No.: 051105915
Note No.: 1
Common Depositary: The Bank of New York Mellon Depository (Nominees) Limited
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A.
Pursuant to Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.s (the Company) Global Short-, Medium- and Long-Term
Note Program (the Program), for a maximum outstanding amount of US$60,000,000, established
pursuant to an ordinary shareholders meeting of the Company on March 9, 2009 and a meeting of the
Board of Directors of the Company on March 9, 2009 (authorized pursuant to Resolution No 16113 of
April 29, 2009 of the National Securities Commission (
Comision Nacional de Valores
or CNV)), the
issuance of the Class II, Series II Note represented hereby has been resolved and approved,
pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company No 383 of April 5, 2010, and
authorized by the CNV on May 7, 2010.
The Company was organized as a corporation with limited liability (
sociedad anónima
) under the
laws of Argentina on September 14, 1999, and registered with the Public Registry of Commerce under
No. 14.519, Book 7, on September 30, 1999, with a duration until June 30, 2100, and its registered
domicile is at Calle Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 456, 2nd Floor (C1038AAJ) City of Buenos Aires,
Argentina.
In accordance with Article 3 of the by-laws of the Company, the Companys corporate purpose is
to undertake, for its own behalf or on behalf of third parties, in Argentina or outside of
Argentina, the following activities: (1) purchase, maintain and administer shareholdings and
investments, (2) participate in the establishment and creation of companies, contribute capital to
existing companies or to be formed for purposes of undertaking financing operations past and
future, (3) purchase, sell, negotiate and subscribe for any class of securities, shares, bonds or
other securities, (4) incur or make loans, (5) operate in any activity relating to capital markets
or markets for goods, in or outside of Argentina and (6) subject to the appropriate shareholder
approval, issue bonds or other negotiable obligations.
The authorized capital of the Company as of March 31, 2010, the date of its most recent
financial statements, was $1,241,407,017 Pesos and its net shareholders equity was
$2,100,951,877.23 Pesos.
Prior to the Date of Issuance, the Company issued, under the Program on June 4, 2009, Class I
notes in an aggregate amount of $45,000,000 in two series: Series I, which was canceled on May 31,
2010 and Series II, which mature on May 25, 2011.
A1-1
CLASS II, SERIES II GLOBAL NOTE
representing
US$18,143,291
8% Class II, Series II Notes due May 29, 2012
[INSERT NOTES LEGEND]
UNLESS THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR
BANK, AS OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM (EUROCLEAR) OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING CORPORATION
(CLEARSTREAM) TO GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A., OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE BANK
OF NEW YORK MELLON DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED AS THE COMMON DEPOSITARY FOR EUROCLEAR AND
CLEARSTREAM (THE COMMON DEPOSITARY) OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR TO
SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM, ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE
THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, THE COMMON DEPOSITARY, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN
PART, TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR NOMINEES OF EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM OR TO
A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSORS NOMINEE, AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS REGULATION S
GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE
INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW.
A1-2
CLASS:
II
SERIES
: II
SPECIFIED CURRENCY
: US DOLLARS (
Dollars
)
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
: US$18,143,291
ISSUE DATE
: June 8, 2010
MATURITY DATE
: May 29, 2012
INTEREST
: 8% per annum
INTEREST PAYMENT DATES
: December 5, 2010, June 3, 2011, November 30, 2011 and May 29, 2012
OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS:
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A., a company duly organized and existing under the laws of
Argentina (herein called the
Company
, which term includes any successor person under the
Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to the Common
Depositary or its nominee or its registered assigns pursuant to the terms and conditions of this
Series II Note, in a single payment, the amount of US$18,143,291 (the
Principal Amount
),
and to pay interest thereon from June 8, 2010 (the
Date of Issuance
) as set forth below,
at a fixed interest rate of 8% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for
payment. The Series II Note will mature on May 29, 2012 (the
Maturity Date
).
Interest on this Series II Note will be payable in four installments on December 5, 2010, June
3, 2011, November 30, 2011 and May 29, 2012;
provided
, that, to the extent that a payment of
interest is due with respect to this Series II Note during the Restricted Period, the date on which
such interest payment is due shall be the Business Day immediately succeeding the last day of the
Restricted Period;
provided
,
further
, that the amount of such interest to be paid by the Company at
the conclusion of the Restricted Period shall be calculated as of the applicable interest payment
date set forth in this Series II Note and shall not include the time period, if any, between such
interest payment date and the date on which payment is actually made (each such installment, an
Interest Payment Date
and, together with the Maturity Date and any redemption date, the
Payment Dates
). Interest on this Series II Note shall be computed on the basis of a
365-day year and considering the actual number of days elapsed. Any amounts due, payable and
unpaid in respect of this Series II Note will accrue interest at a rate per annum (in addition to
any other interest that may otherwise be applicable with respect to such amounts) equal to 2% (the
Default Interest
);
provided
, that, for the avoidance of doubt, no such interest will
accrue on any principal or interest that is due during the Restricted Period.
A1-3
The interest (except Default Interest) and principal so payable, and punctually paid or duly
provided for, on any Payment Date will be paid to the Person in whose name this Series II Note is
registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest and principal,
which shall be November 20, 2010, May 19, 2011, November 15, 2011 or May 14, 2012 (whether or not a
Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Payment Date (the
Regular Record
Date
).
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Series II Note set forth on the
reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set
forth at this place. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein and on the reverse
hereof shall have their meanings as defined in the Indenture. The provisions of this Series
II Note do not purport to be complete and are subject to and qualified in their entirety by
reference to, the provisions of the Indenture.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been duly executed by the Trustee referred
to on the reverse hereof, this Series II Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the
Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.
A1-4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this instrument to be executed manually or by
facsimile by its duly authorized officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Syndic
|
|
|
A1-5
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Series II Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signatory
|
|
|
A1-6
[REVERSE OF SERIES II NOTE]
This Regulation S Global Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company
designated as its 8% Class II Series II Notes due May 29, 2012 (herein called the
Series II
Notes
), issued under an indenture as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time (herein called the
Indenture
) dated as of June 8, 2010, among (i) the Company, (ii)
The Bank of New York Mellon, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York
authorized to conduct a banking business, as trustee (the
Trustee
), registrar (in such
capacity, the
Registrar
), paying agent (in such capacity, the
Principal Paying
Agent
), and transfer agent (in such capacity, the
Principal Transfer Agent
), (iii)
Banco de Valores S.A., a (
sociedad anónima
) duly incorporated and existing under the laws of The
Republic of Argentina authorized to conduct a banking business, as the Trustees representative in
Argentina (in such capacity, the
Trustees Representative in Argentina
), co-registrar (in
such capacity, the
Co-Registrar
), Argentine transfer agent (the
Argentine Transfer
Agent
) and Argentine paying agent (the
Argentine Paying Agent
), and (iv) The Bank of
New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., a corporation (
société anonyme
) organized under the laws of the
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, as Luxembourg paying agent (in such capacity, the
Luxembourg Paying
Agent
and, together with the Argentine Paying Agent, the Principal Paying Agent and any other
paying agent appointed by the Company to act in such capacity in accordance with the terms hereof
(including the Trustee), the
Paying Agents
) and Luxembourg transfer agent (in such
capacity, the
Luxembourg Transfer Agent
and, together with the Argentine Transfer Agent,
the Principal Transfer Agent and any other transfer agent appointed by the Company to act in such
capacity in accordance with the terms hereof (including the Trustee), the
Transfer
Agents
), to which the Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby
made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and
immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Series II Notes, and of
the terms upon which the Series II Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.
Section 1. General Terms of the Series II Notes
This Series II Note is issued by the Company pursuant to the Indenture. The Series II Notes
will mature on May 29, 2012. Holders of Series II Notes will be entitled to the benefits of, be
bound by, and be deemed to have notice of, all of the provisions of the Indenture. Copies of the
Indenture are available for inspection at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
In the event of any discrepancies between the provisions or definitions of this Series II Note
and the ones in the Indenture, the provisions and definitions of this Series II Note will control.
Section 2. Transfer of Registered Series II Notes; Replacement
Series II Notes will be issued in denominations that are integral multiples of US$1. A Holder
may register the transfer or exchange of Series II Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The
Co-Registrar or Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes, fees and/or charges contemplated in this
Section 2. The Co-Registrar or Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any Series
II Notes selected for redemption (except the non-prepaid portion of any
Series II Note being redeemed in part). Also, it need not register the transfer or exchange
of any Series II Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Series II Notes to be redeemed
is made.
A1-1
No Holder may require the exchange or transfer of a Series II Note or interests therein in a
Regulation S Global Note to be registered during the 15-day period ending on any Payment Date with
respect to that Series II Note.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Note, during the Restricted Period,
(i) this Note shall only be held through Euroclear and/or Clearstream and (ii) this Note shall not
be transferred or exchanged in any manner that would result in a violation of this limitation.
Each Series II Note will be numbered serially with an identifying number that will be recorded
in a register (the
Register
) that will be kept by the Company at the offices of the
Registrar and of the Trustee. Title to registered Series II Notes will pass by and upon
registration in the Register.
Holder
means the person in whose name a Series II Note is
registered in the Register. The Holder of any Series II Note will (except as otherwise required by
law) be treated as its absolute owner for all purposes (whether or not it is overdue and regardless
of any notice of ownership, trust or any interest in it, any writing on it, or its theft or loss)
and no person will be liable for so treating the Holder.
The Trustee will not charge the Holders of Series II Notes for the costs and expenses
associated with the exchange, transfer or registration of transfer of the Series II Notes. The
Trustee may, however, charge the Holders of Series II Notes for certain delivery expenses as well
as any applicable stamp duty, tax or other governmental charges associated with such exchange,
transfer or registration.
If a Series II Note becomes mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen, and upon receipt of
a written request for such replacement from the Holder thereof by the Company, with a copy to the
Trustee or the applicable Registrar, the Company may issue, and the Trustee will authenticate and
deliver, a substitute Series II Note. In each case, the applicant for a substitute Series II Note
will be required to furnish to the Trustee, Registrar, Co-Registrar and the Company and any agent
therefor (and to the applicable Transfer Agent at whose offices the applicant presents the Series
II Note for exchange) an indemnity under which it will agree to pay the Trustee, Registrar,
Co-Registrar and such Transfer Agent, if applicable, the Company and any agent therefor, for any
losses they may suffer relating to the replacement of the Series II Note that was mutilated,
defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen. In the case of a Series II Note that was mutilated or defaced,
the applicant for a substitute Series II Note shall submit the mutilated or defaced Series II Note
to the Company. In addition, the Company and the Trustee may also require that the applicant
present other documents or proof. The applicant will be required to pay all expenses and
reasonable charges associated with the replacement of the mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or
stolen Series II Note.
A1-2
Section 3. Ranking
The Companys payment obligations under the Series II Notes will, except as is or may be
provided by Argentine law, at all times rank
pari passu
in right of payment with all of the
Companys other unsecured and unsubordinated obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly
subordinated in right of payment to the Series II Notes.
Section 4. Payments of Principal and Interest
Interest (except Default Interest) and principal on this Series II Note which is payable, and
is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose
name such Series II Note is registered on the Register at the close of business on the Regular
Record Date.
Payments in respect of the principal of and interest on this Series II Note will be made by
the Principal Paying Agent in the City of New York, by the Argentine Paying Agent in the City of
Buenos Aires as provided below, by the Luxembourg Paying Agent with respect to any payments to be
made in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg or, subject to any fiscal or other laws and regulations
applicable thereto, at the specified offices of any other Paying Agent appointed by the Company for
such purpose. Payments in respect of principal on this Series II Note at the Payment Date will be
made only against surrender of this Series II Note.
If any Payment Date is not a Business Day, the Trustee will make the payment on the next
Business Day and no interest will accrue for such period of time.
Any payment under this Series II Note will be made by the Company by transfer of the relevant
amount in Dollars from Argentina into the applicable account of the Principal Paying Agent opened
in New York City, as informed by the Trustee. In the event that the Company is unable to buy
Dollars: (i) directly, by purchasing Dollars at the foreign exchange market in Argentina and
subsequently transferring them to the Principal Paying Agent in New York, or (ii) to the extent not
prohibited by law, indirectly, by purchasing with Pesos any series of Argentine Discount Bonds or
Argentine Par Bonds or any other securities or public or private bonds issued in Argentina and
denominated in Dollars and transferring and selling such securities outside of Argentina for
Dollars, or (iii) by means of any other legal procedure existing in Argentina for the purchase of
Dollars and their subsequent transfer abroad (any such mechanism established in clauses (i), (ii)
and (iii) above hereinafter referred to as
Purchase of Dollars
), because of any legal,
regulatory or Argentine currency exchange restrictions, or because the Purchase of Dollars has
become impossible due to reasons beyond the Companys control,
then
the Company will discharge its
payment obligations under this Series II Note by transferring the amount of Pesos (or such other
currency that is the legal currency of Argentina at the time) equal to the amount of principal and
interest, as applicable, or other amounts due hereunder, on the applicable Payment Date to the
Argentine Paying Agent prior to 4:30 p.m., City of Buenos Aires time (for credit to the banking
account(s) in the City of Buenos Aires as designated by the Trustee, the Common Depositary or the
Company, as applicable), for subsequent transfer by the Argentine Paying Agent to the Peso banking
account, in Argentina, of the representative of Euroclear and Clearstream (in the case of a
Regulation S Global Note), as instructed by the Trustee, the Common Depositary or the Company, as
applicable, for subsequent transfer by such representatives, as appropriate, to the
A1-3
accounts of
Euroclear and Clearstream or any other applicable representative. The amount of Pesos to be paid
will be calculated by the Company based on the Dollar exchange rate using the Applicable Exchange Rate and will be
notified in writing to the Trustee on the Business Day of the applicable Payment Date. Payments in
Pesos by the Company in Argentina made in accordance with this paragraph will constitute compliance
by the Company with its payment obligations on account of this Series II Note and will not
constitute a default by the Company hereunder; accordingly, the Holders of the Series II Notes
(including this Series II Note) will not be entitled to any additional payments or acceleration of
any terms whatsoever as a result of such payment being made in Pesos in accordance with this
paragraph. In the event that it becomes possible again to effect the Purchase of Dollars, the
Company will be obligated to make payments on the basis of the terms set forth in the first
sentence of this paragraph. All costs and taxes payable in connection with the procedures referred
to in (i), (ii) and (iii) above shall be borne by the Company.
Section 5. Early Redemption Due to Tax Reasons
The Company will have no right to redeem all or any portion of the Series II Notes except as
provided in the paragraph below.
If as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws, executive orders, instructions,
international treaties to which Argentina is party, rules and/or regulations of Argentina or any
resolution or pronunciation of any political subdivision or tax authority thereof or therein, or
any change in the official position or interpretation associated with application of any such laws,
executive orders, instructions, international treaties, rules and/or regulations (including, among
others, interpretation by a court of competent jurisdiction), occurring on or after the Date of
Issuance, the Company is obligated to pay Additional Amounts (as defined below) at a rate in excess
of any Additional Amount payable as of the Date of Issuance, the Company will be entitled to redeem
the Series II Notes in full or in part. Early redemption will only take place after the Company
has informed the CNV of an occurrence of an event that authorizes early redemption of the Series II
Notes, duly accompanied by an opinion from the auditors to the Company and an opinion from counsel
of recognized standing which clearly shows that such an event has actually occurred. The Series II
Notes will be redeemed at 100% (one hundred percent) of their then outstanding principal amount,
including any Additional Amounts with respect thereto, as of the date of redemption, plus interest
accrued as of the date of any such redemption. The Company will notify Holders of its decision to
redeem the Series II Notes by written notice to Euroclear and Clearstream and publication according
to Section 10 herein at least 30 calendar days before the intended date of redemption, on which
date the Company will make available to the Holders the outstanding principal amount and interest
of the Series II Note, in accordance with the terms of the said notice and the procedure
established herein.
Section 6. Covenants
For so long as the Series II Notes remain Outstanding:
Payment of Principal, Additional Amounts, if any, and Interest
.
The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders that it shall duly and
punctually pay the principal of, premium, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest on the Series II
Notes in accordance with the terms of the Series II Notes and the Indenture.
A1-4
Limitation on Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Conveyance of Assets
.
The Company shall not merge, sell or otherwise transfer all or a Significant Portion of its
assets, unless:
(a) such sale or transfer is conducted in the ordinary course of business of the
Company (which include, without limitation, transfers of assets to trusts or for
securitization purposes);
(b) at least 80% of the proceeds of such sales or transfers of Significant Portion
of Assets are fully applied to activities in the ordinary course of the Companys
business; or
(c) immediately after giving effect to any such merger, sale or transfer of a
Significant Portion of Assets:
(i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no event, act or
condition has occurred, which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would
constitute an Event of Default; or
(ii) (
x
) the successor by merger or the acquirer of all the assets of the
Company or a Significant Portion thereof, assumes the payment obligations of
principal and interest and other payment obligations of the Company, including under
this Series II Note and the Indenture, as if such new entity would have been the
original issuer of the Series II Notes, or (
y
) if the Company is the successor by
merger, it timely complies with all payment obligations under the Series II Notes.
Change of Control
.
The Company shall not permit the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined below).
Limitation on Liens
.
Except for Permitted Liens, the Company shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any
Lien, on its present or future assets, as security for any Indebtedness, unless before or at the
same time, the Companys obligations under this Series II Note are secured equally and ratably with
any such Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the above mentioned, the Company may, without any need to
secure the Series II Notes, issue secured notes, provided that the aggregate amount of any and all
Indebtedness of the Company secured by any Lien, including any Lien arising in connection with such
issuance, does not exceed, as of the date of creation thereof, 5% of the aggregate non-consolidated
assets of the Company pursuant to its most recent financial statements.
A1-5
Corporate Existence
.
The Company shall (a) maintain its corporate existence and all the necessary registrations;
(b) take all actions as necessary to maintain the validity of all authorizations, rights and
privileges that are necessary or convenient in the ordinary course of the Companys business,
activities and operations; and (c) keep all of its assets in good working order, unless not doing
so will not have a material adverse effect on the Companys business, activities and operations or
financial condition.
Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations
.
The Company shall comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders and directives
from any governmental or regulatory authority in Argentina or any regional or local authority
thereof or therein that has jurisdiction over the Company or the Companys business, and shall
comply with all covenants and other obligations included in any agreements to which the Company is
a party, except where the failure to comply therewith would not have a material adverse effect on
the consolidated Companys business, activities and operations or financial condition.
Insurance
.
The Company shall maintain insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies, in
the amounts and for the risks for which insurance is reasonable and prudent, taking into account
all the applicable circumstances.
Notice of Default
.
The Company shall promptly notify, in accordance with Section 12.4 of the Indenture, the
Trustee in writing of the occurrence of any Event of Default or any condition or event that,
through service of notice or the passing of time or any other condition or any combination of the
above, would become unless remedied or waived an Event of Default. Each notice sent in
accordance with the terms of this subsection shall state that it constitutes a notice of default
hereunder, and shall be accompanied by an Officers Certificate of the Company stating the details
of the Event of Default mentioned therein, and explaining what steps the Company intends to take in
that respect.
Ranking
.
The Company shall ensure that its obligations under this Series II Note are at all times
general, direct, unsubordinated and unconditional obligations of the Company that rank
pari passu
at all times in terms of priority for payment with other Notes of the same class and/or series and
with all other unsubordinated and unsecured Indebtedness of the Company whether now or hereafter
outstanding, subject to any mandatory preferences under applicable law.
Listing
.
The Company will use its best efforts to obtain and maintain listing of the Series II Notes on
the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and to trade them on the Euro
MTF market of that exchange, and on the BASE and to trade them in the Mercado Abierto
Electrónico S. A. (MAE) in Argentina.
A1-6
Books and Records
.
The Company shall maintain accounting books and records in accordance with Argentine GAAP and
the regulations applicable to the Company.
Section 7. Additional Amounts
Any and all present and future taxes in any jurisdiction that are assessed based on any acts,
contracts and transactions associated with the issuance of and subscription for the
Series II Notes shall be exclusively borne by the Company. The Company shall pay the outstanding
principal amount, and any interest with respect thereto, of this Series II Note without any
deduction for or on account of, any taxes, duties, assessments, liens, withholding or transfer
expenses, whether in force as of the date of subscription or established at any time in the future
by any authority in Argentina, irrespective of the origin or cause thereof. Accordingly, in the
event that as a result of legal or regulatory requirements, or due to the interpretation of any
such legal or regulatory requirements, the Company is under an obligation to pay or withhold any
such amounts, the Company shall make any such payments or withholdings at its own expense, in such
a manner that, after any and all withholdings or deductions so are made, the Holder of this Series
II Note receives the same amount it would have received if no such withholding or deduction had
been made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Additional Amounts shall be paid by the Company (i) to
the Holder of this Series II Note if covered by the provisions of Title VI of the Argentine Income
Tax Act (
Ley de Impuesto a las Ganancias
) except for entities governed by the provisions of Act
No. 21,526 of Financial Entities (
Ley No. 21,526 de Entidades Financieras
) (the
Financial
Institutions Act
) in connection with income tax payable by them; (ii) in connection with the
tax on credits and debits into bank accounts of any nature held with entities governed by the
provisions of the Financial Institutions Act; (iii) where the Company is mandated by law to make a
withholding and/or deduction by reason of, or on account of, the personal assets tax (
Ley de
Impuesto sobre los Bienes Personales
); (iv) with respect to any tax, assessment or other
governmental charges imposed or levied over successions, inheritance, estate, legacy, donation,
sale, transfer or similar taxes; (v) where any such withholding and/or deduction is imposed as a
result of failure by the Holder of this Series II Note, or any other Person, to comply with any
information reporting requirements under applicable law including, without limitation, laws,
executive orders, resolutions, written instructions from the Argentine Federal Public Income
Administration (
Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos
) and/or international treaties to which
Argentina is a party whether or not such Holder of this Series II Note or Person has the legal
capacity to comply with such requirements: information, documents, statements or other certificates
pursuant to the conditions required under applicable law with respect to the nationality,
residence, identity, legal nature or relationship with Argentina of any such Holder of this Series
II Note or Person, or other material information required or imposed by applicable laws as a
condition precedent or a requirement to eliminate and/or reduce such deductions and/or withholdings
due to a tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, so long as
the compliance with any such requirements is commercially reasonable; (vi) when any such
withholdings and/or deductions result from a connection between the Holder of this Series II Note
and Argentina (or any of its political
subdivisions or authorities), other than solely holding this Series II Note, the right to demand
compliance or payment under this Series II Note, or payments of principal, interests and/or other
amounts under this Series II Note; (vii) for any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental
charges of whatever nature imposed or levied and payable in a manner different from withholding or
deduction of the payments made with respect to this Series II Note; and/or (viii) any combination
of (i) to (vii) above.
A1-7
If the Holders of the Series II Notes do not furnish all of, or part of, the information,
documents or other forms of evidence duly required by the Company pursuant to applicable
regulations, including, without limitation, laws, decrees, resolutions, written instructions from
the Argentine Federal Public Income Administration and/or international treaties to which Argentina
is a party, the Company shall not pay any Additional Amounts with respect to such Holders or
Holders, as applicable, Series II Notes and shall withhold or deduct the maximum amount required
by Argentine law,
provided
,
however
, that the burden placed on the relevant Holders to comply with
these requirements is commercially reasonable and that the Company has given notice to such Holders
at least 30 days in advance that they must comply with these requirements.
Section 8. Events of Default
Event of Default
, wherever used herein, means any one of the following events
(whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or
be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any
order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
(a) the Company shall default in the payment of principal on the Series II Notes and
continuance of such default for a period of 7 Business Days; or
(b) the acceleration of the outstanding principal amount on all of the Series III Notes at
that time Outstanding; or
(c) the Company shall default in the payment of any interest (or premium or Additional
Amounts, if any) on any Series II Note when it becomes due and payable on any Payment Date, and
continuance of such default for a period of 14 Business Days; or
(d) the Company fails to perform or observe any covenant or its obligations under the Series
II Notes or the Indenture, and such failure continues for a term of 60 Business Days after the
Company and the Trustee receive written notice stating such default and demanding that it be
remedied, from Holders of Series II Notes representing at least 5% of the outstanding principal
amount of the Series II Notes at the time Outstanding; or
(e) (i) the Company files an out of court reorganization proceeding (
acuerdo preventivo
extrajudicial
), or (ii) the Company files for reorganization or commences a bankruptcy proceeding,
or (iii) the Company is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent by a competent court pursuant to a final,
non-appealable judgment, or (iv) the Company is dissolved, or (v) the Company acknowledges in
writing that it is unable to pay its debts generally as they become due,
or (vi) the validity or enforceability of any document signed in connection with the Series II
Notes is contested by the Company; or
A1-8
(f) the Company shall default in the payment of debts generally as they become due (except for
any Indebtedness of the Company outstanding as of the Date of Issuance) in an outstanding principal
amount of US$10,000,000, and such default shall continue for more than the grace period, if any,
originally applicable thereto; or
(g) any final judgment or judgments or court resolutions by a competent authority (and with
appropriate judicial efficacy) is rendered against the Company for the payment of money in an
aggregate amount equal to or in excess of, separately or collectively, US$10,000,000, and such
judgment shall not be waived, satisfied or discharged for any period of 30 Business Days from the
payment date specified in the applicable final judgment(s);
then
, (1) following the occurrence of any Event of Default set forth in clauses (a), (b), (c),
(f) and (g) above and so long as such Event of Default is continuing, the Holders of at least 25%
of the principal amount of the Series II Notes at the time Outstanding may, upon written notice to
the Company and the Trustee, declare all Series II Notes at that time Outstanding to be immediately
due and payable, plus all interest accrued thereon until the date of payment, (2) following the
occurrence of the Event of Default described in clause (d) above and so long as such Event of
Default is continuing, the Holders of at least 1/3 of the outstanding total principal amount of the
Series II Notes, may, upon written notice to the Company and the Trustee, declare the outstanding
total principal amount of all of the Series II Notes at that time Outstanding to be immediately due
and payable, plus all interest accrued thereon until the date of payment and (3) following the
occurrence of the Event of Default described in clause (e) above, the outstanding total principal
amount of all of the Series II Notes at that time Outstanding shall be immediately due and payable,
plus all interest accrued thereon until the date of payment.
Any acceleration under the terms of clauses (1) or (2) above may be terminated by the Holders
representing no less than a majority of the total outstanding principal amount of the Series II
Notes in accordance with Section 4.1(d) of the Indenture.
After any such acceleration, and unless all such Events of Default are remedied or waived as
described above, the total outstanding principal amount of the Series II Notes at the time
Outstanding, will be immediately due and payable, plus all interest accrued thereon until the date
of payment, if any, together with any other amounts due and payable under the Notes, if any.
The foregoing provisions shall be without prejudice to the right accorded to any individual
Holder to initiate actions against the Company under Article 29 of the Negotiable Obligations Law.
Section 9. Paying Agents; Transfer Agents; Registrars
The Company has initially appointed The Bank of New York Mellon as Principal Paying Agent,
Principal Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Company has initially appointed The Bank of New York
Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. as Luxembourg Paying Agent and Luxembourg Transfer Agent and Banco de
Valores S.A. as Co-Registrar, Argentine Transfer Agent and
Argentine Paying Agent (acting solely in the limited capacity set forth in Section 2.7(j) of
the Indenture and Section 4 hereof). The Company may at any time appoint new Paying Agents, new
Transfer Agents and new Registrars.
A1-9
Section 10. Notices
Notices to the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be given as provided in Section 12.4
of the Indenture.
Section 11. Governing Law
(a) The Negotiable Obligations Law governs the requirements for the Series II Notes to qualify
as
Obligaciones Negociables
thereunder while such law, together with the Argentine Business
Companies Law, and other applicable Argentine laws, govern the capacity and corporate authority of
the Company to execute and deliver this Series II Note and the authorization of the public offering
of this Series II Note by the CNV. All other matters in respect of the Series II Notes and the
Indenture are governed by the laws of the State of New York, United States of America. The
governing law provision set forth in the prior sentence with respect to the law of the State of New
York shall apply without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent
that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.
Section 12. Consent to Service of Process; Jurisdiction
The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court
sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York (United States of America), any
Argentine court sitting in the City of Buenos Aires, the BASEs Arbitral Tribunal and any competent
court in the place of its corporate domicile for purposes of any suit, action or proceeding arising
out of or related to this Series II Note. The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, any objection which it may have to the laying of the venue of any such
suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or
proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company also
agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be
conclusive and binding upon such party and may be enforced in any court of the jurisdiction of
which such party is subject by a suit upon such judgment;
provided
that service of process is
effected upon such Person in the manner specified herein.
The Company acknowledges and agrees that the activities contemplated by the provisions of this
Series II Note are commercial in nature rather than governmental or public and, therefore,
acknowledges and agrees that it is not entitled to any right of immunity on the grounds of
sovereignty or otherwise with respect to any such activities or in any legal action or proceeding
arising out of or in any way relating to this Series II Note. The Company, in respect of itself
and its properties and revenues, expressly and irrevocably waives any such right of immunity
(including any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from service of process or from any
execution of judgment or from attachment prior to judgment or in aid of execution or otherwise) or
claim thereto which may now or hereafter exist, and agrees not to assert any such right or claim in
any such action or proceeding, whether in the United States or otherwise.
A1-10
The Company agrees that service of all writs, process and summonses in any suit, action or
proceeding brought in connection with the Series II Notes against the Company in any court of the
State of New York or any United States federal court, sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, New York
City may be made upon CT Corporation at 111 8
th
Avenue, New York, New York 10011, whom
the Company irrevocably appoints as its authorized agent for service of process. The Company
represents and warrants that CT Corporation has agreed to act as the Companys agent for service of
process. The Company agrees that such appointment shall be irrevocable so long as the Notes remain
Outstanding or until the irrevocable appointment by the Company of a successor in New York City as
its authorized agent for such purpose and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor.
The Company further agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all
documents and instruments that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and
affect as aforesaid. If CT Corporation shall cease to act as the Companys agent for service of
process, the Company shall appoint without delay another such agent and provide prompt written
notice to the Trustee of such appointment. With respect to any such action in any court of the
State of New York or any United States federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City,
service of process upon CT Corporation, as the authorized agent of the Company for service of
process, and written notice of such service to the Company shall be deemed, in every respect,
effective service of process upon the Company.
If a judgment or order given or made by any court for the payment of any amount in respect of
any Note is expressed in a currency (the
judgment currency
) other than the currency (the
denomination currency
) in which such Notes are denominated or in which such amount is
payable, the Company will indemnify the relevant Holder against any deficiency arising or resulting
from any variation in rates of exchange between the date as of which the amount in the denomination
currency is notionally converted into the amount in the judgment currency for the purposes of such
judgment or order and the date of actual payment thereof. This indemnity will constitute a
separate and independent obligation from the other obligations contained in the terms and
conditions of the Notes, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply
irrespective of any indulgence granted from time to time and will continue in full force and effect
notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due in
respect of the relevant Note or under any such judgment or order.
Section 13. Certain Definitions
Additional Amounts
means any amounts required to be paid by the Company in
accordance with the terms hereof as may be necessary so that every payment made to the Holders
after deducting or withholding an amount paid by the Company for or on account of any taxes,
duties, assessments, liens, withholding or transfer expenses, whether in force as of the date of
subscription, or established at any time in the future by an authority in Argentina, shall not be
less than the amount that the Holder of this Series II Note receives had no such withholding or
deduction been made.
A1-11
Applicable Exchange Rate
means, as applicable, (i) the last average available as of
2:00 p.m., City of Buenos Aires time, on the applicable Payment Date, for the daily Peso/US dollar
exchange rate published by EMTA (the Trade Association for the Emerging Markets) on its webpage
(https://mbrservices.net/emtatest/history.asp) in the Rate column or to the extent
that the currency exchange rate referred to in this clause is not available, (ii) the average
selling exchange rate indicated or established as of 2:00 p.m., City of Buenos Aires time, on the
applicable Payment Date, by the following banks in Argentina: Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires
S.A., Banco Santander Rio S.A., BBVA Banco Frances S.A., Deutsche Bank S.A. and HSBC Bank Argentina
S.A. (or, to the extent that one or all of such banks no longer exists, a similar bank or banks)
or, to the extent not available, (iii) the implicit exchange rate between the listed Peso price
and the listed Dollar price on the MAE, at the close of business of the Business Day immediately
prior to the applicable Payment Date for the purchase of the bond with the largest trading volume
on the MAE trading in Pesos and US dollars or, to the extent not available, (iv) the implicit
exchange rate resulting from the relationship between the first available seller position listing
in Pesos on the MAE, as of 12:00 p.m., City of Buenos Aires time, on the applicable Payment Date,
of the bond with the most significant trading volume on the MAE and that is traded on a New York
stock exchange, divided by the Dollar purchase price for the same bond on such New York stock
exchange. In order to calculate the Dollar purchase price on such New York stock exchange, the
average of the first available quote of such bond obtained from at least three internationally
recognized banks shall be utilized.
Business Day
means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks
are open, or not authorized to close, in the City of New York and the City of Buenos Aires and the
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.
Change of Control
means the occurrence of any of the following, the Company ceases
(i) to own securities representing the majority of the capital stock of Banco de Galicia y Buenos
Aires S.A., and/or (ii) to have the ability to nominate, directly or indirectly a majority of the
members of the board of directors of Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., and/or (iii) to have the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of Banco de Galicia y Buenos
Aires S.A., directly or indirectly, whether by written agreement or otherwise, as necessary to
direct decisions at Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.s shareholders meetings.
Hedge Agreements
means, in respect of any Person, such Persons hedge agreements in
connection with derivatives transactions, including interest rates, interest rate swaps, cap and
collar agreements, interest rate futures and options, currency swap agreements, currency futures
and options, and similar agreements that enable such Person to hedge financial and operating risks.
A1-12
Indebtedness
means with respect to any Person, without duplication: (a) all
indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) any amount raised by such Person pursuant to
any bonds, notes, debentures or any similar instrument, (c) all indebtedness of such Person for the
deferred purchase price of property or services, all indebtedness of conditional sales and all
indebtedness under agreements with reservation of title until payment in full (excluding commercial
debt and other indebtedness entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person), (d)
the maximum amount available to be drawn or paid under all letters of credit, bankers acceptances,
bank guaranties, surety and appeal bonds and similar obligations issued for the account of such
Person and all unpaid drawings and unreimbursed payments in respect of such letters of credit,
bankers acceptances, bank guaranties, surety and appeal bonds and similar obligations, (e) Liens
and other contingent obligations of such Person with respect to
all indebtedness of the types described in clause (a) to (d) of this definition, (f) all
indebtedness of the types described in clause (a) to (e) of this definition secured by any Liens on
any property owned by such Person, (g) all indebtedness due and payable under Hedge Agreements of
such Person; provided, however, that the term Indebtedness shall not include any of the following
liabilities of the Company: (1) deposits in or amounts collected by the Company (excluding amounts
borrowed or obtained by the Company or its Subsidiaries under loans), (2) any check, promissory
note, deposit certificate, draft, bill of exchange issued, accepted or endorsed by the Company, (3)
any transaction in which the Company acts solely as agent, (4) and agreement to purchase or
repurchase securities, currency or to accept loans and (5) letters of credit, bankers acceptances,
bank guaranties, surety and appeal bonds and similar obligations issued.
Lien
means any mortgage, charge, pledge, guaranty assignment, trust assignment,
guaranty, lien or other encumbrances, or preferential arrangement.
Permitted Liens
means: (a) any existing Lien as of the date hereof, (b) Liens or
privileges incurred or created in the ordinary course of business or under applicable laws in
connection with or to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts, leases, statutory
obligations, and mechanics, materialmen, workers, repairsmen employees warehousemens,
carriers or other like Liens (except, for the avoidance of doubts, Liens created to secure
Indebtedness), (c) Liens created over assets securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed to finance,
totally or partially, the construction, acquisition or improvements costs of such asset, Liens
created or affecting simultaneously, or within 180 days from the construction, the acquisition of
or improvements to such asset, (d) any Liens created in favor of the Company, (e) Liens granted
with respect to: (i) special lines of credit or advancements granted to the Company by or through
local or foreign government entities or (ii) any Hedge Agreements, (f) any Lien over any asset
existing upon the acquisition of such asset and that was created in connection with such asset
acquisition, (g) any Liens securing extensions, renewals or refinancing of Indebtedness secured by
the types of Liens described in clause (a), (c), (e) or (f) above,
provided that
, such new Lien is
limited to the asset secured by the original Lien immediately before such extension, renewal or
refinancing, and
provided
,
further
, that the principal amount of the Indebtedness guaranteed by
such original Lien is not increased immediately before such extension, renewal or refinancing, (h)
(i) inchoate Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due (including
as part of applicable extensions) or (ii) Liens arising out of the existence of judgments or
awards, in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default or (iii) any Liens created as taxes
or other legal Liens or other Liens arising as a matter of law, so long as such Liens are released
within the 90 days following the date in which they are created or determined or (iv) any other
Lien not otherwise permitted pursuant to this Series II Note, including Liens related to the
issuance of secured notes under the Program, so long as on the date of the creation of Liens all
Indebtedness of the Company secured by any such Lien including the new Lien, has an unpaid
principal amount not exceeding 5% of the total assets of the Company pursuant to its latest
non-consolidated financial statements.
A1-13
Person
means any individual, corporation (including a business trust), limited
liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or other entity, or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.
Peso
means the lawful currency of the Republic of Argentina or any replacing
currency.
Restricted Period
means, with respect to this Note, the period of 40 days after the
distribution of the Notes, as notified to the Trustee in writing by the Company.
Significant Portion
means those assets of the Company that represent more than 50%
of the assets of the Company according to its most recent quarterly or annual consolidated
financial statements.
US$
,
US dollars
and
Dollars
means the currency of the United
States of America which at the relevant time is legal tender for the payment of public or private
debts.
A1-14
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S SERIES II GLOBAL NOTE *
The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Global Note for an interest in a
Certificated Note, or exchanges of a part of a Certificated Note for an interest in this Regulation
S Global Note, have been made:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of decrease in
|
|
|
Amount of increase in
|
|
|
of this Regulation S
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
principal amount of
|
|
|
principal amount of
|
|
|
Global Note following
|
|
|
Signature of authorized
|
|
|
|
|
|
this Regulation S
|
|
|
this Regulation S
|
|
|
such decrease
|
|
|
officer of Trustee or
|
|
Date of Exchange
|
|
|
Global Note
|
|
|
Global Note
|
|
|
(or increase)
|
|
|
Common Depositary
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.
|
A1-15
EXHIBIT A-2
FORM OF REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
ISIN No.: XS0511059312
Common Code No.: 051105931
Note No.: 1
Common Depositary: The Bank of New York Mellon Depository (Nominees) Limited
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A.
Pursuant to Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.s (the Company) Global Short-, Medium- and Long-Term
Note Program (the Program), for a maximum outstanding amount of US$60,000,000, established
pursuant to an ordinary shareholders meeting of the Company on March 9, 2009 and a meeting of the
Board of Directors of the Company on March 9, 2009 (authorized pursuant to Resolution No 16113 of
April 29, 2009 of the National Securities Commission (
Comision Nacional de Valores
or CNV)), the
issuance of the Class II, Series III Note represented hereby has been resolved and approved,
pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company No 383 of April 5, 2010, and
authorized by the CNV on May 7, 2010.
The Company was organized as a corporation with limited liability (
sociedad anónima
) under the
laws of Argentina on September 14, 1999, and registered with the Public Registry of Commerce under
No. 14.519, Book 7, on September 30, 1999, with a duration until June 30, 2100, and its registered
domicile is at Calle Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 456, 2nd Floor (C1038AAJ) City of Buenos Aires,
Argentina.
In accordance with Article 3 of the by-laws of the Company, the Companys corporate purpose is
to undertake, for its own behalf or on behalf of third parties, in Argentina or outside of
Argentina, the following activities: (1) purchase, maintain and administer shareholdings and
investments, (2) participate in the establishment and creation of companies, contribute capital to
existing companies or to be formed for purposes of undertaking financing operations past and
future, (3) purchase, sell, negotiate and subscribe for any class of securities, shares, bonds or
other securities, (4) incur or make loans, (5) operate in any activity relating to capital markets
or markets for goods, in or outside of Argentina and (6) subject to the appropriate shareholder
approval, issue bonds or other negotiable obligations.
The authorized capital of the Company as of March 31, 2010, the date of its most recent
financial statements, was $1,241,407,017 Pesos and its net shareholders equity was
$2,100,951,877.23 Pesos.
Prior to the Date of Issuance, the Company issued, under the Program on June 4, 2009, Class I
notes in an aggregate amount of $45,000,000 in two series: Series I, which was canceled on May 31,
2010 and Series II, which mature on May 25, 2011.
A2-1
CLASS II, SERIES III GLOBAL NOTE
representing
US$26,856,709
9% Class II, Series III Notes due May 21, 2013
[INSERT NOTES LEGEND]
UNLESS THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR
BANK, AS OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM (EUROCLEAR) OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING CORPORATION
(CLEARSTREAM) TO GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A., OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE BANK
OF NEW YORK MELLON DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED AS THE COMMON DEPOSITARY FOR EUROCLEAR AND
CLEARSTREAM (THE COMMON DEPOSITARY) OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR TO
SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM, ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE
THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, THE COMMON DEPOSITARY, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN
PART, TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR NOMINEES OF EUROCLEAR AND CLEARSTREAM OR TO
A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSORS NOMINEE, AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS REGULATION S
GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE
INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW.
A2-2
CLASS:
II
SERIES
: III
SPECIFIED CURRENCY
: US DOLLARS (
Dollars
)
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
: US$26,856,709
ISSUE DATE
: June 8, 2010
MATURITY DATE
: May 21, 2013
INTEREST
: 9% per annum
INTEREST PAYMENT DATES
: December 5, 2010, June 3, 2011, November 30, 2011, May 28, 2012, November
24, 2012 and May 21, 2013
OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS:
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A., a company duly organized and existing under the laws of
Argentina (herein called the
Company
, which term includes any successor person under the
Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to the Common
Depositary or its nominee or its registered assigns pursuant to the terms and conditions of this
Series III Note, in a single payment, the amount of US$26,856,709 (the
Principal Amount
),
and to pay interest thereon from June 8, 2010 (the
Date of Issuance
) as set forth below,
at a fixed interest rate of 9% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for
payment. The Series III Note will mature on May 21, 2013 (the
Maturity Date
).
Interest on this Series III Note will be payable in six installments on December 5, 2010, June
3, 2011, November 30, 2011, May 28, 2012, November 24, 2012 and May 21, 2013;
provided
, that, to
the extent that a payment of interest is due with respect to this Series III Note during the
Restricted Period, the date on which such interest payment is due shall be the Business Day
immediately succeeding the last day of the Restricted Period;
provided
,
further
, that the amount of
such interest to be paid by the Company at the conclusion of the Restricted Period shall be
calculated as of the applicable interest payment date set forth in this Series III Note and shall
not include the time period, if any, between such interest payment date and the date on which
payment is actually made (each such installment, an
Interest Payment Date
and, together
with the Maturity Date and any redemption date, the
Payment Dates
). Interest on this
Series III Note shall be computed on the basis of a 365-day year and considering the actual number
of days elapsed. Any amounts due, payable and unpaid in respect of this Series III Note will
accrue interest at a rate per annum (in addition to any other interest that may otherwise be
applicable with respect to such amounts) equal to 2% (the
Default Interest
);
provided
,
that, for the avoidance of doubt, no such interest will accrue on any principal or interest that is
due during the Restricted Period.
A2-3
The interest (except Default Interest) and principal so payable, and punctually paid or duly
provided for, on any Payment Date will be paid to the Person in whose name this Series III Note is
registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest and principal,
which shall be November 20, 2010, May 19, 2011, November 15, 2011, May 13, 2012, November 9, 2012
or May 6, 2013 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such
Payment Date (the
Regular Record Date
).
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Series III Note set forth on the
reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if
set forth at this place. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein and on the
reverse hereof shall have their meanings as defined in the Indenture. The provisions of this
Series III Note do not purport to be complete and are subject to and qualified in their entirety by
reference to, the provisions of the Indenture.
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been duly executed by the Trustee referred
to on the reverse hereof, this Series III Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the
Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.
A2-4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this instrument to be executed manually or by
facsimile by its duly authorized officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Syndic
|
A2-5
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Series III Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signatory
|
|
|
A2-6
[REVERSE OF SERIES III NOTE]
This Regulation S Global Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company
designated as its 9% Class II Series III Notes due May 21, 2013 (herein called the
Series III
Notes
), issued under an indenture as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time (herein called the
Indenture
) dated as of June 8, 2010, among (i) the Company, (ii)
The Bank of New York Mellon, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York
authorized to conduct a banking business, as trustee (the
Trustee
), registrar (in such
capacity, the
Registrar
), paying agent (in such capacity, the
Principal Paying
Agent
), and transfer agent (in such capacity, the
Principal Transfer Agent
), (iii)
Banco de Valores S.A., a (
sociedad anónima
) duly incorporated and existing under the laws of The
Republic of Argentina authorized to conduct a banking business, as the Trustees representative in
Argentina (in such capacity, the
Trustees Representative in Argentina
), co-registrar (in
such capacity, the
Co-Registrar
), Argentine transfer agent (the
Argentine Transfer
Agent
) and Argentine paying agent (the
Argentine Paying Agent
), and (iv) The Bank of
New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., a corporation (
société anonyme
) organized under the laws of the
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, as Luxembourg paying agent (in such capacity, the
Luxembourg Paying
Agent
and, together with the Argentine Paying Agent, the Principal Paying Agent and any other
paying agent appointed by the Company to act in such capacity in accordance with the terms hereof
(including the Trustee), the
Paying Agents
) and Luxembourg transfer agent (in such
capacity, the
Luxembourg Transfer Agent
and, together with the Argentine Transfer Agent,
the Principal Transfer Agent and any other transfer agent appointed by the Company to act in such
capacity in accordance with the terms hereof (including the Trustee), the
Transfer
Agents
), to which the Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby
made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and
immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Series III Notes, and of
the terms upon which the Series III Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.
Section 1. General Terms of the Series III Notes
This Series III Note is issued by the Company pursuant to the Indenture. The Series III Notes
will mature on May 21, 2013. Holders of Series III Notes will be entitled to the benefits of, be
bound by, and be deemed to have notice of, all of the provisions of the Indenture. Copies of the
Indenture are available for inspection at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
In the event of any discrepancies between the provisions or definitions of this Series III
Note and the ones in the Indenture, the provisions and definitions of this Series III Note will
control.
Section 2. Transfer of Registered Series III Notes; Replacement
Series III Notes will be issued in denominations that are integral multiples of US$1. A
Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Series III Notes in accordance with the Indenture.
The Co-Registrar or Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes, fees and/or charges contemplated in this
Section 2. The Co-Registrar or Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any Series
III Notes selected for redemption (except the non-prepaid portion of any
Series III Note being redeemed in part). Also, it need not register the transfer or exchange
of any Series III Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Series III Notes to be
redeemed is made.
A2-1
No Holder may require the exchange or transfer of a Series III Note or interests therein in a
Regulation S Global Note to be registered during the 15-day period ending on any Payment Date with
respect to that Series III Note.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Note, during the Restricted Period,
(i) this Note shall only be held through Euroclear and/or Clearstream and (ii) this Note shall not
be transferred or exchanged in any manner that would result in a violation of this limitation.
Each Series III Note will be numbered serially with an identifying number that will be
recorded in a register (the
Register
) that will be kept by the Company at the offices of
the Registrar and of the Trustee. Title to registered Series III Notes will pass by and upon
registration in the Register.
Holder
means the person in whose name a Series III Note is
registered in the Register. The Holder of any Series III Note will (except as otherwise required
by law) be treated as its absolute owner for all purposes (whether or not it is overdue and
regardless of any notice of ownership, trust or any interest in it, any writing on it, or its theft
or loss) and no person will be liable for so treating the Holder.
The Trustee will not charge the Holders of Series III Notes for the costs and expenses
associated with the exchange, transfer or registration of transfer of the Series III Notes. The
Trustee may, however, charge the Holders of Series III Notes for certain delivery expenses as well
as any applicable stamp duty, tax or other governmental charges associated with such exchange,
transfer or registration.
If a Series III Note becomes mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen, and upon receipt
of a written request for such replacement from the Holder thereof by the Company, with a copy to
the Trustee or the applicable Registrar, the Company may issue, and the Trustee will authenticate
and deliver, a substitute Series III Note. In each case, the applicant for a substitute Series III
Note will be required to furnish to the Trustee, Registrar, Co-Registrar and the Company and any
agent therefor (and to the applicable Transfer Agent at whose offices the applicant presents the
Series III Note for exchange) an indemnity under which it will agree to pay the Trustee, Registrar,
Co-Registrar and such Transfer Agent, if applicable, the Company and any agent therefor, for any
losses they may suffer relating to the replacement of the Series III Note that was mutilated,
defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen. In the case of a Series III Note that was mutilated or
defaced, the applicant for a substitute Series III Note shall submit the mutilated or defaced
Series III Note to the Company. In addition, the Company and the Trustee may also require that the
applicant present other documents or proof. The applicant will be required to pay all expenses and
reasonable charges associated with the replacement of the mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or
stolen Series III Note.
A2-2
Section 3. Ranking
The Companys payment obligations under the Series III Notes will, except as is or may be
provided by Argentine law, at all times rank
pari passu
in right of payment with all of the
Companys other unsecured and unsubordinated obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly
subordinated in right of payment to the Series III Notes.
Section 4. Payments of Principal and Interest
Interest (except Default Interest) and principal on this Series III Note which is payable, and
is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose
name such Series III Note is registered on the Register at the close of business on the Regular
Record Date.
Payments in respect of the principal of and interest on this Series III Note will be made by
the Principal Paying Agent in the City of New York, by the Argentine Paying Agent in the City of
Buenos Aires as provided below, by the Luxembourg Paying Agent with respect to any payments to be
made in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg or, subject to any fiscal or other laws and regulations
applicable thereto, at the specified offices of any other Paying Agent appointed by the Company for
such purpose. Payments in respect of principal on this Series III Note at the Payment Date will be
made only against surrender of this Series III Note.
If any Payment Date is not a Business Day, the Trustee will make the payment on the next
Business Day and no interest will accrue for such period of time.
Any payment under this Series III Note will be made by the Company by transfer of the relevant
amount in Dollars from Argentina into the applicable account of the Principal Paying Agent opened
in New York City, as informed by the Trustee. In the event that the Company is unable to buy
Dollars: (i) directly, by purchasing Dollars at the foreign exchange market in Argentina and
subsequently transferring them to the Principal Paying Agent in New York, or (ii) to the extent not
prohibited by law, indirectly, by purchasing with Pesos any series of Argentine Discount Bonds or
Argentine Par Bonds or any other securities or public or private bonds issued in Argentina and
denominated in Dollars and transferring and selling such securities outside of Argentina for
Dollars, or (iii) by means of any other legal procedure existing in Argentina for the purchase of
Dollars and their subsequent transfer abroad (any such mechanism established in clauses (i), (ii)
and (iii) above hereinafter referred to as
Purchase of Dollars
), because of any legal,
regulatory or Argentine currency exchange restrictions, or because the Purchase of Dollars has
become impossible due to reasons beyond the Companys control,
then
the Company will discharge its
payment obligations under this Series III Note by transferring the amount of Pesos (or such other
currency that is the legal currency of Argentina at the time) equal to the amount of principal and
interest, as applicable, or other amounts due hereunder, on the applicable Payment Date to the
Argentine Paying Agent prior to 4:30 p.m., City of Buenos Aires time (for credit to the banking
account(s) in the City of Buenos Aires as designated by the Trustee, the Common Depositary or the
Company, as applicable), for subsequent transfer by the Argentine Paying Agent to the Peso banking
account, in Argentina, of the representative of Euroclear and Clearstream (in the case of a
Regulation S Global Note), as instructed by the Trustee, the Common Depositary or the Company, as
applicable, for subsequent transfer by such representatives, as appropriate, to the
A2-3
accounts of
Euroclear and Clearstream or any other applicable representative. The amount of Pesos to be paid
will be calculated by the Company based on the Dollar exchange rate using the Applicable Exchange Rate and will be
notified in writing to the Trustee on the Business Day of the applicable Payment Date. Payments
in Pesos by the Company in Argentina made in accordance with this paragraph will constitute
compliance by the Company with its payment obligations on account of this Series III Note and will
not constitute a default by the Company hereunder; accordingly, the Holders of the Series III Notes
(including this Series III Note) will not be entitled to any additional payments or acceleration of
any terms whatsoever as a result of such payment being made in Pesos in accordance with this
paragraph. In the event that it becomes possible again to effect the Purchase of Dollars, the
Company will be obligated to make payments on the basis of the terms set forth in the first
sentence of this paragraph. All costs and taxes payable in connection with the procedures referred
to in (i), (ii) and (iii) above shall be borne by the Company.
Section 5. Early Redemption Due to Tax Reasons
The Company will have no right to redeem all or any portion of the Series III Notes except as
provided in the paragraph below.
If as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws, executive orders, instructions,
international treaties to which Argentina is party, rules and/or regulations of Argentina or any
resolution or pronunciation of any political subdivision or tax authority thereof or therein, or
any change in the official position or interpretation associated with application of any such laws,
executive orders, instructions, international treaties, rules and/or regulations (including, among
others, interpretation by a court of competent jurisdiction), occurring on or after the Date of
Issuance, the Company is obligated to pay Additional Amounts (as defined below) at a rate in excess
of any Additional Amount payable as of the Date of Issuance, the Company will be entitled to redeem
the Series III Notes in full or in part. Early redemption will only take place after the Company
has informed the CNV of an occurrence of an event that authorizes early redemption of the Series
III Notes, duly accompanied by an opinion from the auditors to the Company and an opinion from
counsel of recognized standing which clearly shows that such an event has actually occurred. The
Series III Notes will be redeemed at 100% (one hundred percent) of their then outstanding principal
amount, including any Additional Amounts with respect thereto, as of the date of redemption, plus
interest accrued as of the date of any such redemption. The Company will notify Holders of its
decision to redeem the Series III Notes by written notice to Euroclear and Clearstream and
publication according to Section 10 herein at least 30 calendar days before the intended date of
redemption, on which date the Company will make available to the Holders the outstanding principal
amount and interest of the Series III Note, in accordance with the terms of the said notice and the
procedure established herein.
Section 6. Covenants
For so long as the Series III Notes remain Outstanding:
Payment of Principal, Additional Amounts, if any, and Interest
.
The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders that it shall duly and
punctually pay the principal of, premium, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest on the Series
III Notes in accordance with the terms of the Series III Notes and the Indenture.
A2-4
Limitation on Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Conveyance of Assets
.
The Company shall not merge, sell or otherwise transfer all or a Significant Portion of its
assets, unless:
(d) such sale or transfer is conducted in the ordinary course of business of the
Company (which include, without limitation, transfers of assets to trusts or for
securitization purposes);
(e) at least 80% of the proceeds of such sales or transfers of Significant Portion
of Assets are fully applied to activities in the ordinary course of the Companys
business; or
(f) immediately after giving effect to any such merger, sale or transfer of a
Significant Portion of Assets:
(iii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no event, act or
condition has occurred, which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would
constitute an Event of Default; or
(iv) (
x
) the successor by merger or the acquirer of all the assets of the
Company or a Significant Portion thereof, assumes the payment obligations of
principal and interest and other payment obligations of the Company, including under
this Series III Note and the Indenture, as if such new entity would have been the
original issuer of the Series III Notes, or (
y
) if the Company is the successor by
merger, it timely complies with all payment obligations under the Series III Notes.
Change of Control
.
The Company shall not permit the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined below).
Limitation on Liens
.
Except for Permitted Liens, the Company shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any
Lien, on its present or future assets, as security for any Indebtedness, unless before or at the
same time, the Companys obligations under this Series III Note are secured equally and ratably
with any such Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the above mentioned, the Company may, without any need
to secure the Series III Notes, issue secured notes, provided that the aggregate amount of any and
all Indebtedness of the Company secured by any Lien, including any Lien arising in connection with
such issuance, does not exceed, as of the date of creation thereof, 5% of the aggregate
non-consolidated assets of the Company pursuant to its most recent financial statements.
A2-5
Corporate Existence
.
The Company shall (a) maintain its corporate existence and all the necessary registrations;
(b) take all actions as necessary to maintain the validity of all authorizations, rights and
privileges that are necessary or convenient in the ordinary course of the Companys business,
activities and operations; and (c) keep all of its assets in good working order, unless not doing
so will not have a material adverse effect on the Companys business, activities and operations or
financial condition.
Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations
.
The Company shall comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders and directives
from any governmental or regulatory authority in Argentina or any regional or local authority
thereof or therein that has jurisdiction over the Company or the Companys business, and shall
comply with all covenants and other obligations included in any agreements to which the Company is
a party, except where the failure to comply therewith would not have a material adverse effect on
the consolidated Companys business, activities and operations or financial condition.
Insurance
.
The Company shall maintain insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies, in
the amounts and for the risks for which insurance is reasonable and prudent, taking into account
all the applicable circumstances.
Notice of Default
.
The Company shall promptly notify, in accordance with Section 12.4 of the Indenture, the
Trustee in writing of the occurrence of any Event of Default or any condition or event that,
through service of notice or the passing of time or any other condition or any combination of the
above, would become unless remedied or waived an Event of Default. Each notice sent in
accordance with the terms of this subsection shall state that it constitutes a notice of default
hereunder, and shall be accompanied by an Officers Certificate of the Company stating the details
of the Event of Default mentioned therein, and explaining what steps the Company intends to take in
that respect.
Ranking
.
The Company shall ensure that its obligations under this Series III Note are at all times
general, direct, unsubordinated and unconditional obligations of the Company that rank
pari passu
at all times in terms of priority for payment with other Notes of the same class and/or series and
with all other unsubordinated and unsecured Indebtedness of the Company whether now or hereafter
outstanding, subject to any mandatory preferences under applicable law.
Listing
.
The Company will use its best efforts to obtain and maintain listing of the Series III Notes
on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and to trade them on the Euro
MTF market of that exchange, and on the BASE and to trade them in Mercado Abierto Electrónico
S. A. (MAE) in Argentina.
A2-6
Books and Records
.
The Company shall maintain accounting books and records in accordance with Argentine GAAP and
the regulations applicable to the Company.
Section 7. Additional Amounts
Any and all present and future taxes in any jurisdiction that are assessed based on any acts,
contracts and transactions associated with the issuance of and subscription for the
Series III Notes shall be exclusively borne by the Company. The Company shall pay the outstanding
principal amount, and any interest with respect thereto, of this Series III Note without any
deduction for or on account of, any taxes, duties, assessments, liens, withholding or transfer
expenses, whether in force as of the date of subscription or established at any time in the future
by any authority in Argentina, irrespective of the origin or cause thereof. Accordingly, in the
event that as a result of legal or regulatory requirements, or due to the interpretation of any
such legal or regulatory requirements, the Company is under an obligation to pay or withhold any
such amounts, the Company shall make any such payments or withholdings at its own expense, in such
a manner that, after any and all withholdings or deductions so are made, the Holder of this Series
III Note receives the same amount it would have received if no such withholding or deduction had
been made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Additional Amounts shall be paid by the Company (i) to
the Holder of this Series III Note if covered by the provisions of Title VI of the Argentine Income
Tax Act (
Ley de Impuesto a las Ganancias
) except for entities governed by the provisions of Act
No. 21,526 of Financial Entities (
Ley No. 21,526 de Entidades Financieras
) (the
Financial
Institutions Act
) in connection with income tax payable by them; (ii) in connection with the
tax on credits and debits into bank accounts of any nature held with entities governed by the
provisions of the Financial Institutions Act; (iii) where the Company is mandated by law to make a
withholding and/or deduction by reason of, or on account of, the personal assets tax (
Ley de
Impuesto sobre los Bienes Personales
); (iv) with respect to any tax, assessment or other
governmental charges imposed or levied over successions, inheritance, estate, legacy, donation,
sale, transfer or similar taxes; (v) where any such withholding and/or deduction is imposed as a
result of failure by the Holder of this Series III Note, or any other Person, to comply with any
information reporting requirements under applicable law including, without limitation, laws,
executive orders, resolutions, written instructions from the Argentine Federal Public Income
Administration (
Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos
) and/or international treaties to which
Argentina is a party whether or not such Holder of this Series III Note or Person has the legal
capacity to comply with such requirements: information, documents, statements or other certificates
pursuant to the conditions required under applicable law with respect to the nationality,
residence, identity, legal nature or relationship with Argentina of any such Holder of this Series
III Note or Person, or other material information required or imposed by applicable laws as a
condition precedent or a requirement to eliminate and/or reduce such deductions and/or withholdings
due to a tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, so long as
the compliance with any such requirements is commercially reasonable; (vi) when any such
withholdings and/or deductions result from a connection between the Holder of this Series III
Note and Argentina (or any of its political subdivisions or authorities), other than solely holding
this Series III Note, the right to demand compliance or payment under this Series III Note, or
payments of principal, interests and/or other amounts under this Series III Note; (vii) for any
tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied and
payable in a manner different from withholding or deduction of the payments made with respect to
this Series III Note; and/or (viii) any combination of (i) to (vii) above.
A2-7
If the Holders of the Series III Notes do not furnish all of, or part of, the information,
documents or other forms of evidence duly required by the Company pursuant to applicable
regulations, including, without limitation, laws, decrees, resolutions, written instructions from
the Argentine Federal Public Income Administration and/or international treaties to which Argentina
is a party, the Company shall not pay any Additional Amounts with respect to such Holders or
Holders, as applicable, Series III Notes and shall withhold or deduct the maximum amount required
by Argentine law,
provided
,
however
, that the burden placed on the relevant Holders to comply with
these requirements is commercially reasonable and that the Company has given notice to such Holders
at least 30 days in advance that they must comply with these requirements.
Section 8. Events of Default
Event of Default
, wherever used herein, means any one of the following events
(whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or
be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any
order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
(a) the Company shall default in the payment of principal on the Series III Notes and
continuance of such default for a period of 7 Business Days; or
(b) the acceleration of the outstanding principal amount on all of the Series II Notes at that
time Outstanding; or
(c) the Company shall default in the payment of any interest (or premium or Additional
Amounts, if any) on any Series III Note when it becomes due and payable on any Payment Date, and
continuance of such default for a period of 14 Business Days; or
(d) the Company fails to perform or observe any covenant or its obligations under the Series
III Notes or the Indenture, and such failure continues for a term of 60 Business Days after the
Company and the Trustee receive written notice stating such default and demanding that it be
remedied, from Holders of Series III Notes representing at least 5% of the outstanding principal
amount of the Series III Notes at the time Outstanding; or
(e) (i) the Company files an out of court reorganization proceeding (
acuerdo preventivo
extrajudicial
), or (ii) the Company files for reorganization or commences a bankruptcy proceeding,
or (iii) the Company is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent by a competent court pursuant to a final,
non-appealable judgment, or (iv) the Company is dissolved, or (v) the Company acknowledges in
writing that it is unable to pay its debts generally as they become due,
or (vi) the validity or enforceability of any document signed in connection with the Series
III Notes is contested by the Company; or
A2-8
(f) the Company shall default in the payment of debts generally as they become due (except for
any Indebtedness of the Company outstanding as of the Date of Issuance) in an outstanding principal
amount of US$10,000,000, and such default shall continue for more than the grace period, if any,
originally applicable thereto; or
(g) any final judgment or judgments or court resolutions by a competent authority (and with
appropriate judicial efficacy) is rendered against the Company for the payment of money in an
aggregate amount equal to or in excess of, separately or collectively, US$10,000,000, and such
judgment shall not be waived, satisfied or discharged for any period of 30 Business Days from the
payment date specified in the applicable final judgment(s);
then
, (1) following the occurrence of any Event of Default set forth in clauses (a), (b), (c),
(f) and (g) above and so long as such Event of Default is continuing, the Holders of at least 25%
of the principal amount of the Series III Notes at the time Outstanding may, upon written notice to
the Company and the Trustee, declare all Series III Notes at that time Outstanding to be
immediately due and payable, plus all interest accrued thereon at the date of payment, (2)
following the occurrence of the Event of Default described in clause (d) above and so long as such
Event of Default is continuing, the Holders of at least 1/3 of the outstanding total principal
amount of the Series III Notes, may, upon written notice to the Company and the Trustee, declare
the outstanding total principal amount of all of the Series III Notes at that time Outstanding to
be immediately due and payable, plus all interest accrued thereon until the date of payment and (3)
following the occurrence of the Event of Default described in clause (e) above, the outstanding
total principal amount of all of the Series III Notes at that time Outstanding shall be immediately
due and payable, plus all interest accrued thereon until the date of payment.
Any acceleration under the terms of clauses (1) or (2) above may be terminated by the Holders
representing no less than a majority of the total outstanding principal amount of the Series III
Notes in accordance with Section 4.1(d) of the Indenture.
After any such acceleration, and unless all such Events of Default are remedied or waived as
described above, the total outstanding principal amount of the Series III Notes at the time
Outstanding, will be immediately due and payable, plus all interest accrued thereon until the date
of payment, if any, together with any other amounts due and payable under the Notes, if any.
The foregoing provisions shall be without prejudice to the right accorded to any individual
Holder to initiate actions against the Company under Article 29 of the Negotiable Obligations Law.
Section 9. Paying Agents; Transfer Agents; Registrars
The Company has initially appointed The Bank of New York Mellon as Principal Paying Agent,
Principal Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Company has initially appointed The Bank of New York
Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. as Luxembourg Paying Agent and Luxembourg Transfer Agent and Banco de
Valores S.A. as Co-Registrar, Argentine Transfer Agent and
Argentine Paying Agent (acting solely in the limited capacity set forth in Section 2.7(j) of
the Indenture and Section 4 hereof). The Company may at any time appoint new Paying Agents, new
Transfer Agents and new Registrars.
A2-9
Section 10. Notices
Notices to the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be given as provided in Section 12.4
of the Indenture.
Section 11. Governing Law
(b) The Negotiable Obligations Law governs the requirements for the Series III Notes to
qualify as
Obligaciones Negociables
thereunder while such law, together with the Argentine Business
Companies Law, and other applicable Argentine laws, govern the capacity and corporate authority of
the Company to execute and deliver this Series III Note and the authorization of the public
offering of this Series III Note by the CNV. All other matters in respect of the Series III Notes
and the Indenture are governed by the laws of the State of New York, United States of America. The
governing law provision set forth in the prior sentence with respect to the law of the State of New
York shall apply without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent
that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.
Section 12. Consent to Service of Process; Jurisdiction
The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court
sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York (United States of America), any
Argentine court sitting in the City of Buenos Aires, the BASEs Arbitral Tribunal and any competent
court in the place of its corporate domicile for purposes of any suit, action or proceeding arising
out of or related to this Series III Note. The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, any objection which it may have to the laying of the venue of any such
suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or
proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company also
agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be
conclusive and binding upon such party and may be enforced in any court of the jurisdiction of
which such party is subject by a suit upon such judgment;
provided
that service of process is
effected upon such Person in the manner specified herein.
The Company acknowledges and agrees that the activities contemplated by the provisions of this
Series III Note are commercial in nature rather than governmental or public and, therefore,
acknowledges and agrees that it is not entitled to any right of immunity on the grounds of
sovereignty or otherwise with respect to any such activities or in any legal action or proceeding
arising out of or in any way relating to this Series III Note. The Company, in respect of itself
and its properties and revenues, expressly and irrevocably waives any such right of immunity
(including any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from service of process or from any
execution of judgment or from attachment prior to judgment or in aid of execution or otherwise) or
claim thereto which may now or hereafter exist, and agrees not to assert any such right or claim in
any such action or proceeding, whether in the United States or otherwise.
A2-10
The Company agrees that service of all writs, process and summonses in any suit, action or
proceeding brought in connection with the Series III Notes against the Company in any court of the
State of New York or any United States federal court, sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, New York
City may be made upon CT Corporation at 111 8
th
Avenue, New York, New York 10011, whom
the Company irrevocably appoints as its authorized agent for service of process. The Company
represents and warrants that CT Corporation has agreed to act as the Companys agent for service of
process. The Company agrees that such appointment shall be irrevocable so long as the Notes remain
Outstanding or until the irrevocable appointment by the Company of a successor in New York City as
its authorized agent for such purpose and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor.
The Company further agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all
documents and instruments that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and
affect as aforesaid. If CT Corporation shall cease to act as the Companys agent for service of
process, the Company shall appoint without delay another such agent and provide prompt written
notice to the Trustee of such appointment. With respect to any such action in any court of the
State of New York or any United States federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City,
service of process upon CT Corporation, as the authorized agent of the Company for service of
process, and written notice of such service to the Company shall be deemed, in every respect,
effective service of process upon the Company.
If a judgment or order given or made by any court for the payment of any amount in respect of
any Note is expressed in a currency (the
judgment currency
) other than the currency (the
denomination currency
) in which such Notes are denominated or in which such amount is
payable, the Company will indemnify the relevant Holder against any deficiency arising or resulting
from any variation in rates of exchange between the date as of which the amount in the denomination
currency is notionally converted into the amount in the judgment currency for the purposes of such
judgment or order and the date of actual payment thereof. This indemnity will constitute a
separate and independent obligation from the other obligations contained in the terms and
conditions of the Notes, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply
irrespective of any indulgence granted from time to time and will continue in full force and effect
notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due in
respect of the relevant Note or under any such judgment or order.
Section 13. Certain Definitions
Additional Amounts
means any amounts required to be paid by the Company in
accordance with the terms hereof as may be necessary so that every payment made to the Holders
after deducting or withholding an amount paid by the Company for or on account of any taxes,
duties, assessments, liens, withholding or transfer expenses, whether in force as of the date of
subscription, or established at any time in the future by an authority in Argentina, shall not be
less than the amount that the Holder of this Series III Note receives had no such withholding or
deduction been made.
A2-11
Applicable Exchange Rate
means, as applicable, (i) the last average available as of
2:00 p.m., City of Buenos Aires time, on the applicable Payment Date, for the daily Peso/US dollar
exchange rate published by EMTA (the Trade Association for the Emerging Markets) on its webpage
(https://mbrservices.net/emtatest/history.asp) in the Rate column or to the extent
that the currency exchange rate referred to in this clause is not available, (ii) the average
selling exchange rate indicated or established as of 2:00 p.m., City of Buenos Aires time, on the
applicable Payment Date, by the following banks in Argentina: Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires
S.A., Banco Santander Rio S.A., BBVA Banco Frances S.A., Deutsche Bank S.A. and HSBC Bank Argentina
S.A. (or, to the extent that one or all of such banks no longer exists, a similar bank or banks)
or, to the extent not available, (iii) the implicit exchange rate between the listed Peso price
and the listed Dollar price on the MAE, at the close of business of the Business Day immediately
prior to the applicable Payment Date for the purchase of the bond with the largest trading volume
on the MAE trading in Pesos and US dollars or, to the extent not available, (iv) the implicit
exchange rate resulting from the relationship between the first available seller position listing
in Pesos on the MAE, as of 12:00 p.m., City of Buenos Aires time, on the applicable Payment Date,
of the bond with the most significant trading volume on the MAE and that is traded on a New York
stock exchange, divided by the Dollar purchase price for the same bond on such New York stock
exchange. In order to calculate the Dollar purchase price on such New York stock exchange, the
average of the first available quote of such bond obtained from at least three internationally
recognized banks shall be utilized.
Business Day
means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks
are open, or not authorized to close, in the City of New York and the City of Buenos Aires and the
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.
Change of Control
means the occurrence of any of the following, the Company ceases
(i) to own securities representing the majority of the capital stock of Banco de Galicia y Buenos
Aires S.A., and/or (ii) to have the ability to nominate, directly or indirectly a majority of the
members of the board of directors of Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., and/or (iii) to have the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of Banco de Galicia y Buenos
Aires S.A., directly or indirectly, whether by written agreement or otherwise, as necessary to
direct decisions at Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.s shareholders meetings.
Hedge Agreements
means, in respect of any Person, such Persons hedge agreements in
connection with derivatives transactions, including interest rates, interest rate swaps, cap and
collar agreements, interest rate futures and options, currency swap agreements, currency futures
and options, and similar agreements that enable such Person to hedge financial and operating risks.
A2-12
Indebtedness
means with respect to any Person, without duplication: (a) all
indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) any amount raised by such Person pursuant to
any bonds, notes, debentures or any similar instrument, (c) all indebtedness of such Person for the
deferred purchase price of property or services, all indebtedness of conditional sales and all
indebtedness under agreements with reservation of title until payment in full (excluding commercial
debt and other indebtedness entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person), (d)
the maximum amount available to be drawn or paid under all letters of credit, bankers acceptances,
bank guaranties, surety and appeal bonds and similar obligations issued for the account of such
Person and all unpaid drawings and unreimbursed payments in respect of such letters of credit,
bankers acceptances, bank guaranties, surety and appeal bonds and similar obligations, (e) Liens
and other contingent obligations of such Person with respect to
all indebtedness of the types described in clause (a) to (d) of this definition, (f) all
indebtedness of the types described in clause (a) to (e) of this definition secured by any Liens on
any property owned by such Person, (g) all indebtedness due and payable under Hedge Agreements of
such Person; provided, however, that the term Indebtedness shall not include any of the following
liabilities of the Company: (1) deposits in or amounts collected by the Company (excluding amounts
borrowed or obtained by the Company or its Subsidiaries under loans), (2) any check, promissory
note, deposit certificate, draft, bill of exchange issued, accepted or endorsed by the Company, (3)
any transaction in which the Company acts solely as agent, (4) and agreement to purchase or
repurchase securities, currency or to accept loans and (5) letters of credit, bankers acceptances,
bank guaranties, surety and appeal bonds and similar obligations issued.
Lien
means any mortgage, charge, pledge, guaranty assignment, trust assignment,
guaranty, lien or other encumbrances, or preferential arrangement.
Permitted Liens
means: (a) any existing Lien as of the date hereof, (b) Liens or
privileges incurred or created in the ordinary course of business or under applicable laws in
connection with or to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts, leases, statutory
obligations, and mechanics, materialmen, workers, repairsmen employees warehousemens,
carriers or other like Liens (except, for the avoidance of doubts, Liens created to secure
Indebtedness), (c) Liens created over assets securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed to finance,
totally or partially, the construction, acquisition or improvements costs of such asset, Liens
created or affecting simultaneously, or within 180 days from the construction, the acquisition of
or improvements to such asset, (d) any Liens created in favor of the Company, (e) Liens granted
with respect to: (i) special lines of credit or advancements granted to the Company by or through
local or foreign government entities or (ii) any Hedge Agreements, (f) any Lien over any asset
existing upon the acquisition of such asset and that was created in connection with such asset
acquisition, (g) any Liens securing extensions, renewals or refinancing of Indebtedness secured by
the types of Liens described in clause (a), (c), (e) or (f) above,
provided that
, such new Lien is
limited to the asset secured by the original Lien immediately before such extension, renewal or
refinancing, and
provided
,
further
, that the principal amount of the Indebtedness guaranteed by
such original Lien is not increased immediately before such extension, renewal or refinancing, (h)
(i) inchoate Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due (including
as part of applicable extensions) or (ii) Liens arising out of the existence of judgments or
awards, in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default or (iii) any Liens created as taxes
or other legal Liens or other Liens arising as a matter of law, so long as such Liens are released
within the 90 days following the date in which they are created or determined or (iv) any other
Lien not otherwise permitted pursuant to this Series III Note, including Liens related to the
issuance of secured notes under the Program, so long as on the date of the creation of Liens all
Indebtedness of the Company secured by any such Lien including the new Lien, has an unpaid
principal amount not exceeding 5% of the total assets of the Company pursuant to its latest
non-consolidated financial statements.
A2-13
Person
means any individual, corporation (including a business trust), limited
liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or other entity, or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.
Peso
means the lawful currency of the Republic of Argentina or any replacing
currency.
Restricted Period
means, with respect to this Note, the period of 40 days after the
distribution of the Notes, as notified to the Trustee in writing by the Company.
Significant Portion
means those assets of the Company that represent more than 50%
of the assets of the Company according to its most recent quarterly or annual consolidated
financial statements.
US$
,
US dollars
and
Dollars
means the currency of the United
States of America which at the relevant time is legal tender for the payment of public or private
debts.
A2-14
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S SERIES III GLOBAL NOTE *
The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Global Note for an interest in a
Certificated Note, or exchanges of a part of a Certificated Note for an interest in this Regulation
S Global Note, have been made:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of decrease in
|
|
|
Amount of increase in
|
|
|
of this Regulation S
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
principal amount of
|
|
|
principal amount of
|
|
|
Global Note following
|
|
|
Signature of authorized
|
|
|
|
|
|
this Regulation S
|
|
|
this Regulation S
|
|
|
such decrease
|
|
|
officer of Trustee or
|
|
Date of Exchange
|
|
|
Global Note
|
|
|
Global Note
|
|
|
(or increase)
|
|
|
Common Depositary
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.
|
A2-15
EXHIBIT B-1
FORM OF REGULATION S TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.
Calle Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 456, 2nd Floor (C1038AAJ)
City of Buenos Aires, Provincia de Buenos Argentina
Argentina
The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (the
Trustee
)
|
Re:
|
|
8% Class II, Series II Notes due May 29, 2012 / 9% Class II,
Series III Notes due May 21, 2013 (the
Notes
) of Grupo Financiero
Galicia S.A. (the
Company
)
|
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 8, 2010 (the
Indenture
),
by and among the Company, the Trustee and the other parties thereto. Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. Other terms shall have
the meanings given to them in Regulation S (
Regulation S
) under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the
Securities Act
).
[NOTE: INSERT [A] FOR TRANSFERS OF LEGENDED CERTIFICATED NOTES TO TRANSFEREES THAT TAKE DELIVERY
IN INTERESTS IN A REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE. INSERT [B] FOR TRANSFERS OF LEGENDED CERTIFICATED
NOTES TO TRANSFEREES THAT TAKE DELIVERY IN CERTIFICATED NOTES. INSERT [C] FOR TRANSFERS OF
INTERESTS IN A REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE TO TRANSFEREES THAT TAKE DELIVERY IN LEGENDED CERTIFICATED
NOTES.]
[A]
This letter relates to US$
principal amount of Notes which are held in the form
of Legended Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the
Transferor
). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such Legended Certificated Notes
for a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note (ISIN No.
) to be held with
[Euroclear] [Clearstream] (Common Code No.
) in the name of the Common Depositary.
[B]
This letter relates to US$
principal amount of Notes which are held in the form
of Legended Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferor] (the
Transferor
). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such Legended Certificated Notes
for Legended Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferee].
[C]
This letter relates to US$
principal amount of Notes which are held in the form
of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note (ISIN No.
) with [Euroclear]
[Clearstream] registered in the name of the Common Depositary on behalf of [name of beneficial
holder] (the
Transferor
). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial
interest for Legended Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of transferee].
2
[NOTE: INSERT [
D
] IN ALL CASES.]
[D]
In connection with such request and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby
certify that such transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth
in the Indenture and the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the
Securities Act, and accordingly the Transferor does hereby certify that:
(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
[(2) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United
States or the Transferor and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the
transferee was outside the United States,]
*
/
[(3) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated
offshore Notes market and neither the Transferor nor any person acting on its behalf knows
that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States,]
*
/
(4) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of
Rule 903(b) or 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable, and
(5) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration
requirements of the Securities Act.
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Dealers named in the offering documents of the Program and the Notes distributed by the
Company in connection with the sale of the Notes.
|
|
|
*
/
|
|
Insert one of these two provisions, which come
from the definition of offshore transaction in Regulation S.
|
3
You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this
letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or
official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
[Insert Name of Transferor]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
Signature Guaranteed
Participant in a Recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program
4
EXHIBIT B-2
FORM OF REGULATION S EXCHANGE CERTIFICATE
Grupo Financiero Galicia S.A.
Calle Tte. Gral. Juan D. Perón 456, 2nd Floor (C1038AAJ)
City of Buenos Aires, Provincia de Buenos Argentina
Argentina
The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (the
Trustee
)
|
Re:
|
|
8% Class II, Series II Notes due May 29, 2012 / 9% Class II,
Series III Notes due May 21, 2013 (the
Notes
) of Grupo Financiero
Galicia S.A. (the
Company
)
|
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of June 8, 2010 (the
Indenture
),
by and among the Company, the Trustee and the other parties thereto. Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. Other terms shall have
the meanings given to them in Regulation S (
Regulation S
) under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the
Securities Act
).
[NOTE: INSERT [A] FOR AN EXCHANGE OF LEGENDED CERTIFICATED NOTES FOR AN INTEREST IN A
REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE. INSERT [B] FOR AN EXCHANGE OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A REGULATION S
GLOBAL NOTE FOR A LEGENDED CERTIFICATED NOTE.]
[A] [This letter relates to US$
principal amount of Notes which are held in the form
of Legended Certificated Notes registered in the name of [insert name of Holder] (the
Holder
). The Holder has requested an exchange of such Legended Certificated Notes for a
beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note (ISIN No.
) to be held with [Euroclear]
[Clearstream] (Common Code No.
) in the name of the Common Depositary.]
[B] [This letter relates to US$
principal amount of Notes which are held in the form
of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note (ISIN No.
) with [Euroclear]
[Clearstream] registered in the name of the Common Depositary on behalf of [name of beneficial
holder] (the
Holder
). [Insert name of beneficial owner] has requested an exchange of such
beneficial interest for a Legended Certificated Note in the name of the Holder.]
In connection with such request and in respect of such Notes, [the Holder] [insert name of
beneficial owner] does hereby certify that it acquired such Notes in accordance with the transfer
restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Rule
903 or 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act (or in a transaction exempt from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act).
****
/
|
|
|
****
/
|
|
May be used only after the Restricted Period.
|
5
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Dealers named in the offering documents of the Program and the Notes distributed by the
Company in connection with the sale of the Notes.
You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this
letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or
official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
[Insert Name of Holder or Beneficial Owner]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
Signature Guaranteed
Participant in a Recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF TRANSFER
[Include the following for Notes not bearing the Notes Legend]
TRANSFER NOTICE
FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned Holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
(Please print or typewrite name and address including postal code of assignee)
this Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing
attorney to transfer such amount of said Note on the books of the Company
with full power of substitution in the premises.
Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signed:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within instrument in
every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
|
FORM OF TRANSFER
[Include the following for Notes bearing the Notes Legend]
TRANSFER NOTICE
FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned Holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
(Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)
Insert Taxpayer Identification No.
:
this Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing
attorney to transfer such amount of said Note on the books of the Company
with full power of substitution in the premises.
In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date that is [one] year after
the issue date of this Note (provided that the Company or any affiliate of the Company has not
acquired this Note during such one-year period), the undersigned confirms that without utilizing
any general advertising or general solicitation:
(check one)
o
|
|
This Note is being transferred pursuant to the exemption from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act
) provided by Regulation S under the Securities Act
(
Regulation S
) and the address of the person in whose name this
Note is to be registered upon transfer is an address outside the
United States (as defined in Regulation S); or
|
|
o
|
|
This Note is being transferred to a Dealer or to the Company; or
|
|
o
|
|
This Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from
registration under the Securities Act other than as noted above,
and documents are being furnished to the Trustee which comply with
the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the
Indenture.
|
If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee shall not be obligated to register this Note
in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such
registration of transfer set forth herein and in the Indenture shall have been satisfied.
Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signed:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the
within instrument in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
|
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF NOTES LEGEND
[PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD (AS DEFINED IN
REGULATION S (REGULATION S) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES
ACT)), THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S) OR TO, OR FOR
THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, A U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S).
THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE AND THE CONDITIONS AND
PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE
(AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY
REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE ANY PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST
HEREON.] [FIRST TWO PARAGRAPHS OF THIS NOTES LEGEND TO BE INCLUDED ONLY DURING THE
RESTRICTED PERIOD].
THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT), OR ANY STATE OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE
NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED,
PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS
THE TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS
NOT A U.S. PERSON AND ACQUIRED THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION PURSUANT TO RULE 903
OR 904 OF REGULATION S, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS
NOTE EXCEPT (I) (A) IN AN OFFSHORE RESALE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF
RULE 905 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT
THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (II) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL
APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS AND
(3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE
SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION, UNITED STATES, AND U.S. PERSONS HAVE THE RESPECTIVE
MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.
THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNTS OF US $1 AND INTEGRAL MULTIPLES OF US
$1. IF REQUESTED BY GRUPO FINANCIERO GALICIA S.A. OR BY ANY PLACEMENT AGENT SET FORTH IN
THE APPLICABLE OFFERING DOCUMENTS, THE TRANSFEREE AGREES TO PROVIDE THE INFORMATION
NECESSARY TO DETERMINE WHETHER THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IS PERMISSIBLE UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT. THIS NOTE AND RELATED DOCUMENTATION MAY BE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM
TIME TO TIME TO MODIFY THE RESTRICTIONS ON AND PROCEDURES FOR RESALES AND OTHER TRANSFERS OF
THIS NOTE TO REFLECT ANY CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW OR REGULATION (OR THE INTERPRETATION
THEREOF) OR IN PRACTICES RELATED TO THE RESALE OR TRANSFER OF RESTRICTED NOTES GENERALLY.
BY THE ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, THE HOLDER HEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO ANY SUCH
AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT. THE FOREGOING LEGEND MAY BE REMOVED FROM THIS NOTE ON SATISFACTION
OF THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE.
Exhibit 4.7
EXECUTION COPY
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
dated as of June 1, 2009
among
AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.,
AIG CONSUMER FINANCE GROUP, INC.
and
BANCO DE GALICIA Y BUENOS AIRES S.A.
and
THE INDIVIDUALS IDENTIFIED ON SCHEDULE I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.01. Certain Defined Terms
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II
|
|
|
|
|
|
PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2.01. Purchase and Sale of the Shares
|
|
|
1
|
|
Section 2.02. Closing
|
|
|
2
|
|
Section 2.03. Purchase Price
|
|
|
2
|
|
Section 2.04. Payments at Closing
|
|
|
2
|
|
Section 2.05. Adjustment to Payment at Closing
|
|
|
4
|
|
Section 2.06. Closing Deliveries
|
|
|
6
|
|
Section 2.07. Payments and Computations
|
|
|
8
|
|
Section 2.08. Interest
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.01. Incorporation and Authority of the Parent and the Seller
|
|
|
8
|
|
Section 3.02. Incorporation, Qualification and Authority of the Companies
|
|
|
9
|
|
Section 3.03. Capital Structure of the Companies; Ownership and Transfer of the Shares
|
|
|
9
|
|
Section 3.04. No Conflict
|
|
|
10
|
|
Section 3.05. Consents and Approvals
|
|
|
11
|
|
Section 3.06. Financial Information; Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities
|
|
|
11
|
|
Section 3.07. Absence of Certain Changes
|
|
|
12
|
|
Section 3.08. Litigation
|
|
|
12
|
|
Section 3.09. Compliance with Laws
|
|
|
12
|
|
Section 3.10. Governmental Permits
|
|
|
13
|
|
Section 3.11. Intellectual Property
|
|
|
13
|
|
Section 3.12. Material Contracts
|
|
|
14
|
|
Section 3.13. Employee Benefits; Employees
|
|
|
14
|
|
Section 3.14. Insurance
|
|
|
17
|
|
Section 3.15. Real Property; Assets
|
|
|
17
|
|
Section 3.16. Taxes
|
|
|
18
|
|
Section 3.17. Affiliate Transactions
|
|
|
19
|
|
Section 3.18. Brokers
|
|
|
19
|
|
Section 3.19. The Business of the Companies
|
|
|
19
|
|
Section 3.20. Books and Records
|
|
|
20
|
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.21. Company E&O Claims
|
|
|
20
|
|
Section 3.22. Disclaimer
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ACQUIROR
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.01. Incorporation and Authority of the Acquiror; Capitalization
|
|
|
21
|
|
Section 4.02. No Conflict
|
|
|
22
|
|
Section 4.03. Consents and Approvals
|
|
|
22
|
|
Section 4.04. Absence of Litigation
|
|
|
23
|
|
Section 4.05. Securities Matters
|
|
|
23
|
|
Section 4.06. Financial Ability
|
|
|
23
|
|
Section 4.07. Compliance with Law; Governmental Orders
|
|
|
23
|
|
Section 4.08. Investigation
|
|
|
24
|
|
Section 4.09. No Acquiror Material Adverse Effect
|
|
|
25
|
|
Section 4.10. Brokers
|
|
|
25
|
|
Section 4.11. Disclaimer
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5.01. Conduct of Business Prior to the Closing
|
|
|
25
|
|
Section 5.02. Access to Information
|
|
|
29
|
|
Section 5.03. Books and Records
|
|
|
32
|
|
Section 5.04. Confidentiality
|
|
|
33
|
|
Section 5.05. Regulatory and Other Authorizations; Best Efforts
|
|
|
34
|
|
Section 5.06. Insurance
|
|
|
37
|
|
Section 5.07. Intercompany Obligations and Arrangements
|
|
|
38
|
|
Section 5.08. Guarantees
|
|
|
39
|
|
Section 5.09. No Solicitation; No Hire
|
|
|
39
|
|
Section 5.10. Intellectual Property; Trade Names and Trademarks
|
|
|
40
|
|
Section 5.11. Mutual Release
|
|
|
45
|
|
Section 5.12. Certain Waivers
|
|
|
46
|
|
Section 5.13. Third Party Contracts
|
|
|
47
|
|
Section 5.14. Company E&O Claims
|
|
|
48
|
|
Section 5.15. Separation
|
|
|
48
|
|
Section 5.16. Further Action
|
|
|
48
|
|
Section 5.17. Transfer of Companies Minority Holder Shares
|
|
|
48
|
|
Section 5.18. Financial Ability
|
|
|
48
|
|
Section 5.19. Governmental Orders and Laws
|
|
|
48
|
|
Section 5.20. Notifications
|
|
|
49
|
|
Section 5.21. IT Outsourcing Agreement
|
|
|
49
|
|
Section 5.22. Disclaimer
|
|
|
49
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE MATTERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6.01. Employee Matters
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAX MATTERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7.01. Liability for Transfer Taxes
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8.01. Conditions to Obligations of Each Party
|
|
|
52
|
|
Section 8.02. Conditions to Obligations of the Parent and the Seller
|
|
|
52
|
|
Section 8.03. Conditions to Obligations of the Acquiror
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX
|
|
|
|
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 9.01. Termination
|
|
|
54
|
|
Section 9.02. Notice of Termination
|
|
|
55
|
|
Section 9.03. Effect of Termination
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEMNIFICATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 10.01. Survival
|
|
|
55
|
|
Section 10.02. Indemnification by the Parent
|
|
|
56
|
|
Section 10.03. Indemnification by the Acquiror
|
|
|
57
|
|
Section 10.04. Notification of Claims
|
|
|
57
|
|
Section 10.05. Payment
|
|
|
59
|
|
Section 10.06. Exclusive Remedies
|
|
|
59
|
|
Section 10.07. Additional Indemnification Provisions
|
|
|
60
|
|
Section 10.08. Mitigation
|
|
|
61
|
|
Section 10.09. Effect of Knowledge
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI
|
|
|
|
|
|
GENERAL PROVISIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 11.01. Expenses
|
|
|
61
|
|
Section 11.02. Notices
|
|
|
62
|
|
iii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 11.03. Public Announcements
|
|
|
63
|
|
Section 11.04. Severability
|
|
|
63
|
|
Section 11.05. Entire Agreement
|
|
|
64
|
|
Section 11.06. Assignment
|
|
|
64
|
|
Section 11.07. No Third Party Beneficiaries
|
|
|
64
|
|
Section 11.08. Amendment; Waiver
|
|
|
64
|
|
Section 11.09. Disclosure Schedules
|
|
|
65
|
|
Section 11.10. Governing Law
|
|
|
65
|
|
Section 11.11. Rules of Construction
|
|
|
65
|
|
Section 11.12. Specific Performance
|
|
|
65
|
|
Section 11.13. Counterparts
|
|
|
66
|
|
Section 11.14. Arbitration; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial
|
|
|
66
|
|
Section 11.15. Joint and Several Obligations
|
|
|
69
|
|
Section 11.16. Appointment of the Acquirors Representative
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit A
|
|
Definitions
|
Exhibit B
|
|
Form of Trademark License Agreement
|
Exhibit C
|
|
Form of Parent Advances Transfer Agreement
|
Exhibit D
|
|
Form of Payoff Letter
|
|
|
|
Schedules
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule I
|
|
Pegasus Acquirors
|
Schedule II
|
|
Shareholders
|
Schedule III
|
|
Parent Knowledge
|
Schedule IV
|
|
Acquiror Knowledge
|
Schedule V
|
|
Target Closing Calculations
|
Schedule 2.01
|
|
Shares and Purchase Price Allocation
|
|
|
|
Disclosure Schedules
|
|
Parent Disclosure Schedule
|
Acquiror Disclosure Schedule
|
iv
This STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of June 1, 2009, is entered into by and among American
International Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
Parent
), AIG Consumer Finance
Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation and an indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent (the
Seller
), and Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., an Argentine stock corporation
(
Galicia
), and certain shareholders and/or active board members of Pegasus Argentina S.A.
(
Pegasus
) as set forth on
Schedule I
(collectively, the
Pegasus
Acquirors
and, together with Galicia, the
Acquiror
).
RECITALS
A. (i) The Seller and (ii) the shareholders set forth on
Schedule II
own all of the issued
and outstanding Capital Stock (the issued and outstanding Capital Stock owned by the Seller,
together with any other right to the Capital Stock of the Companies, collectively, the
Shares
) in Compañia Financiera Argentina S.A., a capital stock corporation organized
under the laws of Argentina (
Financiera
). Cobranzas y Servicios S.A., a capital stock
corporation organized under the laws of Argentina (
Servicios
) and AIG Universal
Processing Center S.A., a capital stock corporation organized under the laws of Argentina
(
UPC
and, collectively with Financiera and Servicios, the
Companies
).
B. In connection with this Agreement, at the Closing, the Parent, the Acquiror and the Companies
will enter into a trademark license agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as
Exhibit B
(the
Trademark License Agreement
).
The Seller desires to sell to the Acquiror, and the Acquiror desires to purchase from the Seller
and the shareholders set forth on
Schedule II
, the Shares and enter into the related
transactions upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01.
Certain Defined Terms
. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall
have the meanings specified in
Exhibit A
or elsewhere in this Agreement.
ARTICLE II
PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES
Section 2.01.
Purchase and Sale of the Shares
. On the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this Agreement, which in the case of the transfer of the Financiera Shares
is
ad referendum
of the BCRA, at the Closing, the Seller shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and
deliver to the Acquiror, free and clear of all Liens, and the Acquiror shall purchase, acquire and
accept from the Seller, all of the Sellers right, title and interest in and to the Shares owned by
the Seller, and the Acquiror shall acquire the Companies Minority Holder Shares as contemplated by
Section 5.17
. The number of Shares to be purchased by each of Galicia and
each of the Pegasus Acquirors is set forth on
Schedule 2.01
, together with the portion
of the Purchase Price attributable to such Shares.
Section 2.02.
Closing
. The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
(the
Closing
) shall occur upon (i) the fifth Business Day following the first day on
which all the conditions set forth in
Article VIII
are satisfied or waived (other than
those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing (the
Satisfaction of
Conditions
), but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of those conditions at the Closing); or
(ii) if the Parent provides written notice within two (2) Business Days following the Satisfaction
of Conditions to the Acquiror of its election to defer the Closing pursuant to this clause (ii),
the last Business Day of the month during which the Satisfaction of Conditions has occurred; or
(iii) such other time or place as the Parent and the Acquiror may agree in writing (the date on
which the Closing takes place being the
Closing Date
). Upon the occurrence of the
Closing, the time and date that the purchase and sale of the Shares described in
Section
2.01
becomes effective shall be 12:01 a.m., New York City time, on the Closing Date.
Section 2.03.
Purchase Price
. The aggregate purchase price for the Shares is an
amount in cash equal to AP 166,500,000 (one hundred and sixty six million five hundred thousand AP)
(the
Stated Purchase Price
), which amount shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to
Section 2.04
and
Section 2.05
. The Stated Purchase Price as adjusted pursuant to
Section 2.04
and
Section 2.05
is hereinafter referred to as the
Purchase
Price
.
Section 2.04.
Payments at Closing
.
(a) Not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the anticipated Closing Date, the Parent
shall prepare and deliver to the Acquiror a written certificate (the
Sellers Purchase Price
Adjustment Certificate
) detailing the Sellers Estimated Closing Cash, the Sellers Estimated
Closing Loans, the Sellers Estimated Closing Indebtedness and the Sellers Estimated Purchase
Price Adjustment Amount based thereon, calculated solely from the balance sheets of Financiera and
securitization trusts (Fideicomisos Financieros CFA). The Sellers Purchase Price Adjustment
Certificate shall (i) be prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently with its application
in connection with the preparation of the Audited Financial Statements and computed in a manner
consistent with the Ordinary Course of Business and (ii) be prepared in accordance with the
methodologies, policies and practices used in (x) connection with GAAP set forth in
Section
2.04(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
and (y) establishing the Target Closing Cash, Target
Closing Loans and Target Closing Indebtedness as set forth in
Schedule V
((i) and (ii),
collectively, the
Agreed Accounting Policies
). The Purchase Price will not be adjusted
to account for any accruals for or payments at Closing in respect of retention bonuses to be paid
by the Companies to any Employee, all of which shall be borne by the Companies post-Closing and,
therefore, indirectly by the Acquiror.
(b) At the Closing, the Acquiror shall pay to the Seller the Purchase Price, which amount will
be (x) increased if the Sellers Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment Amount is greater than AP0 on
a AP-for-AP basis by the amount by which the Sellers Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment Amount
exceeds AP0 or (y) decreased if the Sellers Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment Amount is less
than AP0 on a AP-for-AP basis by the amount by which the Sellers Estimated Purchase Price
Adjustment Amount is less than AP0. The payment
2
made pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be subject to a Post-Closing Adjustment pursuant
to the provisions of
Section 2.05
.
(c) The amounts specified in
Sections 2.04
and
2.05
shall be paid free and
clear of and (except to the extent required by Law) without any deduction or withholding on account
of any Tax;
provided
,
however
, that the Acquiror shall provide, or cause its
Affiliates to provide, any statements, forms or other documents reasonably requested by the Parent
to reduce or eliminate such deduction or withholding and the Parent shall provide, or cause its
Affiliates to provide, any statements, forms or other documents reasonably requested by the
Acquiror to reduce or eliminate such deduction or withholding. If any amount is required by Law to
be deducted or withheld on account of any Tax, the amounts specified in
Section 2.04
or
Section 2.05
shall be increased to the extent necessary for the Seller, the Parent or other
applicable Person to receive (after payment of all Taxes, including Taxes imposed on additional
amounts paid to the Seller, the Parent or other applicable Person pursuant to this
Section
2.04(c)
) the amounts specified in
Section 2.04
and
Section 2.05
. The Acquiror
shall promptly remit such deduction or withholding on account of any Tax (if any) to the relevant
Tax Authority and shall promptly provide the Seller with evidence for such payments reasonably
satisfactory to the Seller.
(d) The parties hereto shall mutually agree (and such agreement shall not be unreasonably
withheld, delayed or conditioned) to either (i) transfer or cause to be transferred all of the
Parent Advances Lenders right, title and interest in and to the Parent Advances to the Acquiror
(or one of its Affiliates, as designated by the Acquiror that is reasonably acceptable to the
Parent) in exchange for payment by the Acquiror to the Parent Advances Lenders their pro rata share
of the Parent Advances Amount, in accordance with the terms set forth in the Parent Advances
Transfer Agreement (the
Transfer Election
) or (ii) have the Acquiror extinguish the
Parent Advances indebtedness by paying or causing to be paid to the Parent Advances Lenders their
pro rata share of the Parent Advances Amount, in accordance with the terms set forth in the Payoff
Letter (the
Payment Election
). The parties hereto shall agree to their election in
writing no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date (the
Election
Notice
). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if the parties are unable to mutually agree
regarding a Transfer Election or Payment Election at the time when an Election Notice is due,
Acquiror will make the election as to a Transfer Election or Payment Election and deliver the
Election Notice to Parent, so long as such election would not be reasonably expected to result in a
violation of applicable Law (if not the case, then the election that would not be reasonably
expected to result in a violation of applicable Law shall apply), (ii) Parent, the Parent Advances
Lenders and the Parent Indemnified Parties will be compensated, indemnified and held harmless by
the Acquiror for any and all Losses incurred or suffered by any of them as compared to the
alternative that was not elected (but only when the Election Notice was made solely by the Acquiror
pursuant to clause (i) above), and (iii) in any event, the Parent Advances Lenders shall receive
immediately available cash in U.S. Dollars equal to the Parent Advances Amount at par (without
discount) at Closing and the parties shall comply timely with all applicable Laws in connection
with such election (including any applicable foreign exchange regulations) and take such other
actions to consummate such transactions, in each case so as to not delay the Closing.
3
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or whether certain amounts
payable hereunder are denominated in APs, all amounts payable hereunder (whether in respect of the
Stated Purchase Price, the Purchase Price, the Post-Closing Adjustment, any indemnification
obligations or otherwise) shall be made in New York in U.S. Dollars by converting APs (where
applicable) for U.S. Dollars at the applicable Exchange Rate or through other means proposed by the
Acquiror and satisfactory to the Parent.
Section 2.05.
Adjustment to Payment at Closing
.
(a) Within thirty (30) Business Days following the Closing Date, and in accordance with
applicable Law, the Acquiror shall prepare and deliver to the Parent a written certificate (the
Acquirors Purchase Price Adjustment Certificate
) calculated solely from the balance
sheets of Financiera and securitization trusts (Fideicomisos Financieros CFA), detailing the
Acquirors Estimated Closing Cash, the Acquirors Estimated Closing Loans, the Acquirors Estimated
Closing Indebtedness and the Acquirors Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment Amount based thereon.
If the Acquiror does not deliver the Acquirors Purchase Price Adjustment Certificate to the Parent
within thirty (30) Business Days following the Closing Date, then the Sellers Estimated Purchase
Price Adjustment Amount detailed in the Sellers Purchase Price Adjustment Certificate shall be
deemed to be the Final Purchase Price Adjustment Amount in accordance with the last sentence of
Section 2.05(f)
. The Acquirors Purchase Price Adjustment Certificate shall be prepared in
accordance with the Agreed Accounting Policies and shall be consistent in content and format with
the Sellers Purchase Price Adjustment Certificate.
(b) During the thirty (30) days immediately following the Parents receipt of the Acquirors
Purchase Price Adjustment Certificate (the
Purchase Price Adjustment Review Period
), the
Parent and its Representatives shall be permitted to review the Companies working papers and any
working papers of the Companies independent accountants directly relating to the preparation of
the Acquirors Purchase Price Adjustment Certificate and the calculation of the Acquirors
Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment Amount, as well as all of the books, records and other relevant
information relating to the operations and finances of the Companies with respect to the period up
to and including the Closing Date, and the Acquiror shall make reasonably available the individuals
in its employ, if any, directly responsible for and knowledgeable about the information used in,
and the preparation or calculation (as applicable) of, the Acquirors Purchase Price Adjustment
Certificate and the Acquirors Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment Amount in order to respond to
the reasonable inquiries of the Parent.
(c) The Acquiror shall, following the Closing through the date that the Final Purchase Price
Adjustment Amount becomes such in accordance with the last sentence of
Section 2.05(f)
,
take all actions necessary or desirable to maintain and preserve all accounting, books, records,
policies and procedures on which the Acquirors Purchase Price Adjustment Certificate is based so
as not to impede or delay the determination of the Final Purchase Price Adjustment Amount or the
preparation of the Notice of Purchase Price Adjustment Disagreement in the manner and utilizing the
methods required by this Agreement.
4
(d) The Parent shall notify the Acquiror in writing (the
Notice of Purchase Price
Adjustment Disagreement
) prior to the expiration of the Purchase Price Adjustment Review
Period if the Parent disagrees with the Acquirors Estimated Closing Cash, the Acquirors Estimated
Closing Loans, the Acquirors Estimated Closing Indebtedness or the Acquirors Estimated Purchase
Price Adjustment Amount. The Notice of Purchase Price Adjustment Disagreement shall set forth in
reasonable detail the basis for such disagreement and the amounts involved. If no Notice of
Purchase Price Adjustment Disagreement is delivered to the Acquiror on or prior to the expiration
date of the Purchase Price Adjustment Review Period, then the Acquirors Estimated Purchase Price
Adjustment Amount set forth in the Acquirors Purchase Price Adjustment Certificate shall be deemed
to have been accepted by the Parent and shall become final and binding upon the Parent and the
Acquiror in accordance with the last sentence of
Section 2.05(f)
.
(e) During the thirty (30) days immediately following the delivery of a Notice of Purchase
Price Adjustment Disagreement (the
Purchase Price Adjustment Consultation Period
), the
Parent and the Acquiror shall seek in good faith to resolve any disagreement that they may have
with respect to the matters specified in the Notice of Purchase Price Adjustment Disagreement.
(f) If, at the end of the Purchase Price Adjustment Consultation Period, the Parent and the
Acquiror have been unable to resolve all disagreements that they may have with respect to the
matters specified in the Notice of Purchase Price Adjustment Disagreement, then the Parent and the
Acquiror shall submit all matters that remain in dispute with respect to the Notice of Purchase
Price Adjustment Disagreement (along with copies of the Sellers Purchase Price Adjustment
Certificate and the Acquirors Purchase Price Adjustment Certificate marked to indicate those line
items that are in dispute) to KPMG LLP (acting through its Argentine office) (the
Independent
Accountant
). In the event that the Independent Accountant refuses or is otherwise unable to
act as the Independent Accountant, the Parent and the Acquiror shall cooperate in good faith to
appoint an independent certified public accounting firm in the United States of international
recognition mutually agreeable to the Parent and the Acquiror with an office in Argentina, in which
event Independent Accountant shall mean such firm. Within thirty (30) days after the submission
of such matters to the Independent Accountant, or as soon as practicable thereafter, the
Independent Accountant, acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator, will make a final
determination, binding on the Parent and the Acquiror, on the basis of the Agreed Accounting
Policies and in accordance with this
Section 2.05(f)
, of the appropriate amount of each of
the line items in the Acquirors Purchase Price Adjustment Certificate as to which the Parent and
the Acquiror disagree as specified in the Notice of Purchase Price Adjustment Disagreement. With
respect to each disputed line item, such determination, if not in accordance with the position of
either the Parent or the Acquiror, shall not be in excess of the higher, nor less than the lower,
of the amounts advocated by the Parent in the Notice of Purchase Price Adjustment Disagreement or
the Acquiror in the Acquirors Purchase Price Adjustment Certificate with respect to such disputed
line item. For the avoidance of doubt, the Independent Accountant shall not review any line items
or make any determination with respect to any matter other than those matters specified in the
Notice of Purchase Price Adjustment Disagreement as remaining in dispute. The
Final Purchase
Price Adjustment Amount
shall be either (i) the Sellers Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment
Amount or the Acquirors Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment Amount that is final and binding on
the Parent and the Acquiror, as determined
5
through agreement of the Parent and the Acquiror (deemed or otherwise) pursuant to
Section 2.05(a)
or
(d)
, or (ii) the purchase price adjustment amount determined as
such by the Independent Accountant pursuant to this
Section 2.05(f)
.
(g) The cost of the Independent Accountants review and determination shall be borne by the
Parent (on behalf of itself and the Seller) and the Acquiror in the same proportion that the
aggregate amount of the disputed items submitted to the Independent Accountant that are
unsuccessfully disputed by such party bears to the total amount of items submitted to the
Independent Accountants. During the review by the Independent Accountant, the Acquiror and the
Parent shall each make available to the Independent Accountant such individuals, and such
information, books, records, and working papers, as may be reasonably required by the Independent
Accountant to fulfill its obligations under
Section 2.05(f)
. In acting under this
Agreement, notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary in
Section 2.05(f)
, the
Independent Accountant shall be entitled to the privileges and immunities of an arbitrator.
(h) The
Post-Closing Adjustment
shall be the amount equal to the Sellers Estimated
Purchase Price Adjustment Amount minus the Final Purchase Price Adjustment Amount. If the
Post-Closing Adjustment is a positive amount, then the Seller shall pay in cash in APs to the
Acquiror (to be allocated between them in proportion to the Shares acquired by each) the amount of
the Post-Closing Adjustment. If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a negative amount, then the
Acquiror shall pay in cash in APs to the Seller the amount equal to the absolute value of the
Post-Closing Adjustment. Any such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available
funds to an account designated by the Seller or the Acquiror (as applicable) within two (2)
Business Days after the Final Purchase Price Adjustment Amount becomes such, together with interest
thereon at the Interest Rate calculated and payable in accordance with
Section 2.08
accrued
from the Closing Date through the date of actual payment to the recipient thereof and in accordance
with
Section 2.04(e)
.
Section 2.06.
Closing Deliveries
.
(a) At or prior to the Closing (unless otherwise specified):
(i) the Acquiror shall pay to the Seller the amounts specified in
Section 2.04(b)
by
wire transfer of immediately available funds (to an account designated by the Seller at least two
(2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date) in accordance with
Section 2.04(e)
;
(ii) the Acquiror shall deliver to the Parent the counterpart to the Parent Advances Transfer
Agreement or the Payoff Letter, as the case may be, no later than one (1) Business Day prior to the
Closing Date;
(iii) the Parent shall deliver to the Acquiror the counterpart to the Parent Advances Transfer
Agreement or the Payoff Letter, as the case may be, no later than one (1) Business Day prior to the
Closing Date;
6
(iv) the Acquiror shall pay or cause to be paid to the Parent Advances Lenders the Parent
Advances Amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the
Parent at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date in accordance with
Sections
2.04(d)
and
(e)
;
(v) the Parent shall (w) cause to be delivered to the Acquiror (A) one or more stock
certificates evidencing the Shares, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock powers duly
executed in blank as well as the letter to the Board of Directors of the Companies duly executed by
the Seller in accordance with Section 215 of Argentine Corporate Law, reporting the sale of the
Shares to the Acquiror, and (B) written resignations of each director and member of the supervisory
committees of the Companies to its position as director or statutory auditor of the Companies, (x)
cause to be registered in the Companies stock ledger books the Shares in the name of the Acquiror
(or any Affiliate thereof designated in writing by the Acquiror at or prior to the Closing), and
(y) cause the Companies to duly convene meetings of the Board of Directors of the Companies,
summoning meetings of the shareholders of the Companies in order to accept the resignations and
performance of such directors and statutory auditors and appoint the new members of the Board of
Directors and the new members of the Supervisory Committees of the Companies effective at Closing,
and (z) cause the Companies to duly convene the shareholders meetings referred to in sentence (y)
above, on which the Acquiror shall pass the approvals, acceptances and appointments referred to in
sentence (y) above;
(vi) the Parent shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Acquiror counterparts of each
of the Ancillary Agreements duly executed by the Parent or its applicable Affiliates party thereto;
(vii) the Acquiror shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Parent counterparts of each
of the Ancillary Agreements duly executed by the Acquiror or its applicable Affiliates party
thereto;
(viii) the Seller shall deliver to the Acquiror a certification evidencing receipt of the
Purchase Price;
(ix) the Acquiror shall deliver to the Parent a certification evidencing receipt of the
certificates evidencing the Shares, as applicable;
(x) the Parent shall deliver to the Acquiror executed Transfer Notices from all of the
Companies Minority Holders; and
(xi) each party hereto shall deliver to the other such other documents and instruments as may
be reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(b) In addition to the deliverables set forth in
Section 2.06(a)
, at or prior to the
Closing, (i) the Parent shall deliver to the Acquiror the certificate referred to in
Section 8.03(a)(vi)
, and (ii) the Acquiror shall deliver to the Parent the certificate
referred to in
Section 8.02(a)(iii)
.
7
Section 2.07.
Payments and Computations
. Each party hereto shall make each payment
due to the other party hereto (or its Affiliate) pursuant to this
Article II
by no later
than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the day when due (unless otherwise consented to by the
party hereto to whom (or to whose Affiliates) such payment is due). All payments shall be paid by
wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account or accounts designated by the party
hereto (or its Affiliate) receiving such payment in accordance with
Section 2.04(e)
.
Section 2.08.
Interest
. All computations of interest with respect to any payment due
to a Person under this Agreement shall be based on the Interest Rate on the basis of a year of
three hundred sixty five (365) days, in each case for the actual number of days (including the
first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest is payable.
Whenever any payment under this Agreement will be due on a day other than a Business Day, such
payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be
included in the computation of payment of interest.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARENT
Except as set forth in the Financial Statements or the corresponding sections or subsections of the
disclosure schedule delivered to the Acquiror by the Parent prior to entering into this Agreement
(the
Parent Disclosure Schedule
), it being understood and agreed by the parties hereto
that disclosure of any item in any section or subsection of the Parent Disclosure Schedule shall be
deemed disclosure with respect to any other section or subsection of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
to which the relevance of such item is reasonably apparent, the Parent hereby represents and
warrants to the Acquiror as of the date hereof (and, solely with respect to the Parent Specified
Representations, as of the Closing Date) as follows:
Section 3.01.
Incorporation and Authority of the Parent and the Seller
.
(a) Each of the Parent and the Seller is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and
in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. The Parent or the applicable Affiliate
of the Parent (as applicable) has all requisite corporate or other applicable organizational power
to enter into, consummate the transactions contemplated by and carry out its obligations under,
each of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party. The Parent or the applicable Affiliate
of the Parent (as applicable) is duly licensed or qualified to do business and is in good standing
in each jurisdiction in which the properties owned or leased by it or the operation of its business
makes such licensing or qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to be so
licensed, qualified or in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect under clause (b)
of the definition thereof. The execution and delivery by the Parent or the applicable Affiliate of
the Parent (as applicable) of each of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party and the
consummation by the Parent or the applicable Affiliate of the Parent (as applicable) of the
transactions contemplated by each of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party have been
duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other similar organizational action on the part of
the Parent or the applicable Affiliate of the Parent (as applicable). Each of the Transaction
Agreements to which the Parent or the applicable Affiliate of the Parent (as applicable) is a party
has been, or upon execution and delivery thereof, will be,
8
duly executed and delivered by the Parent or the applicable Affiliate of the Parent (as
applicable). Assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto or
thereto, each of the Transaction Agreements to which the Parent or the applicable Affiliate of the
Parent (as applicable) is a party constitutes, or upon execution and delivery thereof will
constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Parent or the applicable Affiliate of
the Parent (as applicable), enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject in each
case to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium,
rehabilitation, liquidation, fraudulent conveyance, preferential transfer or similar Laws now or
hereafter in effect relating to or affecting creditors rights and remedies generally and subject,
as to enforceability, to the effect of general equitable principles (regardless of whether
enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
(b) The Parent and its Affiliates are not in violation of any Laws or Governmental Orders
applicable to them or their respective assets, properties or businesses, except for violations
that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect under clause (b)
of the definition thereof.
(c) Neither the Parent nor its Affiliates, nor any of their respective properties or assets,
is a party to, or bound by, any outstanding Governmental Order, except for those Governmental
Orders that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect under
clause (b) of the definition thereof.
Section 3.02.
Incorporation, Qualification and Authority of the Companies
. Each of
the Companies is a corporation or other organization duly incorporated or organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization
and has the requisite corporate or other applicable organizational power and authority to conduct
its business as now conducted, except where the failures to be so incorporated or organized,
existing or in good standing or to have such power or authority, individually or in the aggregate,
would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Companies is duly
qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of its
owned, operated or leased properties or the nature of its activities makes such qualification and
good standing necessary, except for failures to so qualify or be in good standing that,
individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.
Section 3.03.
Capital Structure of the Companies; Ownership and Transfer of the
Shares
.
(a)
Section 3.03(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
sets forth (i) all the
authorized Capital Stock in each of the Companies and (ii) the number of shares (or other
applicable units) of each class or series of Capital Stock in each of the Companies that are issued
and outstanding, together with the registered holder thereof. All the outstanding shares (or other
applicable units) of each class or series of Capital Stock in each of the Companies have been duly
authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and were not issued in violation of
any preemptive or subscription rights. There are no options, calls, warrants or convertible or
exchangeable securities, or conversion, preemptive, subscription or other rights, or agreements,
arrangements or commitments, in any such case, obligating or which may obligate
9
any of the Companies to issue, sell, purchase, return or redeem any shares (or other
applicable units) of its Capital Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for any
shares (or other applicable units) of its Capital Stock. There are no shares (or other applicable
units) of any Capital Stock of any of the Companies reserved for issuance. There are no capital
appreciation rights, phantom stock plans, securities with participation rights or features, or
similar obligations and commitments of any of the Companies. The Shares constitute all the issued
and outstanding Capital Stock of the Companies, and the Seller and the Companies Minority Holders
directly own of record and beneficially all the outstanding Shares, free and clear of all Liens,
other than any Liens arising as a result of any of the Transaction Agreements. There are no
capital contributions with respect to the Companies that are owed or that have been called which
have not been capitalized. All increases of the Capital Stock of the Companies have been duly
registered before the corresponding Argentine public registry of commerce.
(b) Except for this Agreement, there are no voting trusts, stockholder agreements, proxies or
other rights or agreements in effect with respect to the voting, transfer or dividend rights of the
Shares.
(c)
Section 3.03(c) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
contains a list of all the
Companies Minority Holder Shares and the percentage of the capital stock on a fully-diluted basis
of the Companies owned by each Companies Minority Holder. Upon execution and delivery to the
Acquiror (and the Company) in accordance with
Section 2.06(a)(x)
, the Transfer Notices will
be a legal and binding letter to the Board of Directors of the Companies by the Companies Minority
Holders in accordance with Section 215 of the Argentine Corporate Law, reporting the transfer of
the Shares to the Acquiror. Each of the Seller and the other parties to the Transaction Agreements
is an Affiliate of the Parent, except in the case of the Acquiror or any Affiliate of the Acquiror.
(d) None of the Companies Controls or has any equity interest in any other entity other than
securities held for investment in the Ordinary Course of Business.
Section 3.04.
No Conflict
. Provided that all consents, approvals, authorizations and
other actions described in
Section 3.05
have been obtained or taken, except as otherwise
provided in this
Article III
and except as may result from any facts or circumstances
relating to the identity or regulatory status of the Acquiror or its Affiliates, the execution and
delivery by the Parent or the applicable Affiliate of the Parent (as applicable) of, and the
consummation by the Parent or the applicable Affiliate of the Parent (as applicable) of the
transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Agreements to which the Parent or the applicable
Affiliate of the Parent (as applicable) is a party do not and will not (a) violate or conflict with
the organizational documents of the Parent or the applicable Affiliate of the Parent (as
applicable) or any of the Companies, (b) subject to the Governmental Approvals referred to in
Section 3.05
, conflict with or violate any Law or Governmental Order applicable to the
Parent or the applicable Affiliate of the Parent (as applicable) or any of the Companies or by
which any of them or any of their respective properties or assets is bound or subject or (c) result
in any breach of, or constitute a default (or event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of
time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or give to any Person any rights of termination,
acceleration or cancellation of, or result in the creation of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens)
on any of the assets or properties of any of the Companies pursuant to, any Material Contract to
which any of
10
the Companies is a party or by which any of them or any of their respective properties or
assets is bound or subject, except, in the case of clauses (b) and (c) of this
Section
3.04
, for any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults, terminations, accelerations,
cancellations or creations that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.05.
Consents and Approvals
. Except as may result from any facts or
circumstances relating exclusively to the identity or regulatory status of the Acquiror or its
Affiliates and except in connection, or in compliance, with the approvals, filings and
notifications required by applicable Laws that are set forth in
Section 3.05 of the Parent
Disclosure Schedule
, the execution and delivery by the Parent or the applicable Affiliate
of the Parent (as applicable) of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party do not, and the
consummation by the Parent or the applicable Affiliate of the Parent (as applicable) of the
transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party will not, require
any consent, approval, license, permit, order, qualification or authorization of, or registration
with or other action by, or any filing with or notification to, any Governmental Authority (each, a
Governmental Approval
) to be obtained or made by the Parent or the applicable Affiliate
of the Parent (as applicable) (including the Companies), except for any Governmental Approvals the
failure to obtain or make which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.06.
Financial Information; Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities
.
(a)
Section 3.06(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
sets forth (i) the financial
statements of each of the Companies for the annual period ended December 31, 2008 (the
Audited
Financial Statements
), and (ii) the unaudited financial statements of each of the Companies
for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2009 (the
Reference Balance Sheet
) (the
financial statements referred to in clauses (i) through (ii) of this
Section 3.06(a)
being
collectively referred to herein as the
Financial Statements
). The Financial Statements
(except as expressly set forth in such Financial Statements) have been prepared, in all material
respects, in accordance with GAAP, as applied consistently, and present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial condition and the results of operations (and include all reserves required
to be made therein under GAAP) of the Companies as of their respective dates and for the respective
periods covered thereby, except that the Financial Statements referred to in clause (ii) of this
Section 3.06
(x) do not contain footnotes or a statement of cash flows and (y) are subject
to normal year-end adjustments. All reserves reflected in such Financial Statements were
determined in accordance with GAAP, and were adequate in all material respects as of their
respective dates to cover the total amount of liabilities resulting from items to which such
reserves relate, except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the
aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) The Financial Statements in all material respects were derived from, prepared using, and
are consistent with, the Books and Records.
11
(c) Except (i) as set forth in the Financial Statements, (ii) for liabilities and obligations
incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business since the date of the Financial Statements referred to
in
Section 3.06(a)(ii)
, and (iii) for liabilities and obligations that, individually or in
the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there are no
liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether absolute, accrued, contingent, unasserted or
otherwise, whether due or to become due, of any of the Companies as of the date hereof of any
nature or type that would be required under GAAP to be reflected on a financial statement of any of
the Companies.
Section 3.07.
Absence of Certain Changes
. Except as contemplated by this Agreement,
from the date of the Audited Financial Statements to the date hereof, the Companies have conducted
the Business in the Ordinary Course of Business, there has not been any Material Adverse Effect,
and there has not occurred any event or events that, individually or in the aggregate, would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.08.
Litigation
.
(a) Except for Taxes which are governed exclusively by
Section 3.13
and
Section
3.16
, there are no Actions pending or, to the Knowledge of the Parent, threatened in writing
against any of the Companies that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)
Section 3.08(b) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
sets forth a true, correct and
complete list as of the date hereof of all Actions pending or, to the Knowledge of the Parent,
threatened in writing against any of the Companies, in excess of, individually or in the aggregate,
U.S.$20,000.
(c)
Section 3.08(c) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
sets forth a true, correct and
complete list as of the date hereof of all agreements entered into by the Companies with different
law firms or individual lawyers for the advice or representation of the Companies in any and all
Actions in which the Companies are involved, and no legal fees are payable by the Companies other
than those agreed to in such contracts, except as would not reasonably be expected to have,
individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. As of the date hereof, all such legal
fees have been paid by the Companies, except as would not reasonably be expected to have,
individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
(d) No Action by or against the Parent or any of its Affiliates is pending or, to the
Knowledge of the Parent, threatened in writing, which would affect the legality, validity or
enforceability of, or delay the consummation of, the Transaction Agreements or the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
Section 3.09.
Compliance with Laws
. Except for Taxes which are governed exclusively
by
Section 3.13
and
Section 3.16
, none of the Companies (i) is in violation of any
Laws (including any Laws regulating access to national security classified information) or
Governmental Orders applicable to it or its assets, properties or businesses; or (ii) has received
any written notice or other written communication from any Governmental Authority regarding any
actual, alleged, possible or potential material violation of applicable Law; except in each
12
case, for violations that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Companies is a party to, or bound by, any
Governmental Order that (a) is material to the Business and (b) imposes obligations on the Company
to be performed after the date hereof.
Section 3.10.
Governmental Permits
.
(a) The Companies together hold all material governmental qualifications, registrations,
filings, licenses, permits, approvals or authorizations issued or granted by Governmental
Authorities (including, without limitation, the authorization of the BCRA to Financiera to act as a
financial company (
compañia financiera
) and to open and operate each of its branches and offices)
necessary to conduct the Business and to own or use their respective assets and properties, as such
Business, assets and properties are conducted, owned and used, respectively, on the date hereof
(collectively, the
Permits
), except those the absence of which, individually or in the
aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) All material Permits are valid and in full force and effect. None of the Companies is the
subject of any pending Action or, to the Knowledge of the Parent, Action threatened in writing
seeking the revocation, suspension, termination, modification or impairment of any Permit, except
for those Actions that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) Pursuant to Argentine decree No. 691/00, Financiera has a discount code (
código de
descuento
) for the Argentine National Public Administration (
Administratión Pública National
) (the
Discount Code
), and such Discount Code is valid and in full force and effect. Financiera
is not the subject of any pending Action or, to the Knowledge of the Parent, Action threatened in
writing seeking the revocation, suspension, termination, modification or impairment of the Discount
Code.
Section 3.11.
Intellectual Property
.
(a) The Intellectual Property that is material to the operation of the Business is listed in
Section 3.11 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
and is owned by each of the Companies free
and clear of any Liens, other than Permitted Liens, and each Company has the right to use all
Registered Intellectual Property in the Business as conducted on the date hereof.
(b) For the two (2) years prior to the date hereof, none of the Companies has received any
material written claim or notice from any Person that any of the Companies is engaging in any
activity that infringes upon, violates or misappropriates any Intellectual Property right of such
Person that has not been resolved.
(c) To the Knowledge of the Parent, (i) the Registered Intellectual Property owned by the
Companies that is material to the operation of the Business is valid and enforceable in all
material respects, and (ii) no Person is infringing upon, violating or misappropriating in any
material respect the rights of any Company in any such Registered Intellectual Property.
13
Section 3.12.
Material Contracts
.
(a)
Section 3.12(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
lists each of the Material
Contracts as in effect on the date hereof. Each Material Contract is a valid and binding
obligation of the Company (as applicable) that is party thereto and the Parent has no Knowledge of
any fact or circumstance that would make any Material Contract invalid or not binding as to any
other party to such Material Contract, except for such failures to be valid and binding as,
individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. Each such Material Contract is enforceable against the Company (as applicable) that is
party to such Material Contract and, to the Knowledge of the Parent, each other party to such
Material Contract, in accordance with its terms (subject in each case to the effect of any
applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, rehabilitation, liquidation,
fraudulent conveyance, preferential transfer or similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to
or affecting creditors rights and remedies generally and subject, as to enforceability, to the
effect of general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding
in equity or at law)), except for such failures to be enforceable as, individually or in the
aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the
Companies or, to the Knowledge of the Parent, any other party to a Material Contract is in default
or breach of a Material Contract, in each case, except as, individually or in the aggregate, would
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)
Section 3.12(b) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
lists each of the Contracts as
in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to which Financiera (i) uses the Discount Code, (ii)
collects financing through non-profit entities (including, without limitation,
mutuales
,
sindicatos
and
cooperativas
), (iii) authorizes certain promoters (
comercializadores
) to commercialize the
products offered by Financiera, or (iv) acts as agent (
agente institorio
) of certain insurance
companies. Each of those Contracts is a valid and binding obligation of Financiera, and the Parent
has no Knowledge of any fact or circumstance that would make any of those Contracts invalid or not
binding as to any other party to such Contract, except for such failures to be valid and binding
as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. Each such Contract is enforceable against Financiera and, to the Knowledge of the Parent,
each other party to such Contract, in accordance with its terms (subject in each case to the effect
of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, rehabilitation, liquidation,
fraudulent conveyance, preferential transfer or similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to
or affecting creditors rights and remedies generally and subject, as to enforceability, to the
effect of general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding
in equity or at law)), except for such failures to be enforceable as, individually or in the
aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of Financiera
or, to the Knowledge of the Parent, any other party to those Contracts, is in default or breach of
such Contracts, except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.13.
Employee Benefits; Employees
.
(a) The Parent has delivered or made available to the Acquiror all material incentive,
profit-sharing, stock option, stock purchase, other equity-based, employment, consulting,
compensation, vacation or other leave, change in control, retention, supplemental
14
retirement, severance, health, medical, disability, life insurance, deferred compensation and
other employee compensation and benefit plans, programs and agreements (or true and complete
summaries thereof), in each case established or maintained by the Parent, the Companies or any of
its Affiliates or to which the Parent, the Companies or any of its Affiliates contributes or is
obligated to contribute, for the benefit of any Employees (collectively, the
Benefit
Plans
).
Section 3.13(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
sets forth the Benefit
Plans and separately identifies the Benefit Plans that are sponsored by any of the Companies
(collectively, the
Company Benefit Plans
).
(b) Each Company Benefit Plan has been operated and administered in compliance with its terms
and with applicable Law, other than any non-compliance that individually or in the aggregate would
not have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) All contributions required to be made under the terms of any Company Benefit Plan have
been timely made when due or are appropriately reflected on the Financial Statements, except as,
individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.
(d) No Company has any obligations for retiree welfare benefits other than (i) coverage
mandated by applicable Law or (ii) coverage that continues during an applicable severance period.
(e) The Companies have no material unfunded liabilities with respect to any Company Benefit
Plan.
(f) With respect to the Employees:
(i) there is not in existence, nor has there been within the twelve (12) months prior to the
date hereof, any pending or, to the Knowledge of the Parent, threatened in writing: (A) strike,
slowdown, stoppage, picketing, interruption of work, lockout or any other dispute or controversy
with or involving a labor organization or with respect to unionization or collective bargaining;
(B) labor-related organizational effort, election activities or request or demand for negotiations,
recognition or representation; or (C) arbitration, administrative hearing, formal claim of unfair
labor practice, other union- or labor-related Action or other formal claim, workers compensation
claim, formal claim or investigation of wrongful discharge, formal claim or investigation of
employment discrimination or retaliation, formal claim or investigation of sexual harassment, or
other employment dispute of similar nature, against any of the Companies that, in case of (C),
individually or in the aggregate, has had, or would be reasonably expected to have, a Material
Adverse Effect;
(ii) for the twelve (12) months prior to the date hereof, (A) no Company is, or within such
period has been, a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement with any labor union or
any other similar organization; and (B) none of the Employees is subject to or covered by any such
collective bargaining agreement, other agreement or understanding, work rules or practice, or
arbitration award, or is represented by any labor organization;
15
(iii) for the twelve (12) months prior to the date hereof, each Company: (A) is and has been
in compliance with all applicable Laws which relate to employment, equal employment opportunity
(including Laws prohibiting employment discrimination, harassment or retaliation), wages, hours,
leaves, workers compensation, disability, occupational health and safety, immigration, collective
bargaining, secondment, contractors and temporary employees, other employment terms and conditions,
and plant closings and layoffs, except for such non-compliance as, individually or in the
aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
(B) is not and has not been (individually or collectively in any respect) liable for any arrears of
wages, other compensation or benefits, or any Taxes or penalties for failure to comply with any of
the foregoing, except for such liability, individually or in the aggregate, as has not had and
would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(iv) the Parent has caused the Companies to provide or make available to the Acquiror true,
correct and complete summaries of all layoffs and other losses of employment experienced by any
Company or one or more facilities or operating units within any site of employment or facility of
any Company during the ninety (90)-day period prior to the date hereof;
(v) there is not pending or, to the Knowledge of the Parent, threatened in writing any Action
or other formal claim or investigation against any Company for a violation of any collective
bargaining agreement described in
Section 3.13(a)
, or for violation of any right or
obligation under any of the Company Benefit Plans, nor to the Knowledge of the Parent is there any
reasonable basis for any such Action or other claim or investigation; and
(vi) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not (either
alone or together with any other event) entitle any Employee to severance, change of control or
other similar pay or benefits under, or accelerate the time of payment or vesting or trigger any
payment of funding (through a grantor trust or otherwise) of compensation or benefits under, or
increase the amount payable or trigger any other material obligation pursuant to, any Company
Benefit Plan.
(g) The Parent or its advisors has previously delivered to the Acquiror on June 1, 2009 a
schedule (the
Employee Schedule
) setting forth a true, correct and complete list as of
such date of the following information for each employee or officer of the Companies: name, job
title, current compensation paid or payable, vacation accrued and years with the Companies. To the
Knowledge of the Parent, as of the date hereof neither the Companies nor the Parent or its
Affiliates has received any written notice that any employee listed in the Employee Schedule will
terminate his or her employment, except as set forth in
Section 3.13(g) of the Parent
Disclosure Schedule
.
(h) None of the Companies is a party to any Contract with any of its employees or former
employees, except for Contracts that (1) are terminable at will without penalty (except as provided
under applicable Law); or (2) do not provide for any acceleration or other increase in the
obligations of any Companies as a result of the execution, delivery and performance of the
Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
16
(i) The Companies have fully paid in accordance with applicable Law any and all
indemnifications payable to any personnel that has been dismissed until the date hereof, and has
documentary evidence of such payments, except for such failures that, individually or in the
aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.14.
Insurance
.
(a) As of the date hereof,
Section 3.14(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
sets
forth a true, correct and complete list of all insurance policies maintained by the Companies
relating to their Business (the
Insurance Policies
). The Insurance Policies are in full
force and effect and are sufficient to comply with applicable Law and all Contracts to which any
Company is a party, except for any failure to be in full force and effect or in compliance that,
individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.
(b) No written notice of cancellation, termination or revocation or other written notice that
any Insurance Policy is no longer in full force or effect or that the issuer of any such insurance
policy is not willing or able to perform its obligations thereunder has been received by any of the
Companies and, to the Knowledge of the Parent, none of the Companies is in default of any provision
thereof, except for such defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, would not be reasonably
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.15.
Real Property; Assets
.
(a) None of the Companies own, beneficially or of record, any real property or interests in
real property (each, an
Owned Real Property
).
(b)
Section 3.15(b) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
sets forth all real property
leased by any Company, as lessee, and the annual rents payable for such leases (the
Real
Property Leases
; the real properties specified in such leases being referred to herein
individually as the
Leased Real Properties
). A Company (as the case may be) has a valid
and enforceable leasehold interest under each of the Real Property Leases, subject to Permitted
Liens and to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, rehabilitation,
liquidation, fraudulent conveyance, preferential transfer or similar Laws now or hereinafter in
effect relating to or affecting creditors rights and remedies generally and subject, as to
enforceability, to the effect of general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is
sought in a proceeding in equity or at law), and, none of the Companies has received any written
notice of any default under any Real Property Lease except, in each case, for such invalidity,
unenforceability or defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) As of the date hereof, (i) the Companies have good and marketable title to all material
assets owned by the Companies that are used in or necessary to conduct their Business in the matter
in which they are presently conducted, free and clear of any Liens except for Permitted Liens, and
(ii) each of the premises used by the Companies to so conduct their Businesses is in adequate
operating condition and repair, except in each case of clause (i) and/or (ii) as would not
reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
17
Section 3.16.
Taxes
.
(a) All material Tax Returns required to be filed by or on behalf of each of the Companies
have been timely filed with the appropriate Tax Authority (after giving effect to any valid
extensions of time within which to make such filings) within the manner prescribed by applicable
Law, and such Tax Returns were when filed true, correct and complete in all material respects. All
Taxes of the Companies that have become due and payable (whether or not shown on any Tax Return)
have been fully and timely paid or are being contested in good faith, except for such unpaid Taxes
which, individually or in aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect. No Company has
waived in writing any statute of limitations in respect of any material Taxes which waiver is
currently in effect.
(b) Each of the Companies has complied in all material respects with all applicable Laws
relating to the withholding of Taxes and has duly and timely withheld all Taxes required to be so
withheld from payments made or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, stockholder
or other third party (except such Taxes which are being contested in good faith or which,
individually or in aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect).
(c) All material deficiencies asserted in writing or material assessments made in writing as a
result of any examinations by any Tax Authority of the Tax Returns of the Companies have been fully
paid or are being contested in good faith, and no other material audits or material investigations
by any Tax Authority relating to any Tax Returns of the Companies are in progress with respect to
which any of the Companies has received written notice from a Tax Authority.
(d) No Company is a party to any Tax allocation agreements pursuant to which it will have any
obligation to make any payments for Taxes of an Affiliate or a third party after the Closing Date.
(e) There are no Tax rulings, requests for rulings, or closing agreements in effect with any
Tax Authority relating to any Company which will materially affect any Companys liability for
Taxes for any period after the Closing Date.
(f) There are no Liens for Taxes upon any assets of any Company except for Permitted Liens.
(g) No material claims with respect to Taxes of the Companies are being asserted in writing by
any taxing authority, except as set forth in
Section 3.16(g) of the Parent Disclosure
Schedule
.
(h) No written claim has ever been made by a taxing authority in a jurisdiction where the
Companies do not file Tax returns or pay Taxes that any such Companies are or may be subject to
taxation by that jurisdiction; in each case except as set forth in
Section 3.16(h) of the
Parent Disclosure Schedule
.
(i) All notes (
obligaciones negociables
) issued by Financiera under its program for the
issuance of notes approved by the Argentine
Comisión Nacional de Valores
,
18
have been placed by means of public offerings and, therefore, are entitled to the tax benefits
applicable to notes (
obligaciones negociables
) placed by means of public offerings in accordance
with Argentine law 23,576, as amended, existing at the time they were issued and placed.
(j) All notes and certificates of interests issued by the financial trusts that have been
constituted under the program CFA for the creation of financial trusts approved by the Argentine
Comisión Nacional de Valores
, have been placed by means of public offerings and, therefore, are
entitled to the tax benefits applicable to notes and certificates placed by means of public
offerings in accordance with Argentine law 24,241, as amended, existing at the time they were
issued and placed.
For the avoidance of doubt, the representations and warranties made in
Section 3.13
with respect to Taxes and this
Section 3.16
are the only representations and warranties
made by the Parent with respect to matters relating to Taxes (including Tax Returns, Tax Sharing
Agreements, Tax claims and Actions related to Taxes).
Section 3.17.
Affiliate Transactions
.
Section 3.17 of the Parent Disclosure
Schedule
contains a complete and correct list of all written Intercompany Agreements. The
termination of any or all of those Intercompany Agreements pursuant to
Section 5.07
would
not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.18.
Brokers
. Except for UBS Securities LLC (
UBS
), no broker,
finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finders or other fee or commission in
connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon
arrangements made by or on behalf of the Parent or its Affiliates. The Parent (but not the
Companies) is solely responsible for any fees and expenses payable to UBS.
Section 3.19.
The Business of the Companies
.
(a) All accounts and notes receivable of each of the Companies have arisen from bona fide
transactions in the Ordinary Course of Business.
(b) Each loan agreement, note or borrowing or financing arrangement (including personal loans,
payroll deductions, sales finance, credit cards, leases, credit enhancements, commitments,
guarantees and interest-bearing assets) payable to the Companies (collectively, the
Loans
) (i) is evidenced by notes, agreements or other evidences of indebtedness
(including, in the case of personal loans, payroll deductions and sales finance,
pagarés
under
Argentine Law), all of which documents are valid and enforceable in accordance with their terms
(subject in each case to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
moratorium, rehabilitation, liquidation, fraudulent conveyance, preferential transfer or similar
Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting creditors rights and remedies generally
and subject, as to enforceability, to the effect of general equitable principles (regardless of
whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law)), except for such failures to be
valid and enforceable as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect, and are in possession of the Companies or their advisors or
collection agents, and are reasonably accessible to the Companies, and (ii) to the extent purported
to be secured, has been secured by valid Liens and security interests which have been
19
perfected. All Loans originated by the Companies, and all such Loans purchased by the
Companies, were made or purchased in accordance with customary lending standards of the Companies,
as applicable, in all material respects. All such Loans (and any related guarantees) and payments
due thereunder are free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens), and the Companies have
complied with all Laws relating to such Loans in each case, except as would not reasonably be
expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) The Companies have not entered into any Contracts or other arrangement for the
securitization of the Companies assets or properties, except as set forth in
Section 3.19(c)
of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
.
Section 3.20.
Books and Records
.
(a) The books of account, Corporate Records and other records of the Companies are accurate,
complete and correct in all material respects and have been maintained in accordance with sound
business and accounting practices and applicable Law and have been prepared using processes and
procedures for which there are not material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in internal
controls over financial reporting that adversely affect the ability of the Companies to accurately
present and reflect in all material respects the Business of the Companies, except in each case, as
would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse
Effect.
(b) For the ten (10) years prior to the date hereof, the Corporate Records contain accurate,
complete and correct records of all meetings held of, and corporate action taken by, the
shareholders or the Board of Directors or the Supervisory Committees of the Companies, and no
meeting of any such shareholders or Board of Directors or Supervisory Committees has been held for
which minutes have not been prepared and are not contained in the Corporate Records (being hereby
clarified that last meetings recorded in the Corporate Records are those held on (i) May 29, 2009
as for shareholders, the Board of Directors and the Supervisory Committee, respectively, of
Financiera, (ii) May 29, 2009 as for shareholders and the Board of Directors, respectively, of
Servicios, and (iii) May 29, 2009 as for shareholders and the Board of Directors, respectively, of
UPC), except in each case, as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the
aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) All Books and Records are in the possession of the Company.
Section 3.21.
Company E&O Claims
. To the Knowledge of the Parent, there are no debts,
liabilities, commitments, Losses and obligations of any kind relating to or arising out any Company
E&O Claim.
Section 3.22.
Disclaimer
.
(a) Except for the representations and warranties contained in this
Article III
, none
of the Parent, the Seller or any of their respective Affiliates or their respective Representatives
makes any other representation or warranty of any kind or nature whatsoever, oral or written,
express or implied, with respect to the Parent, the Seller, their respective Affiliates, the
Companies, the Business, the Transaction Agreements or the transactions contemplated by the
Transaction Agreements, including any relating to the financial condition,
20
results of operations, assets or liabilities of any of the foregoing entities. Except for the
representations and warranties contained in this
Article III
, (i) the Parent disclaims, on
behalf of itself, the Seller, their respective Affiliates and their respective Representatives, any
other representations or warranties, whether made by the Parent, the Seller or any of their
respective Affiliates or their respective Representatives or any other Person, and (ii) the Parent
disclaims, on behalf of itself, the Seller, their respective Affiliates and their respective
Representatives, all liability and responsibility for any other representation, warranty, opinion,
projection, forecast, advice, statement or information made, communicated or furnished (orally or
in writing) to the Acquiror or its Affiliates or Representatives (including any opinion,
projection, forecast, advice, statement or information that may have been or may be provided to the
Acquiror or its Affiliates or Representatives by any Representative of the Parent, the Seller or
any of their respective Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, none of the Parent, the Seller or
their respective Affiliates or their respective Representatives makes any representations or
warranties to the Acquiror or any other Person regarding the probable success, future performance
or profitability of the Companies or the Business (whether before or after Closing), including any
as to the collectability of any receivables (including accounts receivable) of the Companies.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ACQUIROR
Except as set forth in the corresponding sections or subsections of the disclosure schedule
delivered to the Parent by the Acquiror prior to entering into this Agreement (the
Acquiror
Disclosure Schedule
), it being understood and agreed by the parties hereto that disclosure of
any item in any section or subsection of the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed
disclosure with respect to any other section or subsection of the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule to
which the relevance of such item is reasonably apparent, the Acquiror hereby represents and
warrants to the Parent as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as follows (it being
understood and agreed by the parties that each reference to the Acquiror in this
Article IV
shall be deemed to be a reference to each Acquiror, severally and not jointly, and each Acquiror
agrees and understands that each representation or warranty contained in this
Article IV
is
made by each Acquiror with respect to itself but not with respect to the other Acquirors):
Section 4.01.
Incorporation and Authority of the Acquiror; Capitalization
. The
Acquiror, if an entity, is a corporation or other organization as set forth on
Schedule
2.01
duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of
the jurisdiction set forth on
Schedule 2.01
. The Acquiror or the applicable Affiliate of
the Acquiror (as applicable) has all requisite corporate or other applicable organizational power
or, in the case of an individual, capacity to enter into, consummate the transactions contemplated
by and carry out its obligations under, each of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party.
The Acquiror or the applicable Affiliate of the Acquiror (as applicable) is duly licensed or
qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction which the properties owned or
leased by it or the operation of its business makes such licensing or qualification necessary,
except to the extent that the failure to be so licensed, qualified or in good standing would not
have an Acquiror Material Adverse Effect. The execution and delivery by the Acquiror or the
applicable Affiliate of the Acquiror (as applicable) of each of the Transaction Agreements to which
it is a party and the consummation by the Acquiror or the applicable Affiliate of the Acquiror (as
21
applicable) of the transactions contemplated by each of the Transaction Agreements to which it
is a party have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other similar organizational
action on the part of the Acquiror or the applicable Affiliate of the Acquiror (as applicable).
Each of the Transaction Agreements to which the Acquiror or the applicable Affiliate of the
Acquiror (as applicable) is a party has been, or upon execution and delivery thereof, will be, duly
executed and delivered by the Acquiror or the applicable Affiliate of the Acquiror (as applicable).
Assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto or thereto, each of
the Transaction Agreements to which the Acquiror or the applicable Affiliate of the Acquiror (as
applicable) is a party constitutes, or upon execution and delivery thereof, will constitute, the
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Acquiror or the applicable Affiliate of the Acquiror (as
applicable), enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject in each case to the
effect of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, rehabilitation,
liquidation, fraudulent conveyance, preferential transfer or similar Laws now or hereafter in
effect relating to or affecting creditors rights and remedies generally and subject, as to
enforceability, to the effect of general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is
sought in a proceeding in equity or at law). Each of the Pegasus Acquirors is an active board
member of Pegasus and/or owns of record and beneficially the percentage equity interest in Pegasus
set forth on
Schedule I
adjacent to such Pegasus Acquirors name. Each of the Pegasus
Acquirors principal residence and country of citizenship is set forth on
Schedule I
adjacent to such Pegasus Acquirors name.
Section 4.02.
No Conflict
. Provided that all consents, approvals, authorizations and
other actions described in
Section 4.03
have been obtained or taken, except as otherwise
provided in this
Article IV
and except as may result from any facts or circumstances
relating exclusively to the identity or regulatory status of the Parent or its Affiliates (other
than the Companies), the execution and delivery by the Acquiror or the applicable Affiliate of the
Acquiror (as applicable) of, and the consummation by the Acquiror or the applicable Affiliate of
the Acquiror (as applicable) of the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Agreements to
which the Acquiror or the applicable Affiliate of the Acquiror (as applicable) is a party do not
and will not (a) violate or conflict with the organizational documents of the Acquiror or the
applicable Affiliate of the Acquiror (as applicable), (b) subject to the Governmental Approvals
referred to in
Section 4.03
, conflict with or violate any Law or Governmental Order
applicable to the Acquiror or the applicable Affiliate of the Acquiror (as applicable) or by which
any of them or any of their respective properties or assets is bound or subject or (c) result in
any breach of, or constitute a default (or event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time,
or both, would constitute a default) under, or give to any Person any rights of termination,
acceleration or cancellation of, or result in the creation of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens)
on any of the assets or properties of the Acquiror or any of its Affiliates, in each case, pursuant
to any material contract or any note, bond, loan or credit agreement, mortgage or indenture to
which the Acquiror or any of its Affiliates is a party or by which any of them or any of their
respective properties or assets is bound or subject, except, in the case of clauses (b) and (c) of
this
Section 4.02
, for any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults, terminations,
accelerations, cancellations or creations that, individually or in the aggregate, would not
reasonably be expected to have an Acquiror Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.03.
Consents and Approvals
. Except for the BCRA Approval and the CNDC
Approval and as may result from any facts or circumstances relating exclusively to the
22
identity or regulatory status of the Parent or its Affiliates (other than the Companies), the
execution and delivery by the Acquiror or the applicable Affiliate of the Acquiror (as applicable)
of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party do not, and the consummation by the Acquiror
or the applicable Affiliate of the Acquiror (as applicable) of the transactions contemplated by the
Transaction Agreements to which it is a party will not, require any Governmental Approval to be
obtained or made by the Acquiror or the applicable Affiliate of the Acquiror (as applicable),
except for any Governmental Approvals the failure to obtain or make which, individually or in the
aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have an Acquiror Material Adverse Effect. The
identity of the Acquiror will not, to its Knowledge, result in any delays or impairment in
obtaining the BCRA Approval and/or the CNDC Approval.
Section 4.04.
Absence of Litigation
. There are no Actions pending or, to the
Knowledge of the Acquiror, threatened in writing against or by the Acquiror or any of its
Affiliates or any of their respective assets, properties or businesses that (i) question or would
affect the legality, validity or enforceability of, or would delay the consummation of, the
transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Agreements or (ii) individually or in the
aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have an Acquiror Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.05.
Securities Matters
. The Shares are being acquired by the Acquiror for
its own account and without a view to the public distribution or sale of any of the Shares or any
interest in them. The Acquiror has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business
matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Shares, and
the Acquiror is capable of bearing the economic risks of such investment, including a complete loss
of its investment in the Shares. The Acquiror understands and agrees that it may not sell,
transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares other than pursuant to a
registered offering in compliance with, or a transaction exempt from, the registration requirements
of Argentine and foreign securities Laws, as applicable. The Acquiror understands and agrees that
the sale of shares in a public offering may be subject to the compliance with the Argentine
Securities Authorities (Comision Nacional de Valores) and the applicable securities Laws.
Section 4.06.
Financial Ability
. The Acquiror has, and will have at the Closing, all
funds necessary to pay the Purchase Price and the Parent Advances Amount and to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements and the source of
such funds used to consummate the transaction will not derive from any act which is in violation or
in contravention of the applicable Laws. To the Knowledge of the Acquiror, the Acquiror (or its
ultimate parent) will comply with the Objective Standards in order to be eligible to obtain BCRA
Approval.
Section 4.07.
Compliance with Law; Governmental Orders
.
(a) The Acquiror and its Affiliates are not in violation of any Laws or Governmental Orders
applicable to them or their respective assets, properties or businesses, except for violations
that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have an Acquiror
Material Adverse Effect.
23
(b) Neither the Acquiror nor its Affiliates, nor any of their respective properties or assets,
is a party to, or bound by, any outstanding Governmental Order, except for those Governmental
Orders that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have an Acquiror
Material Adverse Effect.
(c) Neither the Acquiror nor any of its Affiliates has agreed with any Governmental Authority,
nor has the Acquiror nor any of its Affiliates been the subject of any Governmental Order,
requiring that the Acquiror or any of its Affiliates take any material action or accept any
material restriction or material limitation in connection with any acquisition by the Acquiror or
any of its Affiliates of any Person (i) organized under the laws of the United States or any of its
political subdivisions or (ii) subject to the jurisdiction of any United States Governmental
Authority or any Governmental Authority of any State or other political subdivision of the United
States.
(d) The Acquiror has no reason to believe that any facts or conditions related to its identity
or regulatory status are reasonably likely to impede its ability to obtain the Governmental
Approvals in a customary time frame set forth in
Section 4.03 of the Acquiror Disclosure
Schedule
. As of the date hereof, no Governmental Authority, with respect to which a
Governmental Approval is required to be obtained or made in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, has, to the Knowledge of the Acquiror, indicated to the Acquiror an
intent to (i) take any action or fail to take any action that is reasonably likely to prohibit,
materially delay or materially impair the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or (ii) impose any obligation or condition in connection with such Governmental Approval
that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a material
liability of the Parent or any of its Affiliates after the Closing.
Section 4.08.
Investigation
. The Acquiror acknowledges and agrees that (a) it has
made its own inquiry and investigation into, and, based thereon, has formed an independent judgment
concerning, the Companies and the Business and (b) it has been furnished with or given adequate
access to such information about the Companies and the Business as it has requested. The Acquiror
further acknowledges and agrees that (i) the only representations, warranties, covenants and
agreements made by the Parent, the Seller or any of their respective Affiliates or their respective
Representatives or any other Person are the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements
made in this Agreement, (ii) except as set forth in
Article III
, none of the Parent, the
Seller or any of their respective Affiliates or their respective Representatives makes any other
representation or warranty of any kind or nature whatsoever, oral or written, express or implied,
with respect to the Parent, the Seller, their respective Affiliates, the Companies, the Business,
the Transaction Agreements or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements,
including any relating to the financial condition, results of operations, assets or liabilities of
any of the foregoing entities, and (c) none of the Parent, the Seller or any of their respective
Affiliates or their respective Representatives makes any representation or warranty as to (1) the
operation of the Companies by the Acquiror or its Affiliates after the Closing in any manner or (2)
the probable success, future performance or profitability of the Companies or the Business (whether
before or after the Closing). Except for the representations and warranties contained in
Article III
, the Acquiror has not relied upon any other representations or warranties or
any other information made or supplied by or on behalf of the Parent, the Seller or any of their
respective Affiliates or their respective Representatives, and
24
the Acquiror acknowledges and agrees that none of the Parent, the Seller, their respective
Affiliates or their respective Representatives has any liability or responsibility for any other
representation, warranty, opinion, projection, forecast, advice, statement or information made,
communicated, or furnished (orally or in writing) to the Acquiror or its Affiliates or their
respective Representatives (including any opinion, projection, forecast, advice, statement or
information that may have been or may be provided to the Acquiror by any Representative of the
Parent, the Seller or any of their respective Affiliates or any representation or warranty as to
the collectability of any receivables (including accounts receivable) of the Companies). Except to
the extent the Acquiror has otherwise advised the Parent in writing, neither the Acquiror nor any
of its Affiliates is aware of: (x) any of the representations or warranties contained in
Article III
being untrue or incorrect or (y) any material errors in, or material omissions
from, the Parent Disclosure Schedule.
Section 4.09.
No Acquiror Material Adverse Effect
. Since January 1, 2009, no event
has occurred or circumstance has arisen that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would
reasonably be expected to have an Acquiror Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.10.
Brokers
. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any
brokerage, finders or other fee or commission in connection with the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the
Acquiror or its Affiliates.
Section 4.11.
Disclaimer
. Except for the representations and warranties contained in
this
Article IV
, neither the Acquiror nor any of its Affiliates or their respective
Representatives makes any other representation or warranty of any kind or nature whatsoever, oral
or written, express or implied, with respect to itself, its Affiliates, their respective
businesses, the Transaction Agreements or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction
Agreements. Except for the representations and warranties contained in this
Article IV
,
(a) the Acquiror disclaims, on behalf of itself, its Affiliates and their respective
Representatives, any other representations or warranties, whether made by the Acquiror or any of
its Affiliates or their respective Representatives or any other Person, and (b) the Acquiror
disclaims, on behalf of itself, its Affiliates and their respective Representatives, all liability
and responsibility for any other representation, warranty, opinion, projection, forecast, advice,
statement or information made, communicated or furnished (orally or in writing) to the Parent or
its Affiliates or their respective Representatives (including any opinion, projection, forecast,
advice, statement or information that may have been or may be provided to the Parent or its
Affiliates or Representatives by any Representative of the Acquiror or any of its Affiliates).
ARTICLE V
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
Section 5.01.
Conduct of Business Prior to the Closing
. (a) Subject to any applicable
Laws, during the period from the date hereof through the Closing, except (A) as otherwise
contemplated by or necessary to effectuate the Transaction Agreements, (B) for matters identified
in
Sections 5.0
1 or
5.15 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
, (C) as may otherwise be
required by applicable contractual obligations existing as of the date hereof, (D) as
25
may otherwise be required by applicable fiduciary duties and obligations in both cases owed to
third parties (other than the Parent or any Affiliate thereof) existing as of the date hereof, (E)
as required to comply with applicable Law or Governmental Order, or (F) as the Acquiror otherwise
consents in advance (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), the
Parent and the Seller shall cause the Companies to (x) conduct the Business in the Ordinary Course
of Business and (y) not do any of the following:
(i) declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend or other distribution in respect of the
Capital Stock of any of the Companies;
(ii) repurchase, redeem, repay or otherwise acquire any outstanding shares of Capital Stock of
any of the Companies;
(iii) transfer, issue, sell or dispose of any shares of Capital Stock or other securities of
any of the Companies or grant options, warrants, calls or other rights to purchase or otherwise
acquire any shares of Capital Stock of any of the Companies;
(iv) effect any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split or similar change in the
capitalization of any of the Companies;
(v) amend the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or comparable organizational documents)
of any of the Companies;
(vi) purchase, sell, lease, exchange, or otherwise dispose of or acquire any property or
assets (other than transactions occurring in the Ordinary Course of Business), or enter into any
lease of real property (other than, in each case, in the Ordinary Course of Business) or make any
capital expenditure for which the aggregate consideration paid or payable in any individual
transaction is in excess of U.S.$100,000 or in the aggregate in excess of U.S.$200,000;
(vii) enter into or amend (in any material respect) or, other than pursuant to its current
terms, terminate, renew or extend any Material Contract referred to in clause (ii) of the
definition of Material Contract set forth in
Exhibit A
other than transactions occurring
in the Ordinary Course of Business;
(viii) (A) grant, increase, or accelerate the vesting or payment of, or announce or promise to
grant, increase or accelerate the vesting or payment of, any wages, salaries, bonuses, incentives,
severance pay, other compensation, pension or other benefits payable or potentially available to
any Employee, including any increase or change pursuant to any Benefit Plan or (B) establish,
adopt, increase or amend (or promise to take any such action(s)) any Benefit Plan or any benefits
potentially available thereunder, in either case other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;
(ix) enter into, or amend in any material respect, any employment contracts with any executive
officers;
26
(x) settle or compromise any Action or threatened in writing Action, other than any settlement
or compromise that involves solely cash payments not in the aggregate in excess of U.S.$100,000;
(xi) enter into any Contract containing any provision (i) restricting or prohibiting any
change of control of the Companies, or (ii) restricting or prohibiting any declaration or payment
of dividends or other distributions or any other payments to the shareholders of the Companies, or
(iii) restricting or prohibiting the ability or possibility of the Companies to incur any
additional Indebtedness;
(xii) change any method of accounting or accounting practice or policy used by the Companies,
other than such changes required by GAAP or Law;
(xiii) change in any material respect any lending or investment practice or policy used by the
Companies, other than changes required by Law;
(xiv) change in any material respect (A) any refinancing or collection practice or policy of
the Companies with respect to their clients or (B) any payment practice or policy of the Companies
with respect to suppliers, in each case other than changes required by Law;
(xv) enter into any new line of business different than the Business;
(xvi) make any Tax election, adopt or change any tax accounting methods, principles or
practices, file any material amendment to any Tax Return, enter into any tax allocation agreement,
tax sharing agreement, tax indemnity agreement or closing agreement relating to any material Tax,
surrender any right to claim a material Tax refund, or consent to any extension or waiver of the
statute of limitations period applicable to any material Tax claim or assessment; or
(xvii) enter into any legally binding commitment with respect to any of the foregoing.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein including the actions set forth
in
Section 5.01(a)
but except for the matters set forth in
Section 5.01(c)
, nothing
in this Agreement shall require the Parent or any of its Affiliates (including for the avoidance of
doubt the Seller) to provide any further funds, monies or other financial facilities or support to
the Companies following the date hereof, prevent or restrict the Parent or any of its Affiliates
(including for the avoidance of doubt the Seller) from so doing (including increasing or decreasing
the amount of the Parent Advances from time to time) or require, prevent or restrict the Parent or
any of its Affiliates (including for the avoidance of doubt the Seller) from amending or varying or
agreeing to amend or vary the terms of any such thing;
provided
,
however
, that if
the Parent or its Affiliates (including for the avoidance of doubt the Seller) advances any
additional debt (which may be Parent Advances) or makes any capital infusion to the Companies after
the date hereof, such amounts, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if applicable,
shall be repaid or returned at par or the face amount plus accrued and unpaid interest (without
discount) thereof by the Companies to Parent or its Affiliates immediately prior to Closing (with
such repayment or return taken into account for the
27
adjustments in
Sections 2.04
and
2.05
) consistent with
Section
2.04(e)
, unless such debt constitutes Parent Advances, in which case
Sections 2.04(d)
and 2
.06(a)(ii)
and
(iii)
and the other provisions of this Agreement related to
Parent Advances shall apply; and
provided
,
further
, that neither Parent nor any of
its Affiliates will amend the terms of any debt or capital infusion existing on the date hereof so
as to increase the amounts the Acquiror or the Companies are required to pay to the Parent or its
Affiliates at Closing other than in respect of additional debt advanced or capital infused as set
forth in the preceding proviso.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein (including the matters set forth
in
Sections 5.01(a)
and
(b)
), in the event that any third party Indebtedness of the
Companies becomes due or is accelerated in whole or in part between the date hereof and the Closing
Date (but not as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
which is addressed in
Section 5.01(d)
) (the
Interim Period Debt
), the parties
hereto will take the following actions in a timely manner so as to mitigate the risk of a Companys
default under the Interim Period Debt:
(i) With respect to any credit facility Interim Period Debt that comes due or is accelerated
between the date hereof and the Closing Date, the Parent will determine (following consultation
with the Acquiror) whether it is in the Companies best interests to extend such borrowing
arrangements. If the Parent and the Companies seek to extend such borrowing arrangements, the
Acquiror will cooperate with the Parent to and the Acquiror and the Parent will use commercially
reasonable efforts to effectuate such extensions and the Parent shall be permitted to disclose the
Acquirors identity and other information about the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to
the creditor. If such extensions are not sought or obtained, the Acquiror and the Parent will
determine if third party financing is available on commercial terms for such amounts and, if so
determined to be available, will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such third party
financing. If the Acquiror and the Parent determine that third party financing is not available on
commercial terms for such amounts, the Parent will provide the Acquiror with the option to finance
such amounts to the Companies on commercial terms, which may include depositing funds with
Financiera or acquiring bonds issued by the Companies and which the Acquiror will use commercially
reasonable efforts to effectuate on mutually satisfactory terms. In the event that the Acquiror
elects not to finance such amounts, the Companies will pay any remaining amounts that are due and
payable out of available cash on hand as determined by the Parent. In the event that none of the
foregoing alternatives is elected or available, the Parent or its Affiliates may finance any
remaining amounts (either in the form of debt or equity), it being understood that the Parent or
its Affiliates will receive repayment or return of such amounts at Closing in accordance with
Section 5.01(b)
or in respect of Parent Advances as provided in this Agreement.
(ii) With respect to any Interim Period Debt other than that addressed in clause (i) above
that comes due or is accelerated between the date hereof and the Closing Date, the Acquiror and the
Parent will determine if third party financing is available on commercial terms for such amounts
and, if so determined to be available, will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such
third party financing. If the Acquiror and the Parent determine that third party financing is not
available on commercial terms for such amounts, the Parent will provide the Acquiror with the
option to finance such amounts to the Companies on commercial terms, which may include depositing
funds with Financiera or acquiring bonds issued by the
28
Companies and which the Acquiror will use commercially reasonable efforts to effectuate on
mutually satisfactory terms. In the event that the Acquiror elects not to finance such amounts,
the Companies will pay any remaining amounts that are due and payable out of available cash on hand
as determined by the Parent. In the event that none of the foregoing alternatives is elected or
available, the Parent or its Affiliates may finance any remaining amounts (either in the form of
debt or equity), it being understood that the Parent or its Affiliates will receive repayment or
return of such amounts at Closing in accordance with
Section 5.01(b)
or in respect of
Parent Advances as provided in this Agreement.
(d) As disclosed in the Parent Disclosure Schedule, certain third party Indebtedness may be
subject to default or acceleration and/or become due as a result of the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The parties will use their reasonable best efforts to
obtain waivers from the applicable lenders with respect to such Indebtedness to avoid such default
and/or acceleration in accordance with
Section 5.05(e)
;
provided
,
however
,
that the failure to obtain any such waiver shall not delay or otherwise affect the Closing and if
such default or acceleration of any such Indebtedness does occur, the Acquiror and the Companies
will be solely responsible for the consequences thereof and will effect a payoff of such
Indebtedness if and as required by such Indebtedness.
Section 5.02.
Access to Information
.
(a) From the date hereof until the Closing Date, subject to any applicable Law and subject to
any applicable privileges (including the attorney-client privilege) and contractual confidentiality
obligations, upon reasonable prior notice, the Parent and the Seller shall, and shall cause each of
the Companies and each such Persons respective Representatives to, (i) afford the Representatives
of the Acquiror reasonable access, during normal business hours, to the offices, properties, books,
data, files, information and records of the Companies, (ii) furnish to the Representatives of the
Acquiror such additional financial data and other information regarding the Companies as the
Acquiror may from time to time reasonably request, and (iii) make reasonably available to the
Representatives of the Acquiror, the employees of the Parent, the Seller and their Affiliates in
respect of the Companies and the businesses conducted by them whose assistance and expertise is
necessary to assist the Acquiror in connection with the Acquirors preparation to integrate the
Companies and their businesses and personnel into the Acquirors organization following the
Closing;
provided
,
however
, that the reasonableness of such access and requests
shall be determined by taking into account the competitive positions of the parties and the
sensitive nature of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
provided
,
further
, that such investigation shall not unreasonably interfere with any of the
businesses or operations of the Parent, the Seller, the Companies or any of their respective
Affiliates;
provided
,
further
, that none of the auditors and independent
accountants of the Parent, the Companies or any of their respective Affiliates shall be obligated
to make any working papers available to any Person unless and until such Person has signed a
customary confidentiality and hold harmless agreement relating to such access to working papers in
form and substance reasonably acceptable to such auditors or independent accountants; and
provided
,
further
, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
neither the Parent nor any of its Affiliates shall be required to disclose to the Acquiror or any
Representative of the Acquiror any consolidated, combined, affiliated or unitary tax return which
includes the Parent or any of its Affiliates or any tax-related working papers, except, in each
case, for materials or portions thereof that relate solely to any of
29
the Companies. If so reasonably requested by the Parent, the Acquiror shall enter into a
customary joint defense agreement with any one or more of the Parent, the Seller and the Companies
with respect to any information to be provided to the Acquiror pursuant to this
Section
5.02(a)
. The Acquiror shall reimburse the Parent promptly for any reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred by the Parent, the Seller and their respective Affiliates in complying with any
request by or on behalf of the Acquiror or any of its Affiliates in connection with this
Section 5.02(a)
. The Acquiror shall indemnify and hold harmless the Parent, the Seller and
their respective Affiliates (including, for the period prior to the Closing, the Companies) and AIG
Universal S. de R.L. de C.V. from and against any Losses that may be incurred by any of them
arising out of or related to the use, storage or handling of (A) any personally identifiable
information relating to employees or customers of the Companies and (B) any other information that
is protected by applicable Law (including privacy Laws) or Contract and to which the Acquiror or
any of its Affiliates or Representatives is afforded access pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement, including in respect of the services to be performed pursuant to the IT Systems
Outsourcing Agreement as contemplated by
Section 5.21
; except from Losses that are a result
of the Intentional Breach of the Parent, the Seller or their respective Affiliates (other than the
Companies if the Closing occurs).
(b) In addition to the provisions of
Section 5.03
, from and after the Closing Date, in
connection with any reasonable business purpose, including (x) in response to the request or at the
direction of a Governmental Authority, (y) the preparation of Tax Returns or other documents
related to Tax matters, and (z) the determination of any matter relating to the rights or
obligations of the Parent, the Seller and their respective Affiliates under any of the Transaction
Agreements or any applicable Law and subject to any applicable privileges (including the
attorney-client privilege) and contractual confidentiality obligations, upon reasonable prior
notice, the Acquiror shall, and shall cause the Companies and their respective Affiliates and
Representatives to (i) afford the Parent, the Seller and their respective Affiliates and their
respective Representatives reasonable access, during normal business hours, to the offices,
properties, books, data, files, information and records of the Acquiror and its Affiliates in
respect of the Companies and the businesses conducted by them (including, for the avoidance of
doubt, Tax Returns and other information and documents relating to tax matters), (ii) furnish to
the Parent, the Seller and their respective Affiliates and their respective Representatives such
additional financial data and other information regarding the Companies and the businesses
conducted by them as the Parent, the Seller and their respective Affiliates or their respective
Representatives may from time to time reasonably request (including, for the avoidance of doubt,
Tax Returns and other information and documents relating to tax matters) and (iii) make reasonably
available to the Parent, the Seller and their respective Affiliates and their respective
Representatives the employees of the Acquiror and its Affiliates in respect of the Companies and
the businesses conducted by them whose assistance, expertise, testimony, notes and recollections or
presence is necessary to assist the Parent, the Seller or their respective Affiliates or their
respective Representatives in connection with the Parents, the Sellers or such Affiliates or
such Representatives inquiries for any of the purposes referred to in this
Section 5.02(b)
above, including the presence of such persons as witnesses in hearings or trials for such purposes;
provided
,
however
, that such investigation shall not unreasonably interfere with
the business or operations of the Acquiror or any of its Affiliates; and
provided
,
further
, that the auditors and independent accountants of the Acquiror or its Affiliates
shall not be obligated to make any working papers available to any Person unless and until such
Person has signed a customary
30
confidentiality and hold harmless agreement relating to such access to working papers in form
and substance reasonably acceptable to such auditors or independent accountants. If so reasonably
requested by the Acquiror, the Parent shall, and shall cause the Seller or their respective
Affiliates (as applicable) to enter into a customary joint defense agreement with any one or more
of the Acquiror and its Affiliates with respect to any information to be provided to the Parent,
the Seller, or their respective Affiliates or Representatives pursuant to this
Section 5.02(b)
. The Parent shall reimburse the Acquiror promptly for any reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Acquiror and its Affiliates in complying with any request by
or on behalf of the Parent, the Seller, or their respective Affiliates or Representatives in
connection with this
Section 5.02(b)
.
(c) From and after the Closing Date, in connection with any reasonable business purpose,
including the preparation of Tax Returns and the determination of any matter relating to the rights
or obligations of the Acquiror and its Affiliates under any of the Transaction Agreements, subject
to any applicable Law and subject to any applicable privileges (including the attorney-client
privilege) and contractual confidentiality obligations, upon reasonable prior notice, the Parent
shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and Representatives to (i) afford the Acquiror and its
Affiliates and their respective Representatives reasonable access, during normal business hours, to
the offices, properties, books, and records of the Parent and its Affiliates in respect of the
Companies and the businesses conducted by them (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Tax Returns
and other information and documents relating to tax matters, but only to the extent that such
information and documents can reasonably be segregated from any other information and documents
that is not exclusively related to the Companies), (ii) furnish to the Acquiror and its Affiliates
and their respective Representatives such additional financial data and other information regarding
the Companies and the businesses conducted by them as the Acquiror and its Affiliates may from time
to time reasonably request (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Tax Returns and other
information and documents relating to tax matters, but only to the extent that such information and
documents can reasonably be segregated from any other information and documents that is not
exclusively related to the Companies) and (iii) make reasonably available to the Acquiror and its
Affiliates and their respective Representatives the employees of the Parent and its Affiliates in
respect of the Companies and the businesses conducted by them whose assistance, expertise,
testimony, notes and recollections or presence is necessary to assist the Acquiror or its
Affiliates or their respective Representatives in connection with the Acquirors or such
Affiliates (or such Representatives) inquiries for any of the purposes referred to above,
including the presence of such persons as witnesses in hearings or trials for such purposes;
provided
,
however
, that such investigation shall not unreasonably interfere with
the business or operations of the Parent or any of its Affiliates; and
provided
,
further
, that the auditors and independent accountants of the Parent or its Affiliates
shall not be obligated to make any working papers available to any Person unless and until such
Person has signed a customary confidentiality and hold harmless agreement relating to such access
to working papers in form and substance reasonably acceptable to such auditors or independent
accountants. If so reasonably requested by the Parent, the Acquiror or its Affiliates (as
applicable) shall enter into a customary joint defense agreement with any one or more of the Parent
and its Affiliates with respect to any information to be provided to the Acquiror and its
Affiliates pursuant to this
Section 5.02(c)
. The Acquiror shall reimburse the Parent
promptly for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Parent, the Seller and their
respective
31
Affiliates in complying with any request by or on behalf of the Acquiror or any of its
Affiliates or Representatives in connection with this
Section 5.02(c)
.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Parent shall not be
required prior to the Closing to disclose, or cause its Affiliates or its or its Affiliates
respective Representatives prior to the Closing to disclose, to the Acquiror or any of its
Affiliates or any of their respective Representatives (or provide access to any offices,
properties, books or records of the Parent or any of its Affiliates that could result in the
disclosure to such Persons or others of) any information that is subject to a confidentiality
agreement or other obligation prohibiting its disclosure or that is privileged or commercially
sensitive, nor shall the Parent be required to permit, cause its Affiliates or its Affiliates
respective Representatives to permit or cause others to permit the Acquiror or any of its
Affiliates or any of their respective Representatives to have access to or to copy or remove from
the offices or properties of the Parent or any of its Affiliates any documents or other materials
that might reveal any such information that is commercially sensitive or subject to a
confidentiality agreement or other obligation prohibiting its disclosure.
Section 5.03.
Books and Records
.
(a) Subject to
Section 5.04(b)
, the Parent, the Seller and their respective Affiliates
shall have the right to retain copies of all books, data, files, information and records in any
media (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Tax Returns and other information and documents
relating to tax matters) of each of the Companies and their respective businesses relating to
periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date (i) relating to information (including employment
and medical records) regarding the Employees, (ii) as required by any legal or regulatory
authority, including any applicable Law, Governmental Order or regulatory request or (iii) as may
be necessary for the Parent, the Seller and their respective Affiliates to perform their respective
obligations pursuant to this Agreement (including calculation of the Post-Closing Adjustment under
Section 2.05
), the Ancillary Agreements or any other agreement between the Parent, the
Seller and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and any of the Companies, on the other
hand, that will remain in effect after the Closing, in each case subject to compliance with all
applicable privacy Laws. With respect to all original books, data, files, information and records
of each of the Companies existing as of the Closing Date, the Acquiror shall, and shall cause each
of the Companies to (A) comply in all material respects with all applicable Laws and Governmental
Orders, including the Code, relating to the preservation and retention of records, (B) apply
preservation and retention policies that are no less stringent than those generally applied by the
Acquiror and (C) for at least the longer of the applicable statute of limitations or ten (10) years
after the Closing Date or until notice is received from the Parent of the expiration of the
applicable statute of limitations for tax purposes, whichever is later, preserve and retain all
such original books, data, files, information and records, and thereafter dispose of such original
books, data, files, information and records only after it shall have given the Parent ninety
(90) days prior written notice of such disposition and the opportunity (at the Parents expense)
to remove and retain such information.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Transaction
Agreement, to the extent that the Parent or any of its Affiliates has retained books, records,
files, tapes, software, data, documents, hardware, storage devices or other information,
32
materials or equipment that are not used in the operation of the business of any of the
Companies or required by any of the Companies for regulatory purposes (
Archived Files
)
pursuant to a Litigation Hold or otherwise, the Acquiror acknowledges and agrees that the Archived
Files are solely the property of the Parent. The Parent agrees that it will retain, recycle and/or
discard the Archived Files that relate to the Companies in a manner that is consistent with the
practices and procedures of the Parent from time to time.
Section 5.04.
Confidentiality
.
(a) The terms of the confidentiality agreements, (i) dated April 17, 2009 (the
Confidentiality Agreements
), between the Parent and Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.
and (ii) dated November 11, 2008 between the Parent and Pegasus, are incorporated into this
Agreement by reference and shall continue in full force and effect and bind the Pegasus Acquirors
as if each was a party thereto until the Closing, at which time the confidentiality obligations
under the Confidentiality Agreements shall terminate. If, for any reason, the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement are not consummated, the Confidentiality Agreements shall
nonetheless continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and bind the Pegasus
Acquirors as if each was a party thereto.
(b) From and after the Closing, the Parent and the Seller, on the one hand, and the Acquiror,
on the other hand, shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates and Representatives to,
maintain in confidence any written, oral or other information relating to or obtained from the
other party or its Affiliates, except that the foregoing requirements of this
Section
5.04(b)
shall not apply to the extent that (i) any such information is or becomes generally
available to the public other than (A) in the case of the Acquiror, as a result of disclosure by
the Parent or its Affiliates or any of their respective Representatives and (B) in the case of the
Parent, as a result of disclosure by the Acquiror, the Companies (after the Closing Date) or any of
their respective Affiliates or any of their respective Representatives, (ii) any such information
(including any report, statement, testimony or other submission to a Governmental Authority) is
required by applicable Law, Governmental Order or such Governmental Authority to be disclosed after
prior notice has been given to the other party to the extent such notice is permitted by applicable
Law, provided that no such notice is required if prohibited by applicable Law, (iii) any such
information is reasonably necessary to be disclosed in connection with any Action or in any dispute
with respect to the Transaction Agreements (including in response to any summons, subpoena or other
legal process or formal or informal investigative demand issued to the disclosing party in the
course of any litigation, arbitration, mediation, investigation or administrative proceeding), (iv)
any such information was or becomes available to such party on a non-confidential basis and from a
source (other than a party hereto or any Affiliate or Representative of such party) that is not
bound by a confidentiality agreement with respect to such information or restricted by Law to
disclose such information or (v) after the Closing, any such information that becomes known or
available pursuant to or as a result of the carrying out of the provisions of an Ancillary
Agreement (which information shall be governed by the confidentiality provisions set forth in such
Ancillary Agreement). Each of the parties hereto shall instruct its Affiliates and Representatives
having access to such information of such obligation of confidentiality;
provided
,
however
, that the parties hereto may disclose information about the tax treatment and tax
structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
33
(including any facts or materials relating thereto or reasonably necessary to understand such
treatment or structure).
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the parties hereto acknowledge
and agree that each of the parties may disclose this Agreement and the subject matter hereof and
related matters to its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents with a need to know,
to applicable governmental and regulatory agencies and bodies and other appropriate supervisory
authorities, in each case solely in furtherance of consummating the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement (including that the Parent, the Seller and their respective Affiliates may, without
notifying the Acquiror or any other Person, share any information relating to or obtained from the
Acquiror or its Affiliates and any filings that will be required to be made with Governmental
Authorities in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other
Transaction Agreements with (i) the FRBNY or the U.S. Department of the Treasury and their
respective Representatives, (ii) AIG Credit Facility Trust, (iii) any insurance regulatory
authority, or (iv) the IRS or any other Tax Authority, in each case as the Parent or the Seller
deems necessary or advisable in their good faith judgment).
Section 5.05.
Regulatory and Other Authorizations; Best Efforts
.
(a) The parties hereto shall use their best efforts to obtain as promptly as practicable the
BCRA Approval and the CNDC Approval and all other authorizations, consents, orders and approvals of
all Governmental Authorities that may be or may become reasonably necessary, proper or advisable
under the Transaction Agreements and applicable Laws to consummate and make effective the
transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements. The parties hereto shall cooperate with
the reasonable requests of each other in seeking to obtain as promptly as practicable all such
authorizations, consents, orders and approvals. Neither the Parent nor the Seller nor the Acquiror
shall take or cause to be taken any action that they are aware or should reasonably be aware would
have the effect of delaying, impairing or impeding the receipt of any such required authorizations,
consents, orders or approvals.
(b) The parties hereto shall (or, in the case of the Parent, shall cause the Companies to)
promptly make (which shall in no event be later than ten (10) Business Days after the date hereof)
all filings and notifications with all Governmental Authorities that may be or may become
reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under the Transaction Agreements and applicable Laws to
consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements,
including the BCRA Approval and CNDC Approval. The Parent promptly after the date hereof shall
direct the Companies in writing to commence the process to seek Governmental Approval as provided
in this
Section 5.05
and shall deliver a copy of such direction letter to the Acquiror.
The Acquiror shall have responsibility for the filing fees, if any, associated with any antitrust
filings before any Argentine Governmental Authority. The Parent, the Seller and the Acquiror shall
have responsibility for their respective filing fees associated with any other required filings.
The Parent and the Acquiror each shall supply promptly any additional information and documentary
material that may be requested in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction
Agreements pursuant to any applicable Laws.
34
(c) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, without limiting the
generality of the other undertakings pursuant to this
Section 5.05
, each of the Parent (in
the case of clauses (i) and (iii) of this
Section 5.05(c)
set forth below) and the Acquiror
(in all cases of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this
Section 5.05(c)
set forth below) shall
take or cause to be taken the following actions: (i) the prompt provision to a Governmental
Authority of non-privileged information, documents, certificates, statements, affidavits or
testimony requested by such Governmental Authority that are necessary, proper or advisable to
permit consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements; (ii) the
Acquiror shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, take all actions as may be requested by any
Governmental Authorities to obtain authorizations, consents, orders and approvals from such
Governmental Authorities, including the prompt use of its best efforts to avoid the entry of, or to
effect the dissolution of, any permanent, preliminary or temporary injunction or other order,
decree, decision, determination or judgment that would delay, restrain, prevent, enjoin or
otherwise prohibit consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements
(subject to the third to last and penultimate sentences of this
Section 5.05(c)
), including
(A) the defense through litigation on the merits of any claim asserted in any court, agency or
other proceeding by any Person, including any Governmental Authority, seeking to delay, restrain,
prevent, enjoin or otherwise prohibit consummation of such transactions, (B) the proffer and
agreement by the Acquiror or its Affiliates of its or their willingness to sell, lease, license or
otherwise dispose of, or hold separate pending such disposition, and promptly to effect the sale,
lease, license, disposal and holding separate of, such assets, rights, product lines, licenses,
categories of assets or businesses or other operations or interests therein of the Companies or the
Acquiror or eithers respective Affiliates (and the entry into agreements with, and submission to
orders of, the relevant Governmental Authority giving effect thereto) no later than sixty (60) days
from the date hereof, and (C) the proffer and agreement by the Acquiror or its Affiliates of its or
their willingness to take such other actions, and promptly to effect such other actions (and the
entry into agreements with, and submission to orders of, the relevant Governmental Authority giving
effect thereto) no later than sixty (60) days from the date hereof, in each case if such action
should be reasonably necessary or advisable to avoid, prevent, eliminate or remove the actual,
anticipated or threatened (x) commencement of any proceeding in any forum or (y) issuance of any
order, decree, decision, determination or judgment that would delay, restrain, prevent, enjoin or
otherwise prohibit consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements by
any Governmental Authority; and (iii) the prompt use of its best efforts to take, in the event that
any permanent, preliminary or temporary injunction, decision, order, judgment, determination or
decree is entered or issued, or becomes reasonably foreseeable to be entered or issued, in any
proceeding or inquiry of any kind that would make consummation of the transactions contemplated by
the Transaction Agreements in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreements unlawful or
that would delay, restrain, prevent, enjoin or otherwise prohibit consummation of the transactions
contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, any and all steps (including the appeal thereof, the
posting of a bond or, in the case of the Acquiror, the taking of the steps contemplated by clause
(ii) of this
Section 5.05(c)
) necessary to resist, vacate, modify, reverse, suspend,
prevent, eliminate or remove such actual, anticipated or threatened injunction, decision, order,
judgment, determination or decree so as to permit such consummation on a schedule as close as
possible to that contemplated by the Transaction Agreements. Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, neither Galicia nor Pegasus nor their respective Affiliates will be compelled to
divest of their existing businesses or take
35
unreasonable actions imposed by a Governmental Authority to obtain antitrust clearance for the
transactions contemplated hereby if such divestiture or action is required to be taken after
Galicia or Pegasus, respectively, exercises best efforts to seek to overturn or address such
decision by the Governmental Authority and such divestiture or action would have a material adverse
effect on Galicias or Pegasuss and their respective Affiliates entire enterprise in the
aggregate, as the case may be, or a material adverse effect on Galicias or Pegasuss and their
respective Affiliates entire enterprises fundamental business strategy, as the case may be (a
Material Adverse Effect Regulatory Event
);
provided
,
however
, that the
foregoing shall not preclude (x) a requirement that the Pegasus Acquirors assign all of their
rights to acquire the Shares in their entirety or in part to Galicia or any other Person or (y) a
requirement that the Acquiror divest of a non-material portion of the Companies or their businesses
or assets after the Closing. Acquiror will notify Parent promptly in writing of the occurrence of
a Material Adverse Effect Regulatory Event. Nothing in this
Section 5.05(c)
shall obligate
the Parent or the Seller to agree to any divestitures or other remedy.
(d) Subject to applicable Laws relating to the sharing of information and
Section 5.02(d)
, each of the Parent, the Seller and the Acquiror shall promptly notify each
other of any communication it receives from any Governmental Authority and permit the other party
to review in advance any proposed communication by such party to any Governmental Authority and
shall provide each other with copies of all correspondence, filings or communications between such
party or any of its Representatives, on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority or members of
the staff of any Governmental Authority, on the other hand, in each case to the extent relating to
the matters that are the subject of this Agreement. Neither the Parent nor the Seller nor the
Acquiror shall agree to participate in any meeting with any Governmental Authority relating to the
matters that are the subject of this Agreement unless it consults with the other parties hereto in
advance and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Authority, gives the other parties hereto
the opportunity to attend and participate at such meeting. Subject to the Confidentiality
Agreements and to
Section 5.02(d)
, the parties hereto shall coordinate and cooperate fully
with each other in exchanging such information and providing such assistance as the other party may
reasonably request in connection with the foregoing (including in seeking early termination of any
applicable waiting periods);
provided
,
however
, that the foregoing shall not
require the Parent, the Seller, the Acquiror, any of the Companies or any of their respective
Affiliates (i) to disclose any information that in the reasonable judgment of the Parent, the
Seller, the Acquiror, any of the Companies or any of their respective Affiliates, as the case may
be, would result in the disclosure of any trade secrets of third parties or violate any of its
obligations with respect to confidentiality or (ii) to disclose any privileged information or
confidential competitive information of the Parent, the Seller, the Acquiror, any of the Companies
or any of their respective Affiliates. No party hereto shall be required to comply with any
provision of this
Section 5.05(d)
to the extent that such compliance would be prohibited by
applicable Law. The Acquiror will comply with the Objective Standards in order to be eligible to
obtain BCRA Approval.
(e) The Parent, the Seller and the Acquiror shall use their reasonable best efforts to obtain
any consents and approvals (other than the Governmental Approvals which are addressed in the other
provisions of this
Section 5.05
) and make any other notifications that may be required in
connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements;
provided
,
however
, that none of the parties hereto or its Affiliates (including the Companies)
36
shall be required to compensate any third party, commence or participate in litigation or
offer or grant any accommodation (financial or otherwise) to any third party to obtain any such
consent or approval; and
provided
further
,
however
, that the parties hereto
shall not be required to take any action with respect to any third party unless such action is
conditioned upon the Closing.
Section 5.06.
Insurance
.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in
Section 5.06(a)(x) of the Parent Disclosure
Schedule
, from and after the Closing Date, the Companies shall cease to be insured by the
Parents, the Sellers or their respective Affiliates (other than any Companys) blanket insurance
policies or by any of their self-insured programs in place to the extent such insurance policies or
programs cover any of the Companies. On or prior to the Closing, the Parent may cause the
Companies to pay the amounts set forth in
Section 5.06(a)(v) of the Parent Disclosure
Schedule
to the Parent or the Affiliates of Parent as directed by the Parent.
(b) With respect to events or circumstances relating to the Companies that occurred or existed
prior to the Closing Date that are covered by occurrence-based third party liability insurance
policies (that is, a policy not issued by Parent or its Affiliates) that apply to the locations at
which the Companies operate their respective businesses, the Acquiror may, and may cause the
Companies to, make claims under such policies and programs;
provided
,
however
, that
by making any such claims, the Acquiror agrees to reimburse the Parent for any expenses or
increased costs incurred by the Parent, the Seller or their respective Affiliates as a result of
such claims, including any retroactive or prospective premium adjustments associated with such
coverage as such amounts are determined in accordance with those policies and programs generally
applicable from time to time to the Parent, the Seller or their respective Affiliates; and
provided
,
further
, that neither the Acquiror nor any of its Affiliates shall make
any such claims if, and to the extent that, such claims are covered by insurance policies sponsored
by the Parent or its Affiliates. As of the third anniversary of this Agreement, the Acquiror shall
no longer have access to such occurrence-based third party liability insurance policies of the
Parent, the Seller or their respective Affiliates that apply to the locations at which the
businesses of the Companies operate their respective businesses and the Acquiror shall assume full
responsibility for, and release the Parent, the Seller and their respective Affiliates from, all
liability for claims, known or unknown, resulting from occurrences prior to the Closing Date. The
Companies shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining any primary insurance policy coverage
that may be required by any excess insurance policy coverage.
(c) The Companies shall be responsible for satisfaction of any deductible or retention on any
claim submitted under the Parents, the Sellers or their respective Affiliates blanket policies
that is solely attributed to the Companies.
(d) Nothing contained in this
Section 5.06
shall apply to any debts, liabilities,
commitments or obligations of any kind relating to or arising out of any Company E&O Claims, which
shall be governed by
Section 5.14
.
37
Section 5.07.
Intercompany Obligations and Arrangements
.
(a) The Parent and the Seller shall, and shall cause their Affiliates to, take such action and
make such payments as may be necessary so that concurrently with the Closing, the Companies, on the
one hand, and the Parent, the Seller and their Affiliates (other than the Companies), on the other
hand, to the extent permitted by Law, shall settle, discharge, offset, pay, repay in full,
terminate, commute or extinguish all intercompany loans, notes and advances regardless of their
maturity and all intercompany receivables and payables, entire principal amount at par and any
accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of payment;
provided
,
however
, that the requirements of the immediately preceding clause of this
Section 5.07(a)
shall not apply to (i) any intercompany loan, note, advance, receivable or
payable set forth in
Section 5.07(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
, (ii) any
Intercompany Agreement set forth on
Section 5.07(b)
or
Section 5.07(c) of the Parent
Disclosure Schedule
or in respect of the Parent Advances (which shall be dealt with pursuant to
the terms set forth in
Section 2.04(d)
and
Sections 2.06(a)(ii) and (iii)
) or
otherwise in respect of the matters addressed in
Sections 5.01(b)
or
5.01(c)
, (iii)
any Parent Guaranty to the extent not terminated and fully released pursuant to
Section
5.08
, or (iv) any other Contracts or any other claims, demands, obligations, liabilities,
defenses, affirmative defenses, setoffs, counterclaims, actions and causes of action of whatever
kind or nature as set forth in
Section 5.11(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
. To the
extent that the amount of any such outstanding intercompany loan, note, advance, receivable or
payable cannot be determined by the Parent or any of the Companies or any of their respective
Affiliates concurrently with the Closing, such intercompany loan, note, advance, receivable or
payable shall be paid in full by the Parent or any of the Companies or any of their respective
Affiliates (as applicable) following the Closing within ten (10) days of receipt of an invoice
detailing the amount due with respect to such intercompany loan, note, advance, receivable or
payable.
(b) The Parent and the Seller shall, and shall cause their Affiliates to, take such actions as
may be necessary to terminate or commute, concurrently with the Closing, all Intercompany
Agreements, whether written or oral;
provided
,
however
, that the requirements of
the immediately preceding clause of this
Section 5.07(b)
shall not apply to (i) any
intercompany loan, note, advance, receivable or payable set forth in
Section 5.07(a) of the
Parent Disclosure Schedule
, (ii) any Intercompany Agreement set forth on
Section
5.07(b)
or
Section 5.07(c) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
or in respect of the
Parent Advances (which shall be dealt with pursuant to the terms set forth in
Section
2.04(d)
and
Sections 2.06(a)(ii
) and
(iii)
) or otherwise in respect of the
matters addressed in
Sections 5.01(b)
or
5.01(c)
, (iii) any Parent Guaranty to the
extent not terminated and fully released pursuant to
Section 5.08
, or (iv) any other
Contracts or any other claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, defenses, affirmative defenses,
setoffs, counterclaims, actions and causes of action of whatever kind or nature as set forth in
Section 5.11(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
. For the avoidance of doubt, the
immediately preceding sentence of this
Section 5.07(b)
shall not apply to (A) any Contract
between a third party, on the one hand, and the Parent or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand,
to which any Company is not a party, but under which any Company may otherwise derive benefits,
such as enterprise-wide licenses or master agreements, or (B) any Contract among (x) a third
party, (y) the Parent or any of its Affiliates, and (z) any Company. Such third party Contracts
are governed exclusively by
Section 5.13
.
38
(c) The Parent and the Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, take such actions as
may be necessary to amend, concurrently with the Closing, those Intercompany Agreements set forth
in
Section 5.07(c) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
.
Section 5.08.
Guarantees
.
(a) From and after the date hereof, the parties hereto shall use their respective reasonable
best efforts to obtain, on or prior to the Closing, the termination of, and full release of the
Parent, the Seller and their respective Affiliates (other than the Companies) from any and all
obligations arising under, any and all guarantees, keepwells, letters of credit, indemnity or
contribution agreements, support agreements, insurance surety bonds or other similar agreements
made in respect of the obligations of, or for the benefit of any obligee of, the Companies by the
Parent, the Seller and their respective Affiliates (other than the Companies) (each, a
Parent
Guaranty
), which are set forth in
Section 5.08(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
.
Section 5.09.
No Solicitation; No Hire
.
(a) From the date hereof until the date that is twelve (12) months from the Closing Date, the
Parent and the Seller shall not, and shall cause their controlled Affiliates not to, without the
prior written consent of the Acquiror, directly or indirectly, solicit for employment or hire any
employee of any of the Companies;
provided
,
however
, that (i) the Parent and its
Affiliates may in good faith employ or hire any such Person who is terminated or is no longer
employed by any of the Companies at the time of their initial contact with such Person regarding
such employment; and (ii) nothing in this
Section 5.09(a)
shall prohibit the Parent or any
of its Affiliates acting in good faith from engaging in general solicitations to the public or
general advertising not targeted at employees of any Company or from employing or hiring any Person
who contacts the Parent or any of its Affiliates on his or her own initiative or as a result of a
general solicitation to the public or general advertising not targeted at employees of any Company.
(b) From the date hereof until the date that is twelve (12) months from the Closing Date, the
Acquiror shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, without the prior written consent of the
Parent, directly or indirectly, solicit for employment or hire any employee of the Parent or any of
its Affiliates (other than the Companies in connection with and as a part of the Closing);
provided
,
however
, that (i) the Acquiror and its Affiliates may in good faith
employ or hire any such Person who is terminated or is no longer employed by the Parent or any of
its Affiliates at the time of their initial contact with such Person regarding such employment; and
(ii) nothing in this
Section 5.09(b)
shall prohibit the Acquiror or any of its Affiliates
acting in good faith from engaging in general solicitations to the public or general advertising
not targeted at employees of the Parent or any of its Affiliates or from employing or hiring any
Person who contacts the Acquiror or any of its Affiliates on his or her own initiative or as a
result of a general solicitation to the public or general advertising not targeted at employees of
the Parent or any of its Affiliates.
(c) The parties hereto acknowledge that the covenants set forth in this
Section 5.09
are an essential element of this Agreement and that, but for these covenants, the parties hereto
would not have entered into this Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge that
39
this
Section 5.09
constitutes an independent covenant and shall not be affected by
performance or nonperformance of any other provision of this Agreement or any other document
contemplated by this Agreement.
(d) It is the intention of the parties hereto that if any of the restrictions or covenants
contained in this
Section 5.09
is held to cover a geographic area or to be for a length of
time which is not permitted by applicable Law, or in any way construed to be too broad or to any
extent invalid, such restrictions or covenants shall not be construed to be null, void and of no
effect, but to the extent such restrictions or covenants would be valid or enforceable under
applicable Law, a court of competent jurisdiction shall construe and interpret or reform this
Section 5.09
to provide for a covenant having the maximum enforceable geographic area, time
period and other provisions (not greater than those contained in this
Section 5.09
) that
would be valid and enforceable under such applicable Law.
Section 5.10.
Intellectual Property; Trade Names and Trademarks
.
(a) The Acquiror, for itself and its Affiliates, acknowledges and agrees that, except for the
licenses set forth in the Trademark License Agreement, the Acquiror is not purchasing, acquiring or
otherwise obtaining any right, title or interest in or to any Intellectual Property owned or
licensed by the Parent, the Seller or their respective Affiliates (other than the Companies),
including the Intellectual Property identified in
Section 5.10(a) of the Parent Disclosure
Schedule
, and the names AIG, American International Group, Inc., AI or AIG Consumer
Finance Group, Inc., or any trade, corporate or business names, trademarks, tag-lines, identifying
logos, trade dress, monograms, slogans, service marks, domain names, brand names or any other name
or source identifiers related thereto or employing the wording AIG or any AI formative marks,
American International formative marks, or any derivation or variation of any of the foregoing
(for example, among others, AI, AI RISK, AIA, AIU, AIGCFG, as well as American International,
American International Group, American International Underwriters, American International
Assurance) or any confusingly similar trade, corporate or business name, trademark, tag-line,
identifying logo, trade dress, monogram, slogan, service mark, domain name or brand name or other
name or source identifier (including any registrations and applications relating thereto)
(collectively, the
Parent Names and Marks
), and, except as otherwise expressly provided
in this
Section 5.10
or in any Ancillary Agreement, neither the Acquiror nor any of its
Affiliates shall have any rights in or to any of the Parent Names and Marks and neither the
Acquiror nor any of its Affiliates shall (i) seek to register in any jurisdiction any trade,
corporate or business name, trademark, tag-line, identifying logo, trade dress, monogram, slogan,
service mark, domain name, brand name or other name or source identifier that is a derivation,
translation, adaptation, combination or variation of the Parent Names and Marks or that is
confusingly similar thereto, or (ii) contest the use, ownership, validity or enforceability of any
rights of the Parent or any of its Affiliates in or to any of the Parent Names and Marks.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in this
Section 5.10
or any Ancillary Agreement,
following the Closing Date, the Acquiror shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to immediately cease
and discontinue any and all uses of the Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Parent, the
Seller or their respective Affiliates, including the Parent Names and Marks, but excluding the
Intellectual Property licensed pursuant to
Section 5.10(e)
, whether or not in combination
with other words, symbols or other distinctive or non-distinctive elements
40
and all trade, corporate or business names, trademarks, tag-lines, identifying logos, trade
dress, monograms, slogans, service marks, domain names, brand names and other name or source
identifiers similar to any of the foregoing or embodying any of the foregoing whether or not in
combination with other words, symbols or other distinctive or non-distinctive elements. The
Acquiror, for itself and its Affiliates, agrees that any and all rights of the Companies to the
Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Parent, the Seller or their respective Affiliates,
including the Parent Names and Marks, but excluding the Intellectual Property licensed pursuant to
Section 5.10(e)
, including any such rights licensed to the Companies pursuant to any
written agreements or other arrangements, whether written or oral, with the Parent or its
Affiliates (except as otherwise set forth in this
Section 5.10
or in the Ancillary
Agreements), shall terminate on the Closing Date without further action of the parties thereto and
without recourse by the Companies.
(c) Except as set forth herein or in the Trademark License Agreement, as set forth herein as
promptly as practicable after the Closing Date, and in no event later than six (6) months after the
Closing Date, the Acquiror shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, destroy or exhaust all
materials bearing the Parent Names and Marks, including signage, advertising, promotional
materials, software, packaging, inventory, electronic materials, collateral goods, stationery,
business cards, web sites, invoices, receipts, forms, product, training and service literature and
materials and other materials (
Materials
), and make all filings with any Governmental
Authority to effect the elimination of any use of the Parent Names and Marks from the businesses of
the Companies, so as to bring the Acquiror and its Affiliates into compliance with this
Section
5.10
and shall deliver a certificate to the Parent confirming such filings. Except as
otherwise provided in this
Section 5.10
or in the Trademark License Agreement, the
Companies shall during such period of up to six (6) months after the Closing Date have the right to
use such existing Materials in connection with their existing businesses as conducted as of the
Closing to the extent such use cannot commercially reasonably be avoided;
provided
that the
Acquiror shall, and shall cause the Companies to, commence the removal of the Parent Names and
Marks from all such Materials immediately following the Closing Date and
provided
,
further
, that the Acquiror shall, and shall cause the Companies to (i) as promptly as
practicable after the Closing Date, and in no event later than six (6) months after the Closing
Date, cease all use of the Parent Names and Marks on all stationery, business cards, purchase
orders, invoices, receipts and similar correspondence and (ii) as promptly as practicable after the
Closing Date, and in no event later than six (6) months after the Closing Date, destroy all such
items enumerated in
Section 5.10(c)(i)
and send a written statement to the Parent
confirming that all such items have been destroyed. With respect to Materials covered by this
Section 5.10
, upon written request of Parent on or following the date that is six (6)
months after the Closing Date, the Acquiror shall send a written statement to the Parent verifying
that it has destroyed or exhausted all Materials bearing the Parent Names and Marks and shall send
the Parent representative samples of how the Acquiror uses advertising and promotional materials
that do not include the Parent Names and Marks. The Acquiror, for itself and its Affiliates,
agrees that use of the Parent Names and Marks during the six (6) month period authorized by this
Section 5.10
shall be only with respect to goods and services existing in inventory at the
Closing, shall not be for any new loans, collections, credit cards or other goods or services
(including any new marketing or advertising materials or product, training or service literature),
and shall be of a level of quality equal to or greater than the quality of goods and services with
respect to which the Companies used the Parent Names and Marks immediately prior to Closing. The
Acquiror,
41
for itself and its Affiliates shall indemnify and hold harmless the Parent and its Affiliates
from and against any liabilities, obligations, Losses or damages arising from use of the Parent
Names and Marks with respect to goods and services during the six (6) month period authorized by
this
Section 5.10
, except from Losses that are a result of the Intentional Breach of the
Parent or its Affiliates. The Acquiror shall take all necessary action to ensure that the
Companies and any other users of the Parent Names and Marks, whose rights terminate upon the
Closing pursuant to this
Section 5.10
, shall cease use of the Parent Names and Marks,
except as expressly authorized thereafter by the Parent. The Acquiror, for itself and its
Affiliates, agrees that after the Closing Date the Acquiror and its Affiliates shall not expressly,
or by implication, do business as or represent themselves as the Parent or its Affiliates, and
shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that there is no confusion that the Companies are no
longer affiliated with the Parent or its Affiliates. Except as otherwise provided in this
Section 5.10
or in the Trademark License Agreement, the Companies shall during such period
of up to twelve (12) months after the Closing Date have the right to use the AR.AIGBANK.COM as a
Microsoft Active Directory (for internal use only) in connection with their existing businesses as
conducted as of the Closing to the extent such use cannot commercially reasonably be avoided.
Notwithstanding the Acquirors obligations in this
Section 5.10
, as of or prior to the
Closing (or reasonable time thereafter), the Parent and the Seller shall cause Financiera to
transfer to the Parent and/or one or more of its Affiliates (other than the Companies) all right,
title and interest in, to the following domain names: AIGBANCO.COM.AR, AIGBANK.COM.AR,
AIGCARD.COM.AR, AIGCARDS.COM.AR, AIGCASH.COM.AR, BANCOAIG.COM.AR and AIGUPC.COM.AR.
(d) On or prior to the date that is ten (10) days after the Closing Date, the Acquiror shall
execute, or shall cause the execution of, such amended organizational documents with respect to the
Companies such that the Companies can effect a change in its name, including its corporate and
trade name, to a name not containing any of the Parent Names and Marks or any derivation,
translation, adaptation, combination or variation thereof. On or prior to the date that is ten
(10) days after the Closing Date, the Acquiror shall cause the Companies to file the amended
organizational documents with the applicable Governmental Authority and take all other necessary
action to fulfill its obligations set forth in this
Section 5.10
as soon as reasonably
practicable.
(e) The Acquiror and its Affiliates hereby grant to the Parent and its Affiliates and their
successors and assigns a perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up,
non-exclusive, sublicenseable, in whole or in part, to Affiliates, or as otherwise necessary to run
their respective businesses (without further right to sublicense, except to the extent necessary to
run the applicable business), non-transferable (except as set forth herein) right and license,
effective as of the Closing Date, in and to all Intellectual Property (other than Trademarks) owned
by the Companies, immediately following the Closing, that is or was used in the respective
businesses of the Parent and/or any of its Affiliates (other than the Companies), for the continued
use in and in connection with the respective businesses of the Parent or any of its Affiliates
(other than the Companies) or their successors or assigns including without limitation the right
and license in such Intellectual Property to use, modify, reproduce, display, perform, distribute
and create derivative works from such Intellectual Property, and make, have made, use, import and
sell products or services that are covered by (or, in the case of patents, embody) such
Intellectual Property. Such license allows the Parent and its Affiliates and their successors and
assigns to (i) pledge their rights to one or more lenders or financing sources as collateral
42
security; and (ii) in connection with a divestiture (whether by stock or asset sale, merger or
otherwise) of Parent or any of its Affiliates, or its or their subsidiaries or business units, or
any other portion of their business (following such disposition, a
Divested Entity
),
license, sublicense and/or assign, in whole or in part, to cover such Divested Entity (or allow
such Divested Entity to retain) the rights in any Intellectual Property used by the Divested Entity
in the operation of its business prior to such divestiture, so that after the completion of such
divestiture, the Divested Entity may continue to make use of such Intellectual Property. The
Parent or its Affiliates or their successors or assigns may not assign or otherwise transfer their
respective licenses hereunder other than to an Affiliate, a Divested Entity or in connection with a
Change of Control of the Parent or any of its Affiliates or their successors or assigns. The
Acquiror hereby covenants that it will not and will cause each of its Affiliates and each of their
respective successors and assigns not to assert any claims or rights, bring any suit or institute
any action against the Parent, any of its Affiliates or a Divested Entity (including any authorized
subcontractors and sublicensees and their respective successors and assigns), based upon a claim of
infringement of any Intellectual Property (other than Trademarks) owned by any of the Companies.
This covenant not to sue shall extend in perpetuity to the Parent, its Affiliates, the Divested
Entities and their successors and assigns. For the avoidance of doubt: (i) Intellectual Property
owned by any one or more of the Acquiror or its Affiliates that is not or was never made available
to the Parent or its Affiliates for use is not subject to this
Section 5.10(e)
: (ii) the
Intellectual Property includes the credit scores and software licensed by the Acquiror or its
Affiliates to AIG Universal, S.A. de C.V. SOFOM, E.N.R.; (iii) this
Section 5.10(e)
does
not require any of the Acquiror or its Affiliates to deliver any Intellectual Property or
embodiments thereof to the Parent or its Affiliates; and (iv) unless expressly permitted by the
agreements that are entered into in connection with a divestiture of a Divested Entity, the rights
and license granted pursuant to this
Section 5.10(e)
do not extend to the acquiror of a
Divested Entity, or any pre-acquisition affiliate, business unit or other portion of the business
of such acquiror.
(f) The Acquiror, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, agrees that irreparable damage would
occur if this
Section 5.10
were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or were
otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that, without the necessity of posting bond or other
undertaking, the Parent or any of its Affiliates (or their respective successors or assigns) shall
be entitled to proceed against the Acquiror and its Affiliates in law and/or in equity for such
damages or other relief as a court may deem appropriate and shall be entitled to seek a temporary
restraining order and/or preliminary and final injunctive or other equitable relief, including
specific performance, to prevent breaches of this
Section 5.10
and, in addition to any
other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity, to enforce specifically the terms and
provisions of this
Section 5.10
. In the event that any Action is brought in equity to
enforce the provisions of this
Section 5.10
, no party hereto shall allege, and each party
hereto hereby waives the defense or counterclaim, that there is an adequate remedy at law.
(g) To the extent that any of the Companies owns any rights in or to any Parent Names and
Marks, including any registrations or applications for registrations thereof in any jurisdiction,
the Acquiror shall cause each of the Companies to immediately after the Closing Date cease all use
thereof (except as otherwise expressly permitted by this
Section 5.10
), and as soon as
practicable after the Closing Date, but in no event more than six (6) months thereafter, abandon
all rights in and to such Parent Names and Marks, including abandoning any such registrations and
applications for registrations. As soon as practicable after the Closing
43
Date, but in no event more than six (6) months thereafter, the Acquiror shall cause each of
the Companies to submit to the applicable Governmental Authorities all necessary filings to abandon
all of its and their rights, registrations and applications for registrations for any and all
Parent Names and Marks. Notwithstanding the foregoing, should the Acquiror or any of its
Affiliates, following the Closing Date, become aware of any domain name registration by any of the
Companies that includes or incorporates any of the Parent Names and Marks, the Acquiror shall
promptly notify the Parent of the existence of such domain name registration and, upon the Parents
request, shall, or shall cause its Affiliates to, assign and transfer all right, title and interest
in or to such domain name registration to the Parent or an Affiliate of the Parent. The Acquiror
shall pay any and all renewal fees that are due to the applicable domain name registrar for the
period of up to one (1) month after each such domain name registration is transferred.
(h) (i) The Parent and the Companies own rights in the trademarks CUOTA SI and CUOTA CLUB (the
Cuota Marks
) in Mexico and Argentina, and the Parent, and Acquiror itself, and on behalf
of the Companies, acknowledges the others rights in and to such Cuota Marks in their respective
country. The Companies are the owner of the Cuota Marks, and the goodwill associated therewith, in
Argentina (such marks in Argentina, the
Argentine Marks
; and Argentina, the
Companies Exclusive Territory
). The Parent is the owner of the Cuota Marks, including
the trademark registrations in Mexico, specifically under Reg. No 1039998 for the mark CUOTA SI
(and Design), Reg. No. 956132 for the mark CUOTA SI (and Design) and Reg. No. 956133 for the mark
CUOTA CLUB (and Design), and the goodwill associated therewith in Mexico (such marks in Mexico, the
Mexican Marks
; and Mexico, the
Parents Exclusive Territory
). The parties
acknowledge and agree that, after the Closing the Acquiror or the Companies may freely register and
claim ownership of the Cuota Marks in any country other than Mexico, and that in no event shall the
Parent be entitled to register or claim ownership of the Cuota Marks in any country other than
Mexico.
(ii) The Parent acknowledges that the Companies are the owner of the Argentine Marks, and as
between the Parent and the Companies, the Companies have the sole and exclusive right to the
Argentine Marks in the Companies Exclusive Territory and in any country other than Mexico. The
Acquiror itself, and on behalf of the Companies, acknowledges that the Parent is the owner of the
Mexican Marks, and as between the Parent and the Companies, the Parent has the sole and exclusive
right to the Mexican Marks in the Parents Exclusive Territory.
(iii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing
Sections 5.10(h)(i)
and
(ii)
, the Parent, and the Acquiror itself, and on behalf of the Companies each covenants
and agrees that it shall not seek to use or register the Cuota Marks, or source indicators such as
trade names, corporate or business names, tag-lines, identifying logos, monograms, slogans, service
marks, domain names, brand names or trade dress that are a derivation, translation, adaptation,
combination or variation of any of the Cuota Marks or that are confusingly similar to any of the
foregoing in the others exclusive territory.
(i) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the ability
of the Companies to keep and use for collection purposes any and all documents signed by clients of
the Companies for purposes of documenting financings granted or credit
44
cards issued by the Companies to their clients, even if they include or contain any Parent
Names and Marks.
Section 5.11.
Mutual Release
.
(a) Effective as of the Closing, the Parent and the Seller, for themselves and on behalf of
their Subsidiaries, and its and their successors, heirs and executors (each, a
Parent
Releasor
), hereby irrevocably, knowingly and voluntarily releases, discharges and forever
waives and relinquishes all claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, defenses, affirmative
defenses, setoffs, counterclaims, actions, and causes of action of whatever kind or nature, whether
known or unknown, which any Parent Releasor has, may have, or might have or may assert now or in
the future, against the Companies and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors,
officers, directors, partners and employees (in each case in their capacity as such) (each, a
Company Releasee
), arising out of, based upon or resulting from any Contract,
transaction, event, circumstance, action, failure to act, or occurrence of any sort or type,
whether known or unknown, and which occurred, existed, was taken, permitted, or begun prior to the
Closing Date;
provided
,
however
, that nothing contained in this
Section
5.11(a)
shall release, discharge, waive, or otherwise affect the rights or obligations of any
party to the extent related to or arising out of (i) any intercompany loan, note, advance,
receivable or payable set forth in
Section 5.07(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
, (ii)
any Intercompany Agreement set forth on
Section 5.07(b)
or
Section 5.07(c) of the
Parent Disclosure Schedule
or in respect of the Parent Advances (which shall be dealt with
pursuant to the terms set forth in
Section 2.04(d)
and
Sections 2.06(a)(ii)
and
(iii)
) or otherwise in respect of the matters addressed in
Sections 5.01(b)
or
5.01(c)
, (iii) any Parent Guaranty to the extent not terminated and fully released pursuant
to Section 5.08, or (iv) any other Contracts or any other claims, demands, obligations,
liabilities, defenses, affirmative defenses, setoffs, counterclaims, actions and causes of action
of whatever kind or nature as set forth in
Section 5.11(a) of the Parent Disclosure
Schedule
. The foregoing release shall not apply to any claim arising under the terms of any
Transaction Agreement or any claim alleging fraud or intentional misconduct or illegal conduct of
any other kind. The Parent and the Seller shall, and shall cause each Parent Releasor to, refrain
from, directly or indirectly, asserting any claim or demand, or commencing, instituting or causing
to be commenced, any legal proceeding of any kind against any Company Releasee based upon any
matter released pursuant to this
Section 5.11(a)
. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge
and agree that the execution of this Agreement shall not constitute an acknowledgment of or an
admission by any Parent Releasor or Company Releasee of the existence of any such claims or of
liability for any matter or precedent upon which any liability may be asserted.
(b) Effective as of the Closing, the Acquiror, for itself and on behalf of its Affiliates
(including after the Closing, the Companies), and its and their successors, heirs and executors
(each, an
Acquiror Releasor
), hereby irrevocably, knowingly and voluntarily releases,
discharges and forever waives and relinquishes all claims, demands, obligations, liabilities,
defenses, affirmative defenses, setoffs, counterclaims, actions, and causes of action of whatever
kind or nature, whether known or unknown, which any Acquiror Releasor has, may have, or might have
or may assert now or in the future, against any of the Parent, the Seller and their respective
Affiliates and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, officers, directors,
partners and employees (in each case in their capacity as such) (each, a
Parent
Releasee
), arising out of, based upon or resulting from any Contract, transaction, event,
45
circumstance, action, failure to act, or occurrence of any sort or type, whether known or
unknown, and which occurred, existed, was taken, permitted, or begun prior to the Closing Date;
provided
,
however
, that with respect to the Acquiror Releasors that are not the
Companies or their respective successors, heirs or executors, nothing in this
Section
5.11(b)
shall release, waive, discharge or otherwise affect the rights or obligations of any
such party to the extent such rights or obligations do not arise out of any claims, demands,
obligations, liabilities, defenses, affirmative defenses, setoffs, counterclaims, actions or causes
of action the Companies may have had against any Parent Releasee prior to the Closing Date; and
provided further, that nothing contained in this
Section 5.11(b)
shall release, discharge,
waive, or otherwise affect the rights or obligations of any party to the extent related to or
arising out of (i) any intercompany loan, note, advance, receivable or payable set forth in
Section 5.07(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
, (ii) any Intercompany Agreement set
forth on
Section 5.07(b)
or
Section 5.07(c) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
or in
respect of the Parent Advances (which shall be dealt with pursuant to the terms set forth in
Section 2.04(d)
and
Sections 2.06(a)(ii)
and
(iii)
) or otherwise in respect
of the matters addressed in
Sections 5.01(b)
or
5.01(c)
, (iii) any Parent Guaranty
to the extent not terminated and fully released pursuant to
Section 5.08
, or (iv) any other
Contracts or any other claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, defenses, affirmative defenses,
setoffs, counterclaims, actions and causes of action of whatever kind or nature as set forth in
Section 5.11(a) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
. The foregoing release shall not apply
to any claim arising under the terms of any Transaction Agreement or any claim alleging fraud or
intentional misconduct. The Acquiror shall, and shall cause each Acquiror Releasor to, refrain
from, directly or indirectly, asserting any claim or demand, or commencing, instituting or causing
to be commenced, any legal proceeding of any kind against any Parent Releasee based upon any matter
released pursuant to this
Section 5.11(b)
. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree
that the execution of this Agreement shall not constitute an acknowledgment of or an admission by
any Acquiror Releasor or Parent Releasee of the existence of any such claims or of liability for
any matter or precedent upon which any liability may be asserted.
(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, effective as of the Closing, the
Acquiror, for itself and on behalf of the other Acquiror Releasors, hereby irrevocably, knowingly
and voluntarily releases, discharges and forever waives and relinquishes all claims, demands,
obligations, liabilities, defenses, affirmative defenses, setoffs, counterclaims, actions, and
causes of action of whatever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, which any Acquiror Releasor
has, may have, or might have or may assert now or in the future, against any of the Parent
Releasees, arising out of, based upon or resulting from any Parent Advance and none of the Parent
Releasees shall be obligated to provide any funds to any party in connection with any Parent
Advance.
Section 5.12.
Certain Waivers
. With respect to each Intercompany Agreement set forth
on
Section 5.07(b)
and
Section 5.07(c) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
, each
party, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, hereby waives any breach or default under such
Intercompany Agreements, and any rights to terminate, accelerate or cancel under such Intercompany
Agreements, relating to, arising out of or in connection with (i) any change of control, change
in control or similar phrase or concept as defined in such Intercompany Agreement (A) of any
Company pursuant to or as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and (B) of the Parent or any of its Affiliates, including pursuant to or as a result of
the transactions contemplated by (x) the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2008,
46
between the Parent and the FRBNY (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in
accordance with its terms), or (y) any other Contract with, or entered into at the direction of,
the FRBNY or the U.S. Department of the Treasury, and (ii) any sale, transfer, lease or other
disposition of any business or assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries pursuant to the
divestiture program publicly disclosed by the Parent prior to the date hereof.
Section 5.13.
Third Party Contracts
. The parties hereto shall use their respective
reasonable efforts to cause to occur, on or prior to the Closing, the termination, amendment,
separation or other action set forth in
Section 5.13 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
with
respect to each third party Contract set forth in such
Section 5.13 of the Parent Disclosure
Schedule
;
provided
, that none of the Parent, the Seller or any of their Affiliates nor
the Acquiror or any of its Affiliates shall be required to compensate any third party, commence or
participate in litigation, or offer or grant any accommodation (financial or otherwise) to any
third party to obtain any such consent or approval; and
provided
further
,
however
, that the Parent shall not be required to take any action with respect to any
Contract set forth in
Section 5.13 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
unless such action is
conditioned upon the Closing and shall not be obligated to incur any costs or expenses in
connection with the foregoing. To the extent that (i) any Contract between a third party, on the
one hand, and the Parent or any of its Affiliates (each, a
Parent Signatory
), on the
other hand, to which any of the Companies is not a party, but under which any of the Companies may
otherwise derive benefits (each, a
Company Beneficiary
), such as enterprise-wide licenses
or master agreements, (ii) any Contract between a third party, on the one hand, and any of the
Companies, on the other hand, to which the Parent or any of its Affiliates (excluding the
Companies) is not a party, but under which the Parent or any of its Affiliates (excluding the
Companies) may otherwise derive benefits (each, a
Parent Beneficiary
), such as
enterprise-wide licenses or master agreements, or (iii) any Contract among (x) a third party, (y)
the Parent or any of its Affiliates, and (z) any of the Companies (collectively (i), (ii), and
(iii), the
Schedule 5.13 Contracts
), (1) is the subject of a claim against a Parent
Signatory due to an act or omission by a Company Beneficiary made after the Closing, the Acquiror
shall cause a Company to promptly reimburse and indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Parent
Signatory for any Losses relating to or arising out of such act or omission; (2) is omitted from
Section 5.13 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
, the parties agree to negotiate in good
faith after the date hereof as to the termination, amendment, separation or other action to be
taken, if any, with respect to such third party Contract as the parties hereto may determine;
provided
that with regard to the foregoing clause (2) of this
Section 5.13
, neither
the Parent or any of its Affiliates nor the Acquiror or any of its Affiliates shall be (A)
obligated to take any action with regard to such an omitted Contract, unless the Parent or a
Company, as the case may be, requests in writing to the other within ninety (90) days after the
Closing that specific action be taken with regard to such omitted Contract or (B) required to
compensate any third party, commence or participate in litigation or offer or grant any
accommodation (financial or otherwise) to any third party, to obtain any consent or approval; or
(3) is a Schedule 5.13 Contract of the types described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this
Section
5.13
above, is omitted from
Section 5.13 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
and is not
terminated, amended, separated or subject to other action pursuant to the preceding clause (2) of
this
Section 5.13
, from and after the Closing, each Company Beneficiary or Parent
Beneficiary (as the case may be) shall not have any rights, or be entitled to any benefits, under
such Contract.
47
Section 5.14.
Company E&O Claims
. Effective as of the Closing, (a) the Acquiror shall
assume and discharge or perform when due, and shall be liable for and pay, and shall indemnify,
defend and hold harmless the Parent and its Affiliates from and against, all debts, liabilities,
commitments, Losses and obligations of any kind relating to or arising out of any Company E&O
Claims, and (b) the Parent and its Affiliates shall no longer have any responsibility of any nature
with respect to any Company E&O Claims.
Section 5.15.
Separation
. The parties shall take all of the actions set forth on
Section 5.15 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
and the parties acknowledge that the taking
of such actions by the Parent or any of its Affiliates will not constitute a breach of this
Agreement.
Section 5.16.
Further Action
. The Parent, the Seller and the Acquiror (a) shall
execute and deliver, or shall cause to be executed and delivered, such documents and other
instruments and shall take, or shall cause to be taken, such further actions as may be reasonably
required to carry out the provisions of the Transaction Agreements and give effect to the
transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, (b) shall refrain from taking any actions
that could reasonably be expected to impair, delay or impede the Closing, and (c) not in limitation
of any other provision of this Agreement, shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to
cause all the conditions to the obligations of the other party hereto to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be met as soon as reasonably practicable.
Section 5.17.
Transfer of Companies Minority Holder Shares
. At Closing, the Seller
will cause each of the Companies Minority Holders to transfer all of the Companies Minority
Holder Shares to the Acquiror or to any other Affiliate or individual related with the Acquiror,
together with the economic, political and other rights regarding such Companies Minority Holder
Shares, at no further cost for the Acquiror. To such effect, all and each of the Companies
Minority Holders shall issue a transfer notice of their respective shares in accordance with
Section 215 of the Argentine Corporate Law (Law 19,550, as amended) (each, a
Transfer
Notice
).
Section 5.18.
Financial Ability
. The Acquiror shall use its best efforts to take all
actions and to do all things necessary, proper and advisable to ensure that the representations and
warranties set forth in
Section 4.06
remain true and correct at all times from the date
hereof through the Closing Date. From the date hereof through the Closing Date, the Acquiror shall
promptly notify the Parent in writing of any fact or occurrence which the Acquiror becomes aware of
that would cause the representations and warranties in
Section 4.06
to no longer be true
and correct.
Section 5.19.
Governmental Orders and Laws
. In the event that there is a Governmental
Order or Law that is in existence that is prohibiting the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or makes such transactions illegal, the parties shall use their best
efforts to take all actions necessary to effectuate the Closing, including seeking appeals or court
action where available. This
Section 5.19
shall not apply with respect to the subject
matter of
Section 5.05
(it being agreed that
Section 5.05
shall control with
respect to its subject matter).
48
Section 5.20.
Notifications
. Until the Closing, each party hereto shall promptly
notify the other parties hereto in writing of any fact, change, condition, circumstance or
occurrence or nonoccurrence of any event of which it is has Knowledge that will or is reasonably
likely to result in any of the conditions set forth in Article VIII of this Agreement becoming
incapable of being satisfied;
provided
,
however
, that the delivery of any notice
pursuant to this Section 5.20 shall not limit or otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder
to the party receiving such notice.
Section 5.21.
IT Outsourcing Agreement
. The Acquiror shall not, and shall cause the
Companies not to, terminate the IT Systems Outsourcing Agreement (
Contrato de Tercerización de
Sistemas
), entered into by and between AIG Universal S.A. de C.V. SOFOM, ENR (formerly known as
AIG Universal S. de R.L. de C.V.) and UPC, dated March 1, 2007 (as amended), prior to the six (6)
month anniversary of the Closing Date (it being acknowledged that there is a six (6) month
transition period following such termination embedded as a part of such agreement pursuant to which
services shall continue to be provided), and the Acquiror shall, and shall cause the Companies to,
permit AIG Universal S.A. de C.V. SOFOM, ENR (formerly known as AIG Universal S. de R.L. de C.V.)
or its successors or assigns to terminate such IT Systems Outsourcing Agreement at any time
(whether prior to, on or after the Closing Date) upon thirty (30) days notice delivered to UPC.
The provisions of this
Section 5.21
shall be deemed to amend the IT Systems Outsourcing
Agreement and shall control in the event of any conflict with such IT Systems Outsourcing Agreement
with effect from the date hereof.
Section 5.22.
Disclaimer
. The Acquiror is an informed and sophisticated Person, and
has engaged expert advisors experienced in the evaluation and acquisition of companies such as the
Companies. Acquiror acknowledges and agrees that it (a) has made its own inquiry and investigation
into the Business, and based thereon and on the representations, warranties and covenants set forth
in this Agreement has formed an independent judgment concerning the Business and the transactions
contemplated hereby, (b) to its Knowledge, has been furnished with or given adequate access to such
information about the Companies and the Business as it has requested, (c) has completed such
inspection, investigation and review to its satisfaction and (d) to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable Law, will not assert, and will cause any other Acquiror Indemnified Party not to assert
any claim against the Parent, its Affiliates or any of their respective directors, officers,
employees, advisors, managers, agents, shareholders, members, consultants, representatives,
Controlling persons or Affiliates that is based on, or hold any such Persons liable for, any
inaccuracies, misstatements or omissions with respect to information furnished by the Parent or any
such Persons concerning the Companies, their Affiliates, the Business, this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby other than as explicitly set forth in
Article III
.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Parent is not making any representation or
warranty except as explicitly set forth in
Article III
, with respect to (x) any
information, documents or materials made available to the Acquiror in the Data Room created for
purposes of the transactions contemplated hereby, any management presentations or offering
memoranda or in any other form in anticipation of the transactions contemplated hereby or (y) the
financial condition of the Business, financial projections, future performance, estimates or
forecasts relating to the Business (including any as to the collectability of receivables
(including accounts receivable) of the Companies). With respect to any such projections, estimates
or forecasts delivered or made available by or on behalf of the Parent, the Acquiror acknowledges
that (I) there are uncertainties inherent in attempting to make
49
projections, estimates or forecasts, (II) it is familiar with such uncertainties, (III) it is
taking full responsibility for making its evaluation of the adequacy and accuracy of all such
projections, estimates and forecasts so furnished to it (including the reasonableness of the
assumptions underlying such projections, estimates or forecasts), and (IV) it shall make no claim
against the Parent or its Affiliates (or any of their respective directors, officers, employees,
advisors, managers, agents, shareholders, members, consultants, representatives, Controlling
persons or Affiliates) or any other Person with respect thereto.
ARTICLE VI
EMPLOYEE MATTERS
Section 6.01.
Employee Matters
.
(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Section 6.01
, as of the Closing
Date, the Parent shall cause the Companies to terminate their participation in each Benefit Plan
that is not a Company Benefit Plan, and in no event shall any Employee be entitled to accrue any
benefits under such Benefit Plans with respect to services rendered or compensation paid on or
after the Closing Date. The parties hereto agree that the Companies shall retain all rights and
obligations under each Company Benefit Plan on and after the Closing Date.
(b) Prior to the Closing Date, subject to the exceptions set forth in
Section 6.01(b) of
the Parent Disclosure Schedule
, (i) the employment of each employee of the Parent or any of its
Affiliates whose duties relate primarily to the Business and who at such time is not already
employed by a Company, and which are set forth in
Section 6.01(b) of the Parent Disclosure
Schedule
, shall be transferred to a Company and (ii) the employment of each employee of a
Company whose duties do not relate primarily to the Business shall be transferred to the Parent or
an Affiliate of the Parent (other than the Companies). For a period of at least twenty four (24)
months after the Closing Date, the Acquiror shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to
provide that during each Employees period of employment with the Acquiror or any of its
Affiliates, (A) such employment shall be on terms and conditions substantially comparable to the
terms and conditions applicable to such Employees employment with the Parent or the Companies
immediately prior to the Closing Date, (B) such Employee shall receive base compensation at a rate
not less than such Employees base compensation as in effect immediately prior to the Closing Date,
(C) such Employee shall be eligible for total incentive compensation opportunities that are no less
favorable in the aggregate than the total incentive compensation opportunities provided to such
Employee by the Parent and its Affiliates immediately prior to the Closing Date and (D) such
Employee shall be eligible for employee benefits, including retiree welfare benefits, that are no
less favorable in the aggregate than the employee benefits provided to such Employee by the Parent
and its Affiliates immediately prior to the Closing Date;
provided
,
however
, that,
subject to the foregoing, nothing herein is intended to limit the right of the Acquiror or the
Companies to (x) terminate the employment of any Employee at any time, (y) change or modify any
incentive compensation or employee benefit plan or arrangement at any time and in any manner, or
(z) change or modify the terms or conditions of employment for any of their employees;
provided
,
further
, that in any and all cases, after the Closing Date the Acquiror
and/or the Companies shall be exclusively liable for any
50
labor obligations and liabilities regarding the Employees. The parties agree that
non-material adjustments to compensation or benefits of a particular class of Employee to make such
Employees compensation and benefits substantially the same as similarly situated classes of
employees at Galicia shall not constitute a breach of this
Section 6.01(b)
.
(c) For purposes of determining eligibility, vesting, benefit accruals and benefit levels
under any benefit plans, programs and arrangements in which Employees may become eligible to
participate, the Acquiror shall give each Employee full credit for such Employees service with the
Parent, the Seller or the Companies and their respective Affiliates to the same extent recognized
by the Parent, the Seller or the Companies and their respective Affiliates immediately prior to the
Closing Date.
(d) The Acquiror shall cause the Companies to recognize and provide all accrued but unused
vacation and sick pay of the Employees as of the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
the event that the Parent or one of its Affiliates is required under applicable Law to make a
payment in settlement of accrued vacation or paid time off of an Employee, the Acquiror shall
reimburse and hold harmless the Parent and its Affiliates for such payment.
(e) From and after the Closing Date, the Acquiror (through the respective Companies) shall
assume any and all obligation for and shall pay, or cause the Companies to assume any and all
obligation for and pay, any retention bonuses and any annual incentive bonuses set forth in
Section 6.01(e) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
, whether the obligation therefor arises
before, after or as a result of the Closing, payable to any Employee pursuant to the terms of any
bonus plans or arrangements in effect immediately prior to the Closing Date and applicable to such
Employees (in each case to the extent not paid by the Parent or any of its Affiliates or the
Companies prior to the Closing). In furtherance of the foregoing, the Acquiror shall pay, or shall
cause the Companies to pay, an aggregate amount in bonuses in respect of the foregoing plans and
arrangements that is no less than the amount accrued on the Financial Statements (as adjusted
through the Closing Date). From and after the Closing Date, neither the Parent nor any of its
Affiliates shall have any responsibility for such payment obligations, regardless of when such
amounts were earned or accrued.
(f) The Acquiror shall, and shall cause the Companies to, and each of them hereby does, assume
all liability and obligation for, and neither the Parent nor any of its Affiliates shall retain any
liability or obligation for, (i) severance pay and obligations payable to any former employee of
the Companies who, as of the Closing Date, is receiving or due to receive severance payments and
benefits from the Parent or any of its Affiliates or any Company from and after the Closing Date
set forth in
Section 6.01(f) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
, and (ii) severance pay and
obligations payable to any Employee who is terminated by the Acquiror or the Companies on or after
the Closing Date.
(g) The Companies shall retain the obligation and liability for any workers compensation or
similar workers protection claims of any Employee or former employee incurred prior to the Closing
Date. The Acquiror shall, and shall cause the Companies to, assume the obligation and liability
for any workers compensation or similar workers protection claims of any Employee incurred on or
after the Closing Date.
51
(h) Prior to making any written or oral communications to the directors, officers, or
Employees of the Company pertaining to compensation or benefit matters that are affected by the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Acquiror and the Company shall provide to the
Parent a copy of any such communication, and the Parent shall have a reasonable period of time to
review and comment on the communication, and the Parent and the Acquiror shall cooperate in
providing any such mutually agreeable communication.
(i) The Acquiror agrees to cooperate with and to give the Parent reasonable information about
the Acquirors compensation and benefit programs to enable the Parent to conduct good faith
diligence to confirm that the Acquiror is complying with this
Section 6.01
. For the
avoidance of doubt, the Purchase Price and other amounts payable by the Acquiror under this
Agreement will not be adjusted to account for any accruals, amounts, actions or payments
contemplated by this
Section 6.01
.
ARTICLE VII
TAX MATTERS
Section 7.01.
Liability for Transfer Taxes
. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Agreement, the Acquiror shall pay, and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless
the Parent against, any real property transfer or gains tax, sales tax, use tax, documentary tax,
stamp tax, stock transfer tax, value added taxes or other similar taxes (other than income taxes)
imposed on the transactions (or deemed transactions) contemplated by this Agreement (except for any
of such taxes for the account of the Parent derived in the United States);
provided
,
however
, than any stamp tax imposed by the City of Buenos Aires with respect to the
Transaction Agreements shall be paid in accordance with the applicable regulations, one-half by the
Parent and one-half by the Acquiror.
ARTICLE VIII
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
Section 8.01.
Conditions to Obligations of Each Party
. The respective obligations of
each party hereto to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to
the fulfillment or written waiver by all parties hereto, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the
following conditions:
(a)
No Law or Governmental Order
. (i) There shall be no Governmental Order and (ii)
no Law in existence that prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or makes such transactions illegal.
(b)
Approvals of Governmental Authorities
. The BCRA Approval and the CNDC Approval
shall have been received or deemed received.
Section 8.02.
Conditions to Obligations of the Parent and the Seller
. The obligations
of the Parent and the Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be
subject to the fulfillment or written waiver by the Parent and the Seller, at or prior to the
Closing, of each of the following conditions:
52
(a)
Representations and Warranties; Covenants
. (i) The representations and warranties
of the Acquiror contained in this Agreement shall have been true and correct as of the date of this
Agreement and as of the Closing Date (other than the representations and warranties made as of
another stated date, which representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of
such date) (in either case without giving effect to any limitations as to materiality or Acquiror
Material Adverse Effect set forth therein), except to the extent that any breaches of such
representations and warranties, individually or in the aggregate, have not had, or would not
reasonably be expected to have, an Acquiror Material Adverse Effect; (ii) the covenants contained
in this Agreement that are to be complied with by the Acquiror, as the case may be, on or prior to
the Closing shall have been complied with in all material respects; and (iii) the Parent and the
Seller shall have received a certificate dated the Closing Date of the Acquiror signed by a duly
authorized executive officer of the Acquiror stating that the conditions specified in clauses (i)
and (ii) of this
Section 8.02(a)
have been waived or satisfied.
(b)
Ancillary Agreements
. The Acquiror shall have executed and delivered each of the
Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and shall have caused each applicable Affiliate of the
Acquiror to execute and deliver each of the Ancillary Agreements to which such Affiliate of
Acquiror is a party.
(c)
Closing Deliveries
. The Acquiror shall have delivered to the Parent and/or the
Seller (as applicable) at or prior to Closing all of the applicable items set forth in
Section 2.06(a)
.
Section 8.03.
Conditions to Obligations of the Acquiror
. The obligations of the
Acquiror to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the
fulfillment or written waiver by the Acquiror, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following
conditions:
(a)
Representations and Warranties: Covenants
. (i) The representations and warranties
of the Parent contained in this Agreement (other than those addressed in clauses (ii) and (iii) of
this
Section 8.03(a)
) shall have been true and correct as of the date of this Agreement
(other than the representations and warranties made as of another stated date, which
representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such date) (in either case
without giving effect to any limitations as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect set forth
therein), except to the extent that any breaches of such representations and warranties,
individually or in the aggregate, have not had, or would not reasonably be expected to have, a
Material Adverse Effect; (ii) the Parent Specified Representations (except for the third to last
sentence of Section 3.03(a)) shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date in all material
respects; (iii) the representation and warranty in the third to last sentence of
Section
3.03(a)
shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date; (iv) the covenants contained in this
Agreement (except for the covenants contained in
Sections 5.01, 5.07, 5.09, 5.16
and
5.17
) that are to be complied with by the Parent or the Seller on or before the Closing
shall have been complied with, except to the extent that any non-compliance with such covenants,
individually or in the aggregate, has not had, or would not reasonably be expected to have, a
Material Adverse Effect; (v) the covenants contained in
Sections 5.01, 5.07, 5.09, 5.16
and
5.17
that are to be complied with by the Parent or the Seller on or before the Closing
shall have been complied with in all material respects; and (vi) the Acquiror shall have received a
certificate dated the Closing Date
53
of the Parent signed by a duly authorized executive officer of the Parent stating that the
conditions specified in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) of this
Section 8.03(a)
have
been waived or satisfied.
(b)
Ancillary Agreements
. The Parent shall have executed and delivered each of the
Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and shall have caused each applicable Affiliate of the
Parent to execute and deliver each of the Ancillary Agreements to which such Affiliate of the
Parent is a party.
(c)
Closing Deliveries
. The Parent shall have delivered, or have caused to be
delivered to the Acquiror at or prior to Closing all of the applicable items set forth in
Section 2.06(a)
.
(d)
No Material Adverse Effect Regulatory Event
. No Material Adverse Effect
Regulatory Event has occurred and remains in effect subject to the terms and conditions of
Section 5.05
.
ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION
Section 9.01.
Termination
. This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Closing:
(a) by the mutual written consent of the Parent and the Acquiror;
(b) by either the Parent or the Acquiror if the Closing has not occurred on or before the date
that is twelve (12) months after the date hereof;
provided
,
however
, that either
party shall have the option to extend such date by up to an additional three (3) months if (i)
prior to such date the conditions set forth in
Section 8.01(b)
with respect to CNDC
Approval only shall not have been satisfied, (ii) all other conditions to Closing in this Agreement
have been satisfied or waived, and (iii) such party is not in material breach of its obligations
under this Agreement and is continuing to diligently pursue the satisfaction of such condition and
the obtainment of such Governmental Authority approval, provided that such extension shall not be
available if the other party has reasonably determined in good faith that such Governmental
Authority approval will not be obtained; and
provided
,
however
,
further
,
that the right to terminate this Agreement under this
Section 9.01(b)
shall not be
available to any party hereto whose failure or whose Affiliates failure to take any action
required to fulfill any of such partys obligations under this Agreement has caused or resulted in
the failure of the Closing to occur prior to such date;
(c) by either the Parent or the Acquiror (but only so long as the party seeking to terminate
is not in material breach of its obligations under this Agreement) in the event of the issuance of
a Governmental Order or Law prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or making such transactions illegal after the parties have fully complied with
Sections 5.05
and
5.19
and exhausted all available alternatives with respect
thereto consistent with such Sections;
54
(d) by the Acquiror (but only so long as the Acquiror is not in material breach of its
obligations under this Agreement) if there has been a material breach of any representation,
warranty, covenant or agreement of the Parent or the Seller such that one or more of the conditions
to Closing set forth in
Section 8.01
and
Section 8.03
are not capable of being
fulfilled as of the date that is twelve (12) months after the date hereof (subject to extension
pursuant to the first proviso in
Section 9.01(b)
) or, if earlier, when all other conditions
to Closing have been fulfilled or waived, and such breach remains uncured thirty (30) days after
the Parent receives written notice of such breach from the Acquiror;
(e) by the Parent (but only so long as the Parent is not in material breach of its obligations
under this Agreement) if there has been a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant
or agreement of the Acquiror such that one or more of the conditions to Closing set forth in
Section 8.01
and
Section 8.02
are not capable of being fulfilled as of the date
that is twelve (12) months after the date hereof (subject to extension pursuant to the first
proviso in
Section 9.01(b)
) or, if earlier, when all other conditions to Closing have been
fulfilled or waived, and such breach remains uncured thirty (30) days after the Acquiror receives
written notice of such breach from the Parent; or
(f) by the Acquiror (but only so long as the Acquiror is not in material breach of its
obligations under this Agreement) if a Material Adverse Effect Regulatory Event has occurred and
continues to exist (after the Acquirors full compliance with
Section 5.05
) and if Acquiror
elects to terminate this Agreement due to such Material Adverse Effect Regulatory Event pursuant to
Section 8.03(d)
and this
Section 9.03(f)
, the Acquiror pays to the Parent a
break-up fee on such termination date equal to 2.5% of the Stated Purchase Price in U.S. Dollars
Section 9.02.
Notice of Termination
. Any party hereto desiring to terminate this
Agreement pursuant to
Section 9.01
shall give written notice of such termination to the
other parties hereto.
Section 9.03.
Effect of Termination
. In the event of the termination of this
Agreement as provided in
Section 9.01
, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there
shall be no liability on the part of any party hereto, except as otherwise expressly set forth in
Sections 5.04
, this
Article IX
, and
Article XI
;
provided
,
however
, that nothing in this Agreement shall relieve any party hereto from liability for
(i) any Intentional Breach of covenant by such party in this Agreement, or (ii) in the case of the
Acquiror, any breach of
Article II
,
Article IV
,
Article IX
,
Article
XI
and/or
Section 5.01(b)
or
(c)
,
5.04
,
5.05
,
5.09
,
5.13
,
5.16
,
5.18
,
5.19
,
5.20
,
6.01
and/or
7.01
.
ARTICLE X
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 10.01.
Survival
. The representations and warranties of the Parent or the
Seller contained in this Agreement or made pursuant to a certificate or instrument delivered
pursuant to this Agreement shall not survive (and shall terminate as of) the Closing (and no claims
shall be made for indemnification or otherwise with respect thereto under
Section 10.02
or
otherwise thereafter),
except
that the Parent Specified Representations shall survive in
full
55
force and effect until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (taking into
account any applicable extensions). The representations and warranties of the Acquiror contained
in this Agreement or made pursuant to a certificate or instrument delivered pursuant to this
Agreement shall survive in full force and effect until the date that is eighteen (18) months after
the Closing Date, at which time they shall terminate (and no claims shall be made for
indemnification or otherwise with respect thereto under
Section 10.03
or otherwise
thereafter),
except
that the Acquiror Specified Representations shall survive in full force
and effect until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (taking into account any
applicable extensions). The covenants and agreements that by their terms apply or are to be
performed in whole or in part after the Closing (
Post-Closing Covenants
) shall survive in
full force and effect for the period provided in such covenants and agreements, if any, or until
fully performed (and no claims shall be made for indemnification or otherwise with respect thereto
under
Section 10.02
or
10.03
or otherwise thereafter), and the covenants and
agreements that by their terms apply or are to be performed in their entirety on or prior to the
Closing shall not survive and shall terminate as of the Closing (and no claims shall be made for
indemnification or otherwise with respect thereto under
Section 10.02
or
Section
10.03
or otherwise thereafter) (
Pre-Closing Covenants
).
Section 10.02.
Indemnification by the Parent
.
(a) After the Closing and subject to this
Article X
, the Parent shall indemnify,
defend and hold harmless the Acquiror, its Affiliates and their respective Representatives
(collectively, the
Acquiror Indemnified Parties
) against, and reimburse any Acquiror
Indemnified Party for, all Losses that such Acquiror Indemnified Party may at any time suffer or
incur, or become subject to:
(i) as a result of or in connection with the breach of any Parent Specified Representation
made by the Parent in this Agreement at the date hereof or at Closing; or
(ii) as a result of or in connection with any Intentional Breach by the Parent or the Seller
to perform any of its Post-Closing Covenants.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Parent shall not be
required to indemnify, defend or hold harmless any Acquiror Indemnified Party against, or reimburse
any Acquiror Indemnified Party for, any Losses other than pursuant to
Sections 10.02(a)(i)
and
(ii)
, including with respect to any fact, change, condition, matter, occurrence or
circumstance that arises or becomes known prior to Closing and/or the matters set forth on
Section 3.08 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
except as set forth in
Section 9.03
in the event this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to Closing.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Parent shall not be required to
indemnify, defend or hold harmless any Acquiror Indemnified Party against, or reimburse any
Acquiror Indemnified Party for, any Losses pursuant to
Section 10.02(a)(i)
in a cumulative
aggregate amount exceeding the Purchase Price.
56
Section 10.03.
Indemnification by the Acquiror
.
(a) After the Closing and subject to this
Article X
, the Acquiror shall jointly and
severally (except with respect to the matters set forth in
Section 10.03(a)(i)
below, which
shall be the several and not joint obligations of each Person constituting the Acquiror) indemnify,
defend and hold harmless the Parent, the Seller and their respective Affiliates and their
respective Representatives (collectively, the
Parent Indemnified Parties
) against, and
reimburse any Parent Indemnified Party for, all Losses that such Parent Indemnified Party may at
any time suffer or incur, or become subject to:
(i) as a result of or in connection with the breach of any representation or warranty made by
the Acquiror in this Agreement at the date hereof or at Closing or a certificate or instrument
delivered at Closing pursuant to this Agreement;
(ii) as a result of or in connection with any breach or failure by the Acquiror to perform any
of its covenants or obligations contained in this Agreement that survives the Closing;
(iii) as a result of failing to obtain any waiver, consent or approval, or failing to make any
payment, with respect to any Company Contract that is required or advisable due to the consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby and are disclosed in the Parent Disclosure Schedule
(including in respect of Company Indebtedness); or
(iv) as a result of failing to receive any amounts due and payable in accordance with the
terms set forth in
Section 5.01(c)
.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Acquiror shall not be
required to indemnify, defend or hold harmless any Parent Indemnified Party against, or reimburse
any Parent Indemnified Party for, any Losses pursuant to
Section 10.03(a)(i)
(other than
Losses arising out of the breach of any Acquiror Specified Representations) to the extent such
Losses are in a cumulative aggregate amount exceeding five percent (5%) of the Purchase Price. For
purposes of determining whether the limit set forth in the immediately preceding sentence of this
Section 10.03(b)
has been met or exceeded, any amount paid by the Acquiror for Losses
pursuant to
Section 10.03(a)(i)
, including in respect of the breach of any Acquiror
Specified Representations, shall be taken into account. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, the Acquiror shall not be required to indemnify, defend or hold harmless any
Parent Indemnified Party against, or reimburse any Parent Indemnified Party for, any Losses
pursuant to
Section 10.03(a)(i)
(including, for this purpose, in respect of the breach of
any Acquiror Specified Representations) in a cumulative aggregate amount exceeding the Purchase
Price.
Section 10.04.
Notification of Claims
.
(a) A Person that may be entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement (the
Indemnified
Party
), shall promptly notify the party or parties liable for such indemnification (the
Indemnifying Party
) in writing of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought
under this
Article X
, including any pending or threatened claim or demand by a third party
that the Indemnified Party has determined has given or could reasonably give rise to a right of
57
indemnification under this Agreement (including a pending or threatened claim or demand
asserted by a third party against the Indemnified Party, each a
Third Party Claim
),
describing in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances with respect to the subject matter of
such claim or demand;
provided
,
however
, that the failure to provide such notice
shall not release the Indemnifying Party from any of its obligations under this
Article X
except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such failure. The parties agree
that (i) in this
Article X
they intend to shorten (in the case of the limited survival
periods specified in
Section 10.01
or this
Section 10.04(a)
) and lengthen (in the
case of the indefinite survival periods specified in
Section 10.01
), as the case may be,
the applicable statute of limitations period with respect to certain claims; (ii) notices for
claims in respect of a breach of a representation, warranty, covenant or agreement (other than a
Post-Closing Covenant) must be delivered prior to the expiration of any applicable survival period
specified in
Section 10.01
for such representation, warranty, covenant or agreement; (iii)
notices for claims in respect of a breach of a Post-Closing Covenant must be delivered prior to the
date that is six (6) months after the last day of the effective period of such Post-Closing
Covenant; and (iv) any claims for indemnification for which notice is not timely delivered in
accordance with this
Section 10.04(a)
shall be expressly barred and are hereby waived;
provided
,
further
, that if, prior to such applicable date, a party hereto shall
have notified the other party hereto in accordance with the requirements of this
Section
10.04(a)
of a claim for indemnification under this
Article X
(whether or not formal
legal action shall have been commenced based upon such claim), such claim shall continue to be
subject to indemnification in accordance with this
Article X
notwithstanding the passing of
such applicable date.
(b) Upon receipt of a notice of a claim for indemnity from an Indemnified Party pursuant to
Section 10.04(a)
in respect of a Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party may, by notice
to the Indemnified Party delivered within twenty (20) Business Days of the receipt of notice of
such Third Party Claim, assume the defense and control of any Third Party Claim, with its own
counsel and at its own expense, but shall allow the Indemnified Party a reasonable opportunity to
participate in the defense of such Third Party Claim with its own counsel and at its own expense.
The Indemnified Party may take any actions reasonably necessary to defend such Third Party Claim
prior to the time that it receives a notice from the Indemnifying Party as contemplated by the
immediately preceding sentence. The Parent or the Acquiror (as the case may be) shall, and shall
cause each of its Affiliates and Representatives to, cooperate fully with the Indemnifying Party in
the defense of any Third Party Claim. The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the prior written
consent of the Indemnified Party (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), consent to a
settlement, compromise or discharge of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any Third Party
Claim, unless such settlement, compromise, discharge, or entry of any judgment does not involve any
finding or admission of any violation of Law or admission of any wrongdoing by the Indemnified
Party and the Indemnifying Party shall (i) pay or cause to be paid all amounts arising out of such
settlement or judgment concurrently with the effectiveness of such settlement or judgment (unless
otherwise provided in such settlement or judgment), (ii) not encumber any of the material assets of
any Indemnified Party or agree to any restriction or condition that would apply to or materially
adversely affect any Indemnified Party or the conduct of any Indemnified Partys business and (iii)
obtain, as a condition of any settlement, compromise, discharge, entry of judgment (if applicable),
or other resolution, a complete and unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from any and
all liabilities in respect of such Third Party Claim. The Indemnified Party shall not settle,
58
compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any claim or demand for
which it is seeking indemnification from the Indemnifying Party or admit to any liability with
respect to such claim or demand without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Article X
(including
Section 10.02
and
Section 10.03
), no Indemnifying Party shall have any liability
under this
Article X
for any Losses arising out of or in connection with any Third Party
Claim that is settled or compromised by an Indemnified Party without the consent of such
Indemnifying Party.
(d) In the event any Indemnifying Party receives a notice of a claim for indemnity from an
Indemnified Party pursuant to
Section 10.04(a)
that does not involve a Third Party Claim,
the Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnified Party within twenty (20) Business Days
following its receipt of such notice whether the Indemnifying Party disputes its liability to the
Indemnified Party under this
Article X
. The Indemnified Party shall reasonably cooperate
with and assist the Indemnifying Party in determining the validity of any such claim for indemnity
by the Indemnified Party.
Section 10.05.
Payment
. In the event a claim or any Action for indemnification under
this
Article X
has been finally determined, the amount of such final determination shall be
paid (a) if the Indemnified Party is an Acquiror Indemnified Party, by the Parent to the
Indemnified Party and (b) if the Indemnified Party is a Parent Indemnified Party, by the Acquiror
to the Indemnified Party, in each case on demand in immediately available funds in the manner set
forth in
Section 2.04(e)
. A claim or an Action, and the liability for and amount of
damages therefor, shall be deemed to be
finally determined
for purposes of this
Article X
or
Article VII
(as the case may be) when the parties hereto have so
determined by mutual agreement or, if disputed, when a final non-appealable Governmental Order has
been entered into with respect to such claim or Action.
Section 10.06.
Exclusive Remedies
. Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that,
(a) prior to the Closing the sole and exclusive remedy of the parties for any breach of any
representation or warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any certificate or
instrument delivered hereunder shall be, in the event that each of the conditions set forth in
Article VIII
has not been satisfied or waived, refusal to close the purchase and sale of
the Shares hereunder, except as set forth in
Section 9.03
and for the rights and remedies
set forth in
Section 11.12
; (b) following the Closing, (i) the indemnification provisions
of this
Article X
(to the extent applicable) shall be the sole and exclusive remedies of
the parties hereto for any breach of the representations or warranties contained in this Agreement
or any certificate or instrument delivered hereunder, and (ii) notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein, no breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement
contained herein shall give rise to any right on the part of any party hereto to rescind this
Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (c) following the Closing,
the indemnification provisions of this Article X (to the extent applicable) shall be the sole and
exclusive monetary remedies of the parties hereto for any breach of any Post-Closing Covenant (and
for the avoidance of doubt, (x) with respect to Pre-Closing Covenants, there shall be no recourse
or liabilities after the Closing and (y) with respect to Post-Closing Covenants, the equitable
remedy set forth in
Section 11.12
shall be applied consistently in accordance with
applicable Law and
59
with respect to Parent and Seller, there shall be no recourse or liabilities for a breach that
is not an Intentional Breach). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the limitations above shall not
apply in connection with actual fraud committed by a particular party (solely with respect to such
party; it being understood that in determining whether there has been actual fraud committed, the
references to Material Adverse Effect in the representations and warranties will be disregarded).
For the avoidance of doubt the foregoing shall apply notwithstanding any provision of this
Agreement to the contrary and regardless of the form of the cause of action, whether in contract,
statute, tort (including negligence) or otherwise.
Section 10.07.
Additional Indemnification Provisions
.
(a) The parties hereto agree, for themselves and on behalf of their respective Affiliates and
Representatives, that with respect to each indemnification obligation set forth in
Article
X
, any Transaction Agreement or any other document executed or delivered in connection with the
Closing, following the Closing: (i) each such obligation shall be calculated on an After-Tax
Basis, (ii) all Losses shall be net of any Eligible Insurance Proceeds, (iii) in no event shall an
Indemnifying Party have any liability to an Indemnified Party for: (A) any Losses to the extent
arising from special circumstances of the Indemnified Party that were not communicated prior to the
date hereof by the Indemnified Party to the Indemnifying Party, (B) any punitive or special damages
other than punitive or special damages recovered by third parties in connection with a Third Party
Claim, (C) any Losses to the extent not the probable and reasonably foreseeable result of any
breach by the Indemnifying Party of a representation and warranty or covenant or agreement
contained in this Agreement (
provided
that this clause (C) shall not apply to any Losses
that are recovered by third parties in connection with a Third Party Claim), (D) any Losses solely
attributable to diminution of value or lost profits to the extent constituting damages in excess of
the difference between the value of what the Indemnified Party received in the transaction
contemplated by this Agreement and the value of what the Indemnified Party should have received in
the transaction contemplated by the Agreement if there had been no breach of the representation and
warranty or covenant or agreement by the Indemnifying Party for which breach the Indemnified Party
is seeking indemnification and (E) any Losses to the extent incurred in connection with a partys
assertion, enforcement, dispute or resolution of its indemnification or other rights under this
Agreement or the collection of any amounts payable to a party under this Agreement; and (iv) in no
event shall the Parent have any liability or obligation to any Acquiror Indemnified Party to the
extent that any Loss, or portion thereof, as applicable, for which indemnification or liability is
sought hereunder is reflected in or taken into account for purposes of the adjustments in
Section 2.04
or
2.05
.
(b) Any amount finally determined to be payable by an Indemnifying Party pursuant to this
Article X
shall be paid promptly and payment shall not be delayed pending any determination
of Eligible Insurance Proceeds. In any case where an Indemnified Party recovers from a third
Person any Eligible Insurance Proceeds or any other amount in respect of any Loss for which an
Indemnifying Party has actually reimbursed it pursuant to this
Article X
, such Indemnified
Party shall promptly pay over to the Indemnifying Party the amount so recovered, but not in excess
of the sum of (i) any amount previously paid by the Indemnifying Party to or on behalf of the
Indemnified Party in respect of such claim and (ii) any amount expended by the Indemnifying Party
in pursuing or defending any claim arising out of such matter.
60
(c) The parties hereto shall treat any indemnification payment made under this Agreement as an
adjustment to the Purchase Price.
(d) If any portion of Losses to be reimbursed by the Indemnifying Party may be covered, in
whole or in part, by third party insurance coverage, the Indemnified Party shall promptly give
notice thereof to the Indemnifying Party (a
Notice of Insurance
). If the Indemnifying
Party so requests within one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of a Notice of Insurance, the
Indemnified Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to collect the maximum amount of
insurance proceeds thereunder, in which event all such proceeds actually received shall be
considered
Eligible Insurance Proceeds
.
(e) Upon making any payment to an Indemnified Party for any indemnification claim pursuant to
this
Article X
, the Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated, to the extent of such payment,
to any rights which the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates may have against any other Persons with
respect to the subject matter underlying such indemnification claim and the Indemnified Party shall
take such actions as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request to perfect such subrogation or
to pursue such rights against such other Persons as the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates may
have.
Section 10.08.
Mitigation
. Each of the parties hereto agrees to take all reasonable
steps to mitigate their respective Losses upon and after becoming aware of any event or condition
which would reasonably be expected to give rise to any Losses that are indemnifiable hereunder.
Section 10.09.
Effect of Knowledge
. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, with respect to any misrepresentation or breach of warranty or pre-Closing breach
of covenant or agreement, if the conditions, facts, or circumstances giving rise to such
misrepresentation or breach were disclosed in this Agreement or the Schedules hereto or were
otherwise Known to the party claiming injury from such misrepresentation or breach prior to or at
the Closing, then after the Closing, such party shall not be entitled to any indemnification under
this Agreement in respect of such misrepresentation or breach, and such misrepresentation or breach
shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.
ARTICLE XI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 11.01.
Expenses
.
(a) Except as may be otherwise specified in the Transaction Agreements, all costs and
expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisers and accountants, incurred
in connection with the Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction
Agreements shall be paid by the Person incurring such costs and expenses, whether or not the
Closing shall have occurred.
(b) If between the date hereof and the Closing, the Parent or any of its Affiliates (other
than any of the Companies) (each, a
Parent Entity
) incurs any costs and/or expenses as
set forth in
Section 11.01(b) of the Parent Disclosure Schedule
(for which, in each
61
case, such Parent Entity has not been paid or reimbursed by one or more other Parent Entities
at least two (2) Business Days prior to Closing), then the Acquiror shall pay in cash to such
Parent Entity (other than any of the Companies) incurring any such costs or expenses an amount
equal to such unpaid or unreimbursed costs and/or expenses. Any amount payable by the Acquiror
pursuant to this
Section 11.01(b)
shall be paid immediately prior to the Closing by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by such Parent Entity at least two
(2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Acquirors payment
obligations to a Parent Entity with respect to any costs or expenses under this
Section
11.01(b)
shall not be obviated by reason of any payment made by such Parent Entity or another
Parent Entity to another Parent Entity in respect of the same costs or expenses.
Section 11.02.
Notices
. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other
communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be
deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier
service, by facsimile with receipt confirmed (followed by delivery of an original via overnight
courier service) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to
the respective parties hereto at the following respective addresses (or at such other address for a
party hereto as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this
Section 11.02
):
|
(i)
|
|
if to the Parent or the Seller:
|
|
|
|
|
American International Group, Inc.
70 Pine Street
New York, NY 10270
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile: 212-425-2175
|
|
|
|
|
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
|
|
|
|
|
Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP
1177 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Howard T. Spilko
Facsimile: 212-715-8000
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
if to the Acquiror:
|
|
|
|
|
Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.
Peron 430, floor 12C
(C1038AAJ) Buenos Aires, Argentina
Attention: Diego Rivas
Facsimile: 54-11-6329-4998
|
|
|
|
|
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
|
|
|
|
|
Estudio Beccar Varela
Tucumán 1, floor 3
|
62
|
|
|
(C1049AAA) Buenos Aires, Argentina
Attention: Roberto Crouzel
Facsimile: 54-11-4379-6800
|
|
|
|
|
Mario Eugenio Quintana
Woods White Staton
Rubén Pietropaolo
Luis Maria Blaquier
Jerónimo José Bosch
Juan Manuel Marrone
Libertador 602, floor 18
(C1001ABT) Buenos Aires, Argentina
Facsimile: 54-11-4891-0750
|
|
|
|
|
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
|
|
|
|
|
Errecondo, Salaverri, Dellatorre, Gonzalez & Burgio
Bouchard 680, floor 14
(C1106ABH) Buenos Aires, Argentina
Attention: Javier Errecondo / Facundo Goslino
Facsimile: 54-11-5236-4401
|
Section 11.03.
Public Announcements
. No party hereto or any Affiliate or
Representative of such party shall issue or cause the publication of any press release or public
announcement or otherwise communicate with any news media in respect of this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party
hereto (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), except as may be
required by Law or applicable securities exchange rules, in which case the party hereto required to
publish such press release or public announcement shall allow the other party hereto a reasonable
opportunity to comment on such press release or public announcement in advance of such publication.
Prior to the Closing, subject to
Section 5.01(c)
, neither of the parties hereto, nor any
of their respective Affiliates or Representatives, shall make any disclosure concerning plans or
intentions relating to the customers, agents or employees of, or other Persons with significant
business relationships with, any of the Companies without first obtaining the prior written
approval of the other party hereto, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned
or delayed.
Section 11.04.
Severability
. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is
invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced under any Law or as a matter of public policy, all
other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and
effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party hereto. Upon such
determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced,
the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the
original intent of the parties hereto as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in
order that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement be consummated as originally
contemplated to the greatest extent possible. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of a
63
conflict between the terms set forth in this
Section 11.04
and
Section
5.09(d)
, the terms set forth in
Section 5.09(d)
shall govern.
Section 11.05.
Entire Agreement
. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the
Transaction Agreements, this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements together constitute the
entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of the Transaction
Agreements and supersede all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, other than
the Confidentiality Agreements to the extent not in conflict with this Agreement, between or on
behalf of the Parent, the Seller and/or their Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Acquiror and/or
its Affiliates, on the other hand, with respect to the subject matter of the Transaction
Agreements.
Section 11.06.
Assignment
. This Agreement shall not be assigned or transferred, in
whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise without the prior written consent of the parties
hereto except (i) from one or more of the Pegasus Acquirors to one or more Pegasus Acquirors or any
wholly-owned Affiliate or wholly-owned Subsidiary of one or more Pegasus Acquirors that is newly
formed for the purpose of acquiring such Shares, from Galicia to any Affiliate or Subsidiary of
Galicia, or from one or more Pegasus Acquirors to Galicia or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of
Galicia;
provided
,
however
, that, in each case (x) the assignee is reasonably
satisfactory to the Parent (if not a Person constituting part of the Acquiror as of the date
hereof), (y) the assignor and the assignee execute and deliver to the Parent and the Seller an
assignment agreement that is reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Parent, and
(z) such assignment is not reasonably likely to impede, impair or delay obtaining any Governmental
Approval and is prior to obtaining any Governmental Approval and (ii) with respect to the Parent
assigning or transferring the Mexican Marks and other rights set forth in
Section 5.10
.
Any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this
Section 11.06
shall be void.
This Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by
the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.
Section 11.07.
No Third Party Beneficiaries
. Except as expressly provided in
Section 5.11
with respect to Company Releasees and Parent Releasees, in
Article X
with respect to the specified indemnification rights of Parent Indemnified Parties and Acquiror
Indemnified Parties, this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their
successors and permitted assigns and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to
or shall confer upon any other Person (including any customer or employee of any of the Companies)
any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this
Agreement.
Section 11.08.
Amendment; Waiver
. No provision of this Agreement or any other
Transaction Agreements may be amended, supplemented or modified except by a written instrument
signed by all of the parties hereto or thereto. No provision of this Agreement or any other
Transaction Agreement may be waived except by a written instrument signed by the party against whom
the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any party hereto in exercising any right,
power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial
exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right,
power or privilege. Except as otherwise set forth herein, the rights and remedies herein provided
shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law.
64
Section 11.09.
Disclosure Schedules
. Matters reflected in any Section of this
Agreement, including any Section of the Parent Disclosure Schedule or the Acquiror Disclosure
Schedule, are not necessarily limited to matters required by this Agreement to be so reflected.
Such additional matters are set forth for informational purposes and do not necessarily include
other matters of a similar nature. No reference to or disclosure of any item or other matter in
any Section or Schedule of this Agreement, including any section or subsection of the Parent
Disclosure Schedule or the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule, shall be construed as an admission or
indication that such item or other matter is material or that such item or other matter is required
to be referred to or disclosed in this Agreement, the Parent Disclosure Schedule or the Acquiror
Disclosure Schedule. Without limiting the foregoing, no such reference to or disclosure of a
possible breach or violation of any contract, Law or Governmental Order shall be construed as an
admission or indication that any breach or violation exists or has actually occurred.
Section 11.10.
Governing Law
. This Agreement shall in all respects be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any
conflicts of law principles of such state that might apply the laws of another jurisdiction to this
Agreement.
Section 11.11.
Rules of Construction
. Interpretation of this Agreement and the other
Transaction Agreements (except as otherwise specifically provided in any such other Transaction
Agreements, in which case such specified rules of construction shall govern with respect to such
other Transaction Agreements) shall be governed by the following rules of construction: (a) words
in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa, and words of one gender shall
be held to include the other gender as the context requires; (b) references to the terms Preamble,
Recital, Article, Section, paragraph, Exhibit and Schedule are references to the Preamble,
Recitals, Articles, Sections, paragraphs, Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement unless otherwise
specified; (c) references to AP shall mean Argentinean Pesos (unless otherwise specified); (d)
the word including and words of similar import shall mean including without limitation, unless
otherwise specified; (e) the word or shall not be exclusive; (f) the words herein, hereof,
hereunder, or hereby and similar terms are to be deemed to refer to this Agreement as a whole
and not to any specific Section; (g) the headings are for reference purposes only and shall not
affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of the Transaction Agreements; (h) the Transaction
Agreements shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or
interpretation against the party drafting or causing any instrument to be drafted; (i) if a word or
phrase is defined, the other grammatical forms of such word or phrase have a corresponding meaning;
(j) references to any statute, listing rule, rule, standard, regulation or other Law include a
reference to (A) the corresponding rules and regulations and (B) each of them as amended, modified,
supplemented, consolidated, replaced or rewritten from time to time; and (k) references to any
section of any statute, listing rule, rule, standard, regulation or other Law include any successor
to such section.
Section 11.12.
Specific Performance
. Subject to
Sections 10.06
, (a) the
parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of
this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise
breached, (b) it is accordingly agreed that, without the necessity of posting bond or other
undertaking, the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent
breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this
65
Agreement in accordance with this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to
which such party is entitled at law or in equity, and (c) in the event that any Action is brought
in equity to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, no party hereto shall allege, and each party
hereto hereby waives the defense or counterclaim, that there is an adequate remedy at law. In the
event of a conflict between the terms set forth in this
Section 11.12
and
Section
5.10(f)
, the terms set forth in
Section 5.10(f)
shall govern. For the avoidance of
doubt and without limiting any provision of this Agreement, the remedies set forth in this
Section 11.12
shall be available to Parent if the Acquiror breaches any of its Pre-Closing
Covenants prior to the Closing.
Section 11.13.
Counterparts
. This Agreement and each of the other Transaction
Agreements may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties to each such
agreement in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original
but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an
executed counterpart of a signature page to any Transaction Agreement by facsimile or other means
of electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of
any such Agreement.
Section 11.14.
Arbitration; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial
.
(a) Any dispute, controversy, or claim arising from, relating to, or in connection with this
Agreement, or the breach, termination, or validity thereof shall be finally settled by arbitration
before three arbitrators in accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber
of Commerce (the
ICC Rules
) in effect at the time of the arbitration except as they may
be modified herein or by mutual agreement of the parties. The seat of the arbitration shall be New
York, New York, and the arbitration shall be conducted in the English language.
(b) The claimant shall nominate an arbitrator in its Request for Arbitration. The respondent
shall file an answer and nominate an arbitrator within twenty one (21) days of receipt of the
Request for Arbitration. The two arbitrators shall nominate a third arbitrator, who shall serve as
chair, within fifteen (15) days of nomination of the second arbitrator designated or, if the
respondent fails to nominate the second arbitrator, within fifteen (15) days of the appointment of
the second arbitrator by the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of
Commerce (the
ICC Court
). If any arbitrator is not nominated within the time limits set
out in this subsection, the ICC Court shall appoint that arbitrator upon the request of a party.
(c) The arbitration shall be conducted in an expedited manner. There shall be one round of
prehearing submissions by each party, whether simultaneous or sequential as directed by the
tribunal, and no reply or rejoinder submissions shall be made unless the tribunal expressly so
authorizes. The hearing shall be held within four months of the constitution of the arbitral
tribunal and shall continue, to the extent practicable, from Business Day to Business Day until
completed. There shall be no posthearing submissions except as directed by the tribunal, and
before ordering such submissions, the tribunal shall identify for the parties, on the basis of its
assessment of the case as of that time, the specific issues or matters it believes should be
addressed. The tribunal shall endeavor to render its award within six (6) weeks of the last day of
the hearing. The tribunal may modify this schedule for good cause shown. Failure to comply
66
with any time period set out in this Section shall not affect in any way the jurisdiction of
the tribunal or the validity of its award.
(d) Any request for production of documents or other information is subject to the express
authorization of the tribunal, which shall endeavor to ensure that any such requests are as limited
and disciplined as is consistent with the just resolution of the dispute. The parties expressly
waive any right to seek evidence under 9 U.S.C. § 7 or 28 U.S.C. § 1782 or any similar provision.
A party may request, and the tribunal should authorize, production only of specific documents or
narrow and specific categories of documents that are critical to the fair presentation of a partys
case and reasonably believed to exist and be in the possession, custody or control of the other
party.
(e) The arbitration shall be confidential. The existence of the proceeding and any element of
it (including any pleadings, briefs or other documents submitted or exchanged, any testimony or
other oral submissions, and any awards) shall not be disclosed beyond the tribunal, the ICC Court
or the Secretariat of the ICC Court, the parties, their counsel, accountants and auditors or any
person necessary to the conduct of the proceeding. These confidentiality obligations shall not
apply (i) if disclosure is required by Law or regulatory obligations, or in judicial or
administrative proceedings, (ii) as far as disclosure is necessary to enforce the rights arising
out of the award or (iii) to the extent they contradict the terms set forth in
Section
5.04(c)
of this Agreement.
(f) The tribunal shall have power to award any relief that it deems just and appropriate,
including without limitation specific performance or injunctive relief. The parties agree that
their obligations under this Agreement are of a unique character and that, in the event of a breach
of those obligations, damages would not be an adequate remedy and each party shall be entitled to
specific performance in addition to any damages or any other remedy to which it may be entitled. A
specific performance award for a breach by the Acquiror may take the form of a monetary award
against the Acquiror for the amount of the Purchase Price, subject to the Parents and Sellers
obligation to transfer the Shares upon receipt of the Purchase Price. To the fullest extent
permitted by law, the parties agree that any court of competent jurisdiction in which enforcement
of the award is sought shall have power to enforce the relief awarded by the arbitrators,
regardless of whether such relief is characterized as legal, equitable or otherwise.
(g) Notwithstanding
Section 11.10
of this Agreement, the agreement to arbitrate set
forth in this Section and any arbitration conducted hereunder shall be governed by Title 9
(Arbitration) of the Code.
(h) The award shall be final and binding on the parties. Judgment upon the award may be
entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant party or
its assets.
(i)
Submission to Jurisdiction
. Subject to and in furtherance of
Sections 11.14(a)-(h)
, each of the Parent, the Seller and the Acquiror irrevocably and
unconditionally, for the limited purposes of (x) enforcing this Agreement to arbitrate under the
terms and conditions set forth in this
Section 11.14
, (y) applying for any interim relief
necessary to preserve a partys rights, including pre-arbitration attachments or injunctions,
consistent with
67
the ICC Rules, and (z) enforcement of the arbitration award: (i) submits for itself and its
property to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery, or if the Delaware
Court of Chancery lacks jurisdiction of the subject matter, the United States District Court for
the District of Delaware, or if both the Delaware Court of Chancery and the United States District
Court for the District of Delaware lack jurisdiction of the subject matter, any court of competent
jurisdiction sitting in the State of Delaware, in any Action directly or indirectly arising out of
or relating to this Agreement, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or the formation,
breach, termination or validity of this Agreement; and agrees that all claims in respect of any
such Action shall be heard and determined solely in such court; (ii) consents that any such Action
may and shall be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have
to the venue or jurisdiction of any such Action in such court or that such court is an inconvenient
forum for the Action and agrees not to assert, plead or claim the same; (iii) agrees that the final
judgment of such court shall be enforceable in any court having jurisdiction over the relevant
party or any of its assets; (iv) irrevocably waives any right to remove any such Action from the
Delaware Court of Chancery to any federal court; (v) agrees that service of process in any such
Action may be effected by mailing a copy of such process by registered or certified mail (or any
substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party at its address as provided in
Section 11.02
; and (vi) agrees that nothing in this Agreement shall affect the right to
effect service of process in any other manner permitted by the applicable rules of procedure. EACH
PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY THAT MAY ARISE UNDER ANY OF THE
TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH
SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL
BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS
AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR
THE OTHER TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS OR THE FORMATION, BREACH, TERMINATION OR VALIDITY OF THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARENT, THE SELLER AND THE ACQUIROR
CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OR ANY OTHER PARTY HAS
REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION,
SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) EACH OF THE PARENT, THE SELLER AND THE ACQUIROR
UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (III) EACH OF THE PARENT, THE
SELLER AND THE ACQUIROR MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (IV) EACH OF THE PARENT, THE SELLER AND
THE ACQUIROR HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL
WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS OF THIS
SECTION 11.14
. ANY OF THE PARENT, THE SELLER OR THE
ACQUIROR MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN
EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, nothing in this
Section 11.14(i)
shall be deemed to in any way give any party hereto the right to bring any action in any court
which action would otherwise be required to be resolved by arbitration under the provisions of this
Section 11.14
.
68
(j) Purchase Price Adjustment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
Section 11.14
shall not apply with respect to any purchase price adjustment dispute, which
shall be governed by
Section 2.05
.
Section 11.15.
Joint and Several Obligations
. Galicia and the Pegasus Acquirors and
their respective successors and permitted assigns collectively shall be deemed to be one Person for
purposes of this Agreement (including for purposes of any payment obligations, covenants,
conditions to Closing and indemnification obligations (except as otherwise expressly set forth
herein)) and all references to the Acquiror herein shall be deemed to be to Galicia and the Pegasus
Acquirors and their respective successors and permitted assigns on a joint and several basis unless
the context otherwise requires another interpretation;
provided
,
however
, that in
no event shall an individual (i.e., a natural person) Pegasus Acquirors payment obligations in
respect of any Acquiror liability exceed an amount equal to such liability multiplied by a fraction
the numerator of which is the number of Shares acquired under this Agreement by such individual,
and the denominator of which is all Shares acquired by the Acquiror under this Agreement.
Section 11.16.
Appointment of the Acquirors Representative
. Each of Persons
constituting part of the Acquiror hereby appoints Galicia (the
Acquirors Representative
)
as its representative and agent with respect to all matters relating to this Agreement and the
Transaction Agreements and empowers the Acquirors Representative with the authority to act on its
behalf, at its sole discretion, to (a) take any actions or exercise any rights of the Acquiror
under this Agreement or any of the Transaction Agreements, (b) waive any rights of, or requirements
or obligations owing to, the Acquiror under this Agreement or any of the Transaction Agreements,
(c) consent to, agree to, or approve of any actions that require the vote, consent, agreement or
approval of the Acquiror under this Agreement or any of the Transaction Agreements, (d) provide
notice from, and receive notice on behalf of the Acquiror with respect to this Agreement or any of
the Transaction Agreements, and (e) accept or receive any payments due under this Agreement or any
of the Transaction Agreements. The Parent and the Seller may rely on, but shall not be required to
accept, the acts, disclosures and communications of Acquirors Representative with respect to the
foregoing as though made separately by each Person constituting part of the Acquiror and may rely
on notices provided to the Acquirors Representative as a notice provided to each Person
constituting part of the Acquiror. Such grant of authority to the Acquirors Representative may
not be revoked by any Person constituting part of the Acquiror. In addition, each Person
constituting part of the Acquiror agrees to hold the Parent Indemnified Parties harmless and to not
make a claim against the Parent Indemnified Parties with respect to or in connection with the
Acquirors Representatives receipt and distribution of any payments made under this Agreement or
any of the Transaction Agreements or the Parent Indemnified Parties reliance on the authorization
granted to the Acquirors Representative hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a matter
relates solely to a Person constituting part of the Acquiror, at such Persons election upon
written notice given to the other parties hereto, such Person shall be entitled to address such
matter instead of the Acquirors Representative.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
69
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written
above by their respective duly authorized officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
AIG CONSUMER FINANCE GROUP, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
BANCO DE GALICIA Y BUENOS AIRES S.A.
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PEGASUS ACQUIRORS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Mario Eugenio Quintana
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Woods White Staton
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Ruben Pietropaolo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Luis Maria Blaquier
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Jeronimo Jose Bosch
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Juan Manuel Marrone
|
EXHIBIT A
DEFINITIONS
Acquiror
shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Acquiror Disclosure Schedule
shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph
of
Article IV
.
Acquiror Indemnified Parties
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section
10.02(a)
.
Acquiror Material Adverse Effect
means a material impairment or delay of the ability
of the Acquiror to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt and without limiting the foregoing,
Acquiror Material Adverse Effect includes a material impairment of the ability of the Acquiror to
obtain any Governmental Approval required in connection with the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, notwithstanding the compliance by the Acquiror with the
terms of this Agreement (including
Section 5.05
).
Acquiror Releasor
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.11(b)
.
Acquiror Specified Representations
means the representations and warranties made in
Sections 4.01
,
4.03 (last sentence)
,
4.05
,
4.06
,
4.07
,
4.08
,
4.09
,
4.10
, and
4.11
.
Acquirors Estimated Closing Cash
shall mean the Closing Cash minus the Target
Closing Cash, calculated in good faith by the Acquiror for purposes and in accordance hereto and
which may be a positive or negative number.
Acquirors Estimated Closing Indebtedness
shall mean the Closing Indebtedness minus
the Target Closing Indebtedness, calculated in good faith by the Acquiror for purposes and in
accordance hereto and which may be a positive or negative number.
Acquirors Estimated Closing Loans
shall mean the Closing Loans minus the Target
Closing Loans, calculated in good faith by the Acquiror for purposes and in accordance hereto and
which may be a positive or negative number.
Acquirors Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment Amount
shall mean an amount
calculated by the Acquiror which shall be equal to the Acquirors Estimated Closing Cash
plus
the Acquirors Estimated Closing Loans
minus
the Acquirors Estimated Closing
Indebtedness
minus
AP7,187,977.18, which amount may be a positive or negative number.
Acquirors Purchase Price Adjustment Certificate
has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.05(a)
.
Acquirors Representative
has the meaning set forth in
Section 11.16
.
Action
means any claim, action, suit, arbitration or proceeding by or before any
Governmental Authority or arbitral body.
A-1
Affiliate
means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that, at the
time of determination, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is
Controlled by or is under common Control with such specified Person; for the avoidance of doubt,
unless otherwise specified herein, the Companies shall be deemed Affiliates of the Parent and the
Seller (and not the Acquiror) prior to the Closing and shall be deemed Affiliates of the Acquiror
(not the Parent or the Seller) from and after the Closing;
provided
,
however
, that
for the purposes of this definition, neither the Parent nor the Seller shall be deemed to be an
Affiliate of the Acquiror.
After-Tax Basis
means that, in determining the amount of the payment necessary to
indemnify any party against, or reimburse any party for, Losses, the amount of such Losses shall be
determined net of (i) any tax benefit derived (or reasonably expected to be derived) by the
Indemnified Party (or any Affiliate thereof) as the result of sustaining or paying such Losses
(including as the result of facts or circumstances due to which the Indemnified Party sustained or
paid such Losses), and (ii) any taxes paid or any tax benefit offsets (or reasonably expected to be
paid or offset) by the Indemnified Party (or any Affiliate thereof) as a result of the payment due
from, or paid by, the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party. Such tax benefits shall be
computed assuming that any such tax benefits, taxes and tax benefit offsets are fully utilized and
realized in the taxable period during which such Losses are sustained or paid.
Agreed Accounting Policies
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section
2.04(a)
.
Agreement
means this Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2009, among the
Parent, the Seller and the Acquiror, including the Schedules hereto, the Parent Disclosure
Schedule, the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule, and all amendments to such agreement made in accordance
with
Section 11.08
.
AIG Credit Facility Trust
means AIG Credit Facility Trust established by the FRBNY
for the sole benefit of the United States Treasury pursuant to the AIG Credit Facility Trust
Agreement made on January 16, 2009 by and among the FRBNY and Jill M. Considine, Chester B.
Feldberg and Douglas L. Foshee.
Ancillary Agreements
means the Trademark License Agreement, the Parent Advances
Transfer Agreement (in the event that the Transfer Election applies) and the Payoff Letter (in the
event that the Payment Election applies).
Archived Files
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.03(b)
.
Argentine Marks
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.10(h)(i)
.
Audited Financial Statements
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section
3.06(a)
.
Bankruptcy Event
means any of the following events: (a) the passage of a resolution
for the dissolution of the Parent or the Seller; (b) the Parent or the Seller becoming the subject
of (i) the entry of an order for relief by a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction in the
premises judging either or both of the Parent and the Seller bankrupt or insolvent under any
applicable Bankruptcy Law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator,
conservator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or examiner (or other similar official) of either or
A-2
both of the Parent and the Seller or of any substantial part of the property of either of them
pursuant to any Bankruptcy Law, (iii) an order to wind up or liquidate either of their affairs, or
(iv) an involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, rehabilitation,
conservation, examination or other similar proceeding with respect to either or both of the Parent
and the Seller that is unstayed or undismissed for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days; or
(c) any of (w) the commencement by either or both of the Parent and the Seller of a proceeding to
be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent; (x) the consent by either or both of the Parent and the
Seller to the institution of bankruptcy, insolvency or examination proceedings against it, (y) the
filing or consent to the filing by either or both of the Parent and the Seller of a petition or
answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any Bankruptcy Law, (z) the consent or
application by either or both of the Parent and the Seller to the appointment of a receiver,
liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator, or examiner (or other
similar official) of the Parent or the Seller (as applicable) or of any substantial part of the
Parents or the Sellers property pursuant to any Bankruptcy Law or (v) the making by either or
both of the Parent and the Seller of an assignment for the benefit of creditors.
Bankruptcy Law
means any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
liquidation, rehabilitation, conservation, examination or other similar Law.
BCRA
means the Argentine Central Bank or Banco Central de la Republica Argentina.
BCRA Approval
means the approval to be obtained from the BCRA in order to transfer
the Financiera Shares.
Benefit Plans
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.13(a)
.
Books and Records
means all corporate records, books of account, tax records, sales
and purchase records, customer and supplier lists, computer software, formulae, technical documents
including specifications, bills of materials and engineering notebooks, business reports, plans and
projections and all other documents, files, correspondence and other information of the Companies
whether in written or electronic form.
Business
means the business conducted by the Companies as of the date hereof.
Business Day
means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which
commercial banks in New York, New York or Buenos Aires, Argentina are required or authorized by Law
to remain closed.
Capital Stock
means capital stock or other type of equity interest in (as
applicable) a Person.
Change of Control
of a Person (the
COC Person
) means the occurrence of one
of the following events: (a) if any Person shall acquire beneficial ownership of more than fifty
percent (50%) of the voting securities of such COC Person then issued and outstanding, (b) the
consummation of a merger, consolidation, binding share exchange or other business combination of
such COC Person into or with another Person in which the stockholders of such COC Person
immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction shall own less than fifty percent (50%)
of the voting securities of the surviving Person (or the parent of the surviving Person
A-3
where the surviving Person is wholly owned by the parent Person) immediately following the
consummation of such transaction, or (c) the consummation of the sale, transfer, lease or other
disposition (but not including a transfer, lease or other disposition by pledge or mortgage to a
bona fide lender) of all or substantially all of the assets of such COC Person.
Closing
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.02
.
Closing Cash
means the aggregate amount of cash, cash deposits, cash equivalents,
amounts held by or with the BCRA and marketable securities, checks written but not yet sent out and
unallocated cash from clients, in each case held by or for the account of Financiera and/or its
financial trusts (Fideicomisos Financieros CFA), including all such assets or property pledged as
security or collateral by Financiera and/or its financial trusts (Fideicomisos Financieros CFA),
all as determined in accordance with the Agreed Accounting Policies as of the Closing Date and
measured in APs (applying, if necessary, the exchange rate of APs to each U.S.$1.00 (as certified
by the Banco de la Nacion Argentina, seller price for bills (
billete tipo vendedor
)) or other
exchange rate for currencies other than U.S. Dollars) as of the close of business on the date that
is two (2) Business Days immediately preceding the Closing Date, for purposes of converting to APs
any amount in any other currency).
Closing Date
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.02
.
Closing Indebtedness
means the aggregate amount of Indebtedness and Specified
Liabilities of Financiera and its financial trusts (Fideicomisos Financieros CFA) as of the Closing
Date, all as determined in accordance with the Agreed Accounting Policies and measured in APs
(applying, if necessary, the exchange rate of APs to each U.S.$1.00 (as certified by the Banco de
la Nacion Argentina, seller price for bills (
billete tipo vendedor
)) or other exchange rate for
currencies other than U.S. Dollars as of the close of business on the date that is two (2) Business
Days immediately preceding the Closing Date, for purposes of converting to APs any amount in any
other currency);
provided
,
however
, that any Indebtedness or Specified Liabilities
of Financiera and its financial trusts (Fideicomisos Financieros CFA) due to another Company or to
its financial trusts (Fideicomisos Financieros CFA) shall not be included as Closing Indebtedness
for purposes of this definition.
Closing Loans
means, as of the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of receivables
originated by and owed to Financiera and/or owed to its financial trusts (Ficeicomiso Financiero
CFA), which were granted or acquired in the Ordinary Course of Business, all as determined in
accordance with the Agreed Accounting Policies and measured in APs (applying, if necessary, the
exchange rate of APs to each U.S.$1.00 (as certified by the Banco de la Nacion Argentina, seller
price for bills (
billete tipo vendedor
)) or other exchange rate for currencies other than U.S.
Dollars as of the close of business on the date that is two (2) Business Days immediately preceding
the Closing Date, for purposes of converting to APs any amount in any other currency) (provided
that any and all receivables owed to Financiera and/or its financial trusts (Ficeicomiso Financiero
CFA) classified in categories III, IV or V as determined from time to time in accordance with BCRA
regulations shall not be included as Closing Loans for purposes of this definition).
CNDC
means the National Commission for Competition Defence.
A-4
CNDC Approval
means the approval to be obtained from the CNDC in order to transfer
the Shares.
COC Person
shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Change of
Control.
Code
means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Companies Exclusive Territory
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section
5.10(h)(i)
.
Companies Minority Holder Shares
means all of the issued and outstanding shares of
capital stock of the Companies other than the shares of the Companies held by the Seller.
Companies Minority Holders
means the owners of the Companies Minority Holder
Shares.
Companies
shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.
Company Beneficiary
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.13
.
Company Benefit Plans
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.13(a)
.
Company E&O Claims
means any and all claims relating to the Companies and their
respective Representatives in connection with or arising under the Parents or its Affiliates
self-insured errors and omissions programs, including the claims set forth in
Section 5.14 of
the
Parent Disclosure Schedule
.
Company Releasee
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.11(a)
.
Confidentiality Agreements
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section
5.04(a)
.
Contract
means any contract, agreement, undertaking, indenture, commitment, loan,
consent, note or other legally binding obligation, whether written or oral.
Control
means, as to any Person, the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise. The terms Controlled by, under common Control with and Controlling
shall have correlative meanings. For the purposes of this Agreement, the Parent shall be deemed
not to be Controlled by any Person.
Corporate Records
means the corporate records of each of the Companies, including
(i) by-laws (
estatutos
); (ii) shareholders and directors minute meetings books; (iii) the stock
ledger book (
libro de registro de accionistas
); (iv) the attendance registry shareholders meetings
book (
libro de depósito de acciones y registro de asistencia a asambleas
); (v) the Supervisory
Committee (
Comisión Fiscalizadora
) minute meetings book; and (vi) the minute books of any existing
committees.
Cuota Marks
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.10(h)(i)
.
A-5
Data Room
means the electronic data room maintained by IntraLinks and available at
https://services.intralinks.com/html/mainframe.jsp and open to access by the Acquiror and its
advisors from February 16, 2009 through the date hereof, the documents included therein having been
copied to a disc provided to each of the Seller and the Acquiror on or prior to the date hereof.
Discount Code
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.10(c)
.
Divested Entity
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.10(e)
.
Election Notice
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.04(d)
.
Eligible Insurance Proceeds
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section
10.07(d)
.
Employee Schedule
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.13(g)
.
Employees
means (i) each person who as of the Closing Date is an active employee of
any of the Companies and (ii) each person who is an employee of any of the Companies as of the
Closing Date who is absent from employment due to illness, vacation, injury, military service or
other authorized absence (including an employee who is disabled within the meaning of the
short-term disability plan currently in place for the Companies). For purposes of
Section
6.01
only, Employees shall also mean each former employee of any of the Companies (or any
predecessors, as the context requires). For purposes of
Section 3.13
only, all references
in this definition to Closing Date shall be changed to date hereof.
Exchange Rate
means the exchange rate of APs to each U.S.$1.00 (as certified by the
Banco de la Nacion Argentina, seller price for bills (
billete tipo vendedor
)) as of the close of
business on the Business Day immediately preceding the date on which any payment is required to be
made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, as notified by the Parent to the Acquiror.
Final Purchase Price Adjustment Amount
has the meaning set forth in
Section
2.05(f)
.
finally determined
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 10.05
.
Financial Statements
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.06(a)
.
Financiera
shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.
Financiera Shares
means all of the outstanding Capital Stock of Financiera.
FRBNY
means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
FRBNY Credit Agreement
means the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 20, 2008
(as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time), by and between the Parent and the
FRBNY.
GAAP
means Argentinean generally accepted accounting principles.
A-6
Galicia
shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Governmental Approval
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.05
.
Governmental Authority
means any domestic or non-U.S. governmental, legislative,
judicial, administrative or regulatory authority, agency, commission, body, court, association or
entity.
Governmental Order
means any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, request,
demand or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority.
ICC Court
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 11.14(b)
.
ICC Rules
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 11.14(a)
.
Indebtedness
means, as to any Person, as of any date, without duplication, any and
all (i) obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of
any kind to such Person, (ii) obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or
similar instruments, including any and all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges
are customarily paid, (iii) obligations of such Person under conditional sales or other title
retention agreements relating to property purchased by such Person, (iv) obligations of such Person
issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but not including any and
all trade accounts payable), (v) capitalized lease obligations of such Person, (vi) amounts drawn
on letters of credit issued on behalf of such Person, but excluding obligations with respect to
letters of credit (including trade letters of credit) securing obligations entered into in the
Ordinary Course of Business of such Person to the extent that such letters of credit are not drawn
upon or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business
Day following the receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement, and (viii) guarantees and
arrangements having the economic effect of a guarantee of such Person of any indebtedness of any
other Person, and any interest accrued relating to debt.
Indemnified Party
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 10.04(a)
.
Indemnifying Party
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 10.04(a)
.
Independent Accountant
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.05(f)
.
Insurance Policies
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.14(a)
.
Intellectual Property
means: (a) patents, patent applications and statutory
invention registrations, including reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations in part,
renewals, extensions and reexaminations thereof, all patents that may issue on such applications,
documented unpatented invention disclosures, and all rights therein provided by international
treaties or conventions, (b) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, Internet domain names,
any and all common law rights thereto, and registrations and applications for registration thereof,
all reissues, extensions and renewals of any of the foregoing, and all rights therein provided by
international treaties or conventions (
Trademarks
), (c) copyrightable works, copyrights,
whether or not registered, and registrations and applications for registration thereof, and all
rights
A-7
therein provided by international treaties or conventions, and (d) proprietary information,
including trade secrets, processes and know-how, in each case existing on the Closing Date. For
purposes of
Section 3.11
only, the reference to Closing Date in this definition shall be
changed to date hereof.
Intentional Breach
means a deliberate act or omission where the individual taking
such action or omitting to take such action has actual knowledge of the consequences of the action
or omission.
Intercompany Agreements
means contracts, agreements, notes, leases, licenses and
other instruments between any Company, on the one hand, and the Parent or any Affiliate of the
Parent (other than the Companies), on the other hand.
Interest Rate
means a fixed rate of interest equal to six and one half percent
(6.5%) per annum.
Interim Period Debt
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.01(c)
.
IRS
means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.
Knowledge
of a Person, or a Person having
Known
, means: (a) in the case
of the Parent, the actual knowledge of any Person listed on
Schedule III
, subject to the
subject matter limitations set forth in such schedule, or (b) in the case of the Acquiror, the
actual knowledge of any Person listed on
Schedule IV
, subject to the subject matter
limitations set forth on such schedule.
Law
means any federal, state, local or non-U.S. law, statute or ordinance, or any
rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ, injunction, ruling, decree or agency requirement of any
Governmental Authority.
Leased Real Properties
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.15(b)
.
Lien
means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, security interest,
encumbrance, claim, lien or charge of any kind.
Litigation Hold
means the scope of documents and records whose preservation is
mandated by a document retention notice issued in connection with any litigation, arbitration,
mediation (or other form of dispute resolution), third party subpoena, or regulatory inquiry,
whether existing as of the date hereof or hereafter arising.
Loans
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.19(b)
.
Losses
means any and all losses, damages, reasonable costs, reasonable expenses,
liabilities, settlement payments, awards, judgments, fines, obligations, claims, deficiencies of
any kind and diminution of value or lost profits.
Material Adverse Effect
means (a) a material adverse effect on the business, assets,
liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of the Companies, taken as a whole;
A-8
provided
,
however
, that none of the following shall constitute or be deemed to
contribute to a Material Adverse Effect, or shall otherwise be taken into account in determining
whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or would be reasonably likely to occur: any adverse
effect arising out of, resulting from or attributable to (i) (A) the United States, the Argentina
or global economy generally or capital or financial markets generally, including changes in
interest or exchange rates, (B) political conditions generally of the United States, Argentina or
any other country or jurisdiction in which any of the Parent, the Seller or the Companies operates
or (C) changes that are the result of factors generally affecting any of the industries generally
in which the Business operates or in which products or services of the Business are used or
distributed, (ii) the negotiation, execution, announcement or consummation of the transactions
contemplated by, or the performance of obligations under, this Agreement or the other Transaction
Agreements, (iii) the identity of, or the effects of any facts or circumstances relating to, the
Acquiror or its Affiliates, (iv) any changes or prospective changes in applicable Law or GAAP or
the enforcement or interpretation thereof, (v) actions permitted to be taken or omitted pursuant to
this Agreement or taken with the Acquirors consent or not taken because the Acquiror did not give
its consent, (vi) the effect of any action taken by the Acquiror or its Affiliates with respect to
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (vii) any hostilities, act of war, sabotage,
terrorism or military actions, or any escalation or worsening of any such hostilities, act of war,
sabotage, terrorism or military actions, (viii) any failure by the Companies to achieve any
earnings, loan originations or other financial projections or forecasts, provided that this clause
(viii) will not exempt the underlying reason or cause giving rise to such failure to so achieve
projections or forecasts, (ix) any matter set forth in
Section A-1 of the Parent Disclosure
Schedule
, (x) any effect that is cured by the Parent prior to the Closing, except in the case
of the foregoing clauses (a)(i) and (a)(iv) to the extent such effect or change is materially
disproportionately adverse with respect to the Companies as compared to other Persons engaged in
the industries in which the Companies conduct business, and (b) a material impairment on or
material delay in the ability of the Parent, the Seller or any other Affiliate of the Parent to
perform their respective material obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby. For the avoidance of doubt, neither (1) any change or
development in the business, financial condition, results of operations or credit, financial
strength or other ratings of the Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than any of the Companies)
or (2) any Bankruptcy Event involving the Parent or any of its Affiliates (other than any of the
Companies) (any of the events referred to in the foregoing clauses (1) and (2), a
Parent
Event
), shall be deemed, in and of itself, to constitute a Material Adverse Effect, nor shall
any such Parent Event be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has
occurred or is reasonably likely to occur, except to the extent that such Parent Event (or the
underlying cause of such Parent Event) adversely affects the financial condition or results of
operations of the Companies, taken as a whole.
Material Adverse Effect Regulatory Event
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.05(c)
.
Material Contract
means any contract, agreement, instrument or other legally binding
obligation to which any of the Companies is a party (other than Real Property Leases) which
(i) calls for the payment by or on behalf of any of the Companies in excess of U.S.$100,000 per
annum, or the delivery by any of the Companies of goods or services with a fair market value in
excess of U.S.$100,000 per annum, during the remaining term thereof; (ii) provides for any of
A-9
the Companies to receive any payments in excess of, or any property with a fair market value
in excess of, U.S.$100,000 or more during the remaining term thereof (except with respect to any
payments received in connection with any loans made to customers in the Ordinary Course of
Business); (iii) contains covenants restricting the ability of any of the Companies to compete in
any line of business or geographical area or otherwise prohibiting or limiting the ability of the
Companies from conducting their Business as currently conducted or including exclusivity
provisions; (iv) evidences indebtedness for money borrowed by the Companies in excess of
U.S.$100,000 or pursuant to which any Company has guaranteed (including guarantees by way of acting
as surety, co-signer, endorser, co-maker, indemnitor or otherwise) any obligation of any other
Person in excess of U.S.$100,000; (v) is a partnership agreement, joint venture agreement or other
Contract (however named) involving a sharing of profits, losses, costs or liabilities by any
Company; (vi) provides for the acquisition or disposition after the date of this Agreement of any
portion of the Business or assets other than in the Ordinary Course of Business; (vii) contains a
change of control provision or other prohibition on the direct or indirect sale of any Company;
(viii) under which the consequences of default or termination would be reasonably likely to result
in a Material Adverse Effect; or (ix) contains covenants restricting the ability of any of the
Companies to declare or pay dividends.
Materials
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.10(c)
.
Mexican Marks
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.10(h)(i)
.
Notice of Insurance
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 10.07(d)
.
Notice of Purchase Price Adjustment Disagreement
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.05(d)
.
Objective Standards
means the requirements provided by applicable BCRAs regulations
in order to be eligible to obtain BCRAs approval to acquire the number of Shares of Financiera
that each Person constituting part of the Acquiror is committing to acquire hereunder.
Ordinary Course of Business
with respect to a Person means the ordinary course of
business of such Person, consistent with past practice, taking into account the current economic
and industry conditions and subject to such changes by such Person and/or its Affiliates as are
reasonably necessary in light of the then current operating conditions and developments with
respect to such Person and/or its Affiliates, and for the avoidance of doubt, and without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, it is expressly acknowledged that the Ordinary Course of
Business for the Business includes the deterioration and impairment to the Business which has
occurred prior to the date hereof and which is likely (subject to the actions of the Acquiror and
the other parties hereto) to continue at least until Closing and resulting actions or consequences
of such deterioration and impairment.
Owned Real Property
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.15(a)
.
Parent
shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Parent Advances
means the loans made from time to time (on or prior to the Closing
Date) by the Parent or the Seller or one of their Affiliates (each, a
Parent Advances
Lender
) to
A-10
one or more of the Companies, which as of the date hereof is evidenced by a credit agreement
in the aggregate initial principal amount of U.S.$25,000,000.
Parent Advances Amount
means the aggregate principal amount and accrued but unpaid
interest thereon and other amounts due in respect of the Parent Advances as of the Closing Date, in
U.S. Dollars.
Parent Advances Lender
shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Parent
Advances.
Parent Advances Transfer Agreement
means the agreement that will be entered into by
the Parent Advances Lenders and the Acquiror or its designee pursuant to
Section 2.04(d)
in
the event that the Transfer Election applies, in substantially the form attached hereto as
Exhibit C
.
Parent Beneficiary
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.13
.
Parent Disclosure Schedule
shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph
of
Article III
.
Parent Entity
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 11.01(b)
.
Parent Event
shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Material Adverse
Effect.
Parent Guaranty
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.08(a)
.
Parent Indemnified Parties
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section
10.03(a)
.
Parent Names and Marks
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.10(a)
.
Parent Releasee
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.11(b)
.
Parent Releasor
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.11(a)
.
Parent Signatory
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.13
.
Parent Specified Representations
means solely the representations and warranties set
forth in
Sections 3.01
and
3.03
(except the last two sentences of
Section
3.03(a)
, the last sentence of
Section 3.03(c)
, and
Section 3.03(d)
).
Parents Exclusive Territory
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section
5.10(h)(i)
.
Payment Election
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.04(d)
.
Payoff Letter
means the payoff letter that will be entered into by the each of the
Parent Advances Lenders and the Acquiror in the event that the Payment Election applies, in
substantially the form attached hereto as
Exhibit D
.
Pegasus
shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
A-11
Pegasus Acquirors
shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Permits
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.10(a)
.
Permitted Liens
means the following Liens: (a) Liens that secure debt that is
reflected on the Financial Statements; (b) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental
charges or levies that are not yet due or payable or that are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings; (c) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen,
mechanics, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by Law for amounts not yet due; (d) Liens
incurred or deposits made to a Governmental Authority in connection with a governmental
authorization, registration, filing, license, permit or approval; (e) Liens incurred or deposits
made in the Ordinary Course of Business in connection with workers compensation, unemployment
insurance or other types of social security; (f) defects of title, easements, rights-of-way,
covenants, restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances not materially interfering with
the ordinary conduct of business or which are shown by a current title report or other similar
report or listing previously provided or made available to the Acquiror; (g) Liens not created by
any of the Companies that affect the underlying fee interest of any Leased Real Property; (h) gaps
in the chain of title evident from the records of the relevant Governmental Authority maintaining
such records; (i) zoning, building and other generally applicable land use restrictions; (j) Liens
that have been placed by a third party on the fee title of the real property constituting the
Leased Real Property or real property over which any of the Companies have easement rights; (k)
Liens resulting from any facts or circumstances relating to the Acquiror or its Affiliates; (1) any
set of facts an accurate up-to-date survey would show,
provided
,
however
, such
facts do not materially interfere with the present use of the relevant Owned Real Property or
Leased Real Property by the Companies, respectively; (m) leases or similar agreements affecting the
Owned Real Properties, provided that such leases and agreements are included in the Parent
Disclosure Schedules; (n) Liens granted under securities lending and borrowing agreements,
repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements and derivatives entered into in the Ordinary Course of
Business; and (o) clearing and settlement Liens on securities and other investment properties
incurred in the ordinary course of clearing and settlement transactions in such securities and
other investment properties and the holding of legal title or other interests in securities or
other investment properties by custodians or depositories in the Ordinary Course of Business.
Person
means any natural person, general or limited partnership, corporation,
limited liability company, limited liability partnership, firm, association or organization or
other legal entity.
Post-Closing Adjustment
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.05(h)
.
Post-Closing Covenants
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 10.01
.
Pre-Closing Covenants
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 10.01
.
Purchase Price
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.03
.
Purchase Price Adjustment Consultation Period
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.05(e)
.
A-12
Purchase Price Adjustment Review Period
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.05(b)
.
Real Property Leases
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.15(b)
.
Reference Balance Sheet
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.06(a)
.
Registered Intellectual Property
means registered copyrights, registered trademarks,
registered service marks, registered Internet domain names, issued patents and/or any pending
applications for the foregoing.
Request for Arbitration
means any request for arbitration made by any party pursuant
to the terms set forth in this Agreement.
Representative
of a Person means the directors, officers, employees, advisers,
agents, consultants, accountants, investment bankers or other representatives of such Person and of
such Persons Affiliates. For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
nor the U.S. Department of the Treasury shall be deemed a Representative of the Parent.
Satisfaction of Conditions
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.02
.
Schedule 5.13 Contracts
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.13
.
Seller
shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.
Sellers Estimated Closing Cash
shall mean the Closing Cash minus the Target Closing
Cash, estimated in good faith by the Seller for purposes and in accordance hereto and which may be
a positive or a negative number.
Sellers Estimated Closing Indebtedness
shall mean the Closing Indebtedness minus
the Target Closing Indebtedness, estimated in good faith by the Seller for purposes and in
accordance hereto and which may be a positive or a negative number.
Sellers Estimated Closing Loans
shall mean the Closing Loans minus the Target
Closing Loans, estimated in good faith by the Seller for purposes and in accordance hereto and
which may be a positive or a negative number.
Sellers Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment Amount
shall mean an amount calculated
by the Seller which shall be equal to the Sellers Estimated Closing Cash
plus
the Sellers
Estimated Closing Loans
minus
the Sellers Estimated Closing Indebtedness
minus
AP7,187,977.18, which amount may be a positive or negative number.
Sellers Purchase Price Adjustment Certificate
has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.04(a)
.
Servicios
shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.
Shares
shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.
A-13
Specified Liabilities
means the liabilities accrued by Financiera and its financial
trusts (Ficeicomiso Financiero CFA) consistent with the Agreed Accounting Policies solely in the
liability accounts of the Reference Balance Sheet specifically identified in
Schedule V
,
including interest accrued and obligations to the government in the form of net Tax, VAT and social
security obligations and amounts owed to the credit card issuer for purchases not yet settled.
Stated Purchase Price
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.03
.
Subsidiary
of any Person means any corporation, general or limited partnership,
joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other Person that is a
legal entity, trust or estate of which (or in which) (a) the issued and outstanding Capital Stock
having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors (or a majority of
another body performing similar functions) of such corporation or other Person (irrespective of
whether at the time Capital Stock of any other class or classes of such corporation or other Person
shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency), (b) more than 50% of the
interest in the capital or profits of such partnership, joint venture or limited liability company
or (c) more than 50% of the beneficial interest in such trust or estate, is at the time of
determination directly or indirectly beneficially owned or Controlled by such Person.
Target Closing Cash
means AP194,939,000, which is Closing Cash had the Closing
occurred on March 31, 2009 computed in accordance with the Agreed Accounting Policies and as set
forth in
Schedule V
attached hereto.
Target Closing Indebtedness
means AP495,034,000, which is Closing Indebtedness had
the Closing occurred on March 31, 2009 computed in accordance with the Agreed Accounting Policies
and as set forth in
Schedule V
attached hereto.
Target Closing Loans
means AP975,137,000, which is Closing Loans had the Closing
occurred on March 31, 2009 computed in accordance with the Agreed Accounting Policies and as set
forth in
Schedule V
attached hereto.
Tax
or
Taxes
means all income, excise, gross receipts, premium, ad
valorem, sales, use, employment, franchise, profits, gains, property, transfer, payroll, stamp
taxes or other taxes, (whether payable directly or by withholding) imposed by any Tax Authority,
together with any interest and any penalties thereon or additional amounts with respect thereto.
Tax Authority
means any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the
assessment, determination, collection or imposition of any Tax.
Tax Returns
means all returns and reports (including elections, declarations,
disclosures, schedules, estimates and information returns) required to be supplied to a Tax
Authority relating to Taxes.
Third Party Claim
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 10.04(a)
.
Trademark License Agreement
shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.
Trademarks
shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Intellectual
Property.
A-14
Transaction Agreements
means, collectively, this Agreement and the Ancillary
Agreements.
Transfer Election
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.04(d)
.
Transfer Notice
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.17
.
UBS
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.18
.
UPC
shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.
A-15
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT
See Attached
B-1
EXHIBIT B
TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT
This TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT (including the Schedules hereto, this
Agreement
) is
entered into as of [
] [_____], 2009 among American International Group, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the
Parent
or
Licensor
), AIG Universal Processing Center S.A., an
Argentinean corporation, Compañia Financiera Argentina S.A., an Argentinean corporation, and
Cobranzas y Servicios S.A., an Argentinean corporation, (collectively, the
Companies
or
Licensees
), and Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A., an Argentine capital stock
corporation (
Galicia
) and certain shareholders and/or active board members of Pegasus
Argentina S.A. (
Pegasus
) as set forth on
Schedule I
(collectively, the
Pegasus Acquirors
and, together with Galicia, the
Acquiror
). The Parent, the
Companies and the Acquiror are referred to herein collectively as the
Parties
and
individually as a
Party
.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Acquiror, the Seller (as defined below) and the Parent have entered into the
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2009 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time
to time in accordance with its terms, the
Purchase Agreement
), pursuant to which Parent
caused AIG Consumer Finance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation and an indirect wholly-owned
Subsidiary of the Parent (the
Seller
), to sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to
Acquiror, and the Acquiror purchased, acquired and accepted from the Seller, all of the Sellers
right, title and interest in and to all of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock in the
Companies owned by the Seller according to Recital A of the Purchase Agreement;
WHEREAS, Licensor is the owner of all right, title and interest in and to the Marks (as
defined below) and the goodwill associated therewith;
WHEREAS, the Purchase Agreement provides for the execution and delivery of this Agreement by
the Parent and the Companies;
WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Parent wishes to grant
to the Companies, and the Companies desire to obtain, a license to continue to use the Marks on a
non-exclusive basis solely in connection with the Business (as defined herein), within the
Territory (as defined herein), and during the Term (as defined herein); and
WHEREAS, this Agreement shall be effective upon the Closing occurring under the Purchase
Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and undertakings
contained herein and in the Purchase Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which is
acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
.
SECTION 1.1
Definitions
. For the purposes of this Agreement, (
a
) unless
otherwise defined herein capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in
the Purchase Agreement and (
b
) the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter
specified:
Action
means any claim, action, suit, arbitration or proceeding by or before any
Governmental Authority or arbitral body.
Acquiror
has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.
Agreemen
t has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.
Business
means the respective business conducted by Licensees during the Term of
this Agreement.
Business Day
means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which
commercial banks in New York, New York and Buenos Aires, Argentina are required or authorized by
Law to remain closed.
Categories
has the meaning set forth in
Section 3.1
of this Agreement.
Code
means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Companies
has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.
Dispute
has the meaning set forth in
Section 11.7
of this Agreement.
Effective Time
has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.1
of this Agreement.
Governmental Authority
means any domestic or foreign governmental, legislative,
judicial, administrative or regulatory authority, agency, commission, body, court, association or
entity.
Governmental Order
means any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation,
determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority.
ICC Court
has the meaning set forth in
Section 11.7(b)
of this Agreement.
ICC Rules
has the meaning set forth in
Section 11.7(a)
of this Agreement.
Indemnified Party
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 9.3(a)
.
Indemnifying Party
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 9.3(a)
.
Law
means any federal, state, local or non-U.S. law, statute or ordinance, or any
rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ, injunction, ruling, decree or agency requirement of any
Governmental Authority.
2
Letterhead
means stationery used by employees and officers of Licensees for written
communications.
License
means the rights and licenses with respect to the Marks granted pursuant to
this Agreement.
License and Legal Entity Statement
has the meaning set forth in
Section 5.4
of this Agreement.
Licensees
has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.
Licensor
has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.
Marks
shall mean any Source Indicators set forth on
Schedule A
hereto.
Materials
has the meaning set forth in
Section 3.2
of this Agreement.
Notice of Dispute
has the meaning set forth in
Section 11.7(a)
of this
Agreement.
Parent
has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.
Parties
and
Party
have the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this
Agreement.
Purchase Agreement
has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.
Quality Standards
has the meaning set forth in
Section 4.1
of this
Agreement.
Representative
of a Person means the directors, officers, employees, advisors,
agents, consultants, accountants, investment bankers or other representatives of such Person and of
such Persons Affiliates.
Request for Arbitration
means any request for arbitration made by any party pursuant
to the terms set forth in this Agreement.
Seller
has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.
Source Indicator
has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.4(c)
of this
Agreement.
Stuffer Letter
has the meaning set forth in
Section 5.5
of this Agreement.
Term
has the meaning set forth in
Section 10.1
of this Agreement.
Territory
means Argentina, its possessions and its territories.
Third-Person Claim
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 9.3(a)
.
3
Time Frames
has the meaning set forth in
Section 3.1
of this Agreement.
SECTION 1.2
Interpretation
. Interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the
following rules of construction: (
a
) words in the singular shall be held to include the
plural and vice versa, and words of one gender shall be held to include the other gender as the
context requires; (
b
) references to the terms Preamble, Recitals, Article, Section,
paragraph, Exhibit and Schedule are references to the Preamble, Recitals, Articles, Sections,
paragraphs, Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; (
c
)
references to $ shall mean U.S. dollars; (
d
) the word including and words of similar
import when used in this Agreement shall mean including without limitation, unless otherwise
specified; (
e
) the word or shall not be exclusive; (
f
) the words herein,
hereof or hereunder, and similar terms are to be deemed to refer to this Agreement as a whole
and not to any specific section; (
g
) the headings contained in this Agreement are for
reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this
Agreement; (
h
) this Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule
requiring construction or interpretation against the Party drafting or causing any instrument to be
drafted; (
i
) if a word or phrase is defined, the other grammatical forms of such word or
phrase have a corresponding meaning; (
j
) references to any statute, listing rule, rule,
standard, regulation or other law include a reference to (
i
) the corresponding rules and
regulations and (
ii
) each of them as amended, modified, supplemented, consolidated,
replaced or rewritten from time to time; and (
k
) references to any section of any statute,
listing rule, rule, standard, regulation or other law include any successor to such section.
ARTICLE II.
LICENSE
.
SECTION 2.1
Effective Time
. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein,
this Agreement shall be effective upon the Closing occurring under the Purchase Agreement and the
time of such effectiveness shall be the
Effective Time
.
SECTION 2.2
Grant of License
. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
at the Effective Time, Licensor hereby grants to Licensees a non-exclusive, non-transferable,
royalty-free license solely to use the Marks within the Territory, during the applicable Term, and
in connection with its Business as follows: (
a
) solely to the extent and in the same form
that the Marks exist as of the Closing Date and were used by Licensees immediately prior to the
Closing Date in its Business; (
b
) only with respect to goods, services and Materials
existing in inventory at Closing, and not for any new, goods or services (including any new
marketing or advertising materials or product, training or service literature); and (
c
) in
its name, if applicable, solely in the form used immediately prior to the date hereof.
SECTION 2.3
Internet Use
. Use of the Marks pursuant to the terms of this Agreement
will not constitute use of the Marks outside of the Territory if (
a
) such use is on a
Licensees Internet web site, provided that such Internet use is not directed to Persons outside of
the Territory, and (
b
) with respect to marketing materials, the marketing materials bearing
the Marks are not distributed outside of the Territory by Licensees.
SECTION 2.4
No Modifications
. The Companies hereby acknowledge and agree that:
4
(a) Licensees shall not use the Marks other than as specified herein;
(b) Licensees shall not change, modify, or create any variation of the Marks; and
(c) Licensees shall not join any trade names, corporate or business names, trademarks,
tag-lines, identifying logos, monograms, slogans, service marks, domain names, brand names, trade
dress or any other names or source identifiers (each, a
Source Indicator
) with the Marks
so as to form a composite or combined Source Indicator;
provided
,
however
, that
current uses of the Marks in combination with a Licensees name or mark may be used in accordance
with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
SECTION 2.5
Limited License
. The Companies hereby acknowledge and agree that the
Companies have no right, title or interest, express or implied, in and to the Marks, except as
specifically provided herein and subject to the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement. No
license, either express or implied, is granted by Licensor to the Companies hereunder with respect
to any Source Indicator or otherwise, except as specifically stated herein. For clarity, any
domain names containing the Marks that are registered in a Licensees or any Affiliates name as of
the Effective Time are not included within the definition of Marks in this Agreement, and
Licensees agree to, and to cause their Affiliates to, transfer promptly any of same to Licensor.
Further, any domain names containing the Marks that are registered in Licensors name and used by
Licensees or any of their Affiliates as of the Effective Time are not included within the
definition of Marks in this Agreement, and Licensors provision of services to Licensees or any
Affiliate under such domain names, if any, shall be governed by the Purchase Agreement.
ARTICLE III.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
.
SECTION 3.1
Transition
. The Parties acknowledge and agree that it is essential for
Licensees to transition from use of the Marks to use of their own Source Indicators in a timely and
expeditious manner after Closing. Thus, the Parties agree as follows:
(a) The Companies shall cease all use of the Marks (
i
) no later than on the last day
of the Time Frame that relates to each Category of use or (
ii
) no later than six (6) months
after the Closing Date for any Materials not otherwise covered by a Category of use,
provided
that the Companies acknowledge that (
x
) they shall take all necessary
actions to cease use of the Marks as promptly as practicable after the Closing Date wherever
possible, and (
y
) subject to applicable Law, new Materials bearing a Licensees Source
Indicator shall be printed and put into use as promptly as possible to replace all Materials
bearing Licensors name, trademark, service mark and logo.
(b) Within thirty (30) days of Closing, the Companies shall prepare and distribute a
memorandum explaining the trademark requirements under this Agreement to all of its employees and
shall post such memorandum on all Intranet sites directed at employees of the Companies within five
(5) days after such Intranet sites commence operation.
(c) As soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event more than thirty (30) days after
Closing, the Companies shall prepare and distribute a notice to its agents and
5
subcontractors involved in the production and distribution of the Materials in each Category
of use, informing them of the relevant provisions of this Agreement.
(d) Each Party hereby designates the individual identified below as its initial representative
who possesses the necessary knowledge and expertise in the matters referred to in this
Section
3.1
and
Section 3.2
to oversee the implementation of this Agreement. For Licensor the
initial representative is [
] and for the Companies the initial representative is
[
]. Each Party may replace such designated person by providing notice of such
replacement in accordance with
Section 11.2
so long as such replacement possesses the
necessary knowledge and expertise.
SECTION 3.2
Destruction of Materials
. Except as otherwise set forth in
Section
3.1
, on or prior to the date that is (
a
) the last day of the Time Frame that relates to
each Category of use, or (
b
) six (6) months after the Closing Date for any other Materials,
the Companies shall destroy or exhaust all materials bearing the Marks, including signage,
advertising, promotional materials, software, packaging, inventory, electronic materials, website
content, collateral goods, business cards, invoices, receipts, forms, product, training and service
literature and materials and other materials (
Materials
). The Companies acknowledge that
they shall take all necessary actions to destroy all Materials as promptly as practicable after the
Closing Date wherever possible.
SECTION 3.3
Certification of Destruction
. On or prior to the date that is
(
a
) the last day of the Time Frame that relates to each Category of use, or (
b
) six
(6) months after the Closing Date for any other Materials, the Companies shall send a written
statement to the Parent verifying that they have destroyed or exhausted all Materials bearing the
Marks and shall send the Parent representative samples of how the Companies use Materials that do
not include the Marks.
SECTION 3.4
Obligation to Cease Use of the Mark
. The Companies for themselves and
their Affiliates agree that any prior rights it had to use any of the Marks pursuant to any written
or oral contract, agreement, license, sublicense or other instrument executed or in effect prior to
the Closing were terminated, effective as of the Closing Date, pursuant to Section 5.07 of the
Purchase Agreement, and that it has no right to use any of the Marks after the Effective Time,
except as set forth expressly in this Agreement. The Companies shall take all necessary action to
ensure that any other Persons who use the Marks, whose rights terminate upon Closing pursuant to
Section 5.10 of the Purchase Agreement, shall cease use of the Marks, except as expressly
authorized thereafter by Licensor in writing.
SECTION 3.5
Representation in the Marketplace
. The Companies, for themselves and
their Affiliates, agree that after the Effective Time the Companies and their Affiliates will not
expressly, or by implication, do business as or represent themselves as the Parent or its
Affiliates, and shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that there is no confusion that
Licensees are no longer affiliated with the Parent or its Affiliates and/or, if any such confusion
occurs, to promptly remediate the same.
6
ARTICLE IV.
QUALITY STANDARDS
.
SECTION 4.1
Quality Control and Standards
. Licensor shall have the right to exercise
quality control over the use of the Marks by Licensees to the degree reasonably necessary or
desirable, in the reasonable opinion of Licensor, to maintain the validity and enforceability of
the Marks, and to protect the goodwill associated therewith. In furtherance of the foregoing,
during the Term Licensor may establish and amend (
a
) quality standards and specifications
for the goods and services offered or provided by Licensees in their respective Businesses and
(
b
) the graphics standards for the use of the Marks and in each case communicate them to
Licensees (subsection (a) and (b), together, the
Quality Standards
). The Companies
acknowledge and agree that the Quality Standards will be set at a level of quality equal to the
standards of quality associated with the Marks or the relevant Business as conducted prior to the
Closing Date.
SECTION 4.2
Samples
. The Companies shall submit to Licensor representative samples of
all publicly-distributed Materials using the Marks fifteen (15) Business Days prior to their
initial distribution if such Materials materially differ from Materials previously distributed or
approved by Licensor. In the event that Licensor reasonably finds that such Materials deviate from
any of the Quality Standards, do not comply with the any other terms and conditions of this
Agreement, or that, in the reasonable opinion of Licensor, such publicly-distributed Materials
misuse the Marks or misrepresent the relationship between Licensor and Licensees, Licensees shall,
upon notice from Licensor, at Licensors option either (
a
) immediately take all necessary
action to correct the deviations or misrepresentations in, or misuse of, the respective items prior
to any dissemination to the public, and provide Licensor with representative samples of the
correction, or (
b
) immediately cease dissemination of such Materials. If Licensees fail to
take such steps and nevertheless distributes such Materials Licensor shall have the right to
terminate this Agreement with respect to Licensees pursuant to the terms of
Section 10.2
hereof.
SECTION 4.3
Record of Use
. The Companies shall identify to Licensor the actual legal
entities providing the products or services in question whenever Materials bearing the Marks are
distributed to the public, published or otherwise disseminated. In addition, the Companies shall
provide Licensor with representative samples of all Materials bearing the Marks every quarter for
purposes of maintaining a record of a Licensees use of the Marks.
SECTION 4.4
Quality Assurance
. The Companies shall comply with such other reasonable
requests as are made by Licensor to enable Licensor to assure the quality of the relevant Business
conducted and the goods and service offered or provided by such Business in connection with the
Marks.
SECTION 4.5
Notices and Legends
. The Companies shall use the Marks only in such
manner as will comply with the provisions of applicable Laws relating to the Marks. The Companies
shall mark, in a manner that is visible to the public, the use of the Marks (or in the case of
multiple uses of any Mark in any particular materials, the first prominent use of such Mark) with
(
a
) the superscript R symbol
(
®
)
or superscript TM symbol () or SM symbol (SM), as
applicable, and (
b
) such legend as Licensor may reasonably designate by written notice.
Licensees may use the following legend completed as appropriate:
7
[The Mark] is a [registered] [trademark][service mark] owned by
American International Group, Inc. and is used under license.
ARTICLE V.
USE AND OWNERSHIP OF THE MARKS
.
SECTION 5.1
Use of Marks
. The Companies shall use the Marks in accordance with sound
trademark and trade name usage principles and in accordance with all applicable Laws, including all
Laws relating to the maintenance of the validity and enforceability of the Marks. Licensees shall
not use the Marks in any manner that might dilute, tarnish, disparage, or reflect adversely on
Licensor, its Affiliates or the Marks.
SECTION 5.2
Ownership of Marks
. The Companies, on behalf of themselves and their
Affiliates, acknowledge that the Marks and all rights therein and thereto and the goodwill
pertaining thereto belong exclusively to Licensor. A Licensees use of the Marks and any and all
goodwill generated thereby or associated therewith shall inure solely to the benefit of Licensor.
SECTION 5.3
No Confusion or Registration
. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the Companies, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, agree and covenant that they
shall not (
a
) seek to register in any jurisdiction any Mark or any Source Indicator that is
a derivation, translation, adaptation, combination or variation of any of the Marks or that is
confusingly similar to any of the foregoing, (
b
) use the Marks, any Source Indicator
confusingly similar to the Marks, or any variation thereof outside the Territory, (
c
)
directly or indirectly contest the ownership, validity or enforceability of any rights of the
Parent or any of its Affiliates in or to any of the Marks, or (
d
) contest the fact that a
Licensees rights under this Agreement are solely those of a non-exclusive licensee to use the
Marks in connection with the relevant Business, within the Territory and during the Term subject to
all of the terms and conditions herein.
SECTION 5.4
License and Legal Entity Statement
. All of each Licensees advertising
and websites used during the Term of this Agreement bearing the Marks shall indicate, in a form
reasonably satisfactory to Licensor, that use of the Marks is under license from the Licensor. The
following license and legal entity statement (the
License and Legal Entity Statement
)
shall be satisfactory for purposes of this Section as completed as appropriate:
[Effective [_____], the [
insurance] business of American International Group, Inc.,
has been sold to [_____]. During a transition period, you will continue to receive materials that
bear the American International Group, Inc. name and logo. Following the transition period,
materials will reflect the [_____] name and logo.]
[The Mark] is a [registered] [trademark][service mark] owned by American International Group,
Inc. and is used under license.
Any other license and legal entity statement proposed to be used by Licensees, shall be
submitted to Licensor for approval. Licensees shall not use such license and legal entity
statement prior to written approval by Licensor.
8
SECTION 5.5
Stuffer Letter
. The Companies shall include a
Stuffer Letter
bearing the License and Legal Entity Statement with all print communications and Materials bearing
or including any of the Marks disseminated during the Term. Unless required by a Governmental
Authority (in which case, the Companies shall provide prompt notice to Licensor), the Companies
shall not make any changes to the License and Legal Entity Statement without Licensors prior
written consent.
ARTICLE VI.
PROTECTION OF MARKS; LITIGATION
.
SECTION 6.1
Unauthorized Use
. The Companies shall notify Licensor immediately upon
becoming aware of (
a
) any conflicting uses of, or any applications of or registrations for,
any Mark or any Source Indicator that is a derivation, translation, adaptation, combination or
variation of the Marks or that is confusingly similar thereto, (
b
) any acts of
infringement, unfair competition, unauthorized use or dilution involving the Marks, or (
c
)
any allegations that the use of the Marks by Licensor, its Affiliates or Licensees infringes the
trademark or service mark or other rights (including rights relating to unfair competition) of any
other Person.
SECTION 6.2
Enforcement
. During the Term, Licensor will have the sole right, but not
the obligation, to initiate any opposition, cancellation or infringement proceedings necessary to
enforce the Marks. Licensor shall have the right but not the obligation to include Licensees as
parties in any such enforcement proceedings, and Licensees agree to join in such proceedings, at
Licensors expense, as a voluntary plaintiff or claimant upon request of Licensor, and the
Companies shall cooperate fully with Licensor in such proceedings, at Licensors expense. Licensor
shall have the sole right to control and settle any such proceedings.
SECTION 6.3
Recovery
. Any recovery obtained as a result of any action pursuant to
this
Article VI
shall be retained by Licensor.
ARTICLE
VII.
ASSIGNMENT
.
SECTION 7.1 Assignment.
(a) Neither this Agreement nor any right or obligation hereunder may be directly or indirectly
assigned, sublicensed or transferred by the Companies, in whole or in part, to any third Person,
including any Affiliate, bankruptcy trustee, by operation of law (including by change of control or
merger) or otherwise, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, without Licensors prior written
consent, and any attempt to do so shall cause this Agreement to terminate, without further action
by Licensor, in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 7.1
. Licensor may transfer
or assign this Agreement or pledge to its lenders or other financing sources any or all of its
rights hereunder as collateral security without the consent of Licensees.
(b) Any purported assignment, sublicense or transfer in violation of this
Section 7.1
shall be null and void.
9
SECTION 7.2
Binding on Successors and Assigns
. This Agreement shall be binding upon,
shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by the Parties hereto and their successors
and permitted assigns.
ARTICLE VIII.
REPRESENTATIONS; WARRANTY DISCLAIMER
.
SECTION 8.1
Duly Authorized
. Each Party represents and warrants to the other that it
has duly authorized, executed and delivered this Agreement, which, subject to the due execution and
delivery hereof by the other Party, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such
Party enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms, subject in each case to the
effect of any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, rehabilitation,
liquidation, fraudulent conveyance, preferential transfer or similar Laws now or hereafter in
effect relating to or affecting creditors rights and remedies generally and subject, as to
enforceability, to the effect of general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is
sought in a proceeding in equity or at law). Each Party represents and warrants that it has the
right and ability to cause its Affiliates to perform the obligations and covenants provided for
herein in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
SECTION 8.2
DISCLAIMER
. THE MARKS LICENSED TO LICENSEES HEREUNDER ARE PROVIDED AS
IS. EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, QUALITY, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
TITLE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES, SUBJECT TO
SECTION 9.2
.
ARTICLE IX.
INDEMNIFICATION
.
SECTION 9.1
Indemnification by Acquiror / Licensee
. The Acquiror and each Licensee,
in each case, for itself and its Affiliates, hereby agrees to, and to cause its Affiliates to,
jointly and severally, indemnify, defend and hold the Licensor, its Affiliates and their respective
successors and assigns, harmless from and against any Losses arising out of any Third-Person Claim
resulting from use of the Marks with respect to the marketing, offering, use, issuance, sale or
performance of any materials, products or services bearing the Marks or offered under the Marks by
Licensees following the Closing Date, or otherwise arising in any manner out of the use of the
Marks, except for claims identified in
Section 9.2
below.
SECTION 9.2
Indemnification by Licensor
. Licensor hereby agrees to indemnify, defend
and hold the Licensees harmless from and against any Losses to the extent such Losses arise out of
any Third-Person Claim that a Licensees use of the Marks in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement infringes such third-Persons trademark rights;
provided
,
however
.
Licensor shall not indemnify, defend or hold the Licensees harmless from and against any Losses to
the extent such Losses arise out of uses of the Marks in combination with a Licensees name or
mark.
10
SECTION 9.3
Procedures
. The following provision shall govern indemnification under
this
Article IX
:
(a) A Person that may be entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement (the
Indemnified
Party
), shall promptly notify the Party liable for such indemnification (the
Indemnifying
Party
) in writing of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this
Article IX
, including any pending or threatened claim or demand by a third Person that the
Indemnified Party has determined has given or could reasonably give rise to a right of
indemnification under this Agreement (including a pending or threatened claim or demand asserted by
a third Person against the Indemnified Party, each a
Third-Person Claim
), describing in
reasonable detail the facts and circumstances with respect to the subject matter of such claim or
demand;
provided
,
however
, that the failure to provide such notice shall not
release the Indemnifying Party from any of its obligations under this
Article IX
, except to
the extent that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such failure.
(b) Upon receipt of a notice of a claim for indemnity from an Indemnified Party pursuant to
Section 9.3(a)
in respect of a Third-Person Claim, the Indemnifying Party may, by notice to
the Indemnified Party delivered within twenty (20) Business Days of the receipt of notice of such
Third-Person Claim, assume the defense and control of any Third-Person Claim, with its own counsel
and at its own expense, but shall allow the Indemnified Party a reasonable opportunity to
participate in the defense of such Third-Person Claim with its own counsel and at its own expense.
The Indemnified Party may take any actions reasonably necessary to defend such Third-Person Claim
prior to the time that it receives a notice from the Indemnifying Party as contemplated by the
immediately preceding sentence. The Parent or the Acquiror, as the case may be, shall, and shall
cause each of its Affiliates and each of its and their Representatives to, cooperate fully with the
Indemnifying Party in the defense of any Third-Person Claim. The Indemnifying Party shall not,
without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (which shall not be unreasonably
withheld), consent to a settlement, compromise or discharge of, or the entry of any judgment
arising from, any Third-Person Claim, unless such settlement, compromise, discharge or entry of any
judgment does not involve any finding or admission of any violation of Law or admission of any
wrongdoing by the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall (i) pay or cause to be paid
all amounts arising out of such settlement or judgment concurrently with the effectiveness of such
settlement or judgment (unless otherwise provided in such judgment), (ii) not encumber any of the
material assets of any Indemnified Party or agree to any restriction or condition that would apply
to or materially adversely affect any Indemnified Party or the conduct of any Indemnified Partys
business and (iii) obtain, as a condition of any settlement, compromise, discharge, entry of
judgment (if applicable), or other resolution, a complete and unconditional release of each
Indemnified Party from any and all liabilities in respect of such Third-Person Claim. The
Indemnified Party shall not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect
to any claim or demand for which it is seeking indemnification from the Indemnifying Party or admit
to any liability with respect to such claim or demand without the prior written consent of the
Indemnifying Party.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Article IX
, no
Indemnifying Party shall have any liability under this
Article IX
for any Losses arising
out of or in connection with any Third-Person Claim that is settled or compromised by an
Indemnified Party without the consent of such Indemnifying Party.
11
(d) In the event any Indemnifying Party receives a notice of a claim for indemnity from an
Indemnified Party pursuant to
Section 9.3(a)
that does not involve a Third-Person Claim,
the Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnified Party within twenty (20) Business Days
following its receipt of such notice whether the Indemnifying Party disputes its liability to the
Indemnified Party under this
Article IX
. The Indemnified Party shall reasonably cooperate
with and assist the Indemnifying Party in determining the validity of any such claim for indemnity
by the Indemnified Party.
(e) In the event a claim or any Action for indemnification under this
Article IX
has
been finally determined, the amount of such final determination shall be paid (i) if the
Indemnified Party is a Licensee, by the Parent to the Indemnified Party and (ii) if the Indemnified
Party is the Parent, by the Acquiror to the Indemnified Party, in each case on demand in
immediately available funds. A claim or an Action, and the liability for and amount of damages
therefor, shall be deemed to be finally determined for purposes of this
Article IX
when
the Parties have so determined by mutual agreement or, if disputed, when a final non-appealable
Governmental Order has been entered into with respect to such claim or Action.
ARTICLE X.
TERM AND TERMINATION
.
SECTION 10.1
Term
. This Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Time, and shall
terminate as provided in
Section 3.1
, unless terminated earlier pursuant to either
Sections 10.2
or
10.3
hereof,
provided
that, this Agreement shall terminate
with respect to Licensees on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day after the Closing Date
(collectively, the
Term
).
SECTION 10.2
Termination Upon Company Breach
. This Agreement may be terminated by
Licensor upon notice to the applicable Company if there shall occur a material breach of this
Agreement by such Company, including material breaches resulting from such Company failing to
enforce this Agreement against any of its Affiliates, and such breach is not cured within thirty
(30) days after written notice from Licensor to such Company,
provided
that Licensor may
terminate this Agreement immediately if, in Licensors sole reasonable discretion, such Company or
any of its Affiliates, as the case may be, does not commence such actions as are necessary or
advisable to cure any such breach promptly following the reception of the mentioned written notice.
SECTION 10.3
Termination Upon Certain Insolvency Events
. This Agreement will
immediately terminate if: (
a
) a Company or any of its Affiliates shall fail to pay its
debts in the ordinary course of its business, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its
debt generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or any proceeding
shall be instituted by or against such Company or any of its Affiliates seeking to adjudicate it
bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any Law relating to bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or
the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar official for it or for any substantial
part of its property, and in the case of any proceeding instituted against such Company or any of
its Affiliates, such proceeding shall not be stayed or dismissed within 60 days from the date of
12
institution thereof, or (
b
) a Company or any of its Affiliates shall take any
corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth in
clause (a)
above.
SECTION 10.4
Effect of Termination
. Upon the termination of this Agreement, or upon
termination of the License with respect to Licensees, the Companies shall, subject to applicable
Law promptly: (
a
) cease any and all use of the Marks, (
b
) destroy and give notice
to all agents and employees to destroy all Materials bearing the Marks and provide the Parent with
the written statement required by
Section 3.3
hereto, (
c
) discontinue use of the
Marks in any trade name, corporate name or d/b/a, (
d
) cease indicating that Licensees are
licensees of Licensor, and (
e
) refrain from using or displaying any Material or performing
any other act that would cause anyone to infer or believe a Licensee is the owner of, or a licensee
of Licensor with respect to, the Marks.
SECTION 10.5
Rights and Remedies
. The rights and remedies of Licensor set forth in
this
Article X
are in addition to all other rights and remedies available at law or equity.
No breach of the Acquiror or the Companies to this Agreement shall occur except to the extent
the Licensor has given written notice to the breaching party describing the relevant breach and
such breach is not cured within thirty (30) days after such notice from Licensor to such breaching
party.
ARTICLE XI.
MISCELLANEOUS
.
SECTION 11.1
Survival
.
Articles VII and IX
of this Agreement, as well as the
provisions of
Sections 3.4
(first sentence),
5.2
,
5.3
,
8.2
,
10.4
,
10.5
,
11.2
,
11.7
,
11.8
,
11.9
,
11.11
and this
Section 11.1
, shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.
SECTION 11.2
Notices
. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications
under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have
been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service, by
facsimile with receipt confirmed (followed by delivery of an original via overnight courier
service) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the
respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be
specified in a notice given in accordance with this
Section 11.2
):
|
(i)
|
|
if to Licensor:
|
|
|
|
|
American International Group, Inc.
70 Pine Street
New York, NY 10270
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile: 212-425-2175
|
|
|
|
|
with a copy to:
|
|
|
|
|
American International Group, Inc.
70 Pine Street Floor 24
New York, NY 10270
|
13
|
|
|
Attention: Ms. Liz Flynn
Head of Divestiture Separation Team
Facsimile: 212-770-3637
|
|
|
|
|
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
|
|
|
|
|
Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP
1177 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Howard T. Spilko
Facsimile: 212-715-8000
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
if to the Licensees:
|
|
|
|
|
AIG Universal Processing Center S.A.
Compañía Financiera Argentina S.A.
Cobranzas y Servicios S.A.
Attention: [
]
Facsimile: [
]
|
|
|
|
|
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
|
|
|
|
|
Errecondo, Salaverri, Dellatorre, González & Burgio
Bouchard 680, floor 14
(C1106ABH) Buenos Aires, Argentina
Attention: Javier Errecondo / Facundo Goslino
Facsimile: 54-11-5236-4401
|
|
|
|
|
Estudio Beccar Varela
Tucuman 1, floor 3
(C1049AAA) Buenos Aires, Argentina
Attention: Roberto Crouzel
Facsimile: 54-11-4379-6800
|
SECTION 11.3
Severability
. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is
invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced under any Law or as a matter of public policy, all
other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and
effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement is not affected in any manner materially adverse to either Party. Upon such
determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced,
the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original
intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement be consummated as originally contemplated to the
greatest extent possible.
SECTION 11.4
Entire Agreement
. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement, this Agreement (including the Schedule hereto) and the other Transaction Agreements
constitute the entire agreement of the Parties hereto with respect to the subject
14
matter of this Agreement and supersede all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and
oral, between or on behalf of Licensor and/or its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Companies
and/or their Affiliates (including the Acquiror), on the other hand, with respect to the subject
matter of this Agreement.
SECTION 11.5
No Third-Party Beneficiaries
. This Agreement is for the sole benefit of
the Parties and their successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or
implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person (including any customer or employee
of any of the Companies) any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever
under or by reason of this Agreement.
SECTION 11.6
Amendment; Waiver
. No provision of this Agreement may be amended,
supplemented or modified except by a written instrument signed by all the Parties. No provision of
this Agreement may be waived except by a written instrument signed by the Party against whom the
waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or
privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise
thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or
privilege. Except as otherwise set forth herein, the rights and remedies herein provided shall be
cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law.
SECTION 11.7
Arbitration; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial
.
(a) Any dispute, controversy, or claim arising from, relating to, or in connection with this
Agreement, or the breach, termination, or validity thereof shall be finally settled by arbitration
before three (3) arbitrators in accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the International
Chamber of Commerce (the
ICC Rules
) in effect at the time of the arbitration except as
they may be modified herein or by mutual agreement of the Parties. The seat of the arbitration
shall be New York, New York, and the arbitration shall be conducted in the English language.
(b) The claimant shall nominate an arbitrator in its Request for Arbitration. The respondent
shall file an answer and nominate an arbitrator within twenty one (21) days of receipt of the
Request for Arbitration. The two (2) arbitrators shall nominate a third arbitrator, who shall
serve as chair, within fifteen (15) days of nomination of the second arbitrator designated or, if
the respondent fails to nominate the second arbitrator, within fifteen (15) days of the appointment
of the second arbitrator by the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of
Commerce (the
ICC Court
). If any arbitrator is not nominated within the time limits set
out in this subsection, the ICC Court shall appoint that arbitrator upon the request of a Party.
(c) The arbitration shall be conducted in an expedited manner. There shall be one round of
prehearing submissions by each Party, whether simultaneous or sequential as directed by the
tribunal, and no reply or rejoinder submissions shall be made unless the tribunal expressly so
authorizes. The hearing shall be held within four (4) months of the constitution of the arbitral
tribunal and shall continue, to the extent practicable, from Business Day to Business Day until
completed. There shall be no posthearing submissions except as directed by the tribunal, and
before ordering such submissions, the tribunal shall identify for the Parties, on the
15
basis of its assessment of the case as of that time, the specific issues or matters it
believes should be addressed. The tribunal shall endeavor to render its award within six (6) weeks
of the last day of the hearing. The tribunal may modify this schedule for good cause shown.
Failure to comply with any time period set out in this Section shall not affect in any way the
jurisdiction of the tribunal or the validity of its award.
(d) Any request for production of documents or other information is subject to the express
authorization of the tribunal, which shall endeavor to ensure that any such requests are as limited
and disciplined as is consistent with the just resolution of the dispute. The Parties expressly
waive any right to seek evidence under 9 U.S.C. § 7 or 28 U.S.C. § 1782 or any similar provision.
A Party may request, and the tribunal should authorize, production only of specific documents or
narrow and specific categories of documents that are critical to the fair presentation of a Partys
case and reasonably believed to exist and be in the possession, custody or control of the other
Party.
(e) The arbitration shall be confidential. The existence of the proceeding and any element of
it (including any pleadings, briefs or other documents submitted or exchanged, any testimony or
other oral submissions, and any awards) shall not be disclosed beyond the tribunal, the ICC Court
or the Secretariat of the ICC Court, the Parties, their counsel, accountants and auditors or any
person necessary to the conduct of the proceeding. These confidentiality obligations shall not
apply (i) if disclosure is required by Law or regulatory obligations, or in judicial or
administrative proceedings or (ii) as far as disclosure is necessary to enforce the rights arising
out of the award.
(f) The tribunal shall have power to award any relief that it deems just and appropriate,
including without limitation specific performance or injunctive relief. To the fullest extent
permitted by law, the Parties agree that any court of competent jurisdiction in which enforcement
of the award is sought shall have power to enforce the relief awarded by the arbitrators,
regardless of whether such relief is characterized as legal, equitable or otherwise.
(g) Notwithstanding
Section 11.8
of this Agreement, the agreement to arbitrate set
forth in this Section and any arbitration conducted hereunder shall be governed by Title 9
(Arbitration) of the Code.
(h) The award shall be final and binding on the Parties. Judgment upon the award may be
entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof or having jurisdiction over the relevant Party or
its assets.
(i)
Submission to Jurisdiction
. Subject to and in furtherance of
Sections 11.7(a)-(h)
, each of the Parties and the Acquiror irrevocably and unconditionally,
for the limited purposes of (x) enforcing this Agreement to arbitrate under the terms and
conditions set forth in this
Section 11.7
, (y) applying for any interim relief necessary to
preserve a Partys rights, including pre-arbitration attachments or injunctions, consistent with
the ICC Rules, and (z) enforcement of the arbitration award: (i) submits for itself and its
property to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery, or if the Delaware Court
of Chancery lacks jurisdiction of the subject matter, the United States District Court for the
District of Delaware, or if both the Delaware Court of Chancery and the United States District
Court for the District of
16
Delaware lack jurisdiction of the subject matter, any court of competent jurisdiction sitting
in the State of Delaware, in any Action directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to this
Agreement, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or the formation, breach, termination
or validity of this Agreement; and agrees that all claims in respect of any such Action shall be
heard and determined solely in such court; (ii) consents that any such Action may and shall be
brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue or
jurisdiction of any such Action in such court or that such court is an inconvenient forum for the
Action and agrees not to assert, plead or claim the same; (iii) agrees that the final judgment of
such court shall be enforceable in any court having jurisdiction over the relevant Party or any of
its assets; (iv) irrevocably waives any right to remove any such Action from the Delaware Court of
Chancery to any federal court; (v) agrees that service of process in any such Action may be
effected by mailing a copy of such process by registered or certified mail (or any substantially
similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Party at its address as provided in
Section
11.02
; and (vi) agrees that nothing in this Agreement shall affect the right to effect service
of process in any other manner permitted by the applicable rules of procedure. EACH PARTY HERETO
ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO
INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND
UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTION
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR THE FORMATION, BREACH, TERMINATION OR VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT.
EACH OF THE PARTIES CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OR
ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE
EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) EACH OF THE PARTIES UNDERSTANDS AND
HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (III) EACH OF THE PARTIES MAKES THIS WAIVER
VOLUNTARILY, AND (IV) EACH OF THE PARTIES HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG
OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS OF THIS
SECTION 11.7
. ANY OF THE
PARTIES MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN
EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, nothing in this
Section 11.7(i)
shall be
deemed to in any way give any Party hereto the right to bring any action in any court which action
would otherwise be required to be resolved by arbitration under the provisions of this
Section
11.7
.
SECTION 11.8
Governing Law
. This Agreement shall in all respects be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any
conflicts of law principles of such state that might apply the laws of another jurisdiction to this
Agreement.
SECTION 11.9
Obligations of Parties
. Each obligation of a Party under this Agreement
to take (or refrain from taking) any action hereunder shall be deemed to include an undertaking by
the Party to cause its Affiliates to take (or refrain from taking) such action.
17
SECTION 11.10
Counterparts
. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a
signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other means of electronic transmission shall be as
effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
SECTION 11.11
Guarantee
. The Acquiror hereby guarantees the performance by the
Licensees of its obligations in this Agreement.
[Signatures On Following Page]
18
EXHIBIT B
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first
written above by their respective duly authorized officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
BANCO DE GALICIA Y BUENOS AIRES S.A.
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
PEGASUS ACQUIRORS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Mario Eugenio Quintana
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Woods White Staton
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Ruben Pietropaolo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Luis Maria Blaquier
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Jeronimo Jose Bosch
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Juan Manuel Marrone
|
20
SCHEDULE A
PARENT
LICENSED REGISTERED MARKS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark
|
|
Class
|
|
|
Reg. No.
|
|
|
Reg. Date
|
|
AIG
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
1392453
|
|
|
March 31, 1992
VENCIDA
|
AIG
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
1579745
|
|
|
October 23, 1995
CON RENOVACION EN TRAMITE, POSIBLEMENTE CON ALGUN PROBLEMA
|
AIG
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
1335813
|
|
|
March 8, 1989
RENOVADA POR LA QUE SIGUE EN ESTE CUADRO
|
AIG
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
1728875
|
|
|
March 1, 1999
VIGENTE ENTIENDO QUE ES LA MAS IMPORTANTE POR CUBRIR LA CLASES DE SERVICIOS FINANCIEROS
|
AIG (specifically for credit cards)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
1579744
|
|
|
October 23, 1995
CON RENOVACION EN TRAMITE, POSIBLEMENTE CON ALGUN PROBLEMA
|
PARENT
LICENSED UNREGISTERED MARKS
None.
LICENSED TRADENAMES
None.
SCHEDULE I
Pegasus Acquirors
|
|
Mario Eugenio Quintana
|
|
|
|
Woods White Staton
|
|
|
|
Ruben Pietropaolo
|
|
|
|
Luis Maria Blaquier
|
|
|
|
Jeronimo Jose Bosch
|
|
|
|
Juan Manuel Marrone
|
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF PARENT ADVANCES TRANSFER AGREEMENT
See Attached
C-1
EXHIBIT C
PARENT ADVANCES TRANSFER AGREEMENT
This PARENT ADVANCES TRANSFER AGREEMENT (
Parent Advances Transfer Agreement
), dated
as of
, 2009, is being executed and delivered by the undersigned pursuant to that
certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2009 (the
Stock Purchase
Agreement
), by and among American International Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
Parent
), AIG Consumer Finance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation and an indirect
wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent (the
Seller
), Banco de Galicia y Buenos Aires S.A.,
an Argentine stock corporation (
Galicia
) and certain shareholders and/or active board
members of Pegasus Argentina S.A. as set forth on Schedule I to the Stock Purchase Agreement
(
Pegasus
, and together with Galicia, the
Acquiror
). Galicia and Pegasus are
from time to time collectively referred to herein as the Acquiror Parties. Capitalized terms
used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Stock Purchase
Agreement.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Seller, the Parent and the Acquiror Parties have entered into the Stock Purchase
Agreement, providing for, among other things, this Parent Advances Transfer Agreement if the
Transfer Election applies, pursuant to which Parent will or will cause the Parent Advances Lenders
to transfer all of the Parent Advances Lenders right, title and interest in and to the Parent
Advances to the Acquiror Parties (or one of an Acquirors Affiliates, as designated by the
Acquiring Parties in accordance with the Stock Purchase Agreement) (
Transferee
) in
exchange for payment by the Acquiror Parties or the Transferee to the Parent Advance Lenders of
their pro rata share of the Parent Advances Amount.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual obligations and covenants set
forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which
is hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.
Transfer
. At and effective as of the Closing, each Parent Advances Lender hereby
sells, transfers, conveys, assigns and delivers to the Transferee identified on the signature page
hereto the portion of all of such Parent Advances Lenders right, title and interest in and to the
Parent Advances identified on the signature page hereto, free and clear of all Liens, in exchange
for the payment by the Acquiror Parties or the Transferee to such Parent Advances Lender under its
pro rata share of the Parent Advances Amount, which amounts shall be paid to such Parent Advances
Lender at Closing in the manner set forth in and in accordance with Section 2.04(c), (d) and (e) of
the Stock Purchase Agreement and without setoff, deduction or counterclaim.
2.
Further Assurances
. At and from time to time following the Closing, the parties
shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, personnel, independent
contractors, agents, and other representatives to, execute, deliver, file and record any and all
agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents and take such other actions as may be
reasonably necessary or desirable to effectuate the sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment and
delivery of the Parent Advances as contemplated hereby.
3.
Facsimile Signature; Counterparts
. This Parent Advances Transfer Agreement may be
executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an
original, but all of which shall constitute but one and the same agreement. Electronically
transmitted signatures shall be valid as original.
4.
Governing Law
. This Parent Advances Transfer Agreement and any dispute arising
hereunder shall be governed, including, without limitation, as to validity, interpretation and
effect, by, and construed in accordance with, the internal Laws of the State of New York applicable
to agreements made and fully performed within the State of New York.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, each Parent Advances Lender and the Transferee have executed and delivered
this Parent Advances Transfer Agreement as of the date hereof.
|
|
|
|
|
|
[PARENT ADVANCES LENDERS]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
[TRANSFEREE]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
Portion of Parent Advances to purchase: [
]%
|
3
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF PAYOFF LETTER
See Attached
D-1
EXHIBIT D
PAYOFF LETTER
[__], 2009
[____]
Attention: [___]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is hereby made to that certain [insert name of credit agreement or other agreement,
including promissory notes], dated as of [___] (as amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise
modified as of the date hereof, the
Agreement
), between [____], as borrower (the
Borrower
), and [____], as lender (the
Lender
). All capitalized terms used herein
that are defined in the Agreement and that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the
respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.
This letter confirms that the Borrower shall pay by wire transfer (together with notification
to the Lender of the applicable federal funds wire reference number) of freely and immediately
available funds to:
|
|
|
|
|
[____]
|
|
|
ABA #: [____]
|
|
|
NF: [____]
|
|
|
ACCOUNT #: [____]
|
|
|
REF: [____] Payoff Amount
|
(the
Lender Account
), to be received at the Lender Account by 4:00 p.m., New York City
time, on [____] (the
Payoff Date
), the amount necessary to pay principal, interest and fees
owing by the Borrower to the Lender under the Agreement in the aggregate amount of $[____] (as more
fully described on Schedule 1 hereto, the
Payoff Amount
);
provided
that the
Payoff Amount shall be increased by $[____] (the
Per Diem Amount
) of daily accrued interest
(subject to adjustment in the event of a change in applicable interest rates) for each 24-hour
period, or portion thereof, that accrues from and after 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Payoff Date and expires immediately prior to the receipt of the above-mentioned payment by the
Lender.
This letter confirms that upon, and effective as of, the time of receipt by the Lender of the
Payoff Amount and any applicable Per Diem Amount in the manner described above (such time being
referred to as the
Effective Time
):
(1) all indebtedness of the Borrower for credit extended under the Agreement shall be
fully paid and discharged;
(2) all unfunded commitments to make loans or otherwise extend credit to the Borrower
under the Agreement shall be terminated;
(3) all other obligations of the Borrower under the Agreement shall be released and
discharged, except those that are specified in the Agreement as surviving the termination of
the Agreement, which shall, as so specified, survive without prejudice and remain in full
force and effect;
(4) all security interests and other liens granted to or held by the Lender as security
for such indebtedness under the Agreement, if any, shall be forever satisfied, released and
discharged; and
(5) the Agreement shall terminate and have no further force or effect, except
Section[s] [_____] of the Agreement and those other provisions that are specified in the
Agreement as surviving that agreements termination or the repayment of the loans and all
other amounts payable under the Agreement.
The Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the Borrower does not have any claim or
cause of action against the Lender, any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or attorneys
(collectively, the
Lender Parties
): (ii) the Borrower does not have any offset right,
counterclaim or defense of any kind against any of the obligations under the Agreement; (iii)
Lender has heretofore properly performed and satisfied in a timely manner all of its obligations to
the Borrower; and (iv) the Lender has properly calculated the Payoff Amount and any applicable Per
Diem Amount. In order to eliminate any possibility that any past conditions, acts, omissions,
events, circumstances or matters might impair or otherwise adversely affect any of the rights,
interests, contracts, collateral security or remedies of the Lender, the Borrower hereby
unconditionally releases, waives and forever discharges (A) any and all liabilities, obligations,
duties, promises or indebtedness of any kind of the Lender to the Borrower, except the obligations
to be performed by the Lender as expressly stated in this letter agreement and those expressly
stated to survive the termination of the Agreement, and (B) all claims, offsets, causes of action,
suits, counterclaims, or defenses of any kind whatsoever (if any), whether known or unknown, which
the Borrower might otherwise have against any of the Lender Parties, in either case (A) or (B) on
account of any condition, act, omission, event, circumstance or matter of any kind whatsoever which
existed, arose or occurred at any time prior to the date hereof or which could thereafter arise as
the result of the execution of (or the satisfaction of any condition precedent or subsequent
contained in, or the performance of, or compliance with, any covenant or provision of) this letter
agreement or the Agreement.
Any amount received by the Lender after 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Payoff Date,
shall be deemed to have been paid by the Borrower on the next succeeding business day. Any
additional interest or fees (as reflected in the Per Diem Amount) owed by the Borrower as a result
of such delay shall be due and payable on such succeeding business day and the Payoff Amount
(including such Per Diem Amount) shall not be deemed paid until such Per Diem Amount has been
delivered to the Lender.
The Lender will, from and after the Effective Time, deliver to the Borrower such instruments
of release and discharge pertaining to the security interests and liens described in
2
clause (4) above of the Lender (if applicable) in any of the property of the Borrower and such
other termination statements or documents as the Borrower may reasonably request to effectuate, or
reflect of public record, the release and discharge of all such security interests and liens. In
addition, the Lender hereby authorizes the Borrower, from and after the Effective Time, to file all
Uniform Commercial Code termination statements as are necessary to effectuate, or reflect of public
record, the release and discharge of such security interests and liens. All of the foregoing shall
be at the expense of the Borrower, with no liability to the Lender, and with no representation or
warranty by or recourse to the Lender.
This letter agreement shall become effective only when signed by the Lender and accepted by
the Borrower in the space provided below. In the event that the payment of the Pay of Amount (plus
any Per Diem Amount) shall not have been paid by [_____], 2009, this letter agreement shall terminate.
Delivery of an executed signature page of this letter agreement by facsimile shall be effective as
delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
THIS LETTER AGREEMENT AND ANY DISPUTE ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
AND BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO CONFLICT OF LAW
PRINCIPLES. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY
LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LETTER AGREEMENT
OR THE AGREEMENT.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
[____], as Lender
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
Accepted and Agreed to:
[____], as Borrower
[__]
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO PAYOFF LETTER]
4
Schedule 1
Payoff Amount
See Attached.
S-1
SCHEDULE I
Pegasus Acquirors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PERCENTAGE EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INTEREST IN
|
|
PRINCIPAL
|
|
COUNTRY OF
|
NAME
|
|
PEGASUS/DIRECTOR
|
|
RESIDENCE
|
|
CITIZENSHIP
|
Mario Eugenio Quintana
|
|
66.67% Director
|
|
Argentina
|
|
Argentina
|
Woods White Staton
|
|
33.33%
|
|
Colombia
|
|
Colombia
|
Ruben Pietropaolo
|
|
0% Director
|
|
Argentina
|
|
Argentina
|
Luis Maria Blaquier
|
|
0% Director
|
|
Argentina
|
|
Argentina
|
Jeronimo Jose Bosch
|
|
0% Director
|
|
Argentina
|
|
Argentina
|
Juan Manuel Marrone
|
|
0% Director
|
|
Argentina
|
|
Argentina
|
1
SCHEDULE II
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY
|
|
SHAREHOLDERS
1
|
|
|
SHAREHOLDING
|
|
Cobranzas y Servicios S.A.
|
|
Edward Joseph Cooper Jr.
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Compañía Financiera Argentina S.A.
|
|
Edward Joseph Cooper Jr.
|
|
|
1
|
|
AIG Universal Processing Center S.A.
|
|
Edward Joseph Cooper Jr.
|
|
|
1,096
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Shares of Edward Joseph Cooper Jr. in the three
Companies may be transferred to a Parent or Seller employee (Mr. James
Archibald or a designee) prior to signing or between signing and Closing. Upon
transfer of such shares, the name of Mr. Cooper will be deemed replaced by the
name of Mr. Archibald or a designee in this Schedule.
|
2
SCHEDULE III
Parent Knowledge
|
|
|
|
|
Subject Matter Limitations/
|
Name
|
|
Areas of Responsibility
|
|
|
|
Christopher Seymour (General Counsel of Seller)
|
|
Legal Matters
|
|
|
|
James Archibald (Senior Vice President of Seller)
|
|
Operations Matters
|
|
|
|
Brian Maloy (Chief Financial Officer of Seller)
|
|
Accounting and Tax Matters
|
3
SCHEDULE IV
Acquiror Knowledge
|
|
|
|
|
Subject Matter Limitations/
|
Name
|
|
Areas of Responsibility
|
|
|
|
Galicia: Diego Rivas (Financial Manager)
|
|
All
|
|
|
|
Pegasus: Mario Eugenio Quintana (President)
|
|
All
|
4
SCHEDULE V
Target Closing Calculations
See Attached
5
Schedule 2.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FINANCIERA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
SERVICIOS
|
|
|
UPC
|
|
|
|
JURISDICION
|
|
|
Shares and
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
(if an entity)/
|
|
|
Allocable
|
|
|
Shares and
|
|
|
Shares and
|
|
|
|
RESIDENCE
|
|
|
Purchase
|
|
|
Allocable
|
|
|
Allocable
|
|
ENTITY
|
|
(if an individual)
|
|
|
Price
2
|
|
|
Purchase Price
|
|
|
Purchase Price
|
|
Galicia
|
|
Argentina stock
corporation
|
|
|
446,050,000 and
AP130,942,289
|
|
|
380,583 and
AP334,577
|
|
|
1,221,370 and
AP1,923,135
|
|
Mario Eugenio Quintana
|
|
Argentina
|
|
27,878,125 and AP8,183,893
|
|
23,786 and AP20,911
|
|
76,336 and AP120,196
|
Woods White Staton
|
|
Colombia
|
|
55,756,250 and AP16,367,786
|
|
47,573 and AP41,822
|
|
152,671 and AP240,392
|
Ruben Pietropaolo
|
|
Argentina
|
|
11,151,250 and AP3,273,557
|
|
9,515 and AP8,364
|
|
30,534 and AP48,078
|
Luis Maria Blaquier
|
|
Argentina
|
|
5,575,625 and AP1,636,779
|
|
4,757 and AP4,182
|
|
15,267 and AP24,039
|
Jeronimo Jose Bosch
|
|
Argentina
|
|
5,575,625 and AP1,636,779
|
|
4,757 and AP4,182
|
|
15,267 and AP24,039
|
Juan Manuel Marrone
|
|
Argentina
|
|
5,575,625 and AP1,636,779
|
|
4,757 and AP4,182
|
|
15,267 and AP24,039
|
FINANCIERA
Allocable Share of Purchase Price: AP163,677,862 (to be adjusted at Closing pursuant to Sections
2.04 and 2.05 in the Agreement)
SERVICIOS
Allocable Share of Purchase Price: AP418,220
UPC
Allocable Share of Purchase Price: AP2,403,918
|
|
|
2
|
|
Allocable Purchase Price to be adjusted at Closing
pursuant to Sections 2.04 and 2.05 in the Agreement.
|
6